Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / Prudential Bancorp / FY2023 Annual Report

Prudential Bancorp
Annual Report 2023

PRU · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker PRU
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Prudential Bancorp
Loading PDF…
Prudential plc
Annual Report 2023

For Every Life,
For Every Future 

A strategy to protect Asia & Africa

We are inspired by our purpose 

For Every Life,
For Every Future

Our mission is to be the most trusted partner and protector for this 
generation and generations to come, by providing simple and accessible 
financial and health solutions.

This report contains references to Prudential plc’s website. These references are for readers’ convenience only and information included on 
Prudential plc’s website is not incorporated in, and does not form part of, this annual report.

The Directors’ Report of Prudential plc for the year ended 31 December 2023 is set out on pages 150 to 197 and 365 to 404 and includes 
the sections of the annual report referred to in these pages.

Strategic report
Key highlights for the year
Our business at a glance
Investment case
Chair’s statement
Our clear and simple strategy
Market review
Strategy in action
Group-wide enablers
Strategic and operating review
Business model
Key financial performance indicators
Financial review
Segment discussion
Risk review
Viability statement
Risk factors
Section 172 and stakeholder engagement
Sustainability
TCFD
Reference tables
Non-financial and sustainability information statement

Governance
Governance at a glance
Diversity
Our leadership
Corporate governance
How we operate
Risk management and internal control
Committee reports
Statutory and regulatory disclosures
Index to principal Directors’ report disclosures

Directors’ remuneration report
Annual statement from the Chair of Remuneration Committee 
Remuneration at a glance 
Annual report on remuneration
Additional remuneration disclosures

Financial statements

European Embedded Value (EEV) Basis Results

Additional information
Index to the additional unaudited financial information 
Glossary 
Shareholder information 
How to contact us 

1
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
22
24
30
32
34
47
56
72
74
88
97
119
128
149

150
152
154
155
163
165
176
178
195
197

198
200
204
206
223

226

340

364

366
393
399
402

Our reporting suite

Annual Report 
Image: Father and daughter agency 
team, Louis and Quiny.

> Find out more about their story at 
Prudentialplc.com

Sustainability Report

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

1

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategic 
Report

2

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Strategic Report
Key highlights for the year
Our business at a glance
Investment case
Chair’s statement
Our clear and simple strategy
Market review
Strategy in action
Group-wide enablers
Strategic and operating review
Business model
Key financial performance indicators
Financial review
Segment discussion
Risk review
Viability statement
Risk factors
Section 172 and stakeholder engagement
Sustainability
TCFD

Reference table
Non-financial and sustainability information statement

4
6
8
10
12
14
16
22
24
30
32
34
47
56
72
74
88
97
119

128
149

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

3

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Key highlights of the year

Delivering the next 
chapter of growth 

Financial highlights(1)(3)

New business profit

$3.1bn

+45% CER(2) +43% AER(2)

Adjusted operating profit

$2.9bn

+8% CER +6% AER

Operating free surplus generated from in-force 
insurance and asset management business

$2.7bn

+1% CER (1)% AER

Operating free surplus generated

2.0bn

(8)% CER (8)% AER

IFRS profit after tax

$1.7bn

up from a loss after tax of $(1.0bn) AER(3) in 2022

IFRS shareholders’ equity

$17.8bn

+7% AER(3)

Adjusted IFRS shareholders’ equity

$37.3bn

+6% AER(3)

EEV shareholders’ equity

$45.3bn

+7% AER

(1) The financial highlights presented above are the key financial metrics Prudential's management use to assess and manage the performance and position of the business. In 
addition to the metrics prepared in accordance with IFRS standards - IFRS profit after tax and IFRS shareholders' equity - additional metrics are prepared on alternative 
bases. The presentation of these key metrics is not intended to be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information prepared and presented in accordance 
with IFRS Standards. The definitions of the key metrics we use to discuss our performance in this report are set out in the "Definition of performance metrics" section later in 
this document, including, where relevant, references to where these metrics are reconciled to the most directly comparable IFRS measure.

(2) CER - Constant exchange rates, AER - Actual exchange rates.See note A1 to the IFRS financial statements for more detail on our exchange rate presentation.
(3) IFRS Comparatives for 2022 have been restated to reflect the retrospective application of IFRS 17. See note A2.1 to the financial statements for further information and 

reconciliation.

(4) The objectives assume exchange rates at December 2022 and economic assumptions made by Prudential in calculating the EEV basis supplementary information for the 
year ended 31 December 2022, and are based on regulatory and solvency regimes applicable across the Group at the time the objectives were set. The objectives assume 
that existing EEV and Free Surplus methodology at December 2022 will be applicable over the period.

4

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

These are a very strong set of 
results in a challenging 
environment, driven by our 
focus on execution. It is an 
illustration of the strength of 
both our agency and 
bancassurance channels as 
well as an affirmation of our 
leadership position in many of 
our key markets.”

Anil Wadhwani, Chief Executive Officer

Our key financial objectives:

Growing new business profit at 

15-20 %

compound annual growth between 
2022 and 20274

New business profit growth of 45% in 2023

Achieving 

double-digit 

compound annual growth in operating free surplus 
generated from in-force insurance and asset 
management business between 2022 and 20274

Stable in 2023, as we invest in our strategic pillars 
and new business 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

5

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our business at a glance

A trusted partner 
for millions

Our life and health insurance and asset management solutions benefit over 
18 million customers across 24 markets in Asia and Africa. We are 
headquartered in Hong Kong, and have dual primary listings on the Stock 
Exchange of Hong Kong (2378) and the London Stock Exchange (PRU).

Our markets

Life insurance - offering a range of products including health and protection

Asset management

6

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Our markets

Life business 
Market ranking1

APE Sales 

Top 10 asset 
manager2

Eastspring funds under 
management or advice3

Chinese Mainland

5th

$534m

Hong Kong and Macau

3rd

$1,966m

Indonesia 

Malaysia

Singapore

India

Taiwan

Vietnam

Laos

Philippines 

Cambodia

Thailand

Myanmar

Japan

Korea

Africa

1st

$277m

2nd

$384m

3rd

4th

1st

1st

$787m

$233m

$895m

$197m

2nd

 <$1m

1st

1st

6th

2nd

$175m

$18m

$246m

$6m

Top 5 in 6 
markets

$158m

P

P

P

P

P

$9.7bn

$5.0bn

$3.4bn

$13.0bn

$129.2bn

$38.5bn

$5.1bn

$7.0bn

P

$10.6bn

$4.4bn

$8.6bn

(1) As reported at full year 2023 unless otherwise specified. Sources include formal (eg competitors results release, local regulators and insurance association) and informal 

(industry exchange) market share. Ranking based on new business (APE sales, weighted new business premium, full year premium or weighted first year premium) or Gross 
Written Premium depending on availability of data. Rankings in the case of Chinese Mainland, Taiwan and Myanmar are among foreign insurers, and for India is among 
private companies. Countries based on nine months ended September 2023: Philippines, Ghana (Africa) and Kenya (Africa) and full year 2022: Laos, Zambia (Africa) and 
Togo (Africa) and full year 2020: Nigeria (Africa).

(2) As reported at full year 2023. Sources include local regulators, asset management association, investment data providers and research companies (eg Morningstar, Lipper). 
Rankings are based on total funds under management (including discretionary funds, where available) of onshore domiciled funds or public mutual funds of the respective 
markets. 

(3) Full year 2023 funds under management or advice based on the country where the funds are contractually managed. Excludes funds managed in Luxembourg. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

7

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Investment case

Delivering for 
our investors

Given the relentless 
execution focus in 
implementing our 
strategy, we are 
increasingly confident in 
achieving our 2027 
financial and strategic 
objectives and in 
accelerating value 
creation for our 
shareholders."

Anil Wadhwani 

Chief Executive Officer

8

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Leading positions in high growth markets driven by 
significant need for protection and rising wealth.
Top 5
Top 3

positions in 10 Asian life markets1

positions in 6 African life markets1

Trusted household brand

18 million

customers

175 years

of history

Broad footprint across Asia and Africa

4 billion

combined population2

c.$1 trillion 

growth opportunity in our markets over 10 years3

Multi-channel distribution at scale

c. 68,000

average monthly active agents

The #1

independent insurer in Asia bancassurance4

Strong and highly resilient capital position

Strong and highly resilient capital position, with limited 
exposure to market risk reflecting a long-held quality focus.

295%

GWS shareholder coverage ratio over GPCR

Clear strategy to accelerate value creation through 
operational and financial discipline

Customers
Top-quartile net promoter 
score by 2027

Employees
Top-quartile engagement 
score by 2027

Shareholders
15 to 20% CAGR for new 
business profit from 2022 – 
20275, Double-digit CAGR for 
Operating Free Surplus 
Generation from 2022 – 20275

Communities
Net zero by 2050, 
55% reduction in 
Weighted average carbon 
intensity by 2030

* 

The definitions of the key metrics we use to discuss our performance in this report are set out in the "Definition of performance metrics" within the Glossary later in this 
document.

(1) As reported at full year 2023 unless otherwise specified. Sources include formal (eg competitors results release, local regulators and insurance association) and informal 

(industry exchange) market share. Ranking based on new business (APE sales, weighted new business premium, full year premium or weighted first year premium) or Gross 
Written Premium depending on availability of data. Rankings in the case of Chinese Mainland, Taiwan and Myanmar are among foreign insurers, and for India is among 
private companies. Countries based on nine months ended September 2023: Philippines, Ghana (Africa) and Kenya (Africa) and full year 2022: Laos, Zambia (Africa) and 
Togo (Africa) and full year 2020: Nigeria (Africa).

(2) Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division, World Population Prospects 2022.
(3) Source: Swiss Re forecast (July 2023) Forecast incremental annual gross written premium in 2033 compared with 2022.
(4) Based on FY2022 data from local regulators, industry associations and Prudential' internal data. Estimates are based on market intelligence, if data is not publicly available
(5) The objectives assume exchange rates at December 2022 and economic assumptions made by Prudential in calculating the EEV basis supplementary information for the 
year ended 31 December 2022, and are based on regulatory and solvency regimes applicable across the Group at the time the objectives were set. The objectives assume 
that existing EEV and Free Surplus methodology at December 2022 will be applicable over the period.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

9

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Chair’s statement

Focusing on our
new purpose

Dear shareholder
2023 marked our 100th year operating in Asia and 175 years since 
Prudential was founded. It was a year in which we put in place the 
management and strategy to deliver on the additional value that can 
be realised by an exclusively Asia and Africa focused platform created 
from two demergers. It was also a year which saw critical 
developments in our external operating environment, including the 
return of more normal economic and social conditions in our markets. 
I would like to thank all our people for the commitment with which 
they have continued to serve our customers, contributed to a strong 
operating performance, and put in place the key components for our 
future growth and success.

New leadership, renewed purpose and a refreshed 
strategy
Anil Wadhwani joined as Chief Executive at the end of February 
2023, bringing dynamism, energy and a clear focus on a refined 
strategy and excellence in execution. The Board is delighted with how 
Anil has begun his tenure, establishing a strong working relationship 
with the Board through his openness and engagement, inspiring our 
people and building the management team, including with the 
appointment of Ben Bulmer as Chief Financial Officer in May. The 
Board worked with Anil and the leadership team throughout the year 
on a refreshed strategy and renewed purpose and values. We will 
continue to support him developing the organisational structure and 
deepening our capabilities to deliver on the promise of our corporate 
transformation in recent years. 

The strategy sets out where and how we will create value for our 
shareholders by enhancing delivery for our customers, strengthening 
our multi-channel distribution, and transforming our health business 
model across our chosen markets in Asia and Africa. Key enablers for 
these strategic pillars include investment in technology, people, and 
wealth and investment capabilities. 

Our renewed purpose - “For Every Life, For Every Future” - embodies 
our commitment as a life and health insurance provider and long-
term investor in the under-penetrated markets of Asia and Africa. This 
purpose, and the values that underpin it, were co-created through 
engagement with colleagues at all levels of the organisation and 
across our markets. This engagement will continue through 2024 as 
we embed our values, invest further in skills and talent development, 
and ensure we are supporting well-being and inclusion throughout the 
organisation. 

Business momentum 
While investing in our long-term, sustainable growth, we delivered a 
strong operational performance in 2023, with most markets gradually 
recovering to pre-pandemic levels. We responded swiftly and 
effectively to meet the renewed demand from the resurgence of 
Chinese Mainland visitors to Hong Kong after the border reopened. 
We remain committed to market and channel diversification as 
shown by the growth of APE sales across most of our markets 
throughout the year. However, our strong operating results were set in 
a complex landscape of slowing global growth, inflationary pressures 
and volatile geopolitical events. In particular, the uneven 

10

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

trajectory of China’s macro-economic environment as it emerged 
from the pandemic, coupled with broader geo-political tensions, 
significantly influenced market sentiment. 

The Board recognises that our business momentum has not been 
reflected in the company’s share price. While this is very 
disappointing, we are focused on delivering consistently strong 
business performance built on the execution of a strategy designed to 
harness the long-term and sustainable growth opportunities we firmly 
believe are present in Asian and emerging markets. Reflecting our 
commitment to growing long-term shareholder value, the Board 
worked with Anil and the leadership team to set out new targets for 
new business profit and operating free surplus aligned to the strategy. 
Further detail can be found in the Strategic Report. 

Our performance and future growth is underpinned by a strong 
balance sheet supported by clear and disciplined capital allocation 
and managing our in-force portfolio to invest in growth opportunities 
and in our core capabilities, people and technology. We have set out 
our priorities alongside the strategy, and we have maintained our 
dividend policy. At the time we announced our strategy update, given 
our confidence in the strategy, we said we would look through the 
investments in new business and capabilities when determining the 
dividend. The Board has approved a second interim dividend for the 
year of 14.21 cents per share (2022: 13.04 cents per share). When 
this is combined with the first interim dividend the total dividend for 
the year is 20.47 cents per share (2022: 18.78 cents per share). We 
continue to expect the 2024 annual dividend to grow in the range 7 – 
9 per cent. Further detail on our approach to capital allocation is set 
out on page 42. 

will be a great asset to the Board and as a member of the Audit 
and Risk Committees.

The Board has undergone significant change over the past three 
years as it has transitioned from a board of a financial holding 
company of businesses around the world, to the board of an 
operating company working exclusively in Asia and Africa. As well as 
composition changes, the Board’s agenda, ways of working and 
culture have adapted to reflect the changed footprint of the 
company. I was pleased, therefore, with the validation of these efforts 
from the external Board evaluation that was carried out this year. It 
reflected on the collaborative atmosphere in the Board, with a culture 
of transparency and positive and strong relationships between the 
Board and the senior management team. I welcome the constructive 
recommendations on how we can further enhance the Board’s 
effectiveness. I am very grateful to all our Board members and the 
management team for all their contributions.

Looking ahead 
In 2024, the Board will continue to support Anil and the leadership as 
they deepen our capabilities and embed rigorous standards of 
operational delivery and excellence. In a complex external 
environment, we remain vigilant of how political and geopolitical 
events and changes are interacting with the global macro-economic 
environment in ways which compound uncertainty. While we will 
continue to plan for a challenging environment, we see significant 
strategic opportunities. We are focused on creating value for our 
shareholders and on delivering the products and services which our 
customers – current and prospective – need to build their financial 
resilience and prosperity. Thank you again to all my colleagues in all 
our markets and functions and Prudential's leadership team for their 
hard work, dedication, and focus on  delivering a positive 
performance, and building the platform for Prudential’s long-term 
success. 

Shriti Vadera
Chair

Sustainability at our core
A clear driver of value for both our business and the societies in which 
we operate is our commitment to sustainability. We have purposefully 
aligned our new strategy with wider objectives in each of our markets 
and we are focused on trying to make a real difference: to deepen 
and widen financial inclusion, to support health prevention and 
protection, to invest in the economies, people and communities in 
which we operate, and to conduct our business in a sustainable and 
responsible way. 

We recognise that Asia and Africa are regions which have historically 
contributed the least to the stock of carbon in the environment, where 
the impact of climate change is felt most, where the need to reduce 
emissions is now greatest, but the resources available often more 
scarce. The existing energy mix and future requirements mean 
investment and engagement is needed to support a genuine brown-
to-green transition without sacrificing economic and social 
development. These factors drive our fundamental belief that 
supporting a just and inclusive transition is the right thing to do in our 
markets. 

It is important for Prudential to play its part meeting the challenges 
faced, including through advocacy and engagement with 
stakeholders, built on the perspectives and experiences of the specific 
needs and situations of the markets in which we operate and the 
communities we serve. As steps on a pathway to net zero as an asset 
owner and manager by 2050, in March 2023 we published our first 
Climate Transition Plan and in August 2023 we set a new 
decarbonisation target to reduce the carbon intensity of our 
investment portfolio (WACI) by 55 per cent by 2030. To underpin this 
target, we have also developed a new internal investment target on 
financing the transition to a lower carbon future and embedded 
sustainability targets in our executive remuneration. More details on 
our actions and further detailed progress our climate and 
sustainability targets are set out in our sustainability report on page 
97 and in our remuneration report on page 200.

The Board 
The Board has continued to evolve to best serve an operating 
company focused on the growth markets of Asia and Africa. David 
Law, who joined the Board in September 2015, reaches the end of his 
nine-year tenure this year and will retire from the Board at the 
conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on 23 May 2024. The 
Board is immensely grateful to David for his contribution over the last 
nine years, in particular as Chair of the Audit Committee since May 
2017. During this period, in addition to its regular activities, the Audit 
Committee successfully oversaw the demergers of the M&G and 
Jackson businesses, an equity raise in Hong Kong, a change of 
auditors and the adoption of IFRS 17. David has led the Committee 
with rigour and dedication, and he retires from the Board with our 
enormous gratitude.

We are delighted to have such a capable replacement in Jeanette 
Wong, who has been on the Audit Committee since joining the 
Board in May 2021. Jeanette will succeed David following the 
publication of the 2023 full year results and they have been 
working together closely to ensure a smooth transition. 

In planning for David’s retirement, we focused recruiting on 
future Board members with insurance-specific financial assurance 
skills. We are therefore pleased to be welcoming Mark Saunders 
as a Non-executive Director to the Board from 1 April 2024. 
Mark has extensive knowledge of the insurance industry in 
Asian markets, working in the industry for 35 years, the last 30 of 
which in Hong Kong, and is a qualified actuary. He brings a blend 
of strategic thinking, commercial insight and actuarial skills which 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

11

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our clear and simple strategy

Our purpose:

For every Life
For every Future

Our mission is to be the most trusted partner and protector for this generation and 
generations to come by providing simple and accessible financial and health solutions.

'For Every Life' speaks to our ambition to meet the huge underserved needs of 
potentially four billion people across our markets in Asia and Africa. With the collective 
wisdom of our talented people, we will partner with customers to improve their health 
and financial understanding so that they can build the life they want.

'For Every Future' speaks to our ambition to add value to the wider community, for a 
more sustainable and inclusive future. We are here to protect this generation, just as we 
have previous generations, and those we are yet to meet.

12

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Organisational model replicating successes at pace and scale
Multi-market growth engines

Greater China

ASEAN

India

Africa

Strategic pillars

Enhancing
customer
experiences

Technology-
powered
distribution

Transforming
health
business model

Group-wide enablers

Open-architecture 
technology 
platform

Engaged people & 
high-performance 
culture

Wealth & 
Investment
capabilities

Value creation for stakeholders

Customers

Employees

Shareholders

Communities

> Read more 
about our 
markets on p.14 
to 15 and p.47 
to 55

> Read more 
about our 
strategic 
pillars on 
p.16 to 21 
and p.25 to 
27

> Read more 
about our 
enablers on 
p.22 to 23 
and p.27 to 
29

> Read more 
about 
stakeholders 
on p.88 to 
96

Managing our risks 
Prudential’s Group Risk Framework, risk appetite, and robust governance enable the business to manage and control its risk exposure.

> Read more about risk management from p. 56

Underpinned by the three pillars of our sustainability strategy

Simple and Accessible Health and Financial Protection • Responsible Investment • Sustainable Business

> Read more from p.97 in our Sustainability section 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

13

 
  
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Market review

Multi-market growth engines

We have extensive access to the some of 
the world's fastest growing markets.

Our strategic planning leverages this 
unique advantage to deliver growth 
across our target markets.

Socio-economic trends

Low levels of insurance cover
Penetration1 of GDP (%)

Significant need for protection
Out of pocket health expenditure2 (%)

Rising wealth

Greater 
China

ASEAN

India

UK

Asia

US

Description of trend
Single digit life insurance penetration 
rates and limited pension and social 
security provision have created huge 
health, protection and mortality gaps in 
Asia.

Description of trend
In Asia, people pay for about four times 
more of their health costs from their own 
pockets than in the US – creating a big 
demand for products that offer people 
support for their health expenses.

How Prudential is responding: Our customer-centric strategy sets out how we 
will deliver on our purpose and capture the opportunities presented by these 
long-term trends over the five years from 2022 to 2027. We are committed to 
evolving from being organised around products and channels to being the 
most trusted partner to our customers throughout their life journeys. We are 
building a sustainable growth platform through targeted investment in 
structural growth markets across Asia and Africa. We believe that consistent 
delivery of our strategy will enable us to meet our financial objectives and 
also create value for our employees, customers, shareholders and the 
communities in which we operate. 

3 out of 4

global working age population will be in 
Asia & Africa by 20303

>$150tn

 Household wealth in Asia in 20214

Description of trend
A rapidly rising middle-class population in 
Asia is expected to lead to increased 
awareness of, and demand for, protection 
and wealth management solutions. These 
changing dynamics also lead us to believe 
there is scope for increasing participation 
in wealth management propositions.

> See risks from p.56

14

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

2.52.63.08.14311 
 
Greater China

Overview

The Chinese Mainland presents significant growth 
opportunities for the Group - it has a circa 1.4 billion3 
population; low insurance penetration rates1; and an estimated 
health and protection gap5 of $805 billion. In Hong Kong, we 
have a strong and reputable brand that serves around 1.4 
million customers. Meanwhile, Taiwan is the fifth-largest life 
insurance market6 in Asia Pacific with a population of 24 
million3.

ASEAN

Overview

The ASEAN markets have a combined population of more 
than 600 million3 people, served by our businesses in 
Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam, the 
Philippines, Cambodia, Myanmar and Laos. They are a diverse 
range of markets that can counterbalance each other, 
ensuring we are not over-dependent on one single geography. 

Our approach to these markets

Our approach to these markets

– We have access to over 80 per cent of GDP and hold 

– We have one of the leading multi-channel distribution 

licences to operate in 102 cities through our partner, CITIC. 
Our strategic planning focuses on expanding our agency 
channel and increasing its productivity to complement the 
multiple bancassurance partnerships we have in place.

– In Hong Kong, following the opening of our Macau branch, 
we are present in all 11 cities in the Greater Bay Area, an 
area that has an extended population of over 85 million7 
people. We have benefited not only from the traction seen 
among the Chinese Mainland visitor segment, but also 
from continued growth in our domestic business. 

– In Taiwan, we are the number one8 foreign player having 
developed a sustainable bancassurance channel that 
generates attractive margins.

franchises in the region – our agency force includes more 
than 40,000 monthly active agents, or 60 per cent of the 
Group’s monthly active agents; while our established bank 
partners include Standard Chartered and UOB.

– We have a strong brand and reputation across the region, 
and we hold top three positions8 in eight out of our nine 
markets in the regions, including Singapore, Malaysia and 
Indonesia and in the fast-developing markets of the 
Philippines, Vietnam, Cambodia, Myanmar and Laos. Our 
strategy in these markets will seek to leverage our leading 
platform across the region.

– In Thailand, we continue to grow through our 

bancassurance business.

India

Overview

Africa

Overview

India represents a compelling opportunity for the Group. It 
has a large population of over 1.4 billion3, while the share of 
health expenses paid out of pocket is as high as 50 per cent2.

Our 8 markets in Africa have a combined population of over 
400 million3, have underserved insurance needs and offer 
high-growth potential.

Our approach to these markets

Our approach to these markets

– We are looking to grow our franchise further. We are also 

exploring options to address the health opportunity in India.
– We continue to work closely with our partner ICICI Bank in 
both the life insurance and asset management business 
segments.

– Africa may make a relatively small contribution to our 

overall new business profit today, but high growth rates 
across the continent present a longer-term opportunity. 
– Our focus in Africa is on the highest value markets where 

we have the strongest competitive advantage.

(1) Swiss Re Institute; sigma No. 3/2023 World insurance: stirred, and not shaken - Insurance penetration (premiums as a percentage of GDP)
(2) World Health Organisation: Global Health Observatory data repository (2018). Out of pocket as % of Total Health Expenditure. Asia calculated as the average of the out-of-

pocket percentages.

(3) United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division, World Population Prospects 2022.
(4) Credit Suisse Global Wealth Report 2022, including Asia Pacific (ex-Japan), China, India and Africa.
(5) Source: Swiss Re Institute. The health protection gap in Asia, October 2018. Estimated total national health protection gap, as defined by Swiss Re Institute (financial stress 

caused by health spending and incidence of people not seeking treatment due to affordability.

(6) Source: Swiss Re Institute based on 2022 premiums
(7) The Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area Development Office
(8) As reported at full year 2023 unless otherwise specified. Sources include formal (eg competitors results release, local regulators and insurance association) and informal 

(industry exchange) market share. Ranking based on new business (APE sales, weighted new business premium, full year premium or weighted first year premium) or Gross 
Written Premium depending on availability of data. Rankings in the case of Chinese Mainland, Taiwan and Myanmar are among foreign insurers, and for India is among 
private companies. Countries based on nine months ended September 2023: Philippines, Ghana (Africa) and Kenya (Africa) and full year 2022: Laos, Zambia (Africa) and 
Togo (Africa) and full year 2020: Nigeria (Africa).

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

15

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategy in action

Enhancing

customer

experiences

Being seen as a trusted partner leads to more satisfied customers as 
well as new business. To deliver better customer experiences, we are:

– Personalising our targeting for customer acquisition: we will 

deploy our data and technology resources to drive high-quality 
leads from our ecosystem of partners and other sources, such as 
social media, to help our agents identify engagement 
opportunities;

– Segmenting by life stage: we will develop impactful propositions 
by focusing on understanding what our customers need over the 
various life stages;

– Offering differentiated propositions: we will deliver comprehensive 
solutions that include health, wellbeing and wealth services as well 
as life products so that we become a one-stop proposition for our 
target segments; and

– Creating simple tech-enabled journeys: we will use a unified and 
scalable technology platform to support customers over their 
lifetimes. For example, our PruServices already offers a self-service 
solution for simple enquiries, service and claims anytime, 
anywhere.

We are targeting top quartile relationship net promoter scores by 
2027, which we believe will support greater customer retention and 
acquisition, increase cross-selling opportunities over the customer 
lifetime and contribute to our key financial objectives. 

16

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

17

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategy in action

Technology-
powered
distribution

18

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

We have a large well-established distribution platform centred around 
our agency and bancassurance channels. We aim to leverage our 
existing strengths through best-in-class technology to enable us to 
reach more customers and strengthen relationships with existing ones. 

Our priorities for the agency channel are:

– Upskilling the agency force - converting agents from part-time to 

full-time;

– Moving agents away from being solely focused on sales to being 

trusted advisers;

– Basing our recruitment approach around tailored and strategic 

talent sourcing;

– Learning and development - ensuring we are developing the next 

generation of highly productive agents; and 

– Embedding technology and digital tools to increase the 
productive time our agents spend with their customers. 

We aim to more than double new business profit per agent, 
targeting a two and a half to three times increase in agency new 
business profit, from the 2022 level, by 2027.

In our bancassurance channel our priorities are to: 

– Broaden our proposition so that it covers multiple customer 

segments;

– Engage with our customers by developing omni-channel customer 

journeys backed by analytics; 

– Utilise integrated data-led marketing; 
– Reward our bank partners for outcomes that deliver for the 

customer and create value; and

– Establish an operating cadence with our bank partners that 

ensures we deliver the above. 

Our goal is to increase new business profit from bancassurance by 
one and a half to two times, from the 2022 level, by 2027. To 
support this we aim to increase the penetration rate of our insurance 
products at our major strategic partners from circa eight per cent in 
2022 to between 9 and 11 per cent by 2027. In addition, we aim to 
support our margins by increasing the contribution of our health and 
protection products.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

19

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategy in action

Transforming our
health
business model

Health insurance across Asia is one of the major growth engines we 
have identified in our markets. In Asia, individuals depend on private 
providers for their healthcare needs - it is estimated that those 
requiring healthcare have high out-of-pocket spending of around 40 
per cent. 

We believe we can increase health insurance’s contribution to the 
business by expanding into new geographies and extending our 
offering beyond reimbursement. By stepping up to the role of 
coordinator across the healthcare journey, we aim to become a 
trusted partner to our customers. We are focused on:

– Upgrading our core health insurance capabilities so that our 

distribution force is given the knowledge and tools to offer the 
products and services customers need; 

– Expanding our role from payer to partner by connecting the 

various stages of customer healthcare journeys using an asset-
light approach; and

– Operational excellence - through increased automation and 

enhanced analytics. 

We are targeting a top-quartile health insurance NPS by 2027. We 
are also looking to more than double our health new business profit 
from 2022’s level by 2027.

20

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

21

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Group-wide enablers

Capturing growth opportunities

To capture the growth opportunities in our markets, the strategic pillars are supported by three key enablers:

Open-
architecture 
technology 
platform

Engaged
people & high-
performance 
culture

Building a fit-for-purpose 
open-architecture 
technology platform

Working with our people 
to create a culture that 
is customer-led and 
performance-driven

Wealth & 
Investment 
capabilities

Enhancing our wealth and 
investment capabilities by 
leveraging Eastspring and 
our investment office

22

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Open-architecture technology is key to delivering superior customer 
and distribution experiences and maintaining our exacting 
standards in today’s fast-changing landscape we are transforming 
the underlying technology that powers our existing customer 
engagement application by utilising: 

– An open-architecture design so that new market innovations can 
be adopted easily and efficiently while our partners’ ecosystems 
can be engaged seamlessly; 

– A data platform that generative AI and data analytics can be 

applied to in order to generate actions and insights; 

– A refreshed operating model for greater collaboration between 

the centres of excellence and local markets; and 

– Appropriate governance and protections to safeguard our 

customer data and business integrity.

An engaged workforce is key to achieving our targets for the 
2022-2027 period. We are focused on fostering a working 
environment that enables our people to realise their full potential. 
We have set ourselves the target of a top quartile employee 
engagement and aim to achieve this by implementing the following: 

– Upgrade strategic capabilities relating to Customer, Distribution, 

Health and Technology;

– Develop a robust internal talent pipeline, facilitate mobility and 

acquire capabilities in the market where they do not exist 
internally; and 

– Build a customer-led and performance-driven culture centred 
around values-based leadership and aligned reward structures.

The wealth management opportunity across Asia is substantial. In 
2021, aggregate household wealth in Asia totalled over $150 
trillion1, a level similar to that of North America but higher than 
Europe. With Asia and Africa expected to account for three-quarters 
of the global working age population by 2030, aggregate household 
wealth across our markets is expected to grow in the years ahead. 
Expanding our wealth management propositions and developing a 
differentiated offering for affluent customers will help us capitalise 
on this growth opportunity.

Our wealth and investment capabilities also support the transition to 
net zero by targeting a 55 per cent reduction in our WACI by 2030.

Our current wealth capabilities are currently focused in Singapore 
and Hong Kong. Our investment arm, Eastspring, manages over 
$237 billion in assets and covers 11 markets. We believe our internal 
capabilities can be leveraged further by:

– Providing distribution support to our top agents with a more 
holistic suite of tools to help them identify the needs of our 
affluent customers; 

– Product innovation and customising investment solutions at a 

much faster speed-to-market; and 

– Improving investment performance consistency through high- 

performance teams focused on outperforming relevant 
benchmarks.

Note: (1) Source: Credit Suisse Global Wealth Report 2022, including Asia Pacific 
(ex-Japan), China, India and Africa.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

23

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategic and operating review 

Well positioned for
future opportunities

Prudential has been operating in global life markets for 175 years. We 
are a household name1 in markets that place great value on brand. 
Today, we deliver our life insurance solutions to over 18 million 
customers in large and fast-growing markets across Asia and Africa. 
'Large’ because the combined population of the markets we operate 
in stands at approximately four billion2; ‘Fast-growing’ as it is 
estimated that our markets will collectively generate incremental 
annual gross written premiums of almost US$1 trillion3 in 2033 
compared with 2022. 

We hold the top three positions in 10 out of the 14 Asian life markets4 
in which we have a presence. We are in the top five in six of our eight 
African markets4. Our multi-channel agency and bancassurance 
distribution platform of scale has around 68,000 average monthly 
active agents. We are the number one independent insurer in Asia 
bancassurance5, and our Asia-based in-house investment arm, 
Eastspring, has over US$ 237 billion in assets under management and 
is ranked in the top 10 in six of its markets6.

In 2023, we grew new business profit by 45 per cent to $3,125 
million, in excess of the 37 per cent increase in APE sales. Sales growth 
has continued in the first two months of 2024. 

In August we set out our renewed purpose and strategy for the next 
five years to 2027, together with the key metrics we will use to 
measure our success. 

We have commenced executing the steps outlined in our updated 
strategy announced in August. This includes changes in the strategic 
areas of customer, distribution and health and in our operational 
model. We have complemented the existing leadership teams with 
key hires. 2024 will be a pivotal year as we deepen our execution 
capabilities in the areas most important to us. 

We are seeing early signs of progress across our strategic pillars;

– in customer, four business units9 in 2023 are ranked in the top 
quartile for customer relationship Net Promoter Score (NPS), 
compared to three in 2022, out of the ten business units9 that have 
a standardised approach for measuring customer advocacy. Four 
further business units9 improved their rankings by at least a 
quartile; 

– in agency distribution, we grew average new business profit per 

active agent by 59 per cent contributing to a 75 per cent increase 
in Agency new business profit;

– in bancassurance, we continued to expand our bancassurance 

partner network and increased the proportion of APE sales from 
health and protection business in this channel from 6 per cent in 
2022 to over 7 per cent in 2023; and

– in health, new business profit grew 20 per cent to $330 million.

Further detail on our initial progress on the key strategic pillars and 
enablers is set out later in this report.

Our purpose - For Every Life, For Every Future - defines why we are in 
this business and what we seek to achieve as custodians of 
stakeholder value for the long term.

To demonstrate our commitment to delivering shareholder value 
through the new strategy, we introduced two new financial 
objectives7:

Our strategy sets out our priorities and objectives over the next five 
years to realise our purpose and how we will create value for all our 
stakeholders: our customers, our employees, our shareholders and our 
communities.

The components of our strategy are: 

– our multi-market growth engines;
– our strategic pillars;
– our group-wide enablers; and
– our organisational model design.

We believe carrying out the actions to deliver the strategy will 
transform the business and enable us to take greater advantage of 
the opportunities open to us. 

– to grow new business profit to 2027 at a rate of 15-20 per cent 
compound annual growth from the level achieved in 2022; and 

– for the same period to deliver double digit compound annual 

growth in operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance 
and asset management business. 

Alongside our early successes in delivering against our strategy we 
have seen a strong financial performance in 2023 as discussed below.

As in previous years, we discuss our performance in this report on a 
constant currency basis8, unless stated otherwise. We discuss our 
financial position on an actual exchange rates basis, unless otherwise 
noted. The definitions of the key metrics we use to discuss our 
performance are set out in the "Definition of performance metrics" 
section later in this document.

24

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

New business profit

Full Year 2022
Actual exchange 
rate

Full Year 2023
$2.2 billion $3.1 billion 

Objective 20277
Implied amount
$4.4 – $5.4 billion

Amount

Our business generated new business profit of $3,125 million for the 
year, demonstrating substantial progress towards our 2027 objective.

Operating free surplus generated from in-force 
insurance and asset management business

Full Year 2022
Actual exchange 
rate

Full Year 2023
$2.8 billion $2.7 billion  

Objective 20277
Implied amount
>$4.4 billion 

Amount 

The $2,740 million of operating free surplus that we generated from 
in-force insurance and asset management business for the year is 
broadly flat when compared with the prior year, as we continue to 
invest as planned in our strategic pillars and new business over the 
next couple of years. The gradual compounding of the new business 
contribution and improving operating variances will support progress 
towards our 2027 financial objective.

Our performance reflects the breadth and broad based nature of our 
markets, with new business profit growing in 17 of our 22 life markets 
and an increased market share in seven of our Asian life markets4. 

Our agency channel delivered new business profit of $2,096 million, 
an increase of 75 per cent. This reflects both APE sales growth of 67 
per cent and favourable business mix effects along with a 37 per cent 
increase in new business profit from health and protection products. 
Agency sales accounted for 48 per cent of total APE sales and circa 
two-thirds of the Group’s new business profits. 

Bancassurance new business profit fell 8 per cent to $793 million in 
2023 primarily due to challenging market conditions in the Chinese 
Mainland and Vietnam. Excluding these two markets, new business 
profit increased by 23 per cent with 11 markets delivering double-
digit growth. APE sales through the bancassurance channel increased 
3 per cent compared with 2022, supported by growth in Hong Kong 
and Taiwan, offset by significant reductions in sales volumes in the 
Chinese Mainland and Vietnam. 

Hong Kong was a significant contributor to growth accounting for 45 
per cent of new business profits in the period as both its new business 
profit and APE sales grew by over three times the prior year level. This 
growth was diversified across distribution channels and products. We 
see an opportunity for sustained growth in Hong Kong as the drivers 
of demand from domestic and Chinese Mainland visitors remain 
intact. 

Eastspring's funds under management and advice increased by 7 per 
cent (on an actual exchange rates basis) to $237.1 billion, reflecting 
positive market movements and inflows from external clients and our 
life business. These positive movements were offset by expected 
outflows of funds managed on behalf of M&G plc.

During 2023 the Group adopted IFRS 17, a new accounting standard 
for insurance that significantly altered the Group's IFRS reporting. 
More details on the change and its impact are set out in the Financial 
Review. On the IFRS 17 metric, Group adjusted IFRS operating profit 
for the year was $2,893 million, 8 per cent higher than 2022 
calculated on a consistent basis and using constant exchange rates. 
IFRS profit after tax for 2023 was $1,712 million (2022: loss after tax 
of $(1,005) million on a constant exchange rate basis, loss after tax of 
$(997) million on an actual exchange rate basis).

The substantial increase in new business reported above led to 
materially higher investment in new business of $(733) million (2022: 
$(552) million). This resulted in lower group operating free surplus, 
despite reduced central costs including interest expense and 
restructuring costs. The Group's capital position remains strong, with 
an estimated shareholder surplus above the Group's Prescribed 
Capital Requirement of $16.1 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 
December 2022: $15.6 billion on an actual exchange rate basis) and 
a cover ratio of 295 per cent (31 December 2022: 302 per cent after 
allowing for the debt redemption in January 2023). 

Reflecting the Group's strong capital position and in line with its 
policy the Directors have approved a second interim dividend per 
share of 14.21 cents per share (2022: 13.04 cent per share), for a 
total 2023 divided of 20.47 cents per share (2022: 18.78 cents per 
share), an increase of 9 per cent over the prior year.

Focus on our three strategic pillars

1. Enhancing customer experiences – we are committed 
to putting customer advocacy at the heart of our business and 
becoming their trusted partner. We have the following priorities:

– to support customer acquisition by personalised targeting – 

allowing us to more easily identify engagement opportunities;

– to curate comprehensive customer-led differentiated 

proposition offerings with segmentation by life stages; and 
– to offer seamless end-to-end customer experiences through 
simple tech-enabled journeys combining technology with 
human care and understanding.

By focusing on these priorities we believe we will drive new customer 
acquisition and existing customer retention.

We have standardised our approach to measuring and analysing 
customer advocacy across ten business units9. Our approach is 
centred around net promoter scores, which measure how likely 
customers are to recommend Prudential. We have seen initial traction 
in 2023 with four of our business units9 in the top quartile (up from 
three in 2022). Eight out of ten business units9 moved up at least one 
quartile or remained in 1st quartile in the latest relationship net 
promoter scores results. The improvement seen has been led by 
leadership initiatives that prioritise the voice of customers in our 
business. These include the launch of a monthly CEO customer 
experience forum in our markets, together with a proactive approach 
to following up with customers who report unsatisfactory experiences. 
We empowered employees to listen to the voices of our customers 
through the introduction of service huddles. These meetings bring 
together employees across a range of functions to discuss recent 
customer feedback and collectively identify solutions for customer 
pain points. We will continue this journey in 2024 and beyond with 
more customer advocacy initiatives and actions.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

25

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategic and operating review continued

To achieve our ambition of having ten business units9 in the top 
quartile relationship NPS in their respective markets by 2027, we will 
further strengthen our efforts around customer advocacy. We will do 
this by investing in common platforms and frameworks, 
institutionalising best practices, deploying digital and data 
capabilities in customer acquisition, servicing and engagement. We 
will deliver these capabilities at pace and scale across all markets with 
a unified customer organisation structure, which will give us a strong 
foundation to support the achievement of our ambitions. We plan to 
drive customer advocacy by; setting high service standards, 
continuously listening to customer feedback and acting on it, re-
designing our customer journey and using robust portfolio 
management to engage new customers, increase repeated sales and 
improve loyalty.

We measure our success using relationship net promoter scores across 
the organisation. We aim to be top quartile for ten business units9 by 
2027. For our customer retention rate we have an ambition of 
achieving between 90 per cent and 95 per cent by 2027. During 2023 
we saw a slight decline in the customer retention rate to 86 per cent 
(2022: 89 per cent) which was affected by an industry-wide fall in 
consumer sentiment in Vietnam. We see customer base growth and 
improving net promoter scores for each transactional touchpoint as 
the building blocks of our overall relationship net promoter score.

2. Technology-powered distribution – empowering our 
agency force with best-in-class technologies and solutions, 
deepening our bank partner base through segmented 
propositions and creating omnichannel customer journeys will 
enable us to reach more customers and strengthen relationships 
with existing ones. 

Agency
We have around 68,000 average monthly active agents and, over 
9,000 who qualify for Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT) status. 
Prudential has one of the leading agency forces in Asia. 

We have the ambition to increase agency new business profit by 2.5 
to 3 times from the 2022 level by 2027, through significantly 
increasing the number of active monthly agents and more than 
doubling new business profit per agent over the same period. 

In 2023, the number of average active agents per month increased 
by three per cent and average monthly new business profit per active 
agent increased by 59 per cent to over $2,800. 

We continue to focus on quality recruitment through tailored and 
strategic talent sourcing. Our signature career switcher programme 
for existing professionals is active in seven markets and recruited over 
4,500 advisors. On average these advisors were six times more 
productive in their first year than other typical agent recruits. In Hong 
Kong, we introduced a Top Talent Professional recruitment 
programme tapping into over 100 high profile talent immigrants 
sponsored by government. In Singapore, we inaugurated Prudential 
Financial Advisers to attract professional financial planners who are 
committed to offering holistic advice on both insurance and 
investment solutions.

We continue to upskill our agency force by enhancing the career 
path and learning journey for our agents. This equips them with the 
necessary knowledge, skills and tools to be a trusted advisor to our 
customers. We integrated our activity and leads management engine 
with customer campaigns to scale up and enhance the productivity of 
our agents. 115,000 agents used PruForce, our technology-driven 
distribution platform, which we believe enhances agent effectiveness. 

26

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Over four million leads were generated and distributed to the agency 
force using PruLeads, our digital leads platform in PruForce, across our 
markets in 2023. Assisted by this technology, our agents converted 8 
per cent of these leads into new sales to meet customers' needs and 
financial goals. 

We are upskilling the next generation of highly productive agents via 
our on-demand learning and development platform, which offers 
personalised curriculums to assist agents in engaging, nurturing and 
converting prospects. Agency leaders are being trained to become the 
next generation of professional team-builders through structured 
leadership development programmes.

Bancassurance
Bancassurance provides incremental access to large numbers of 
customers in multiple locations using third-party infrastructure. It is a 
significant source of new business for the Group. Our 200 bank 
partners include 10 key strategic partners, including two joint venture 
and associate partners. 

The penetration rate in our seven strategic bank partners (excluding 
our joint venture and associate partners and our partner in Cambodia 
and Laos) in the year was 7.8 per cent (2022: circa 7.6 per cent).

We are building on the performance seen in 2023 by delivering 
against our strategic priorities. 

We are broadening our customer proposition to offer attractive 
health and protection propositions and by penetrating the high net 
worth and premium segments. Overall, we sold around 1 million new 
policies in 2023, with regular premium policies contributing to more 
than 90 per cent of APE sales. APE sales of health and protection 
products through bancassurance partners increased 26 per cent in the 
year, representing over half of the policies sold through the channel 
and over 7 per cent of total APE sales in 2023 (2022: 6 per cent). We 
see increasing the contribution of health and protection products to 
our bancassurance channel as a key step in achieving our 
bancassurance new business profit growth ambition.

We are developing omni-channel customer journeys backed by 
analytics to engage with our customers. For example in Thailand, we 
innovated with a new simple in-branch digital referral model with a 
key strategic partner, which enables us to reach potentially over 7,000 
customers and will help them achieve their medium term saving and 
protection goals.

To expand bank penetration further, we will deploy integrated data-
led marketing to target customers more effectively. In early 2024 we 
launched a structured customer engagement program with UOB, 
powered by analytics. The programme supports sales staff in 
recommending suitable insurance offerings during their interactions 
with customers.

We reward our bank partners for outcomes that deliver for the 
customer and create value. We have introduced new reward 
mechanisms with our strategic partners to deliver win-win solutions 
for customers, partners and shareholders.

We also aim to offer our bank partners' staff learning and 
development via integrated modern and digital learning platforms 
that can provide modular, on-demand, training. 

We continue to expand our bancassurance network. In Thailand, our 
new 10-year partnership with CIMB became effective at the end of 
2023. In the first two months of partnership, its APE sales had already 
accounted for 6 per cent of Thailand bancassurance APE sales.

In Vietnam, we extended our partnership with VIB until 2036. Our 
agreement with VIB incorporates a first-in-market approach to 

strengthen the control of business quality, demonstrating our joint 
commitment to serve customers better.

Our key strategic partner, UOB, successfully integrated the ex-Citi 
franchise across four of our markets, giving us access to an additional 
2.4 million bank customers. 

We have established an operating cadence with our strategic 
partners and we will continue to drive aligned strategic direction and 
execution through partnership steering committees both at Group 
and local levels to ensure we deliver on all our priorities. 

In 2023, our health business across the Group contributed $330 
million to new business profit, an increase of 20 per cent. By focusing 
on the priorities above we are committed to achieving our ambitions 
to deliver a top-quartile health insurance Net Promoter Score by 2027, 
growing our customer base and profitability, and doubling our health 
new business profit from 2022 to 2027.

Focus on our three strategic enablers
To capture the growth opportunities that we have identified in each 
of the strategic pillars above, we have three enablers:

By focusing on these priorities we believe we will meet our ambition 
to increase new business profit from bancassurance by 2027 to be 1.5 
to 2 times that seen in 2022.

3. Transforming the health business model – we 

believe there are substantial opportunities to further grow our 
health business by becoming a trusted partner to our customers 
and playing a much-needed coordinating role across their 
healthcare journeys. We are focusing on the following priorities:

– Upgrading our core health insurance proposition – we are 

accelerating development of more advanced, segment-specific and 
sustainable products. This includes incorporating risk-based pricing 
and value-added services, such as enhancing the in-network 
benefits of existing as-charged products to cater to our customers' 
evolving healthcare needs. We are also adopting practices that are 
utilised elsewhere in the Group to assist with managing customer 
affordability and continuity of coverage - for example, in Indonesia 
and Malaysia, we are introducing regular repricing of health 
products. In addition, we are supporting our agents' efforts to 
distribute health products through enhanced recognition, reward 
and training initiatives. We are also strengthening our health 
branding campaigns to highlight Prudential’s aim to become a 
trusted partner for its health customers. Operational excellence is 
being further enhanced by straight-through-processing and AI-
enabled digitalisation of underwriting and claims journeys. We 
believe increased automation and enhanced analytics will deliver 
better customer experience as well as further protect us against 
claims fraud and abuse, for example, by implementing AI-driven 
detection models. 

– Expanding our role through connecting health-care journeys 
using an asset-light approach - we will implement guided care 
pathways and case management to help customers better 
navigate through their healthcare journey. By leveraging our 
streamlined preferred medical provider partners, we will ensure 
high-quality and cost-effective care. Examples include scoring and 
tiering of network hospitals based on outcome and cost in 
Indonesia and Malaysia, regional arrangements for breast cancer 
treatment in Thailand by a leading hospital group, and developing 
case management and concierge capabilities in Indonesia, 
Singapore and Hong Kong.

We have developed an operational plan across our major health 
markets of Malaysia, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Singapore with clear 
accountabilities, performance metrics, timelines and deliverables. In 
early 2024, we appointed Arjan Toor as Health CEO, who will be 
based in Singapore and has joined us from Cigna. We are allocating 
dedicated resources and will be recruiting further key talent at both 
local and Group levels to manage health insurance as a line of 
business in order to drive business performance and accelerate 
growth. We are exploring health opportunities in India. 

Enabler#1: Open-architecture technology 
platform

Our long-term programme is changing our technology operating 
model. By delivering superior customer and distribution 
experiences, our new model will support our three strategic pillars - 
Customer, Distribution and Health. Data privacy and customer 
information security are critical focus areas for this function and we 
are investing substantial amounts in infrastructure, systems and 
culture to support this.

In respect of our wholly owned operations technology driven core 
competencies that are consistent across these markets will be housed 
on an open architecture platform. Our strategy focuses on i.) creating 
new, common capabilities with greater collaboration between central 
centres of excellence and local market teams; ii.) improving 
resiliency; iii.) efficiency; and iv) using AI and data analytics 
throughout our whole organisation. 

We intend to move our applications in different markets to a 
common platform, to help provide a uniform user experience, improve 
our efficiency, increase operational reliability and create new global 
capabilities as we switch to modular and standardised applications. 
We aim to cut the number of our applications by more than half by 
2027. We have begun this journey with the introduction of our 
PruServices 2.0 Web in Malaysia in January 2024. PruServices 2.0 Web 
offers an improved and simplified customer experience with 
immediate customer feedback and as we roll it out across our 
markets, we will be able to retire 15 customer service applications. 
Similarly, PruForce, the technology-driven distribution platform for our 
agents, will offer a consistent set of features for our agents across our 
markets, enabling us to retire 26 agency-related applications.

Improving the reliability of our technology infrastructure is key. We 
have added a service integration and management layer to oversee 
our outsourced technology infrastructure and operations services. This 
is to ensure the performance and dependability of our systems. We 
also invested in tooling capabilities to improve the efficiency of 
infrastructure monitoring, spot high risk or vulnerable areas that need 
more support and upgrades, to enhance our overall system 
availability. As a result, we lowered the number of monthly incidents 
by 60 per cent, and improved recovery times by 40 per cent in 2023.

We have also finalised our technology organisation operating model, 
which brings together our technology talent pool across the business 
into a single integrated team. This new operating model will leverage 
the experience and skills of our talent pool in specific markets for the 
benefit of the whole business. It also captures efficiencies by 
removing duplication of functions and skills. As part of the new 
operating model, we are also building teams centred around global 
technology products for our customer and agency pillars. We plan to 
deploy similar teams for other business areas and group functions by 
the end of 2024. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

27

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Strategic and operating review continued

In addition, we have developed advanced platforms that store the 
key data of our operations in our main markets. This enables us to 
deploy advanced analytics and AI for high value purposes. For 
example, using GenAI to help our call centre agents shorten customer 
enquiry times. In a test run in one market, product enquiry times were 
cut from more than four minutes to less than 30 seconds. We are now 
testing this on real-time customer enquiries as well as in two other 
markets. We are also working on utilising analytics and AI more across 
our strategic pillars and those group functions that use the open 
architecture platform. We continue to invest in our machine learning 
operations capabilities to build AI and machine learning models of 
scale. Our aim is to embed analytics and AI within the culture of our 
organisation. In line with this, we are looking to design and develop 
tailored training for all our employees across all levels, locations and 
functions, along with adoption programmes to help our employees 
make use of analytics and AI in their daily work life. To facilitate these 
programmes, we are setting up an AI lab to foster innovation and 
creativity internally, while also attracting external talent and ideas. 
The lab will help us try out new capabilities that we can then grow 
and use at scale across the organisation. Through these initiatives, we 
plan to deliver at least two high-value analytics and AI use cases per 
strategic pillar this year for use in our markets.

Innovation in AI is also being undertaken at our Joint Ventures. For 
example, by utilising AI technology, CPL has shortened the 
underwriting of non-standard cases from three days to one and a half 
hours. Meanwhile, the claims payment turnaround has shortened 
from 1.29 days in 2022 to 0.45 days in 2023. 

Enabler#2: Engaged people and high-
performance culture 

An engaged workforce is critical to the delivery of our strategy and we 
are working with our people to create a culture that is customer led 
and performance-driven.

We aim to create an environment that allows our people to thrive, 
connect, grow, and succeed. We will focus on the following priorities 
to deliver this:

– Promote values-based leadership and aligned reward structure 
to help build a culture that is customer-led and performance-driven;

– Build strategic capabilities through targeted talent acquisition 
and internal talent development, particularly within the areas of 
customer, distribution, health and technology;

– Develop a robust internal talent pipeline through succession 

planning, facilitating mobility and focused development plans, in 
tandem with efforts to accelerate development of female leaders; 
and

– Standardise, simplify, and digitalise end-to-end people processes to 

enhance the employee experience. 

By focusing on these priorities, we aim to create a better workplace 
experience as we make the required shifts across the organisation to 
achieve our strategy. 

The PruWay (our values) was co-created with our employees and 
launched in September 2023 following the launch of our Strategy 
and Purpose. Progress has been made in activating the PruWay and 
engaging the organisation on our values and desired behaviours. By 
engaging with the Group’s senior leaders in a series of workshops and 
with the wider workforce through the Group Executive Committee 
(GEC), we have started the process of internalising and translating a 
set of value statements into day-to-day actions. We call these 
PruSteps. The Group’s senior leaders will be involved in embedding 
the PruWay deeper into the organisation through workshops that will 
touch all employees in 2024.

To drive a high-performance culture, a refreshed performance and 
pay model will be implemented in 2024. The emphasis will be to align 
personal and team goals to our strategy and the PruWay. This is to 
ensure we establish an environment where highly engaged 
employees consistently demonstrate behaviour and practice our 
values. To do this, we will communicate the value proposition on what 
a high-performance culture means and build our capability to uplift 
the strength of our workforce through meaningful and effective 
development conversations. 

To build a robust talent pipeline we are in the process of 
implementing a consistent succession planning and talent 
development process to enhance the robustness and sustainability of 
our leadership bench strength. 

Through these measures we seek to improve the engagement of all 
our employees with an ambition to have top-quartile employee 
engagement by 2027. 

Enabler#3: Wealth and investments 
capabilities

Wealth and Investment is a key enabler to help us deliver on our 
purpose.

We plan to enhance our wealth and investment capabilities by 
leveraging Eastspring and our investment office as well as providing 
distribution support to our top agents to better serve our wealth 
customers.

We are committed to product innovation to enable us to offer a 
wide variety of customised wealth solutions that meet our customers' 
needs for wealth appreciation, wealth protection, wealth succession 
and retirement, and to provide our distribution teams with the tools 
and training they need to serve our wealth customers better.

The cornerstone of helping customers meet their financial goals is the 
delivery of positive investment performance and the creation of 
appropriate delivery mechanisms to achieve this. Consideration of 
asset allocations, mandates and selection of investment managers 
for Prudential insurance policies sits with the life companies, overseen 
by the Group Investment Officer. Eastspring’s specific investment 
skills and track record in certain asset classes along with its investment 
wrapper design capabilities are being harnessed alongside third-party 
capabilities. 

28

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

We are formulating a series of wealth management products that 
can be used by advisors to create investment outcomes that can 
adapt and meet their customer needs overtime. These may include a 
combination of passive and active investment strategies. The 
packaging of these strategies into discretionary fund management 
options provides the client with the potential to invest in a spectrum 
of asset management styles over their lifetimes and as their financial 
circumstances change. 

Eastspring has focused on developing its human resources both in 
terms of human capital and internal performance benchmarking. A 
CIO has been appointed in February 2024, who will be responsible for 
the day to day management of the investment teams. A new head of 
distribution was also appointed in February 2024.

Eastspring is supporting the training and development needs of our 
Prudential Financial Advisers (PFA) distribution force, a force of over 
500 financial advisors who offer a more holistic suite of products 
outside of our core Prudential insurance offerings. Already, products 
from seven general insurance and two life firms are included in the 
range, broadening the suite of products for legacy planning for high-
net-worth individuals and retirement plans to meet the needs of a 
rapidly ageing population. The range is expected to expand further in 
2024 and a thousand additional advisors are planned to be added to 
PFA in due course. 

We continue to strengthen our wealth team and are enhancing our 
go-to-market investment updates for customers and distribution 
teams. We see opportunities to better meet our customers needs for 
wealth accumulation, wealth protection, wealth succession and 
retirement. Through high-performance investment teams we will seek 
to drive continual improvement in customer outcomes across the 
wealth life-cycle.

Implementing our Organisational Model
Changes to our organisational model are being made to enable us to 
deliver consistent performance across the Group and to prioritise 
value creation when deploying capital across our markets.

These changes include the complementing of existing teams and 
structures with additional skills and capabilities through the sourcing 
of selected new talent, reskilling existing talent and changing 
reporting and responsibilities across teams.

We believe our new organisational model, together with our 
commitment to invest in building out our capabilities further, will 
harness economies of scale and generate value for all our 
stakeholders.

By implementing changes to our organisational model and by 
combining the technology platform changes we are making, including 
the roll-out of best practices across our markets, we are confident we 
can deliver a consistently high level of service to our customers and 
our partners over the long term. 

Outlook 
We delivered an excellent financial and operational performance in 
2023 and deployed increased levels of capital in new business, 
enhancing core capabilities and expanding distribution. Sales growth 
has continued in the first two months of 2024. Given the relentless 
execution focus in implementing our strategy, we are increasingly 
confident in achieving our 2027 financial and strategic objectives and 
in accelerating value creation for our shareholders.

Notes
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)
(9)

Source: Kantar survey.
Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division, World Population Prospects 2022.
Source: Swiss Re forecast (July 2023).
As reported at full year 2023 unless otherwise specified. Sources include formal (eg competitors results release, local regulators and insurance association) and informal 
(industry exchange) market share. Ranking based on new business (APE sales, weighted new business premium, full year premium or weighted first year premium) or 
Gross Written Premium depending on availability of data. Rankings in the case of Chinese Mainland, Taiwan and Myanmar are among foreign insurers, and for India is 
among private companies. Countries based on nine months ended September 2023: Philippines, Ghana (Africa) and Kenya (Africa) and full year 2022: Laos, Zambia 
(Africa) and Togo (Africa) and full year 2020: Nigeria (Africa).
Source: Based on FY2022 data from local regulators, industry associations and Prudential' internal data. Estimates are based on market intelligence, if data is not publicly 
available.
Source: As reported at full year 2023. Sources include local regulators, asset management association, investment data providers and research companies (e.g. 
Morningstar, Lipper). Rankings are based on total funds under management (including discretionary funds, where available) of onshore domiciled funds or public mutual 
funds of the respective markets. 
The objectives assume exchange rates at December 2022 and economic assumptions made by Prudential in calculating the EEV basis supplementary information for the 
year ended 31 December 2022, and are based on regulatory and solvency regimes applicable across the Group at the time the objectives were set. The objectives assume 
that existing EEV and Free Surplus methodology at December 2022 will be applicable over the period.
See note A1 to the IFRS financial statements for more detail on our exchange rate presentation.
Business units equate to legal entities.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

29

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our business model

We are guided by our purpose

For Every Life, For Every Future

Key resources, relationships and differentiators

Customers
At Prudential, we are focused on being our customers’ most trusted 
partner throughout their life journeys. 

Our retention ratio already stands at 86 per cent, putting us in a strong 
position to grow our share of wallet with existing customers over their 
lifetime. The roll-out of key priorities, such as personalised targeting, 
segmentation by life stage, differentiated propositions and simple tech-
enabled journeys underpin our customer-centric strategy.

Markets 
The Asian and African markets we are focused on are large – with 
increasing demand for health protection and wealth management 
solutions. 

We are one of the few pure-play Asian/African focused groups in our 
sector. We hold top-three positions in 10 out of the 14 Asian life markets 
and top five in 6 out of the 8 African life markets we have a presence in. 
We have one of the largest agency forces in Asia and we are the number 
one independent insurer in Asia bancassurance. The breadth of our 
access to the world’s fastest-growing markets across Asia and Africa is 
therefore a key differentiator for us. 

Products  
As well as our traditional protection and wealth products, we are 
addressing the major health insurance opportunity in Asia. 

We have had a substantial health and protection business in several 
markets for many years. There are opportunities to grow the Group’s 
footprint across other markets and we want to become a trusted partner 
to our customers, fulfilling a much-needed coordinating role across their 
healthcare journeys. 

Distribution 
Prudential has a multi-channel distribution platform of scale. 

We have scale in both agency and bancassurance channels with around 
68,000 average monthly active agents and more than 200 bank 
partners, 10 of which are strategic. 

Aggregate household wealth in Asia totalled over $150 trillion2 in 2021 
and is expected to continue to grow in the years ahead. 

Eastspring, our in-house asset manager, spans 11 markets and manages 
over US$237 billion of assets and occupies top-10 positions in six of its 
markets.  

30

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

How we create value

We offer insurance and asset management products, 
focusing on the markets where we believe there is rising 
demand for savings and protection offerings. By tailoring 
our products to the needs of customers in these markets, 
we believe we have a significant opportunity for growth 
and value creation.

Key metric:
Gross Free
Surplus
Generation

Allocating capital
We reinvest the cash flow 
generated by existing 
policies in new business and 
extending our customer, 
digitally enabled 
distribution and health 
capabilities, compounding 
the growth of the business. 
These cash flows are also 
used to meet our central 
costs and pay returns to 
shareholders, including 
dividends.

Following our  
purpose
> p.12

Driven by our 
strategy
> p.13

 
Writing new business
We sell products designed to meet the 
needs of customers and support our 
agents in the sales process. We aim to 
write new business that provides attractive 
returns to our shareholders.

Key metric: 
New Business
Profit

Managing the policies of 
our existing customers
By putting the customer at the 
heart of what we do, we seek to 
retain them alongside managing 
the investments that back their 
policies and the costs of running 
our business.

Key metric:
Embedded 
Value

Value we create for key stakeholders

Customers
We aim to deliver superior customer 
experiences. Our mission is ‘to be the 
most trusted partner and protector for 
this generation and generations to come, 
by providing simple and accessible 
financial and health solutions’. How we 
are delivering for our customers will be 
assessed against our ambition to achieve 
top quartile relationship NPS by 2027.

4

Business units with 
top quartile 
relationship NPS 
scores in 2023 

Employees
We provide an inclusive working 
environment where we develop talent, 
reward performance, protect our people 
and value our differences. We measure 
success for our employees through 
engagement scores from annual surveys.

Our ambition is 
top quartile 
employee 
engagement 
when compared 
to our peers.

$3.1bn

2023 new 
business profit 
(2022: $2.1bn)

$2.7bn

2023 OFSG from 
in-force insurance 
and asset 
management 
business (2022: 
$2.7bn)

50%

2023 reduction in 
WACI from 2019 
baseline

Shareholders
We can accelerate value creation for our 
shareholders and other stakeholders by 
exercising operational and financial 
discipline as we execute our strategy and 
business model. Our ambition is to grow 
new business profit at a CAGR of 15 to 
20 per cent between 2022 and 20271. 
This will be driven by our plan to increase 
agency, bancassurance and health new 
business profits, and grow operating free 
surplus generation at a double-digit 
CAGR growth rate across the same time 
period1. 

Communities
Our purpose reflects our commitment to 
the wider communities in which we 
operate, through meeting the 
underserved needs of our markets and 
adding value for a more sustainable and 
inclusive future. Our commitment to 
sustainability is underpinned by our 
ambition to achieve net zero by 2050 
and a 55% reduction in Weighted 
Average Carbon Intensity by 2030 
against our 2019 baseline.

Underpinned by our 
commitment to 
sustainability
> p.97

Focusing on our 
rigorous risk 
management
> p.56

(1) The objectives assume exchange rates at December 2022 and economic 

assumptions made by Prudential in calculating the EEV basis supplementary 
information for the year ended 31 December 2022, and are based on 
regulatory and solvency regimes applicable across the Group at the time the 
objectives were set. The objectives assume that existing EEV and Free Surplus 
methodology at December 2022 will be applicable over the period.

(2) Source:  Credit Suisse - Global Wealth Report 2022

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

31

 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Key financial performance indicators

Measuring our financial performance

EEV new business profit $m

$3,125m

+43 per cent

Operating free surplus generation from in force insurance 
and asset management business $m

$2,740m

(1) per cent

EEV shareholders’ equity $bn

$45.3bn

+7 per cent

1,643¢ per share

1,534¢ per share

Life insurance products are, by their nature, long term and 
generate profit over a number of years. 

Embedded value reporting provides investors with a measure of 
the future profit streams of the Group. EEV new business profit 
reflects the value of future profit streams.

EEV new business profit increased by 45 per cent on a constant 
exchange rate basis (43 per cent on an actual exchange rate 
basis) to $3,125 million, with a double-digit growth in 12 markets 
led by Hong Kong following the reopening of the border between 
Hong Kong and the Chinese Mainland.

Free surplus generation from in force insurance and asset 
management business is used to measure the internal cash 
generation of our business before investment in new 
business. 

For insurance operations, it represents amounts emerging from 
the in-force business during the year, before allowing for 
investment in new business and excludes non-operating items. 
For asset management, it equates to post-tax adjusted operating 
profit for the year. It is stated before any restructuring costs.

The operating free surplus generation from in-force insurance 
and asset management business during the year was $2,740 
million, broadly flat when compared with the prior year. 

EEV represents the present value of the shareholders’ interest in 
the post-tax future profits (on a local statutory basis) expected to 
arise from the current book of long-term business, after sufficient 
allowance has been made for the aggregate risks in the business. 
Asset management and other non-insurance subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates are included in EEV at the Group’s 
proportionate share of IFRS basis shareholders’ equity, with 
central Group debt shown on a market value basis.

EEV shareholders’ equity increased by 7 per cent (on an actual 
exchange rate basis) to $45.3 billion, largely reflecting higher EEV 
operating profit driven by a 45 per cent increase (on constant 
exchange rate basis) in new business profit, partly offset by the 
payment of external dividends and the effects of market 
movements over the year.

32

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

$3,125m$2,184m20232022$2,740m$2,760m20232022$45.3bn$42.2bn20232022Adjusted operating profit $m

$2,893m

+6 per cent

Adjusted shareholders' equity $bn

$37.3bn

+6 per cent

1,356¢ per share

1,280¢ per share

IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment 
returns (adjusted operating profit).

The Group's business involves entering into long-term contracts 
with customers, and hence the Group manages its associated 
assets and liabilities over a longer-term time horizon. This enables 
the Group to manage a degree of short-term market volatility. 
Therefore, adjusted operating profit based on longer-term 
investment returns is management's preferred measure when 
evaluating the performance of the business. Other distorting 
items are excluded from adjusted operating profit to allow more 
relevant period-on-period comparisons of the trading operations 
of the Group (eg the effects of corporate transactions are 
excluded). A full reconciliation is given in note B1.1 to the IFRS 
financial results

The Group's adjusted operating profit was $2,893 million, up 8 
per cent on a constant exchange rate basis (6 per cent on an 
actual exchange rate basis), largely as a result of lower central 
costs and higher profits from Eastspring, our asset management 
business. The Group's total IFRS profit after tax was $1,712 
million, an improvement on the 2022 loss after tax of $(1,005) 
million on constant exchange rate basis ($(997) million on an 
actual exchange rate basis) given significant investment losses in 
the prior year following rising interest rates.

Management use adjusted shareholders' equity to provide a 
useful reconciliation between IFRS 17 shareholders' equity and 
the Group's embedded value framework, which is often used for 
valuations. It is calculated by adding the IFRS 17 expected future 
profit (as contained within the contractual service margin) to 
IFRS shareholders' equity for all entities in the Group. A full 
reconciliation is given in note II(ii) of the additional information.

The adjusted shareholders' equity increased to $37.3 billion 
(2022: $35.2 billion on an actual exchange rate basis) driven by 
an increase in IFRS shareholders' equity (up 7 per cent) and an 
increase in the Contractual Service Margin (CSM) (up 5 per cent).

Notes
(1) The comparative results shown above have been prepared using an actual exchange rate (AER) basis except where otherwise stated. Comparative results on a constant 

exchange rate (CER) basis are also shown in financial tables in the Financial Review report on our 2023 financial performance. Growth rates for 2023 to 2022 are on an AER 
basis.

(2) The definition of the key financial metrics are set out in the 'Definition of performance metrics' section later in this document.
(3) IFRS Comparatives for 2022 have been restated to reflect the retrospective application of IFRS 17. See note A2.1 to the financial statements for further information and 

reconciliation.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

33

$2,893m$2,722m20232022$37.3bn$35.2bn20232022Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review

Strong and diversified financial 
performance

Prudential delivered a strong 2023 financial performance. This 
highlights the value of our diversification across geography and by 
distribution channel. We introduced two new financial objectives as 
an integral part of the Group's strategy update. In 2023 we made 
good progress towards our 2027 new business profit objective and 
are on track with our related 2027 objective for operating free surplus 
generated from in-force insurance and asset management business. 
2023 also saw higher EEV operating profit and shareholders’ equity, 
as well as higher Group adjusted operating profit following CSM 
growth. 

2023 saw an improvement in economic performance of the countries 
in which we operate. There was still volatility although this reduced 
over the course of the year. Government bond yields in many of our 
Asian markets reduced while the US 10-year yield closed the year 
relatively stable at 3.9 per cent. Equity market performance varied 
considerably, with the S&P 500 index increasing by 24 per cent, the 
MSCI Asia excluding Japan equity index by 4 per cent, while the Hang 
Seng index fell by 14 per cent.

As in previous years, we comment on our performance in local 
currency terms (expressed on a constant exchange rate basis) to show 
the underlying business trends in periods of currency movement, 
unless otherwise noted. We discuss our financial position on an actual 
exchange rates basis, unless otherwise noted. The definitions of the 
key metrics we use to discuss our performance in this report are set 
out in the 'Definition of performance metrics' section later in this 
document.

New business profit was up 45 per cent to $3,125 million, led by Hong 
Kong, with a double-digit growth in 12 of our 22 markets following 
the removal of all pandemic-related restrictions, in particular the 
reopening of the border between Hong Kong and the Chinese 
Mainland and consequential rebound of APE sales. Further, we saw a 
34 per cent increase in the new business profit for health and 
protection products contributing to 40 per cent of our new business 
profit, while the new business profit for savings product grew by 54 
per cent. This was underpinned by a 37 per cent growth in APE sales, 
which, in absolute terms, exceeded the pre-pandemic level of 2019. 
Excluding the effects of interest rates and other economic changes, 
given our active EEV reporting basis, new business profit increased by 
47 per cent.

Group EEV operating profit increased by 17 per cent to $4,546 
million, largely due to higher new business profits from insurance 
business, an increase in the profit from Eastspring, our asset 
management business, and a reduction in central costs. The 
operating return on embedded value was 10 per cent compared with 
9 per cent in 2022. After allowing for the payment of the external 
dividend and economic effects, such as changes in interest rates, and 
currency movements, the Group’s embedded value at 31 December 
2023 was $45.3 billion (31 December 2022: $42.2 billion on an 
actual exchange rate basis), equivalent to 1,643 cents per share (31 
December 2022: 1,534 cents per share on an actual exchange rate 
basis). The operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance 
and asset management business during the period was $2,740 
million, broadly flat when compared to prior year. Investment in new 
business of $(733) million (2022: $(552) million) reflected higher APE 
sales and business mix effects. As a result total operating free surplus 
generated from life and asset management business reduced to 
$2,007 million (2022: $2,173 million).

The Group implemented IFRS 17, the new accounting standard for 
insurance contracts in 2023 with comparatives restated accordingly. 
In line with the preliminary guidance provided with the Group’s 2022 
results (on an actual exchange rates basis), the Group shareholders’ 
equity at 1 January 2022, the date of transition, increased by $1.8 
billion to $18.9 billion and 2022 full year adjusted operating profit fell 
by $653 million to $2,722 million. The full year 2022 saw a loss after 
tax of $(997) million on an IFRS 17 basis. While IFRS 17 is an 
important accounting change, resulting in changes to the timing of 
profit recognition compared with the previous IFRS 4 approach, it 
does not change the total level of profit generated. As a result, it does 
not change the underlying economics of our business. Our embedded 
value framework, which is linked to the Group’s regulatory position 
and consequently future capital generation, is in our view more 
representative of shareholder value. The Group also implemented 
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments from 1 January 2023, with no material 
impact on the Group’s financial statements. Further details on the 
transition to IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 are included in the IFRS financial 
results.

34

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

The Group's dividend policy is unchanged and described later in this 
report. Recognising the strong conviction we have in the Group's 
strategy, when determining the annual dividend we look through the 
investments in new business and investments in capabilities. The 
Board has approved a second interim dividend of 14.21cents per 
share (2022: 13.04 cents per share up 9 per cent). When this is 
combined with the first interim dividend the Group’s total 2023 
dividend is 20.47 cents per share (2022: 18.78 cents per share), an 
increase of 9 per cent. The Board intends to maintain this approach, 
and continues to expect the 2024 annual dividend to grow in the 
range 7 - 9 per cent. 

The Group is carrying out a number of actions to support the 
development of liquidity in the trading of its shares on the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange, following its capital raise in 2021. In 2024, the Group 
is actively exploring the use of scrip dividends, including issuance only 
on the Hong Kong line and the dilutive effect being neutralised by a 
share buy back on the London line. 

The Group executed a $41 million share repurchase programme in 
January 2024 to neutralise the 2023 Employee and agent share 
scheme issuance. It intends to make further repurchases in the future 
to offset the expected dilution from the vesting of awards under 
employee and agent share schemes. 

We believe that the Group’s performance during the year positions us 
well, as we implement the new strategy, to meet our financial 
objectives to grow new business profit and consequently in-force 
insurance and asset management operating free surplus generated, 
as detailed in the strategic and operating review.

Group IFRS adjusted operating profit was $2,893 million, up 8 per 
cent in 2023, largely as a result of lower central costs and higher 
profits from Eastspring, our asset management business. The Group’s 
total IFRS profit after tax for the period was $1,712 million, an 
improvement on the 2022 loss after tax of $(1,005) million on a 
constant exchange rate basis (loss of $(997) million on an actual 
exchange rate basis). The swing in result largely reflects changes in 
short-term fluctuations in interest rates. There was a modest decrease 
in interest rates in 2023 compared with interest rates increasing 
significantly in 2022.

Adjusted shareholders’ equity increased to $37.3 billion (31 
December 2022: $35.2 billion on an actual exchange rate basis), 
equivalent to 1,356 cents per share (31 December 2022: 1,280 cents 
per share on an actual exchange rate basis), driven by an increase in 
IFRS shareholders’ equity (up 7 per cent) and an increase in the 
Contractual Service Margin (CSM) (up 5 per cent). The CSM benefited 
from the contribution from new business and unwind. Using a longer-
term normalised return for Variable Fee Approach (VFA) business, the 
unwind and new business contribution would have exceeded the 
release in the period by $1.7 billion, equivalent to a net increase of 9 
per cent in the CSM compared with the start of year position.

Our Group’s regulatory capital position, free surplus and central 
liquidity positions remain robust. The Group’s leverage remains near 
the bottom of our target range at 20 per cent, estimated on a 
Moody’s basis. 

The Group capital adequacy requirements are aligned with the 
established EEV and free surplus framework by comparing the total 
eligible Group capital resources with the Group’s Prescribed Capital 
Requirement (GPCR). At 31 December 2023, the estimated 
shareholder surplus above the GPCR was $16.1 billion (31 December 
2022: $15.6 billion on an actual exchange rates basis) and cover ratio 
295 per cent (31 December 2022: 307 per cent before allowing for 
the debt redemption in January 2023 and 302 per cent after the 
redemption).

Supported by a clear and disciplined capital allocation policy, the 
Group is well positioned, with considerable financial flexibility 
including leverage capacity, to take advantage of the growth 
opportunities ahead. In 2023, we have allocated capital to investing 
in higher new business at attractive rates of return, in developing our 
customer, distribution, health and technology capabilities and we 
intend to deploy $1billion as part of our updated strategy. In line with 
our capital allocation priorities (as set out in the Capital Management 
section below) excess capital, if and when it emerges, would be 
returned to shareholders.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

35

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review continued

IFRS profit

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other 

Insurance business

Asset management

Total segment profit

Other income and expenditure:

Investment return and other items

Interest payable on core structural borrowings

Corporate expenditure

Other income and expenditure

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Adjusted operating profit

Non-operating items:

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns

(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders

Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns

Profit (loss) for the year

IFRS earnings per share

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2023 $m

368   

1,013   

221   

305   

584   

746   

3,237   

280   

3,517   

(21)   

(172)   

(230)   

(423)   

(201)   

2022 $m
271 

1,162 

205 

340 

570 

728 

3,276 

260 

3,536 

(44) 

(200) 

(276) 

(520) 

(294) 

2,893   

2,722 

(774)   

(22)   

2,097   

(385)   

1,712   

(3,420) 

55 

(643) 

(354) 

(997) 

Change %
 36 

 (13) 

 8 

 (10) 

 2 

 2 

 (1) 

 8 

 (1) 

 52 

 14 

 17 

 19 

 32 

 6 

 77 

n/a  

n/a  

 (9) 

n/a  

2022 $m
258 

1,162 

200 

329 

585 

715 

3,249 

255 

3,504 

(44) 

(200) 

(277) 

(521) 

(293) 

2,690 

(3,404) 

55 

(659) 

(346) 

(1,005) 

Change %
 43 

 (13) 

 11 

 (7) 

 — 

 4 

 — 

 10 

 — 

 52 

 14 

 17 

 19 

 31 

 8 

 77 

n/a

n/a

 (11) 

n/a

Based on adjusted operating profit, net of tax and non-controlling 

interest

Based on profit (loss) for the year, net of non-controlling interest

89.0¢   

62.1¢   

79.4¢ 

(36.8) ¢

 12 

n/a  

78.5¢ 

(37.0) ¢

 13 

n/a

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2023 cents

2022 cents

Change %

2022 cents

Change %

Detailed discussion of IFRS financial performance by segment, 
including the detailed analysis of asset management business is 
presented in the section on 'Performance by market'.

Adjusted operating profit reflects that the assets and liabilities of our 
insurance businesses are held for the longer term and the Group 
believes that the trends in underlying performance are better 
understood if the effects of short-term fluctuations in market 
conditions, such as changes in interest rates or equity markets, are 
excluded.

Group IFRS adjusted operating profit was $2,893 million, up by 8 per 
cent, largely reflecting a 10 per cent increase in profit generated by 
Eastspring, our asset management business, and lower central costs. 
Adjusted operating profit for insurance business was at similar levels 
of 2022, with economic movements in 2022 reducing the level of 
longer-term net investment result (which is based on opening asset 
values), largely offset by a higher insurance service result.

36

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance business analysis of operating profit drivers
The table below sets out the key drivers of the Group’s adjusted operating profit for the insurance business as described in note B1.3 of the IFRS 
financial results.

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

Adjusted release of CSM 1
Release of risk adjustment 

Experience variances

Other insurance service result

Adjusted insurance service result

Net investment result on longer-term basis

Other insurance income and expenditure

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates

2023 $m
2,205   

218   

(118)   

(109)   

2,196   

1,241   

(122)   

(78)   

2022 $m
2,265 

179 

(66) 

(204) 

2,174 

1,290 

(98) 

(90) 

Insurance business

3,237   

3,276 

Change %
 (3) 

 22 

 (79) 

 47 

 1 

 (4) 

 (24) 

 13 

 (1) 

2022 $m
2,242 

178 

(62) 

(195) 

2,163 

1,271 

(100) 

(85) 

3,249 

Change %
 (2) 

 22 

 (90) 

 44 

 2 

 (2) 

 (22) 

 8 

 — 

The release of CSM is the principal source of our IFRS 17 insurance 
business adjusted operating profit. The adjusted CSM release1 in 
FY2023 of $2,205 million (2022: $2,242 million) equates to an 
annualised release rate of circa 9.5 per cent, broadly similar to the 
release rate seen in 2022 and broadly consistent with the 2023 
release expected as at the end of 2022. 

The release of the risk adjustment of $218 million (2022: $178 
million) represents the expiry of non-market risk in the period. As 
expected, this release is a relatively stable proportion of the opening 
balance as compared with the corresponding rate in the prior year.

Experience variances of $(118) million (2022: $(62) million) comprise 
largely of claims and expense variances (those impacting past or 
current service rather than future service which is reflected in CSM). A 
small element of the elevated expenses reflects the investment in our 
strategic pillars consistent with our Strategy.

The other insurance service result of $(109) million (2022: $(195) 
million) largely reflects losses on contracts that are described under 
IFRS 17 as ‘onerous’, either at inception or because changes in the 
period result in the CSM being exhausted. It does not mean these 
contracts are not profitable overall as the CSM does not allow for real-
world returns, which are earned over time. The losses in 2022 were 
largely as a result of adverse economic conditions which have 
stabilised in 2023.

The net investment result of $1,241 million (2022: $1,271 million) 
largely reflects the long-term return on assets backing equity and 
capital and long-term spreads on business not accounted for under 
the variable fee approach. The long-term rates are applied to the 
opening value of assets and so falls in asset values over 2022, 
following the adverse market movements in 2022 saw this source of 
income reduce in 2023. Growth in the General Measurement Model 
asset base from new business in recent periods and renewal 
premiums offset some of this reduction.

Other income and expenditure of $(122) million (2022: $(100) 
million) mainly relates to expenses that are not directly related to an 
insurance contract as defined under IFRS 17. 

Movement in Contractual Service Margin
The CSM balance represents a discounted stock of unearned profit 
which will be released over time as services are provided. This balance 
increases due to additions from profitable new business contracts sold 
in the period and the unwind of the in-force book. It is also updated 
for any changes in expected future profitability, where applicable, 
including the effect of short-term market fluctuations for business 
measured using variable fee approach. The release of the CSM, which 
is the main driver of adjusted operating profit, is then calculated after 
allowing for these movements.

In a normalised market environment, if the contribution from new 
business and the unwind of the CSM balance is greater than the rate 
at which services are provided, then the CSM balance will increase. 
The new business added to the CSM will therefore be an important 
factor in building the CSM and we expect the compounding effect 
from the new business added to the CSM over time to support growth 
in IFRS 17 adjusted operating profit in the future. The objectives 
announced in August for EEV new business profit growth will act to 
support such CSM growth. As we grow new business profit, in line with 
our recently announced financial objectives, we would expect this to 
generate growth of the CSM and hence lead to adjusted operating 
profit growth over time. 

The table below sets out the movement of CSM over the period.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review continued

 Contractual Service Margin Net of reinsurance

Net Opening Balance at 1 Jan

New contracts in the year

Unwind*

Balance before variances, effect of foreign exchange and CSM release

Economic and other variances

CSM balance before release

Release of CSM to income statement 

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Net balance at the end of the period

2023 $m
19,989 

2,348 

1,563 

23,900 

(619) 

23,281 

(2,208) 

(61) 

21,012 

* 

The unwind of CSM presented in this table reflects the accretion of interest on general measurement model contracts, as presented in note C3.2 to the IFRS financial results, 
together with the unwind of the CSM related to variable fee approach contracts on a long-term normalised basis. This differs from the presentation in note C3.2 to the IFRS 
financial results by reallocating $1,303 million from economic and other variances to unwind.

Profitable new business in 2023 grew the CSM by $2,348 million 
which combined with the unwind of the CSM balance shown in the 
table above of $1,563 million, increased the CSM by $3,911 million. 
This increase exceeded the release of the CSM to the income 
statement in the period of $(2,208) million, demonstrating the 
strength of our franchise and its ability to deliver future growth in 
CSM and ultimately adjusted operating profit.

Other movements in the CSM reflect economic and other variances to 
update the CSM for changes in expected future profitability including 
the impact of short term market effects of business accounted for 
under the variable fee approach. In 2023 ‘economic and other 
variances’ includes $117 million for new riders added to existing base 
savings contracts. The incremental value from such sales is not 
included within the new business contribution to CSM because our 
IFRS17 approach considers insurance contracts as a whole. In contrast, 
EEV will include this amount as new business. The remainder of the 
variance includes the effects of the operating variances and 
assumption changes on future profits and the impact of a  reduction 
in interest rates and changes in equity indices. Movements in 
exchange rates had a negative impact of $(61) million on the closing 
CSM. Overall the CSM grew by 5 per cent, or 9 per cent excluding the 
effect of economic and other variances and exchange rates.

Other income and expenditure
Central costs (before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs) 
were 19 per cent lower in 2023 as compared to the prior year, 
reflecting the benefit of the targeted reduction of head office costs 
and the redemption of a senior debt instrument in January 2023. 
Interest payable on core structural borrowings reduced by $28 million 
in 2023 compared with the prior year. Total head office expenditure 
was $(230) million (2022: ($277) million). Net investment return and 
other items improved by $23 million from increased investment 
returns on Group Treasury following the increase in interest rates.

Restructuring costs of $(201) million (2022: $(293) million) reflect the 
Group’s project to implement and embed IFRS 17, and one-off costs 
associated with regulatory and other initiatives in our business. IFRS 
17 costs are expected to decrease but in 2024 will be replaced by 
investment to enhance Eastspring's operating model and improve our 
back office efficiency and scalability. From the end of 2024, 
restructuring costs are expected to revert over time to the lower levels 
typically incurred historically.

IFRS basis non-operating items 
Non-operating items in the year consist of negative short-term 
fluctuations in investment returns of $(774) million (2022: $(3,404) 
million) and $(22) million of costs associated with corporate 
transactions (2022: gain of $55 million).

These short-term fluctuations principally arise from our business in 
the Chinese Mainland reflecting negative equity returns as well as the 
impact from lower interest rates on the discount rate for General 
Measurement Model (GMM) best estimate insurance liabilities.

38

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFRS effective tax rates 
In 2023, the effective tax rate on adjusted operating profit was 15 
per cent (2022: 20 per cent). The decrease from the 2022 effective 
tax rate primarily reflects the recognition of a deferred tax asset in 
relation to historical tax losses, due to an increase in forecast taxable 
profit in the UK tax group, together with a reduction from 2022 to 
2023 in head office costs for which no tax credit is recognised.

The effective tax rate on total IFRS profit in 2023 was 18 per cent 
(2022: negative 55 per cent), reflecting a reduction in the level of 
investment losses on which no tax credit is recognised.

to be effective in Hong Kong (where Prudential plc is now tax 
resident), at which point the new rules will apply to the whole 
Prudential group. Management continues to assess the likely impact 
on the 2025 and subsequent financial periods and guidance on the 
potential impact will be provided in due course.

Total tax contributions  
The Group continues to make significant tax contributions in the 
jurisdictions in which it operates, with $969 million remitted to tax 
authorities in 2023, slightly lower than the equivalent amount of 
$1,009 million remitted in 2022 (on an actual exchange rate basis).

During 2023, jurisdictions around the world, including some relevant 
to Prudential, commenced implementation of the OECD global 
minimum tax rules. For those jurisdictions where the rules will apply to 
Prudential for the 2024 financial period, management’s assessment 
is that the new tax rules (which involve comparing a jurisdiction’s 
effective tax rate to the global minimum effective tax rate of 15 per 
cent) are not expected to have a material impact on the IFRS tax 
charge for 2024. From 2025 onwards, the new tax rules are expected 

Tax strategy
The Group publishes its tax strategy annually which, in addition to 
complying with the mandatory UK (Finance Act 2016) requirements, 
also includes a number of additional disclosures which provide insight 
into the Group’s tax contributions. An updated version of the tax 
strategy, including 2023 data, will be available on the Group’s 
website before 31 May 2024.

Shareholders’ equity

Group IFRS shareholders' equity

Profit /(loss) for the year

Less non-controlling interest

Profit (loss) after tax for the year attributable to shareholders

Exchange movements, net of related tax

External dividends

Other movements

Net increase/(decrease) in shareholders’ equity

Shareholders’ equity at beginning of the year

As previously reported

Effect of initial application of IFRS 17 & IFRS 9, net of tax

Shareholders’ equity at end of the year
Shareholders' value per share3

Adjusted shareholders equity3

2023 $m
1,712   

11   

2022 $m
(997) 

10 

1,701   

(1,007) 

(124)   

(533)   

48   

(603) 

(474) 

(121) 

1,092   

(2,205) 

16,731  

—  

17,823   

 647¢

— 

17,088 

1,848 

16,731 

608¢

37,346   

35,211 

Group IFRS shareholders’ equity increased from $16.7 billion at the start of 2023 (after allowing for the effects of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9) to $17.8 
billion at 31 December 2023. This largely reflects profit generated during the period, offset by dividend payments of $(0.5) billion, and exchange 
movements of $(0.1) billion.

In 2023, the Group completed the disposal of its remaining interest in Jackson, the Group’s former US business, for cash of $273 million. This 
gave rise to a gain of $8 million compared to the carrying value of this interest at 31 December 2022 that is included in other movements. 
Following the adoption of IFRS 9, the income statement is unaffected by this transaction.

The IFRS adjusted shareholders’ equity represents the sum of Group IFRS shareholders’ equity and CSM, net of tax. Group’s IFRS adjusted equity 
increased to $37.3 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $35.2 billion) reflecting increases in IFRS shareholders’ equity and the 
CSM. A full reconciliation to shareholders’ equity is included in note C3.1 of the IFRS financial results.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review continued

EEV basis results

EEV financial results

New business profit

Profit from in-force business

Operating profit from insurance business

Asset management

Other income and expenditure

Operating profit for the year

Non-operating results

Profit (loss) for the year

External dividends

Foreign exchange movements

Other movements

Net increase (decrease) in EEV shareholders' equity

EEV shareholders' equity at 1 Jan after effect of HKRBC

EEV shareholders' equity at end of year

% New business profit/average EEV shareholders' equity for 

insurance business operations*

% Operating profit/average EEV shareholders' equity

* Excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders

EEV shareholders' equity
Represented by:

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Embedded value from insurance business excluding goodwill

Asset management and other excluding goodwill

Goodwill attributable to equity holders

Group EEV shareholders' equity

EEV shareholders' equity per share 

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

Change %
 43 

 (25) 

 8 

 9 

 26 

 15 

 89 

n/a  

2022 $m
2,149

2,345 

4,494 

230 

(823) 

3,901 

(7,530) 

(3,629) 

Change %
 45 

 (24) 

 9 

 10 

 26 

 17 

 89 

n/a

2023 $m
3,125 

1,779 

4,904 

254 

(612) 

4,546 

(834) 

3,712 

(533) 

(134) 

21 

3,066 

42,184 

45,250 

2022 $m

2,184 

2,358 

4,542 

234 

(824) 

3,952 

(7,523) 

(3,571) 

(474) 

(1,195) 

(160) 

(5,400) 

47,584 

42,184 

 8% 

 10% 

 5% 

 9% 

31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m

 3,038   

 17,702   

 1,509   

 3,709   

 7,896   

 7,674   

3,259 

16,576 

1,833 

3,695 

6,806 

6,688 

 41,528   

38,857 

2,955   

767  

45,250   

1,643¢

2,565 

762 

42,184 

1,534¢

40

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APE new business sales (APE sales) and EEV new business profit

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2023 $m

2022 $m

Change %

2022 $m

Change %

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets 
and other

Total

Total new 
business 
margin

APE sales
 884 

New business 
profit
 387 

APE sales
 (40) 

New business 
profit
 (43) 

APE sales
 534 

 1,966 

 277 

 384 

 787 

New business 
profit
 222 

 1,411 

 142 

 167 

 484 

 522 

 247 

 359 

 770 

 384 

 125 

 159 

 499 

APE sales
 840 

 523 

 240 

 347 

 791 

New business 
profit
 368 

 384 

 122 

 154 

 512 

 267 

 14 

 5 

 (3) 

 1,928 

 5,876 

 699 

 3,125 

 1,611 

 4,393 

 630 

 2,184 

 11 

 43 

 1,546 

 4,287 

 609 

 2,149 

 277 

 12 

 7 

 2 

 20 

 34 

APE sales
 (36) 

 276 

 15 

 11 

 (1) 

 25 

 37 

New business 
profit
 (40) 

 267 

 16 

 8 

 (5) 

 15 

 45 

 53% 

 50% 

 50% 

Group EEV operating profit increased by 17 per cent to $4,546 
million, reflecting a 9 per cent increase in the operating profit for the 
insurance business, largely reflecting higher new business profit, a 10 
per cent increase in the operating profit for the asset management 
business and an improvement in central costs. The operating return 
on average embedded value was 10 per cent (2022: 9 per cent).

The operating profit from the insurance business increased to $4,904 
million, largely reflecting a 45 per cent increase in new business profit 
to $3,125 million following growth in APE sales, partly offset by a (24) 
per cent fall in profit from in-force business to $1,779 million. The 
profit from in-force business is driven by the expected return and the 
effects of operating assumption changes and experience variances. 
The expected return was lower at $2,122 million (2022: $2,531 
million), reflecting a lower opening balance to which the expected 
return is applied, as a result of economic movements in 2022. 
Operating assumption changes and experience variances were 
negative $(343) million on a net basis compared with $(186) million 
in 2022. This reflects short-term industry-wide increases in lapses in 
Vietnam, following negative consumer sentiment in the wider 
industry, along with unfavourable morbidity experience on some 
medical reimbursement products following the removal of Covid-19 
restrictions. We have also continued to invest in our strategic 
capabilities.

The non-operating loss of $(834) million (2022: loss of $(7,530) 
million) is largely driven by the combined impact of negative equity 
returns in Chinese Mainland and Hong Kong, with interest rate falls 
and narrowing credit spreads in many of our markets in the year. 
These effects were more muted than in the prior year.

Overall, EEV shareholders' equity increased to $45.3 billion at 31 
December 2023 (31 December 2022: $42.2 billion). Of this, $41.5 
billion (31 December 2022: $38.9 billion) relates to the insurance 
business operations, excluding goodwill attributable to equity 
shareholders. This amount includes our share of our India associate 
valued using embedded value principles. The market capitalisation of 
this associate at 31 December 2023 was circa $9.3 billion, which 
compares with a publicly reported embedded value of circa $4.6 
billion at 30 September 2023.

EEV shareholders' equity on a per share basis at 31 December 2023 
was 1,643 cents (31 December 2022: 1,534 cents).

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

41

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review continued

Greater China presence
Prudential has a significant footprint in the Greater China region, with businesses in the Chinese Mainland (through its holding CPL), Hong Kong 
(together with its branch in Macau) and Taiwan. 

The table below demonstrates the proportion of the Group’s financial measures that were contributed by the Greater China region: 

Total Greater China †
Total Group†

Percentage of total

Comparatives stated on a AER basis 

Gross premiums earned*

New business profit

2023 $m

2022 $m

12,859 

26,221 

13,103 

27,783 

2023 $m
1,870 

3,125 

2022 $m
912 

2,184 

 49 %

 47% 

 60 %

 42% 

*

†

The gross earned premium includes the Group's share of amounts earned from joint ventures and associates as disclosed in note II (vi) of the Additional financial 
information.
Total Greater China represents the amount contributed by the insurance businesses in Hong Kong, Taiwan and the Group's share of the amounts earned by CPL. The Group 
total includes the Group's share of the amounts earned by all insurance business joint ventures and associates.

Capital management
We aim to invest capital to write new business that generates three 
times the amount invested, at internal rates of return above 25 per 
cent with less than four-year payback periods. Our ability to invest at 
attractive returns will drive our capital allocation priorities which are 
as follows: 

– We will continue to target resilient capital buffers such that the 
Group shareholder coverage ratio is above 150 per cent of the 
shareholder Group Prescribed Capital Requirement to ensure the 
Group can withstand volatility in markets and operational 
experience; 

– Otherwise, our priority for allocating capital will be re-investing in 
new business. Our resilient capital position allows us to prioritise 
investment in new business with an aim to write quality new 
business while managing the initial capital strain and capturing the 
economic value at attractive returns;

– Our next priority is investing around $1 billion in core capabilities, 

primarily in the areas of Customer, Distribution, Health and 
Technology; 

– Our dividend policy remains linked to net operating free surplus 
generation which is calculated after investment in new business 
and capability investment; 

– We will invest in inorganic opportunities where there is good 

strategic fit; and 

– All investment decisions will be made against the alternative of 

returning surplus capital to shareholders but given the abundance 
of organic and inorganic opportunities ahead of us, we are 
confident that in the near-term we will be reinvesting capital at 
attractive returns. 

To generate capital to allocate to these priorities we will also prioritise 
managing our in-force embedded value to ensure maximum 
conversion into free surplus over time. Based on the economic and 
other assumptions and methodology that underpinned our EEV 
reporting at the end of 2023, we expect to transfer over $9 billion by 
end of 2027 from VIF and required capital to operating free surplus 
generated from our in-force insurance business at the end of 2023. 
This is before allowing for the incremental effect of new business and 
any return on the underlying assets backing that surplus. We will drive 
improved emergence of free surplus by managing claims, expense 
and persistency in each market. This additional free surplus will 
enable our continued investment in profitable new business at 
attractive returns, as well as in our strategic capabilities, and support 
payments of returns to shareholders including dividends.

42

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group free surplus generation
Free surplus is the metric we use to measure the internal cash 
generation of our business operations and broadly reflects the 
amount of money available to our operational businesses for 
investing in new business, strengthening our capacity and capabilities 
to grow the business, and potentially paying returns to the Group. For 
our insurance businesses it largely represents the Group’s available 
regulatory capital resources after allowing for the prescribed required 
regulatory capital held to support the policies in issue, with a number 
of adjustments so that the free surplus better reflects resources 
potentially available for distribution to the Group. For our asset 

Analysis of movement in Group free surplus 

Expected transfer from in-force business and return on existing free 

surplus

Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances

Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance 

business

Asset management

Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance and 

asset management business

Investment in new business

Operating free surplus generated from insurance and asset 

management business

Central costs and eliminations (net of tax):

Net interest paid on core structural borrowings

Corporate expenditure

Other items and eliminations

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs (net of tax)

Net Group operating free surplus generated

Non-operating and other movements, including foreign exchange

External cash dividends

Increase (decrease) in Group free surplus before net 

subordinated debt redemption

Net subordinated debt redemption

Increase (decrease) in Group free surplus before amounts 

attributable to non-controlling interests

Change in amounts attributable to non-controlling interests

Free surplus at beginning of year

Free surplus at end of year

management businesses, Group holding companies and other non-
insurance companies, the measure is based on IFRS net assets with 
certain adjustments, including to exclude accounting goodwill and to 
align the treatment of capital with our regulatory basis.

Operating free surplus generation represents amounts emerging from 
the in-force business during the year, net of amounts reinvested in 
writing new business. For asset management businesses, it equates to 
post-tax adjusted operating profit for the year. Further information is 
contained in the EEV financial results.

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2023 $m

2022 $m

Change %

2022 $m

Change %

 6 

 (77) 

 — 

 10 

 1 

 (33) 

 (8) 

 14 

 17 

 73 

 30 

 3 

2,869   

(383)   

2,486   

254   

2,740   

(733)   

2,753 

(227) 

2,526 

234 

2,760 

(567) 

 4 

 (69) 

 (2) 

 9 

 (1) 

 (29) 

2,711 

(216) 

2,495 

230 

2,725 

(552) 

2,007   

2,193 

 (8) 

2,173 

 14 

 17 

 73 

 31 

 2 

(200) 

(277) 

(66) 

(275) 

1,355 

(172)   

(230)   

(18)   

(192)   

1,395   

(206)   

(533)   

656   

(421)   

235   

(9)   

12,229   

12,455   

(200) 

(276) 

(66) 

(277) 

1,374 

(2,371) 

(474) 

(1,471) 

(1,699) 

(3,170) 

(10) 

15,409 

12,229 

Free surplus at end of year excluding distribution rights and 

other intangibles

8,518   

8,390 

Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance and asset 
management business was broadly flat at $2,740 million when 
compared with the prior year. The cost of investment in new business 
increased by 33 per cent to $(733) million largely reflecting the 
increase in APE sales of 37 per cent. As a consequence, the Group 
generated an operating free surplus from insurance and asset 
management operations before restructuring costs of $2,007 million, 
down (8) per cent compared to 2022.

After allowing for lower central costs and restructuring and IFRS 17 
costs, total Group free surplus generation was up 3 per cent to $1,395 
million.

After allowing for short-term market and currency losses, the 
redemption of debt (which is treated as capital for free surplus 
purposes), and the external dividend payment, free surplus at 31 
December 2023 was $12.5 billion as compared to $12.2 billion at the 
start of the year. Excluding distribution rights and other intangibles, 
free surplus was $8.5 billion (31 December 2022: $8.4 billion).

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review continued

Dividend
Reflecting the Group’s capital allocation priorities, a portion of capital 
generation will be retained for reinvestment in organic growth 
opportunities and for investment in capabilities, and dividends will be 
determined primarily based on the Group’s operating capital 
generation after allowing for the capital strain of writing new business 
and recurring central costs. Dividends are expected to grow broadly in 
line with the growth in the Group’s operating free surplus generation, 
and will be set taking into account financial prospects, investment 
opportunities and market conditions.

Recognising the strong conviction we have in the Group's new 
strategy, the Board indicated alongside the strategy update in August 
2023, that when determining the annual dividend, it intended to look 
through the investments in new business and investments in 
capabilities, and expected the annual dividend to grow in the range 7 
– 9 per cent per annum over 2023 and 2024. 

The Board has applied this approach to determining the 2023 second 
interim cash dividend, and has approved a 2023 second interim cash 
dividend of 14.21 cents per share (2022: 13.04 cents per share). 
Combined with the first interim cash dividend of 6.26 cents per share 
(2022: 5.74 cents per share), the Group’s total 2023 cash dividend is 

20.47 cents per share (2022: 18.78 cents per share), an increase of 9 
per cent. 

The Board intends to maintain this approach, and continues to expect 
the 2024 annual dividend to grow in the range 7 - 9 per cent. 

Group capital position
The Prudential Group applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set 
out in the GWS Framework issued by the Hong Kong Insurance 
Authority ('HKIA') to determine Group regulatory capital 
requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). The GWS Group 
capital adequacy requirements require that total eligible Group 
capital resources are not less than the GPCR and that GWS Tier 1 
group capital resources are not less than the GMCR. More information 
is set out in note I(i) of the Additional financial information. 

The Group holds material participating business in Hong Kong, 
Singapore and Malaysia. Alongside the regulatory GWS capital basis, 
a shareholder GWS capital basis is also presented which excludes the 
contribution to the Group GWS eligible Group capital resources, the 
GMCR and the GPCR from these participating funds.

Group capital resources ($bn)

of which: Tier 1 capital resources ($bn)

Group Minimum Capital Requirement ($bn)

Group Prescribed Capital Requirement ($bn)

GWS capital surplus over GPCR ($bn)

GWS coverage ratio over GPCR (%)

GWS Tier 1 surplus over GMCR ($bn)

GWS Tier 1 coverage ratio over GMCR (%)

31 Dec 2023

  31 Dec 2022

Shareholder

Policyholder*

Total†

Shareholder

Policyholder*

Total†

24.3 

17.1 

4.8 

8.2 

16.1 

 295 %

14.3  

1.2  

1.1  

11.4  

38.6 

18.3 

5.9 

19.6 

2.9  

19.0 

23.2 

15.9 

4.4 

7.6 

15.6 

12.6 

1.5 

0.9 

10.1 

2.5 

 197 %

 307% 

12.4 

 313 %

35.8 

17.4 

5.3 

17.7 

18.1 

 202% 

12.1 

 328% 

*
†

This allows for any associated diversification impacts between the shareholder and policyholder positions reflected in total company results where relevant.
The total company GWS coverage ratio over GPCR presented above represents the eligible group capital resources coverage ratio as set out in the GWS framework while the 
total company GWS tier 1 coverage ratio over GMCR represents the tier 1 capital coverage ratio.

As at 31 December 2023, the estimated shareholder GWS capital 
surplus over the GPCR is $16.1 billion (31 December 2022: $15.6 
billion), representing a coverage ratio of 295 per cent (31 December 
2022: 307 per cent) and the estimated total GWS capital surplus over 
the GPCR is $19.0 billion (31 December 2022: $18.1 billion) 
representing a coverage ratio of 197 per cent (31 December 2022: 
202 per cent). During January 2023 the Group redeemed $0.4 billion 
of senior debt equivalent to a reduction of 5 percentage points to the 
shareholders' GWS coverage ratio over GPCR measured at 31 
December 2022 and a 2 percentage points reduction to total GWS 
coverage ratio over GPCR measured at the same date.

Operating capital generation in 2023 was $1.4 billion after allowing 
for central costs and the investment in new business. This was offset 
by the payment of external dividends of $(0.5) billion. 

The Group’s GWS position is resilient to external macroeconomic 
movements as demonstrated by the sensitivity disclosure contained 
in note I(i) of the Additional financial information, alongside further 
information about the GWS measure.

44

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing and liquidity
The Group manages its leverage on a Moody’s total leverage basis, 
which takes into account gross debt, including commercial paper, and 
also allows for a proportion of the surplus within the Group’s with-
profits funds. The Group’s leverage target is to be between 20 and 25 
per cent on a Moody’s total leverage basis over the medium term. 
Moody’s have not finalised how they will calculate leverage under 
IFRS 17 but are consulting on a proposal to consider up to 50 per cent 
of any company’s CSM as equity. This has yet to be incorporated into 
Moody’s formal methodology and hence has not been incorporated 
into the Group’s target above. At 31 December 2023, we estimate 
that our Moody’s total leverage was 20 per cent2 (31 December 

2022: 21 per cent2, before allowing for the £300 million senior bonds 
redeemed in January 2023). This would reduce to circa 14 per cent 
(31 December 2022: 15 per cent, before allowing for the £300 million 
senior bonds redeemed in January 2023) if a 50 per cent equity credit 
for the CSM was provided.

Prudential seeks to maintain its financial strength rating with 
applicable credit rating agencies, which derives, in part, from its high 
level of financial flexibility to issue debt and equity instruments, which 
is intended to be maintained in the future.

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

Borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses 
Less: holding company cash and short-term investments

  3,933 

(3,516) 

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed 
businesses
Moody's total leverage

417 

 20% 

IFRS
basis

Mark-to-
market value

(274)   

EEV
basis
3,659 

IFRS
basis

  4,261 

Mark-to-market 
value
(427)   

EEV
basis
3,834 

—   

(3,516) 

  (3,057) 

— 

(3,057) 

(274)  

143 

  1,204 

(427)   

777 

 21% 

The total borrowings of the shareholder-financed businesses were 
$3.9 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $4.3 billion). 
The Group had central cash resources of $(3.5) billion at 
31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $(3.1) billion), resulting in 
net core structural borrowings of the shareholder-financed businesses 
of $0.4 billion at end of 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $1.2 
billion). We have not breached any of the requirements of our core 
structural borrowings nor modified any of their terms during 2023. 

On 20 January 2023 the Group redeemed £300 million ($371 million) 
senior bonds as they reached their maturity, and on 10 July 2023 the 
Group redeemed a €20m ($22 million) medium-term note as it fell 
due on 10 July 2023. In addition, the Group has a $750 million 
perpetual note that reached its first call date in January 2023 at 
which time the Group’s management elected not to call it. We retain 
the right to call this security at par on a quarterly basis hereafter. The 
Group’s remaining securities have contractual maturities that fall 
between 2029 and 2033. Further analysis of the maturity profile of 
the borrowings is presented in note C5.1 to the IFRS financial results.

On 2 March 2023 the Group’s parent company, Prudential plc, 
transferred all of its borrowings to a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, 
Prudential Funding (Asia) plc. Prudential plc has provided a guarantee 
to holders of the debt instruments in the event of default by 
Prudential Funding (Asia) plc. Other terms of the borrowings, and the 
value recognised by the Group, were unchanged by this transfer.

In addition to its net core structural borrowings of shareholder-
financed businesses set out above, the Group has structures in place 
to enable access to funding via the medium-term note programme, 
the US shelf programme (the platform for issuance of SEC registered 
bonds in the US market), a commercial paper programme and 
committed revolving credit facilities. All of these are available for 
general corporate purposes. Proceeds from the Group’s commercial 
paper programme are not included in the holding company cash and 
short-term investment balance.

Prudential plc has maintained a consistent presence as an issuer in 
the commercial paper market for the past decade and had $699 
million in issue at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $501 
million).

As at 31 December 2023, the Group had a total of $2.6 billion of 
undrawn committed facilities, expiring in 2026. Apart from small 
drawdowns to test the process, these facilities have never been drawn, 
and there were no amounts outstanding at 31 December 2023. The 
Group has reviewed its requirements for committed facilities and 
after the balance sheet date on15 February 2024, the Group renewed 
its undrawn committed facilities for a total of $1.6 billion expiring 
2029.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial review continued

Cash remittances
The definition of holding company cash and short-term investments was updated, with effect from 31 December 2022, following the 
combination of the Group's London office and Asia regional office into a single Group Head Office in 2022. The inclusion of amounts previously 
managed on a regional basis increased the holding company cash and short-term investment by $0.9 billion at 31 December 2022.

Holding company cash flow 

Net cash remitted by businesses units

Net interest paid

Corporate expenditure

Centrally funded recurring bancassurance fees

Total central outflows

Holding company cash flow before dividends and other movements

Dividends paid

Operating holding company cash flow after dividends but before other movements

Other movements

Issuance and redemption of debt

Other corporate activities

Total other movements

Net movement in holding company cash flow

Cash and short-term investments at the beginning of the year

Foreign exchange and other movements

Inclusion of amounts at 31 Dec from additional centrally managed entities

Cash and short-term investments at the end of the year

Actual exchange rate

 2023 $m
1,611   

(51)   

(271)   

(182)   

(504)   

1,107   

(533)   

574   

(393)   

226   

(167)   

407   

2022 $m
1,304 

Change %
24 

(204)   

(232)   

(220)   

(656)   

648 

(474)   

174 

(1,729)   

248 

(1,481)   

(1,307) 

75 

(17) 

17 

23 

71 

(12) 

230 

77 

(9) 

89 

n/a

3,057   

3,572 

52   

—   

(113) 

905 

3,516   

3,057 

Remittances from our businesses were $1,611 million (2022: $1,304 
million).The remittances are net of cash advanced to CPL, our joint 
venture business in the Chinese Mainland, of $176 million in 
anticipation of a future capital injection, as previously announced in 
December 2023. Remittances were used to meet central outflows of 
$(504) million (2022: $(656) million) and to pay dividends of $(533) 
million (2022: $(474) million).

Central outflows include net interest paid of $(51) million (2022: 
$(204) million), which is net of interest and similar income earned on 
central cash balances in 2023, largely on balances brought into the 
updated definition of holding company cash and short-term 
investments at the end of 2022. In addition, lower interest payments 
were made on core structural borrowings in 2023 as compared with 
the prior year.

Cash outflows for corporate expenditure of $(271) million (2022: 
$(232) million) include cash outflows for restructuring costs.

Other cash flow movements included net receipts from other 
corporate activities of $226 million (2022: $248 million) comprising 
largely of proceeds received from the sale of our remaining shares in 
Jackson Financial Inc. as well as dividend receipts. In 2023, the Group 
redeemed senior bonds as they reached their maturity at a cost of 
$393 million.

The Group will continue to seek to manage its financial condition such 
that it has sufficient resources available to provide a buffer to support 
the retained businesses in stress scenarios and to provide liquidity to 
service central outflows.

Notes
(1) Adjusted release of CSM reflects an adjustment to the release of CSM figure as shown in note C3.2 of the IFRS financial results of $(3) million (2022: $23 million) for the 
treatment adopted for adjusted operating purposes of combining losses on onerous contracts and gains on profitable contracts that can be shared across more than one 
annual cohort. See note B1.3 to the IFRS financial results for more information.

(2) Calculated with no adjustment for the value of contractual service margin in equity and with 50 per cent of the with-profits estate treated as equity.
(3) See note II of the Additional unaudited financial information for definition and reconciliation to IFRS balances.

46

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment discussion

Delivering through our multi-market 
growth engines

The following commentary provides an overview of each of the Group’s segments, together with a discussion of their 2023 
financial performance.

As in previous years, we discuss our performance on a constant currency basis, unless stated otherwise. The definitions of 
the key metrics we use to discuss our performance in this report are set out in the 'Definition of performance metrics' 
section later in this document, including, where relevant, references to where these metrics are reconciled to the most 
directly comparable IFRS measure. 

Chinese Mainland – CITIC Prudential Life (CPL)

APE sales ($m)
New business profit ($m)
New business margin (%)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

IFRS (loss) after tax ($m)

Amounts included in the table above represents the Group's 50 per cent share.

Prudential’s life business in the Chinese Mainland, CPL, is a 50/50 
joint venture with CITIC, a leading Chinese state-owned 
conglomerate. CPL benefits from the strong brands of both 
shareholders with a truly multi-distribution platform offering a diverse 
set of products to meet customers' needs.

CPL is an established franchise with an extensive footprint across 23 
branches covering 102 cities. CPL is focused on the affluent and 
advanced affluent segments of the market where personal income 
levels from these segments have more economic resilience and which 
are still significantly under penetrated. CPL has a high quality agency 
force and an extensive network of 62 bancassurance partners with 
access to over 5,600 branches across the Chinese Mainland.

During December 2023 Prudential announced that it was providing 
additional growth capital to CPL of RMB1.25 billion (US$176 million) in 
cash, with CITIC, its joint venture partner providing an equal amount. 
The additional capital supports new business growth and improves 
CPL's regulatory capitalisation. The business will be focused on margin 
maintenance, strong risk management through a rebalanced product 
mix and seeking quality growth in its agency channel through targeted 
agent recruitment and improved productivity and from improved 
penetration of its customer bases of its bank partners. 

Financial performance
During 2023 CPL pro-actively diversified its products with a pivot 
towards whole-life products and higher margin annuity and longer-
premium payment term products. The re-pricing approach was 
ratified by the regulator in the second half of 2023 with further 
regulatory guidance on expense control for the bancassurance 
channel, and was implemented well ahead of the industry.

Consequently, 2023 saw new business profit in CPL fall by (40) per 
cent reflecting both lower volumes and adverse economic impacts. 
Bancassurance channel sales declined driven by the regulatory reform 
on expense control of the channel mentioned above,  which was 
partially offset by growth in the agency channel. Excluding the effects 
of interest rates and other economic movements, new business 

2023

 534 
 222 
 42 

368   

(577)   

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

 884 
 387 
 44 

271 

(345) 

Change

 (40) %
 (43) %
(2) ppts

 36% 

2022

 840 
 368 
 44 

258 

Change

 (36) %
 (40) %
(2) ppts

 43% 

 (67) %  

(328) 

 (76) %

margin grew by six percentage points as a result of actions to 
rebalance the product proposition. Including the effects of economics 
the new business margin declined by two percentage points.

CPL has grown long term protection APE sales by 27 per cent with 
strong whole life protection propositions and enhanced critical illness 
features targeting elderly and infants.

CPL's agency business saw an increase in APE sales and new business 
profit reflecting an increase in the productivity of our agents and a 
high agent activation rate. We have seen an increase in agent 
productivity in the year, both in terms of policies sold per agent (up 
11 per cent) and new business profit per agent (up 26 per cent). The 
agents provisionally qualified for the Million Dollar Round Table 
(MDRT) in 2023 increased by 19 per cent to more than 1,000 along 
with an increase in new agents by 6 per cent.

As previously noted, during 2023 CPL proactively rebalanced its 
bancassurance sales mix between whole-life products and higher 
margin annuity and longer-premium payment term products. CPL's 
bancassurance business was further affected by expense regulatory 
reforms during the second half of the year. As a result APE sales 
through the bancassurance channel fell materially. We see the recent 
regulatory driven transformations as conducive to the long-term 
development of the insurance industry particularly on health and 
protection and retirement. We believe these transformations and 
other actions in 2023, leave CPL well positioned to grow in the future.

The adjusted operating profit for our business in the Chinese Mainland, 
CPL, increased by 43 per cent to $368 million, reflecting an increased 
longer-term net investment result given a higher asset base from 
increased sales of savings products in recent years and a reduction in 
the losses from the contracts classified as onerous under IFRS 17. The 
IFRS loss after tax for the year was $(577) million compared to $(328) 
million in the prior year, reflecting lower than expected equity returns 
and the net impact of falling interest rates on insurance assets and 
liabilities. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

47

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Segment discussion continued

Hong Kong

APE sales ($m)

New business profit ($m)

New business margin (%)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

IFRS profit/ (loss) after tax ($m)

In Hong Kong, Prudential is a trusted household brand, with a 
premium agency force and is among the top three life insurers1. 

In 2023, we significantly outperformed the market increasing our 
market share, resulting in a number one ranking for the offshore 
business1. Our premier agency force and strong partnership with 
Standard Chartered Bank position us well to address the unique needs 
of the customers across different life stages, including comprehensive 
health and protection solutions and long-term savings and retirement 
solutions to address the wealth accumulation, retirement and legacy 
planning needs. We are well positioned to serve the needs of Chinese 
Mainland customers, which include diversification of currency and 
asset class, professional financial advice across a broad product 
spectrum and access to high-quality medical care available in Hong 
Kong. Our surveys of potential Chinese Mainland customers report 
consistent demand for long term savings and health and protection 
products. With our newly opened Macau branch, we are present in all 
11 cities2 in the Greater Bay Area, with a population of over 85 million 
people3.

Financial performance 
New business profit increased by 267 per cent to $1,411 million, 
largely reflecting the increase in APE sales.

APE sales for our business in Hong Kong increased by 276 per cent to 
$1,966 million in 2023, reflecting the strong demand from both 
Domestic customers and Chinese Mainland visitors as borders 
reopened in early 2023, with growth across all distribution channels. 
The Hong Kong economy continued to recover year-on-year led by 
inbound tourism and domestic demand, with over 26 million people 
from the Chinese Mainland visiting Hong Kong in 2023. Visitor 
numbers in the year were circa 60 per cent of that in 2019, before the 
Covid-19 pandemic, while APE sales to Chinese Mainland visitors in 
the same period were circa 1.1 times of that in 2019, but marginally 
still below the levels of 2018, prior to any Covid-19 related disruption. 
In addition, we also saw growth of 36 per cent in our domestic 
segment supported by new product launches and customer 
campaigns.

While savings products contribute the majority of APE sales, due to 
large case sizes, on a policy count basis, health and protection sales 
represented 58 per cent of new policy issuances, reflecting the growth 
in both agency and bancassurance channels.

48

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

2023

 1,966 

 1,411 

 72 

1,013   

976   

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

 522 

 384 

 74 

1,162 

(742) 

Change

 277 %

 267 %

(2) ppts

 (13%) 

n/a

2022

 523 

 384 

Change

 276 %

 267 %

 73 

  (1) ppts

1,162 

 (13%) 

(742) 

n/a

We increased APE sales in our health business by 22 per cent and 
generated a new business profit for health business of $86 million, 
covering more than 550,000 customers.

Our agency channel contributed to 70 per cent of APE sales, with 
robust growth of 352 per cent supported by domestic and Chinese 
Mainland customers. We have reached our recruitment target of 
hiring 4,000 agents in 2023, the vast majority of which have already 
had regulatory approval. Our active agents increased by 72 per cent 
with an increase in monthly new business profit per active agent by 
128 per cent, contributing to an increase in agency channel new 
business profit of 294 per cent.

Our bancassurance channel also saw significant growth with APE sales 
up 52 per cent. The proportion of APE sales comprising health and 
protection products increased from 5 per cent in 2022 to 13 per cent 
in 2023, which, together with the growth in APE sales, contributed to 
an increase in new business profit of 93 per cent. Of the overall 
bancassurance APE sales, around 68 per cent were from 'new to 
insurance' customers compared to 50 per cent in 2022, reflecting 
strong demand for our products. In advance of the reopening of 
border with the Chinese Mainland, we reactivated our broker network 
which delivered significant increase in APE sales increasing our market 
share and ranking in broker channel.

Overall the new business margin for Hong Kong was broadly stable at 
72 per cent (2022: 73 per cent), reflecting a favourable shift in 
channel mix to the growing agency business, offset by the impact of 
product mix shifts reflecting higher case sizes of relatively lower 
margin savings products sold to Chinese Mainland customers. 
Economic impacts only marginally decreased the margin. 
Normalisation of savings product case sizes, combined with an 
increase in the proportion of health and protection sales, led to 
favourable product mix shifts and margins increasing in the second 
half of the year.

In Hong Kong, adjusted operating profit was $1,013 million, down 
(13) per cent mainly due to reduced net investment return associated 
with lower opening asset balances following adverse market 
movements in 2022 and a lower level of positive claims and expense 
variance as a result of our continued investment in our strategic 
pillars. 

The IFRS profit after tax for our Hong Kong business was $976 million 
compared to a loss after tax of $(742) million in 2022. The loss in 
2022 largely reflected investment losses given the large increase in 
interest rates in that period. This compares to a more stable interest 
rate environment in 2023.

 
 
 
 
 
2023

 277 

 142 

 51 

221

156

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

 247 

 125 

 51 

205

108

Change

 12% 

 14% 

—  ppts

 8% 

 44% 

2022

 240 

 122 

Change

 15% 

 16% 

 51 

  —  ppts

200

104

 11% 

 50% 

In the bancassurance channel, our strategic partnerships provide us 
an opportunity to provide solutions across a wide spectrum of 
customer segments. We saw a marginal increase in APE sales from 
our bancassurance channel. We continue to drive high margin health 
and protection business, with over 38 per cent of APE sales in the 
bancassurance channel from health and protection products. The 
integration of Citi Bank with UOB, which commenced in the fourth 
quarter of 2023, is now completed and we will be able to offer 
comprehensive solutions to the expanded customer base. We see 
long-term growth opportunities given our existing partnerships and 
potential for new partnerships.

The adjusted operating profit for Indonesia increased by $21 million 
to $221 million in 2023, following the non-repeat of losses that arose 
on a small portfolio of contracts that were classified as onerous under 
the IFRS 17 methodology in 2022. 

The IFRS profit after tax for our business in Indonesia increased from 
$104 million to $156 million, reflecting the benefits described above 
along with reduced negative short-term investment variances in 2023 
following the drop in interest rates during the year compared to 
higher interest rates in 2022. 

Indonesia

APE sales ($m)

New business profit ($m)

New business margin (%)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

IFRS profit after tax ($m)

In Indonesia, we are among the top three life insurers in both the 
conventional and Syariah markets1. We continue to offer innovative 
products, through a diversified distribution network. We have a 
leading premier agency force with a 29 per cent agency market 
share1, contributing around 80 per cent of overall APE sales. Through 
our dedicated Syariah life insurance entity, we are well positioned to 
meet the growing demands for Syariah solutions and support the 
growth of the Syariah community and economy.

Financial performance
Overall new business profit grew by 16 per cent to $142 million, 
marginally above the growth in APE sales. In the second half of 2023, 
new business profit grew slower than in the first half but was still a 
double-digit percentage increase supported by a strategic pivot from 
individual linked products to traditional life products and a favourable 
shift in channel mix towards agency business. We have revamped our 
unit-linked product propositions with enhanced benefits in response 
to new regulations governing the design, sale and management of 
unit-linked products (commonly known as PAYDI in the market). APE 
sales for our business in Indonesia grew by 15 per cent to $277 
million. Health and protection APE sales grew by 18 per cent in 2023 
assisted by repricing actions and medical riders upgrades.

Our diversified distribution network comprises our high quality agency 
force, a long-standing partnership with Standard Chartered Bank and 
UOB, other bank partnerships and direct marketing.

APE sales for the agency channel increased by 18 per cent. The 
growth in agency channel sales was achieved amidst a wider industry 
slowdown and we saw monthly new business profit per active agent 
increase by 7 per cent. This was supported by our transformation 
programme that commenced in 2022, where we accelerated agency 
channel growth by revamping our sales management model, 
upgrading our training programme and redesigning our 
compensation scheme to incentivise quality sales and productivity 
growth as well as successful repricing. We have over 1,100 agents 
provisionally qualified for the Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT) in 
2023, an increase of over 40 per cent from the prior year.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

49

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Segment discussion continued

Malaysia

APE sales ($m)

New business profit ($m)

New business margin (%)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

IFRS profit after tax ($m)

In Malaysia, we are a leading life insurer and the largest Takaful 
operator1 with 18 per cent and 22 per cent market share respectively. 
In the young segment, we continue to provide comprehensive 
investment linked propositions along with various health and 
protection riders, while in the case of the family segment, we provide 
core investment linked propositions, affordable health solution and 
savings solutions.

In Malaysia, our diversified distribution network is complemented by 
a premier agency force and our bank partnerships with Standard 
Chartered Bank, UOB and Bank Simpanan Nasional.

Our conventional and Takaful business in Malaysia featured among 
the top five in Life insurance customer satisfaction survey conducted 
by 'Bank Negara Malaysia'. 

The metrics in the segment table above reflect the Group's 100 per 
cent economic interest in the Malaysian conventional Life business 
(Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad or PAMB) and the Group's 
interest in the Takaful joint venture. 

Prudential currently owns 51 per cent of the ordinary shares of the 
holding company of PAMB and a 49 per cent share in the Takaful 
joint venture.

Market liberalisation measures were introduced by BNM, the 
Malaysian insurance regulator, in April 2009, which increased the limit 
to 70 per cent on foreign equity ownership for insurance companies 
and Takaful operators in Malaysia. A higher foreign equity limit 
beyond 70 per cent for insurance companies will be considered by 
BNM on a case by case basis, for example for companies who 
financially support expansion of providing insurance coverage to the 
most vulnerable in Malaysian society through the National B40 
Protection Trust Fund.

We are focused on further strengthening our franchise in Malaysia 
through enhancing recruitment and activation of the agency force, 
increasing customer penetration and breadth of our bank partners as 
well as actively managing our health portfolio and we will deploy 
capital as needed to support growth.

2023

 384 

 167 

 43 

305

257

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

 359 

 159 

 44 

340

178

Change

 7% 

 5% 

(1) ppts

 (10) %

 44% 

2022

 347 

 154 

 44 

329

173

Change

 11% 

 8% 

(1) ppts

 (7) %

 49% 

Financial performance
New business profit for our businesses in Malaysia grew 8 per cent to 
$167 million. This growth reflects an increase in APE sales of 11 per 
cent to $384 million, primarily driven by growth in the bancassurance 
channel, due to marketing campaigns and supported by the merger 
of UOB and Citibank that has widened the number of accessible 
customers. The growth in APE sales from the bancassurance channel 
was offset in part by a marginal decline in the agency channel. 

 We recruited more than 6,800 agents in 2023, and more than 550 
agents provisionally qualified for Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT). 
Following these initiatives, we saw an increase in monthly new 
business profit per active agent resulting in an 8 per cent increase in 
new business profit, despite a marginal decline in APE sales. We 
continue to take actions to improve productivity by developing 
programs to support both new and established agents which have 
seen productivity increase consistently each quarter since the start of 
2023. 

We maintained the market leadership position in the conventional 
bancassurance channel, demonstrating the strength of our strategic 
bank partnerships. We continue to provide comprehensive 
propositions for the diverse needs of customers in each of the high 
net worth, affluent and mass market segments and we seek to 
increase the penetration into our bank partners' customer base. 
Overall we saw a 36 per cent increase in the APE sales through the 
bancassurance channel leading to double digit growth in new 
business profit. 

The adjusted operating profit for our business in Malaysia declined by 
(7) per cent to $305 million, primarily driven by a normalisation of 
claims experience as the number of medical reimbursement cases 
returned to pre-pandemic levels.

The IFRS profit after tax for our business in Malaysia increased from 
$173 million to $257 million, primarily reflecting the positive impacts 
from the decline in interest rates in Malaysia, compared to increasing 
interest rates in 2022. 

50

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
Singapore

APE sales ($m)

New business profit ($m)

New business margin (%)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

IFRS profit/ (loss) after tax ($m)

In Singapore, we are one of the market leaders in protection, savings 
and investment-linked plans1. We have been serving the financial 
needs of Singapore residents for more than 90 years, delivering a 
suite of product offerings and professional advice through our 
network of agents and financial advisors and our bank partners. 
Through our two strategic partners, UOB and Standard Chartered 
Bank, we gain access to the retail, commercial banking, and high net 
worth customer base of two established banks in Singapore.

We remain focused on our customers and seek to address their needs 
across the life stages. In the affluent segment, we offer 
comprehensive health and retirement solutions. We are one of the 
key players in the integrated Shield market (private insurance 
coverage that integrates with the national MediShield Life scheme), 
and continue to explore innovative partnerships with healthcare and 
technology providers to enhance our offerings. For the younger 
generation, we continually improve our investment-linked 
propositions and expand options for ESG - themed investments for 
customers. Finally, we serve the small and medium enterprise (SME) 
segment for the employee benefit business. 

We received external recognition by winning No.1 Insurer The Straits 
Times Singapore's Best Customer Service 2023/24 survey.

Financial performance
2023 saw a challenging operating environment for the life insurance 
industry in Singapore due to higher interest rates, particularly in the 
first part of the year. New business profit declined by (5) per cent to 
$484 million, reflecting a smaller proportion of relatively high margin 
single premium participating products, alongside lower APE sales.

In this context, APE sales declined by (1) per cent to $787 million. 
Regular premium sales have seen steady growth across 2023, with 
higher new business volume observed in each quarter compared with 
the same period in the prior year, and overall achieving double-digit 
growth in the year. However, sales of single premium participating 
products through the bancassurance channel were particularly 
affected by movements in interest rates in the period, contrasting 
with the elevated level of sales in the comparative period particularly 
in the first half when interest rates were favourable. In contrast 
overall APE sales momentum was positive in the second half of the 
year, with APE sales in the third quarter and fourth quarter increasing 
on the prior quarter driven by the expansion in regular premium 
business.

While individual health and protection business have remained at a 
stable level in our product mix, we saw a shift in customer interest and 
new business sales towards investment-linked policies. While new 
business profit margin for the year declined overall, we saw sequential 
improvement across quarters during the year with growing 
momentum in sales of higher margin individual protection and 
investment-linked business. 

2023

 787 

 484 

 61 

584

512  

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

 770 

 499 

 65 

570

(7) 

Change

 2  %

 (3) %

(4) ppts

 2  %

2022

 791 

 512 

 65 

585

Change

 (1) %

 (5) %

(4) ppts

 —  %

n/a  

(7) 

n/a

Our enterprise benefit business delivered good growth with APE sales 
increasing by 9 per cent, covering around 3,000 small-to-medium 
enterprises and over 200,000 employees. Our Shield APE grew 9 per 
cent over last year as we increase the provision of value-added and 
wellness related services to customers. 

Overall new business profit from the Agency channel improved by 4 
per cent in the year, reflecting positive product mix effects from a 
growth in the proportion of sales from Shield and higher margin 
individual protection products. APE sales for the agency channel 
decreased by (4) per cent in the year. Regular premium APE sales in 
our agency channel grew 4 per cent compared with the prior year.

At the end of 2023 our total financial consultant force, of agents and 
financial advisors increased by 3 per cent when compared with 2022. 
Our number of eligible Agency MDRT members remained stable at 
over 1,280 agents in 2023. 

We launched Prudential Financial Advisor channel in April 2023, 
which is the first financial advisory firm in the Prudential Group. PFA 
will offer a wide range of products and services including general 
insurance and wealth solutions, in addition to Prudential’s core 
solutions in whole and term life, health & protection, savings, 
retirement and employee benefits. With this, we aim to cater to the 
growing and diverse needs of various customer segments in 
Singapore, as well as boost financial representative recruitment. 

Reflecting the decline in high margin single premium products, 
bancassurance new business profit declined by (24) per cent in the 
year. However, bancassurance APE sales increased 2 per cent 
compared with the prior year. Pivoting to customer needs in this 
environment we have launched regular premium investment linked 
products and sales of these products gathered momentum in the 
second half of 2023. The level of regular premium business in 
bancassurance channel stands at 81 per cent overall in 2023, 41 
percentage points higher than 2022.

Our adjusted operating profit for our business in Singapore remained 
at similar level at $584 million, with the higher release of CSM and risk 
adjustment offset by a lower net investment return, following the 
adverse market movements in 2022 lowering the opening investment 
balances.

The IFRS profit after tax for our Singapore business was $512 million 
compared with a loss after tax of $(7) million in 2022. This largely 
reflected higher investment losses in 2022 following the significant 
increase in interest rates in that year. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

51

 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Segment discussion continued

Growth markets and other

APE sales ($m)

New business profit ($m)

New business margin (%)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

IFRS profit after tax ($m)

2023

 1,928 

 699 

 36 

746

775

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

 1,611 

 630 

 39 

728

314

Change

 20% 

 11% 

(3) ppts

 2% 

 147% 

2022

Change

 1,546 

 609 

 39 

715

304

 25% 

 15% 

(3) ppts

 4% 

 155% 

Our growth markets and other segment incorporates our life 
businesses Thailand, Vietnam, the Philippines, Cambodia, Laos and 
Myanmar in the ASEAN region, as well as those in India, Taiwan, and 
Africa.

Vietnam
Prudential is the leading life insurance company in Vietnam, which 
has the third-largest population in ASEAN, and operates with a 
diversified distribution mix. 

Life new business profits grew by 15 per cent to $699 million, the 
second largest segment in the Group, and APE sales grew 25 per cent 
to $1,928 million.

There was a small fall in overall new business margin as a result of 
country mix following a fall in consumer sentiment and hence lower 
sales in Vietnam.

The adjusted operating profit was $746 million, up 4 per cent. This 
reflects an increase in the release of CSM and net investment return 
aided by recent new business growth. These effects are partially 
offset by the elevated expenses supporting the continued investment 
in our strategic pillars together with less favourable claims experience. 

The IFRS profit after tax and adjusted operating profit for Growth 
market and others also includes the tax charge on the profits for joint 
venture life business in Chinese Mainland and Malaysia. The IFRS profit 
after tax in the Growth market and other segment increased from $304 
million to $775 million, largely reflecting significant investment losses in 
2022 from higher interest rates in most of our markets. 

A detailed discussion of new business performance by key businesses 
in presented below.

Thailand
In Thailand we are focused on our bancassurance channel supported 
by alternative distribution methods including digital, agency, direct 
marketing and brokerage. New business profit declined by 6 per cent, 
largely as a result of interest rate changes. APE sales grew by 4 per 
cent following a high base in 2022, benefiting from double-digit 
growth from our UOB bank partnership and an increase in the 
contribution of Group employee benefit (EB) solutions. 

Our distribution partnerships have benefited in the year through the 
integration of the Citi and UOB organisations in Thailand. We also 
revamped our online application platform ('PRUPlus') to improve 
reliability and enhance the seller and customer experience. At the end 
of 2023 we invested in a new bancassurance partnership with CIMB, 
becoming the exclusive life insurance partner of CIMB Thai. 
Prudential Thailand seeks to accelerate its growth plans building on 
the fact that it is already the third largest bancassurance player in the 
market1.

New business profit for our business in Vietnam declined materially, 
albeit there was an improvement in new business margins, 
particularly from the bancassurance business and interest rate effects. 
APE sales declined by 33 per cent, against an overall market decline of 
41 per cent, reflecting an industry-wide fall in consumer sentiment. 
However, the business’s focus on customers and the strength of its 
agency force has seen it outperform the market, increase its market 
share and retain the number one position in the market.

We continue to expand our geographical footprint in urban areas 
through technology-powered agency and bancassurance channels. 
Our diversified distribution includes our established agency force, 
which includes more than 1,500 agents provisionally qualified for 
Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT), and seven exclusive bank 
partnerships. 

We extended our exclusive bancassurance partnership with Vietnam 
International bank until 2036, developing new industry-leading 
quality standards and contributing to the healthy and sustainable 
development of bancassurance in Vietnam. We continue to focus on 
improving sales quality and strengthening our relationships with our 
bank partners to widen our reach to customers through their 
combined 800 branches in Vietnam.

The Philippines
We are the market leader in the Philippines with 17 per cent market 
share1 by weighted new business premium, based on the latest 
available market data reflecting the core strength of our leading 
agency force. With our young and digitally empowered agency force, 
we have one of the largest agency forces in the country. Competition 
for quality agents is strong and we have taken steps to retain talent. 
We continue to offer a wide range of products to meet our 
customers’ savings and protection needs. New business profit in 2023 
delivered double-digit growth, despite a marginal (2) per cent decline 
in APE sales reflecting a favourable impact from product mix and 
economic tailwinds. We will continue to strengthen our distribution 
network through onboarding and nurturing high-quality agents, 
equipped by digital capabilities, as well as continue to enhance 
customer experiences through offering comprehensive solutions and 
seamless customer experiences.

52

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
In Taiwan we saw 86 per cent APE sales growth in 2023, supported by 
a diversified channel mix in bancassurance and brokerage channels, 
with strong local bank partners performance as supported by key 
products campaign and initiatives. Our newly nurtured bank partners 
delivered over double-digit APE sales growth compared to last year, 
and contributed to 34 per cent of APE sales in 2023. The sales 
performance was attributable to our offering of tailored solutions to 
fulfil specific customer needs across saving, protection and medical 
needs in different life stages with different currencies. New business 
profit rose, driven by this increase in APE sales as well as favourable 
product mix changes. The business is focused on further improving 
margins.  

Africa
Despite macro-economic uncertainties and in particular higher 
inflation, APE sales for Africa grew by 26 per cent in 2023, with 
double-digit growth in both agency and bancassurance sales. Six out 
of the eight markets delivered double-digit growth in the new 
business profit in the year. This resulted from an improved channel 
and product mix, alongside the growth in APE sales, which led to 33 
per cent increase in new business profit.

In Africa, Prudential has an established agency force with over 300 
agents who qualified for Million Dollar Round Table membership. In 
addition, Prudential Africa has added 13 additional bank partners in 
the year, given us access to over 1,700 bank branches in total. 

We will continue to focus our investment and capital on those 
markets which are large and in which we see the long-term attractive 
returns. 

India
Our associate business in India, ICICI Prudential Life, successfully 
accomplished its objective to double its 2019 new business profit by 
2023 through its ‘4P’ strategic framework for Premium growth, 
Protection focus, Persistency improvement and Productivity 
enhancement. 

New business profit was up 2 per cent with the uplift from APE sales 
growth being offset by adverse economics and a greater proportion 
of savings products being sold in the year.

APE sales for ICICI Prudential Life grew by 10 per cent, with a well-
diversified distribution network enabling the company to reach a 
wider cross-section of customers to drive growth. The diverse 
distribution network comprises more than 200,000 agents including 
the addition of 40,000 new agents in 2023 and 42 bank partnerships 
with access to more than 20,000 bank branches.

To enhance distribution capabilities, ICICI Prudential has introduced 
'ICICI Pru Stack' a set of platform capabilities encompassing digital 
tools and analytical abilities. This provides distribution partners with 
greater information on customers and their needs, and has enabled 
simplification of the buying journey, with approximately 40 per cent 
of long-term savings policies now issued on the same day as the 
purchase process starts.

ICICI Prudential Life, of which we hold 22 per cent, is amongst the 
top-four private life insurance companies in India and is listed on the 
National Stock Exchange (NSE) and Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) in 
India. 

Taiwan
Taiwan is the fifth-largest life insurance market in Asia4, with a 
population of 24 million. Prudential is a leading insurance company in 
Taiwan among foreign players with an overall APE market share of 8 
per cent in 2023, 3 percentage points higher than 2022. It also 
delivered the highest year-on-year growth rate in the industry during 
2023.

Our business in Taiwan provides solutions for long-term savings and 
protection to our target market segments. Families remains a key 
customer segment for Prudential Taiwan with 31,000 new customers 
acquired from this segment (an increase in the year of 104 per cent). 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

53

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Segment discussion continued

Eastspring

Total funds under management ($bn)

Adjusted operating profit ($m)

Fee margin based on operating income (bps)

Cost/income ratio (%)

IFRS profit after tax ($m)

Eastspring is the asset management arm of the Group. Its funds under 
management or advice (referred collectively as funds under management 
or FUM) of $237.1 billion includes $38.5 billion that represents our 49 
per cent share in funds managed by ICICI Prudential Asset Management 
Company (IPAMC) in India and $9.7 billion that represents our 49 per 
cent share in funds managed by CITIC-Prudential Fund Management 
Company Limited (CPFMC) in China. Eastspring has $141.0 billion of 
funds under management on behalf of the Prudential Group.

Investment performance
Eastspring's investment performance saw 44 per cent of FUM 
outperforming their benchmarks over the past year (2022: 59 per cent) 
and 50 per cent of FUM outperforming their benchmarks over the past 
three years (2022: 39 per cent). Whilst, there was a decline in one-year 
outperformance when compared to 2022  mainly driven by 
underperformance in three multi-asset portfolios, the Singapore-based 
Value Equity teams continued their substantial outperformance. Both 
the Growth Equities and Active Quantitative strategies also posted 
positive aggregate returns across one and three years. The Singapore-
based Fixed Income team was also able to turnaround the 
underperformance experienced in 2022, with 90 per cent of FUM 
outperforming their benchmarks in 2023. We continued to upgrade our 
investment and risk management platform for multi-asset strategies and 
investment performance improved in the fourth quarter of 2023 
compared to the prior quarter.

Eastspring also continued to develop its investment platform and 
capabilities through a series of strategic hires, notably in portfolio risk 
management and fixed income, and through investment process 
enhancements across the various teams. Further work was progressed 
in integrating Eastspring’s investment performance for wholly-owned 
businesses and aligning common investment practices, including 
research.

Eastspring continued to be recognised for its achievements, being 
named Best Emerging Markets Equity Manager by Citywire Asia Asset 
Management Awards for the second consecutive year and Best Value 
Investing Manager regionally by Asia Asset Management. 

Broadening distribution capabilities
Eastspring’s strategy is anchored on understanding its clients and 
delivering strong capabilities and products for their bespoke needs. In 
2023, Eastspring continued to extend and deepen its relationships 
with third-party clients and Prudential Life Companies which has 
generated positive net inflows.

Eastspring continued to build retail partnerships with distributors and 
banks. Notably in Japan, the firm expanded its partnerships to more 
than 120 retail distributors and converged 22,800 attendees through 
274 workshops and client seminars. 

Across the institutional business, the firm has seen success in its 
international markets of the Americas, Europe, Taiwan and Thailand.

54

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

2023

237.1  

280

31

53  

254  

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

221.4 

260

29  

55 

234 

Change

 7% 

 8% 

2bps 

2ppts 

 9% 

2022

Change

222.2 

255

28  

55 

230 

 7% 

 10% 

3bps 

2ppts 

 10% 

Accelerating responsible investing
Eastspring’s commitment to responsible investing is embedded across 
its business. 

Across its markets, Eastspring is focused on driving sustainable 
solutions on three fronts. First, Eastspring extended its engagement 
programme beyond climate change to include themes of palm oil, 
unsustainable timber, and modern slavery. Second, the firm enhanced 
its ESG data analytics to support investment activities via the creation 
of a proprietary ESG assessment visualiser and enhanced client 
reporting tools for climate risk, UN Sustainable Development Goal 
alignment and Scope 3 carbon emissions. Third, the firm published its 
first Responsible Investment Report and improved its United Nations 
Principles for Responsible Investment (UNPRI) assessment.

Open-architecture technology platform
Eastspring has embarked on a multi-year firm-wide transformation 
journey to modernise its business. This includes upgrading its operating 
model for robustness and scalability, as well as enhancing its control 
environment. 

Through HERA, Eastspring’s proprietary cloud-native Data & AI platform, 
Eastspring is making good progress in its ambition to become a data-
driven organisation. Eastspring is already seeing benefits from its 
early efforts in the form of an automated Finance 'data-mart' for end 
to end reporting, optimising insights across markets, and building 
robust data for monitoring and regulatory purposes. The platform has 
also powered climate insights for our portfolio and strengthened real-
time risk management through its investment risk insights.

Joint venture growth initiatives
In India, IPAMC strengthened its distribution capabilities, servicing a 
direct client base spread across 300 cities in India. This resulted a 17 
per cent increase in IPAMC’s client base to over 9 million; of which 
around 33 per cent were direct clients. In addition, IPAMC broadened 
its product suite into the alternatives segment focused on private 
equity and private credit, and raised $324 million (100 per cent 
shareholding basis). Reflecting net inflows coupled with a favourable 
equity market performance, FUM for IPAMC grew by 28 per cent (on 
actual exchange rate basis).

In China, CPFMC is looking to broaden its product suite with new fixed 
income and quantitative products. CPFMC also strengthened its 
distribution capabilities with 14 new partnerships, comprising of 10 
bank wealth management companies and 4 securities firms. The 
depth of our partnership, including the e-commerce platforms has 
generated strong net inflows, primarily from money market funds 
supporting a 8 per cent increase (on actual exchange rate basis) in 
FUM for CPFMC, despite the challenging economic environment. 

 
 
 
 
 
Financial performance

External funds under management ($bn)

Funds managed on behalf of M&G plc ($bn)

External funds under management ($bn)

Internal funds under management ($bn)

Internal funds under advice ($bn)

Total internal funds under management or advice ($bn)

2023

$m*

94.2 

1.9 

96.1 

110.0 

31.0 

141.0 

Actual exchange rate

Constant exchange rate

2022

$m*

Change

%

2022

$m*

Change

%

81.9 

9.3 

91.2 

104.1 

26.1 

130.2 

 15 

 (80) 

 5 

 6 

 19 

 8 

 7 

81.3 

9.4 

90.7 

104.9 

26.6 

131.5 

222.2 

 16 

 (80) 

 6 

 5 

 17 

 7 

 7 

Total funds under management or advice ($bn)

237.1 

221.4 

Total external net flows†

4,054 

(1,586) 

n/a  

(1,538) 

n/a

Analysis of adjusted operating profit
Retail operating income‡
Institutional operating income‡
Operating income before performance-related fees

Performance-related fees

Operating income (net of commission)

Operating expense

Group's share of tax on joint ventures' adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit after tax

Average funds managed by Eastspring

Fee margin based on operating income

Cost/income ratio 

353 

347 

700 

(2) 

698 

(372) 

(46) 

280 

254 

225.9 
31bps 

 53% 

319 

341 

660 

1 

661 

(360) 

(41) 

260 

234 

229.4 
29bps 

 55% 

 11 

 2 

 6 

n/a  

 6 

 (3) 

 (12) 

 8 

 9 

 (2) 
2bps 

2ppts 

311 

342 

653 

1 

654 

(359) 

(40) 

255 

230 

229.9 
28bps 

 55% 

 14 

 1 

 7 

n/a

 7 

 (4) 

 (15) 

 10 

 10 

 (2) 
3bps 

2ppts 

Excluding funds managed on behalf of M&G plc.

* Unless otherwise stated.
†
‡ During the year Eastspring has reclassified its funds under management, and associated income, between retail and institutional categories. Amounts are now classified as 
retail or institutional based on whether the owner of the holding is a retail or institutional investor. Under the previous basis amounts were classified based on the nature of 
the investment vehicle in which the amounts were invested. The revised classification presents the funds held by each client type on a more consistent basis, which aligns 
with typical differences in fee rate basis for each client type. Prior period figures are restated accordingly.

Eastspring's total funds under management and advice (FUM) 
increased by 7 per cent to $237.1 billion (31 December 2022: $221.4 
billion on actual exchange rate), reflecting favourable market 
movements, and net inflows from third parties (excluding M&G plc) 
and the Group's life business. In 2023, there was a shift in overall asset 
mix from bonds to equity and multi-assets funds, while the overall 
assets remain well diversified across both clients and asset classes.

Third party net inflows (excluding money market funds and funds 
managed on behalf of M&G plc) were $4.1 billion (2022: net outflows 
of $(1.5) billion) reflecting inflows into higher margin retail funds. This 
was more than offset by net outflows of $(7.6) billion (2022: $(0.8) 
billion) from the expected redemption of funds managed on behalf 
of M&G plc, with further net outflows of about $(0.6) billion expected

 in 2024. In addition, net inflows from Prudential's life business were 
$2.3 billion (2022: $8.0 billion).

The average FUM decreased by (2) per cent compared to 7 per cent 
increase in closing FUM, largely reflecting the adverse market 
movements in 2022. Eastspring’s adjusted operating profit increased 
by 10 per cent to $280 million, reflecting a circa $20 million net 
investment gain, reported within operating income before 
performance-related fees (as compared with a net investment loss of 
circa $10 million  in the prior year) on shareholders’ investments 
including seed capital. Excluding the gains and losses on shareholders’ 
investments from both periods, operating profit was (2) per cent lower, 
consistent with the decline in average FUM. There was an improvement 
in the fee margin and cost/income ratio, reflecting the higher mix from 
retail equity funds and the investment gains as noted above.

Notes
(1) As reported at full year 2023 unless otherwise specified. Sources include formal (eg competitors results release, local regulators and insurance association) and informal 

(industry exchange) market share. Ranking based on new business (APE sales, weighted new business premium, full year premium or weighted first year premium) or Gross 
Written Premium depending on availability of data. Rankings in the case of Chinese Mainland, Taiwan and Myanmar are among foreign insurers, and for India is among 
private companies. Countries based on nine months ended September 2023: Hong Kong, Philippines, Ghana (Africa) and Kenya (Africa) and full year 2022: Laos, Zambia 
(Africa) and Togo (Africa) and full year 2020: Nigeria (Africa).

(2) Across Hong Kong, Macau and the Chinese Mainland.
(3) Source: The Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area Development Office.
(4) Source: Swiss Re Institute.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review

Thoughtful risk management through 
advocating the interests of our people, 
customers, regulators and shareholders  

1 Introduction
Prudential’s Group Risk Framework, risk appetite and robust governance 
have enabled the business to manage and control its risk exposure 
throughout market volatility and uncertainty in 2023 to support the 
Group’s strategy of delivering sustainable value for all our stakeholders. As 
Prudential focuses on executing its new strategy across Asia and Africa, 
the Group-wide Risk, Compliance and Security (RCS) function has 
continued to provide risk advice, recommendations and assurance, as 
well as engage with Prudential’s Group-wide supervisor, the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority (IA), on critical activities, while overseeing the risks 
and implications to the ongoing business with the goal of ensuring that 
the Group remains within its approved risk appetite. The Group effectively 
leverages its risk management, compliance and security experience in 
more mature markets, applying it to its growth markets as appropriate to 
their respective risks and the extent of their challenges under the complex 
operating environment, and reflective of opportunities, customer issues 
and needs, and local customs. Prudential will continue to take a holistic 
and coordinated approach in managing the increasingly dynamic, 
multifaceted and often interconnected risks facing its businesses.

Below we explain how we manage risk, including through our risk 
governance framework and processes. We then describe the principal 
risks the Group faces, including how each principal risk is managed 
and mitigated, followed by a detailed description of the specific risk 
factors that may affect our business, the Group and our stakeholders.    

2 Risk governance
a
System of governance 
Prudential has in place a system of governance that embeds a clear 
ownership of risk, together with risk policies and standards to enable risks 
to be identified, measured and assessed, managed and controlled, 
monitored and reported. The Group Risk Framework, owned by the Board, 
details Prudential’s risk governance, risk management processes and risk 
appetite. The Group’s risk governance arrangements are based on the 
‘three lines’ model. The ‘first line’ is responsible for taking and managing 
risk within the risk appetite, while the ‘second line’ provides additional 
independent challenge, expertise and oversight to support risk and 
compliance management. The role of the ‘third line’, assumed by the 
independent Group-wide Internal Audit function, is to provide objective 
assurance on the design, effectiveness and implementation of the overall 
system of internal control. The Group-wide RCS function reviews, assesses, 
oversees and reports on the Group’s aggregate risk exposure and solvency 
position from an economic, regulatory and credit ratings perspective. 

In 2023, continuous efforts have been made to ensure the 
appropriateness of the level of Group governance that promotes 
individual accountability in decision-making and supports the overall 
corporate governance framework to provide sound and prudent 
management and oversight of the Group’s business. The Group also 
regularly reviews the Group Risk Framework and supporting policies, 
including to ensure sustainability considerations, which form an 
integral part of the wider Group governance, are appropriately reflected 
in policies and processes and embedded within all business functions. 

Risk governance and culture

b Group Risk Framework
i.
Prudential’s risk governance comprises the Board organisational structures, 
reporting relationships, delegation of authority, roles and responsibilities, 
and risk and compliance policies that have been established to enable 
business decision-making with respect to control activities and risk-related 
matters. The Group Risk Committee (GRC) leads the risk governance 
structure, supported by independent Non-executive Directors on the risk 
committees of the Group’s major businesses. The GRC approves changes 
to the Group Risk Framework and the core risk and compliance policies that 
support it, and has direct lines of communication, reporting and oversight 
of the risk committees of the Group’s major businesses. The chief risk and 
compliance officers of the Group’s major businesses and the managing 
directors of the Group’s Strategic Business Groups are also invited to the 
Group Executive Risk Committee, the advisory committee to the Group Chief 
Risk and Compliance Officer. The chief risk and compliance officers of the 
Group’s major businesses also attend GRC meetings on a rotational basis.

Risk culture is a strategic priority of the Board, which recognises its 
importance in the way the Group conducts business. A revised set of 
fundamental values was rolled out across the Group in 2023, referred 
to as ‘The PruWay’, that serves as the Group’s guiding principles to 
ethical and authentic conduct. These values apply equally to all 
members of Prudential and its affiliates. The Responsibility & 
Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) supports its responsibilities in 
relation to implementation of sound culture considerations in the 
ways we operate, as well as embedding the Group’s Sustainability 
Strategy and overseeing progress on customer, culture, people and 
community matters. The PruWay defines how Prudential expects 
business to be conducted to achieve its strategic objectives, to build a 
culture of trust and transparency that allows our people to thrive, and to 
deliver sustainable value for all our stakeholders: customers, 
employees, shareholders and the communities in which we operate.

The Group Risk Framework and underlying policies support sound risk 
management practices by requiring a focus on customers, longer-term 
goals and sustainability, the avoidance of excessive risk taking, and 
highlighting acceptable and unacceptable behaviours. This is supported 
by: the inclusion of risk and sustainability considerations in performance 
management and remuneration for key executives; the building of 
appropriate skills and capabilities in risk management; and ensuring that 
employees understand and care about their role in managing risk through 
open discussions, collaboration and engagement. The GRC has a key role 
in providing advice to the Remuneration Committee on risk management 
considerations to be applied in respect of executive remuneration. 

Prudential’s Group Code of Conduct and Group Governance Manual, 
supported by the Group’s risk-related policies, are reviewed regularly. A 
revised Group Code of Conduct (the Code) was launched in November 
2023 to further enhance risk culture and awareness underpinning 
operational and financial discipline. The Code lays down the principles and 
guidelines that outline the ethical standards and responsibilities of the 
organisation and our people. Supporting policies include those related to 
financial crime, covering anti-money laundering, sanctions, anti-bribery 

56

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

and corruption, conduct, conflicts of interest, confidential and proprietary 
information and securities dealing. The Group’s Third-Party Supply and 
Outsourcing Policy requires that human rights and modern slavery 
considerations are embedded in material supplier arrangements. 
Procedures to allow individuals to speak out safely and anonymously 
against unethical behaviours and conduct violations are also in place.

Further details on the Group’s sustainability governance arrangements and 
strategic framework are included in the Group’s 2023 Sustainability Report.

ii. The risk management cycle
The Group Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) is the ongoing 
process of identifying, measuring and assessing, managing and 
controlling, monitoring and reporting the risks to which the business is 
exposed. It includes an assessment of capital adequacy to ensure that 
the Group’s solvency needs are met at all times, as well as stress and 
scenario testing that also includes climate scenarios. 

Risk identification
The Group identifies principal risks in accordance with provision 28 of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code and the Group-wide Supervision 
(GWS) guidelines issued by the HKIA. The Group performs a robust 
assessment and analysis of principal and emerging risk themes 
through the risk identification process, the Group ORSA report and the 
risk assessments undertaken as part of the business planning review, 
including how they are managed and mitigated, which supports 
decision-making. Top-down and bottom-up processes are in place to 
support Group-wide identification of principal risks. The Group’s 
principal risks, which are reported and managed by the Group with 
enhanced focus, are reviewed and updated on a regular basis.  

An emerging risk identification framework also exists to support the Group’s 
preparations in managing financial and non-financial risks expected to 
crystallise beyond the short-term horizon. The Group’s emerging risk 
identification process recognises the dynamic materiality of emerging risk 
themes, whereby the topics and the associated risks that are important to 
the Group and its respective key stakeholders can change over time, often 
very quickly. This is often seen for sustainability (including environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) and climate-related) risks, which impact 
the Group’s reputation given evolving stakeholder expectations.

The risk profile assessment is a key output from the risk identification 
and risk measurement processes and is used as a basis for setting 
Group-wide limits and assessment of management actions which 
could be taken to conserve and aid stakeholder value creation.

Risk measurement and assessment
All identified risks are assessed based on an appropriate methodology 
for that risk. Quantifiable risks which are material and mitigated by 
holding capital are modelled in the Group’s internal model, which is 
used to determine the Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment 
(GIECA) with robust processes and controls on model changes. The 
GIECA model and results are subject to independent validation.

Risk management and control
The Group’s control procedures and systems focus on aligning the levels of 
risk taking with the Group’s strategy and can only provide reasonable, not 
absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Group’s risk 
policies define the Group’s appetite for material risks and set out the risk 
management and control requirements to limit exposure. These policies 
also set out the processes to enable the measurement and management 
of these risks in a consistent and coherent way, including the flows of 
management information required. Stress and scenario testing is also in 
place to assess the robustness of capital adequacy and liquidity and the 
appropriateness of risk limits, as well as to support recovery planning. 
This includes reverse stress testing which requires the Group to ascertain 
the point of business model failure and is another tool that helps to 
identify the key risks and scenarios that may have a material impact 

on the Group. The methods and risk management tools employed to 
mitigate each of the Group’s principal risks are detailed in section 3 below.

Risk monitoring and reporting
The Group’s principal risks are highlighted in the management 
information received by the GRC and the Board, which also includes 
key exposures against appetite and developments in the Group’s 
principal and emerging risks.

iii. Risk appetite, limits and triggers
The Group aims to balance the interests of the broad spectrum of its 
stakeholders (including customers, investors, employees, communities 
and key business partners) and understands that a well-managed 
acceptance of risk lies at the heart of its business. The Group generates 
stakeholder value by selectively taking exposure to risks, mitigated to the 
extent it is cost-effective to do so, and where these are an outcome of its 
chosen business activities and strategy. Those risks for which the Group 
has no tolerance are actively avoided. The Group’s systems, procedures 
and controls are designed to manage risk appropriately, and its 
approach to resilience and recovery aims to maintain the Group’s 
ability and flexibility to respond in times of stress.

Qualitative and quantitative expressions of risk appetite are defined 
and operationalised through risk limits, triggers and indicators. The 
RCS function reviews the appropriateness of these measures at least 
annually. The Board approves changes to the Group’s aggregate risk 
appetite and the GRC has delegated authority to approve changes to 
the system of limits, triggers and indicators.

Group risk appetite is defined and monitored in aggregate by the 
setting of objectives for its capital requirements, liquidity and non-
financial risk exposure, covering risks to stakeholders, including those 
from participating and third-party businesses. Group limits operate 
within these expressions of risk appetite to constrain material risks, 
while triggers and indicators provide additional defined points for 
escalation. The GRC, supported by the RCS function, is responsible for 
reviewing the risks inherent in the Group’s business plan and for 
providing the Board with a view on the risk/reward trade-offs and the 
resulting impact to the Group’s aggregated position relative to Group 
risk appetite and limits, including non-financial risk considerations. 

1. Capital requirements: Limits on capital requirements aim to 

ensure that, in both business-as-usual and stressed conditions, the 
Group maintains adequate capital in excess of internal economic 
capital requirements and regulatory capital requirements, 
achieves its desired target credit rating to meet its business 
objectives, and the need for supervisory intervention is avoided. The 
two measures in use at the Group level are the GWS and GIECA 
capital requirements.

2. Liquidity: The objective of the Group’s liquidity risk appetite is to 
help ensure that appropriate cash resources are available to meet 
financial obligations as they fall due in both business-as-usual and 
stressed scenarios. This is measured using a liquidity coverage 
ratio which considers the sources of liquidity against liquidity 
requirements under stress scenarios.

3. Non-financial risks: The Non-Financial Risk Appetite Framework is in 
place to identify, measure and assess, manage and control, monitor 
and report effectively on material non-financial risks across the 
business. The non-financial risk appetite is framed around the 
perspectives of its varied stakeholders, accounts for current and 
expected changes in the external environment, and provides limit and 
trigger appetite thresholds for non-financial risk categories across the 
Group’s locations. The Group accepts a degree of non-financial risk 
exposure as an outcome of its chosen business activities and strategy, 
and aims to manage these risks effectively to maintain its operational 
resilience and its commitments to customers and all stakeholders and 
avoid material adverse financial loss or impact to its reputation.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

57

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review continued

Risk identification
Risk identification covers Group-wide:

(a) Top-down risk identification
(b) Bottom-up risk identification
(c) Emerging risk identification

Risk measurement and 
assessment
Risks are assessed in terms of materiality. 
Material risks which are modelled are 
included in appropriately validated capital 
models.

Risk governance and culture
Risk governance comprises the Board, 
organisational structures, reporting 
relationships, delegation of authority, roles 
and responsibilities, and risk policies. A 
revised set of fundamental values (The 
PruWay) and a revised Group Code of  
Conduct were rolled out across the Group in 
2023, which serve as the Group’s guiding 
principles to ethical and authentic conduct.

Business strategy
Business strategy and business plan 
provide direction on future growth and 
inform the level of limits on solvency, 
liquidity and for our key risks. The RCS 
function provides input and opinion on 
key aspects of business strategy.

Risk management

Capital management
Capital adequacy is monitored to help 
ensure that internal and regulatory capital 
requirements are met, and that solvency 
buffers are appropriate over the business 
planning horizon and under stress.

Stress and scenario testing
Stress and scenario testing is performed 
to assess the robustness of capital 
adequacy and liquidity, and the 
appropriateness of risk limits, as well as 
to support recovery planning, which 
includes assessment of the effectiveness 
of the Group's recovery measures and 
the appropriateness of activation points.

Monitor and report
Escalation requirements in the event of a breach are clearly 
defined. Risk reporting provides regular updates to the Group's 
Board and Risk Committees on exposures against Board-approved 
appetite statements and limits. Reporting also covers the Group's 
principal risks.

58

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Manage and control
Risk appetite and limits allow for the controlled growth of the 
Group’s business, in line with business strategy and plan. Processes 
that support the oversight and control of risks include:

The Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) process
The Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA)

1.
2.
3. Group-approved limits and early warning triggers
4.
5. Global Counterparty Limit Framework
Critical/internal incidents procedures
6.
Stress and scenario testing, including reverse stress testing
7.

Large risk approval process

3 The Group’s principal risks
The delivery of the Group’s strategy in building long-term value for all 
our stakeholders inevitably requires the acceptance of certain risks. 
The materialisation of any of these risks within the Group or in its 
joint ventures, associates or key third-party partners may have a 
financial impact and may affect the performance of products or 
services or the fulfillment of commitments to customers and other 
stakeholders, with an adverse impact on Prudential’s brand and 
reputation. 

This section provides a high-level overview of the principal risks faced 
by the Group including the key tools used to manage and mitigate 
each risk. A detailed description of these and other risks is presented 
under the heading ‘Risk factors’, below.  

The Group’s 2023 Sustainability Report includes further detail on the 
sustainability (including ESG and climate-related) risks which 
contribute to the materiality of the Group’s principal risks detailed 
below.  

Summary of principal risks

Risks to the Group’s financial position (including 
those from the external macroeconomic and 
geopolitical environment)

Risks from the nature of our business and our 
industry

The global economic and geopolitical environment may 
impact the Group directly by affecting trends in financial 
markets and asset values, as well as driving short-term 
volatility.

Risk type 
– Global economic and geopolitical conditions
– Market risks to our investments:

– Interest rate risk, including asset liability management 

(ALM)

– Equity and property investment risk
–  Foreign exchange risk

– Liquidity risk 
– Credit risks

The Group’s sustainability (including ESG and 
climate-related) risks

These include sustainability risks associated with 
environmental considerations such as climate change 
(including physical and transition risks), societal risks arising 
from diverse stakeholder commitments and expectations and 
governance-related risks.

These include the Group’s non-financial risks including 
operational and transformation risks from significant change 
activity, information security and data privacy risk, risks 
associated with the Group’s joint ventures and associates, risks 
related to regulatory compliance, insurance risks, and 
customer conduct risks assumed by the Group in providing its 
products.

Risk type 
– Non-financial risks

– Operations processes risk
– Change management risk
– Third-party and outsourcing risk
– Model risk
– Fraud risk
– Financial crime risk
– Information security, IT infrastructure and data privacy 

risks

– Customer conduct risk
– Legal and regulatory compliance risk

– Insurance risks

– Medical claims inflation risk
–  Morbidity risk
– Persistency risk

– Business concentration risk
– Risk associated with the oversight of the Group's joint 

ventures and associates

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

59

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review continued

Risk description
Risks to the Group’s financial position (including those from the external macroeconomic 
and geopolitical environment)

Risk management

The global economic and geopolitical environment may impact the Group directly by affecting trends in financial markets and asset values, 
as well as driving short-term volatility.

Risks in this category include the market risks to our investments and the credit quality of our investment portfolio, as well as liquidity risk.

Global economic and geopolitical conditions

Prudential operates in a macroeconomic and global financial market environment that continues to present significant uncertainties and 
potential challenges. For example, while headline inflation has moved down in 2023, core inflation has remained well above central bank 
targets and central banks may need to maintain tight monetary policies to rein in inflation, which could exert downward pressures on growth. 
In the major emerging markets, inflation has generally been less severe and monetary policies have been less restrictive. However, this 
environment of relatively high global interest rates presents a meaningful recession risk and is putting pressure on banks’ balance sheets and 
margins. This could result in a pullback in both credit supply and credit demand and lead to a sharper tightening in global credit conditions. 
Challenges in the US and EU banking sector increased risk in the US commercial real estate sector. The weak growth and concerns around the 
Chinese Mainland property sector not only put a toll on the Chinese Mainland economy and place downward pressure on China interest rate, 
but could also weigh on the broader Asian region and the global economy’s vitality going forward. A number of issuers within the Chinese 
Mainland property sector and the US commercial real estate sector experienced a reduction in financial strength and flexibility of corporate 
entities in 2023, although the overall impact to the Group’s invested credit portfolio was immaterial due to our diversified investment 
strategy. The serviceability of sovereign debt also posed some concerns in certain economies (particularly the high indebtedness across 
countries in Africa, such as the sovereign debt restructuring in Ghana). 

Geopolitical tensions between Russia and Ukraine, Israel and Gaza, as well as the Chinese Mainland and countries such as the United States 
and India, continued to contribute to the slow and/or negative global or regional economic growth in 2023. These conflicts may lead to 
further realignment among blocs or global polarisation and decoupling.

Macroeconomic and geopolitical developments are considered material to the Group and can potentially increase operational and business 
disruption (including sanctions) and regulatory and financial market risks, and have the potential to directly impact Prudential’s sales and 
distribution networks, as well as its reputation. The potential impacts to the Group are included in sections 1.1 and 1.2 of the Risk factors. 

Market risks to our investments

(Audited)

The value of Prudential’s direct investments is impacted by 
fluctuations in equity prices, interest rates, credit spreads, 
foreign exchange rates and property prices. There is also 
potentially indirect impact through the value of the net equity 
of its joint ventures and associates. Although inflation remains 
at decades-level highs in certain global markets, the Group’s 
direct exposure to inflation remains modest. Exposure mainly 
arises through an increase in medical claims obligations, driven 
by rising medical prices as well as potential impact on 
customers from an affordability perspective. Medical inflation 
risk as well as challenges for insurers linked to affordability and 
existing challenges in persistency are detailed in the Insurance 
risks section below.

The Group has appetite for market risk where it arises from profit-
generating insurance activities to the extent that it remains part of a 
balanced portfolio of sources of income for shareholders and is 
compatible with a robust solvency position. The Group’s market risks 
are managed and mitigated by the following:

– The Group Market Risk Policy;
– The Group Capital and Asset Liability Management (ALM) 

Committee and Group ALM Policy;

– Changes in asset allocation, bonus revisions, repricing and the use of 

reinsurance where appropriate;

– The Group Investment Committee and Group Investment Policy; 
– Hedging using derivatives, including currency forwards and swaps, 
bond forwards/futures, interest rate futures and swaps, and equity 
futures;

– The monitoring and oversight of market risks through the regular 

reporting of management information;

– Regular deep dive assessments; and 
– The Group Critical Incident Procedure (GCIP), which defines specific 
governance to be invoked in the event of a critical incident, such as a 
significant market, liquidity or credit-related event. This includes, 
where necessary, the convening of a Critical Incident Group (CIG) to 
oversee, coordinate, and where appropriate, direct activities during a 
critical incident.

60

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Risk description

Risk management

Market risks to our investments continued

Interest rate risk, including asset liability management 
(ALM)
Interest rate risk is driven by the impact of the valuation of 
Prudential’s assets (particularly government and corporate 
bonds) and liabilities, which are dependent on market interest 
rates. 

High interest rates, driven by sustained inflationary pressures, 
may impact the valuation of fixed income investments and 
reduce fee income. The Group’s risk exposure to rising interest 
rates also arises from the potential impact to the present value 
of future fees for unit-linked businesses, such as in Indonesia 
and Malaysia, as well as the impact to the present value of the 
future profits for accident and health products, such as in Hong 
Kong. Exposure to higher interest rates also arises from the 
potential impact to the value of fixed income assets in the 
shareholder funds.

The Group’s risk exposure to lower/decreased interest rates 
arises from the guarantees of some non-unit-linked products 
with a savings component, including the Hong Kong, Singapore 
and CPL's participating and non-participating businesses. This 
exposure results from the potential for an asset and liability 
mismatch, where long-dated liabilities and guarantees are 
backed by short-dated assets. 

Equity and property investment risk
The shareholder exposure to equity price movements arises 
from various sources, including from unit-linked products where 
fee income is linked to the market value of funds under 
management. Exposure also arises from participating 
businesses through potential fluctuations in the value of future 
shareholders’ profits and where bonuses declared are based 
broadly on historical and current rates of return from the 
businesses' investment portfolios, which include equities. 

The material exposures to equity risk in the Group’s businesses 
include CPL’s exposure to equity risk through investments in 
equity assets for most of its products, including participating 
and non-participating savings products and protection and 
unit-linked products. The Hong Kong business and, to a lesser 
extent, the Singapore business contribute to the Group’s equity 
risk exposure due to the equity assets backing participating 
products. The Indonesia and Malaysia businesses are exposed 
to equity risk through their unit-linked products and, in the case 
of Malaysia, exposure also arises from participating and unit-
linked business.

The Group Capital and ALM Committee is a management committee 
supporting the identification, assessment and management of key 
financial risks to the achievement of the Group’s business objectives. 
The Committee also oversees ALM, solvency and liquidity risks of the 
local businesses as well as the declaration and management of non-
guaranteed benefits for participating and universal life lines of 
business. Local business units are responsible for the management of 
their own asset and liability positions, with appropriate governance in 
place. The objective of the local business unit ALM process is to meet 
policyholder liabilities with the returns generated from the investment 
assets held, while maintaining the financial strength of capital and 
solvency positions. The ALM strategy adopted by the local business 
units considers the liability profile and related assumptions of in-force 
business and new products to appropriately manage investment risk 
within ALM risk appetite, under different scenarios in accordance with 
policyholders’ reasonable expectations, and economic and local 
regulatory requirements.  Factors such as the availability of matching 
assets, diversification, currency and duration are considered as 
appropriate. The assumptions and methodology used in the 
measurement of assets and liabilities for ALM purposes conform with 
local solvency regulations. Assessments are carried out on an economic 
basis which conforms to the Group’s internal economic capital 
methodology.

The Group’s appetite for interest rate risk requires that assets and 
liabilities should be tightly matched for exposures where assets or 
derivatives exist that can cover these exposures. Interest rate risk is 
accepted where this cannot be hedged, provided that this arises from 
profitable products and to the extent that such interest rate risk 
exposure remains part of a balanced exposure to risks and is 
compatible with a robust solvency position.  When asset and liability 
duration mismatch is not eliminated, it is monitored and managed 
through local risk and asset liability management committees and 
Group risk limits consistent with the Group’s appetite for interest rate 
risk.

The Group has limited acceptance for exposures to equity risk from 
non-participating products if it is not rewarded for taking the equity 
risk. The Group accepts equity exposure that arises from future fees 
(including shareholder transfers from the participating businesses) but 
limits its exposure to policyholder guarantees by hedging against 
equity movements and guarantees where it is considered economically 
optimal to do so. 

Where equity risk is accepted, it is explicitly defined by the strategic 
asset allocation, as well as monitored and managed through local risk 
and ALM committees. Overall exposure to equity risk from the 
participating businesses is also managed through Group risk limits 
consistent with the Group’s appetite for equity risk. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

61

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review continued

Risk description

Risk management

Market risks to our investments continued

Foreign exchange risk 
The geographical diversity of Prudential’s businesses means 
that it is exposed to the risk of foreign exchange rate 
fluctuations. Some entities within the Group write policies, 
invest in assets or enter into other transactions in local 
currencies or currencies not linked to the Group’s reporting/
functional currency, the US dollar. Although this limits the 
effect of exchange rate movements on local operating results, 
it can lead to fluctuations in the Group’s US dollar-reported 
financial statements. This risk is further detailed in section 1.6 
of the Risk factors.  

Liquidity risk

 (Audited)

Prudential’s liquidity risk arises from the need to have sufficient 
liquid assets to meet policyholder and third-party payments as 
they fall due, considered under both business-as-usual and 
stressed conditions. It includes the risk arising from funds 
composed of illiquid assets and results from a mismatch 
between the liquidity profile of assets and liabilities. Liquidity 
risk may impact market conditions and valuation of assets in a 
more uncertain way than other risks like interest rate or credit 
risk. It may arise, for example, where external capital is 
unavailable at sustainable cost, where derivatives transactions 
require a sudden significant need of liquid assets or cash to 
post as collateral to meet derivatives margin requirements, or 
where redemption requests are made against funds managed 
for external clients (both retail and institutional). Liquidity risk is 
considered material at the level of the Group. 

The Group accepts the currency risk that emerges from profits retained 
locally to support the growth of the Group’s business and the 
translation risks from capital being held in the local currency of the 
business to meet local regulatory and market requirements. However, in 
cases where a surplus arising in an overseas operation supports Group 
capital or shareholders’ interest (ie remittances), this exposure is 
hedged if it is economically optimal to do so. The Group does not 
accept significant shareholder exposures to foreign exchange risks in 
currencies outside the local territory.   

Foreign exchange risk is managed by the Group Capital and ALM 
Committee through the implementation of asset allocation on funds 
which captures the exposure to non-local-denominated assets.

The Group has no appetite for any business to have insufficient 
resources to cover its outgoing cash flows, or for the Group as a whole 
to not meet cash flow requirements from its debt obligations under any 
plausible scenario. The Group has significant internal sources of 
liquidity sufficient to meet its expected cash requirements for at least 
12 months from the date the financial statements are approved, 
without having to resort to external sources of funding. The Group has 
a total of $1.6 billion of undrawn committed facilities that can be 
made use of, expiring in 2029. Access to further liquidity is available 
through the debt capital markets and the Group’s extensive 
commercial paper programme. Prudential has maintained a consistent 
presence as an issuer in the market for the past decade.  

A number of risk management tools are used to manage and mitigate 
liquidity risk, including the following:

– The Group’s Liquidity Risk Policy;
– Regular assessment and reporting by the Group and business units 
of liquidity coverage ratios, which are calculated under both base 
case and stressed scenarios;

– The Group’s Liquidity Risk Management Plan;
– The Group’s Collateral Management Framework;
– The Group’s contingency plans and identified sources of liquidity;
– The Group’s ability to access the money and debt capital markets; 

and

– The Group’s access to external committed credit facilities.

62

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Risk description

Credit risk 

Risk management

(Audited)
Credit risk is the potential for loss resulting from a borrower’s 
failure to meet its contractual debt obligation(s). Counterparty 
risk, a type of credit risk, is the probability that a counterparty 
defaults on its contractual obligation(s) causing the other 
counterparty to suffer a loss. These risks arise from the Group’s 
investments in bonds, reinsurance arrangements, derivative 
contracts with third parties, and its cash deposits with banks. 
Credit spread risk, another type of credit risk, arises when the 
interest rate/return on a loan or bond is disproportionately low 
compared with another investment with a lower risk of default. 
Invested credit and counterparty risks are considered a material 
risk for the Group’s business units.  

The total debt securities at 31 December 2023 held by the 
Group’s operations were $83.1 billion (31 December 2022: 
$77.0 billion). The majority (83 per cent, 31 December 2022: 84 
per cent) of the portfolio are investments either held in unit-
linked funds or that support insurance products where 
policyholders participate in the returns of a specified pool of 
investments1. The gains or losses on these investments will 
largely be offset by movements in policyholder liabilities2. The 
remaining 17 per cent (31 December 2022: 16 per cent) of the 
debt portfolio (the ‘shareholder debt portfolio’) are investments 
where gains and losses broadly impact the income statement, 
albeit short-term market fluctuations are recorded outside of 
adjusted operating profit.  

– Group sovereign debt: Prudential invests in bonds issued by 

national governments. This sovereign debt holding within the 
shareholder debt portfolio represented 55 per cent or $7.8 
billion3 of the total shareholder debt portfolio as at 31 
December 2023 (31 December 2022: 41 per cent or $4.9 
billion). The particular risks associated with holding sovereign 
debt are detailed further in the disclosures in the Risk factors. 
The total exposures held by the Group in sovereign debt 
securities at 31 December 2023 are given in note C1 of the 
Group’s IFRS financial statements.

– Corporate debt portfolio: In the shareholder debt portfolio, 
corporate debt exposures totalled $5.8 billion of which $5.4 
billion or 94 per cent were investment grade rated (31 
December 2022: $6.6 billion of which $6.1 billion or 93 per 
cent were investment grade rated).

– Bank debt exposure and counterparty credit risk: The 
banking sector represents a material concentration in the 
Group’s corporate debt portfolio which largely reflects the 
composition of the fixed income markets across the regions in 
which Prudential is invested. As such, exposure to banks is a 
key part of its core investments, considered to be a material 
risk for the Group, as well as being important for the hedging 
and other activities undertaken to manage its various 
financial risks.

At 31 December 2023:

– 94 per cent of the Group’s shareholder portfolio (excluding all 
government and government-related debt) is investment 
grade rated4. In particular, 59 per cent of the portfolio is 
rated4 A- and above (or equivalent); and

– The Group’s shareholder portfolio is well diversified: no 

individual sector5 makes up more than 13 per cent of the total 
portfolio (excluding the financial and sovereign sectors).

The Group’s holdings across its life portfolios are mostly in local 
currency and with a largely domestic investor base. These portfolios are 
generally positioned towards high-quality names, including those with 
either government or considerable parent company balance sheet 
support. Areas which the Group is actively monitoring include ongoing 
developments in the global banking sector, effects of the global 
economic slowdown on the invested assets, the impacts of the 
tightening of monetary policy in the Group’s key markets, higher 
refinancing costs, heightened geopolitical tension and protectionism, 
the ongoing downsizing of the Chinese Mainland property sector and 
more widely across the Chinese Mainland economy, as well as high 
indebtedness in African countries. The impacts of these closely 
monitored trends include potential for deterioration in the credit 
quality of the Group’s invested credit exposures, particularly due to 
rising funding costs and overall credit risks, and the extent of downward 
pressure on the fair value of the Group’s portfolios. The Group’s 
portfolio is generally well diversified in relation to individual 
counterparties, although counterparty concentration is monitored, 
particularly in local markets where depth (and therefore the liquidity of 
such investments) may be low. The Group has appetite to accept credit 
risk to the extent that it remains part of a balanced portfolio of sources 
of income for shareholders and is compatible with a robust solvency 
position. This risk is further detailed in sections 1.4 and 1.5 of the Risk 
factors. 

The Group actively reviews its investment portfolio to improve the 
robustness and resilience of the solvency position. A number of risk 
management tools are used to manage and mitigate credit and 
counterparty credit risk, including the following:

– The Group Credit Risk Policy and the Group Dealing Controls Policy;
– The Global Counterparty Limit Framework and concentration limits 

on large names;

– Collateral arrangements for derivative, secured lending reverse 

repurchase and reinsurance transactions which aim to provide a high 
level of credit protection; and

– The Group Executive Risk Committee and Group Investment 

Committee’s oversight of credit and counterparty credit risk and 
sector and/or name-specific reviews.

Exposure to the banking sector is considered a material risk for the 
Group. Derivative and reinsurance counterparty credit risk exposure is 
managed using an array of risk management tools, including a 
comprehensive system of limits. Prudential manages the level of its 
counterparty credit risk by reducing its exposure or using additional 
collateral arrangements where appropriate.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

63

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review continued

Risk description

Risk management

The Group’s sustainability (including ESG and climate-related) risks

These include sustainability risks associated with environmental considerations such as climate change (including physical and transition 
risks), societal risks arising from diverse stakeholder commitments and expectations and governance-related risks.

Material and emerging risks associated with key sustainability 
themes may undermine the long-term success of a business by 
adversely impacting its reputation and brand, and ability to 
attract and retain customers, investors, employees and 
distribution and other business partners, and therefore the 
results of its operations and delivery of its strategy and long-
term financial success. The Group’s sustainability strategy is 
centered on three key pillars (providing simple and accessible 
health and financial protection, investing responsibly and 
creating a sustainable business), each of which increases the 
expectations of the Group’s stakeholders with regards to the 
Group’s potential external environmental and social impact. 
Sustainability risks arise from the activities that support 
implementation of the Group’s strategy, which include 
developing sustainable and inclusive offerings, continuing to 
decarbonise the Group’s investment portfolio in a science-
informed approach to facilitate becoming a net zero asset 
owner by 2050 whilst financing a just and inclusive transition, 
and advancing the diversity, equity and inclusion and 
belonging strategy to empower existing employees. 

Potential regulatory compliance and litigation risks exist 
globally and across Asia, as sustainability-related topics remain 
high on the agenda of both local regulators and international 
supervisory bodies, including the International Association of 
Insurance Supervisors (IAIS) and the International 
Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB), which published its 
inaugural sustainability and climate-related disclosure 
requirements in June 2023. Delivery of the Group’s 
Sustainability Strategy, including the decarbonisation 
commitments and the development of sustainable and 
inclusive offerings, heightens the risk of accusations of 
misleading or unsubstantiated representations to the extent of 
the environmental or societal impact of the Group’s activities 
and the sustainability features of new products (eg 
greenwashing), which subsequently increases the risk of 
potential litigation or reputational damage. Further details of 
the Group’s sustainability-related risks and regulations are 
included in sections 2.1 and 4.1 of the Risk factors. 

As custodians of stakeholder value for the long term, the Group seeks 
to manage sustainability risks and their potential impact on its business 
and stakeholders through transparent and consistent implementation 
of its strategy in its markets and across operational, underwriting and 
investment activities. It is enabled by strong internal governance, 
sound business practices and a responsible investment approach, with 
sustainability-related considerations integrated into investment 
processes and decisions and the performance of fiduciary and 
stewardship duties, including via voting and active engagement 
decisions with respect to investee companies, as both an asset owner 
and an asset manager. Climate risk, the Group’s reporting against the 
recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial 
Disclosures (TCFD), and progress on the Group’s external climate-
related commitments, remain a priority focus for the GRC for 2024. 
Further information on the Group’s sustainability governance and 
strategy, as well as the management of material sustainability themes, 
is included in the Group’s 2023 Sustainability Report.

The Group participates in networks, industry forums and working 
groups, such as the Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance (NZAOA), Principles 
for Responsible Investment (PRI) and CRO Forum, to further develop 
understanding and support collaborative action in relation to 
sustainability risks and promoting a just and inclusive transition. The 
Group also actively engages with, and responds to, discussions, 
consultations and information-gathering exercises with local regulators, 
international supervisory bodies and global industry standard setters.

The Group Risk Framework continues to be critically evaluated and 
updated where required to ensure both sustainability-related 
considerations and risks to the Group, including those arising from 
stakeholder expectations of the external impact of the Group’s 
activities, are appropriately captured. Risk management and mitigation 
of sustainability risks are embedded within the Group Risk Framework 
and risk processes, including: 

– Consideration within the emerging risk identification and evaluation 
processes that emerging sustainability themes and the associated 
risks can potentially quickly change from immaterial to material 
(dynamic-materiality); 

– Reflection in the risk taxonomy that the Group can be both impacted 
by sustainability issues as well as having an impact on these in the 
external world (‘double materiality’);

– The addition of ‘social and environmental responsibility’ as a 

strategic risk within the risk taxonomy to consider the potential risks 
arising from the external impact of the Group’s activities;

– Workshops and function-wide training on specific risk themes, 

including sustainability risk principles, greenwashing risk and the risks 
associated with delivery of the Group’s external responsible 
investment commitments;

– Definition of appropriate (and longer) time horizons with respect to 
climate risk management, and the requirement to consider time 
horizons where required in risk-based decision-making; and

– Deep dives into emerging and increasingly material sustainability 
themes, including climate-related risks, and development of Board-
level and broader Group-wide training. 

64

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Risk description

Risk management

Risks from the nature of our business and our industry

These include the Group’s non-financial risks including operations processes, change management, information security, IT infrastructure and 
data privacy, as well as customer conduct, legal and regulatory compliance risks. Insurance risks and business concentration risks are also 
assumed by the Group in providing its products. Furthermore, there are risks associated with the oversight of the Group’s joint ventures and 
associates stemming from our operation in certain markets.  

Non-financial risks

The complexity of Prudential, its activities and the extent of 
transformation in progress creates a challenging operating 
environment and exposure to a variety of non-financial risks 
which are considered to be material at a Group level. 

The Group’s non-financial risks, which are not exhaustive and 
discussed further in section 3 of the Risk factors, are outlined 
below.

Alongside the Non-Financial Risk Appetite Framework, other risk 
policies and standards are in place that individually engage with 
specific non-financial risks, including operations processes, change 
management, third-party and outsourcing management, business 
continuity, fraud, financial crime as well as information security, IT 
infrastructure and data privacy. These policies and standards include 
subject matter expert-led processes that are designed to identify, 
assess, manage and control non-financial risks, including: 

– Reviews of key non-financial risks and challenges within Group and 
business units' business plans during the annual planning cycle, to 
support business decisions; 

– Corporate insurance programmes to limit the financial impact of 

operational risks;

– Oversight of risk management during the transformation life cycle, 
project prioritisation and the risks, interdependencies and possible 
conflicts arising from a large portfolio of transformation activities;
– Screening and transaction monitoring systems for financial crime 
and a programme of compliance control monitoring reviews and 
regular risk assessments;

– Internal and external review of cyber security capability and 

defences;

– Regular updating and risk-based testing of disaster recovery plans 

and the Critical Incident Procedure process;

– Established processes to deliver the highest quality of service to fulfil 

customers’ needs and expectations; and

– Active engagement in and monitoring of regulatory developments.  

The Group aims to manage the risk effectively by maintaining 
operational resilience and honouring commitments to customers and 
stakeholders, whilst avoiding material adverse financial loss or impact 
on its reputation. Further detail on the risks to the Group arising from 
system issues or control gaps is included in sections 3.1 and 3.3 in the 
Risk factors.

The Group aims to ensure that, for both transformation and strategic 
initiatives, strong programme governance is in place with embedded 
risk expertise to achieve ongoing and nimble risk oversight, with regular 
risk monitoring and reporting to risk committees. The Group’s 
Transformation Risk Framework is in place alongside the Group’s 
existing risk policies and frameworks with the aim to ensure 
appropriate governance and controls are in place to mitigate these 
risks. The Group also enhanced its governance framework in 2023 to 
better oversee the implementation and risk management of digital 
platforms. This includes the establishment of digital governance 
forums that oversee digital transformation from various dimensions 
such as customer-centricity, strategic, financial, operational and risk 
management. In addition, Prudential is continuously enhancing 
strategic capabilities through internal talent development and talent 
acquisition.  Developing an engaged workforce that provides adequate 
resources for our people to manage change, connect, grow and 
succeed is one of the priorities for the company. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

65

Operations processes risk
Operations processes risk is the risk of failure to adequately or 
accurately process different types of operational transactions, 
including customer servicing and asset and investment 
management operations. Due to human error, among other 
reasons, operations and process control incidents do occur from 
time to time and no system or process can entirely prevent 
occurrence. 

Change management risk
Change management risk remains a material risk for 
Prudential, with a number of significant change programmes 
under way which, if not delivered and executed effectively with 
adequate and capable resources to defined timelines, scope 
and cost, may negatively impact its operational capability, 
control environment, employees, reputation and ability to 
deliver its strategy and maintain market competitiveness. The 
current portfolio of transformation and significant change 
programmes includes (i) the implementation and embedding 
of large-scale regulatory/industry changes; (ii) the expansion of 
the Group’s digital capabilities and use of technology, 
platforms and analytics; and (iii) improvement of business 
efficiencies through operating model changes, including those 
relating to the Group’s central, asset management and 
investment oversight functions. Further detail on the risks to the 
Group associated with large-scale transformation and complex 
strategic initiatives is included in section 3.1 of the Risk factors.

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review continued

Risk description

Risk management

Non-financial risks continued

Third-party and outsourcing management risk
The Group’s outsourcing and third-party relationships require 
distinct oversight and risk management processes. The Group 
has a number of important third-party relationships, with both 
market counterparties and outsourcing partners, including 
distribution, technology and ecosystem providers. The Group 
maintains material strategic partnerships and bancassurance 
arrangements, which create a reliance on the operational 
resilience and performance of outsourcing and business 
partners. This risk is explored in more depth in section 3.3 of the 
Risk factors.  

Model risk
Model risk is the risk of adverse financial, regulatory, 
operational, or reputational impact, or misinformed business 
and strategic decision-making resulting from reliance on a 
model or user-developed application (UDA) that is inaccurate, 
incorrect or misused. The Group utilises various tools and they 
form an integral part of operational functions including the 
calculation of regulatory or internal capital requirements, the 
valuation of assets and liabilities, determining hedging 
requirements, assessing projects and strategic transactions, and 
acquiring new business via digital platforms.  

Technological developments, in particular in the field of 
artificial intelligence (AI) and the increased use of generative 
AI, pose new considerations on model risk oversight provided 
under the Group Risk Framework.

Fraud risk
Prudential is exposed to fraud risk, including fraudulent 
insurance claims, transactions, or procurement of services, that 
are made against or through the business. 

The Group’s requirements for the management of material 
outsourcing arrangements have been incorporated in its Group Third-
Party Supply and Outsourcing Policy, aligned to the requirements of the 
HKIA’s GWS Framework, and which outlines the governance in place in 
respect of material outsourcing and third-party arrangements and the 
Group’s monitoring and risk assessment framework. This aims to 
ensure that appropriate contract performance and risk mitigation 
measures are in place over these arrangements. In addition, the Group 
Third-Party Risk Oversight Framework is in place to set out the Group’s 
third-party risk management and oversight standards that guide the 
Group senior management and RCS function to oversee, challenge and 
manage the Group’s third-party risk profile in a consistent and 
coherent way.

The Group has no appetite for model or UDA related incidents leading 
to regulatory breaches. There is limited appetite for failures to develop, 
implement and monitor appropriate risk mitigation measures to 
manage model and UDA risk. The Group’s model and UDA risk is 
managed and mitigated via the Model and UDA Risk Framework which 
applies a risk-based approach to tools (including those under 
development) with the aim to ensure a proportionate level of risk 
management. The framework requirements include:      

– Set of risk oversight, management and governance requirements;
– Regular risk assessment requirements of all tools taking into account 
potential impact on various stakeholders, including policyholders; 
and

– Regular independent validation (including limitations, known errors 

and approximations) of all Group critical tools. 

An oversight forum for the use of AI and ensuring compliance with the 
key ethical principles is also in place and adopted by the Group with the 
aim to ensure the safe use of AI.

The Group’s Counter Fraud Policy and analytics-led tooling are in place 
to set out the required standards to enhance fraud detection, prevention 
and investigation activities with the objective to protect resources to 
support sustainable business growth. The policy also sets out the 
framework to tackle fraud with the goals of safeguarding customers, 
protecting local businesses and the Group’s reputation, and providing 
assurance that fraud risk is managed within appetite. 

The Group undertakes strategic activities to monitor and evaluate the 
evolving fraud risk landscape, mitigate the likelihood of fraud occurring 
and increase the rate of detection. The Group has a mature confidential 
reporting system in place, through which employees and other stakeholders 
can report concerns relating to potential misconduct. The process and 
results of this system are overseen by the Group Audit Committee.

66

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Risk description

Risk management

Non-financial risks continued

Financial crime risk
As with all financial services firms, Prudential is exposed to risks 
relating to money laundering (the risk that the products or 
services of the Group are used by customers or other third 
parties to transfer or conceal the proceeds of crime); sanctions 
compliance breaches (the risk that the Group undertakes 
business with individuals and entities on the lists of the main 
sanctions regimes); and bribery and corruption (the risk that 
employees or associated persons seek to influence the 
behaviour of others to obtain an unfair advantage or receive 
improper benefits). Further detail on the risks to the Group 
associated with operating in high-risk markets is included in 
section 3.6 of the Risk factors. 

Information security, IT infrastructure and data 
privacy risks 
Risks related to malicious attacks on Prudential systems, service 
disruption, exfiltration of data, loss of data integrity and the 
impact on the privacy of our customer data remain prevalent, 
particularly as the accessibility of attacking tools available to 
potential adversaries increases. Regulatory developments in 
cyber security and data protection are progressing worldwide 
and may increase the complexity of requirements and 
obligations required for companies. Further detail on the risks 
to the Group associated with operating in high-risk markets is 
included in sections 3.4 and 3.5 of the Risk factors. 

The Group-wide policies on anti-money laundering, sanctions and anti-
bribery and corruption risks reflect the requirements applicable to all 
staff in all offices and businesses. Screening and transaction 
monitoring systems are in place across the Group. 

The Group has continued to strengthen and enhance its financial crime 
risk management capability through investment in advanced analytics 
and AI tools. Proactive detective capabilities are being implemented 
across the Group and delivered through a centralised monitoring hub to 
further strengthen oversight of financial crime risks in the areas of 
procurement and third-party management. Risk assessments are 
performed annually for businesses and offices across all locations. Due 
diligence reviews and assessments against the Group’s financial crime 
policies are performed as part of the Group’s business acquisition 
process.

The Group adheres to data minimisation and ‘privacy-by-design’ 
principles, where data is only collected and used for its intended 
purpose and is not retained longer than necessary. The handling of 
customers' data is governed by specific policies and frameworks, such 
as the Group Information Security Policy, the Group Privacy Policy and 
the Group Data Policy, to ensure compliance with all applicable laws 
and regulations, and the ethical use of customer data.

Despite the rise in ransomware activity due to the availability of 
ransomware exploit toolkits and Ransomware-as-a-Service (RaaS) for 
threat actors, the Group has a number of defences in place to protect 
its systems from cyber security attacks.  Prudential has adopted a 
holistic risk management approach which is designed to prevent and 
disrupt potential attacks against the Group as well as third-party 
partner systems and to manage the recovery process should an attack 
take place. Other defences include, but are not limited to: (i) distributed 
denial of services (DDoS) protection for the Group’s websites via web 
application firewall services; (ii) AI-based endpoint security software; 
(iii) continuous security monitoring; (iv) network-based intrusion 
detection; and (v) employee training and awareness campaigns to 
raise understanding of attacks utilising email phishing techniques. 
Cyber insurance coverage is in place to provide some protection 
against potential financial losses, and the cyber attack simulation 
exercises have been carried out to enhance preparedness. The Group 
has also established various processes to ensure the effectiveness of 
information security and privacy mechanisms deployed, which include 
setting up a dedicated ethical hacking team to perform testing on the 
Group’s systems to identify potential vulnerabilities, engaging external 
consultants to perform penetration testing on our systems, and 
engaging external consultants to perform independent assessments on 
both security operations centre and the information and privacy 
function as a whole to further improve the efficiency of the functions. A 
private Bug Bounty Programme has also been established to provide a 
mechanism for invited external security practitioners to report security 
issues and vulnerabilities. This is further supported by a Vulnerability 
Disclosure Programme that allows independent security researchers to 
report security issues and vulnerabilities via the Prudential websites.

The Group has subscribed to services from independent security 
consultants to continuously monitor our external security posture. As 
the Group continues to develop and expand digital services and 
emerging products, its reliance on third-party service providers and 
business partners who specialise in niche capabilities is also increasing. 
In 2023, among many companies around the world, the Group’s 
businesses in Malaysia were affected by the global MOVEit data-theft 
attack, where a zero-day vulnerability was exploited at MOVEit, a 
software solution providing secured file transfer services, with 
infringements to data security, integrity and privacy. As a result, this 
incident directly impacted the Group’s reputation and compliance with 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

67

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk review continued

Risk description

Risk management

Non-financial risks continued
Information security, IT infrastructure and data 
privacy risks continued 

68

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

regulatory and data privacy requirements. Following the threats, 
various actions have been taken, including isolating the affected server, 
a thorough investigation, and customer and authority notifications. 
Potential enhancements have been identified from the review and 
specific actions have been implemented to address these. Apart from 
this event, the Group did not experience any cyber security and data 
breaches with a material impact on its business strategy, operations or 
financial condition in 2023.

In addition, the Group is proactively monitoring possible advanced 
social engineering attacks related to corporate activities, for example, 
deepfakes, the use of AI-generated synthetic medium to imitate senior 
executives to conduct fraudulent activities. The Group is taking steps to 
mitigate such attacks, pragmatic measures include raising regular cyber 
security awareness, implementing robust preventative and detective 
controls, and having a well-defined incident response plan as part of a 
wider cyber resilience strategy.

The Group Infrastructure Policy was revamped in 2023 to ensure 
comprehensive governance and assurance of our technology 
components. A new enterprise operating model was designed based on 
an innovation-led technology operations structure, mature internal 
capabilities, and an aligned outsourcing model. Furthermore, 
businesses remained focused on digital ecosystems for strategic 
growth in 2023. A resiliency enhancement programme has been put in 
place to enhance capabilities in managing disruptions or failures on 
system platforms serving our customers. This includes implementing 
robust measures such as identifying and removing single-points-of-
failure (SPOF) infrastructure, disaster recovery plans, and backup 
systems.  

Alongside continuous technology development, the Group’s 
Technology Risk Management function is primarily responsible for 
technology risk identification, assessment, mitigation, monitoring and 
reporting across different technology domains to provide advisory, 
assurance and operations support for holistic technology risk 
management including information security and privacy. Specifically, 
key risk indicators have been enhanced to cover key technology risk 
areas, annual risk assessment is conducted to identify specific risks, 
priorities and focus areas, and deep-dive reviews are conducted on 
different technology domains to provide assurance of controls to 
manage technology risks. In addition, the Group Technology Risk 
Committee is a sub-committee of the Group Executive Risk Committee, 
which oversees the effectiveness of technology risk management 
including information security and privacy across the Group. Work was 
undertaken in 2023 to further enhance the maturity of the technology 
risk operating model which includes organisational structure 
improvements, policy enhancements and enriched key risk indicators to 
provide a quantifiable overlay to overseeing and managing technology 
risks. The Group’s internal audits also regularly include cyber security as 
part of its audit coverage. Cyber and privacy risks are reported regularly 
to the GRC by the Group Chief Technology Risk Officer. In addition, the 
GRC and Group Audit Committee receive more detailed briefings at 
least twice annually from the Group Chief Technology Officer. Both the 
Group Chief Technology Risk Officer and Group Chief Technology 
Officer are experienced professionals with more than 20 years of 
experience in information technology and cyber security. Further, the 
Group Executive Committee (GEC) participates in annual cyber 
tabletop exercises and risk workshops to ensure members are well 
equipped to respond to a cyber or information security incident and 
fully understand the latest threats and regulatory expectations. 

Risk description

Risk management

Non-financial risks continued

Customer conduct risk
Prudential’s conduct of business, especially in the design and 
distribution of its products and the servicing of customers, is 
crucial in ensuring that the Group’s commitment to meeting its 
customers’ needs and expectations is met. The Group’s 
Customer Conduct Risk Framework reflects management’s 
focus on customer outcomes.

Factors that may increase conduct risk can be found 
throughout the product life cycle, from the complexity of the 
Group’s products and services to its diverse distribution 
channels, which include its agency workforce, virtual face-to-
face sales, and sales via online digital platforms.

Legal and regulatory compliance risk
Prudential operates in highly regulated markets and under the 
ever-evolving requirements and expectations of diverse and 
dynamic regulatory, legal and tax regimes which may impact its 
business or the way the business is conducted. The complexity of 
legal and regulatory (including sanctions) compliance continues to 
evolve and increase, representing a challenge for international 
businesses. Compliance with the Group’s legal or regulatory 
obligations (including in respect of international sanctions) in one 
jurisdiction may conflict with the law or policy objectives of another 
jurisdiction or may be seen as supporting the law or policy 
objectives of one jurisdiction over another, creating additional 
legal, regulatory compliance and reputational risks. These risks 
may be increased where the scope of regulatory requirements 
and obligations are uncertain, and where specific cases 
applicable to the Group are complex. In certain jurisdictions in 
which Prudential operates there are several ongoing policy 
initiatives and regulatory developments which will impact the 
way Prudential is supervised. Further information on specific areas 
of regulatory and supervisory focus and changes are included in 
section 4 of the Risk factors. 

The Group has developed a Group Customer Conduct Risk Policy which 
sets out five customer conduct standards that the business is expected 
to meet, being:

– Treat customers fairly, honestly and with integrity; 
– Provide and promote products and services that meet customer 

needs, are clearly explained and that deliver real value; 

– Manage customer information appropriately, and maintain the 

confidentiality of customer information; 

– Provide and promote high standards of customer service; and 
– Act fairly and promptly to address customer complaints and any 

errors found.

Conduct risk is managed via a range of controls that are assessed 
through the Group’s Conduct Risk Assessment Framework, reviewed 
within its monitoring programmes, and overseen within reporting to its 
boards and committees. 

Management of the Group’s conduct risk is key to the Group’s strategy. 
Prudential’s conduct risks are managed and mitigated using the 
following, among other tools:

– The Group’s Code of Conduct and conduct standards, product 

underwriting and other related risk policies, and supporting controls 
including the Group’s fraud risk control programme;

– A culture that supports the fair treatment of the customer, incentivises 

the right behaviour through proper remuneration structures, and 
provides a safe environment to report conduct risk-related issues via 
the Group’s internal processes and the Speak Out programme;

– Distribution controls, including monitoring programmes relevant to 
the type of business (insurance or asset management), distribution 
channel (agency, bancassurance or digital) and ecosystem, to help 
ensure sales are conducted in a manner that considers the fair 
treatment of customers within digital environments;

– Quality of sales processes, services and training, and use of other 

initiatives such as special requirements for vulnerable customers, to 
improve customer outcomes;

– Appropriate claims management and complaint handling practices; and
– Regular deep dive assessments on, and monitoring of, conduct risks 

and periodic conduct risk assessments.

Regulatory developments are monitored by the Group at a national 
and global level and these considerations form part of the Group’s 
ongoing engagement with government policy teams, industry groups 
and regulators.

Risk management and mitigation of regulatory risk at Prudential 
includes a comprehensive set of compliance and financial crime 
operating arrangements, such as policies, procedures, reporting 
protocols, risk management measures, disclosures and training, to 
ensure ongoing compliance with regulatory and legal obligations. 
Appropriate controls or tools have been systematically integrated into 
the daily operations of Prudential:

– Close monitoring and assessment of our business controls and 

regulatory landscape, with explicit compliance consideration of risk 
themes in strategic decisions and cross-border activities including 
payments; 

– Ongoing engagement with national regulators, government policy 

teams and international standard setters; and

– Compliance oversight to ensure adherence to new regulatory 

developments, including those associated with greenwashing risk.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

69

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk management

Insurance risks are managed and mitigated using the following, 
among other methods:

– The Group’s Insurance Policy;
– The Group’s Product and Underwriting Risk Policy, which sets out 
the required standards for effective product and underwriting risk 
management and approvals for new, or changes to existing, 
products (including the role of the Group), and the processes to 
enable the measurement of underwriting risk. The policy also 
describes how the Group’s Customer Conduct Risk Policy is met in 
relation to new product approvals and current and legacy 
products; 

– The Group’s Counter Fraud Policy (see the 'Fraud risk' section 

above); 

– Using persistency, morbidity and longevity assumptions that 

reflect recent experience and expectation of future trends, and 
the use of industry data and expert judgement where 
appropriate;

– Using reinsurance to mitigate mortality and morbidity risks;
– Ensuring appropriate medical underwriting when policies are 
issued and appropriate claims management practices when 
claims are received in order to mitigate morbidity risk;

– Maintaining the quality of sales processes and training, and using 
initiatives to increase customer retention in order to mitigate 
persistency risk;

– The use of mystery shopping to identify opportunities for 

improvement in sales processes and training; and

– Using product repricing and other claims management initiatives 
in order to mitigate morbidity and medical claims inflation risk.

This risk is best managed by retaining the right to reprice products 
and appropriate overall claims limits within policies, either per type 
of medical treatment or in total across a policy, annually and/or over 
the policy lifetime. Medical reimbursement downgrade experience 
(where the policyholder reduces the level of the coverage/protection 
in order to reduce premium payments) following any repricing is 
also monitored by the Group’s businesses. 

Morbidity risk is managed through prudent product design, 
underwriting and claims management, and for certain products, the 
right to reprice where appropriate. Prudential’s morbidity 
assumptions reflect its recent experience and expectation of future 
trends for each relevant line of business. 

Risk review continued

Risk description

Insurance risks

(Audited)

Insurance risks make up a significant proportion of Prudential’s 
overall risk exposure. The profitability of the Group’s businesses 
depends on a mix of factors including levels of, and trends in, 
mortality (policyholders dying), morbidity (policyholders becoming ill 
or suffering an accident) and policyholder behaviour (variability in 
how customers interact with their policies, including utilisation of 
withdrawals, take-up of options and guarantees and persistency, ie 
lapsing/surrendering of policies), and increases in the costs of claims 
over time (claim inflation). The risks associated with adverse 
experience relative to assumptions associated with product 
performance and customer behavior are detailed in section 3.7 of 
the Risk factors. The Group has appetite for retaining insurance risks 
in the areas where it believes it has expertise and operational 
controls to manage the risk and where it judges it to be more value-
creating to do so rather than transferring the risk, and only to the 
extent that these risks remain part of a balanced portfolio of sources 
of income for shareholders and are compatible with a robust 
solvency position.

Inflationary and other economic pressures have also impacted 
morbidity experience in several markets. Elevated interest rates may 
lead customers to lapse in preference for alternate saving options 
that offer higher levels of guarantees. A high-inflation environment, 
and the broader economic effects of recessionary concerns, may 
also increase lapses, surrenders and fraud, as well as heighten 
premium affordability challenges. 

The principal drivers of the Group’s insurance risk vary across its 
business units. In Hong Kong, Singapore, Indonesia and Malaysia, a 
significant volume of health and protection business is written, and 
the most significant insurance risks are medical claims inflation risk, 
morbidity risk and persistency risk.  

Medical claims inflation risk
A key assumption in these markets is the rate of medical claims 
inflation, which is often in excess of general price inflation. The cost 
of medical treatment could increase more than expected, resulting 
in higher than anticipated medical claims cost passed on to 
Prudential. 

Morbidity risk
Morbidity risk is the risk of deviations in the future frequency and 
magnitude of non-fatal accident and sickness claims relative to 
initial assumptions that are adverse to shareholder value. It can be 
influenced by a range of factors including: inflationary, economic and 
other pressures on the cost of medical treatment; medical advances 
which can reduce the incidence and improve recovery rates of 
serious health conditions but can also increase diagnosis rates and/
or increase treatment costs of certain conditions; government and 
regulatory policies; opportunistic activities (including fraud); and 
natural events (including pandemics). Morbidity risk can also result 
from: product design features that incentivise adverse policyholder 
behaviour; inappropriate or insufficiently informed initial 
assumptions; claims volatility due to random fluctuation or a large-scale 
systemic event; insufficient recognition of an individual’s medical; 
financial and/or and other relevant circumstances during the policy 
application assessment process; and/or ineffective claims assessments 
leading to payment of claims that are inconsistent with the insurance 
product’s contract and/or best practice.

70

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Risk description

Insurance risks continued

Risk management

Persistency risk is managed by appropriate controls across the product 
life cycle. These include: review and revisions to product design and 
incentive structures where required; ensuring appropriate training and 
sales processes, including those ensuring active customer engagement 
and high service quality; appropriate customer disclosures and product 
collaterals; use of customer retention initiatives; and post-sale 
management through regular experience monitoring. Strong risk 
management and mitigation of conduct risk and the identification of 
common characteristics of business with high lapse rates is also crucial. 
Where appropriate, allowance is made for the relationship (either 
assumed or observed historically) between persistency and investment 
returns. Modelling this dynamic policyholder behaviour is particularly 
important when assessing the likely take-up rate of options embedded 
within certain products.

To improve business resilience, the Group continues to look for 
opportunities to enhance business diversification by building multi-
market growth engines as part of its strategy.

Persistency risk
Persistency risk results from adverse changes in policy surrenders, 
paid-ups and other policy discontinuances. In general, lower 
persistency experience results in deterioration of profits and 
shareholder value and can be an indicator of inadequate sales 
quality controls, and can elevate conduct, reputational and 
regulatory risks.  Persistency risk generally stems from misalignment 
between customer needs and purchased product as a result of 
insufficient product collaterals and/or sales process, insufficient 
post-sale communication and engagement with the customer 
leading to a deterioration of appreciation of the value of their 
policy, operational barriers to premium renewal payment, and/or 
changes in policyholder circumstances resulting from external drivers.

Business concentration risk

Prudential operates in markets in both Asia and Africa via various 
channels and product mix; although largely diversified at the 
Group level, several of these markets are exposed to certain 
levels of concentration risk. From a channel concentration 
perspective, some of the Group’s key markets rely on agency 
and some markets rely on bancassurance. From a product 
concentration perspective, some of the Group’s markets focus 
heavily on specific product types, depending on the target 
customer segments. Geographically, the Greater China (Hong 
Kong, the Chinese Mainland and Taiwan) region contributes 
materially to the Group’s top and bottom lines. Uncertainties in 
macroeconomic and geopolitical conditions as well as regulatory 
changes may elevate business concentration risk including any 
potential slowdown in business from Mainland Chinese visitors and 
in the Chinese Mainland, and adversely impact the Group’s 
business and financial condition. 

Risks associated with the oversight of the Group’s joint ventures and associates

Prudential operates, and in certain markets is required by local 
regulation to operate, through joint ventures and other joint 
ownership or associates. For such operations, the level of control 
exercisable by the Group depends on the terms of the contractual 
agreements between participants. Whilst the joint ventures and 
associates are run as separate entities, the Group’s interests are 
best safeguarded by our ability to effectively oversee and influence 
these joint venture and associates in a way that is proportionate to 
our ownership level and control. Further information on the risks to 
the Group associated with its joint ventures and other shareholders 
and third parties are included in section 3.6 of the Risk factors.

The Group exercises primary oversight and control over joint ventures 
and associates through our nominated directors and other 
representatives on the Board and Board Committees, whose 
appointments are subject to regular review. The Group has effective 
access to management information on these businesses via the Board 
and Board Committees, the businesses’ public disclosures, and 
established regular touchpoints with key business functions of these 
organisations (eg audit). Key updates on joint ventures and associates 
are provided to the Group’s governance such as the Risk Committee 
and the Audit Committee. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

71

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Viability statement

Viability statement prepared in 
accordance with provision 31 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code

The Group’s longer-term prospects
Prudential’s mission is to be the most trusted partner and protector 
for this generation and generations to come by providing simple and 
accessible financial and health solutions. As such, Prudential considers 
that its purpose aligns closely with important societal needs, including 
increasing access to health and financial protection, enabling a just 
and inclusive transition to a low-carbon future and paving the way to 
long-term resilience for our customers, people, communities and 
investors. Prudential is focused on addressing these increasing needs, 
reflecting population demographics in our chosen markets.

The drivers for this structural growth, such as the low levels of 
insurance cover, need for protection and rising wealth in our markets, 
are discussed on pages 14 to 15, alongside the actions we have taken 
to deliver our objectives and enhance our capabilities. In undertaking 
these activities, we aim both to meet the evolving needs of our 
customers and provide sustainable growth for our shareholders, which 
will support the viability of our business over the longer term.

During 2023, consumer demand in Asia remained resilient as 
reflected in overall growth in the business, although there was 
variation across markets. This underscores the strength of our multi-
market growth engine backed by our diversified channel mix, which is 
key to driving sustainable value in the long term. Over the longer term, 
we believe that the demand for our products will continue to grow in 
line with the structural growth in our chosen markets.

All of the Group’s activities are underpinned by ongoing risk 
management, implemented via the Group Risk Framework and risk 
appetite limits described in the Group risk review on pages 56 to 58. 
The Group as a whole and each of its life assurance operations are 
subject to extensive regulation and supervision, which are designed 
primarily to reinforce the Group’s management of its long-term 
solvency, liquidity and viability to ensure that it can continue to meet 
obligations to policyholders. Further details on the current capital 
strength of the Group are provided on pages 367 to 370. 

The Group’s management of wider environmental, social and 
governance issues that could pose a risk to the Group in the future, 
including the impact of climate change, is set out in the Sustainability 
section on pages 97 to 149.

This risk and regulatory focus supports the sustainability of our 
business over the longer term.

Period of viability assessment
The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group for a period 
longer than the 12 months required by the going concern statement.

The Directors performed the assessment by reference to the three-
year plan period to 31 December 2026. Three years is considered an 
appropriate period as this is the period over which the Group 
undertakes stress testing for the key economic and insurance risk 
factors which most directly affect the viability of the Group. A period 
of three years is selected as these forecasts are inherently volatile over 
a longer estimation period. This period also represents the period 
covered by the detailed business plan that is prepared annually on a 
rolling three-year basis. In approving the business plan, the Directors 
reviewed the Group’s projected performance with regard to 
profitability, cash generation and capital position, together with the 
parent company’s liquidity over this three-year period. Assumptions 
applied in the plan include foreign exchange rates, interest rates, 
credit spreads, equity growth rates and economic growth rates. The 
Directors are satisfied that this period is sufficient to enable a 
reasonable assessment of viability to be made.

 Assessment of principal risks over the period
The Group’s business plan implements the Group’s strategic 
objectives through the pillars, enablers and business model discussed 
on pages 24 to 29. Assessment of the risks to achieving the projected 
performance remains an integral part of the planning process. The 
Group’s approach to risk management and a summary of the key 
risks facing the Group are set out on pages 56 to 71.

For the purposes of assessing the Group’s viability, the Directors 
considered those risks where the impact of possible adverse external 
developments could be of such speed and severity as to present a 
shock to the Group’s financial position. While all the risks set out in 
the Risk review have the potential to impact the Group’s 
performance, the key risks impacting the Group’s viability are: market 
risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and regulatory risk. The Directors also 
considered geo-political and technology risk and the potential impact 
of the macroeconomic environment in the markets in which the 
Group operates. Mitigation in place for these key risks to viability is set 
out on pages 59 to 62 and 66 to 68.

72

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Stress and scenario testing
As noted above, underpinning the projections in the business plan are a number of economic and other assumptions. To evaluate the Group’s 
resilience to significant deteriorations in market and credit conditions and other shock events, these risks are grouped together into scenarios 
which are then applied to the assumptions underlying the business plans. Stresses have been applied to the economic and non-economic 
assumptions underlying the base case business plan, reflecting the Group’s management of its position within its risk appetite. The stresses 
applied to our economic plan and other assumptions in two adverse economic scenarios were as below:

Global stagflation

Geopolitical risk

Interest rate stress6
 +75bps
to
+200bps

(100)bps 
to
 +200bps

Equity stress6
(20)% to 
(25)%

Property 
stress
(10)%

Corporate credit 
spread increase
 +50bps

Credit default/
downgrade
3 times base 
assumption

Adverse currency 
movement6
(5)% to 
(10)%

Adverse expense 
(unit cost)
 +5%

(20)% to
(40)%

(10)%  +100bps to 
+130bps6

3 times base 
assumption

(5)% to 
(20)%

 +10%

Other stress
Adverse 
policyholder 
behaviour

Adverse 
policyholder 
behaviour

The sensitivity of the Group’s regulatory solvency at 31 December 
2023 to changes in key assumptions is set out on pages 367 to 368 
of this Annual Report. In addition, the adequacy of liquid resources of 
the Group’s parent company across the plan period has been 
assessed by considering a stress scenario assuming the closure of 
short-term debt markets, as well as additional calls on central liquidity 
by the local businesses. In this liquidity stress scenario, the Group 
would have access to sufficient resources to meet the funding 
requirements of the business, after taking into account the Group’s 
undrawn committed liquidity facilities of $1.6 billion in place from 15 
February 2024, which replaced the $2.6 billion facilities in place at 31 
December 2023, on top of central cash and short-term investment 
balances, which as at 31 December 2023 were $3.5 billion. 

The scenarios tested showed that the Group would be able to 
maintain viability over the three-year period under assessment, after 
taking account of the actions available to management to mitigate 
the impacts on capital and liquidity in such scenarios. These actions 
include, but are not limited to, rebalancing investment portfolios, 
increased use of reinsurance and repricing of in-force benefits. In 
addition, the Group conducts an annual reverse stress test which gives 
the Directors an understanding of the maximum resilience of the 
Group to extremely severe adverse scenarios. The analysis assists in 
identifying management actions that could be implemented to 
restore the Group’s capital and liquidity resources from extreme 
positions. This analysis also informs the Group’s recovery plan and 
liquidity risk management plan.

The impact on the business of known areas of regulatory change 
whose financial implications can be reasonably quantified is also 
considered as part of the plan. As well as known areas of regulatory 
change, the Group is exposed to the risk of sudden and unexpected 
changes in regulatory requirements at the Group and local levels. 
While unexpected changes cannot be fully anticipated and hence 
modelled, the risk of regulatory change is mitigated by capital held by 
the Group and its subsidiaries in excess of Group and local regulatory 
requirements, the Group and its subsidiaries’ ability to generate 
significant capital annually through operational delivery and the 
availability of compensating actions designed to restore key capital 
metrics.

Conclusion on viability
Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year plan period to 
December 2026.

Notes
(1) Reflecting products that are classified as Variable Fee Approach only.
(2) With the exception of investments backing the shareholders' 10 per cent share 

of the estate within the Hong Kong participating fund

(3) Excluding assets held to cover linked liabilities and those of the consolidated 

investment funds.

(4) Based on middle ranking from Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch. If 

unavailable, NAIC and other external ratings and then internal ratings have been 
used.

(5) Source of segmentation: Bloomberg Sector, Bloomberg Group and Merrill Lynch. 
Anything that cannot be identified from the three sources noted is classified as 
other.

(6) Position in range depends on local market.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

73

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors

A number of risk factors may affect the financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects of Prudential and its wholly and jointly owned 
businesses, as a whole, and, accordingly, the trading price of Prudential’s shares. The risk factors mentioned below should not be regarded as a 
complete, exhaustive and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. The information given is as of the date of this 
document, and any forward-looking statements are made subject to the factors specified under ‘Forward-looking statements’.

Risks relating to Prudential’s financial situation

1.1 Prudential’s businesses are inherently subject to market fluctuations and general economic conditions, each of 
which may adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Uncertainty, fluctuations or negative trends in global and national 
macroeconomic conditions and investment climates could have a 
material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition 
and results of operations, including as a result of increased strategic, 
business, insurance, product and customer conduct risks.

Global financial markets are subject to uncertainty and volatility 
created by a variety of factors. Examples of these factors include: 
actual or expected changes in both monetary and regulatory policies 
in the Chinese Mainland, the US and other jurisdictions together with 
their impact on base interest rates and the valuation of all asset 
classes and inflation expectations; slowdowns or reversals in world or 
regional economic growth from geopolitical conflicts and/or global 
issues such as pandemics, etc.; and sector-specific, for examples in 
banking, real estate, etc., slowdowns or deteriorations which have the 
potential to have contagion impacts. Other factors include 
fluctuations in global commodity and energy prices, concerns over the 
serviceability of sovereign debt in certain economies, the increased 
level of geopolitical and political risk and policy-related uncertainty, 
socio-political and climate-driven events, etc. The transition to a lower 
carbon economy, the timing and speed of which is uncertain and will 
vary by country, may also result in greater uncertainty, fluctuations or 
negative trends in asset valuations and reduced liquidity, particularly 
for carbon-intensive sectors, and may have a bearing on inflation 
levels. The extent of the financial market and economic impact of 
these factors may be highly uncertain and unpredictable and 
influenced by the actions, including the duration and effectiveness of 
mitigating measures by governments, policymakers and the public.

The adverse effects of such factors could be felt principally through 
the following items:

– Changes to interest rates could reduce Prudential’s capital strength 
and impair its ability to write significant volumes of new business. 
Increases in interest rates could adversely impact the financial 
condition of the Group through changes in the present value of 
future fees for unit-linked businesses and/or the present value of 
future profits for accident and health products; and/or reduce the 
value of the Group’s assets and/or have a negative impact on its 
assets under management and profit. Decreases in interest rates 
could: increase the potential adverse impact of product guarantees 
included in non-unit-linked products with a savings component; 
reduce investment returns on the Group’s portfolios; impact the 
valuation of debt securities; and/or increase reinvestment risk for 
some of the Group’s investments from accelerated prepayments 
and increased redemptions.

– A reduction in the financial strength and flexibility of corporate 

entities may result in a deterioration of the credit rating profile and 
valuation of the Group’s invested credit portfolio (which may lead 
to an increase in regulatory capital requirements for the Group or its 
businesses), increased credit defaults and debt restructurings and 
wider credit and liquidity spreads, resulting in realised and 
unrealised credit losses. Regulations imposing or increasing 
restrictions on the amount of company debt financing, such as 
those placing limits on debt or liability ratios, may also reduce the 
financial flexibility of corporate entities. Similarly, securitised assets 
in the Group’s investment portfolio are subject to default risk and 
may be adversely impacted by delays or failures of borrowers to 
make payments of principal and interest when due. Where a 
widespread deterioration in the financial strength of corporate 
entities occurs, any assumptions on the ability and willingness of 
governments to provide financial support may need to be revised.
– Failure of Prudential’s counterparties (such as banks, reinsurers and 
counterparties to cash management and risk transfer or hedging 
transactions) to meet commitments, or legal, regulatory or 
reputational restrictions on the Group’s ability to deal with these 
counterparties, could give rise to a negative impact on Prudential’s 
financial position and on the accessibility or recoverability of 
amounts due or the adequacy of collateral. Geographic or sector 
concentrations of counterparty credit risk could exacerbate the 
impact of these events where they materialise.

– Estimates of the value of financial instruments becoming more 
difficult because in certain illiquid, volatile or closed markets, 
determining the value at which financial instruments can be 
realised is highly subjective. Processes to ascertain such values 
require substantial elements of judgement, assumptions and 
estimates (which may change over time). Where the Group is 
required to sell its investments within a defined time frame, such 
market conditions may result in the sale of these investments at 
below expected or recorded prices.

– Illiquidity of the Group’s investments. The Group holds certain 
investments that may, by their nature, lack liquidity or have the 
potential to lose liquidity rapidly, such as investment funds 
(including money market funds), privately placed fixed maturity 
securities, mortgage loans, complex structured securities and 
alternative investments. If these investments were required to be 
liquidated on short notice, the Group could experience difficulty in 
doing so and could be forced to sell them at a lower price than it 
otherwise would have been able to realise.

74

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

– A reduction in revenue from the Group’s products where fee 

income is linked to account values or the market value of the funds 
under management. Sustained inflationary pressures which may 
drive higher interest rates may also impact the valuation of fixed 
income investments and reduce fee income.

– Increased illiquidity, which includes the risk that expected cash 

inflows from investments and operations will not be adequate to 
meet the Group’s anticipated short-term and long-term 
policyholder benefits and expense payment obligations. Increased 
illiquidity also adds to the uncertainty over the accessibility of 
financial resources which in extreme conditions could impact the 
functioning of markets and reduce capital resources as valuations 
decline. This could occur if external capital is unavailable at 
sustainable cost, increased liquid assets are required to be held as 
collateral under derivative transactions or redemption restrictions 
are placed on Prudential’s investments in illiquid funds. In addition, 
significant redemption requests could also be made on Prudential’s 
issued funds and while this may not have a direct impact on the 
Group’s liquidity, it could result in reputational damage to 
Prudential. The potential impact of increased illiquidity is more 
uncertain than for other risks such as interest rate or credit risk.

For some non-unit-linked products with a savings component it may 
not be possible to hold assets which will provide cash flows to match 
those relating to policyholder liabilities. This may particularly be the 
case in those markets where bond markets are less developed or 
where the duration of policyholder liabilities is longer than the 
duration of bonds issued and available in the market, and in certain 
markets where regulated premium and claim values are set with 
reference to the interest rate environment prevailing at the time of 
policy issue. This results in a mismatch due to the duration and 
uncertainty of the liability cash flows and the lack of sufficient assets 
of a suitable duration. While this residual asset/liability mismatch risk 
can be managed, it cannot be eliminated. If interest rates in these 
markets are lower than those used to calculate premium and claim 
values over a sustained period, this could have a material adverse 
effect on Prudential’s reported profit and the solvency of its business 
units. In addition, part of the profit from the Group’s operations is 
related to bonuses for policyholders declared on participating 

products, which are impacted by the difference between actual 
investment returns of the participating fund (which are broadly based 
on historical and current rates of return on equity, real estate and 
fixed income securities) and minimum guarantee rates offered to 
policyholders. This profit could be lower in particular in a sustained 
low interest rate environment.

In general, upheavals in the financial markets may affect general 
levels of economic activity, employment and customer behaviour. As 
a result, insurers may experience an elevated incidence of claims, 
frauds, lapses, partial withdrawals or surrenders of policies, and some 
policyholders may choose to defer or stop paying insurance premiums 
or reduce deposits into retirement plans. Uncertainty over livelihoods, 
elevated cost of living and challenges in affordability may adversely 
impact the demand for insurance products and increase regulatory 
risk in meeting regulatory definitions and expectations with respect to 
vulnerable customers (see risk factor 3.7). In addition, there may be a 
higher incidence of counterparty failures. If sustained, this 
environment is likely to have a negative impact on the insurance 
sector over time and may consequently have a negative impact on 
Prudential’s business, balance sheet and profitability. For example, 
this could occur if the recoverable value of intangible assets for 
bancassurance agreements is reduced. New challenges related to 
market fluctuations and general economic conditions may continue 
to emerge. For example, sustained inflationary pressures driving 
interest rates to even higher levels may lead to increased lapses for 
some guaranteed savings products where higher levels of guarantees 
are offered by products of the Group’s competitors, reflecting 
consumer demand for returns at the level of, or exceeding, inflation. 
High inflation, combined with an economic downturn or recession, 
may also result in affordability challenges, adversely impacting the 
ability of consumers to purchase insurance products. Rising inflation, 
via medical claims inflation (with rising medical import prices a factor 
under current market conditions), may adversely impact the 
profitability of the Group’s businesses.

Any of the foregoing factors and events, individually or together, 
could have a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and prospects. 

1.2 Geopolitical and political risks and uncertainty may adversely impact economic conditions, increase market 
volatility and regulatory compliance risks, cause operational disruption to the Group and impact the implementation 
of its strategic plans, which could have adverse effects on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of 
operations and prospects.

The Group is exposed to geopolitical and political risks and 
uncertainty in the diverse markets in which it operates. Such risks may 
include:

– The application of government regulations, executive powers, 

sanctions, protectionist or restrictive economic and trade policies or 
measures adopted by businesses or industries which increase trade 
barriers or restrict trade, sales, financial transactions, or the transfer 
of capital, investment, data or other intellectual property, with 
respect to specific territories, markets, companies or individuals;  

– An increase in the volume and pace of domestic regulatory 

changes, including those applying to specific sectors;

– The increased adoption or implementation of laws and regulations 

which may purport to have extra-territorial application;

– An increase in military tensions, regional hostilities or new conflicts 
which may disrupt business operations, investments and growth;

– Withdrawals or expulsions from existing trading blocs or 

agreements or financial transaction systems, or fragmentation of 
systems, including those which facilitate cross-border payments;

– The implementation of measures favouring local enterprises 
including changes to the maximum level of non-domestic 
ownership by foreign companies, differing treatment of foreign-
owned businesses under regulations and tax rules, or international 
trade disputes affecting foreign companies;

– Increased costs due to government mandates or regulations 

imposing a financial contribution to the government as a condition 
for doing business; and

– Measures which require businesses of overseas companies to 

operate through locally incorporated entities or with requirements 
on minimum local representation on executive or management 
committees.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

75

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors continued

The above risks may have an adverse impact on Prudential through 
their effects on the macroeconomic outlook and the environment for 
global, regional and national financial markets. Prudential may also 
face heightened sanction risks driven by geopolitical conflicts as well 
as increased reputational risks. The above risks may also adversely 
impact the economic, business, legal and regulatory environment in 
specific markets or territories in which the Group, its joint ventures or 
jointly owned businesses, sales and distribution networks, or third-
party service providers have operations. For internationally active 
groups such as Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions, such 
measures may also add to the complexity of legal and regulatory 
compliance and increase the risk of conflicts between the 
requirements of one jurisdiction and another. See risk factor 4.1 
below.

Geopolitical and political risks and uncertainty may also adversely 
impact the Group’s operations and its operational resilience. 
Increasing geopolitical and political tensions may lead to conflict, civil 
unrest and/or disobedience as well as increases in domestic and cross-
border cyber intrusion activity. Such events could impact operational 
resilience by disrupting Prudential’s systems, operations, new business 
sales and renewals, distribution channels and services to customers, 
which may result in a reduction in contributions from business units to 
the central cash balances and profit of the Group, decreased 
profitability, financial loss, adverse customer impacts and 
reputational damage and may impact Prudential’s business, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects.  

Legislative or regulatory changes and geopolitical or political risks 
which adversely impact Hong Kong’s international trading and 
economic relationships may result in adverse sales, operational and 
product distribution impacts to the Group due to the territory being a 
key market which also hosts Group head office functions.

1.3 As a holding company, Prudential is dependent upon its subsidiaries to cover operating expenses and dividend 
payments.

The Group’s insurance and asset management operations are 
generally conducted through direct and indirect subsidiaries, which 
are subject to the risks discussed elsewhere in this ‘Risk factors’ 
section.

As a holding company, Prudential’s principal sources of funds are 
remittances from subsidiaries, shareholder-backed funds, the 
shareholder transfer from long-term funds and any amounts that 
may be raised through the issuance of equity, debt and commercial 
paper.

Certain of Prudential’s subsidiaries are subjected to insurance, asset 
management, foreign exchange and tax laws, rules and regulations 
(including in relation to distributable profits that can limit their ability 
to make remittances). In some circumstances, including where there 
are changes to general market conditions, this could limit Prudential’s 
ability to pay dividends to shareholders or to make available funds 
held in certain subsidiaries to cover the operating expenses of other 
members of the Group.

A material change in the financial condition of any of Prudential’s 
subsidiaries may have a material effect on its business, financial 
condition, results of operations and prospects.

1.4 Prudential’s investment portfolio is subject to the risk of potential sovereign debt credit deterioration.

Investing in sovereign debt creates exposure to the direct or indirect 
consequences of geopolitical or political, social or economic changes 
(including changes in governments, heads of state or monarchs), 
military conflicts, pandemics and associated disruption, and other 
events affecting the markets in which the issuers of such debt are 
located and the creditworthiness of the sovereign. Investment in 
sovereign debt obligations involves risks that are different to 
investment in the debt obligations of corporate issuers. In addition, 
the issuer of the debt or the governmental authorities that control the 
repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal 
or pay interest when due (or in their agreed currency) in accordance 
with the terms of such debt, and Prudential may have limited recourse 
to compel payment in the event of a default. A sovereign debtor’s 
willingness or ability to repay principal and to pay interest in a timely 
manner may be affected by, among other factors, its financial 
position, the extent and availability of its foreign currency reserves, 
the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment 
is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a 
whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward local and international 
lenders, geopolitical tensions and conflicts and the political 
constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject.

Moreover, governments may use a variety of techniques, such as 
intervention by their central banks or imposition of regulatory controls 
or taxes, to devalue their currencies’ exchange rates, or may adopt 
monetary, fiscal and other policies (including to manage their debt 
burdens) that have a similar effect, all of which could adversely 
impact the value of an investment in sovereign debt even in the 
absence of a technical default. Periods of economic uncertainty may 
affect the volatility of market prices of sovereign debt to a greater 
extent than the volatility inherent in debt obligations of other types of 
issuers.

In addition, if a sovereign default or other such events described 
above were to occur, as has happened on certain occasions in the 
past, other financial institutions may also suffer losses or experience 
solvency or other concerns, which may result in Prudential facing 
additional risks relating to investments in such financial institutions 
that are held in the Group’s investment portfolio. There is also risk 
that public perceptions about the stability and creditworthiness of 
financial institutions and the financial sector generally might be 
adversely affected, as might counterparty relationships between 
financial institutions.

If a sovereign were to default on or restructure its obligations, or 
adopt policies that devalued or otherwise altered the currencies in 
which its obligations were denominated, this could have a material 
adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of 
operations and prospects.

76

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

1.5 Downgrades in Prudential’s financial strength and credit ratings could significantly impact its competitive 
position and damage its relationships with creditors or trading counterparties.

Prudential’s financial strength and credit ratings, which are used by the 
market to measure its ability to meet policyholder obligations, are 
important factors affecting public confidence in Prudential’s products, and 
as a result its competitiveness. Downgrades in Prudential’s ratings as a 
result of, for example, decreased profitability, increased costs, increased 
indebtedness or other concerns could have an adverse effect on its ability 
to market products, retain current policyholders and attract new 
policyholders, as well as the Group’s ability to compete for acquisition and 
strategic opportunities. Downgrades could have an adverse effect on the 
Group’s financial flexibility, including its ability to issue commercial paper 
at acceptable levels and pricing, requirements to post collateral under or in 
connection with transactions, and ability to manage market risk exposures. 
The interest rates at which Prudential is able to borrow funds are affected 
by its credit ratings, which are in place to measure the Group’s ability to 
meet its contractual obligations.

In addition, changes in methodologies and criteria used by rating 
agencies could result in downgrades that do not reflect changes in the 
general economic conditions or Prudential’s financial condition. 

In addition, any such downgrades could have a material adverse effect 
on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and 
prospects. Prudential cannot predict what actions rating agencies may 
take, or what actions Prudential may take in response to any such 
actions, which could adversely affect its business.

1.6 Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations owing to the geographical diversity of its businesses.

Due to the geographical diversity of Prudential’s businesses, 
Prudential is subject to the risk of exchange rate fluctuations. 
Prudential’s operations generally write policies and invest in assets 
denominated in local currencies, but in some markets, Prudential also 
writes policies and invests in assets denominated in non-local 
currencies, primarily in the US dollar. Although this practice limits the 
effect of exchange rate fluctuations on local operating results, it can 
lead to fluctuations in Prudential’s consolidated financial statements 
upon the translation of results into the Group’s presentation currency. 
This exposure is not currently separately managed. The Group 
presents its consolidated financial statements in US dollars. The 
results of some entities within the Group are not denominated in or 

linked to the US dollar and some enter into transactions which are 
conducted in non-US dollar currencies. Prudential is subject to the risk 
of exchange rate fluctuations from the translation of the results of 
these entities and non-US dollar transactions and the risks from the 
maintenance of the HK dollar peg to the US dollar. In cases where a 
non-US dollar denominated surplus arises in an operation which is to 
be used to support Group capital or shareholders’ interest (ie 
remittances), this currency exposure may be hedged where 
considered economically favourable. Prudential is also subject to the 
residual risks arising from currency swaps and other derivatives that 
are used to manage the currency exposure.

Risks relating to sustainability (including environmental, social and governance (ESG) and climate-related) matters 

2.1 The failure to understand and respond effectively to the risks associated with sustainability factors could adversely 
affect Prudential’s achievement of its long-term strategy.

A failure to manage the material risks associated with key 
sustainability themes, including those detailed below, may inhibit the 
Group’s ability to meet its sustainability-related commitments and 
undermine its sustainability credentials by adversely impacting the 
Group’s reputation and brand, and its ability to attract and retain 
customers and employees, and therefore the results of its operations 
and delivery of its strategy and long-term financial success.

Environmental risks

a
Environmental concerns, notably those associated with climate 
change and its social and economic impacts, but also including those 
associated with biodiversity and nature degradation, present long-
term risks to the sustainability of Prudential and may impact its 
customers and other stakeholders.

by factors such as changes in public policy, technology and market or 
investor sentiment. The potential impact of these factors on the 
valuation of investments may also have a broader economic impact 
that may adversely affect customers and their demand for the 
Group’s products. Direct physical risks associated with the impacts of 
climate change combined with the potential economic impacts of the 
transition to a lower carbon economy have the potential to 
disproportionately impact the Asia and Africa markets in which 
Prudential operates and invests. The Group’s stakeholders 
increasingly expect and/or rely on the Group to support an orderly, 
inclusive and sustainable transition based on an understanding of 
relevant market and company-level transition plans with 
consideration given to the impact on the economies, businesses, 
communities and customers in these markets. 

Prudential’s investment horizons are long term, and it is therefore 
exposed to the long-term impact of climate change risks, which 
include the financial and non-financial impact of the transition to a 
lower carbon economy, physical, reputational and shareholder, 
customer or third-party litigation risks. The global transition to a lower 
carbon economy may have an adverse impact on investment 
valuations and liquidity as the financial assets of carbon-intensive 
companies in some asset sectors re-price as a result of increased 
operating costs and a reduction in demand for their products and 
services. The speed of this transition, and the extent to which it is 
orderly and managed versus disorderly and reactive, will be influenced 

The Group’s ability to sufficiently understand and appropriately 
respond to transition risk and its ability to deliver on its external 
carbon reduction commitments and the implementation of 
sustainability considerations in existing or new sustainability or 
climate-orientated investment strategies and products may be limited 
by insufficient or unreliable data on carbon exposure, transition plans 
of the investee company assets in which it invests, or inability to 
divest as planned. The direct physical impacts of climate change, 
including shorter-term event-driven (acute) physical risks such as 
increasingly frequent and severe hurricanes and wildfires, and those 
associated with longer-term shifts in climate patterns such as 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

77

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors continued

elevated temperatures and prolonged drought (chronic physical risks), 
are likely to become increasingly significant factors in the mortality 
and morbidity risk assessments for the Group’s insurance product 
underwriting and offerings and their associated claims profiles. 
Similarly, nature-related physical risks can impact life and health 
liabilities where, for example, pollution, poor water quality, waste 
contamination and overexploitation of the natural environment can 
all contribute to biodiversity degradation, which in turn can 
potentially pose threats to human health. Such short-term and long-
term environmental changes in markets where Prudential or its key 
third parties operate could adversely impact the Group’s operational 
resilience and its customers, which may potentially occur through 
migration or displacement both within and across borders.

The pace and volume of global standards and sustainability, 
environmental and climate-related regulations emerging across the 
markets in which the Group operates, the need to deliver on existing 
and new exclusions or restrictions on investments in certain sectors, 
engagement and reporting commitments and the demand for 
externally assured reporting may give rise to compliance, operational, 
disclosure and litigation risks which may be increased by the multi-
jurisdictional coordination required in adopting a consistent risk 
management approach. The launch of sustainability-focused funds or 
products, or the (method of) incorporation of sustainability 
considerations within the investment process for existing products, 
may increase the risks related to the perceived fulfilment of fiduciary 
duties to customers and investors by the Group’s appointed asset 
managers, and may subsequently increase regulatory compliance, 
customer conduct, product disclosure and litigation risks. Prudential’s 
voluntary memberships of, or participation within, industry 
organisations and groups or their initiatives may increase stakeholder 
expectations of the Group’s acquiescence or compliance with their 
publicised positions or aims. The reputational and litigation risks of 
the Group may subsequently increase where the stated positions or 
aims of such industry organisations or their initiatives continue to 
evolve, or where jurisdictions interpret their objectives as adversely 
impacting on markets or consumers, including for example, perceived 
conflicts with anti-trust laws. See risk factor 4.1 for details of 
sustainability including ESG and climate-related regulatory and 
supervisory developments with potential impacts for the Group.

A failure to understand, manage and provide greater transparency of 
its exposure to these climate-related risks may have increasingly 
adverse implications for Prudential and its stakeholders.

Social risks

b
Social risks that could impact Prudential may arise from a failure to 
consider the rights, diversity, wellbeing, changing needs, human rights 
and interests of its customers and employees and the communities in 
which the Group or its third parties operate. Perceived or actual 
inequity and income disparities (both within developed markets and 
within the Group’s markets), intensified by the recent pandemic, have 
the potential to further erode social cohesion across the Group’s 
markets which may increase operational and disruption risks for 
Prudential and impact the delivery of the Group’s strategy on 
developing affordable and accessible products to meet the needs of 
people across these markets. Direct physical impacts of climate 
change and deterioration of the natural environment, together with 
the actions that support the global transition to a lower carbon 
economy, may disproportionately impact the stability of livelihoods 
and health of lower socioeconomic groups within the markets in 
which the Group operates. These risks are heightened as Prudential 
operates in multiple jurisdictions that are particularly vulnerable to 
climate change and biodiversity degradation, with distinct local 
cultures and considerations. 

Evolving social norms and emerging population risks associated with 
public health trends (such as an increase in obesity and mental health 
deterioration) and demographic changes (such as population 

78

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

urbanisation and ageing), as well as potential migration due to 
factors including climate-related developments, may affect customer 
lifestyles and therefore may impact the level of claims under the 
Group’s insurance product offerings. 

As a provider of insurance and investment services, the Group is 
increasingly focused on making its products more accessible through 
the use of digital services, technologies and distribution methods to 
customers. As a result, Prudential has access to extensive amounts of 
customer personal data, including data related to personal health, 
and an increasing ability to analyse and interpret this data through 
the use of complex tools, machine learning and artificial intelligence 
(AI) technologies. The Group is therefore exposed to an increase in 
technology risk, including potential unintended consequences from 
algorithmic bias, as well as regulatory, ethical and reputational risks 
associated with customer data misuse or security breaches. These 
risks are explained in risk factors 3.4 and 3.5 below. The increasing 
digitalisation of products, services and processes may also result in 
new and unforeseen regulatory requirements and stakeholder 
expectations, including those relating to how the Group supports its 
customers through this transformation. 

Failure to foster an inclusive, diverse and open environment for the 
Group’s employees in accordance with the principles of the Universal 
Declaration of Human Rights and the International Labour 
Organisation’s core labour standards could impact the ability to 
attract and/or retain employees and increase potential reputational 
risk. The business practices within the Group’s third-party supply chain 
and investee companies with regards to topics including labour 
standards, respect of human rights and modern slavery also expose 
the Group to potential reputational risk. 

Governance 

c
A failure to maintain high standards of corporate governance may 
adversely impact the Group and its customers and employees and 
increase the risk of poor decision-making and a lack of oversight and 
management of its key risks. Poor governance may arise where key 
governance committees have insufficient independence, a lack of 
diversity, skills or experience in their members, or unclear (or 
insufficient) oversight responsibilities and mandates. Inadequate 
oversight over remuneration also increases the risk of poor senior 
management behaviours.

Prudential operates across multiple jurisdictions and has a group and 
subsidiary governance structure which may add further complexity to 
these considerations. Participation in joint ventures or partnerships 
where Prudential does not have direct overall control and the use of 
third-party service providers increase the potential for reputational 
risks arising from inadequate governance.

Sustainability risks may directly or indirectly impact Prudential’s 
business and the achievement of its strategic focus on providing 
greater and more accessible health and financial protection, 
responsible stewardship and investment within the Group’s market to 
support a just and inclusive transition, developing a sustainable 
business that delivers a positive impact on its broad range of 
stakeholders, which range from customers, institutional investors, 
employees and suppliers, to policymakers, regulators, industry 
organisations and local communities. A failure to transparently and 
consistently implement the Group’s Sustainability Strategy across its 
local businesses and operational, underwriting and investment 
activities, as well as a failure to implement and uphold responsible 
business practices, may adversely impact the financial condition and 
reputation of the Group. This may also negatively impact the Group’s 
stakeholders, who all have expectations, concerns and aims related to 
sustainability matters, which may differ, both within and across 
stakeholder groups and the markets in which the Group operates. In 
its investment activities, Prudential’s stakeholders increasingly have 
expectations of, and place reliance on, an approach to responsible 

investment that demonstrates how sustainability considerations are 
effectively integrated into investment decisions, responsible supply 
chain management and the performance of fiduciary and 
stewardship duties. These duties include effective implementation of 
exclusions, voting and active engagement decisions with respect to 
investee companies, as both an asset owner and an asset manager, in 
line with internally defined procedures and external commitments. 

The increased demands and expectations of stakeholders for 
transparency and disclosure of the activities that support these duties 
further heightens disclosure risks for the Group, including those 
associated with potentially overstating or misstating the positive 
environmental or societal impacts of the Group’s activities, products 
and services (eg greenwashing).

Risks relating to Prudential’s business activities and industry

3.1 The implementation of large-scale transformation, including complex strategic initiatives, gives rise to significant 
design and execution risks and may affect Prudential’s operational capability and capacity. Failure of these initiatives 
to meet their objectives may adversely impact the Group and the delivery of its strategy.

Where required in order to implement its business strategies for 
growth, meet customer needs, improve customer experiences, 
strengthen operational resilience, meet regulatory and industry 
requirements, and maintain market competitiveness, Prudential from 
time to time undertakes corporate restructuring, transformation 
programmes and acquisitions/disposals across its business. Many such 
change initiatives are complex, inter-connected and/or of large scale, 
and include improvement of business efficiencies through operating 
model changes, advancing the Group’s digital capability, expanding 
strategic partnerships, and industry and regulatory-driven change. 
There may be a material adverse effect on Prudential’s business, 
employees, customers, financial condition, results of operations and 
prospects if these initiatives incur unplanned costs, are subject to 
implementation delays, or fail to fully meet their objectives. 
Leadership changes and changes to the business and operational 
model of the Group increase uncertainty for its employees, which may 
affect operational capacity and the ability of the Group to deliver its 
strategy. There may also be adverse implications for the Group in 
undertaking transformation initiatives such as placing additional 
strain on employees or operational capacity, and weakening the 

control environment. Implementing initiatives related to the revised 
strategy for the Group, control environment transformation, 
significant accounting standard changes, such as IFRS 17, and other 
regulatory changes in major businesses of the Group, such as those 
related to the agency transformation at the Indonesia businesses, 
may amplify these risks. Risks relating to these regulatory changes are 
explained in risk factor 4.1 below. 

The speed of technological change in the business could outpace the 
Group’s ability to anticipate all the unintended consequences that 
may arise from such change. Innovative technologies, such as AI, 
expose Prudential to potential additional regulatory, information 
security, privacy, operational, ethical and conduct risks.  Specifically, 
the increasing use of AI could lead to increased scrutiny from 
regulators, potential bias in decision-making processes, and 
unforeseen vulnerabilities in information security. The ethical 
implications of AI use, such as data privacy and transparency in 
automated decisions, are also potential areas of concern. If 
inadequately managed, these risks could result in customer detriment 
and reputational damage.

3.2 Prudential’s businesses are conducted in highly competitive environments with rapidly developing demographic trends. 
The profitability of the Group’s businesses depends on management’s ability to respond to these pressures and trends.

The markets for financial services are highly competitive, with a 
number of factors affecting Prudential’s ability to sell its products and 
its profitability, including price and yields offered, financial strength 
and ratings, range of product lines and product quality, ability to 
implement and comply with regulatory changes, the imposition of 
regulatory sanctions, brand strength and name recognition, 
investment management performance and fund management 
trends, historical bonus levels, the ability to respond to developing 
demographic trends, customer appetite for certain savings products 
(which may be impacted by broader economic pressures), and 
technological advances. In some of its markets, Prudential faces 
competitors that are larger, have greater financial resources or a 
greater market share, offer a broader range of products or have 
higher bonus rates. Further, heightened competition for talented and 
skilled employees, agents and independent financial advisers may 
limit Prudential’s potential to grow its business as quickly as planned 
or otherwise implement its strategy. Technological advances, 
including those enabling increased capability for gathering large 
volumes of customer health data and developments in capabilities 
and tools for analysing and interpreting such data (such as AI and 
machine learning), may result in increased competition to the Group, 
both from within and outside the insurance industry, and may 
increase the competition risks resulting from a failure to be able to 
attract or retain talent.

The Group’s principal competitors include global life insurers, regional 
insurers and multinational asset managers. In most markets, there are 
also local companies that have a material market presence.

Prudential believes that competition will intensify across all regions in 
response to consumer demand, digital and other technological 
advances (including the use of AI to improve operational efficiency and 
enhance customer experiences), the need for economies of scale and 
the consequential impact of consolidation, regulatory actions and other 
factors. Prudential’s ability to generate an appropriate return depends 
significantly upon its capacity to anticipate and respond appropriately 
to these competitive pressures. This includes managing the potential 
adverse impacts to the commercial value of the Group’s existing sale 
and distribution arrangements, such as bancassurance arrangements, 
in markets where new distribution channels develop.

Failure to do so may adversely impact Prudential’s ability to attract 
and retain customers and, importantly, may limit Prudential’s ability 
to take advantage of new business arising in the markets in which it 
operates, which may have an adverse impact on the Group’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

79

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors continued

3.3 Adverse experience in the operational risks inherent in Prudential’s business, and those of its material outsourcing 
partners, could disrupt its business functions and have a negative impact on its business, financial condition, results of 
operations and prospects.

Operational risks are present in all of Prudential’s businesses, 
including the risk of loss arising from inadequate or failed internal 
processes, systems or human error, misconduct, fraud, the effects of 
natural or man-made catastrophic events (such as natural disasters, 
pandemics, cyber attacks, acts of terrorism, civil unrest and other 
catastrophes) or other external events. These risks may also adversely 
impact Prudential through its partners. Prudential relies on the 
performance and operations of a number of bancassurance, product 
distribution, outsourcing (including but not limited to external 
technology, data hosting and payments), and service partners. These 
include back office support functions, such as those relating to 
technology infrastructure, development and support, and customer-
facing operations and services, such as product distribution and 
services (including through digital channels), and investment 
operations. This creates reliance upon the resilient operational 
performance of these partners and exposes Prudential to the risk that 
the operations and services provided by these partners are disrupted 
or fail. Further, Prudential operates in extensive and evolving legal and 
regulatory environments which adds to the complexity of the 
governance and operation of its business processes and controls.

Exposure to such risks could impact Prudential’s operational resilience 
and ability to perform necessary business functions if there are 
disruptions to its systems, operations, new business sales and 
renewals, distribution channels and services to customers, or could 
result in the loss of confidential or proprietary data. Such risks, as well 
as any weaknesses in administration systems (such as those relating 
to policyholder records) or actuarial reserving processes, may also 
result in increased expenses, as well as legal and regulatory sanctions, 
decreased profitability, financial loss and customer conduct risk 
impacts. This could damage Prudential’s reputation and relationship 
with its customers and business partners. A failure to adequately 
oversee service partners (or their technology and operational systems 
and processes) could result in significant service degradation or 
disruption to Prudential’s business operations and services to its 
customers, which may have reputational or conduct risk implications 
and could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, 
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Prudential’s business requires the processing of a large number of 
transactions for a diverse range of products. It also employs complex 
and inter-connected technology and finance systems, models and 
user-centric applications in its processes to perform a range of 
operational functions. These functions include the calculation of 
regulatory or internal capital requirements, the valuation of assets 
and liabilities, and the acquisition of new business using AI and digital 

applications. Many of these tools form an integral part of the 
information and decision-making frameworks used by Prudential and 
the risk of adverse consequences arising from erroneous or 
misinterpreted tools used in core business activities, decision-making 
and reporting exists. Errors or limitations in these tools, or their 
inappropriate usage, may lead to regulatory breaches, inappropriate 
decision-making, financial loss, customer detriment, inaccurate 
external reporting or reputational damage. The long-term nature of 
much of the Group’s business also means that accurate records are to 
be maintained securely for significant time periods. 

The performance of the Group’s core business activities and the 
uninterrupted availability of services to customers rely significantly on, 
and require significant investment in, resilient IT applications, 
infrastructure and security architectural design, data governance and 
management and other operational systems, personnel, controls, and 
mature processes. During large-scale disruptive events or times of 
significant change, or due to other factors impacting operational 
performance including adequacy of skilled/experienced personnel, the 
resilience and operational effectiveness of these systems and 
processes at Prudential and/or its third-party service providers may be 
adversely impacted. In particular, Prudential and its business partners 
are making increasing use of emerging technological tools and digital 
services, or forming strategic partnerships with third parties to provide 
these capabilities. Automated distribution channels and services to 
customers increase the criticality of providing uninterrupted services. 
A failure to implement appropriate governance and management of 
the incremental operational risks from emerging technologies may 
adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and brand, the results of its 
operations, its ability to attract and retain customers and its ability to 
deliver on its long-term strategy and therefore its competitiveness 
and long-term financial success. 

Although Prudential’s technology, compliance and other operational 
systems, models and processes incorporate strong governance and 
controls designed to manage and mitigate the operational and model 
risks associated with its activities, there can be no complete assurance 
as to the resilience of these systems and processes to disruption or 
that governance and controls will always be effective. Due to human 
error, among other reasons, operational and model risk incidents do 
occur from time to time and no system or process can entirely prevent 
them. Prudential’s legacy and other technology systems, data and 
processes, as with operational systems and processes generally, may 
also be susceptible to failure or security/data breaches.

80

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

3.4 Cyber security risks, including attempts to access or disrupt Prudential’s technology systems, and loss or misuse of 
personal data, could have potential adverse financial impacts on the Group and could result in loss of trust from 
Prudential’s customers and employees and reputational damage, which in turn could have material adverse effects on 
the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Prudential and its business partners are increasingly exposed to the 
risk that individuals (which includes connected persons such as 
employees, contractors or representatives of Prudential or its third-
party service providers, and unconnected persons) or groups may 
intentionally or unintentionally disrupt the availability, confidentiality 
and integrity of its technology systems or compromise the integrity 
and security of data (both corporate and customer), including 
disruption from ransomware (malicious software designed to restrict 
Prudential’s access to data until the payment of a sum of money and 
to exfiltrate data with a threat to publicly expose Prudential data if a 
ransom payment is not paid), and targeted and untargeted but 
sophisticated attacks. Where these risks materialise, this could result in 
disruption to key operations, make it difficult to recover critical data or 
services or damage assets, any of which could result in loss of trust 
from Prudential’s customers and employees, reputational damage 
and direct or indirect financial loss. 

The vast amount of personal and financial data held by financial 
services companies makes them attractive targets for cyber crime 
groups. The ease and accessibility of ransomware exploit toolkits and 
Ransomware-as-a-Service (RaaS) for threat actors contribute to the 
increase in ransomware activity. At the same time, cyber security 
threats continue to evolve globally in sophistication and potential 
significance. Prudential’s increasing profile in its current markets and 
those in which it is entering, growing customer interest in interacting 
with their insurance providers and asset managers through the 
internet and social media, improved brand awareness, and increasing 
adoption of the Group’s digital platforms could also increase the 
likelihood of Prudential being considered a target by cyber criminals. 

There is an increasing requirement and expectation on Prudential and 
its business partners not only to hold the data of customers, 
shareholders and employees securely, but also to ensure its ongoing 
accuracy and that it is being used in a transparent, appropriate and 
ethical way, including in decision-making where automated processes 
are employed. As Prudential and its business partners increasingly 
adopt digital technology in business operations, the data the Group 
generates creates an opportunity to enhance customer engagement 
while maintaining a responsibility to keep customers’ personal data 
safe. Various policies and frameworks are in place to govern the 
handling of customers' data. A failure to adhere to these polices may 
result in regulatory scrutiny and sanctions and detriment to customers 

and third-party partners, and may adversely impact the reputation 
and brand of the Group, its ability to attract and retain customers, and 
deliver on its long-term strategy, and therefore the results of its 
operations. 

The risk to the Group of not meeting these requirements and 
expectations may be increased by the development of cloud-based 
infrastructure and the usage of digital distribution and service 
channels, which can collect a broader range of personal and health-
related data from individuals at increased scale and speed, and the 
use of complex tools, machine learning and AI technologies to 
process, analyse and interpret this data. 

New and currently unforeseeable regulatory, reputational and 
operational issues may also arise from the increased use of emerging 
technology such as generative AI which requires careful consideration 
and guardrails established to enable its safe use. Regulatory 
developments in cyber security and data protection continue to 
progress worldwide. In 2023, the momentum in focus on data privacy 
continued to increase, with regulators in Asia introducing new data 
privacy laws or enhancing existing ones (eg new data protection laws 
in Vietnam in June 2023 and extensive amendments to the Korean 
data privacy law). Such developments may increase the complexity of 
requirements and obligations in this area, in particular where they 
include national security restrictions or impose differing and/or 
conflicting requirements compared with those of other jurisdictions. 
These risks may also increase the financial and reputational 
implications for Prudential of regulatory non-compliance or a 
significant breach of IT systems or data, including at its joint ventures 
or third-party service providers. The international transfer of data may, 
as a global organisation, increase regulatory risks for the Group.

Prudential has been, and likely will continue to be, subject to potential 
damage from computer viruses, unauthorised access and cyber 
security attacks such as ‘denial of service’ attacks, phishing and 
disruptive software campaigns. Despite the multi-layered security 
defences in place, there can be no assurance that such events will not 
take place and they may have material adverse consequential effects 
on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and 
prospects. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

81

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors continued

3.5 Prudential’s digital platforms may heighten existing business risks to the Group or introduce new risks as the 
markets in which it operates, and its partnerships and product offerings evolve. 

Prudential’s digital platforms are subject to a number of risks. In 
particular, these include risks related to: legal and regulatory 
compliance and the conduct of business; the execution of complex 
change initiatives; information security and data privacy; the use of 
models (including those using artificial intelligence) and the handling 
of personal data; the resilience and integrity of IT infrastructure and 
operations; and those relating to the management of third parties. 
These existing risks for the Group may be increased due to a number 
of factors:

– Reliance on and/or collaboration with a number of third-party 

partners and providers, which may vary according to the market. 
This may increase operational disruption risks to the uninterrupted 
provision of services to customers, regulatory compliance and 
conduct risks, and the potential for reputational risks; and

– Support for, and development of, the platform being provided 
outside some of the individual markets in which the platform 
operates, which may increase the complexity of local legal and 
regulatory compliance.

– The number of current and planned markets in which Prudential’s 

digital platforms operate, each with their own laws and regulations, 
regulatory and supervisory authorities, the scope of application of 
which may be uncertain or change at pace, may increase 
regulatory compliance risks;

– The implementation of planned digital platforms and services, 

which may require the delivery of complex, inter-connected change 
initiatives across current and planned markets. This may give rise to 
design and execution risks, which could be amplified where these 
change initiatives are delivered concurrently;

– The increased volume, breadth and sensitivity of data on which the 
digital platforms are dependent and to which the Group has access, 
holds, analyses and processes through its models, increases data 
security, privacy and usage risks. Furthermore, the use of complex 
models, including where AI is used for critical decision-making, in 
an application’s features and offerings may give rise to ethical, 
operational, conduct, litigation and reputational risks if they do not 
function as intended;

New product offerings and functionality may be developed and 
provided through the digital platforms, which may introduce new 
regulatory, operational, conduct and strategic risks for the Group. 
Regulations may be introduced, which limit the permitted scope of 
online or digitally distributed insurance and asset management 
services and may restrict current or planned offerings provided by the 
platform. 

A failure to implement appropriate governance and management of 
the incremental and new risks detailed above may adversely impact 
Prudential’s reputation and brand, its ability to attract and retain 
customers, its competitiveness, its ability to deliver on its long-term 
strategy and the financial position of the Group. 

3.6 Prudential operates in certain markets with joint venture partners and other shareholders and third parties. These 
businesses face the same risks as the rest of the Group and also give rise to certain risks to Prudential that the Group 
does not face with respect to its wholly-owned subsidiaries. 

Prudential operates, and in certain markets is required by local 
regulation to operate, through joint ventures and other joint 
ownership or third-party arrangements (including associates). The 
financial condition, operations and reputation of the Group may be 
adversely impacted, or the Group may face regulatory censure, in the 
event that any of its partners fails or is unable to meet its obligations 
under the arrangements, encounters financial difficulty, or fails to 
comply with local or international regulation and standards such as 
those pertaining to the prevention of financial crime and 
sustainability (including climate-related) risks (see risk factor 2 above). 
Reputational risks to the Group are amplified where any joint ventures 
or jointly owned businesses carry the Prudential name.

A material proportion of the Group’s business comes from its joint 
venture and associate businesses in the Chinese Mainland and India, 
respectively. For such operations the level of control exercisable by the 
Group depends on the terms of the contractual agreements as well as 
local regulatory constraints applicable to the joint venture and 
associate businesses, such as listing requirements; and in particular 
those terms providing for the allocation of control among, and 
continued cooperation between, the participants. As a result, the level 
of oversight, control and access to management information the 
Group is able to exercise at these operations may be lower compared 
to the Group’s wholly-owned businesses. This may increase the 
uncertainty for the Group over the financial condition of these 
operations, including the valuation of their investment portfolios and 
the extent of their invested credit and counterparty credit risk 
exposure, resulting in heightened risks to the Group as a whole. This 
may particularly be the case where the geographies in which these 
operations are located experience market or sector-specific 

82

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

slowdowns, disruption, volatility or deterioration (such as the negative 
developments in the Chinese Mainland property sector and more 
widely across the Chinese Mainland economy). In addition, the level 
of control exercisable by the Group could be affected by changes in 
the maximum level of foreign ownership imposed on foreign 
companies in certain jurisdictions. The exposure of the Group to the 
risks detailed in risk factor 3.1 above may also increase should the 
Group’s strategic initiatives include the expansion of the Group’s 
operations through joint ventures or jointly owned businesses.

In addition, a significant proportion of the Group’s product 
distribution is carried out through agency arrangements and 
contractual arrangements with third-party service providers not 
controlled by Prudential, such as bancassurance arrangements, and 
the Group is therefore dependent upon the continuation of these 
relationships. The effectiveness of these arrangements, or temporary 
or permanent disruption to them, such as through significant 
deterioration in the reputation, financial position or other 
circumstances of the third-party service providers, material failure in 
controls (such as those pertaining to the third-party service providers’ 
systems failure or the prevention of financial crime), regulatory 
changes affecting their governance or operation, or their failure to 
meet any regulatory requirements could adversely affect Prudential’s 
reputation and its business, financial condition, results of operations 
and prospects.

3.7 Adverse experience relative to the assumptions used in pricing products and reporting business results could 
significantly affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In common with other life insurers, the profitability of the Group’s 
businesses depends on a mix of factors including mortality and 
morbidity levels and trends, policy surrenders and take-up rates on 
guarantee features of products, investment performance and 
impairments, unit cost of administration and new business acquisition 
expenses. 

The Group’s businesses are subject to inflation risk. In particular, the 
Group’s medical insurance businesses are also exposed to medical 
inflation risk. The potential adverse impacts to the profitability of the 
Group’s businesses from the upheavals in financial markets and levels 
of economic activity on customer behaviours are described in risk 
factor 1.1 above. While the Group has the ability to reprice some of its 
products, the frequency of repricing may need to be increased. Such 
repricing is dependent on the availability of operational and resource 
capacity to do so, as well as the Group’s ability to implement such 
repricing in light of the increased regulatory and societal expectations 
reflecting the affordability of insurance products and the protection 
of vulnerable customers, as well as the commercial considerations of 
the markets the Group operates in. The profitability of the Group’s 
businesses also may be adversely impacted by the medical 
reimbursement downgrade experience following any repricing.

Prudential, like other insurers, needs to make assumptions about a 
number of factors in determining the pricing of its products, for 
setting reserves, and for reporting its capital levels and the results of 
its long-term business operations. A further factor is the assumptions 
that Prudential makes about future expected levels of the rates of 
early termination of products by its customers (known as persistency). 
This is relevant to a number of lines of business in the Group. 
Prudential’s persistency assumptions reflect a combination of recent 
past experience for each relevant line of business and expert 
judgement, especially where a lack of relevant and credible 

experience data exists. Any expected change in future persistency is 
also reflected in the assumptions. If actual levels of persistency are 
significantly different than assumed, the Group’s results of operations 
could be adversely affected.

In addition, Prudential’s business may be adversely affected by 
epidemics, pandemics and other effects that give rise to a large 
number of deaths or additional sickness claims, as well as increases to 
the cost of medical claims. Pandemics, significant influenza and other 
epidemics have occurred a number of times historically, but the 
likelihood, timing or severity of future events cannot be predicted. The 
effectiveness of external parties, including governmental and non-
governmental organisations, in combating the spread and severity of 
any epidemics, as well as pharmaceutical treatments and vaccines 
(and their roll-outs) and non-pharmaceutical interventions, could have 
a material impact on the Group’s claims experience. 

Prudential uses reinsurance to selectively transfer mortality, morbidity 
and other risks. This exposes the Group to: the counterparty risk of a 
reinsurer being unable to pay reinsurance claims or otherwise meet 
their commitments; the risk that a reinsurer changes reinsurance 
terms and conditions of coverage, or increases the price of 
reinsurance which Prudential is unable to pass on to its customers; the 
risk of ambiguity in the reinsurance terms and conditions leading to 
uncertainty whether an event is covered under a reinsurance contract; 
and the risk of being unable to replace an existing reinsurer, or find a 
new reinsurer, for the risk transfer being sought. 

Any of the foregoing, individually or together, could have a material 
adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of 
operations and prospects.

Risks relating to legal and regulatory requirements

4.1 Prudential conducts its businesses subject to regulation and associated regulatory risks, including a change to the 
basis of the regulatory supervision or intervention of the Group, the level of regulatory scrutiny arising from the 
Group’s reported events, the effects and pace of changes in the laws, regulations, policies and their interpretations and 
any industry/accounting standards in the markets in which it operates.

Any non-compliance with government policy and legislation, financial 
control measures on companies and individuals, regulation or 
regulatory interpretation applying to companies in the financial 
services and insurance industries in any of the markets in which 
Prudential operates (including those related to the business conduct 
of Prudential or its distributors), or decisions taken by regulators in 
connection with their supervision of members of the Group, which in 
some circumstances may be applied retrospectively, may adversely 
affect Prudential. Further, the impact from regulatory changes may 
be material to Prudential, for instance, changes may be required to its 
product range, distribution channels, sales and servicing practices, 
handling of data, competitiveness, profitability, capital requirements, 
risk management approaches, corporate or governance structure, 
financial and non-financial disclosures and reported results and 
financing requirements. Other changes in capital-related regulations 
have the potential to change the extent of sensitivity of capital to 
market factors, regulators in jurisdictions in which Prudential operates 
may impose requirements affecting the allocation of capital and 
liquidity between different business units in the Group, whether on a 
geographic, legal entity, product line or other basis. Regulators may 
also change solvency requirements, methodologies for determining 
components of the regulatory or statutory balance sheet, including 

the reserves and the level of capital required to be held by individual 
businesses (with implications to the Group capital position). 
Furthermore, as a result of interventions by governments in light of 
financial and global economic conditions, there may continue to be 
changes in government regulation and supervision of the financial 
services industry, potentially resulting in tightened customer 
protection, higher capital requirements, restrictions on transactions 
and enhancement of supervisory powers.

In the markets in which Prudential operates, it is subject to regulatory 
requirements for ongoing operations as well as obligations with 
respect to financial crime, including anti-money laundering, and 
sanctions compliance, which may either impose obligations on the 
Group to act in a certain manner or restrict the way that it can act in 
respect of specified individuals, organisations, businesses and/or 
governments. A failure to do so may adversely impact the reputation 
of Prudential and/or result in the imposition of legal or regulatory 
sanctions or restrictions on the Group. For internationally active 
groups such as Prudential, operating across multiple jurisdictions 
including cross-border activities increases the complexity and volume 
of legal and regulatory compliance challenges. Compliance with 
Prudential’s legal or regulatory obligations, including those in respect 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

83

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors continued

of international sanctions, in one jurisdiction may conflict with the law 
or policy objectives of another jurisdiction, or may be seen as 
supporting the law or policy objectives of that jurisdiction over 
another, creating additional legal, regulatory compliance and 
reputational risks for the Group. Geopolitical and global tensions may 
also lead to realignment among blocs or global polarisation and 
decoupling, which may lead to an increase in the volume and 
complexity of international sanctions. These risks may be increased 
where uncertainty exists on the scope of regulatory requirements and 
obligations, and where the complexity of specific cases applicable to 
the Group is high.  

Further information on specific areas of regulatory and supervisory 
requirements or changes are included below.

a Group-wide Supervision (GWS)
The Hong Kong Insurance Authority (Hong Kong IA) is the Group-
wide supervisor for Prudential. The Hong Kong IA’s Group-wide 
Supervision (GWS) Framework applies on a principles-based and 
outcome-focused approach, which allows the Hong Kong IA to 
exercise direct regulatory powers over the designated holding 
companies of multinational insurance groups. Prudential has in place 
various monitoring mechanisms and controls to ensure ongoing 
sustainable compliance and to promote constructive engagement 
with the Hong Kong IA as its Group-wide supervisor.  

b Global regulatory developments and systemic risk 

regulation 

There are a number of ongoing global regulatory developments 
which could potentially impact Prudential’s businesses in the many 
jurisdictions in which they operate. Mandated by the Financial 
Stability Board (FSB), this work includes standard setting and 
guidance in the areas of systemic risk (including climate-related risks) 
and the Insurance Capital Standard (ICS). 

For the insurance sector, the International Association of Insurance 
Supervisors (IAIS) continues to monitor and assess systemic risk through 
the Holistic Framework (HF) which effectively replaced the Global 
Systemically Important Insurer (G-SII) designations in 2019. The FSB 
continues to receive an annual update on the outcomes of the IAIS’s 
global monitoring exercise which will include IAIS’s assessment of 
systemic risk. The FSB reserves the right to publicly express its views on 
whether an individual insurer is systemically important in the global 
context and the application of any necessary HF supervisory policy 
measures to address such systemic importance. In November 2025, the 
FSB will review the process for assessing and mitigating systemic risk under 
the HF. Following this review the FSB will, as necessary, adjust its process 
which could include reinstating an updated G-SII identification process. 
Many of the prior G-SII measures have been adopted into IAIS’s 
Insurance Core Principles (ICPs) and Common Framework (ComFrame), 
described below, as well as under the Hong Kong IA’s GWS Framework. As 
an Internationally Active Insurance Group (IAIG), Prudential is subject to 
these measures.

The IAIS’s ComFrame establishes quantitative and qualitative 
supervisory standards and guidance focusing on the effective Group-
wide supervision of IAIGs. The ICS is the quantitative element of 
ComFrame and a consolidated capital standard in the final phase of 
development, coming into effect in 2025. Prudential has been 
designated an IAIG by the Hong Kong IA following an assessment 
against the established qualitative criteria in ComFrame, and will be 
required to either adopt ICS or demonstrate its current Group capital 
supervisory framework to be outcome-equivalent with ICS.

The development of ICS has been conducted in two phases: a five-
year monitoring phase, which commenced at the beginning of 2020, 
followed by an implementation phase. An alternative to the ICS 
called the ‘Aggregation Method’ has also been developed in the US 
by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners; the IAIS is 

84

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

in the process of evaluating whether it produces comparable 
outcomes to the ICS.

There is a risk attached to the manner in which regulators from 
member jurisdictions may choose to implement the HF and ICS which 
could lead to additional burdens or adverse impacts to the Group. As 
a result, there remains a degree of uncertainty over the potential 
impact of such changes on the Group. 

Regional regulatory regime developments

c
In 2023, regulators in the markets in which we operate continued to 
focus on the financial resilience of the insurance industry (including to 
address issues of solvency and rising interest rates), the protection of 
customers in relation to product and service performances and 
operational soundness with appropriate governance and controls. 
New regulations and guidelines were issued in several markets 
whereby the industry is required to assess, monitor and manage non-
financial and financial risks, including insurance risk, capital and 
solvency. Business conduct and consumer protection remain the key 
priorities for regulators in Asia, with emphases on product design, 
remuneration structure, marketing literature, sales and servicing 
practices, and various operational processes including specifically for 
investment management and oversight of third parties and 
technology vendors.

Major regulatory changes and reforms are in progress in some of the 
Group’s key markets, with some uncertainty on the full impact to 
Prudential:

– In the Chinese Mainland, regulatory developments across a 

number of industries including the financial sector have continued, 
potentially increasing compliance risk to the Group. Key regulatory 
developments in the Chinese Mainland include the following: 
– As part of the regulatory reform, the Chinese government has 

consolidated oversight of the financial industry directly under the 
State Council and announced a new national financial regulator, 
the National Financial Regulatory Administration (NFRA) to 
replace the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory 
Commission (CBIRC) on 18 May 2023. The NFRA is authorised 
to overall supervise and regulate the Chinese Mainland banking 
and insurance markets to ensure financial institutions operate in 
a stable manner in compliance with the law and meet their 
obligations to customers. Key changes implemented by the 
NFRA include: reductions in statutory valuation interest rates for 
life insurance products, which are expected to lower pricing 
interest rate, effective from July 2023; and solvency relief 
measures through the China Risk Oriented Solvency System 
Phase II (C-ROSS II), effective from September 2023. In early 
2024, further regulatory changes have been issued including: 
reductions in crediting rates for universal life products; 
requirements on consistency between reported and incurred 
bancassurance commissions and expenses; and new measures 
for setting requirements for insurance sales conduct, product 
design, marketing and disclosures.  

– The amendment of the Insurance Law of the People’s Republic 
of China is in progress with emphasis on corporate governance 
including appointment of directors, fiduciary duties, and 
supervision of participating and investment-linked product (ILP) 
policies. The implementation timeline is yet to be announced. 
– In Indonesia, regulatory and supervisory focus on the insurance 

industry remains high. In 2023, the Otoritas Jasa Keuangan (OJK) 
issued a five-year industry roadmap with plans to establish an 
insurance industry that upholds high integrity, strengthens 
consumer and public protection, and supports national economic 
growth. The roadmap covers areas to enhance policyholder 
protection as well as other aspects on licensing, data, capital, 
products, actuarial, risk and controls. Implementation of this 
roadmap is in three phases from 2023 to 2027, including 

foundation strengthening, consolidation and momentum creation, 
and alignment and growth. 

– In Malaysia, Bank Negara Malaysia (BNM) has initiated a multi-

phase review of its current risk-based capital (RBC) frameworks for 
insurers and Takaful operators since 2019, which includes 
quantitative impact studies carried out in 2022, the issuance of 
exposure drafts and a parallel run in 2023, prior to the potential full 
implementation targeting by the end of 2024 at the earliest. BNM 
also revised its policy on Management of Customer Information 
and Permitted Disclosures in April 2023, which sets out 
requirements regarding controls in collection, storage, use, 
transmission, sharing, disclosure and disposal of customer 
information. Furthermore, a new regulation on professionalism of 
agents came into effect on 1 January 2024, requiring additional 
'fit and proper' and due diligence procedures as enhanced agent 
onboarding and screening requirements. 

– In Hong Kong, the revised Guideline GL3 on anti-money laundering 
(AML) and counter-terrorism financing (CTF) was published with an 
effective date of 1 June 2023. The Hong Kong Government also 
proposed to establish a Policy Holders' Protection Scheme in 
December 2022 as a safety net for policyholders in the event of an 
insurer’s insolvency. Public views were sought in 2023 and the 
legislation process is expected to commence in the second half of 
2024 at the earliest. 

– In Singapore, the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) has 
designated the Group’s Singapore business as a domestic 
systemically important insurer. Furthermore, in order to mitigate 
money laundering risk in the financial sector as a whole, the MAS 
has been soliciting feedback from industry stakeholders to improve 
anti-money laundering standards. Further regulatory developments 
are expected.

– In Thailand, the Office of Insurance Commission presented draft 
amendments to the life and non-life insurance laws in December 
2023, aimed at elevating governance standards within the 
insurance industry. The amendments are currently under review.
– In Vietnam, the amended Insurance Law took effect on 1 January 
2023. The new law contains provisions on RBC, with a five-year 
grace period, effective from 1 January 2028. The Vietnamese 
Government also issued a decree for personal data privacy 
guidance with an effective date of 1 July 2023, which provides 
definitions of personal data with examples of sensitive personal 
data, the rights of data subjects, and notification and data transfer 
requirements pertaining to the use of data. Another implementing 
circular of the Insurance Law issued in November 2023 also 
requires mandatory voice recording for sales, agency remuneration 
limits, and a cooling-off period for lending customers. 
– In the Philippines, financial product and customer service 

requirements were issued by the Insurance Commission in March 
2023 with an 18-month transition period for adoption. The new 
requirements include product and service disclosures, a systematic 
approach to customer assistance and conduct risk management, as 
well as additional complaints filing.  

– In India, the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority of 
India (IRDAI) continues to focus on industry reform. Its 'Insurance 
for All by 2047' proposal aims to ensure that every citizen and 
enterprise in India has adequate life, health and property insurance 
cover. The IRDAI is promoting the use of technology, such as big 
data, AI and machine learning, to transform the insurance 
landscape in the country, in order to become the sixth-largest 
insurance market by 2032. A new income tax rule took effect from 
1 April 2023, which makes maturity proceeds of insurance policies 
taxable for policies issued from this date which have annual 
premiums exceeding INR 500,000. Another IRDAI regulation 
issued in March 2023 removed commission payment limits for 
insurers, with the aim of giving more operational flexibility to 
insurers and enhancing insurance penetration.

The increasing use of emerging technological tools and digital 
services across the industry is likely to lead to new and unforeseen 

regulatory requirements and issues, including expectations regarding 
the governance, ethical and responsible use of technology, AI and 
data. Distribution and product suitability linked to innovation 
continues to set the pace of conduct regulatory change in Asia. 
Prudential falls within the scope of these conduct regulations, 
requiring that regulatory changes are appropriately implemented.

The pace and volume of sustainability-related regulatory changes 
including ESG and climate-related changes are also increasing. 
Regulators including the Hong Kong IA, the Monetary Authority of 
Singapore, the BNM in Malaysia and the Financial Supervisory 
Commission in Taiwan are in the process of developing supervisory 
and disclosure requirements or guidelines related to environmental 
and climate change risk management. Other regulators are expected 
to develop or are at different stages of developing similar 
requirements. While the Hong Kong IA has yet to propose any 
insurance-specific regulations on sustainability and climate, it has 
regularly emphasised its increasing focus in this area in order to 
support Hong Kong’s position as a regional green finance hub. In 
2023, the Hong Kong IA invited Hong Kong authorised insurers to 
participate in a survey regarding their implementation of climate risk 
management practices. The purpose of the survey was for the Hong 
Kong IA to understand any gaps and challenges faced by the 
insurance sector in managing climate-related financial risks and to 
develop appropriate guidance for insurers. International regulatory 
and supervisory bodies, such as the International Sustainability 
Standards Board (ISSB) and Taskforce on Nature-related Disclosures, 
are progressing on global sustainability and climate-related disclosure 
requirements. Recent high-profile examples of government and 
regulatory enforcement and civil actions against companies for 
misleading investors on sustainability and ESG-related information 
demonstrate that disclosure, reputational and litigation risks remain 
high and may increase, in particular as companies increase their 
disclosures or product offerings in this area. International and local 
regulatory and industry bodies are beginning to establish principles 
and standards with regards to the use of sustainability and ESG 
nomenclature in the labelling of investment products. These changes 
and developments may give rise to regulatory compliance, customer 
conduct, operational, reputational and disclosure risks requiring 
Prudential to coordinate across multiple jurisdictions in order to apply 
a consistent risk management approach.

A rapid pace and high volume of regulatory changes and 
interventions, and the swiftness of their application, including those 
driven by the financial services industry, have been observed in recent 
years across many of the Group’s markets. The transformation and 
regulatory changes have the potential to introduce new, or increase 
existing, regulatory risks and supervisory interest while increasing the 
complexity of ensuring concurrent regulatory compliance across 
markets driven by the potential for increased intra-Group connectivity 
and dependencies. In jurisdictions with ongoing policy initiatives and 
regulatory developments which will impact the way Prudential is 
supervised, these developments are monitored at market and group 
level and inform the Group’s risk framework and engagement with 
government policymakers, industry groups and regulators. 

IFRS 17

d
IFRS 17 became effective from 1 January 2023 and the first external 
reporting under this basis was in half year 2023. The new standard 
requires a fundamental change to accounting, presentation and 
disclosures for insurance contracts as well as the application of significant 
judgement and new estimation techniques. These changes mean that 
investors, rating agencies and other stakeholders may take time to gain 
familiarity with the new standard and to interpret the Group’s business 
performance and dynamics. In addition, comparison with previous 
financial reporting periods will be more challenging in the short term. New 
systems, processes and controls have been developed to align with the 
new IFRS 17 basis and are expected to mature over time. In the short 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

85

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk factors continued

term there may be increased operational risk associated with these new 
systems and processes. 

Apart from IFRS 17, any other changes or modification to IFRS 
accounting policies may also require a change in the way in which 
future results will be determined and/or a retrospective adjustment of 
reported results to ensure consistency.

Investor contribution schemes

e
Various jurisdictions in which Prudential operates have created 
investor compensation schemes that require mandatory contributions 
from market participants in some instances in the event of a failure of 
a market participant. As a major participant in the majority of its 
chosen markets, circumstances could arise in which Prudential, along 
with other companies, may be required to make such contributions.

4.2 The conduct of business in a way that adversely impacts the fair treatment of customers could have a negative 
impact on Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects or on its relations with 
current and potential customers.

In the course of its operations and at any stage of the customer and 
product life cycle, the Group or its intermediaries may conduct 
business in a way that adversely impacts customer outcomes and the 
fair treatment of customers (‘conduct risk’). This may arise through a 
failure to design, provide and promote suitable products and services 
to customers that meet their needs, are clearly explained or deliver 
real value, provide and promote a high standard of customer service, 
appropriately and responsibly manage customer information, or 
appropriately handle and assess complaints. A failure to identify or 
implement appropriate governance and management of conduct risk 
may result in harm to customers and regulatory sanctions and 
restrictions, and may adversely impact Prudential’s reputation and 
brand, its ability to attract and retain customers, its competitiveness, 
and its ability to deliver on its long-term strategy. There is an 
increased focus by regulators and supervisors on customer protection, 
suitability and inclusion across the markets in which the Group 
operates, thereby increasing regulatory compliance and reputational 
risks to the Group in the event the Group is unable to effectively 
implement the regulatory changes and reforms stated in risk factor 
4.1 above.

Prudential is, and in the future may continue to be, subject to legal 
and regulatory actions in the ordinary course of its business on 
matters relevant to the delivery of customer outcomes. Such actions 
relate, and could in the future relate, to the application of current 
regulations or the failure to implement new regulations, regulatory 
reviews of broader industry practices and products sold (including in 
relation to lines of business that are no longer active) in the past 
under acceptable industry or market practices at the time and 
changes to the tax regime affecting products. Regulators may also 
focus on the approach that product providers use to select third-party 
distributors and to monitor the appropriateness of sales made by 
them and the responsibility of product providers for the deficiencies 
of third-party distributors.

There is a risk that new regulations introduced may have a material 
adverse effect on the sales of the products by Prudential and increase 
Prudential’s exposure to legal risks. Any regulatory action arising out 
of the Group’s position as a product provider could have an adverse 
impact on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of 
operations and prospects, or otherwise harm its reputation.

4.3 Litigation, disputes and regulatory investigations may adversely affect Prudential’s business, financial condition, 
cash flows, results of operations and prospects.

Prudential is, and may in the future be, subject to legal actions, 
disputes and regulatory investigations in various contexts, including in 
the ordinary course of its insurance, asset management and other 
business operations. These legal actions, disputes and investigations 
may relate to aspects of Prudential’s businesses and operations that 
are specific to Prudential, or that are common to companies that 
operate in Prudential’s markets. Legal actions and disputes may arise 
under contracts, regulations or from a course of conduct taken by 

Prudential, including class action litigation. Although Prudential 
believes that it has adequately provided in all material respects for 
the costs of litigation and regulatory matters, no assurance can be 
provided that such provisions are sufficient. Given the large or 
indeterminate amounts of damages sometimes sought, other 
sanctions that might be imposed and the inherent unpredictability of 
litigation and disputes, it is possible that an adverse outcome could 
have an adverse effect on Prudential’s business, financial condition, 
cash flows, results of operations and prospects.

86

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

4.4 Changes in tax legislation may result in adverse tax consequences for the Group’s business, financial condition, 
results of operations and prospects.

Tax rules, including those relating to the insurance industry, and their 
interpretation may change, possibly with retrospective effect, in any of the 
jurisdictions in which Prudential operates. Significant tax disputes with tax 
authorities, and any change in the tax status of any member of the Group 
or in taxation legislation or its scope or interpretation could affect 
Prudential’s business, financial condition, results of operations and 
prospects.

The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) is 
currently undertaking a project intended to modernise the global 
international tax system, commonly referred to as Base Erosion and Profit-
Shifting 2.0. The project has two pillars. The first pillar is focused on the 
allocation of taxing rights between jurisdictions for in-scope multinational 
enterprises that sell cross-border goods and services into countries with 
little or no local physical presence. The second pillar is focused on 
developing a global minimum tax rate of 15 per cent applicable to in-
scope multinational enterprises. 

On 8 October 2021 the OECD issued a statement setting out the high-
level principles which have been agreed by over 130 jurisdictions involved 
in the project. Based on the 8 October 2021 OECD statement, Prudential 
does not expect to be affected by proposals under the first pillar given 
they include an exemption for regulated financial services companies. 

On 20 December 2021 the OECD published detailed model rules for 
the second pillar, with implementation of the rules initially envisaged 
by 2023. Due to the complexity of the rules, the implementation date 
was subsequently postponed to commence no earlier than 2024 to 
provide multinational enterprises and tax authorities sufficient time 
to prepare. These rules will apply to the Group when implemented 
into the national law of jurisdictions where it has entities within the 
scope of the rules. On 14 March 2022 the OECD issued detailed 
guidance to assist with interpreting the model rules. As part of the 
OECD’s development of the implementation framework, the OECD 
published guidance on transitional safe harbours on 20 December 
2022, and additional administrative guidance on 2 February 2023, 17 
July 2023 and 18 December 2023 providing further updates and 
clarifications on how to interpret the model rules. The OECD is 
expected to publish further new guidance in 2024 which will affect 
the interpretation of already implemented legislation.  

A number of jurisdictions in which the Group has operations – Japan, 
Korea, Luxembourg, Vietnam and the UK – have implemented either 
a global minimum tax or a domestic minimum tax at a rate of 15 per 
cent, in line with the OECD proposals, effective for 2024 onwards. 
Malaysia has implemented both the global minimum tax and 
domestic minimum tax effective for 2025 onwards. Other 
jurisdictions where Prudential has a taxable presence, including Hong 
Kong, Singapore and Thailand, intend to implement the proposals for 
2025 onwards.  

For those jurisdictions where either a global minimum tax or a 
domestic minimum tax or both have been implemented with effect 
for 2024, no material impact to the Group’s IFRS tax charge for the 
2024 financial year is expected. The implementation of a global 
minimum tax and a domestic minimum tax in Malaysia effective for 
2025 is not expected to have a material impact for the Group’s IFRS 
tax charge for the 2025 financial year. These assessments consider a 
number of factors including whether the transitional safe harbour is 
expected to apply based on the most recent filings of tax returns, 
country-by-country reporting and financial statements of the relevant 
entities. In some jurisdictions a global minimum tax but not a 
domestic minimum tax regime has been implemented and the 
Group’s operations in that jurisdiction will not be subject to the rules 
as they are wholly domestic operations. 

For those jurisdictions, such as Hong Kong and Singapore, where the 
proposals are expected to be implemented with effect from 2025 
onwards, work is ongoing to assess the potential impact and guidance 
will be provided in due course. As a result, the full extent of the long-
term impact on the Group’s business, tax liabilities and profits 
remains uncertain.

In addition to the global minimum tax and domestic minimum tax 
rules, both Korea and Luxembourg have also implemented an 
undertaxed profits rule effective for 2025 onwards. The undertaxed 
profits rule is intended as a backstop provision to deal with 
jurisdictions in case of any delay or not implementing the global 
minimum tax or domestic minimum tax rules. As the rules in Hong 
Kong (where Prudential plc has been tax-resident since 3 March 2023) 
are expected to be in force and would apply to Prudential plc from 
2025, the undertaxed profits rules implemented in Korea and 
Luxembourg are not expected to have any practical application to the 
Group.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

87

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement

Engaging with all stakeholders

UK Companies Act, Section 172 Statement
The Board recognises the importance of taking the interests of its 
stakeholders into consideration when making decisions.

The Directors have acted in a way that they consider, in good faith, 
would be most likely to promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members. This requires each of the Directors to 
have regard, among other matters, to the interests of the Company’s 
employees, the Company’s relationship with customers and suppliers, 
and the impact of the Company’s operations on the wider 
community. This statement sets out how the Directors have had 
regard to the matters set out in Section 172(1)(a)-(f) of the UK 
Companies Act 2006 and details how the Board builds and maintains 
strong relationships with its stakeholders, how it gains an 
understanding of their interests, needs and concerns, and how the 
strength of these relationships contributes to the Company’s success.  
Underlying its relationships with stakeholders are Prudential’s purpose 
and values, which were refreshed by the Board in 2023, as 
communicated in our Half-Year Financial Report.

How Directors are supported in their duties
Upon joining the Board, each Director is provided with an induction 
which includes a detailed briefing on Directors’ duties, including those 
arising under Section 172, and an overview of the Group’s 
stakeholders. 

At each Board meeting, a briefing note reminding Directors of their 
Section 172 duties is made available. In addition, members of the 
management team who submit proposals to the Board for approval 
are required to address the Section 172 criteria in their papers, 
pointing out the potential impact their proposals may have on 
relevant stakeholders, or how stakeholder views have been considered. 
This ensures that members of the Board are sufficiently briefed, and 
that any materials provided support a robust discussion on the impact 
a proposal may have on the Group’s stakeholders. 

A summary of the Board’s stakeholder engagement activities in 2023 
is set out in the following pages.

88

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Case study: 
 purpose and values 

In August 2023, we announced our new purpose – For Every Life, For 
Every Future – reflecting our mission to be the most trusted partner and 
protector for this generation and generations to come, by providing 
simple and accessible health and financial solutions. Alongside this we 
announced new value statements – The PruWay – which define how we 
set out to work together and deliver value for our stakeholders, be it our 
customers, people, shareholders or communities.

The development of our values was conducted in three stages: 
discovery, evidence and testing. The process was led by HR and 
Corporate Affairs, who hosted focus groups with colleagues at all levels 
of the organisation and across our markets.  The Chair and CEO shared 
emerging insights from this work at the Leadership Conference for our 
Top 200 leaders and discussed ideas on how the new approach to 
purpose, values and culture should match the Group’s strategic 
ambitions and respond to changing market dynamics.

Senior leaders, including our Non-executive Directors and GEC members, 
PruYoung professionals, which is our network of employees under 35, 
and HR leaders were interviewed to test multiple purpose statements 
and values to ensure that the messaging and approach was aligned and 
representative of our ambitions for the next chapter of growth for 
Prudential.  Testing was also extended to agency focus groups to ensure 
resonance and alignment with this important group of stakeholders 
representing Prudential externally.

The insights gained from the focus groups and interviews were 
combined with external research from investors and analysts, brand 
perceptions and internal research which included employee surveys, key 
learnings from past leadership conferences, and themes from our 
regional brand health tracker. The key themes and opportunities 
identified included telling a simple and clear story of how we aim to 
achieve our mission to be the most trusted partner and protector for this 
generation and generations to come, differentiation in our markets, 
creating value and ensuring this is underpinned by good governance 
and responsible business practices.

The RSWG and the Board discussed the emerging purpose and values 
and these were approved by the Board in July.

The roll-out began in August, with a series of GEC employee townhalls 
across our markets to embed the values, including operationalising 
changes to ensure we establish an environment where highly engaged 
employees demonstrate behaviour consistent with our desired culture 
and values. An example of this has been reviewing the reward 
methodology across the organisation to reflect our values. 

A Collaboration Jam to discuss our purpose, strategy and The PruWay 
and what they mean for employees in their daily lives was attended by 
more than 7,000 employees, including our Non-executive Directors. 
Following the multi-faceted employee engagement campaign, an 
employee survey conducted in November provided a first reflection on 
how well these value statements have been communicated and are 
resonating with people.  The results from the survey and Collaboration 
Jam were shared with the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group 
who, with the Board, will continue to monitor how values are being 
embedded across the organisation in 2024.

Our stakeholders 
We have a clear strategy that is focused on delivering sustainable 
value for all  stakeholders. Our key stakeholders are our customers, 
employees, shareholders and communities. The Board also engages 
with other stakeholders including the broader workforce, the broader 
investment community, regulators, governments and suppliers. Where 
conflicts between different stakeholder interests arise, we ensure 
these are taken into account and resolved as smoothly as possible, at 
the highest level necessary.

The Chair and management regularly report to the Board on 
interactions with investors, governments and regulators.  Directors are 
also briefed on customer needs as part of regular updates on specific 
parts of the business. During the year, customer needs were central to 
the Board’s discussions, which focused heavily on refreshing the 
Group’s strategy. In addition, Directors participated in employee 
engagement initiatives, while the Board also approved the new 
purpose and value statements, which had been co-created with our 
employees, to align with the Group’s refreshed strategy.

Suppliers
We work with a range of suppliers and 
outsourcing providers to allow us to focus on 
our core business strengths and reduce costs. 
We believe that the conduct of our suppliers 
reflects on us, and has the potential to impact 
our standing, branding and reputation within 
the communities in which we operate. We 
therefore seek to build strong working 
relationships with all our suppliers.

Communities & governments
Governments and policymakers in the markets 
in which we operate are important stakeholders, 
setting and shaping the business and policy 
environment for the products and services  we deliver, 
the investments we make, and the value we can 
generate for individuals, families, communities 
and the wider economy. We contribute to the 
communities where we operate through 
our purpose-driven Sustainability 
Strategy, which is integrated 
into our business.  

Customers
Our customers are at the heart of 
what we do. Our purpose  is to be 
partners for every life and protectors 
for every future. At Prudential, it is our 
mission to be the most trusted partner 
and protector for this generation and  
generations to come, by providing  
simple and accessible financial  
and health solutions. 

Relationships 
with our 
stakeholders

Regulators
Prudential operates in highly 
regulated markets. Regulators 
supervise the insurance and asset 
management industries, promote 
general stability and protect 
policyholders. Prudential is committed 
to maintaining a constructive and 
open relationship with all of its 
regulators to ensure mutual trust, 
respect and understanding.

Employees
Our people are our most important asset  
and their engagement is fundamental to our 
ability to retain our current employees,  
motivate them to achieve success for 
themselves and Prudential and attract future 
talent. To support our strategic goals, the 
Board’s focus is on creating an environment 
where talent thrives and powers growth 
and in which employees can connect,                            

grow and succeed.

Investors
The Board recognises that  regular 
engagement secures investors' 
trust and promotes their ongoing 
investment and support. The 
Board is committed to the long-
term delivery of shareholder 
returns through a combination of 
value appreciation and dividends, 

and to the delivery of credit                                                                                                 

investors' contractual rights to 
servicing and principal. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

89

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement continued

Prudential’s engagement with customers is governed by the 
following principles:  
1. Treat customers fairly, honestly and with integrity. 
2. Provide and promote products and services that meet customer 

needs, are clearly explained and deliver real value.

3. Maintain the confidentiality of our customer information.
4. Provide and promote high standards of customer service. 
5. Act fairly and promptly to address customer complaints and 

any errors we find.

During the year, each of the Group Executive Committee members, 
led by the Chief Executive Officer, participated in meetings with 
customers. This ensured that the voice of the customer was reflected 
in Board discussions.  Discussions on customers form part of each 
meeting of the Group Executive Committee, at which the Group 
Chief Customer & Marketing Officer provides updates on the latest 
customer experience initiatives and seeks the Committee’s steer.

Impact of engagement on Board decision-making 
and outcomes
The outcome of our operational teams’ engagement with 
customers is communicated through the business and used to shape 
the design of our products and how and where we distribute those 
products, and ultimately to inform strategic decisions made at Board 
level. Decisions about which markets to access, what kind of products 
to offer and how to develop our agency force, our bank partnerships 
and our digital capabilities, are all driven by an understanding of 
what customers want, based on engagement with those 
customers. The Board is supporting further development and 
embedding of a customer-centric organisational culture that 
promotes customer advocacy, which in turn will help improve NPS.

Mindful of the impact of macroeconomic trends on the cost of 
living for our customers, the Board monitors persistency trends 
and discusses with management how products and services are 
being adapted to respond to changing customer needs. 

The Board also drove the development of our refreshed strategy 
to more clearly articulate our fundamental value of customers 
being at the heart of everything we do, and has been supporting 
the strengthening and embedding of a consistent Group-wide 
culture that is customer-centric.

Customers

What matters to them
Our customers want a seamless experience, from a trusted 
provider offering comprehensive solutions and products tailored 
to their needs and the stage in their lives.

Engagement metrics
– We are aiming for a top-quartile relationship net promoter 

score (NPS) by 2027.

– To support this ambition, regular NPS surveys  will be carried 

out, led by the Group Executive Committee, and results 
regularly reported to the Board.

How the Board engages and communicates
The Board receives regular reports from business heads on issues 
affecting their customers, including the ongoing impacts of the 
macroeconomic environment and how the business is 
responding to customer needs in individual markets.

As part of the Board’s visit to Prudential Hong Kong Limited, one 
of its material subsidiaries, the Board met with agents to hear 
directly about customer needs and how the Group’s 
propositions, products and services are evolving to meet them. 

The Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) 
focuses on how the Group is demonstrating and embedding its 
customer-centric focus for new and existing customers.  The 
RSWG discussed a refresh of Prudential’s customer strategy 
framework in July, focusing on priorities to facilitate our strategic 
pillar of enhancing customer experiences by becoming our 
customers’ most trusted partner by enriching their life, health 
and wealth journey.  

The Board discussed customer strategy in July, following the 
more detailed RSWG engagement.  This included considering 
the value propositions offered to different customer segments, 
and how Prudential is supporting digitally-enabled customer 
journeys.  Further Board discussions on customer strategy took 
place in December as part of consideration of the operating 
plan for the next three years, and the Board agreed the metrics 
by which it would measure progress.

How the Group engages and communicates
Prudential is committed to evolving from a Group which is 
organised around products and channels to becoming the most 
trusted partner to our customers. Our extensive distribution 
channels enable us to better understand and service our 
customers’ financial needs. At the core of Prudential’s work is 
helping customers achieve their healthcare and financial goals. 

Prudential engages directly with its customers through contact centres, 
dedicated account managers, face-to-face advice (where possible), 
mobile phone apps and telephone technical support teams. 

90

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Investors

What matters to them
Our capital providers are looking for us to provide them with 
operational and financial performance consistent with their 
expectations when they decided to make their investment. 

Engagement metrics
– Ahead of the 2024 AGM, the Chair attended 16 shareholder 
meetings.  She also attended six shareholder meetings earlier 
in the year.

– The Remuneration Committee Chair attended 11 shareholder 
meetings ahead of the 2024 AGM, and 3 meetings with 
investor bodies.

– The Senior Independent Director also held meetings with 
investors and all Directors attended the Annual General 
Meeting (AGM).

– Management held 192 meetings with 244  individual 

institutional investors in Asia, the US, UK and Europe. Of these  
meetings, 162  were attended by either the CEO or CFO. 

How the Board engages and communicates
The Board is made aware of major shareholder matters and 
concerns through a variety of sources including regular reporting 
by the CEO, the CFO and the Chief of Investor Relations.

The Chair holds an annual programme of engagement with 
major shareholders in respect of governance and strategic matters.

The Chair updates the Board on key themes emerging from her 
meetings which, during 2023-2024, included Chief Executive 
succession/transition, Board composition, business performance 
and strategy, key risks and other external factors affecting the 
share price, and sustainability topics.

The Remuneration Committee Chair conducts a separate annual 
engagement programme with key shareholders and proxy 
agencies on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and its 
implementation.  She reports to the Remuneration Committee in 
detail on the feedback from shareholders and to the Board on 
key themes.  The Remuneration Committee’s advisers also 
provide updates on major investor and proxy agency views 
which the Committee takes into account in its decision-making.

The Senior Independent Director (SID) and Committee Chairs 
offer separate meetings to major investors.  In 2023, Philip 
Remnant wrote to major shareholders to offer introductory 
meetings with the incoming SID, Jeremy Anderson, and himself.

The Group’s 2023 AGM adopted a hybrid approach, which allowed 
shareholders to attend either in person or online.  All Board members 
attended the AGM in person.  Prudential will continue to offer 
this hybrid approach, which allows the greatest flexibility for all 
shareholders across both the UK and Hong Kong.  Our 2024 Annual 
General Meeting will be held in Hong Kong as a hybrid meeting. 

In addition, Prudential will offer a separate event in London for 
shareholder engagement in person with the Chair, the Chief 
Executive Officer and management later in the year.  More details 
will be shared with shareholders separately.

Looking forward, the Board is considering conducting an investor 
perception audit during 2024 to deepen its understanding of 
the views of existing and potential investors.

How the Group engages and communicates
The Group seeks to maintain an open and active dialogue with 
investors. This ensures that the Group’s strategy is well 
understood by the market and that investors’ perspectives and 
concerns are communicated to the Board.

These meetings took a variety of forms in 2023 including one-
on-one and group sessions, participation in panels, and walking 
tours organised in some cases by brokers. In Hong Kong, the 
Group carried out extensive face-to-face, online and radio 
interactions with stock commentators and retail brokers. In 
Europe, the Group uses a specialist firm to access under-serviced 
institutions, retail stockbrokers and private wealth management 
offices.

In 2023, investor engagement focused particularly on the 
introduction of the new Chief Executive Officer, the Group’s 
subsequent strategic update, and supporting analysts and 
investors with understanding the new IFRS 17 accounting 
framework. 

Investor relations activity in 2024 will continue to focus on 
communicating the Group’s investment story and particularly 
progress in the execution of our updated strategy.  

We continue to take active steps to support an increase in liquidity on 
the Hong Kong line of stock (ticker 2378 HK), including moving 
equity issuance under share schemes for employees and agents 
to the Hong Kong line where possible. We are engaging with 
both the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and market participants to 
achieve faster and lower-cost transfers of shareholdings from the 
London line.

Nearly half of our coverage analysts are now located in the Asia 
region and actively cover our Asian regional peers. We will 
continue working with Asian-based research franchises to 
support and build coverage of the stock by those located close 
to our operating markets. At the same time we continue to 
provide support to the European research teams.

Impact of engagement on Board decision-making 
and outcomes
The Board regularly discusses investor views as part of its 
decision-making and seeks to deliver long-term sustainable value 
for investors, whilst also taking into account the interests of other 
stakeholders.  Regular engagement with investors by the Chair 
and management, with time allocated in each scheduled Board 
meeting for the reporting of feedback, ensured that in 2023 
investor views were heard in the boardroom and that the Board’s 
strategy and approach to key decisions were understood by 
investors.

The Remuneration Committee Chair provided detailed briefings 
to the Remuneration Committee and, where appropriate, the full 
Board on matters raised by investors.  Feedback from investors 
forms a key part in the Committee’s formulation of the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy and its implementation.  

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

91

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement continued

Employees

What matters to them
Our workforce is looking for a positive working environment 
where they belong and feel valued, can thrive and are able to 
progress their careers.

Engagement metrics
– 95 per cent participation in employee survey conducted in 

January 2023; 

– 87 per cent participation in snap survey conducted in 

November 2023; and

– Targeting top quartile employee engagement.

How the Board engages and communicates
The Board and management use a range of formal and 
informal methods to engage, communicate with and 
understand the views of the workforce. The Board has chosen 
to adopt a collective approach to employee engagement, led 
by the RSWG. This enables Directors to interact directly with 
the workforce, hear their views and questions, and help embed 
the organisational culture. The Board is satisfied that the 
current arrangements are effective and will continue to 
monitor them on a periodic basis. 

The RSWG along with other Non-executive Directors 
participated in workforce engagement activities.  Key 
engagement activities included:

– Attendance by the Chair of the RSWG, George Sartorel, and 
Arijit Basu at Diversity & Inclusion (D&I) Council meetings; 
– Attendance by the Chair of the Board at townhall meetings and  
leadership team meetings in Hong Kong and at local offices; 

– Various Non-executive Directors attended graduation 

ceremonies of Prudential’s flagship leadership development 
programme; 

– Non-executive Directors participated in the 2023 

Collaboration Jam;

– As part of the Board visit to Prudential Hong Kong Limited in 
April, the Board spent time with local and Group management 
teams and talent, as well as with agency leaders; and

– Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff and Jeanette Wong visited our 
Indonesia and Singapore offices for various meetings with the 
local leadership teams and informal events with top talent.  

In addition to its direct engagement with the workforce, the 
Board receives regular updates on employee matters from the 
Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Human Resources Officer 
and local business leaders. The Board, supported by the RSWG, 
oversees Prudential's people strategy and receives updates on 
talent development and people metrics. The RSWG reviews in 
detail the output from employee engagement surveys and the 
Collaboration Jam, a crowd-sourced conversation online, 
supported by our external advisers HSM, and discusses follow-
up actions with management. This is also discussed at Board 
meetings.

The RSWG is regularly updated on the D&I Council’s 
meetings and the Group’s D&I initiatives. Through 
attendance at D&I Council meetings, Non-executive 
Directors have been able to experience directly how the  

92

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Group is fulfilling its role and gain a better understanding of the 
progress being made and an appreciation of different initiatives in 
support of the Group’s goal to empower employees and create a 
sense of belonging through respect and appreciation of differences.

How the Group engages and communicates
Prudential is committed to creating an inclusive environment which 
welcomes commonalities and values differences. We therefore 
endeavour to provide a work environment that is free from all forms 
of discrimination and harassment, including those based on race, 
gender, religion, colour, national or ethnic origin, marital status, 
sexual orientation, age, disability or any other characteristic 
protected by law. This also means that Prudential is an equal 
opportunity employer. 

The Group engages with the workforce throughout the year.  
Highlights include employee surveys and the Collaboration Jam. 
These surveys provide valuable insights into employees’ sense of 
belonging and their key priorities, alongside areas for further 
improvement. 

Prudential offers leadership development programmes across the 
Group, designed to deepen participants’ self-awareness and 
empower them to lead with authenticity and purpose.   

Prudential’s D&I Council is co-chaired by the Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer and the Chief Human Resources Officer and 
comprises leaders from across the Group.  It is responsible for 
defining a global D&I strategy, promoting and championing D&I 
initiatives in the various businesses, and challenging the organisation.

Extensive engagement of employees took place as part of the 
development and roll-out of the new purpose and values (see case 
study on purpose and values).

Impact of engagement on Board decision-making and 
outcomes
The Board and RSWG discussed with management the output of the 
annual employee engagement survey and the Collaboration Jam and how 
feedback was being addressed in people initiatives. They also received 
regular updates on people issues and discussed with management the 
ongoing initiatives to support the workforce, including support for staff 
wellbeing, embedding the Group’s values throughout the organisation, and 
developing talent and a diverse and inclusive workplace.  

> For more information, please refer to pages 50 to 55 of the 
Sustainability Report.

Members of the RSWG and other Non-executive Directors spent time with 
employees to hear from them directly and shared feedback with the Board.

Through their engagements, the Board has gained deeper insight into: the 
Group’s operations across different markets; the strengths of the local 
businesses and the challenges they face; how well the Group’s updated 
culture and values are embedded within the leadership and across the 
business; and other issues affecting employees.  Conversely, employees 
have had an opportunity to gain a better understanding of the Board’s 
perspective and areas of interest, and to provide direct feedback on matters 
of importance to them or their area of the business.

 
Regulators

What matters to them
Our regulators protect customers’ interests and set the 
framework within which Prudential operates as a financial 
services group. They regulate and supervise the insurance and 
asset management industries, promote their general stability 
and protect policyholders and other customers. 

Engagement metrics
– The Board met with the Hong Kong Insurance Authority 
(IA) to receive feedback from the Regulatory College.

How the Board engages and communicates
In March 2023, the Board received a detailed presentation by 
the Hong Kong IA on its observations and expectations 
following the Regulatory College of Supervisors in late 2022, 
which is an annual event attended by regulators from the key 
markets in which we operate.  Following the presentation, the 
Board discussed and agreed the feedback to the annual 
College letter.

In November 2023, members of the Board and the Group 
Executive Committee (GEC) engaged in discussions with the 
Regulatory College of Supervisors. This was an important 
opportunity for members of the Board to engage directly with 
regulators in the Group’s key markets and to hear first hand 
their concerns and priority areas of focus. Feedback from the 
Regulatory College of Supervisors will be shared with the 
Board in 2024.

The Board received regular updates throughout the year on 
our significant engagements with the Hong Kong IA and 
other key regulators. The Risk Committee oversaw progress in 
addressing the observations in the 2022 Regulatory College 
letter.

Case study: strategy

In the first six months of joining Prudential, the new CEO’s key 
focus was undertaking a thorough strategic and operational 
review of the Group, meeting with employees, customers, 
distributors, partners, regulators, investors and other capital 
providers. 

The outcome of the review was a refreshed strategy to deliver 
on the Group’s purpose ‘For Every Life, For Every Future’. The 
strategy is underpinned by three strategic pillars, which are in 
turn supported by three group-wide enablers. The Board was 
engaged throughout the review conducting deep dives into each 
of the strategic pillars and enablers and considering how the 
refreshed strategy created sustainable value for different 
stakeholder groups, in particular customers, employees, 
shareholders and communities.

How the Group engages and communicates
Prudential operates in highly regulated markets and is committed 
to maintaining a constructive and open relationship with all of 
its regulators to ensure mutual trust, respect and understanding.

Prudential Corporation Asia Limited is a designated insurance 
holding company under the Hong Kong Insurance Authority’s 
(IA) Insurance Ordinance and is subject to the Hong Kong IA’s 
Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework. 

GEC members (in particular the Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer) and other key persons in control functions meet with the 
Hong Kong IA on a periodic basis and an agreed range of Board 
management information is shared with the Hong Kong IA. 
Discussions cover areas such as capital, risk management, 
updates on key projects, leadership changes, and governance 
issues impacting Prudential and the industry.

In addition, our local businesses communicate and engage with 
their local regulators as required in order to maintain 
constructive and open relationships. 

Impact of engagement on Board decision-making 
and outcomes
Feedback from engagement with the Hong Kong IA drives focus 
areas for the Risk team and helps shape the annual schedule of 
business for the Board and its principal committees, in particular 
the Risk and Audit Committees. 

During 2023, the Board discussed and approved various matters 
and documents required under the GWS Framework, including 
the Group’s Own Risk and Solvency Assessment. 

Within the strategy approved by the Board in July 2023, and 
announced in August, were defined success metrics for each of 
these key stakeholder groups: customer NPS, employee NPS, 
financial growth targets, and an updated carbon reduction 
target. Following the announcement, management undertook 
an extensive programme of investor engagement to discuss the 
strategy and its execution; the Chair also engaged investors for 
their views on the strategy in her annual engagement 
programme. Management held a series of townhall meetings 
across our markets to launch the refreshed strategy, purpose 
and values with employees.

Over 2024, the Board will continue to monitor the execution of 
the strategy against the agreed success metrics for the different 
stakeholder groups and a more detailed dashboard of financial 
and non-financial metrics. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

93

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement continued

Communities and governments

What matters to them
Governments shape the business environment that affects how 
companies contribute to the local economy and societies, how 
governments interact at the international level shapes the wider 
operating environment for Prudential as a global business.

The Board also engages through the CEO. As part of his 
introduction as CEO in 2023, Anil Wadhwani undertook a range 
of market visits and met relevant government ministers and 
regulators to understand their perspectives and priorities as he 
developed our strategy refresh.  

The Board considered sustainability as a key enabler of the 
strategy refresh in August. The Board approved a new weighted 
average carbon intensity (WACI) reduction target of 55 per cent 
by 2030 as well as a sustainability-linked KPI for all people 
managers by 2026. 

> For more information, please refer to the Sustainability Report.

The Risk Committee oversees external climate-related 
commitments and reporting against the TCFD. The Risk 
Committee also considered and approved a new approach to 
transition financing and received regular updates on key 
initiatives and progress against climate priorities and external 
developments. 

The RSWG oversees our community engagement and investment 
activities on behalf of the Board. In 2023, the RSWG received 
updates on the activities of the Prudence Foundation and its 
strategic focus for 2024, and discussed the alignment of the 
Foundation's activities to the Group Sustainability strategy and 
how to assess the impact of its activities.

Communities in which we operate are affected by Prudential, 
including at a societal and environmental level.  Communities 
want sustainable businesses that benefit the local community.  

Engagement metrics
– 11 market visits by the CEO;
– 5 market visits and 4 major international climate-finance 

related Summits by the Chair; and

– Prudential invested $13 million in community programmes 

during 2023.

How the Board engages and communicates
The Board regularly receives and discusses reporting on 
government, (geo)political and regulatory developments from 
the Chief Government Relations & Policy Officer.

On behalf of the Board, the Chair engages with key government 
stakeholders in a number of ways throughout the year, including 
bilateral meetings and at public events. Examples include 
meetings and engagements with government officials and 
regulators, including in and from Hong Kong, Beijing, Shanghai, 
the Philippines, Cambodia, Singapore, India, the UK, the US, the 
EU and Vietnam. 

Engagement also took place in international fora and with 
international regulatory bodies, standard setters, and multilateral 
development banks, including at and during COP28, New York 
Climate Week, the Paris Summit for a New Global Financial Pact, 
and the Windsor Climate Finance Mobilisation Forum; and 
through the Chair’s Board membership of the Institute for 
International Finance (IIF). 

Areas of discussion during 2023 included: 

– Insurance sector development;
– Capital market development;
– Healthcare access and insurance; 
– Financial inclusion;
– Climate change and sustainable finance; and
– Technology and innovation.

94

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Impact of engagement on Board decision-making 
and outcomes
Engagement with governments contributes to better 
understanding and analysis at Board deliberations of the role we 
can play in our chosen markets and the impact of public policy 
and regulation on our strategy, the design and delivery of our 
products and services, and our investments. It helps to inform 
the Board’s opportunity and risk analysis and improves 
understanding of where we can contribute to public policy goals.

In the critical area of climate change, engagement with 
governments and wider society has informed our approach to 
our Sustainability strategy and specifically the pathways for 
each of our markets, the challenges and opportunities, and the 
realities of securing a just energy transition alongside wider 
development goals. 

> For more information on our sustainability strategy, goals and 
actions, please refer to page 6 of the Sustainability Report.

Communities and governments 

How the Group engages and communicates
Governments
We engage with governments in a number of ways, 
both directly and through industry and membership 
organisations. This engagement helps us to better understand 
and inform approaches to international and local-level policy 
and regulations, and to support and contribute to sector and 
economic developments across the markets in which we 
operate. 

Through 2023, we benefited from opportunities to meet with 
governments and policymakers from across Asia and Africa to 
discuss their priorities, including for insurance and asset 
management, financial inclusion, climate change and 
sustainable finance, pandemic recovery, healthcare and 
technology. An example of local advocacy was Prudential 
convening industry dialogues on climate health and financial 
risks in the Philippines with local insurance and financial 
regulators. Through partnerships with the British Chamber of 
Commerce in Vietnam and non-profits like the Climate Bonds 
Initiative (CBI), Prudential also organised workshops on local 
transition investment, such as exploring how financing 
mechanisms like Vietnamese thematic bonds can mobilise 
capital for the transition to net zero by 2050. 

> For more information, please refer to page 66 of the 
Sustainability Report.

Wider communities
Our approach to community investment and engagement is 
guided by our Group-wide Community Investment Policy and 
the Group’s Sustainability strategy. The Prudence Foundation 
regularly reviews our strategy and funding for community 
investment programmes with the aim of maximising positive 
outcomes in the regions where we operate. For example, a fund 
which had been established for Covid-related community 
assistance was transitioned to the PRU Community Health Fund, 
and allocated to various businesses for the purpose of 
identifying and supporting health initiatives.

Prudential engaged at COP28 with a particular focus on 
transition finance and the role of the private sector in supporting 
a just and inclusive transition in emerging markets; and 
supported existing partnerships such as the UN-convened Net 
Zero Asset Owner Alliance, Insurance Development Forum and 
High Level Champions.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

95

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Section 172 and stakeholder engagement continued

Suppliers

What matters to them
Our suppliers look for mutually beneficial business relationships 
and reliable business partners.

Engagement metrics
– Circa 13,000 suppliers supporting our businesses across Asia, 

Africa and the UK;

– Circa 180 staff attended modern slavery risk awareness 
training across our markets, with representation from 
procurement managers, risk assessors, legal teams and 
sustainability representatives;

– Average time to pay invoices 29 days in the UK; and
– In the UK, over 203 small suppliers have been paid within 10 
days since launch of our Small Supplier Accelerated Payment 
Scheme, with payments of over £3.5 million in 2023 to bring 
the total since launch to £24 million.

How the Board engages and communicates
The Board approves agreements with major suppliers and 
receives  updates on key supplier relationships as part of 
operational and business reviews focusing on various parts of 
the Group. 

Key strategic supplier relationships are also considered as part of 
the strategy and operational plan discussed and approved by 
the Board annually.

The Board, supported by the RSWG, reviews and approves the 
Group’s Modern Slavery statement annually.

How the Group engages and communicates
Prudential uses third-party suppliers and outsourcing providers to 
allow us to focus on our core business strengths and reduce 
costs. 

We use a Group Third-Party Supply and Outsourcing Policy 
(known as the GTPSO) consistently throughout the Group to 
ensure we articulate clearly how we work with suppliers and our 
expectations of them. The policy is a core part of our system of 
governance. It sets out our position on supply chain 
management, outlining our approach to due diligence, selection 
criteria, contractual requirements and ongoing monitoring of our 
supplier relationships. The policy also supports compliance with 
the Hong Kong IA’s Group-wide Supervision Outsourcing 
guidelines.

Modern slavery
Prudential is committed to ensuring that slavery, human 
trafficking, child labour or any other abuse of human rights has 
no place in our organisation or supply chain. Management 
continues to carry out a range of activities to enhance the 
Group’s approach to modern slavery, not least through 
responsible supplier risk assessments and due diligence 
requirements within the GTPSO. Our systems include due 
diligence checks to assess the risk of dealing with a supplier that 
may be engaged in malpractice. We pay particular attention to 
low-skilled labour areas which are known 'hot spots’ for modern 
slavery, such as cleaning, catering or guarding. 

96

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Our Responsible Supplier Guidelines further promote the 
development of a sustainable and ethical supply chain, with 
 particular emphasis on conducting due diligence on a service 
provider’s position and compliance with human rights, ethical 
and safe labour practices and local labour laws and wage 
standards for spend in categories considered to be of higher risk.

Payment terms
In order to demonstrate Prudential’s ongoing commitment 
to supporting its supply chain, Prudential continued to provide 
payment assistance in 2023 to our small suppliers.

Prudential’s standard contractual payment terms in the UK 
provide for payment to suppliers within 30 days after the invoice 
date. For smaller suppliers with under 100 employees, our Small 
Supplier Accelerated Payment Scheme aims to pay suppliers in 
as little as 10 days after the invoice date. 

Impact of engagement on Board decision-making 
and outcomes
In 2023, we further enhanced the GTPSO to drive consistent use 
of our procurement and third-party risk management system, 
Coupa, to ensure that our third-party risk management 
framework is consistently applied. The policy was enhanced by 
introducing an updated third-party risk assessment 
methodology that is clearer in identifying elevated risks, 
strengthens risk monitoring and remediation processes, 
emphasises market tendering requirements and further clarifies 
the roles and responsibilities of key functions and stakeholders 
across the Company. 

Through the introduction of the new Responsible Supplier 
Guidelines in 2022, Prudential has sought to increasingly 
introduce the same measures deployed in the UK to our Asia 
and Africa supply chain. For more information, please refer to 
our most recent Modern Slavery Statement on our website. We 
also introduced measures to understand a supplier’s position on 
ethical labour standards, health and safety and equal 
opportunities for our material suppliers and those that provide 
services in areas deemed to pose higher modern slavery risks.

We remain committed to learning how to improve our own due 
diligence and monitoring and engaged an external party to 
conduct a review to compare Prudential’s best practices to those 
of other pan-Asian insurers and identify improvements.

In December 2023, Group Procurement conducted modern 
slavery risk awareness training in partnership with a non-profit 
organisation that focuses on these issues. The training provided 
an overview of modern slavery and raised awareness on where 
and how these issues may exist in the Group’s supply chain, 
along with how these risks can be mitigated and monitored and 
the type of positive actions that can be taken to remediate 
them.

The Board approved updates to Prudential’s Code of Conduct in 
2023 and expects that external stakeholders, including suppliers, 
abide by principles consistent with those of Prudential.  
Prudential chooses to partner only with those who can meet our 
rigorous ethical standards.

Sustainability

Sustainability for Real-world Impact 
and Long-term Resilience

Our commitment to sustainability is 
embedded in our company purpose 

For Every Life, For Every Future, 

reflected in our values and underpins our business strategy. 
Our mission is to be the most trusted partner and protector for 
this generation and generations to come, by providing simple 
and accessible financial and health solutions.

Our strategy goes beyond managing environmental, social and governance (ESG) risks

As individuals and as an 
organisation, we want to 
contribute to a greener, more 
inclusive, and responsible 
future for our customers, 
people, shareholders and the 
communities in which we 
operate.

Our activities in 2023 
provide good examples of 
how we are delivering for the 
next chapter of growth and 
taking proactive steps to 
achieve our sustainability 
ambition.

As we evolve our terminology 
to use the more 
comprehensive umbrella of 
‘sustainability’, we 
demonstrate our ambition to 
run a sustainable business 
that has real-world impact 
and builds long-term 
resilience.

In 2024, we will be taking a 
strategic and integrated 
approach to sustainability, 
tracking ourselves against key 
metrics to hold ourselves 
accountable to all our 
stakeholders.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

97

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Our refreshed sustainability strategy
From ESG to sustainability
As our approach to sustainability has evolved, how we talk about 
sustainability has evolved too. We view sustainability as a clear driver 
of value for our business and society. Our holistic approach involves 
enhancing the impact of our products and services and shaping the 
future of sustainability in some of the largest markets in the world. 
To that end, we are now using the term sustainability as an all-
encompassing term that signifies the creation of value and growth 
through the positive impact we are having in our markets. 

Our sustainability purpose and strategy
As a life and health insurance provider and long-term investor in Asia 
and Africa, we are committed to playing our part in increasing access 
to affordable health and financial protection, enabling a just and 
inclusive transition to a low-carbon future and paving the way to long-
term resilience for our customers, people, communities and 
shareholders.

Our sustainability strategy is core to who we are as a business and our 
purpose 'For Every Life, For Every Future' speaks to our ambition to 
deliver real-world impact in the markets where we operate for a more 
sustainable, responsible and inclusive future. 

Our refreshed sustainability strategy is centred on three pillars that 
reflect who we are as a business. They are simple and accessible 
health and financial protection, responsible investment and 
sustainable business. Each pillar has three key priorities that map out 
our opportunities for impact. Good governance and responsible 
business practices form the critical foundation across the strategy. 

As guardians of our customers’ and shareholders’ assets, we consider 
all material risks, including ESG risks, in fulfilling our fiduciary duty. 

Our sustainability strategy actively places the considerations of 
emerging markets at the forefront, reflecting the needs of many of 
the markets in which we operate. There is broad recognition of the 
need to manage the energy transition in a just and inclusive way, yet 
there is limited emphasis in mainstream discussions on exactly how 
difficult this process for emerging markets can be. They are currently 
the largest greenhouse gas emitters, but have historically contributed 
the least, have the largest financing gaps and are most vulnerable to 
the physical impacts of climate change. With our sustainability 
strategy we aim to bridge the gap between developed and emerging 
markets. 

Affordability is still a key hurdle for many in emerging markets to 
access health and financial protection. As a result, we strive to provide 
more affordable products and solutions to help close the health and 
protection gaps between emerging and developed markets. By 
putting our customers at the centre of our product development 
process, we aim to adapt to changing demographics and meet the 
evolving needs of our customers.

98

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Sustainability strategy

Ambition

Purpose

Pillars
> See page 108
> See page 110
> See page 114

Priorities

Sustainability for real-world impact and long-term resilience

For Every Life, For Every Future

Simple and accessible health
and financial protection
Increase access to health and 
financial protection for every life

Responsible investment
Enable a just and inclusive 
transition to net zero for every 
future

Delivering partnerships and 
digital innovation for health 
outcomes
Drive positive health outcomes 
through partnerships and digital 
innovation

Developing sustainable and 
inclusive offerings
Develop sustainable and 
inclusive offerings to increase 
access to protection for 
underserved customer needs 
and communities

Decarbonising our portfolio
Committed to decarbonise our 
portfolio and become a net zero 
asset owner by 2050

Financing a just and inclusive 
transition
Financing a just and inclusive 
transition with emerging markets 
considerations at the forefront

Sustainable business
Embed sustainability into our 
business operations and value 
chain to amplify the pace and 
scale of our impact

Empowering our people
Empower our talent pool by 
upgrading their sustainability 
capabilities and advancing our 
diversity, equity, inclusion and 
belonging strategy

Establishing sustainable 
operations and value chain
Embed sustainability in our 
day-to-day operations as a 
business, including with our 
suppliers and partners

Building resilient communities
Support the communities in which 
we operate, building resilience 
through the work of our business 
units and Prudence Foundation

Mainstreaming responsible 
investments in emerging 
markets
Leverage our influences as asset 
owner to mainstream responsible 
investments in emerging markets

Harnessing thought leadership 
to shape the agenda
Leverage our advocacy power to 
shape a sustainability agenda 
that places emerging markets 
considerations at the forefront

Foundation

New targets

Good governance and responsible business practices: 
Corporate governance, conduct and ethics, risk management, 
external reporting and benchmarking 

55% weighted 
average carbon intensity 
(WACI) reduction 
by 2030

Developed new internal 
investment target on 
financing the transition, as 
an underpin to the WACI 
reduction target

40% female representation 
in Group Leadership Team 
by the end of 2026

All people managers 
to have sustainability-
linked KPIs by the 
end of 2026

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

99

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Targets
We have committed to becoming a net zero1 asset owner by 2050 and have set shorter-term targets in line with the recommendations of the 
Paris Agreement. When we refreshed our sustainability strategy to align with our new business strategy, we also set additional targets around 
responsible investment and sustainable business and put measurement processes in place to obtain data and set baselines. 

Our targets and progress

Targets

Responsible investment

Timing

Board’s evaluation of progress

By 2030

 On track: 

Deliver a 55% reduction in the carbon emissions* 
intensity of our investment portfolio† by 2030 against 
our 2019 baseline

During 2023 we reduced the weighted average 
carbon intensity (WACI) of our portfolio by 50% 
against the 2019 baseline 

By 2030

New target

Internal investment target on financing the transition 
to a lower-carbon future. (Note: This is a critical 
underpin for the WACI reduction target and is linked to 
our executive remuneration) 

Engage with the companies responsible for 65% of 
absolute emissions in our investment portfolio

Ongoing

 Fully met: 

Deliver a 25% reduction in our operational emissions 
intensity from a 2016 baseline, and abating the 
remaining emissions via carbon offsetting initiatives, to 
become carbon neutral across our Scope 1 and 2 
(market-based) emissions by the end of 2030

Sustainable business

This is an ongoing annual target, which we have fully 
met in 2023 for the identified cohort of companies

By 2030

 On track: 

We achieved an intensity ratio of 0.95 tCO2e/FTE for 
2023, putting us on track to meet our 2030 target of 
1.65 tCO2e/FTE

Employ 35% of women in senior management‡ by the 
end of 2023

By 2023

Fully met
At 31 December 2023, the representation was 35%, 
in line with our 2023 target

Ensure 40% of women in Group Leadership Team§ by 
the end of 2026

All people managers to have sustainability-linked KPIs 
by 2026

By 2026

New target

By 2026

New target

*  Carbon emissions refers to carbon dioxide equivalent emissions (CO2e) per the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol, including carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous 

oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) and nitrogen trifluoride (NF3).

†  Our investment portfolio (’investment portfolio’) includes both listed equities and corporate bonds in all shareholder and policyholder assets, while excluding assets held by 
joint venture businesses and assets in unit-linked funds as we do not have full authority to change the investment strategies of these. Further information is provided in the 
Basis of Reporting.

‡  The senior management definition was previously defined as all senior managers who represent the most pivotal roles in our Group below the Group Executive Committee 

(GEC). It excludes the Chair, Executive Directors, and GEC members.

§  Group Leadership Team (GLT) is defined as the direct reports of all GEC members, all CEOs of our Life businesses and their direct reports, all CEOs of our Eastspring 

businesses, and select roles that are essential in delivering our strategy.

(1) In the context of Prudential, net zero and carbon neutral have the following meanings: 1. ‘Net zero’, in regard to greenhouse gas emissions, refers to a state by which the 

greenhouse gases going into the atmosphere are reduced as close to zero as possible and any residual emissions are balanced by removals from the atmosphere. When 
translating these emissions to the activities in the value chain of an organisation, net zero is a state in which the activities of the value chain for an organisation result in net 
zero greenhouse gas emissions, in a time frame consistent with the Paris Agreement. 2. ‘Carbon neutral’ for an organisation refers to relying on carbon offsets to balance its 
value chain’s greenhouse gas emissions, whereas net zero refers to prioritising reductions in an organisation’s value chain greenhouse gas emissions to as close to zero as 
possible. Only then are any residual emissions balanced by removals from the atmosphere.

The above performance against targets is as of 31 December 2023. The Board will continue to review and evolve this as the Group progresses on 
its sustainability journey to consider evolving scientific data and stakeholder expectations. 

100

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Approach to sustainability reporting
We have observed our obligations under: (i) sections 414CA and 
414CB of the UK Companies Act 2006; (ii) the UK’s Financial Conduct 
Authority’s Listing Rules in respect of climate-related disclosures; and 
(iii) the ESG Reporting Guide contained in Appendix C2 to the Rules 
Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong 
Kong Limited (HKEX). The HKEX sets out five reporting principles, 
which we have addressed as follows:

Materiality

Quantitative

Consistency

Balance

Reporting boundary

The process of materiality assessment 
and stakeholder engagement is outlined 
in the Materiality assessment section 
below.

Consistent with our approach in 2022, 
metrics have been provided in compliance 
with the HKEX requirements and 
voluntary adoption of the SASB 
Insurance Standard. An index to this 
report covers HKEX and SASB Insurance 
requirements.

The FY23 report is consistent with the 
FY22 report to support compatibility.

We have endeavoured to provide an 
unbiased account of our performance 
and to use objective presentation 
formats.

Consistent with previous years, the 
scope of the report, and data therein is 
available in the Basis of Reporting, and 
excludes joint venture partnerships, 
notably our joint ventures in India and 
China, and the Takaful business in 
Malaysia, unless otherwise stated.

We have made disclosures consistent with the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations 
and recommended disclosures (see TCFD index in this Annual 
Report). In line with our ‘comply or explain’ obligation under the 
UK’s Financial Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules, we can confirm 
that we have made disclosures consistent with the TCFD 
recommendations and recommended disclosures in this Annual 
Report. Our TCFD disclosures also meet the new climate-related 
financial disclosure requirements contained in section 414CB of the 
Companies Act 2006.

In 2023, Prudential continued participating in the Climate Change 
questionnaire of CDP, scoring B (2022: A-). This was due in part to 
survey changes, as CDP asks financial institutions to quantify revenue 
and costs aligned with their climate transition, consistent with 
strengthening global sustainability reporting framework requirements. 
To address this moving forward, we are looking to prepare for 
alignment with the International Sustainability Standards Board 
(ISSB) disclosures (particularly the new S2 Climate Standard), and 
report on climate-related disclosures through this lens once it 
becomes mandatory. 

In line with HKEX guidance, the Group has sought limited assurance 
on select indicators covering Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 financed 
emissions, community investment cash contributions and employee 
diversity as per the prior year. We appointed EY LLP (EY) to provide 
limited independent assurance over these. EY will be the Group’s 
external auditor from FY2023. In 2023, we also strengthened our 
internal procedures for verification of our disclosures covering non-
financial statements to improve the accuracy of our information.  

Rising to the climate challenge
Protecting the future is at the very core of Prudential’s purpose: 'For 
Every Life, For Every Future'. And a future where everyone can thrive 
relies on limiting the human impact of climate change. Therefore, we 
are strongly committed to facilitating a just and inclusive net zero 
transition that fosters sustainable growth and promotes economic 
wellbeing within the communities we serve. Doing so will involve 
keeping capital in countries that currently rely heavily on fossil fuels to 
ensure they have vital funds to invest in lower-carbon transformation.

Climate change is an issue that cuts across all pillars of our sustainability 
strategy and our business, and we will coordinate our efforts across 
responsible investment, products and services, engagement and 
advocacy, and our own operations, to achieve our climate ambitions. 

In March 2023, we published our first Climate Transition Plan. It sets 
out our approach to fulfilling our climate-related commitments and 
details the specific actions we will take and the metrics that will guide 
us on the path to net zero. Updates to our Climate Transition Plan are 
integrated within the Responsible investment and Sustainable 
business sections of the Sustainability Report 2023. Both the 
Sustainability Report and Annual Report contain an index to show  
alignment with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-
related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). 

Further climate-related information in this report

> TCFD disclosures, pages 119

> TCFD reference tables, pages 137

> Responsible investment information, pages 110

> Environmental metrics, pages 126

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

101

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Materiality assessment
To deliver sustainable value in the long term, we need to align with our 
shareholder and stakeholder expectations. In 2022, we carried out a 
robust materiality assessment based on structured stakeholder 
engagement. This included formal surveys and interviews with 
customers, distributors and employees. Via this process, we explored a 
range of issues, risks and opportunities, focusing on where we can 
create positive impact through our products, services and initiatives. In 
2023, after reviewing the findings, assessing external trends and 
holding regular dialogues with key stakeholders, we concluded that 
the findings remained relevant. 

Materiality assessment process 2023
Step 1: Identify and define material topics
We reviewed the 21 topics from 2022 that were drawn from prior 
material topics, HKEX and SASB requirements, and peer reviews.

Step 2: Prioritise topics based on stakeholder views
Prioritisation was based on the assessment carried out in 2022, which 
was informed by regular interaction with stakeholders, as well as 
formal ESG surveys with nearly 1,000 customers, more than 1,000 
employees, and over 7,000 agency distributors. 

Step 3: Analyse and evaluate 
We analysed and evaluated the 2022 outcomes and determined that 
the topics are still relevant to our business and remain important areas 
of concern for our stakeholders. 

Step 4: Validation and approval by senior management
The final step of our materiality assessment involved validation and 
approval from senior management via the governance of our Group 
Sustainability Committee and Responsibility & Sustainability Working 
Group (RSWG). 

Materiality matrix
Our assessment identified 21 topics and ranked them as either high, medium or emerging priority. The topics are 
mapped according to their importance to stakeholders and Prudential’s business, and their impact on the 
economy, environment and society. Our high-priority material topics are consistent with our findings in 2022. 

102

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Understanding our impact 
Stakeholder engagement
The table below provides an overview of the different stakeholder groups we continue to engage with, how we have engaged with them, what 
their key areas of interest are and our response to these.

Rating agencies

Employees

Mode of engagement
Annual meetings 

Topics of interest or concern where indicated
 by the stakeholder group
– Climate change 
– Inclusive products and services 
– Responsible investment
– Diversity, inclusion and belonging
– Responsible procurement practices 
– Data privacy and cyber security

Mode of engagement
– Employee engagement surveys 
– Collaboration Jam 
– Townhalls
– GEC roadshows 

Topics of interest or concern where indicated 
by the stakeholder group
– Responsible environmental practices
– Financial literacy
– Responsible investment 
– Climate change 
– Employment, recruitment and rewards
– Diversity, equity and inclusion in the workplace

Governments and regulators

Investors

Mode of engagement
– Roundtables
– Consultations
– Public events
– Regulatory colleges
– Regular meetings (direct and indirect, eg with sector-wide/

industry bodies)

Topics of interest or concern where indicated 
by the stakeholder group
– Healthcare access and insurance 
– Financial inclusion
– Climate change and sustainable finance
– Technology and innovation
– Data privacy
– Ethics and responsible business practices 
– Responsible tax

Mode of engagement
– Regular meetings
– Investor conferences
– Investor Perception Study

Topics of interest or concern where indicated 
by the stakeholder group
– Climate change 
– Responsible investment 
– Inclusive products and services 
– Diversity, inclusion and belonging
– Digital health innovation 
– Fair treatment of customers

> Further information on stakeholder engagement can be found in our Section 
172 Companies Act Statement in our Annual Report and Accounts on page 88.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

103

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Agency distributors

Mode of engagement
– Agency distributor survey

Topics of interest or concern where indicated 
by the stakeholder group
– Customer satisfaction   
– Inclusive products and services 
– Training and development 
– Digital innovation 
– Customer fair dealing

Sustainability continued

Customers

Mode of engagement
– Contact centres 
– Focus groups
– Customer survey

Topics of interest or concern where indicated 
by the stakeholder group
– Customer fair dealing 
– Data privacy and protection
– Responsible investment 
– Customer satisfaction
– Financial literacy

Peers and other financial institutions

Mode of engagement
– NZAOA
– Just Energy Transition Partnership (JETP) Vietnam
– Hong Kong Green Finance Association (HKGFA)

Topics of interest or concern where indicated 
by the stakeholder group
– Portfolio decarbonisation
– Sustainable and transition finance
– Challenges in financing emerging markets
– Disclosures & reporting standards
– Carbon offsets

> Further information on stakeholder engagement can be found in our Section 
172 Companies Act Statement in our Annual Report and Accounts on page 88.

104

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Sustainability governance
The Board considers sustainability to be aligned with our ambition to 
be the most trusted partner and protector for generations to come. It 
recognises the major role that Prudential can continue to play in 
shaping sustainability across Asia and Africa, as well as in ensuring the 
long-term success, resilience and health of the communities in which 
we operate. As such sustainability matters, including climate change, 
are overseen by the Board, which is responsible for determining overall 
strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas. 

The Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) comprises 
only independent Non-executive Directors and focuses on customer, 
culture, digital, people and community matters. The Risk Committee 
oversees environmental and climate-related issues, including the 
implementation of the Group’s commitments to decarbonise its 
operations and investment portfolio and other climate-focused 
responsible investment commitments. The Committee is also 
responsible for external reporting, via the Sustainability Report, where 
it relates to those areas within its remit, including monitoring progress 
on the Group’s reporting against the recommendations of the TCFD. 

The Risk Committee has a standing item on its agenda in relation to 
its oversight of climate change, including progress against our climate 
targets. In setting future targets or commitments, the Risk Committee 
considers and makes appropriate recommendations to the Board. The 
remit of the Risk Committee also includes considering climate-related 
issues when reviewing and guiding overall strategy, major plans of 
action, risk management policies, annual budgets and business plans. 

In 2024, the Board plans to establish a Sustainability Committee to 
replace the RSWG and to take over from the Risk Committee oversight 
of environmental and climate-related issues. The Committee will be 
chaired by Non-executive Director, George Sartorel.

Since 2022, sustainability has been included in the strategic priorities 
for the Group’s Executive Directors by way of a specific objective to 
drive the climate transition and responsible investment focus across 
the organisation. To support this ambition, the Remuneration 
Committee has adopted a transition finance underpin target for this 
element of the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP). This 
underpin will consider the value of qualifying investments committed 
to support the transition of the world to a lower-carbon future. 

In line with our updated target to reduce emissions from all 
shareholder and policyholder assets by 55 per cent by 2030, in 
December 2023 the Remuneration Committee agreed to attach 
carbon reduction targets to Executive Directors’ 2024 Prudential Long 
Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP) awards, making this the third cycle of 
awards with carbon reduction targets. Sustainability metrics constitute 
10 per cent of the total Executive Directors’ 2024 PLTIP award, 
including 5 per cent linked to carbon reduction and 5 per cent linked 
to diversity. 

> Further information regarding both measures can be found in the 
Directors’ remuneration report within the Annual Report and 
Accounts.

Management oversight
Sustainability activities, including the impacts of climate change, are 
overseen at a management level by the Group Sustainability 
Committee. The Chief Financial Officer chairs the Committee, which 
met five times in 2023. The Committee’s members include the Chief 
Risk and Compliance Officer, Chief Investment Officer, Chief 
Corporate Affairs Officer, Chief Human Resources Officer and senior 
representatives from the Group’s asset owner and asset management 
businesses, including the chief executives of Eastspring and Prudential 
Singapore's business. 

One of the Group Sustainability Committee’s responsibilities is to 
oversee the Group’s progress towards fulfilling our commitment to 
report against the recommendations of the TCFD. The Group’s 
policies and procedures in relation to certain sustainability topics are 
included in the Group Governance Manual. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

105

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Sustainability governance, including climate change

Prudential plc Board 
Oversees all aspects of sustainability including people, culture and communities, with ultimate responsibility
 for determining strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas 

Provides rigorous challenge to management on progress against goals and targets 

Ensures the Group maintains an effective risk management framework, including over climate-related risks and opportunities

The Board delegates specific sustainability, including climate change, oversight matters to its committees

Responsibility & 
Sustainability Working 
Group 
Oversees the embedding of 
the Group’s sustainability 
strategy, focusing on 
customer, culture, digital, 
people and community 
matters

Audit
Committee
Oversees the Group’s Annual 
Report and Accounts, of 
which the sustainability 
section is an integral part 

Remuneration 
Committee
Supports the sustainability 
strategy through alignment of 
the Group’s incentive plan to 
external sustainability targets

Oversees whistleblowing 
programme

Risk Committee
Oversight responsibilities for 
environmental and climate-
related issues 

Oversees implementation of 
external climate-focused 
commitments 

Reviews climate-related 
information presented within 
the Sustainability Report 

Oversees the Group’s ongoing 
commitment relating to TCFD 

Supports the sustainability 
strategy by ensuring 
sustainability risks, including 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities, people and 
culture are effectively managed

Chief executive and management team
The chief executive has responsibility for implementation of the Group’s sustainability strategy, including people, culture and 
climate change risks and opportunities, with support from the executive management team

Group Sustainability Committee
Focused on the holistic assessment of sustainability matters, 
including climate change, that are material to the Group 
Chaired from February 2023 by CFO 
Members include asset manager CEO, CRCO,  CHRO, and 
business entity CEO

Group Investment Committee (GIC)
Oversees Group-wide investment performance and risk 
exposures, including those impacting policyholders
Members include asset manager CEO, CIO and Chief Actuary

Group Responsible Investment Working Group (GRIWG)
Operational responsibility for oversight of Responsible Investment activity 
Co-chaired by CIO and Eastspring CIO 
Members include local business CIOs

Local business units
Supports the implementation of the Group’s Sustainability strategy, including climate change risks and opportunities

106

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Challenges and future goals
In 2024 our priority will be to operationalise our new sustainability 
strategy across our businesses in a way that is proportionate to each 
market's level of developed sustainability. 

We also recognise that we still need to evolve our approach to social 
sustainability, which is why our immediate priority will be to develop a 
social sustainability strategy that can potentially contribute to 
increasing people’s access to health and financial protection, while 
considering diversity and inclusion across our markets.

We will be looking to develop our initial position on biodiversity and 
nature, evaluating how we can integrate this into our net zero 
ambition and climate management approach. Through our 

philanthropic arm, the Prudence Foundation, we are also setting up a 
fund to advance efforts on enhancing climate-related health resilience 
in communities, as well as continuing with our support on researching 
into the interconnectedness between climate and health.

Our success depends on our people. Our goal is to embed 
sustainability across our organisation, and build a socially responsible 
organisation where our people fully understand how to apply their 
skills and understanding of sustainability into their day-to-day roles 
and contribute meaningfully to our sustainability ambition. We are 
also advancing our diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging efforts so 
that everyone can build a rewarding career and feel a strong sense of 
belonging. 

The table below sets out some of our areas of focus over the next 
three to five years:

Description of challenges 

Steps we are taking 

Topic 

Climate-
related 
data 

Customers

The quality and availability of carbon-
intensity data is an ongoing challenge, with 
limited coverage of WACI and financed 
emissions within our investment portfolio.

Products and services aimed at underserved 
segments including women, minorities, the 
elderly and low- to middle-income 
individuals particularly in emerging markets 
can be broadened and further refined. 

Insufficient research and data on how 
climate change will impact 
individual health. 

Transition 
to a low-
carbon 
economy 

Inability of emerging markets to meet 
global decarbonisation thresholds that are 
set by developed markets due to 
differences in economic development 
stage. 

Systems 
and 
processes

Markets 

People 

Lack of industry standards on climate 
change that address the need to finance 
brown to green companies.

Today we have a set of 24 local market 
operations with varying degrees 
of sustainability processes, systems and 
governance. 

Many of our major markets such as India, 
China, Malaysia and Thailand remain 
highly reliant on coal and other fossil fuels, 
making it challenging to balance the 
interests of stakeholders across both 
developing and developed markets.

Continuing to attract and retain high-
quality talent across our markets to support 
us in our business and sustainability 
ambitions. 

Increasing the coverage and quality of our Scope 3 investment book data.

Developing specific decarbonisation pathways for engagement and ESG-
integration by portfolio managers.

Increasing the coverage of our Scope 3 emissions for the rest of our value 
chain (eg supply chain).

Developing a social strategy that looks at how we can contribute more to 
offering inclusive and affordable health and protection products, recognising 
that protection is itself a measure to enhance climate resilience through 
adaptation.

Continuing to explore the intersection of climate change and adverse health 
impacts, including through research, thought leadership and product 
development.

We have established a new investment target on financing the transition, 
which operates as an underpin for our portfolio decarbonisation target, as we 
believe that decarbonisation and the transition from brown to green of our 
economies are inherently connected.

Building internal capabilities and external partnerships to deliver our 
financing the transition strategy.

Continuing to explore innovative opportunities to finance the net zero transition 
in a just and inclusive manner, working with the private and public sector. 

Implementing our new sustainability operating model approach to drive 
further standardisation of sustainability processes, utilising existing systems 
where feasible. 

Improving data governance processes and business ownership of ESG data 
so that we are assured of quality and completeness across different metrics. 
We will continue to conduct regular training and collaborate with both 
internal and external auditors to enhance and improve our processes and 
controls in 2024.

Continuing to work alongside governments, multi-lateral development banks 
and standard setters so that the interests of all our stakeholders across both 
developing and developed markets take a balanced approach.

Upgrading talent capabilities, particularly within the areas of customer, 
distribution, health and technology, by investing in internal talent via 
targeted development programmes. 

Strengthening our focus on values-based leadership and aligning reward 
structures that will help build a culture that is customer-led and performance-
driven. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

107

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Simple and accessible health and 
financial protection
We believe everyone should have the opportunity to build a more 
secure future. Through technology, we are developing new solutions 
to give our customers access to good health services and financial 
protection. We seek to create more inclusive products that are 
designed to increase access to protection for underserved customer 
needs and communities. And we are investing to build the resilience 
of the communities we serve through initiatives that promote 
financial education and inclusion, health and safety, and climate 
adaptation.

108

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

2023 highlights

Since launching our 
microinsurance product 
PRUKasih Aman in Malaysia 
in 2022, we have protected
9,700 
individuals
from low-income communities 
and those with disabilities
87% 
Customer retention rate

Provided free protection for 
18,000+ 
babies from infectious 
diseases in the Philippines 
2m 
students reached and over 
66,000 teachers trained 
through Cha-Ching 
curriculum (since 2016)

Established partnership 
benefiting 
insured customers 
in five markets, 
offering treatment options 
for breast cancer with 
cost certainty

17.4m
Total life segment 
policies in force
$13m 
invested in community 
programmes

Nearly 
28,000
employee volunteering 
hours

Delivering partnerships and digital innovation for 
better health outcomes
To better connect individuals with the best possible healthcare 
providers and preventative care, we are constantly exploring new ways 
for technology to help us make a real difference to the experience of 
our customers in all our markets, and create value for our employees, 
shareholders and communities. Digital innovation can drive 
distribution of our products and services, empower the next 
generation of agents, and strengthen our relationships with existing 
customers through increasingly personalised and user-friendly access 
to our offerings.

Our aim is to become a trusted partner to our customers with simple, 
connected technology journeys that use differentiated propositions 
for different life stages, all supported by AI and data analytics. 

> For more information please refer to the Delivering partnerships and 
digital innovation for better health outcomes section of the 
Sustainability Report.

Developing sustainable and inclusive offerings
The health, protection and savings gap in our markets has been 
estimated at $1.8 trillion1 – meaning many underserved groups miss 
out on access to benefits, insurance and health coverage, even though 
they are the people who need them most.

Our social strategy includes our ambition to create more sustainable 
and inclusive offerings so that we are providing health and financial 
protection to historically underserved populations, for example, 
women, minorities and low-income families. 

Inclusion at Prudential starts with ensuring access to a diverse and 
continuously evolving range of products and services designed to 
meet the ever-changing needs of often forgotten customers, while 
also serving the needs of the majority. We seek to provide simple 
health and financial protection for our customers in a way that is 
accessible and affordable to all people and cultures across the 
communities we serve. 

Meeting the changing needs of our customers
With our customer as our compass, we are committed to developing 
our products and services to provide protection at every stage of life 
and meet or exceed expectations. Our stronger customer focus has 
helped our customer retention rate stay healthy at 87 per cent in 
2023.

Customer conduct principles:

– We treat customers fairly, honestly and with integrity;
– We provide and promote products and services that meet customer 

needs, are clearly explained and deliver real value; 

– We maintain the confidentiality of our customer information;   
– We provide and promote high standards of customer service; and 
– Act fairly and timely to address customer complaints and any errors 

we find. 

> For more information please see the Meeting the changing needs of 
our customers section of the Sustainability Report.

Building resilient communities 
Prudential is committed to enhancing the lives of communities across 
our markets by helping them grow and succeed. Our community 
investment strategy aligns with our purpose and we invest in 
developing resilient communities by supporting initiatives that 
champion financial education and inclusion, health and safety 
protection and climate adaptation. 

Prudential invested $13.0 million in community programmes during 
2023 – an increase from $12.2 million in 2022 – reflecting our 
continued commitment to bringing our sustainability goals to life with 
action and investment. The total figure has been calculated using the 
internationally recognised Business for Societal Impact (B4SI) 
Framework and includes cash donations to charities as well as 
spending on community initiatives in partnership with NGOs, non-
profits, social enterprises and other third parties. On top of financial 
investment, our employees have contributed nearly 28,000 hours of 
volunteer service in their local communities.

> For more information, please refer to the Sustainable and inclusive 
offerings section of the Sustainability Report.

> For more information please see the Building resilient communities 
section of the Sustainability Report.

(1) Swiss Re Institute: The health protection gap in Asia, October 2018.

$13.0m

invested in community 
programmes during 2023

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

109

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Responsible investment
At the centre of our responsible investment approach is our view that 
the transition to a lower-carbon economy should be just and inclusive. 
As a large asset owner and manager focused on Africa and Asia, we 
are keenly aware that emerging markets face unique challenges as 
they seek to decarbonise. Typically, they are more reliant on fossil 
fuels than developed markets, while having pressing social and 
development needs to meet, making it very difficult for them to meet 
global decarbonisation thresholds.

Our 2022 ‘Just and Inclusive Transition’ paper outlines the issues we 
want to help address through responsible investment. Currently, most 
global responsible investment frameworks do not differentiate 
between emerging and developed markets – applying the same 
standards and thresholds to both, despite the different risks and 
challenges they face. This is a barrier to much-needed investment to 
finance the transition and not in line with the ‘common but 
differentiated principle’ of the Paris Agreement. 

We want to use the scale and position to drive positive change by 
ensuring the needs of emerging markets are considered in our 
investment decisions. Our approach to responsible investment is built 
around three key themes:

– Financing a just and inclusive transition;
– Decarbonising our portfolio; and
– Mainstreaming responsible investments in emerging markets.

Our efforts are informed by our Climate Transition Plan, which sets 
out our long-term net zero pledge and interim targets. We have made 
good progress towards our own decarbonisation, but recognise the 
opportunities to be proactive in enabling the transition to a lower-
carbon economy for emerging markets in the coming years. 

Upgraded our WACI 
reduction target from 
25% to 
55% 
by 2030

Ongoing engagement 
with the companies 
responsible for 

65%

of the absolute emissions in 
our investment portfolio

Eastspring voted in 

97.2% 

of proxy votes for which it 
was eligible to vote

2023 highlights

Developed 
new internal 
investment target 
on financing the transition, 
as an underpin to the WACI 
reduction target

Anchor investor of the 
largest equity ETF 
fund in Singapore
 (at time of launch) – iShares 
MSCI Asia ex Japan Climate 
Action ETF

875 

Corporate engagements 
conducted in 2023

87%

of Eastspring’s international 
funds (SICAV) received 
Article 8* status

* Under the European Union Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation, 
Article 8 refers to funds that promote investments or projects with 
positive or social qualities

110

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Financing a just and inclusive transition 
Prudential’s efforts and commitment to reach net zero by 2050 are 
aligned with science and the Paris Agreement. At the same time, 
operating in a breadth of markets across Asia and Africa demands a 
considered and dynamic approach to the low-carbon transition. The 
climate-related risks and opportunities in developed markets with 
diversified and mature economies are very different to those in 
emerging markets. This can be seen in the large divergence between 
countries and regions in their efforts and ability to act on climate 
change by reducing their carbon footprint.

Some of the countries that remain the most carbon-intensive are 
those least likely to be able to fund the transition to lower-carbon 
technologies and practices. There is a lack of industry standards 
relating to transition finance. In addition, companies operating in 
emerging markets cannot typically meet the high decarbonisation 
thresholds set by developed markets as they are at very different 
stages of economic development. As a result, emerging markets are 
underrepresented in climate-related investment strategies because 
existing frameworks have created a bias against investing in them. 
Shifting capital away from regions where transition financing is most 
needed hampers not only the climate transition, but also social and 
economic growth in these regions. 

Upgraded our WACI target to a 

55%

reduction in the carbon intensity of 
our investment portfolio by 2030, 
compared to our 2019 baseline

Our strategy on financing the transition seeks to use our capital to 
advance a just and inclusive transition. It recognises that Singapore 
and Hong Kong are well placed to lead climate transition in Asia, 
while emerging markets will take a longer time to transition. For 
example in developed markets, the focus lies on financing green 
energy solutions. In many emerging markets in Asia, finding ways to 
finance the phase-out of carbon-intensive assets, like coal plants, has 
the potential to achieve significant absolute carbon reductions. 
Therefore, our strategy also identifies categories across the transition 
spectrum, including both ‘green’ and ‘brown-to-green’ investments, 
allowing us to pinpoint opportunities to finance companies through 
their transition.

Decarbonising our portfolio
Local context is a key consideration in our assessment of how best to 
enable the transition to a low-carbon future. We believe moving 
capital away from carbon-intensive companies in emerging markets 
will make it more difficult for these regions to transition to a lower- 
carbon future. To support a just transition, we acknowledge that we 
will need to accept a higher initial baseline for some companies and 
explore and implement a wider variety of strategies to achieve net 
zero.

In May 2021, we committed to achieving net zero emissions by 2050 
for our investment portfolio. We also resolved to reduce emissions 
intensity within our investment portfolio by 25 per cent by 2025. At 
the end of 2023, we had successfully reduced the weighted average 
carbon intensity of our investment portfolio by 50 per cent from our 
2019 baseline. Based on this strong progress, in August 2023 we 
revised our WACI target upwards, committing to deliver a 55 per cent 
reduction in the carbon intensity of our investment portfolio by 2030, 
compared with our 2019 baseline. 

Decarbonising our portfolio remains a priority, but our progress in 
reducing our WACI is unlikely to be linear. It can be influenced by a 
range of market factors that could cause the WACI to rise or fall. We 
might also decide intentionally to invest in a carbon-intensive 
company to support and enable its transition plans. 

Our strategy to finance the transition aims to actively support carbon-
intensive companies on the implementation of their transition plans 
from brown to green. While this will make our decarbonisation 
pathway more volatile, our interim targets align to a 1.5°C degree 
pathway.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

111

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Mainstreaming responsible investments in emerging 
markets 
Our long heritage of owning and managing assets across Asia and 
Africa gives us a unique perspective on investing in both developed 
and emerging markets. It also gives us the opportunity to understand 
the range of issues and structural challenges these economies face in 
transitioning to a low-carbon economy. As an active member of 
global initiatives such as the UN-convened Net Zero Asset Owner 
Alliance (NZAOA) and the Just Energy Transition Partnership (JETP), 
we contribute by providing a voice on behalf of these markets.

Corporate engagement
We work closely with our investee companies to support their 
transition to a net zero business model. Each year, we have 
committed to engage with the companies responsible for 65 per cent 
of the emissions related to our investment portfolio, which is aligned 
to the recommendations of the NZAOA. By addressing key topics – 
such as improving disclosure, setting net zero and decarbonisation 
targets, adapting business models, and financing green projects – our 
goal is to encourage them to accelerate their progress.

Voting to drive change
Voting is a crucial element of being an active shareholder and an 
important opportunity to influence a company. Eastspring’s voting 
and engagement activities are closely aligned when seeking to 
change a company’s actions or approach.

Eastspring engages Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS), a fellow 
signatory to the United Nations-supported Principles for Responsible 
Investment (PRI), to provide administrative assistance in connection 
with voting proxies. These services include vote processing and 
recommendations. Eastspring reviews these recommendations and 
decides whether to follow or vote differently. 

Shareholders’ long-term interests are paramount, so Eastspring does 
not always support company management and may vote against 
management from time to time. In 2023, Eastspring voted on 97.2 
per cent of proxy votes in which it was eligible to vote. Eastspring 
voted with management recommendations on 89.4 per cent of these, 
and voted against management recommendations on 10.6 per cent 
of these.

Responsible investment governance
To oversee our responsible investment activities and monitor our 
progress towards our commitments, we have established a robust 
governance framework. 

Risk 
Committee
Board committee that 
reviews the Group’s 
material risk exposures, 
and monitors the Group’s 
reporting against the 
recommendations of the 
TCFD

Responsibility & 
Sustainability 
Working Group 
(RSWG)
Board-level working group 
that oversees embedding 
the Group’s sustainability 
strategy

Group Sustainability Committee 
Responsible for assessing sustainability matters 
holistically at Group level

Group Investment Committee (GIC)
Oversees Group-wide investment performance and risk 
exposures, including those impacting policyholders

Members include asset manager CEO, 
CIO and Chief Actuary

Group Responsible Investment Working Group 
(GRIWG)
Oversees all responsible investment activity 
across the Group.

In 2024, the Board plans to establish a Sustainability Committee to 
replace the RSWG.

Responsible investment approach
Managing ESG risks by applying our Responsible Investment Policy is 
part of our effort to generate long-term returns on assets. The policy 
sets out clear criteria for screening investment portfolios to identify 
and assess sustainability-related risks, and processes for ongoing 
corporate engagement. To address priority themes, such as 
decarbonisation, human rights and biodiversity, we have identified 
criteria for excluding companies involved in certain activities. 

Looking ahead, we are increasing our focus on preventing biodiversity 
loss. Our asset managers screen for exposure to palm oil producers 
that are not certified by the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil 
(RSPO). We require engagement with consumers to raise awareness 
around the benefits of paying more for sustainable palm oil to ensure 
producers in emerging markets have an incentive and funding for 
their transition to more sustainable production. We also review the 
portfolio for companies that produce or depend on commodities that 
contribute to deforestation, particularly timber extraction, engaging 
with them at least annually to assess their exposure.

112

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Integrating ESG throughout the investment process

Step 1:
Asset 
allocation

Step 2:
Manager 
selection

Step 3:
Portfolio 
management

Step 4:
Risk 
management

We integrate ESG into the strategic asset allocation (SAA) process in several ways: analysing the 
ESG profiles of countries, asset classes and investment strategies; changing SAA benchmarks to 
ESG benchmarks; and including ESG considerations in the asset-liability management (ALM) 
process. Our investment teams consider how different allocations influence the ESG risk profile 
of the portfolio, and how allocations to ESG strategies impact specific portfolio characteristics 
(eg sector allocation). 

Our SAAs vary based on differences in regional decarbonisation targets. For example in 2023, 
Prudential Taiwan altered its benchmark to the MSCI USA ESG Enhanced Focus CTB (Climate 
Transition Benchmark) to align more closely with Prudential’s responsible investment priorities 
and more mature ESG markets of Europe and the United States.

Eastspring has integrated ESG considerations into its fund manager screening, due diligence 
and ongoing monitoring processes, to ensure underlying managers are aligned to our Group 
ESG requirements.  

We also outsource some asset management to third-party asset managers, and ESG 
considerations are included throughout the relationship and when establishing investment 
mandates. 

Eastspring uses ESG ratings to gain a better understanding of the ESG risks facing a particular 
country, sector or company. To account for high variance between ratings from different 
providers, Eastspring developed an ESG Ratings & ESG Integration tool, launching within its 
Singapore fundamental active equity and fixed income investment teams in 2023.

The platform leverages ESG data from external ESG rating sources but combines the data 
components using a proprietary framework. It draws on Eastpring's ESG materiality matrix 
which references the industry’s best-in-class frameworks but includes additional context to 
increase relevance to our investment universe. Potential biases and limitations specific to 
particular ESG ratings are acknowledged and qualified to ensure investment teams focus on 
how sustainability risks might impact returns. 

The Group Responsible Investment Policy supports our efforts to manage and mitigate ESG-
related risks of our investment assets. The six implementation strategies of the policy each play 
their role in managing the various risks associated with our investment activities, including 
financial risks to the investment portfolio and reputational risks to the Group. 

We recognise that implementation of the policy could amplify other ESG risks such as 
greenwashing accusations, legal threats of acting in concert, and conflicts of interest arising 
between and within stakeholder groups. These themes were identified as priorities in 2023, and 
a cross-functional working group was formed to build knowledge, awareness and monitoring of 
these topics.

> Find out more in the Responsible investment section of our Sustainability Report. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

113

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Sustainable business 
Our mission is to be the most trusted partner and protector for this 
and future generations – a goal that requires us to embed 
sustainability throughout everything we do, in every market we serve.

We continued to stay focused on accelerating the pace and scale of 
our positive impact, ensuring that sustainability principles are at the 
fore in all our business decisions and throughout our supply chain. Our 
sustainable business pillar has three priority focus areas: empowering 
our people, establishing sustainable operations and value chains, and 
harnessing thought leadership to shape the agenda. 

114

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

2023 highlights
Over 15,000 
Total number of employees

45% women 
on Board as of 
December 2023

Targeting 75th

percentile on employee Net 
Promoter Score (eNPS)

10% of the total Executive 
Director’s 2024 Prudential 
Long Term Incentive Plan 
awards linked to sustainability, 
of which 5% will be linked to 
carbon reduction and 
another 5% linked to 
diversity 
13,000 
suppliers (data as of 30 
September 2023)

Targeting all people managers 
to have a sustainability 
linked KPI by 2026

Set a target of 40% women 
in Group Leadership Team 
by the end of 2026

'This is Me' partnership to 
normalise conversation on 
mental health, 
neurodiversity and 
disabilities

Connecting Health and 
Climate: Prudential EOS 
Climate Impacts Initiative 
and Prudence Foundation’s 
partnership with the IFRC 

Reduced global absolute 
Scope 1 and 2 (market-
based) GHG emissions by 22 
per cent compared to 2022.

Empowering our people
To deliver our ambitious strategy, we are mobilising our more than 
15,000 colleagues behind our new purpose. We have developed a 
new people and culture strategy to create an environment where our 
talent can grow and maintain a high-performance culture for long-
term resilience.  

Our people want to be part of an organisation that is socially 
responsible and guided by a strong purpose. To ensure we can keep 
attracting and retaining talented individuals to serve our business today 
and in the future, we have strengthened our focus on rewarding high 
performance and creating an outstanding employee experience. 

Our leaders are driven by our values and nurture a culture that fully 
understands who we intend to be and how putting our people and 
customers at the heart of everything we do will help us win. We will 
invest further in developing the capabilities of our workforce, through 
strategic talent acquisition and internal talent development.

> Find out more in the Empowering our people section of our 
Sustainability Report. 

while developing the strategic skills we need to build the business. This 
goes beyond performance and considers their future potential. 

As stated in the Sustainability governance section earlier, the Board-
level Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) oversees 
sustainability topics including culture and people. In 2023, we 
switched to conducting shorter employee engagement surveys to 
enable us to gain regular feedback and respond quickly to emerging 
issues across markets. This approach allows our people to provide 
timely feedback and for us to detect early warning signs, track actions 
and measure impact against key people metrics. A full people survey 
is scheduled for the second half of 2024. 

Capability
A priority of our people strategy is to build a pipeline of adaptive 
leaders with both depth and breadth of capabilities. This will prime 
our 200 leaders to confidently respond to future challenges, while 
continuing to navigate existing challenges. To equip our employees 
with necessary skills for the future, we offer them a learning 
experience that includes e-learning, in-person and virtual classroom 
training and mentoring.  

Culture
An important step towards embedding our new business strategy was 
the launch of the PruWay – the fundamental values, shaped by our 
employees, which define who we are and what we represent. The 
PruWay defines new ways of working with one another and delivering 
value for all our stakeholders – our people, our customers, our 
shareholders and our communities. 

At Prudential, we are looking to transform our employee experience and 
ensure our people can visualise their career progression at Prudential, 

Talent vitality
We are focused on building a robust succession pipeline for our CEOs 
and GLT members to ensure organisation resilience and leadership 
sustainability. Succession plans for CEOs and GLT members are 
reviewed regularly and discussed at the Group Talent Council. 

For our people, we want them to be able to build long and rewarding 
careers at Prudential. Promoting internal mobility is one way that we 
demonstrate our commitment to creating an environment where 
talented individuals can thrive. 

Create an environment where talent thrives and powers growth

Culture
A winning spirit that is customer-
led and performance-driven

Capability
Unparalleled capabilities in digital 
distribution, customer and health

Talent vitality
A robust succession pipeline and 
dynamic talent marketplace

Ambition

Strategic goals

Priorities

Values-driven leadership

Strategic capability acquisition

Succession

Belonging

Talent and leadership acceleration

Employee experience

Learning academies

Mobility

Diversity

Performance and rewards

People insights and processes

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

115

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Establishing sustainable operations and value chain 
Digital responsibility
In our new business strategy, technology is a key enabler for all three 
strategic pillars: enhancing customer experiences, powering our 
distribution with technology and transforming the health business 
model. We are revamping our technology platform, growing our data 
platform, and using AI to generate commercial value. 

Cyber security 
Cyber security incidents

Total number of incidents escalated† to the 
Security incident response team (SIRT)

Number of incidents confirmed‡ by the SIRT

Number of incidents related to ransomware

2023

40

3

1

2022

37

12

2

†  Total incidents reported by employees to the Security Operations Centre. 
‡  Total incidents confirmed by the Security Operations Centre. 

While the total number of incidents fluctuates year on year, the 
number of incidents that are confirmed has continued to decline, 
falling to only three confirmed incidents for 2023. However, it has 
been observed that global cyber attacks have become more 
advanced and sophisticated (e.g. the MOVEit data breach). As such, 
we continue to uplift Prudential’s security controls and capabilities to 
combat these increasingly complex attacks.

Data privacy breach metrics 

Total number of (privacy) data breaches

Total number of (privacy) data breaches 

involving health information

Total number of customers and employees 
affected by Company’s data breaches

Total number of customers and employees 
affected by Company’s data breaches 
involving health information

2023

22

2

2022

20

1

2,087,219*

24,250

391

1

* 

This significant increase is attributed to two specific incidents: a) MOVEit 
software data breach publicly disclosed in June 2023 resulting in 2,023,314 
records being affected in Malaysia's life entity; and b) 59,000 records affected in 
an incident where a vendor sent information belonging to one Prudential 
business to another Prudential business.

The top three data breaches were related to unauthorised disclosure 
of personal data by staff, unauthorised telemarketing by financial 
consultants, and data breaches originating from bank partners or 
vendors. One data breach incident involved health information that 
affected customers and employees. 

Compared to 2022, the total number of data breaches and breaches 
involving sensitive personal information did not significantly change. 
However, the total number of customers and employees affected by 
the Company's data breaches significantly increased due solely to 
two major incidents in the notes above. Both were caused by vendors 
and are part of the recognised supply chain risk that continues to be a 
priority area for improving security and privacy controls. 

For our business to be successful, we celebrate diversity and 
emphasise inclusion for our people, customers and partners. Our 
Global Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) Council drives D&I initiatives 
across our businesses, providing updates to the Board biannually and 
to the RSWG quarterly. 

The D&I Council continues to define our global D&I Strategy and 
action plan, outlining objectives and initiatives to promote D&I across 
our businesses. While we have seen progress in our diversity metrics in 
recent years, we acknowledged that there is room for further progress. 
The Council continues to be guided by its Charter and upholds the 
principles of employee empowerment, transparency and community 
building. 

The tables provide an overview of our gender diversity breakdown in 2023.

Gender diversity – total workforce‡

2023*

2022

% change

Female

Male

Unspecified^

Total

8,713.1

6,541.3

3

8,363.4

6,299.3

18

15,257.4

14,681.7

*  Within the scope of EY assurance – see Basis of Reporting.

Group Leadership Team Female

Group Executive 
Committee (GEC)

Executive Directors

Chair & Independent 
Non-executive 
Directors

Male

Female

Male

Female

Male

Female

Male

Gender diversity‡

2023*

65
121#
2

6

-

1

5

5

2022
39†
71†
2

6

-

2

4

7

4%

4%

 (83) %

4%

% change
67%§
69%§
-

-

-

 (50) %

25%

 (29) %

^  No specification or information is captured on gender for an immaterial number 

of our employees. These employees are regarded as ‘unspecified’.

‡  Total workforce is reported as FTE, while gender diversity (Board/GEC/Executive 

Directors/Chair & Independent Non-executive Directors) are reported as 
headcount to align with internal data definition. Newly created this year, we 
extended the headcount usage to GLT for diversity reporting to align with 
internally approved metrics and provided further guidance on the definition such 
that leaders would only be counted as either GEC or GLT. The overall impact on 
this change is 0.7 Headcount. 
In 2022, the senior management definition was previously defined as all senior 
managers who represent the most pivotal roles in our Group below the Group 
Executive Committee (GEC). It excludes the Chair, Executive Directors, and GEC 
members. We are unable to restate the 2022 figures because the GLT category 
was only formed in 2023. From 2024 onwards, our gender diversity figures will 
be tracked against our newly created definition in 2023. 
Increase was due to the broadening out of our leadership definition to support 
the new strategy driving collaboration across the organisation. 

† 

§ 

#  GLT members hired by joint ventures are excluded.

For full details on our 2023 diversity metric linked to the Directors’ 
2024 PLTIP award, please see the Directors’ remuneration report.

As of 31 December 2023, the representation of women on our Board 
was 45 per cent. We are one of only six FTSE 100 companies with a 
non-white Chair. We have also exceeded the recommendation of the 
Parker Review for the FTSE 250 to have at least one non-white 
director on the Board by 2024, with seven of our 11 directors fulfilling 
these criteria. 

> Find out more in the Empowering our people section of our 
Sustainability Report. 

116

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Responsible working practices and health and safety 
procedures
Our Group Resilience Policy and Health and Safety Standards is 
integral to the way we manage operations in all business units. We 
operate a risk-driven health and safety management process that 
seeks to ensure the best working environment. We prioritise the 
prevention of injury and ill health and the reduction of health and 
safety risks to employees, contractors, visitors and any others who 
may be affected by our business operations.

We aim to ensure that our health and safety management processes 
meet and exceed regulatory and statutory requirements, and we 
follow best practice where possible.

> Read more in the Establishing sustainable operations and value 
chain section of our Sustainability Report. 

Harnessing thought leadership to shape the agenda 
We are actively involved in advocating for emerging market 
sustainability and climate-related concerns on a global level, beyond 
exploring the role that investors can play in enabling a just and 
inclusive transition. We also engage with policy and regulatory 
stakeholders to promote awareness of sustainability issues, focusing 
on regulatory reform, blended finance, alignment of standards and 
taxonomies and nature preservation.

One focus of our research and advocacy efforts is the intersection of 
climate and health. Climate change has the potential to significantly 
impact human health, particularly from air pollutants and increasing 
temperatures. Through research partnerships, we strive to help people 
around the world prepare for such changes and better protect their 
health and livelihoods.  

> Find out more in the Harnessing thought leadership to shape the 
agenda section of our Sustainability Report. 

The privacy controls put in place continue to be effective, but further 
enhancement in managing employees and vendors is a key initiative 
for 2024. Regular internal and external privacy and security audits are 
carried out as and when needed, and we work closely with regulators 
to ensure this works effectively. We conduct monthly scanning of our 
external environment for vulnerabilities, and all public-facing 
applications undergo penetration testing, including vulnerability 
assessments as part of the application launch. They are also regularly 
reviewed as part of our governance process.

Privacy 
As a business with a large global footprint, Prudential must navigate a 
number of privacy laws. Our Group Privacy Policy sets out the 
standard of privacy expected across our businesses and ensures that 
we handle personal data in compliance with regulatory requirements 
and in line with customer and employee expectations, while also 
meeting the demands of a competitive commercial organisation. For 
more information on our data and privacy policy, please visit our 
Company website: Policies and statements – Prudential plc.

Responsible procurement practices
We endeavour to make sure our suppliers apply the same high 
standards that we aspire to achieve, which is driven by our Group 
Third-Party Supply and Outsourcing (GTPSO) Policy. This forms part of 
our Group Governance Manual (GGM) and is a core part of our 
system of governance. The policy sets out our position on supply 
chain management, outlining our approach to due diligence, selection 
criteria, contractual requirements and ongoing monitoring of our 
supplier relationships.

Responsible environmental practices 
To help improve the lives of our customers and communities, we 
actively seek to reduce our environmental impact. We measure our 
environmental performance so that we can understand our impact 
and take appropriate actions. 

The way we manage our property footprint aligns with our Group 
Environment Policy, which covers environmental laws and regulations 
for emissions, energy consumption, water use, waste disposal, 
environmental supply chain management and the application of risk 
management principles. During 2023, all our local business units were 
issued with updated environmental roadmaps, detailing their Scope 1 
and 2 emissions, their 2030 target, and the actions that businesses 
have committed to over the next three years to reduce their 
emissions.

Our global absolute Scope 1 and 2 (market-based) GHG emissions 
were 14,426 tCO2e, down 22 per cent from 2022, primarily driven 
through the benefit of green power and renewable energy 
procurement. Electricity use in our buildings is the largest contributor 
to our operational footprint at 12,318 tCO2e (market-based), making 
up 85 per cent of our total Scope 1 and 2 emissions.

We continue to focus on driving down our operational energy 
consumption to reduce emissions through a range of initiatives and 
policies. When creating new working environments, we take the 
opportunity to implement best practice environmental performance 
features from the outset. These include LED lighting, automated 
lighting controls, lighting zones and climate controls. 

> Read more in the Responsible environmental practices section of 
our Sustainability Report. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

117

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Sustainability continued

Good governance and responsible 
business practices 
Corporate governance
Our business is overseen by strong governance from our Board of 
Directors and throughout our Group and local business management 
structures. At all levels of the Company, managing our business 
responsibly is paramount and we ensure that our people are clear 
about the standards of behaviour we expect and how these inform 
their work. We have clear policies and systems in place to ensure high 
standards on fundamental issues such as anti-bribery and corruption, 
fighting financial crime, responsible tax practices, our expectations of 
our suppliers, the upholding of human rights, and supporting 
employee rights and wellbeing.

Our Group Governance Manual (GGM) sets out our framework for 
ethical business practices, governance, risk management and internal 
control. We run a comprehensive mandatory training programme 
covering our employees and contingent workers across the Group that 
covers the key policies that are referenced in the Code of Conduct.

Prudential is committed to ensuring that slavery, human trafficking, 
child labour and any other form of human rights abuse have no place 
in our Group or in our supply chain of close to 13,000 suppliers 
globally. Our most recent Modern Slavery Transparency Statement, 
issued in June 2023, elaborated the steps we are taking to identify, 
monitor, report and proactively mitigate any modern slavery risks in 
our supply chain in support of the UK activities of Prudential Plc and its 
subsidiaries in scope of the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015. Our focus in 
2023 was on increasing awareness and training for modern slavery 
and broader human rights issues within our supply chain across our 
procurement and risk teams in the Group. 

It is the Group’s policy neither to make donations to political parties 
nor to incur political expenditure, within the meaning of those 
expressions as defined in the United Kingdom Political Parties, 
Elections and Referendums Act 2000. The Group did not make any 
such donations or incur any such expenditure in 2023.

> Find out more in the Good governance and responsible business  
practices section of our Sustainability Report.

118

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

Managing climate-related 
risks and opportunities

We are committed to playing our part in the transition to a 
global low-carbon economy and the collective efforts to 
limit global warming. In addition to responsible investment 
approaches designed to address climate-related 
challenges, our Climate Transition Plan sets out how we will 
fulfil our climate-related commitments and we have 
included updates against the plan throughout this report. 
We have also included an index to show how this report 
aligns with the recommendations of the Task Force on 
Climate-related Financial Disclosures. 

Governance
Oversight of climate change
At a management level, sustainability, including climate-related 
responsibilities and progress towards fulfilling the TCFD 
recommendations, is overseen by the Group Sustainability 
Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. The 
Sustainability Committee reports to the Board-level Risk Committee, 
which has ultimate oversight of environmental and climate-related 
issues. 

The Risk Committee has a standing agenda item relating to the 
oversight of climate change, including the progress against the 
Group’s climate targets, updates on principal risks including climate-
related risk and consideration of climate-related issues when 
reviewing and guiding overall strategy, major plans of action, risk 
management policies, annual budgets and business plans. The Risk 
Committee is also responsible for external reporting, via the 
Sustainability Report, where it relates to those areas within its remit, 
including the TCFD disclosures. In setting future climate targets or 
commitments, the Risk Committee considers and makes appropriate 
recommendations to the Board. The Committee receives updates on 
climate-related issues at least twice each year, and in 2023 it was 
updated four times. 

In 2024, the Board plans to establish a Sustainability Committee to 
replace the RSWG and to take over responsibility for the oversight of 
climate change from the Risk Committee.

> For more information on the governance of climate-related risk, 
please refer to the Sustainability governance section of the 
Sustainability Report,  which details our sustainability and climate-
related governance.

Risk management
We regularly analyse and assess the potential impact of the risks 
associated with climate change to ensure we can continue to serve 
our customers and strengthen our business resilience. Our Group Risk 
Framework (GRF) considers both emerging and significant risks, 
including those related to sustainability themes. Sustainability risks, 
including climate-related risks, are considered principal risks at the 
Group level and consequently receive enhanced management focus 
and reporting. 

Identifying climate-related risks
Climate-related risks are considered within our risk management 
processes to assess their importance relative to other risks. We 
continue to treat climate risk as a thematic cross-cutting risk type, 
with the potential to impact or amplify multiple existing risks that we 
manage. By treating climate-related risks as a cross-cutting risk type, 
we recognise that there could be significant interdependencies with, 
and impacts on, other established stand-alone risks, including credit, 
market, insurance and operational risks. We also recognise that the 
risks associated with sustainability topics, including climate change, 
may exhibit a number of additional risk characteristics which are not 
explicitly recognised in more traditional risk management practices 
and frameworks. Consequently, the following risk characteristics 
associated with climate and other sustainability themes are 
considered in our risk management framework:

Sustainability risk 
characteristics
Longer time horizons

Double materiality

Dynamic materiality

Multiple stakeholders

Considerations
Some aspects of ESG/sustainability risks 
may emerge in the near term, while 
others may develop over a much longer 
time period than traditional risks.

The Company can be both ‘impacted 
by’ ESG/sustainability issues, and have 
an ‘impact on’ those issues.

A topic can rapidly change from being 
immaterial to material.

The Company’s actions can impact a 
wide range of stakeholders including 
employees, customers, communities and 
the environment.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

119

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

The GRF also includes:

– As part of the risk taxonomy refresh in 2022, a double materiality 

lens was introduced with the inclusion of ‘social and environmental 
responsibility’ as a strategic risk;

– The non-financial risk appetite framework reflects a stakeholder-

focused approach which supports the Group sustainability strategy 
and recognises a broader set of stakeholders as one of the key 
characteristics defining sustainability and climate risks;

– The risks and control self-assessment libraries have been reviewed 
to identify key risks and controls which support the sustainability 
strategy;

– The tools developed to assist with managing against the Group’s 
external Responsible Investment commitments, including the 
WACI calculation and reporting tools, have been included in the 
Model Risk inventory; and

– Noting increasing stakeholder and disclosure expectations around 
quantification of climate risk exposure, climate scenario stress 
testing results were included in the Group’s Own Risk and Solvency 
Assessment (ORSA) report.

Assessing climate-related risks 
To develop a comprehensive view of the potential impacts of climate 
change on our business, the GRF considers climate-related risks across 
three time horizons by taking into account the expected benefits and 
paybacks of risk-based decisions. These time horizons are defined to 
reflect the periods over which transition and physical climate-related 
risks and opportunities could reasonably emerge:

– Short term: zero to three years; 
– Medium term: three to five years; and
– Long term: five to 30 years.

Through this approach, we have assessed the following areas of 
climate-related risks across the short-, medium- and long-term time 
horizons. 

Area of risk

Strategy implementation – As the Group implements its sustainability strategy 
and climate-related commitments, there is an ongoing need to balance 
potentially different interests, expectations and objectives, both within and across 
stakeholder groups.

Financial resilience – Our assets under management are at risk of physical 
climate risk in the long term. Some of our assets under management are in high-
emission, carbon-intensive and carbon-reliant sectors. These assets are exposed to 
transition risk in the short and medium term, potentially resulting in increased 
levels of price volatility, reduced levels of liquidity, taxation, regulation and/or 
reduced demand, which could lead to impairments, downgrades and/or stranding 
if they fail to adapt, innovate or transition to a lower-carbon business model.

Insurance and product risks – Our strategy focuses on life, health and wealth 
products, which excludes us from underwriting emissions-intensive activities. 
Climate change could impact our customers’ health and livelihoods, which could 
result in changes in mortality, morbidity and/or persistency for our life and health 
underwriting portfolio.

Operational resilience – Climate change could have physical impacts on our 
operations. The impact from such climate events on operational resilience, 
including the impact on third-party providers and the servicing of our customers, is 
explored in our operational risk scenarios.

Data and model limitations – Current limitations in financial climate data 
quality and availability, and asset and liability modelling tools, make it 
challenging to accurately assess the financial impact on the Group, particularly for 
longer-term time horizons.

Regulatory, legislative and disclosure expectations – The pace and volume of 
new climate-related regulation across the Group’s markets could pose compliance 
and operational challenges that may require multi-jurisdictional coordination. 
Increasing disclosure expectations heightens the potential for litigation 
associated with external reporting conveying a materially false impression or 
misleading information.

Climate risk type

Main affected time horizon

Transition risk

Short and medium term

Transition risk

Short, medium and long term

Transition risk

Long term

Physical risk

Long term

Transition risk

Short and medium term

Transition risk

Short and medium term

120

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
Across our markets, we look for ways to strengthen the 
climate resilience of our investment portfolios. In Singapore, 
we partnered with BlackRock and SGX Group to anchor the 
largest equity exchange-traded fund (ETF) in Singapore (at 
time of launch), the iShares MSCI Asia ex-Japan Climate 
Action ETF.

In select markets, Prudential also offers ways for local clients 
to invest more sustainably, while growing capital in the long 
term. In Hong Kong we manage a total of nine SFC-
authorised† ESG funds within our investment-linked products 
(ILP) scope. 

> For more information on how we are allocating capital to 
climate-related opportunities, see the Responsible investment 
section of our Sustainability Report.

† Securities & Futures Commission of Hong Kong

Managing and responding to climate-related risks
Climate-related risks vary significantly in nature, focus and impact 
across the Group’s markets. Our emerging risk process helps us 
identify and adapt to evolving climate change and sustainability 
topics across our business. 

Understanding our exposure to climate-related risks in key markets in 
Asia is an ongoing priority for us and we engage with the risk teams 
within key local businesses on the climate-related topics most relevant 
to those markets, including TCFD-aligned pillars such as internal 
governance, local strategy, risk management integration, and metrics/
targets. This enables the local businesses to share knowledge and 
experience and leverage the Group experience, and enables a 
consistent approach to addressing climate-related risks to be adopted 
across our markets.

Climate change’s impact is evolving quickly, with new risks and 
developments emerging constantly. We help our local businesses 
understand the potential implications of climate-related risks and 
work with them to navigate and comply with the changing regulatory 
landscape, for instance in Singapore, Taiwan and Malaysia.

Identifying and responding to climate-related opportunities 
We are strengthening the climate resilience of our portfolios and 
adopting a considered approach to assessing carbon intensity within 
our investments. We are also continuing to incorporate climate 
change considerations into our products and services. 

As a substantial investor and asset owner with long-term investment 
horizons and obligations, we actively pursue opportunities to invest in 
financing mechanisms associated with climate mitigation and 
resilience. As an insurer focused on life, health and wealth products, 
we also consider the opportunities presented to better serve our 
customers who may experience climate-related impacts. 

Some categories that we are currently looking to explore or expand 
include:

– Financing mechanisms, such as green bonds, transition financing 

and adaptation financing;

– Savings and insurance products, like ESG- or impact-focused 

investments and climate-related health and protection offerings, 
such as those that consider changes in the frequency, severity and 
emergence of diseases exacerbated by climate change, like dengue 
fever; and

– Engaging, educating and supporting our customers and employees 
to build an understanding of sustainability and climate change.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

121

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

Strategy
We recognise the importance of not only identifying and managing 
climate-related risks and opportunities, but also considering the 
potential impacts on our business, and the resilience of our strategy 
to climate-related changes, developments and uncertainties across a 
range of climate scenarios. 

Climate-related scenario analysis 
Scenario testing is a valuable tool for enhancing understanding of 
climate-related risks and improving decision-making. It is particularly 
beneficial in raising awareness of climate change risks, due to the 
broad range and uncertain timing of potential mitigation and 
adaptation measures.  

We closely monitor and evaluate advances in climate scenario testing, 
including reviewing publications from regulators, global organisations 
like the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS) and 
the Network for Greening the Financial System (NGFS), as well as 
reports from the UN Principles for Responsible Investment (PRI), the 
Transition Pathway Initiative (TPI), the United Nations 
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), and the 
International Energy Agency (IEA). 

Overview of our climate scenarios
To support engagement with Group and local business regulators, we 
carefully considered the scenario methodologies appropriate to the 
size, nature and complexity of our organisation. Since we first began 
using scenario testing, we have become more sophisticated in 
applying different scenarios based on specific business needs:

– NGFS scenarios (orderly transition, disorderly transition, and 

hothouse world) are used for stress testing the resiliency of our 
balance sheet; 

– PRI scenarios, including the forecast policy scenario, assess the 

economic impact of likely policy developments and inform central 
market assumptions; and 

– IPCC, IEA, and TPI provide science-based decarbonisation 

pathways aligned with Paris Agreement goals, that can support 
investee engagement to drive real-world change. 

NGFS-aligned scenarios
Stress testing on our balance sheet is conducted under NGFS-aligned 
scenarios, with risks assessed over the short-, medium- and long-term 
time horizons. These scenarios offer insight into the potential 
financial implications of the different pathways and can simulate 
complex interactions between energy, economy and climate systems, 
considering both policy and technology developments. We use data 
from external providers who have adjusted the calibration of the 
scenarios to employ non-equilibrium economic models to reflect real-
world inefficiencies. 

Carbon prices used in scenario analysis 
Carbon prices are used as a proxy for the impact of potential 
government climate policies within our climate scenario analysis. 
These prices are set to reflect differences across the regions where we 
operate and consider local market dynamics. 

In the long term, we expect the introduction of carbon prices and 
carbon taxes to increase, as governments look for tools to combat 
emissions. Imposing an internal carbon price (ICP) has been 
considered as a means of establishing consistency in how carbon-
related factors are considered across our organisation. 

The three NGFS-aligned scenarios used in our stress testing 
are as follows:

– Orderly transition: This <2°C scenario aligns with the IPCC’s 
Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) 2.6. Under 
this scenario, ambitious climate policies are introduced, 
reducing fossil fuel demand, implementing higher carbon 
taxes, and investing in low-carbon electricity generation 
and manufacturing. Despite emissions reductions, extreme 
weather events increase, leading to physical loss and 
damages. 

– Disorderly transition: This <2°C scenario assumes similar 
transition policies and physical impacts as the orderly 
transition scenario, but with delayed and disorderly policy 
implementation. Market volatility rises, especially in fossil-
fuel-intensive sectors and regions, as well as across all 
sectors due to the disorderly nature of policy introduction. 

– Hothouse world: This scenario forecasts a >4°C 

temperature increase by 2100. It anticipates irreversible 
climate damage, extreme weather events and water 
shortages in line with RCP 8.5. Some areas experience 
warming above 4°C, rendering them unsuitable for 
agriculture and habitation. Few additional climate policies 
are implemented, resulting in limited transition impacts. 

While we see benefits in the use of forward-looking data, 
particularly in supporting the assessment of how well 
companies are prepared for the climate transition, it is 
important to acknowledge the limitations. These limitations 
include but are not limited to data quality, data availability, 
data consistency, underestimation of physical climate risk, 
model limitations, greater uncertainties over longer time 
horizons, and the need for extensive judgements and 
assumptions.  In addition, current climate models do not 
capture tail events such as climate tipping points (eg ice 
sheet melt, Amazon dieback) or knock-on effects (eg 
migration, war, political and social instability) that could have 
significant impacts on global economies. As a result, we treat 
forward-looking climate data with more caution than other 
decision-useful metrics like historical financial statements.

122

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Impact on our businesses, strategy and financial 
planning 
Our scenario analysis results are translated into sensitivities to 
economic factors to assess the possible financial consequences of 
climate change on our business. The results of our climate scenario 
stress testing have allowed us to arrive at two conclusions with respect 
to our balance sheet:

– Though the Group faces potential financial risks from plausible 
global responses to climate change, the results of our scenario 
testing are not outside observed market volatility, suggesting no 
immediate need for explicit climate change considerations within 
current valuations of our investment portfolio;  

– Furthermore, explicitly including additional stresses for climate 
change in our internal economic capital adequacy model is not 
needed currently.

The results are documented in the Group’s Own Risk and Solvency 
Assessment (ORSA) report, which is regularly shared with the Board. 

The results are simplified in ways which enable understanding and 
comparison: for example a static balance sheet is used, and the 
potential sectoral and regional impacts are summarised at a high 
level. We understand that these simplifications could result in 
understating exposures and vulnerabilities, as acknowledged by the 
Financial Stability Board (FSB) and NGFS. We remain mindful of these 
limitations when referring to the results of the scenario testing. 

Additionally, our climate scenario analysis currently does not consider 
potential management actions we could take to mitigate the 
negative impacts of climate change. However, we recognise the need 
to explore these opportunities in the future. At this stage, given these 
models have evolved considerably and continue to change, we do not 
consider the climate scenario tests suitable for setting capital 
requirements. 

Impacts on assets 
As a significant asset owner and manager, we rely on investment 
returns to meet long-term liabilities. This leaves us vulnerable to any 
risks that could disrupt or diminish investment returns, and we explore 
these risks under each climate scenario. 

The ‘disorderly transition’ scenario showed the most significant 
impact in the short to medium term as markets adjusted to disorderly 
policy changes. As expected, the ‘orderly transition’ scenario had the 
least overall impact on the Group’s balance sheet. This reinforces our 
strategic objective of decarbonising our investment portfolio. The 
‘hothouse world’ scenario considers long-term physical climate 
change impacts that could lead to financial market repercussions in 
the medium to long term.  While the impact of the ‘hothouse world’ 
scenario are muted in the short to medium term, it had the largest 
overall impact on the Group’s balance sheet over the long term, 
reinforcing the message that investors should not be misled into a 
false sense of security of maintaining current government policies, as 
the true cost of climate change compounds over much longer time 
horizons.

The scenario analysis reveals important insight into how the different 
scenarios might impact different sectors, as shown in the heatmap 
diagram below. 

In the ‘orderly transition’ scenario, the impact is confined to three 
sectors: fossil-based utilities, coal and manufactured fuels, and oil and 
gas. In contrast, under the ‘disorderly transition’ scenario, the impact 
extends beyond the three sectors highlighted. 

These sectoral impacts are significant to Prudential, given our 
operational footprint across Asia and Africa, with many countries 
engaged in manufacturing rather than service industries. Both 
scenarios also present investment opportunities in clean energy and 
water supply. 

Sectors
Financials

Information technology

Consumer staples

Consumer discretionary

Industrials

Communication services

Materials

Real estate

Healthcare

Oil and gas

Fossil-based utilities

Coal and manufactured fuels

Public administrative and defence

Education

Other low-carbon and biobased electricity

Water supply

Wind and solar

Nuclear
Forestry

Source: Prudential internal scenario analysis work

Orderly transition

Disorderly transition

2025

2035

2050

2025

2035

2050

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

123

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures continued

Impact on strategic asset allocation
In addition to climate scenario analysis, we integrate climate change 
into our strategic asset allocation (SAA) process. The SAA process 
heavily relies on capital market assumptions (CMAs), which are 
economic projections used across our financial metrics and asset 
classes. We use CMAs that are particularly focused on the countries 
where we operate and invest. 

These CMAs are developed through a rigorous process that 
incorporates comprehensive research, economic models and 
projections of key drivers of economic variables. To ensure climate risk 
is captured within our CMAs, we include climate data, such as climate-
related transition and physical risks. 

We have partnered with an external provider to assess a climate 
scenario and associated potential impacts on our CMAs. This 
evaluation will be conducted twice a year to ensure the CMAs remain 
relevant. We will also continually review our data and findings, 
considering the higher levels of uncertainty typically experienced by 
emerging markets.

Impact on financial and strategic planning 
We review our strategy and financial planning process annually and 
stress-test the proposed strategy to assess its resilience. These stress 
tests, which are conducted as part of our usual business activities and 
consider stresses independent of climate change, are more stringent 
than the scenarios outlined in the Climate-related scenario analysis 
section. The results of these business stress tests, combined with the 
insights gained from the climate-scenario testing, provide us with 
additional confidence in the strategy’s viability for the year ahead. 

We also ask our local businesses to consider our sustainability strategy 
and Responsible Investment Policy in their product development 
processes and ongoing product evaluations. 

Regional impact on our operations

As extreme weather increases in frequency, our people and our operations are potentially exposed to physical risks associated with 
climate change. Strengthening our organisational resilience to these risks is a key priority for us. 

We use a third-party platform to assess the risks associated with natural disasters and inform our business continuity management 
approach. The most recent assessment revealed potential significant physical climate impacts to our operations under the ‘hothouse 
scenario’ (RCP 8.5) as shown on the map. 

We also use scenario analysis to identify additional vulnerabilities in our operations, supply chains and customer base. Using our third-
party provider’s platform, we also investigate the potential operational risks from severe typhoons or floods, including property damage, 
business interruption and market volatility.

427 Overall Risk Rating

0-25

26-50

51-75

76-100

124

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

To safeguard our customers from the impacts of climate change and 
build resilience for the future, we will continue to update our climate 
transition actions and progress, aiming to make more proactive 
contributions to a just and inclusive net zero transition across our 
broad footprint in Asia and Africa. Broadly, we will seek to:

– Work with data providers and our asset managers to improve the 
availability and quality of our Scope 3 investment book data, 
including potential monitoring of other asset classes as 
methodologies continue to develop;

– Develop the coverage of our Scope 3 value chain emissions beyond 
financed emissions, for example our supply chain emissions and 
initiatives to reduce them; 

– Investigate the feasibility of setting net zero operational targets, in 
light of the constraints of renewable energy availability within our 
markets;

– Examine how emerging topics, such as nature and biodiversity, 

may impact our decarbonisation strategy and our overall approach 
to climate change;

– Continue to explore climate-related opportunities, such as those 

relating to climate financing within emerging markets, our 
customers and digital services, climate-related health products and 
services, and employee initiatives;

– Further develop our approach to corporate engagement and asset 
manager engagement, focusing on appropriate sector-specific and 
emerging market engagement approaches to maximise our 
impact; 

– Continue to develop localised, market-specific responsible 

investment approaches;

– Explore additional opportunities to collaborate and partner with 

relevant private and public entities on climate change and 
transition financing; and 

– Continue to engage with other financial market participants, local 

regulators and stakeholders to advance the development of 
frameworks that support our climate work in emerging markets. 

Climate-related targets and metrics
Our long-term pledge is to become net zero by 2050, and we have 
established interim targets to measure our progress on the path to 
net zero. These targets are designed to support the achievement of 
the Paris Agreement goals to limit the increase in global average 
temperatures to 1.5˚C above pre-industrial levels.

Since our carbon journey began in 2018, we have continually 
reviewed our approach and our commitments to assess our progress 
towards our net zero pledge. We have met or exceeded our interim 
targets at every stage, allowing us to increase our ambitions and 
update our targets to accelerate our progress. 

Impact on access to capital 
Occasionally, we seek to raise capital from bond or equity markets to 
fund strategic opportunities like mergers, acquisitions or new market 
entry. Institutional investors are our primary source of capital, and we 
expect them to continue to provide access to sufficient capital despite 
potential impacts of climate change.

Our credit ratings remain high, based on credit rating agencies’ 
assessment of our business profile and financial flexibility, including 
capital market access. ESG factors are regularly discussed in our 
annual meetings with ratings agencies. To date, they have not 
impacted our creditworthiness. 

Impacts on insurance liabilities
Potential climate change impacts may also affect morbidity, 
mortality and persistency differently across global regions. These 
differences are captured in the annual review process that monitors 
these factors and considers their impact on our products. As a life and 
health insurer, while we recognise the potential for climate change 
and government policies to impact the assumptions underlying our 
underwriting liabilities, we believe there is currently insufficiency of 
and uncertainty in data that would allow us to reliably use the 
assumptions for the valuation of our underwriting liabilities. 
Therefore, at this stage, the Group’s assumptions for our life and 
health insurance business do not include additional assumptions 
related to the impacts of climate change. We will continue to engage 
with our regular experience analysis, to engage with reinsurers and 
monitor relevant academic studies. If significant changes occur, the 
financial impacts of climate-related risks on insurance liabilities will be 
considered. Additionally, we have analysed the distribution of our 
customers across locations to assess their vulnerability to extreme 
climate events. These assessments aim to improve our understanding 
of our customers’, and our, exposure to climate risks. 

Advocating for emerging market sustainability and 
climate-related issues 
We are actively involved in advocating for emerging market 
sustainability and climate-related concerns on a global level. Our 
advocacy efforts extend beyond exploring the role of investors in a 
just and inclusive transition in Asia and Africa. We also engage with 
policy and regulatory stakeholders to promote awareness of 
sustainability issues. Our outreach focuses on key themes, including 
regulatory reform, blended finance, harmonisation of standards and 
taxonomies, and the preservation of nature. We also continue to 
explore the impacts of climate change on health through research 
partnerships. It is critical that policymakers and communities have the 
knowledge and tools to support them with climate change adaptation 
efforts. 

Evolving our climate actions
Climate change is a fast-moving issue, with new challenges and 
solutions emerging all the time. We are continually looking to improve 
our understanding of the challenges we face and the effectiveness of 
our efforts to mitigate them.

As outlined in the Rising to the climate challenge section above, we 
plan to continue devising and executing renewed climate action at 
Prudential. We are already mapping a clearer trajectory on our 
journey to net zero and identifying opportunities to drive positive 
change across our business and customer interfaces, as well as our 
operations and our supply chains.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

125

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures continued

Progress against our climate-related targets 

Target

2023 progress

Deliver a 55% reduction in the carbon emissions intensity of our 
investment portfolio by 2030 against our 2019 baseline

Achieved 50% reduction by the end of 2023 and revised target 
upwards to 55% reduction by 2030 against our 2019 baseline 

This is an ambitious but realistic target that will accelerate our 
progress towards becoming a net-zero asset manager

The WACI of our portfolio is influenced by movements in the 
carbon intensity of the companies we invest in, movements in 
markets, and changes to portfolio weights

Finance the transition, particularly in emerging markets, through 
investments and strategy development

Internal investment target on financing the transition to a lower 
carbon future

Divest from all direct investments in businesses that derive more 
than 30% of their income from coal

– Fully divested from coal equities by 2021
– Fully divested from coal bonds during 2023 

The threshold for our coal policy has been carefully considered to 
strike a balance between risk and return, and enable companies in 
our markets to gradually phase out coal

Engage with the companies responsible for 65% of the absolute 
emissions in our investment portfolio

Deliver a 25% reduction in our operational emissions intensity from 
a 2016 baseline, and abate the remaining emissions via carbon 
offsetting initiatives, to become carbon neutral across our Scope 1 
and 2 (market-based) emissions by the end of 2030

This is an annual target, so our portfolio is constantly reviewed 
against this threshold

Engagement completed for all identified companies during 2023

Achieved an intensity ratio of 0.95 tCO2e/FTE for 2023, keeping us 
ahead of the trajectory needed to meet our 2030 target of 1.65 
tCO2e/FTE

Carbon emissions profile as of 31 December 2023 

Scope 1 and 2 (market-based) (tCO2e)
Scope 3 – including emissions associated 
with fuel- and energy-related activities, 
waste generated in operations and business 
travel, excluding category 15 (tCO2e)
Scope 3 category 15 – including emissions 
associated with investments (tCO2e)

14,425* 
14,462* 

3,600,000* 

* Within the scope of EY assurance – for further information, see the the Basis of 

Reporting which notes those Scope 3 categories that were within the scope of EY 
assurance.

Climate-related metrics 
We continually review the climate metrics we use to assess their 
suitability for our markets, considering factors like practicality of 
implementation, data availability and coverage. 

To measure our exposure to climate-related risks, we use a 
combination of absolute emissions data and emission intensity data. 
Absolute emissions allow us to quantify the overall carbon footprint of 
investments within our portfolio, while WACI data allows us to 
compare carbon footprints relative to the revenue generated by 
investments.

Measuring WACI enables us to compare the intensity of emissions for 
different portfolios and assess improvements over time. WACI is also 
useful as a proxy for transition risk within our investment portfolio, 
with a higher WACI usually indicating a gap in alignment with the 
goals of the Paris Agreement. 

As mentioned in the Challenges and future goals section of the 
report, the calculation of WACI is aligned to the protocol of the Net 
Zero Asset Owner Alliance as follows:

– Assets from wholly-owned business only;
– Shareholder and policyholder assets (excluding assets in unit-linked 

funds);

– Assets in the following asset classes only: listed equities and 

classified corporate bonds, using industry practice; 

– Assets in the following investment vehicles: segregated mandates, 

collective investment schemes and exchange traded funds.

These assets mentioned above, as reported by our main portfolio 
management system, constitutes over 92.9 per cent of our 
investment portfolio as at 30 September 2022.

To assess our operational emissions, we measure the reduction in 
emissions intensity per full-time employee. 

126

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
Movement in metrics

Target-related metrics
WACI (weighted average of tCO2e/$m revenue)
Coverage for the WACI of the investment portfolio*

2023

192*

69%

Holdings in companies with more than 30% of revenue from coal

Fully divested

2022

2021

219

67%

Substantially 
divested from 
bonds

296

69%

Fully divested 
from equities

Engagement with the companies responsible for 65% of the absolute emissions 
in our investment portfolio
Operational emissions intensity (tCO2e/FTE)
Our own operations
Scope 1 (tCO2e)
Scope 2 – market-based (tCO2e)
Scope 2 – location-based (tCO2e)
Scope 3 (upstream activities)† (tCO2e)
Our financed emissions
Scope 3: Downstream activities (financed emissions) (tCO2e)‡

Reviewed 100%
Engaged 100%
0.95

Reviewed 100%
Engaged 100%
1.21

Reviewed 44% 
Engaged 31%
1.47

2,108*

12,318*

18,334*

14,462*

1,645

16,938

19,880

9,487

1,481

19,986

21,547

8,798

3,600,000*

3,100,000

4,700,000

* Within the scope of EY assurance – for further information, see the Basis of Reporting which notes those Scope 3 categories that were within the scope of EY assurance.
† 
‡  Reflecting the absolute emissions of the assets in the WACI calculation where the underlying data is available as detailed in the Basis of Reporting

Includes the following Scope 3 categories: 3 (fuel- and energy-related activities, 5 (waste generated in operations) and 6 (business travel).

Monitoring and shaping industry developments
We continue to monitor developments related to the International 
Sustainability Standards Board (ISSB) and guidance from the 
regulatory authorities in markets where we operate and will continue 
to review the completeness and robustness of our sustainability-
related data and methodologies in general.

We have also reviewed the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) as 
part of our ongoing evaluation of our climate targets. As part of this 
process, in 2023 we met with the SBTi specifically around the 
applicability of its methodology to emerging markets. The SBTi uses 
global decarbonisation targets and pathways for verification that do 
not differentiate between the requirements of emerging markets and 
developed markets. In line with our commitment to a just and 
inclusive net zero transition, we believe it is crucial to recognise the 
differing transition challenges faced by different countries and 
companies. This also aligns with the Paris Agreement, which includes 
the principle of ‘common but differentiated responsibilities’. Our 
responsible investment approach seeks to incorporate this principle. 
We will continue to engage with the SBTi and monitor its publications 
to understand whether its methodology can be applied appropriately 
in our markets. 

For more information on our participation in regional and global 
advocacy, please refer to Harnessing thought leadership to shape the 
agenda section of the Sustainability Report. 

Data availability
As a data user, we rely on information disclosed by investee 
companies via reporting frameworks like the TCFD recommendations 
and the CDP. To enhance data availability, we are working with both 
data providers and our asset managers to improve disclosures. In 
time, we expect the situation to improve as companies across regions 
are increasingly required to make climate-related disclosures and face 
increased scrutiny from stakeholders. 

We are aware that expanding data coverage could impact the WACI 
of our portfolio, either positively or negatively, as newly disclosed data 
is included in our calculations.

For more detail on our direct environmental footprint, please refer to 
the Sustainable business section of the Sustainability Report.

Forward-looking metrics
We are actively working with our asset management and asset owner 
businesses to develop forward-looking metrics that are more suitable 
for our operations. These metrics would enable us to effectively 
manage and report on climate-related risks, while integrating 
seamlessly with our investment processes to help us uphold our 
responsible investment framework.

In assessing new metrics, we have conducted a thorough review of 
peer practices and industry recommendations regarding forward- 
looking metrics, including Climate Value at Risk (Climate-VAR) and 
implied temperature rise (ITR). We have reviewed these metrics and 
believe they are only suitable for internal use at this stage, due to 
limitations in the data availability and the underlying assumptions in 
their methodologies. 

We have enhanced our internal reporting by incorporating ITR as an 
indicator of the temperature alignment of our investment portfolio, 
and Climate-VAR as an indicator of the portfolio’s exposure to 
physical and transition climate change risks. We will continue to build 
our understanding of these metrics and consider their use for external 
disclosure once their limitations have been appropriately addressed or 
mitigated.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

127

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables

Hong Kong Stock Exchange requirements 

HKEX KPI requirement
Environmental
Information on: (a) the 
policies; and (b) compliance 
with relevant laws and 
regulations that have a 
significant impact on the 
issuer relating to air and 
greenhouse gas emissions, 
discharges into water and 
land, and generation of 
hazardous and non-
hazardous waste.

The types of emissions and 
respective emissions data. 

Direct (Scope 1) and 
energy indirect (Scope 2) 
greenhouse gas emissions 
(in tonnes) and, where 
appropriate, intensity.

Total hazardous waste 
produced (in tonnes) and, 
where appropriate, intensity.

Total non-hazardous 
waste produced (in 
tonnes) and, where 
appropriate, intensity.

Indicator

Disclosure

A1

Our Group Environment Policy applies to our operational properties worldwide, guiding our 
approach to the management of the direct impacts of our businesses.

In 2023, there were no confirmed instances of non-compliance in relation to such laws and 
regulations that would have a significant impact on the Group.

A1.1 & A1.2

Prudential provides full reporting for Scope 1 and 2 emissions and selected Scope 3 reporting. 
More information is provided in the Climate-related metrics section on page 126, and the 
Responsible environmental practices section of the Sustainability Report.  

Direct Scope 1 emissions (tCO2e)
Direct Scope 1 emissions (tCO2e /FTE)
Direct Scope 1 emissions (kgCO2e /m2)
Direct Scope 2 (market based) emissions (tCO2e)
Direct Scope 2 (market based) emissions (tCO2e/FTE)
Direct Scope 2 (market based) emissions (kgCO2e/m2)

2023
2,108 

0.14
6.33
12,318 

0.81

36.97

2022
1,645

0.11
4.78
16,938

1.11

49.23

2021
1,481

0.10
4.02
19,986

1.37

54.21

A1.3

As a life insurer, the production of hazardous waste is not applicable to our operations.

A1.4

Total non-hazardous waste produced (tonnes)

Total non-hazardous waste produced (tonnes/FTE)

2023
379

0.02

2022
357

0.02

2021
222

0.02

Waste associated with our operations includes office waste and limited food waste from 
canteens. As we occupy leased assets and smaller offices, waste is commonly controlled by the 
landlord or the municipal government via direct roadside collection. It therefore it is not always 
possible to obtain waste data. We continue to work with our landlords in all the areas in which we 
operate to enhance the coverage of our reporting. 

During 2023, we increased the scope of reporting of waste data to cover 91 per cent of our 
occupied floor area.

We have set a target to become carbon neutral across our Scope 1 and 2 (market-based) 
emissions by the end of 2030. We aim to deliver a 25 per cent reduction per full-time employee 
(FTE) in our operational emissions from a 2016 baseline, then abate the remaining emissions via 
carbon offsetting initiatives. To date the steps we have taken are:

– Carrying out site assessments for the highest consuming assets in our portfolio to identify 

measures to reduce our carbon intensity; 

– Issuing our local businesses with tailored environmental roadmaps, which are updated on an 

annual basis and detail existing Scope 1 and 2 emissions, 2030 targets, and actions required to 
meet these goals; and 

– Actively examining how we can procure renewable power for our office operations in certain 

markets.

To date, we are ahead of the emissions reduction trajectory required to meet our target. More 
information is available in the Progress against our climate-related targets section on page 126. In 
2023, we revised our target to reduce the carbon emissions of our portfolio of shareholder and 
policyholder assets by 55 per cent by 2030, against our 2019 baseline. Our ambition is that the 
assets we hold on behalf of our insurance companies will be ‘net zero’ by 2050. During 2023 we 
reduced the weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) of our portfolio by 50 per cent against the 
2019 baseline. More information is available in the Decarbonising our portfolio section on page 111.

Description of emissions 
target(s) set and steps 
taken to achieve them.

A1.5

128

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
HKEX KPI requirement
Description of how 
hazardous and non-
hazardous wastes are 
handled, and a description 
of reduction target(s) set 
and steps taken to achieve 
them.

Policies on the efficient use 
of resources, including 
energy, water and other 
raw materials.

A2

Direct and/or indirect 
energy consumption by 
type in total (kWh in ’000s) 
and intensity.

A2.1

Water consumption in 
total and intensity.

A2.2

Description of energy use 
efficiency target(s) set and 
steps taken to achieve 
them.

A2.3

Indicator
A1.6

Disclosure
Non-hazardous waste is sorted in our offices and where possible recycled. The waste generated 
by our operations is managed by the landlord of the premises we occupy and therefore we are 
restricted in materials we can recycle by their operations.

The waste we produce is not material to the overall environmental impact of our operations and 
as such we do not currently have any targets in place to reduce the waste associated with our 
operations. We continue to encourage waste reduction across our operations and we have 
implemented initiatives such as providing staff with reusable cups and lunchboxes to reduce 
consumption of single-use plastic. 

As a life insurer the production of hazardous waste is not applicable to our operations. 
Our Group Environment Policy applies to our operational properties worldwide, guiding our 
approach to the management of the direct impacts of our businesses.

Total consumption (kWh)

kWh/FTE

2023

2022

2021

41,985,325 41,200,175 42,131,700

2,750.73

2,688.60

2,891.48

More information is available in the SECR report on page 148

2023

2022

2021

Total water withdrawal (m3) 
Total water withdrawal (m3/m2)
We are not currently able to report the water consumption of all our assets as some sites do not 
have water metering, or water is part of the service charge.  

138,960.00 163,720.17 123,025.82

0.42

0.33

0.48

During 2023, we increased the scope of reporting of water data to cover 79 per cent of our 
occupied floor area.

We do not have explicit energy efficiency targets in place. However, 85 per cent of our Scope 1 
and 2 carbon emissions are from the use of electricity. Thus, to achieve our carbon reduction 
targets the implementation of energy efficiency measures is key. 

We have carried out site assessments across our asset portfolio and identified measures to 
reduce our impact. We have developed roadmaps for our businesses with measures they can 
implement to generate energy savings. We will continue to carry out these assessments and 
identify savings opportunities to reduce our energy consumption. 

Description of whether 
there is any issue in 
sourcing water that is fit 
for purpose, water 
efficiency target(s) set and 
steps taken to achieve 
them.

Total packaging material 
used for finished products 
(in tonnes) and, if 
applicable, with reference 
to per unit produced.

Policies on minimising the 
issuer’s significant impact 
on the environment and 
natural resources.

Description of the 
significant impacts of 
activities on the 
environment and natural 
resources and the actions 
taken to manage them.

A2.4

As a life insurer with office-based operations, water consumption and water efficiency are not 
material to our business. 

Currently, we do not have any targets in place to reduce the water used in our operations.

A2.5

As a life insurer, the use of packaging material is not applicable to our business.

A3

A3.1

Our Group Environment Policy applies to our operational properties worldwide, guiding our 
approach to the management of the direct impacts of our businesses.

The most significant impact of our activities on the environment is through our investment 
portfolio. More information about how we are reducing the weighted average carbon intensity 
footprint of our investment portfolio is available in the Decarbonising our portfolio section on 
page 111, as well as in the Responsible investment section on page 110.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

129

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

Hong Kong Stock Exchange requirements continued

HKEX KPI requirement
Policies on identification 
and mitigation of 
significant climate-related 
issues which have 
impacted, and those which 
may impact the issuer

Description of the 
significant climate-related 
issues which have 
impacted, and those which 
may impact, the issuer, and 
the actions taken to 
manage them.

Social
Information on: (a) the 
policies; and (b) 
compliance with relevant 
laws and regulations that 
have a significant impact 
on the issuer relating to 
compensation and 
dismissal, recruitment and 
promotion, working hours, 
rest periods, equal 
opportunity, diversity, anti-
discrimination, and other 
benefits and welfare.

Total workforce by gender, 
employment type, age 
group and geographical 
region.

Note: The 2021 balances 
have been restated to 
reflect the consistent 
treatment of local sales 
agents in our Africa 
markets who are not 
permanent employees.

Indicator
A4

Disclosure
More information is available in the Identifying climate-related risks section on page 119, and 

the Managing and responding to climate-related risks section on page 121.

A4.1

Different scenarios, including <2°C scenarios, have different potential impacts on our businesses, 
strategy and financial planning, as described in the Identifying climate-related risks section on 
page 119. 

We have identified short-, medium- and long-term climate-related issues as described in the 
Identifying climate-related risks section on page 119. We have taken actions, including 
integrating our processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks into our 
overall risk management, as described in the Assessing climate-related risks section, and the 
Managing and responding to climate-related risks section on page 121.

We also identified climate-related opportunities, as described in the Identifying and responding 
to climate-related opportunities section on page 121.

B1

Prudential’s policies protect our employees by formalising its responsibilities and those of 
everyone in the organisation. More information on the following policies is available in the Our 
Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability strategy section on pages 146-149:

– Discrimination and Harassment Policy
– Diversity and Inclusion Policy
– Employee Relations Policy 
– Recruitment Policy
– Remuneration Policy
– Talent Policy

In 2023, there were no confirmed instances of non-compliance in relation to such laws and 
regulations that would have a significant impact on the Group.

B1.1

Total workforce by gender

Unspecified

Male

Female

Total workforce by employment type

Full-time

Part-time

Total workforce by age group

Unspecified

Below 30

30-50

Above 50

Total workforce by region

Asia

Africa

Europe and USA

2023

3.0

6,541.3

8,713.2

2022

18.0

6,299.3

8,363.4

2021*

11.0

5,911.6

7,946.1

2023

2022

2021*

15,250.1

14,671.6

13,854.8

7.4

2023

0

9.1

13.9

2022

34.0

2021*

31.0

2,698.0

2,880.9

2,715.4

11,428.8

10,535.4

10,030.2

1,130.7

1,230.4

1,092.1

2023

2022

2021*

13,933.7

13,399.7

12,574.5

1,202.0

121.8

1,126.0

155.0

1,075.0

219.2

130

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

HKEX KPI requirement
Employee turnover rate by 
gender, age group and 
geographical region. 

Indicator
B1.2

Note: These numbers are 
representative of the total 
turnover including our call 
centre staff. We also have 
a second category for total 
turnover excluding call 
centre staff and this can be 
found in the Empowering 
our people section.

Disclosure

Employee turnover rate by gender 

Male

Female

Employee turnover rate by age group

Below 30

30-50

Above 50

Employee turnover rate by region

Asia

Europe and USA
Africa‡
Overall 
† All 2021-2022 employee turnover data excludes Africa 

‡ Group Human Resources systems only began recording full-time employee (FTE) 

turnover numbers from Africa in 2023.

2023

18%

16%

2023

27%

14%

20%

2023

17%

18%

11%

17%

2022†

24%

21%

2022† 

38%

19%

20%

2022

22%

56%

N/A

23%

2021†

26%

23%

2021†

38%

19%

16%

2021

24%

22%

N/A

24%

Information on: (a) the 
policies; and (b) compliance 
with relevant laws and 
regulations that have a 
significant impact on the 
issuer relating to providing 
a safe working 
environment and 
protecting employees from 
occupational hazards.

Number and rate of work-
related fatalities occurred 
in each of the past three 
years including the 
reporting year.

Lost days due to work 
injury.

Description of occupational 
health and safety 
measures adopted, and 
how they are implemented 
and monitored.

B2

The Group Resilience Policy and Health and Safety Standards set the governance framework for 
our local businesses to establish, implement and maintain comprehensive health and safety 
measures that are focused on the physical and mental health and wellbeing of our employees, 
contractors, visitors, and others who may be affected by our operations, to as low as is 
reasonably practicable. 

Our policy and operational standards are aligned with the global ISO 45001:2018 standard and 
include prescriptive minimum requirements for health and safety governance, legal requirements 
and programme framework.

B2.1

There were no work-related fatalities in the reporting year (2022: nil; 2021: nil).

B2.2

B2.3

36 incidents resulting in 4 days lost to work-related injury.

Occupational health and safety measures employ a framework and methodology based on ISO 
45001 using predictive and reactive management tools that are centrally coordinated and locally 
executed. The measures are implemented and monitored using:   
– Defined policies, roles, responsibilities and governance frameworks; 
– Legal registers to ensure compliance with relevant laws, regulations, rules, guidelines and codes 

issued by relevant regulators; and standards and codes issued by industry bodies where 
appropriate; 

– A comprehensive and sound risk management and internal control system to identify, 

quantify, prevent and reduce risk faced by our people and the business;

– Incident reporting and investigation protocols; 
– Programmes for managing third-party risks in the procurement of equipment and provision of 

services;

– Provision of appropriate information, instruction and training;
– Employee communication and consultation mechanisms; 
– Workplace welfare and wellbeing facilities and programmes; and 
– Mechanisms for monitoring, reviewing, reporting and improving performance.

B3

Policies on improving 
employees’ knowledge and 
skills for discharging duties 
at work. Description of 
training activities.

Our Performance and Learning Policy sets out the importance of our people and frames how we 
invest in their development to deliver against our strategy and the future success of the 
organisation. This includes our Performance Management Framework.

More information is available in the Empowering our people section of our Sustainability Report.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

131

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

The average training hours 
completed per employee by 
gender and employee 
category. 

B3.2

Note: The total training 
hours per employee is likely 
to far exceed this as the 
number of hours that 
employees take to 
complete their non-
mandatory training courses 
are not wholly captured in 
our system.     

Information on: (a) the 
policies; and (b) compliance 
with relevant laws and 
regulations that have a 
significant impact on the 
issuer relating to 
preventing child and forced 
labour.

Description of measures to 
review employment 
practices to avoid child and 
forced labour.

Hong Kong Stock Exchange requirements continued

HKEX KPI requirement
The percentage of 
employees trained by 
gender and employee 
category.

Indicator
B3.1

Disclosure

Percentage of employees trained by gender
Unspecified

Male

Female

Percentage of employees trained by employee category
Rank and file

Middle level

Top level

Average training hours completed per employee by gender 

Unspecified 

Male

Female

Average training hours completed per employee by employee category 

Top level
Middle level 

Rank and file 

2023
0%

99%

99%

2023
98%

99%

99%

2023

N/A

 15.01

14.23

2023

16.90
15.39

14.09

2022
65%

96%

96%

2022
96%

93%

95%

2022

8.43

16.04

15.58

2022

11.54
9.91

16.06

2021
45%

97%

97%

2021
96%

99%

99%

2021

5.65

11.22

12.44

2021

6.09
9.19

12.63

B4

We are committed to ensuring that slavery, human trafficking, child labour or any other abuse of 
human rights has no place in our organisation or supply chain. 

The nature of our business means that main risk would be in our supply chain. More information 
is available in the Combatting modern slavery section of our Sustainability Report.

B4.1, B4.2

We believe in supporting human rights and acting responsibly and with integrity in everything we 
do. These values are reflected within our Group Code of Conduct, which sets out the Group’s 
values and expected standards of behaviour for all employees, and in our Group Third-Party 
Supply and Outsourcing Policy which describes how we work with suppliers.

Description of steps taken 
to eliminate such practices 
when discovered.

Policies on managing 
environmental and social 
risks of the supply chain.

B5

Number of suppliers by 
geographical region.

B5.1

The nature of our business means that main risk would be in our supply chain. More information 
is available in the Combatting modern slavery section of our Sustainability Report.

Our Group Code of Conduct outlines the values and standards that are required of each of our 
suppliers. Our Group Third-Party Supply and Outsourcing Policy is core to our supply chain 
governance and our responsible supplier guidelines cover a range of sustainability topics. More 
information is available in the Responsible procurement practices section of our Sustainability 
Report.

Asia

Africa

Europe and US

Total

‡ Data as of 30 September 2023

2023‡
10,712

1,844

451

13,007

2022
7,362

2,103

485

9,950

132

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

HKEX KPI requirement
Description of practices 
relating to engaging 
suppliers, number of 
suppliers where the 
practices are being 
implemented, and how 
they are implemented and 
monitored.

Description of practices 
used to identify 
environmental and social 
risks along the supply 
chain, and how they are 
implemented and 
monitored.

Description of practices 
used to promote 
environmentally preferable 
products and services when 
selecting suppliers, and 
how they are implemented 
and monitored.

Information on: (a) the 
policies; and (b) compliance 
with relevant laws and 
regulations that have a 
significant impact on the 
issuer relating to health 
and safety, advertising, 
labelling and privacy 
matters relating to 
products and services 
provided and methods of 
redress.

Percentage of total 
products sold or shipped 
subject to recalls for safety 
and health reasons.

Number of products and 
service related complaints 
received and how they are 
dealt with.

B6.3

B6.4

B6.5

Description of practices 
relating to observing and 
protecting intellectual 
property rights.

Description of quality 
assurance process and 
recall procedures.

Description of consumer 
data protection and 
privacy policies, and how 
they are implemented and 
monitored.

Indicator
B5.2

Disclosure
In 2023, the Group's third-party risk assessment platform, Coupa Risk Assess, continues to 
strengthen our visibility of third-party risks such as information and technology security concerns, 
data privacy, anti-bribery and corruption and business continuity and resilience. Through this 
system we also issued due diligence questionnaires aligned to the principles of the responsible 
supplier guidelines.

More information is available in the Responsible procurement practices section of our 
Sustainability Report.

B5.3

More information is available in the Responsible procurement practices section and the 
Combatting modern slavery section of our Sustainability Report.  

B5.4

B6

In line with the Group-wide Third-Party Supply and Outsourcing Policy, we have introduced 
responsible supplier guidelines. Our responsible supplier guidelines cover a range of sustainability 
topics. More information is available in the Responsible procurement practices section of our 
Sustainability Report.

Our Customer Conduct Risk Policy includes our Customer Conduct principles and sets out the core 
values and standards that the Group expects all employees and persons acting on behalf of it to 
observe. More information is available in the Meeting the changing needs of our customers 
section of our Sustainability Report. 

Our Group Data Policy defines how we should manage data throughout its life cycle and employ 
the technology best suited for the business use cases. More information is available in Our Group-
wide policies relating to our sustainability strategy section on page 145. 

Our Privacy Policy governs the protection of data and complies with the General Data Protection 
Regulation. More information is available in Our Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability 
strategy section on page 145.

B6.1

As a life insurer, this is not applicable to our business.

B6.2

33,070 (2022: 37,589). 

In 2023, complaints per 1,000 policies have remained broadly flat at 2 (2022: 2 complaints per 
1,000 policies in force).

More information on how we deal with customer complaints is available on in the Meeting the 
changing needs of our customers section of our Sustainability Report. 

Prudential’s brands, being the Prudential and Eastspring names and the Face of Prudence, are 
considered as our intellectual property. These are protected by a comprehensive process to 
maintain registered trademarks in the brand across all of the markets in which we operate. This is 
supported by a brand Co-existence Agreement with Prudential Financial and M&G plc. Where we 
see infringements of our brand, we take active steps to enforce our rights against third parties.

A description of our quality assurance procedures is available in the Meeting the changing needs 
of our customers section of our Sustainability Report. 

As a life insurer, product recall procedures are not relevant to our business. 

Our Group Data Policy defines how we should manage data throughout its life cycle and employ 
the technology best suited for business use case. More information is available in Our Group-wide 
policies relating to our sustainability strategy section on page 145. 

Our Privacy Policy governs the protection of data and complies with the General Data Protection 
Regulation. More information is available in Our Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability 
strategy section on page 145.

Our Information Security Policy supports our resilient information security programme across the 
organisation and our commitment to protecting the data entrusted to us by customers.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

133

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

Hong Kong Stock Exchange requirements continued

Indicator
B7

Disclosure
More information is available in Our Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability strategy 
section on page 145: 

– Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy
– Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions Policy
– Group Escalation Policy
– Group Counter Fraud Policy.

In 2023, there were no confirmed instances of non-compliance in relation to such laws and 
regulations that would have a significant impact on the Group.

B7.1

Nil (2022: Nil)

B7.2

More information is available in the Whistleblowing section of our Sustainability Report. 

HKEX KPI requirement
Information on: (a) the 
policies; and (b) compliance 
with relevant laws and 
regulations that have a 
significant impact on the 
issuer relating to bribery, 
extortion, fraud and money 
laundering.

Number of concluded legal 
cases regarding corrupt 
practices brought against 
the issuer or its employees 
during the reporting period 
and the outcomes of the 
cases.

Description of preventive 
measures and whistle-
blowing procedures, and 
how they are implemented 
and monitored.

Description of anti-
corruption training provided 
to directors and staff.

B7.3

We provide training to our staff to ensure that they are familiar with international standards and 
best practice, as well as being well equipped to implement our policies in their respective markets. 
Training completion levels are monitored throughout the year.

B8

Policies on community 
engagement to understand 
the needs of the 
communities where the 
issuer operates and to 
ensure its activities take 
into consideration the 
communities’ interests.

Our Community Investment Policy covers working with the communities in which we operate as 
active and supportive members. It also outlines our strategy for investing in the communities and 
how we make investments and report against them.

Focus areas of 
contribution.

B8.1

Total cash contribution by area of focus %

Education

Social and welfare

Environment

Cultural

Other

Emergency relief

Health

Economic development

Payroll giving

2023

57%

30%

2%

0%

4%

3%

4%

0%

0%

2022

2021 (restated)

52%

39%
0%†
0%†
1%

4%

3%

0%
0%†

51%

31%

2%

0%

1%

7%

7%

1%

0%

†     While each rounds to 0% on an individual line basis, the sum of environment, cultural and payroll giving 

contributes to 1% in total.

Total cash contribution by region %

Asia

United Kingdom

Africa

2023

95%

0%

5%

2022

2021 (restated)

95%

3%

2

91%

5%

4%

Resources contributed to 
the focus area.

B8.2

Over the course of 2023, Prudential invested a total of $13.0 million, a 6% increase versus 2022 
($12.2million), in community programmes through the Prudence Foundation – our community 
investment charity – and other community programmes led by our local markets. This 
demonstrated our continued commitment to bringing our sustainability goals to life with action 
and investment in the communities we operate in. 

More information is available in the Building resilient communities section of our Sustainability 
Report.

134

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Disclosure
$0 (2022: $0.2m)

SASB Insurance Standard 

SASB topic
Transparent 
Information and 
Fair Advice for 
Customers

FN-IN-270a.1

Accounting metric Code
Total amount of 
monetary losses as a 
result of legal 
proceedings 
associated with 
marketing and 
communication of 
insurance product-
related information 
to new and returning 
customer

FN-IN-270a.2

Total number of complaints received / total claims raised x 1,000 = 13 (2022: 17)

Prudential believes that this metric is less applicable to the life insurance sector, 
and that a more appropriate metric is the number of complaints per 1,000 policies 
in force, which has remained broadly flat at 2 (2022: 2 complaints per 1,000 
policies in force)

FN-IN-270a.3

87 per cent (2022: 89 per cent) (excludes our joint ventures, China and India 
entities, and Takaful business in Malaysia)

FN-IN-270a.4 More information on the way we communicate with customers and our approach 

to responsible marketing is available in the Meeting the changing needs of our 
customers section of our Sustainability Report. 

FN-IN-410a.2 We integrate ESG factors into all our investment decisions. This complements the 

traditional financial analysis we conduct, in order to better manage risk and 
generate sustainable long-term returns for our customers. ESG integration applies 
to the entire investment process, and all relevant Group investment teams are 
expected to demonstrate how ESG considerations are embedded into investment 
decisions. 

This includes our asset manager Eastspring, which recently updated its 
Responsible Investment Policy to align more closely with that of the Prudential 
Group, while also allowing flexibility for the investment strategies of third-party 
clients (ie non-Prudential clients). 

FN-IN-410b.1

As a life insurer, this metric is not applicable to our business.

FN-IN-410b.2

As a life insurer, this metric is not applicable to our business.

Policies Designed 
to Incentivize 
Responsible 
Behaviour

Complaints-to-claims 
ratio

Customer retention 
rate

Description of 
approach to 
informing customers 
about products

Description of 
approach to 
incorporation of 
environmental, 
social, and 
governance (ESG) 
factors in investment 
management 
processes and 
strategies

Net premiums 
written related to 
energy efficiency 
and low-carbon 
technology

Discussion of 
products and/or 
product features 
that incentivize 
health, safety, and/
or environmentally 
responsible actions 
and/or behaviors

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

135

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

SASB Insurance Standard continued

SASB Topic
Environmental 
Risk Exposure

Accounting metric
Probable Maximum Loss (PML) 
of insured products from 
weather-related natural 
catastrophes

Total amount of monetary 
losses attributable to insurance 
payouts from (1) modeled 
natural catastrophes and (2) 
non-modeled natural 
catastrophes, by type of event 
and geographic segment (net 
and gross of reinsurance)

Description of approach to 
incorporation of environmental 
risks into (1) the underwriting 
process for individual contracts 
and (2) the management of 
firm-level risks and capital 
adequacy

Code
FN-IN-450a.1

Disclosure
As a life insurer, this metric is not applicable to our business.

FN-IN-450a.2

As a life insurer, this metric is not applicable to our business.

FN-IN-450a.3

Our annual review process monitors potential climate change impacts 
that may affect morbidity, mortality, and persistency levels across 
different regions. We then consider how these factors may impact our 
products. We also analyse the distribution of our customers across 
these various locations to assess their vulnerability to extreme climate 
events, in order to improve our understanding of both our exposure, 
and that of our customers, to climate risks. As a life and health insurer, 
we recognise the potential for climate change and government policies 
to impact the assumptions underlying our underwriting liabilities. 
Currently, we believe there is insufficiency of and uncertainty in data 
that would allow us to reliably use these assumptions for the valuation 
of our underwriting liabilities. Thus, the Group’s assumptions for our life 
and health insurance business currently do not include additional 
assumptions related to the impacts of climate change.   We will 
continue to engage with our regular experience analysis, to engage 
with reinsurers and monitor relevant academic studies. If material 
changes occur, we will consider the financial impacts of climate-related 
risks on our insurance liabilities.

Systemic Risk 
Management

Activity Metric

Exposure to derivative 
instruments by category: (1) 
total potential exposure to non-
centrally cleared derivatives, (2) 
total fair value of acceptable 
collateral posted with the 
Central Clearinghouse, and (3) 
total potential exposure to 
centrally cleared derivatives

Total fair value of securities 
lending collateral assets

Description of approach to 
managing capital and liquidity-
related risks associated with 
systemic non-insurance 
activities

Number of policies in force, by 
segment: (1) property and 
casualty, (2) life, (3) assumed 
reinsurance

FN-IN-550a.1

(1) Total potential exposure to non-centrally cleared derivatives:

  $29,621m;

(2) Total fair value of acceptable collateral posted with the Central 

Clearinghouse: ($628m); and

(3) Total potential exposure to centrally cleared derivatives: $21,916m.

FN-IN-550a.2

$16.0m

FN-IN-550a.3

A description of our approach is covered in the Risk Report of our 
Annual Report and Accounts, under the discussion of the Group’s 
principal risks.

FN-IN-000.A

Total policies in force, all in life segment:

17,388,924

136

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

TCFD Index

TCFD recommendation
Governance
a. Describe the Board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

Prudential Group response

Location

Guidance for All Sectors

The processes and 
frequency by which the 
Board and committees 
are informed about 
climate-related issues

All sustainability matters, including climate change, are overseen by the Board, which 
is responsible for determining overall strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas. 
This includes climate-related risks and opportunities, and providing rigorous 
challenge to management on progress against goals and targets. The Sustainability 
governance section sets out the climate-related responsibilities which have been 
assigned to the Board and relevant committees, including the processes and 
frequency by which they are informed about climate-related issues. 

Our governance for responsible investment is disclosed in the Responsible investment 
governance section. 

Sustainability governance 
on page 105

Responsible investment 
governance on page 110

Identifying climate-related 
risks on page 119

Risk governance on page 
56

Prudential treats climate risk as a thematic cross-cutting risk type, with the potential 
to impact or amplify multiple existing risks that we manage, as described in the 
Identifying climate-related risks section. Our enterprise risk management processes, 
which is how the Board and committees are informed on climate-related matters, is 
described in the Risk governance section.

How the Board and 
committees incorporate 
climate-related issues 
into decision-making

How the Board monitors 
and oversees progress 
against climate-related 
goals and targets

All sustainability matters, including climate change, are overseen by the Board, which 
is responsible for determining overall strategy and prioritisation of key focus areas. 
This is discussed in the Sustainability governance section, as the Remuneration 
Committee has agreed to attach carbon reduction targets to Executive Directors' 
2024 Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan awards. More information can also be 
found in the Directors' remuneration report section.

Sustainability governance 
on page 105

Directors' remuneration 
report on page 198

The Risk Committee, a Board-level structure, oversees environmental and climate-
related issues, including the implementation of the Group’s commitments to 
decarbonise its operations and investment portfolio and other climate-focused 
responsible investment commitments. The Risk Committee has a regular item on its 
agenda in relation to its oversight of climate change, including progress against our 
climate targets. In setting future targets or commitments, the Risk Committee 
considers and makes appropriate recommendations to the Board.

Sustainability governance 
on page 105

b. Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities

Guidance for All Sectors

Climate-related 
responsibilities and 
accountability

Sustainability activities, including climate-related responsibilities and accountability, 
are overseen at a management level by the Group Sustainability Committee, chaired 
by the Chief Financial Officer, as described in the Oversight of climate change  
section. These committees report to the Board and Board committees, as described 
in the Sustainability governance section. 

Our governance for responsible investment is disclosed in the Responsible investment 
governance section.

Organisational structure The climate-related organisational structure is included in the Sustainability 
governance, including climate change section.

Sustainability governance 
on page 105

Oversight of climate 
change on page 119

Responsible investment on 
page 110

Sustainability governance, 
including climate change 
on page 105

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

137

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

TCFD Index continued

TCFD recommendation
Governance
b. Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities

Prudential Group response

Location

Guidance for All Sectors

How management is 
informed about climate-
related issues

How management 
monitors climate-related 
issues

We have implemented appropriate processes by which management are informed 
about climate-related issues, as discussed in the Management oversight section. In 
addition, the Oversight of climate change section highlights how the Group 
Sustainability Committee oversees climate-related responsibilities and progress, and 
reports to the Risk Committee, which has ultimate oversight.

Prudential treats climate risk as a thematic cross-cutting risk type, with the potential 
to impact or amplify multiple existing risks that we manage, as described in the 
Identifying climate-related risks section. 

Our enterprise risk management processes, which is how management is informed 
on climate-related matters, is described in the Risk governance section.

Our management committees actively monitor climate-related issues, as described in 
the Management oversight section. The Group Sustainability Committee, chaired by 
the Chief Financial Officer, met five times in 2023. It is informed by other 
Committee members, including Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and Chief 
Investment Officer. 

Prudential treats climate risk as a thematic cross-cutting risk type, with the potential 
to impact or amplify multiple existing risks that we manage, as described in the 
Identifying climate-related risks section. 

Our enterprise risk management processes, which is how management is informed 
on climate-related matters, is described in the Risk governance section.

Management oversight on 
page 105

Oversight of climate 
change on page 119

Identifying climate-related 
risks on page 119

Risk governance on page 
56

Management oversight on 
page 105

Identifying climate-related 
risks on page 119

Risk governance on page 
56

Strategy
a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organization has identified over the short, medium, and long term

Guidance for All Sectors

Definition of short-, 
medium-, and long-term 
time horizons

We have defined the relevant short-, medium-, and long-term time horizons, as 
described in the Assessing climate-related risks section.

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Climate-related issues 
potentially arising in 
each time horizon

We have identified the specific climate-related issues potentially arising in short-, 
medium- and long-term time horizons, as described in the Assessing climate-related 
risks section.

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

138

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

TCFD recommendation
Strategy
a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organization has identified over the short, medium, and long term

Prudential Group response

Location

Guidance for All Sectors

Processes used to 
determine which risks 
and opportunities could 
have a material financial 
impact on the 
organization

We regularly analyse and assess the potential impact of risks associated with climate 
change. Our Group Risk Framework considers both emerging and significant risks. 
Climate risks are considered principal risks at the Group level, and subsequently 
receive enhanced management focus and reporting. An example includes review of 
risks and control self-assessment libraries that support the broader sustainability 
strategy.

Furthermore our risk and strategy processes have identified climate-related risks and 
opportunities which could have a material financial impact on our organisation, as 
described in the Identifying climate-related risks section, the Impact on our 
businesses, strategy and financial planning section, and the Identifying and 
responding to climate-related opportunities section.

Description of risks and 
opportunities by sector 
and/or geography

We have identified specific risks and opportunities by sector and geography, as 
described in the Impacts on assets section, the Impact on our businesses, strategy 
and financial planning section, and the Regional impact on our operations section.

Identifying climate-related 
risks on page 119

Impact on our businesses, 
strategy and financial 
planning on page 123

Identifying and responding 
to climate-related 
opportunities on page 121

Impacts on assets on page 
123

Impact on our businesses, 
strategy and financial 
planning on page 123

Regional impact on our 
operations on page 124

b. Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organization’s businesses, strategy, and financial 
planning
Guidance for All Sectors

How identified climate-
related issues have 
affected our business, 
strategy, and financial 
planning

We have considered the impact on the following:

– Products and services as described in the Identifying and responding to climate-

related opportunities section; 

– Supply chain and/or value chain, including carbon prices, in the Regional impact 

on our operations section, and the Carbon prices used in scenario analysis section; 

– Adaptation and mitigation activities in the Progress against our climate-related 

targets section; and

– Access to capital in the Impact on access to capital section.

We did not have major strategic acquisitions or divestments during the year.

How climate-related 
issues serve as an input 
to our financial planning 
process

Climate-related issues serve as an input to our financial and strategic planning, as 
described in the Impact on our businesses, strategy and financial planning section. 

These risks are prioritised using the processes described in The Group’s principal risks 
and the Risk governance sections.

Identifying and responding 
to climate-related 
opportunities on page 121

Regional impact on our 
operations on page 124

Carbon prices used in 
scenario analysis on page 
122

Progress against our 
climate-related targets on 
page 126

Impact on access to capital 
on page 125

Impact on our businesses, 
strategy and financial 
planning on page 123

The Group’s principal risks 
on page 59

Risk governance on page 
56

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

139

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

TCFD Index continued

Prudential Group response

TCFD recommendation
Strategy
b. Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organization’s businesses, strategy, and financial 
planning
Guidance for All Sectors

Location

The impact of climate-
related issues on 
financial performance

We assess the potential impact of climate-related issues on our financial 
performance, as described in the Climate-related scenario analysis section. We use 
scenarios to assess the robustness of our financial and strategic planning, as 
described in the Impact on financial and strategic planning section.

Our plans for 
transitioning to a low-
carbon economy

We have made GHG emissions reduction commitments, as described in the Progress 
against our climate-related targets section. We have identified specific activities for 
transitioning to a low-carbon economy, as set out throughout our Climate Transition 
Plan.

Supplemental Guidance for Asset Owners

How climate-related risks 
and opportunities are 
factored into relevant 
investment strategies

We use our strategic asset allocation process to factor in climate-related risks and 
opportunities, as described in the Impact on strategic asset allocation section. We 
pursue these opportunities through our responsible investment approach, as 
described in the Integrating ESG throughout the investment process section.

Our asset manager Eastspring Investments also factors in ESG considerations, 
including climate change, into their responsible investment strategy.

Climate-related scenario 
analysis on page 122

Impact on our businesses, 
strategy and financial 
planning on page 123

Progress against our 
climate-related targets on 
page 126

Climate Transition Plan

Impact on strategic asset 
allocation on page 124

Integrating ESG 
throughout the investment 
process on page 113

Eastspring Responsible 
Investment Report

c. Describe the resilience of the organization’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower scenario
Guidance for All Sectors

How our strategy is 
resilient to climate-
related risks and 
opportunities

We assessed the resilience of our strategy and financial plan against three different 
climate scenarios and have confidence that they remain viable, as described in the 
Impact on our businesses, strategy and financial planning section. The assessment 
considered scenarios both 2°C or lower and with increased physical climate-related 
risks, as described in the Climate-related scenario analysis section.

How our strategy will be 
affected by climate-
related risks and 
opportunities

We recognise that our business purpose and strategy allows us to generate climate-
related opportunities (including our investments and products & services) for the 
Group, as described in the Identifying and responding to climate-related 
opportunities section. 

We identify climate-related risks that affect our strategy, as described in the 
Identifying climate-related risks section, and assess and manage these risks, as 
described in the Managing and responding to climate-related risks section. 

How our strategy might 
change to address 
potential risks and 
opportunities

We recognise that our business purpose and strategy allows us to generate climate-
related opportunities (including our investments and products and services) for the 
Group, as described in the Identifying and responding to climate-related 
opportunities section. 

Our strategy may also be impacted by climate-related risks, as described in the 
Identifying climate-related risks section, and how we assess and manage these risks, 
as described in the Managing and responding to climate-related risks section. 

A description of the 
climate-related scenarios 
used

We use climate-related scenarios, including <2°C scenarios, as described in the 
Climate-related scenario analysis section. We identified the related time horizons, as 
set out in the Assessing climate-related risks section.

Impact on our businesses, 
strategy and financial 
planning on page 123

Climate-related scenario 
analysis on page 122

Identifying and responding 
to climate-related 
opportunities on page 121

Identifying climate-related 
risks on page 119

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

Identifying and responding 
to climate-related 
opportunities on page 121

Identifying climate-related 
risks on page 119

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

Climate-related scenario 
analysis on page 122

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

140

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Prudential Group response

TCFD recommendation
Strategy
c. Describe the resilience of the organization’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower scenario
Guidance for All Sectors

Location

A description of how 
climate-related scenarios 
are used, such as to 
inform investments in 
specific assets

We use our strategic asset allocation process to inform investments in specific assets, 
as described in the Impact on strategic asset allocation section. The climate-related 
scenarios we use in the strategic asset allocation process are described in the 
Climate-related scenario analysis section. We pursue these opportunities through our 
responsible investment approach, as described in the Integrating ESG throughout 
the investment process section.

Risk management
a. Describe the organization’s processes for identifying and assessing climate related risks

Guidance for All Sectors

Risk management 
processes for identifying 
and assessing climate-
related risks

We assess climate-related risks, as described in the Assessing climate-related risks 
section, and the Managing and responding to climate-related risks section. We have 
appropriate enterprise risk management processes in place, including for 
determining the relative significance of climate-related risks in relation to other risks, 
as described in The Group’s principal risks and the Risk governance sections.

Existing and emerging 
regulatory requirements 
related to climate 
change

Processes for assessing 
the potential size and 
scope of identified 
climate-related risks

We consider existing and emerging regulatory requirements related to climate 
change, as described in the Assessing climate-related risks section, and the Managing 
and responding to climate-related risks section.

We have processes for assessing the size and scope of climate-related risks. To 
develop a comprehensive view of the potential impacts of climate change on our 
business, the Group Risk Framework considers climate-related risks across three time 
horizons, by taking into account the expected benefits and paybacks of risk-based 
decisions. These time horizons are defined to reflect the periods over which transition 
and physical climate-related risks and opportunities could reasonably emerge. This is 
described in the Assessing climate-related risks section. 

Impact on strategic asset 
allocation on page 124

Climate-related scenario 
analysis on page 122

Integrating ESG 
throughout the investment 
process on page 113

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

The Group’s principal risks 
on page 59

Risk governance on page 
56

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Risk governance on page 
56

Definitions of risk 
terminology used or 
references to existing 
risk classification 
frameworks used

More information can also be found in the Risk governance section.

Our risk classification framework, with our definitions of risk terminology used, forms 
part of our Group Risk Framework, which can be found in the Identifying climate-
related risks section.

Risk governance on page 
56

More information can be found in the Risk governance section.

Supplemental Guidance for Asset Owners

Engagement activity 
with investee companies

We have adopted an active and impactful approach to asset ownership, which 
emphasises direct and constructive dialogue with investee companies on 
sustainability and governance issues, as described in the Corporate engagement 
section. 

Corporate engagement on 
page 112

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

141

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

TCFD Index continued

TCFD recommendation
Risk management
b. Describe the organization’s processes for managing climate-related risks

Prudential Group response

Guidance for All Sectors

Managing climate-
related risks

We have processes for managing and prioritising climate-related risks, as described in 
the Assessing climate-related risks section, and the Managing and responding to 
climate-related risks section.

These are also described in The Group’s principal risks and the Risk Governance 
sections.

Location

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

The Group’s principal risks 
on page 59

Risk governance on page 
56

Positioning of our total 
portfolio with respect to 
the transition to a low-
carbon energy supply, 
production, and use

We have implemented decarbonisation and coal divestment targets to prepare the 
portfolio for the transition to a low-carbon economy, as described in the Progress 
against our climate-related targets section.

Progress against our 
climate-related targets on 
page 126

We have developed our responsible investment policy, including our six 
implementation strategies to actively manage our portfolio’s positioning, as 
described in the Responsible investment approach section.

Responsible investment 
approach on page 112

c. Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the 
organization’s overall risk management
Guidance for All Sectors

Integrating climate-
related risks into our 
overall risk management

We identify, assess and manage climate-related risks, as described in the Assessing 
climate-related risks section, and the Managing and responding to climate-related 
risks section. These risks are integrated into our risk management framework, as 
described in The Group's principal risks and the Risk governance sections.

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

The Group's principal risks 
on page 59

Risk governance on page 
56

Metrics and targets
a. Disclose the metrics used by the organization to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and 
risk management process
Guidance for All Sectors

Key metrics used to 
measure and manage 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities

We use a suite of key metrics to measure and manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities, as described in the Climate-related metrics section, including absolute 
and intensity metrics. 

The following metrics are provided:

– Absolute Scope 1, Scope 2, Scope 3 in the Climate-related metrics section;
– Proportion of executive management remuneration linked to climate 

considerations in the Directors’ remuneration report section.

We describe the following qualitatively: 

– Amount and extent of assets or business activities vulnerable to transition and 
physical risks in the Impact on assets section, and the Regional impact on our 
operations section;

– Proportion of revenue, assets, or other business activities aligned with climate-
related opportunities in the Identifying and responding to climate-related 
opportunities section; and 

– Amount of capital expenditure, financing, or investment deployed toward 

climate-related risks and opportunities in the Integrating ESG throughout the 
investment process section. 

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Directors’ remuneration 
report on page 198

Impacts on assets on page 
123

Regional impact on our 
operations on page 124

Identifying and responding 
to climate-related 
opportunities on page 121

Integrating ESG 
throughout the investment 
process on page 113

142

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

TCFD recommendation
Metrics and targets

Prudential Group response

Location

a. Disclose the metrics used by the organization to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and 
risk management process
Guidance for All Sectors

Metrics on climate-
related risks associated 
with water, energy, and 
waste management

How performance 
metrics are incorporated 
into remuneration 
policies

The internal carbon 
prices we use as well as 
climate-related 
opportunity metrics

Metrics used to assess 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities

We provide, where relevant and applicable, metrics on climate-related risks 
associated with water, energy, and waste management in the Hong Kong Stock 
Exchange requirements section.

Hong Kong Stock Exchange 
requirements on page 128

We incorporate climate-related performance metrics, as described in the Directors’ 
remuneration report section.

Directors’ remuneration 
report on page 198

We use carbon prices in our scenario testing, as described in the Carbon prices used 
in scenario analysis section.

We provide the metrics used to assess climate-related risks in the Climate-related 
metrics section. We discuss qualitatively the climate-related risk management 
process in the Assessing climate-related risks section, and the Managing and 
responding to climate-related risks section, as well as opportunities from products 
and services designed for a lower-carbon economy in the Identifying and responding 
to climate-related opportunities section.

Carbon prices used in 
scenario analysis on page 
122

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Assessing climate-related 
risks on page 120

Managing and responding 
to climate-related risks on 
page 121

Identifying and responding 
to climate-related 
opportunities on page 121

Metrics for historical 
periods

We provide historical metrics in the Climate-related metrics section, so as to allow for 
trend analysis.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Forward-looking metrics We qualitatively discuss forward-looking metrics in the Forward-looking metrics  

section.

Methodologies used to 
calculate or estimate 
climate-related metrics

We describe the methodologies used to calculate our climate-related metrics in our 
Basis of Reporting, so as to provide a single consistent description of the 
methodologies.

Forward-looking metrics on 
page 127

Basis of Reporting

Our Scope 1 and Scope 2 
GHG emissions and 
appropriate Scope 3 GHG 
emissions

We provide our Scope 1, Scope 2 and relevant Scope 3 GHG emissions in the 
Climate-related metrics section.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

143

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

TCFD Index continued

Prudential Group response

TCFD recommendation
Metrics and targets
a. Disclose the metrics used by the organization to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and 
risk management process
Guidance for All Sectors

Location

Supplemental Guidance for Asset Owners

Metrics used to assess 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities in each 
fund or investment 
strategy 

Weighted average carbon intensity (WACI) is useful as a proxy for transition risk 
within our investment portfolio, as a higher WACI usually indicates a gap in 
alignment with the goals of the Paris Agreement. Measuring WACI enables us to 
compare the intensity of emissions for different portfolios and assess improvements 
over time. More information can be found in the Climate-related metrics section. 

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Metrics considered in 
investment decisions and 
monitoring

We use a suite of key metrics to assess climate-related risks and opportunities as well 
as for investment decisions and monitoring, as described in the Climate-related 
metrics section, where we explain how these metrics have changed over time.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

We qualitatively describe implied temperature rise, which can be used to describe the 
extent to which assets, funds and investment strategies are aligned with a well below 
2°C scenario, in the Forward-looking metrics section.

Forward-looking metrics on 
page 127

Description of the extent 
to which assets we own 
and our funds and 
investment strategies, 
where relevant, are 
aligned with a well below 
2°C scenario

Indication of which asset 
classes are included

The asset classes included are found in the Climate-related metrics section. Full 
details are in our Basis of Reporting.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks

Basis of Reporting

Guidance for All Sectors

How we calculate our 
Scope 1, Scope 2 and 
Scope 3 GHG emissions

We calculate our GHG emissions in line with the GHG Protocol methodology, as 
described in our Basis of Reporting, so as to provide a single consistent description of 
the methodologies. We provide our full breakdown of Scope 1, Scope 2 and relevant 
Scope 3 GHG emissions in the Climate-related metrics section

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Basis of Reporting

Our historical GHG 
emissions and associated 
metrics, a description of 
the methodologies

We provide metrics for historical periods to allow for trend analysis in the Climate-
related metrics section. We describe the methodologies used to calculate the metrics 
in our Basis of Reporting, so as to provide a single consistent referable description of 
the methodologies.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Basis of Reporting

b. Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2, and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks

Supplemental Guidance for Asset Owners

Disclosure of GHG 
emissions for assets we 
own and the weighted 
average carbon intensity 
(WACI)

Other carbon footprinting 
metrics we believe are 
useful for decision-
making

We disclose the GHG emissions and WACI for our investment portfolio,  as defined 
in the Climate-related metrics section. The emissions are calculated in line with the 
PCAF Standard, as fully detailed in our Basis of Reporting, so as to provide a single 
consistent referable description of the methodologies.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Basis of Reporting

We qualitatively discuss other carbon footprinting metrics which we believe can be 
useful for decision-making, including forward-looking metrics, in the Climate-related 
metrics section, and Forward-looking metrics section.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Forward-looking metrics on 
page 127

144

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Prudential Group response

TCFD recommendation
Metrics and targets
c. Describe the targets used by the organization to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against 
targets
Guidance for All Sectors

Location

Key climate-related 
targets

Interim targets

We have set key climate-related targets, as described in the Progress against our 
climate-related targets section, including the time frames for the targets, the base 
years from which progress is measured, and the key performance indicators used to 
assess progress made. We use both intensity metrics and absolute metrics.

Progress against our 
climate-related targets on 
page 126

We disclose our interim targets in aggregate in the Progress against our climate-
related targets section, which also includes the associated medium-term and long-
term targets.

Progress against our 
climate-related targets on 
page 126

Description of the 
methodologies used to 
calculate targets and 
measures

In our Climate-related metrics section, we describe how our WACI calculations are 
aligned with the international protocol of the Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance. For 
more information, please see our Basis of Reporting, where we fully describe the 
methodologies used to calculate targets and measures, so as to provide a single 
consistent referable description of the methodologies.

Climate-related metrics on 
page 126

Basis of Reporting

Our Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability strategy

Sustainability pillars
and priorities

Simple and accessible 
health and financial 
protection

Responsible investment

GGM policies
To ensure we treat our customers fairly, management of conduct risks is key. 
Prudential mitigates conduct risk with robust controls, which are identified and 
assessed through the Group’s conduct risk assessment framework and regularly 
tested within its monitoring programmes. The Group Customer Conduct Risk 
Policy provides this framework and includes our Customer Conduct Principles, 
which set out the core values and standards that the Group expects all employees 
and persons acting on behalf of it to observe, and which further support our 
sustainability strategy. These values and standards include specific requirements 
regarding customers. In particular, the Group has committed to:

– Treat customers fairly, honestly and with integrity;
– Provide and promote products and services that meet customer needs, are 

clearly explained and deliver real value;

– Maintain the confidentiality of customer information;
– Provide and promote high standards of customer service; and
– Act fairly and timely to address customer complaints and any errors we find.

Our Community Investment Policy covers how we are committed to working 
with the communities in which we operate as active and supportive members. 
This also outlines our strategy for investing in the communities and how we make 
investments and report against them.

The Responsible Investment Policy articulates how environmental, social and 
governance considerations are integrated into investment activities and processes 
in a consistent and coherent way. It describes our approach ensuring external 
commitments and internal targets on responsible investment are met and ensuring 
the different objectives of responsible investment are taken into consideration 
when making investment decisions.

Owner and date of last 
review
Chief Executive Officer
July 2023

Chief Executive Officer
July 2023

Chief Financial Officer
July 2023

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

145

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

Our Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability strategy continued

Sustainability pillars
and priorities

Sustainable business

GGM policies
Our Group Environment Policy outlines our approach in understanding and 
managing the direct environmental impact of the Group. This covers our 
measurement, monitoring, review and reporting of issues associated with our 
environmental performance.

Owner and date of last 
review
Chief Financial Officer
July 2023

Our Diversity and Inclusion Policy sets out how we foster an inclusive workforce 
and ensure all our employees are treated fairly and feel valued, and together have 
the diversity in skill sets and backgrounds that enriches the organisation. Our policy 
considers a range of diversity aspects of our employees, including gender, age, 
ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation and background.

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
May 2023

Our Employee Relations Policy outlines the way we engage our employees and 
motivate them to achieve success for the Group: promoting positive relationships 
with employees, representative organisations and trade unions, and maintaining a 
positive reputation for the treatment of employees.

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
April 2023

Our Learning Policy provides a framework to ensure that our employees receive 
continuous, high-quality and relevant learning opportunities, to build skills for 
present and future success. We recognise that investment in their development is 
essential to building talent vitality, delivering against our business strategy and 
shaping the future success of the organisation.

Our Performance Management Policy sets out the importance of our people and 
frames how we actively and consistently manage their performance throughout the 
year, laying the foundation and investing in their development to deliver against 
our strategy and the future success of the organisation. 

Our Recruitment Policy covers the Group’s recruitment processes, reflecting 
fairness, equality of opportunities for all, and for all recruitment decisions to be 
made without bias and with due consideration. The Recruitment Policy aims to 
provide a set of principles to guide hiring for all involved across the organisation, 
introducing consistency in the process and decision-making across the Group while 
setting standards to enable oversight and improve quantitative and qualitative 
reporting of the recruitment process.

Our Discrimination and Harassment Policy reflects our commitment to creating 
and maintaining a welcoming, supportive culture in which all can work in a friendly 
and professional environment. This policy prohibits discrimination, harassment, 
bullying and other types of misconduct where the behaviour is contrary to 
Prudential’s values and standards.  Where our people experience or witness 
inappropriate behaviours, they are encouraged to report this via a range of 
available channels including their line manager, Human Resources, grievance 
procedures or Speak Out.  Finally, the policy reinforces Prudential’s zero-tolerance 
stance over retaliation against reporters of any concerns or for those cooperating or 
participating in the investigation of a complaint.

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
May 2023

Chief Human Resources 
Officer May 2023

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
May 2023

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
April 2023

Our Remuneration Policy outlines our effective approach to appropriately 
rewarding our employees in a way that aligns incentives to business objectives and 
enables the recruitment, retention and incentivisation of high-calibre employees in 
line with our risk appetite and Group reward principles.

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
May 2023

Our Talent Policy demonstrates how we attract and select the best people for roles 
that will ensure high performance in the short term and improve the longer-term 
succession and talent pipeline. It sets out our fair and effective approach to 
pursuing this.

Chief Human Resources 
Officer
May 2023

Our Third-Party Supply and Outsourcing Policy covers how we manage and 
oversee our third-party arrangements, through due diligence selection criteria, 
contractual requirements, the ongoing monitoring of such relationships and 
reporting and escalation. Additionally, our policy considers the requirements of the 
UK Modern Slavery Act and the principles of the UN’s Universal Declaration of 
Human Rights.

Chief Financial Officer
November 2023

146

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Sustainability pillars
and priorities

Good governance and 
responsible business 
practices

GGM Policies
The Group Code of Conduct details our required standards of business conduct to 
be used across the Group and covers both our employees and individuals or 
organisations acting on our behalf. The Code sets out our values around ownership, 
partnership and stewardship, and the personal standards we adhere to in the areas 
of protection from financial crime, avoiding conflicts of interest, managing 
information, communicating as a Group and providing equality for our people.

Owner and date of last 
review

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer
November 2023

The Group Risk Framework describes the Group’s approach to risk management, 
and the key arrangements and standards for risk management and internal control 
that support the Group’s compliance with Group-wide statutory and regulatory 
requirements.

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer
July 2023

Our Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy covers our values for reputation, ethical 
behaviour and reliability. As an organisation we are focused on financial practices 
that align to those values and we prohibit corruption or bribery within our working 
practices.

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer
September 2023

Our Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions Policy outlines how we prohibit 
money laundering or terrorist financing in our working practices, setting out how we 
establish parameters to prevent this taking place across the organisation and the 
commitment we make to comply with sanctions, laws and regulations by screening, 
prohibiting or restricting business activity, and following up through investigation.

The purpose of the Group Escalation and Investigation Policy is to set the 
framework by which the Group can conduct investigations that are in line with its 
regulatory and legal obligations, while meeting the demands of a competitive 
commercial organisation. The principles set out in this policy are, therefore, 
designed to enhance commercial opportunity, while minimising corporate risk.

Our Group Counter-Fraud Policy serves to support its business units in developing 
and maintaining effective fraud risk management frameworks that meet regulatory 
requirements and protect the interests of customers, shareholders and employees. 
The policy also aims to enhance fraud detection, prevention and investigation 
activities across the Group, and to provide a consistent approach to tackling fraud 
that safeguards the Group’s reputation and resources. The policy outlines the roles 
and responsibilities of the Group board, the Group Security function, and the 
business units in relation to fraud risk management.

Our Group Resilience Policy outlines the principles and requirements for ensuring 
the security and resilience of the Group’s people, assets and operations. The policy 
covers various aspects of physical and travel security, health and safety, and 
business continuity management. The policy also defines the roles and 
responsibilities of different levels of governance and oversight within the Group, as 
well as the processes for reporting, investigating and responding to incidents and 
crises. The policy aims to comply with relevant legal and regulatory obligations, as 
well as to meet the demands of a competitive commercial organisation.

The purpose of the Group Information Security Policy is to support the business 
to deliver on customer outcomes, business strategy and any applicable legal and 
regulatory requirements by maintaining a secure and adaptable environment to do 
business. This policy has been developed to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and 
availability of information systems and IT assets.

Our Group Data Policy is centred on the principle that data must be well governed 
and effectively managed through its life cycle. The Policy provides a data, business, 
people and technology framework which defines how we should manage data 
throughout its life cycle and employ the technology best suited for business use 
cases.

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer
July 2023

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Office
October 2023

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer
July 2023

Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer
July 2023

Chief Information 
Technology Officer
July 2023

Chief Information 
Technology Officer
July 2023

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

147

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Reference tables continued

Our Group-wide policies relating to our sustainability strategy continued

Sustainability pillars
and priorities

GGM Policies
Our Group Privacy Policy governs the protection of data and complies with the 
General Data Protection Regulation. Our Information Security Standard supports 
our resilient information security programme across the organisation and our 
commitment to protecting the data entrusted to us by customers.

Our Speak out policy sets out our framework and controls relating to 
whistleblowing. It is a confidential reporting system that allows employees and 
other stakeholders to raise concerns about unethical or illegal activity within the 
Group. The policy aims to foster a culture of openness, honesty and accountability, 
and to comply with all relevant local regulatory and statutory requirements related 
to whistleblowing. The policy also provides protection from retaliation for those who 
report genuine concerns through the Speak Out programme.  

Our Tax Risk Policy includes our processes to manage tax-related risk, by 
identifying, measuring, controlling and reporting on issues considered an 
operational, reputational or regulatory risk. 

Our Political Donations Policy outlines our position that as an organisation we do 
not donate to political parties. This is defined as covering any political party or 
candidate or any other organisation that attempts to elicit support for any political 
party. It is defined as covering any payment or gift or contribution, direct or indirect, 
as defined by the UK’s Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000. The 
policy covers expenditure on engagement activity on public policy discussions and 
applies across the Group.

Owner and date of last 
review
Chief Information 
Technology Officer
July 2023

Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer
July 2023

Chief Financial Officer
June 2023

Chief Executive Officer
July 2022

SECR Report
Our 2023 energy consumption and GHG emissions are disclosed below in accordance with the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) 
framework of the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic and Directors’ Reports). No energy reduction projects were undertaken in the UK portfolio 
during 2023. Information on energy reduction initiatives across our Asian and African portfolio are included in the section on Managing our 
direct operational environmental impacts. We calculate our GHG emissions in line with the GHG Protocol methodology. Full details on the 
calculation methodologies used are available in the Basis of Reporting.  

Emissions from activities for which the company 
own and control, including combustion of fuel 
and operation facilities (Scope 1) tCO2e 

Emissions from purchase of electricity, heat, steam 
and cooling purchased for own use (Scope 2, 
location based) tCO2e 

Emissions from purchase of electricity, heat, steam 
and cooling purchased for own use (Scope 2, 
market based) tCO2e

2023

2023

2022

2021

UK and offshore 
80

Global 
(excluding UK 
and offshore) 
2,027

UK and offshore 
123

Global (excluding 
UK and offshore) 
1,522

UK and offshore 
122

Global (excluding 
UK and offshore) 
3,954

119

18,215

131

19,749

122

36,516

26

12,292

219

16,719

177

34,900

Total gross Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions 

119

20,242

254

21,272

244

40,470

(location-based) tCO2e

Intensity ratio Scope 1 and Scope 2 (location-

0.0263

0.0622

0.0222

0.0640

0.0119

0.0850

based): tCO2e /m2 

Intensity ratio Scope 1 and Scope 2 (location-

1.8880

1.3364

1.5875

1.4028

1.1675

2.3354

based): tCO2e /fte

Energy consumption used to calculate above 

438,640

9,701,578

671,652

7,039,834

663,621

19,252,400

emissions: kWh (Scope 1) 

Energy consumption used to calculate above 

573,330

31,845,100

638,894

32,849,795

559,790

69,984,995

emissions: kWh (Scope 2) 

Note: 2021 Global (excluding UK and offshore) emissions data includes the US portfolio, Jackson operations, up to the demerger on 13 September 2021.

148

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Non-financial and sustainability information statement
We recognise that to help our customers get the most out of life, we need to take a long-term view on a wide range of issues that affect our 
business and the communities in which we operate. To do this, we maintain a proactive dialogue with our stakeholders to ensure that we are 
managing these issues sustainably and delivering long-term value. Further information on our engagement with our stakeholders can be found in 
our Section 172 Statement above.

The Group’s Strategic Report, including the Sustainability Report and the Section 172 Statement, includes information required by the non-
financial reporting provisions contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. These reporting requirements are met in a 
number of sections of our Annual Report. The Group's consideration of materiality for non-financial and sustainability matters is set out on page 
102. The table below illustrates where the relevant material is presented.

Reporting area
Environment

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Employees

Sustainability section

Human rights

Sustainability section

Anti-bribery and corruption

Sustainability section

Social matters

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Non-financial key performance 
indicators

Addressed in section

Page reference

Responsible investment

Sustainable business

Managing climate-related risks and opportunities – 
TCFD disclosures

> Pages 110 to 113

> Pages 114 to 117

> Pages 119 to 127

Sustainable business – Empowering our people

> Page 115

Good governance and responsible business practices

> Page 118

Good governance and responsible business practices

> Page 118

Simple and accessible health and financial protection

> Pages 108 to 109

Sustainable business

> Pages 114 to 117

Sustainability section

Targets

> Page 100

Management of principal risks 
and uncertainties

Risk review

Risk review

Business model

Risk management

The Group's principal risks

Strategic and operating review

Business model

> Pages 56 to 58

> Pages 59 to 71

> Pages 30 to 31

Strategic Report approval by the Board of Directors
The Strategic Report set out on pages 2 to 149 is approved by the Board of Directors

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Anil Wadhwani
Chief Executive Officer

19 March 2024 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

149

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Governance

150

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Governance
Governance at a glance
Our leadership
Corporate governance
How we operate
Risk management and internal control
Committee reports
Statutory and regulatory disclosures
Index to principal Directors’ report disclosures

Page
152
155
163
165
176
178
195
197

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

151

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Governance

Governance at a glance

Board

Committees

Board changes 2023 
– January: Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff was appointed as 

an Independent Non-executive Director.

– February: Anil Wadhwani succeeded Mark FitzPatrick as an 

Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer.

– May: Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen retired from the 

Board following the conclusion of the 2023 Annual General 
Meeting (AGM). Jeremy Anderson succeeded Philip 
Remnant as Senior Independent Director (SID).

Committee and Working Group membership 
changes 2023 
– Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group: In January, 
Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff joined the  Responsibility & 
Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) and in March, Jeremy 
Anderson stepped down from the RSWG.

– Risk Committee: In January, Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff 

joined the Risk Committee.

– Remuneration Committee: In May, George Sartorel joined the 

Remuneration Committee.

Board changes 2024 
– On 1 April 2024: Mark Saunders will join the Board as an 

Independent Non-executive Director.  He will also join the 
Audit and Risk Committees.

– On 23 May 2024: David Law will retire as a Non-executive 

Director, with effect from the conclusion of the AGM.

Committee membership changes 2024 
– Audit Committee: On 20 March 2024, Jeanette Wong will 

succeed David Law as Chair of the Audit Committee.

– Remuneration Committee: On 23 May 2024, Shriti Vadera 
will join the Remuneration Committee, with effect from the 
conclusion of the AGM.

Group Executive Committee changes 2023

April: Catherine Chia succeeded Jolene Chen as a member of the Group Executive Committee and Chief Human Resources Officer 
(CHRO).

May: Ben Bulmer succeeded James Turner as member of the Group Executive Committee and Chief Financial Officer.

September: Bill Maldonado succeeded Seck Wai-Kwong as member of the Group Executive Committee and CEO of Eastspring 
Investments Group.

Governance highlights

Ne Leadership

– Onboarded new CEO with a clear focus on execution, 

setting the tone for the organisation.

Succession planning
– Equipped the Board with the skills needed to oversee 

execution of our refreshed strategy. 

– Strengthened the management team with new 

– Oversaw the development of a new approach to succession 

appointments and built strong relationships between the 
Board and management.

Refreshed strategic ambition, purpose and values
– Led by the CEO, the Board refreshed the Group's strategy, 
and agreed implementation plans and metrics to monitor 
progress. See page 93

– Approved refreshed Prudential purpose and values, co-

created with our employees. See page 88

planning and talent development across the Group.

Board evaluation
– Good progress on addressing actions identified in 2022.
– Positive feedback from external evaluation and actions 

identified to further enhance how we operate as a Board. See 
page 173.

Financial reporting
– Oversaw the implementation of the new financial reporting 

standard IFRS 17.

– Oversaw smooth transition to new auditor.

152

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Board governance structure

Shareholders

Board of Directors 
The Board establishes the purpose, values and strategy of the Group and promotes 
its long-term success for the benefit of our members and stakeholders

Audit 
Committee 
Assists the Board in 
meeting its Group 
financial reporting 
responsibilities, including 
overseeing the 
effectiveness of the 
internal control and risk 
management system and 
the effectiveness and 
objectivity of the internal 
and external auditors.

Risk Committee 
Assists with the oversight 
of the Group’s risk 
appetite, tolerance and 
strategy. Monitors current 
and potential risk 
exposures, the 
effectiveness of the risk 
management framework 
and the Group’s 
adherence to the various 
risk policies.  Has 
oversight of matters 
relating to the impact of 
climate change and 
responsible investment.

Remuneration  
Committee
Assists with the 
implementation and 
operation of the 
Remuneration Policy, 
including the 
remuneration of the 
Chair and the CEO, and 
oversees the 
remuneration 
arrangements of other 
staff within scope, 
including approving 
remuneration for 
members of the Group 
Executive Committee. 

Nomination & 
Governance 
Committee 
Assists with the 
recruitment of candidates 
for the Board and the 
maintenance of an 
effective framework for 
succession planning. 
Provides support and 
advice on corporate 
governance 
arrangements.

Responsibility &  
Sustainability  
Working Group
Helps the Board embed 
the Group’s Sustainability 
framework and has 
oversight of people 
initiatives and 
communities, customers 
and digital.

See page183

See page 190

See page 200

See page 178

See page 105

Chief Executive Officer
Responsible for the day-to-day management of the business

Group Executive Committee
The Group Executive Committee (GEC) is our leadership team and is responsible for executing the strategy approved by the Board and 
supporting the CEO

Company Secretary
The Company Secretary advises the Board 
and management on governance-related 
matters, and supports the Chair in ensuring 
the effective functioning of the Board and 
its committees.The Secretary is available to 
all Directors to provide advice and support 
and facilitates Directors’ induction and 
ongoing professional development.

Chief Financial Officer 
The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) is 
responsible for managing the Finance 
function, including all aspects of financial 
reporting and planning, and investor 
engagement.  

The CFO is a standing attendee at, and 
receives all papers for, meetings of the 
Board and the Audit and Risk Committees 
(except private meetings of Non-executive 
Directors). The appointment and removal 
of the CFO is decided by the Board and 
their remuneration is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Chief Risk and 
Compliance Officer
The Chief Risk and Compliance Officer 
(CRCO) is responsible for the risk 
management and compliance activities of 
the Group. 

The CRCO is a standing attendee at, and 
receives all papers for, meetings of the 
Board and the Risk and Audit Committees 
(except private meetings of Non-executive 
Directors). The appointment and removal 
of the CRCO is decided by the Board and 
their remuneration is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

Financial review – Pages 34 – 46

Risk review – Pages 56– 73

Directors’ remuneration report Pages 
200 – 225

Directors’ remuneration report
Pages 200 – 225

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

153

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Diversity

The following tables set out the information Prudential is required to disclose under UK LR 9.8.6R(10) and the information is provided 
as of 31 December 2023.

Gender identity or sex1
Men

Women

Not specified/prefer not to say
Ethnic background1
White British or other White (including minority-white groups)

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups

Asian/Asian British

Black/African/Caribbean/Black British

Other ethnic group, including Arab

Not specified/ prefer not to say

Number of Board 
members

Percentage 
of the Board

Number of senior 
positions on the 
Board (CEO, SID 
and Chair)2

Number in 
executive 
management3

Percentage of 
executive 
management

6

5

–

4

–

7

–

–

–

55%

45%

–

36%

–

64%

–

–

–

2

1

–

1

–

2

–

–

–

6

2

–

3

–

5

–

–

–

75%

25%

–

37%

–

63%

–

–

–

Notes
(1) The information in this table was sourced directly from individuals concerned. Members of the Board and Executive Management were provided with the prescribed 

disclosure categories and asked to complete them  based on their self-identification.

(2) The CFO is not a Board position but serves as a member of the Group Executive Committee.
(3) For the purposes of this disclosure ‘executive management’ means the Group Executive Committee.

> More details on the Group’s diversity and inclusion (D&I) activities can be found in the Sustainability section of the Annual Report, on pages 
114 to 116

Gender

Board

GEC

Ethnic diversity

Board

GEC

Male

Female

6

5

Male

Female

Board composition at a glance

Composition

Executive Director

Non-Executive Directors

Non-executive Director tenure

0-2 years

2-4 years

4-6 years

6-9 years

Age

55-59

60-64

65+

154

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

6

2

White British or other White 
(including minority-white groups)

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups

Asian/Asian British

4

0

7

White British or other White 
(including minority-white 
groups)

Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups

Asian/Asian British

3

0

5

Non-executive Directors' skills matrix

Geographical experience

Technical skills and experience

110252124598513637753Pan-AsiaChinaIndiaAfricaInsuranceOther financial servicesHealthTech/DigitalOperationalFinancial assuranceRegulatory/public policy 
 
Our leadership

Board of Directors

The Board establishes the purpose, values and strategy of the Group and promotes its long-term success for the benefit of 
our members and stakeholders. Our Board members bring a diverse range of skills and experience to support our strategy in 
our chosen markets.

Shriti Vadera (Age: 61)
Chair of the Board and Chair of the Nomination & Governance 
Committee 

Anil Wadhwani (Age: 55)
Chief Executive Officer 

Appointed to the Board: May 2020 (Chair since January 2021)

Appointed to the Board: February 2023

Membership of committees
– Nomination & Governance Committee (since May 2020, 

appointed Chair January 2021)

– Shriti is a standing attendee of the Audit, Risk and Remuneration 
Committees and the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group. 
She will join the Remuneration Committee from May 2024.

Career
Shriti was Chair of Santander UK Group Holdings, Senior Independent 
Director at BHP and a Non-executive Director of Astra Zeneca. Between 
2009 and 2014, she undertook a wide range of assignments, such as 
advising the South Korean Chair of the G20, two European countries 
on the Eurozone and banking crisis, the African Development Bank on 
infrastructure financing and a number of global investors and sovereign 
wealth funds on strategy and economic and market developments.

From 2007 to 2009, Shriti was a minister in the UK Government, 
serving in the Cabinet Office, Business Department and International 
Development Department. She led on the UK Government’s response 
to the global financial crisis and its Presidency of the G20. From 1999 
to 2007 she was a member of HM Treasury’s Council of Economic 
Advisers. Shriti’s career began with 15 years in investment banking with 
SG Warburg/UBS, where she had a strong focus on emerging markets.

Shriti holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Philosophy, Politics and Economics 
from Oxford University.

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Senior boardroom experience and leadership skills at complex 
organisations, including extensive experience in the financial 
services sector, with international operations and at the highest 
levels of international negotiations between governments and in 
multinational organisations 

– Wide-ranging and global experience in economics, public policy 
and strategy, as well as deep understanding and insight into 
global and emerging markets and the macro-political and 
economic environment

Key appointments 
– The Royal Shakespeare Company (Chair)
– Institute of International Finance (Board Member)
– World Bank Private Sector Investment Lab (Co-Chair)

Anil is a standing attendee of the Audit, Nomination & Governance, 
Remuneration and Risk Committees and the Responsibility & 
Sustainability Working Group.

Career
Prior to joining Prudential, Anil served as President and CEO of 
Manulife Asia where he successfully grew and transformed its 
diversified and multi-channel business with significant market share 
gains in many key markets and made it the company’s largest 
source of core earnings. Prior to this, he spent 25 years with Citi in 
Asia Pacific, EMEA and the US, in a number of consumer financial 
services roles.

Anil holds a Master’s Degree in Management Studies from the 
Somaiya Institute of Management Studies and a Bachelor’s Degree 
in Commerce from the Narsee Monjee College of Commerce and 
Economics.

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential
– With more than 30 years of experience in markets around the 

world, Anil is a global financial leader with significant expertise, 
particularly in Asia

– Anil has a proven track record of successful digital transformation, 
having led the modernisation of technology platforms across 13 
markets in Asia in his role at Manulife

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

155

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our leadership continued

Jeremy Anderson (Age: 65)
Senior Independent Director 

Arijit Basu (Age: 63)
Independent Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board: January 2020 (Senior Independent Director 
since May 2023)  

Membership of committees
– Risk Committee (since January 2020, Chair since May 2020)
– Audit Committee (since January 2020)
– Nomination & Governance Committee (since November 2022).

Career
Jeremy was formerly the Chair of Global Financial Services at KPMG 
International having previously been in charge of its UK financial 
services practice and held roles including Head of Financial Services 
at KPMG Europe, Head of Clients and Markets KPMG Europe and 
CEO of KPMG’s UK consulting business. Jeremy served as a member 
of the Group Management Board of Atos Origin and as Head of its 
UK operations. Jeremy also served on the board of the UK 
Commission for Employment and Skills. 

Jeremy was awarded a CBE in 2005 for his services to employment. 
He holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Science (Economics) from University 
College London.

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Substantial leadership experience in financial services in the UK, 

Asia and the US

– More than 30 years of experience advising international 

companies on audit and risk management

Listed company directorships
– UBS Group AG, including its subsidiary, UBS AG (Senior 
Independent Director and audit committee Chair) 

Other key appointments
– Credit Suisse AG and Credit Suisse International (Non-executive 

Director)

– The Kingham Hill Trust (Trustee)
– The Productivity Group (Non-executive Director)

Appointed to the Board: September 2022 

Membership of committees
– Audit Committee (since September 2022)
– Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (since September 

2022).

Career
Arijit retired as the Managing Director of State Bank of India (SBI) in 
September 2020 concluding a 40-year career, having joined in 
1983. During his career, he held a number of senior positions at the 
bank, across retail, corporate and international banking, business 
process re-engineering, IT and risk management. He was Managing 
Director and Chief Executive Officer of SBI Life Insurance Company 
(a subsidiary of SBI), one of India’s leading life insurers, from 2014 
until 2018 and took it public in 2017.  

Since his retirement from SBI, Arijit has worked as a consultant, 
including advising the Life Insurance Corporation of India on its 
2022 IPO.

Arijit is a certified associate of the Indian Institute of Bankers. He 
holds a Master’s Degree in History and a Bachelor’s Degree in 
Economics from the University of Delhi. 

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Extensive experience in India's banking and insurance industries 

spanning nearly 40 years

– Held high-profile leadership roles and gained broad operational 

experience from various senior positions within SBI

Key appointments
– HDB Financial Services Ltd (Chair)
– Academic Council of the Reserve Bank of India (Chair) 
– Peerless Hospitex Hospital and Research Center Ltd (Non-

executive Director) 

156

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Chua Sock Koong (Age: 66)
Independent Non-executive Director 

David Law ACA (Age: 63)
Independent Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board: May 2021

Appointed to the Board: September 2015

Membership of committees
– Remuneration Committee (since May 2021, Chair since May 

David is due to retire from the Board at the conclusion of the AGM 
on 23 May 2024.  

2022)

– Nomination & Governance Committee (since May 2022)
– Sock Koong served on the Audit Committee from May 2021 until 

May 2022.

Career
From 2007 to 2020, Sock Koong was Chief Executive Officer of 
Singapore Telecommunications Limited (Singtel), Asia’s leading 
communications technology group, having previously held a number 
of senior roles at the firm, including Treasurer, Chief Executive 
Officer International and Group Chief Financial Officer, where she 
was responsible for Singtel’s financial functions, including treasury, 
tax, insurance, risk management and capital management. From 
April 2018 until March 2024, Sock Koong was a Non-executive 
Director of Cap Vista Pte Ltd and from March 2018 until March 
2024, she was a Non-executive Director of the Defence Science and 
Technology Agency. 

Sock Koong is a Fellow Member of the Institute of Singapore 
Chartered Accountants and a Chartered Financial Analyst. She holds 
a Bachelor’s Degree in Accountancy from the University of 
Singapore.

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– More than 30 years’ experience working in business leadership 
and operations with significant experience in the Asia market.

– Significant boardroom experience, having served in several C-suite 

roles throughout her career.

Listed company directorships
– Bharti Airtel Limited (Non-executive Director)
– Royal Philips NV (Non-executive Director)
– Ayala Corporation (Non-executive Director)

Other key appointments
– The Singapore Public Service Commission (Deputy Chair)
– The Singapore Council of Presidential Advisers (Member) 
– Singapore Securities Industry Council (Member)

Membership of committees
– Audit Committee (since September 2015, Chair since May 2017)
– Risk Committee (since May 2017)
– Remuneration Committee (since February 2021)
– David served on the Nomination & Governance Committee from 

May 2017 until February 2021.

Career
David is a Chartered Accountant and spent almost 33 years working 
with Price Waterhouse and PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC). During 
that time he was, amongst other positions, the global leader of 
PwC’s insurance practice, a partner in the UK firm, and the lead 
audit partner for multinational insurance companies. He also led 
PwC’s insurance and investment management assurance practice in 
London and the firm’s Scottish assurance division. After he retired 
from PwC, David became a director and Chief Executive Officer of 
L&F Holdings Limited and its subsidiaries, a professional indemnity 
captive insurance group which serves the PwC network and its 
member firms. David retired from this role in June 2019. 

David is an Associate of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in 
England and Wales and holds a Master’s Degree in Economics from 
the University of Edinburgh.

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Extensive technical knowledge and skills in audit, accounting and 

financial reporting matters.

– Experience across the Group’s key markets and particular 

expertise in the insurance sector.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

157

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our leadership continued

Ming Lu (Age: 65)
Independent Non-executive Director 

George Sartorel (Age: 66)
Independent Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board: May 2021

Appointed to the Board: January 2022

Membership of committees
– Nomination & Governance Committee (since May 2021)
– Remuneration Committee (since May 2022)
– Ming served on the Risk Committee from May 2021 until May 

2022.

Career
Ming is the Executive Chairman, Asia Pacific at KKR Asia Limited and 
a partner of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. He also serves as a 
member of the KKR Asian Private Equity Investment Committee and 
the KKR Asian Portfolio Management Committee. Since 2018 he has 
played an important role in KKR’s Asia growth and expansion. He has 
served as a member of the Asia Infrastructure Investment Committee 
and Asia Real Estate Investment Committee.

Ming previously worked for CITIC, China's largest direct investment 
firm, before moving to Kraft Foods International Inc. He was 
President of Asia Pacific at Lucas Varity, and a partner at CCMP 
Capital Asia (formerly J.P. Morgan Partners Asia), where he was 
responsible for investment in the automotive, consumer and 
industrial sectors across several countries throughout Asia. Ming has 
also held directorships at Ma San Consumer Corporation, Unisteel 
Technology International Limited, Weststar Aviation Service Sdn 
Bhd and MMI Technologies Pte Ltd.  He was a Non-executive 
Director of Jones Lang LaSalle Inc from 2009 to 2021. 

Ming holds a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from the 
University of Leuven and a Bachelor’s Degree in Arts (Economics) 
from the Wuhan University of Hydroelectrical Engineering. 

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– More than 30 years of experience investing in and developing 

businesses throughout the Asia Pacific region

– Brings deep knowledge and up-to-date insights on China and 

other key markets 

Key appointments
– KKR Asia Ltd (Executive Chair, Asia Pacific)
– Goodpack Pte Limited, a KKR portfolio company (Director)

Membership of committees
– Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group, (Chair since May 

2022)  

– Nomination & Governance Committee (since May 2022) 
– Risk Committee (since May 2022) 
– Remuneration Committee (since May 2023).

Career
From 2014 to 2019 George was the regional Chief Executive Officer 
of Allianz’s Asia Pacific business, having previously held a range of 
senior roles within the company, including Chief Executive of both 
Allianz Italy and Allianz Turkey, Global Head of Change Programmes 
for Allianz Group, and General Manager of Allianz Malaysia and 
Allianz Australia and New Zealand. George also sat on the Financial 
Advisory Panel of the Monetary Authority of Singapore from 2015 
to 2019.  George’s career began at Manufacturers Mutual Insurance 
in Australia in 1973, before its acquisition by Allianz in 1998.

George holds a Master’s Degree in International Business Studies 
from Heriot-Watt University. 

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Considerable operational expertise in the insurance industry 
gained over a 40-year career, including experience of digital 
transformation.

– A range of senior leadership roles, including as regional Chief 

Executive Officer of Allianz AG’s Asia Pacific business and several 
country-head positions prior to that.

Listed company directorships
– Insurance Australia Group Limited  (Non-executive Director)

158

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff (Age: 57)
Independent Non-executive Director 

Jeanette Wong (Age: 64)
Independent Non-executive Director 

Appointed to the Board: January 2023

Appointed to the Board: May 2021

Membership of committees
– Risk Committee (since January 2023)
– Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (since January 

2023).

Membership of committees
– Audit Committee (since May 2021)
– Risk Committee (since May 2021)
– Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group (since November 

Career
Claudia joined the global consultancy firm McKinsey & Partners in 
1995 and worked in several senior roles. She was responsible for 
helping to build the firm’s healthcare services and systems sector in 
Asia Pacific, including working with the Chinese Ministry of Health to 
help develop their views on China’s national healthcare systems. 
Claudia was also a Non-executive Director of Huma Therapeutics 
Ltd, a global health technology company, from March 2021 until 
October 2023.

Claudia holds a PhD in Business Administration from the University 
of St. Gallen in Switzerland and a Master’s Degree in Business 
Administration from CEMS/ESADE in Barcelona.  

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Considerable experience in the healthcare services and technology 

sectors across China and the broader Asia-Pacific region. Her 
board experience has helped her develop valuable insights around 
the implementation of transformation through technology, digital 
and data.

– Knowledge of Asian markets, particularly China, having been 
based in Shanghai for nearly 15 years and Hong Kong for a 
further two years.

Listed company directorships
– Ramsay Health Care Ltd (Non-executive Director)
– Clariant AG (Non-executive Director)
– Roche Holding AG (Non-executive Director)

Other key appointments
– QuEST Global Services Private Ltd (Non-executive Director) 

2021)  

– Jeanette Wong will succeed David Law as Audit Committee Chair 

from 20 March 2024. 

Career
From 2008 to 2019, Jeanette led DBS Group’s institutional banking 
business, where she was responsible for corporate banking, global 
transaction services, strategic advisory, and mergers and 
acquisitions. Prior to this, she was the DBS Group’s Chief Financial 
Officer from 2003 to 2008, having previously been Chief 
Administrative Officer. As part of her role at DBS Group, Jeanette 
held Non-executive Director positions with ASEAN Finance 
Corporation, TMB Bank and the Bank of the Philippine Islands. 
Jeanette began her career in Singapore at Banque Paribas before 
moving to Citibank and then J.P. Morgan in Singapore, where she 
held senior pan-Asian roles. She has previously served as a Non-
executive Director of Fullerton Fund Management Ltd and Neptune 
Orient Lines Limited. 

Jeanette is a member of the UBS Board, where she has served as a 
member of the audit committee since 2019.

Jeanette holds a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from 
the University of Chicago and a Bachelor’s Degree in Business 
Administration from the National University of Singapore.

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Over 35 years of operational experience in financial services
– Extensive knowledge and experience of ASEAN markets as well as 
significant boardroom experience gained from a number of non-
executive roles 

Listed company directorships
– UBS Group AG, including its subsidiary, UBS AG (Non-executive 

Director and audit committee member) 

– Singapore Airlines Limited (Non-executive Director)

Other key appointments
– Council of CareShield Life (Chair)
– GIC Pte Ltd (Non-executive Director) 
– PSA International Pte Ltd (Non-executive Director)
– Singapore Securities Industry Council (Member)

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

159

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our leadership continued

Amy Yok Tak Yip (Age: 72)
Independent Non-executive Director 

Tom Clarkson (Age: 48)
Company Secretary 

Appointed to the Board: September 2019

Appointed as Company Secretary: August 2019

Relevant skills and experience
As the Company Secretary, Tom is a trusted adviser to the Board 
and plays an important role in the governance and administration of 
Prudential. Before his appointment as Company Secretary, Tom held 
a number of senior roles at Prudential, including Head of Compliance, 
Business Partners and prior to that, Group Litigation & Regulatory 
Counsel.

Tom is a qualified solicitor and is admitted to practise in England 
and Wales. Before joining Prudential, he practised law at Herbert 
Smith LLP, between 2002 and 2012, which included secondments to 
Lloyds Banking Group and Royal Bank of Scotland. 

Membership of committees
– Audit Committee (since March 2021)
– Amy served on the Remuneration Committee from September 

2019 until March 2021.

Career
Amy was formerly a Non-executive Director of Deutsche Börse AG, 
Temenos Group AG, Fidelity Funds, and Vita Green (Hong Kong) and 
an Executive Director of Reserves Management at the Hong Kong 
Monetary Authority.

From 2006 to 2010, Amy was Chief Executive Officer of DBS Bank 
(Hong Kong) Limited, where she was also head of its Wealth 
Management Group and Chair of DBS Asset Management. From 
1996 to 2006, Amy held various senior positions at the Hong Kong 
Monetary Authority. Amy began her career at the Morgan Guaranty 
Trust Company of New York, going on to hold senior appointments 
at Rothschild Asset Management and Citibank Private Bank. 

Amy has a Master’s Degree in Business Administration from Harvard 
Business School and a Bachelor’s Degree in Arts (History) from 
Brown University. 

Relevant skills and experience for Prudential 
– Extensive skills and experience in asset management, banking, 

insurance, and regulation following a career spanning more than 
40-years.

– Substantial experience of China and South-east Asian markets 

having occupied roles across these regions for much of her career.

Listed company directorships
– EFG International AG, including its subsidiary, EFG Bank AG (Non-

executive Director)

– TP ICAP Group plc (Non-executive Director)

Other key appointments
– AIG Insurance Hong Kong Limited (Non-executive Director)

160

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Group Executive Committee

The Group Executive Committee (GEC) supports the CEO in the day-to-day management of the business and 
implementation of strategy. It is constituted and chaired by the CEO. For the purposes of the Hong Kong Listing Rules, 
Senior Management is defined as the members of the GEC.

Solmaz Altin (Age: 50)
Managing Director, Strategic 
Business Group

Ben Bulmer (Age: 49)
Chief Financial Officer

Catherine Chia (Age: 56)
Chief Human Resources 
Officer

Avnish Kalra CA (Age: 56)
Chief Risk and Compliance 
officer

Appointments: Appointed 
Managing Director, Strategic 
Business Group and member of 
the Group Executive 
Committee: July 2022  

Relevant skills and 
experience: Solmaz is 
Managing Director of the 
Strategic Business Group 
covering India, Indonesia, 
Malaysia, the Philippines, Laos, 
Myanmar, Cambodia and 
Africa.  

He is also accountable for the 
Group’s Digital and Technology 
functions and is driving the 
business transformation, 
accelerating our customer 
delivery through multi-channel 
models and strengthening our 
customer engagement 
platforms, including Pulse. 

Solmaz joined Prudential as 
Group Strategic Transformation 
Officer in May 2022, with 25 
years’ experience leading 
business change and growth in 
the financial services industry. 
His most recent role before 
joining Prudential was as 
regional Chief Executive Officer 
of Asia-Pacific at Allianz. 

Solmaz holds a Diplom-
Ökonom, Banking and 
Economics from the University 
of Duisburg-Essen. 

Appointments: Appointed Chief 
Financial Officer and member of 
the Group Executive Committee: 
May 2023 

Ben is a standing attendee of 
the Board and of the Audit and 
Risk Committees.

Relevant skills and 
experience: Ben was 
appointed Chief Financial 
Officer of Prudential in May 
2023. As CFO, he is responsible 
for managing the Finance 
function, including all aspects of 
financial reporting and planning 
such as performance 
management including 
planning and forecasting, 
financial reporting, capital 
management and investment 
management as well as the 
Group Actuarial function, 
strategy, investor relations and 
sustainability.

Ben joined Prudential in 1997 
and has held various leadership 
roles including CFO, Insurance 
and Asset Management, 
regional CFO of Prudential Asia, 
CFO of Eastspring Investments, 
the Group’s asset management 
business, CFO of Prudential 
Hong Kong’s Life and General 
Insurance businesses and Chief 
Accountant of Prudential Asia. 

Ben is a Chartered Accountant 
(The Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants) and 
holds a Bachelor's degree from 
The London School of 
Economics.

Appointments: Appointed 
Chief Human Resources Officer 
and member of the Group 
Executive Committee: April 
2023 

Relevant skills and 
experience: In her role as Chief 
Human Resources Officer, 
Catherine leads Prudential’s 
Group-wide people and culture 
agenda, to build a high-
performance organisation 
where great talent is engaged, 
inspired and developed.  
Catherine joined from StarHub, 
Singapore, where she had been 
Chief HR Officer since 2018, 
driving workforce optimisation, 
culture transformation, talent 
development and employee 
engagement. She also chaired 
the company’s Covid-19 task 
force. Before leading the HR 
function at StarHub, Catherine 
held global and regional senior 
HR leadership roles in LEGO, 
United Overseas Bank, Dell Inc. 
in Singapore and Shanghai. 

She holds a Bachelor’s Degree 
with Honours in Social Sciences 
from the National University of 
Singapore. She served as a 
Nominations Committee 
member of Daughters of 
Tomorrow (Singapore) and was 
a board member of the 
Singapore Breast Cancer 
Foundation. 

Appointments: Appointed 
Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer and member of the 
Group Executive Committee: 
April 2022 

Avnish is a standing attendee of 
the Board and of the Risk and 
Audit Committees. 

Relevant skills and 
experience: In his role as Chief 
Risk and Compliance Officer, 
Avnish is responsible for the 
Group's risk management and 
compliance activities.

Before he was appointed as 
CRCO in April 2022, Avnish had 
held the position of Chief Risk 
Officer of Prudential 
Corporation Asia since July 
2018. He was responsible for 
regulatory compliance, risk 
management and corporate 
governance across all of the 
Group’s insurance and asset 
management businesses in Asia 
and Africa. He joined Prudential 
in August 2014. 

Before joining Prudential, Avnish 
was the Asia Chief Risk Officer 
for Aviva for six years. He also 
worked at Bank of America for 
14 years in various capital 
markets trading and risk roles 
across Asia. 

Avnish is a Chartered 
Accountant who worked with 
PwC in India and Ernst & Young 
in Dubai. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

161

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Our leadership continued

Bill Maldonado (Age: 60)
CEO, Eastspring Investments 
Group

Lilian Ng (Age: 58)
Managing Director, Strategic 
Business Group

Dennis Tan (Age: 55)
Managing Director, Strategic 
Business Group 

Appointments: Appointed 
Chief Executive Officer 
Eastspring Investments Group 
and member of the Group 
Executive Committee: 
September 2023

Relevant skills and 
experience: Having served as 
Chief Investment Officer of 
Eastspring since May 2022, Bill 
was appointed interim Chief 
Executive Officer in April 2023, 
an appointment which was 
made permanent in September 
2023. 

As CEO of Eastspring 
Investments, Bill is a member of 
Eastspring’s Board of Directors, 
chairs the Eastspring Executive 
Management Committee and 
has overall responsibility for the 
management and strategic 
development of the firm. As CIO 
since May 2022, Bill spearheads 
Eastspring’s investment 
platform across equities, fixed 
income, multi-asset, 
quantitative and alternatives, 
overseeing investment 
strategies and products. 

Bill has 30 years of asset 
management experience and a 
strong track record in leading 
investment teams globally. Prior 
to joining Eastspring as Head of 
Equities in September 2021, Bill 
served as the Asia Pacific Chief 
Investment Officer and Global 
Chief Investment Officer, 
Equities at HSBC Global Asset 
Management.

Bill holds an MBA from Cranfield 
University, a Doctorate in Laser 
Physics from Oxford University 
and a Bachelor's Degree in 
Physics from Sussex University, 
UK and Uppsala University, 
Sweden.

Appointments: Appointed 
Managing Director, Strategic 
Business Group and member of 
the Group Executive 
Committee: July 2022 

Appointments: Appointed 
Managing Director, Strategic 
Business Group and member of 
the Group Executive Committee: 
July 2022

Relevant skills and 
experience: Lilian is Managing 
Director of the Strategic 
Business Group, responsible for 
the insurance operations 
covering the Chinese Mainland, 
Hong Kong and Taiwan, and the 
Group-wide customer, 
distribution and marketing 
strategy across the network of 
insurance businesses. 

Lilian spearheads the Group-
wide customer strategy and the 
corresponding strategic 
framework for customer 
segmentation and proposition, 
distribution, marketing and 
customer care to deliver 
customer success and drive 
customer advocacy. 

Lilian is also the Chair of the 
Board of Prudential Hong Kong 
Limited and a Director at CITIC 
Prudential Life Insurance 
Company Limited. Lilian has 
been part of the Prudential 
family for over 25 years and has 
held a range of leadership roles, 
including Chief Financial Officer 
of Prudential Hong Kong, Chief 
Operating Officer, Insurance 
and Chief Executive, Insurance 
of Prudential Corporation Asia. 

She is a Fellow of the Institute 
of Actuaries of Australia and 
holds a Bachelor’s Degree in 
Economics from Macquarie 
University. 

Relevant skills and 
experience: Dennis has been 
CEO of Prudential Singapore 
since March 2020 and was 
appointed Managing Director of 
the Strategic Business Group 
covering Singapore, Thailand and 
Vietnam in July 2022. A veteran 
banker, Dennis has 26 years of 
experience in consumer banking 
spanning product development, 
segment management, 
marketing and sales and 
distribution. 

Prior to joining Prudential, he was 
with OCBC Bank for 10 years, 
seven of which were spent as 
Head of Consumer Financial 
Services. Dennis spearheaded the 
growth of OCBC’s Premier 
Banking business in Singapore, 
Malaysia, Indonesia and China as 
Head of Branch and Group 
Premier Banking. He was also a 
member of OCBC Bank’s 
management committee. He is 
President of the Life Insurance 
Association’s Management 
Committee and a council 
member at IBF Singapore. 

Dennis has completed the Asian 
Financial Leaders Programme 
from Temasek Management 
Services & Singapore 
Management University, the 
Investing in Alternative 
Investments Program at Yale 
School of Management and the 
Stanford Executive Program at 
the Stanford University Graduate 
School of Business. He holds a 
Bachelor’s Degree in Finance 
from Indiana University. 

162

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance

Corporate governance codes – statement of compliance
The Company has dual primary listings in Hong Kong (main board 
listing) and London (premium listing) and has adopted a governance 
structure based on the Hong Kong and UK Corporate Governance 
Codes (the HK and UK Codes). This report explains how the principles 
set out in both Codes have been applied.

The Board confirms that, for the year under review, the Company 
has applied the principles and complied with the provisions of the 
UK Code. The Company has also complied with the provisions of the 
HK Code, other than provision E.1.2(d), which requires companies, on 

a comply or explain basis, to have a remuneration committee which 
makes recommendations to a main board on the remuneration of 
non-executive directors. This provision is not compatible with 
provision 34 of the UK Code, which recommends that the 
remuneration of non-executive directors be determined in accordance 
with the Articles of Association or, alternatively, by the Board. 
Prudential has chosen to adopt a practice in line with the 
recommendations of the UK Code.

> The HK Code is available from www.hkex.com.hk
> The UK Code is available from www.frc.org.uk

Corporate governance principles
The table below contains references to disclosures in this Annual Report and Accounts which will enable shareholders to evaluate how Prudential 
has applied the principles of the UK Code and complied with the more detailed provisions. 

1. Board leadership and company purpose

A

B

C

D

Board promotes long-term value and sustainability
The application of principle A and a description of how 
opportunities and risks to the future success of the business have 
been considered and addressed (provision 1) is provided.

Purpose, values and strategy aligned with culture
The Board is satisfied Prudential’s purpose, values and strategy are 
aligned with its culture. In 2023, the Board approved a strategy 
refresh, and a new purpose and set of values.

Performance measures and controls
The responsibility for ensuring that the necessary resources are in 
place for Prudential to meet its objectives is delegated to 
management.

Engagement with stakeholders 
Prudential and the Board actively engage with shareholders and 
stakeholders throughout the year and consider their interests.  
Prudential’s stakeholders in this context are its customers, investors, 
employees, regulators, communities, governments and suppliers.

E Workforce policies and practices

Prudential has applied principle E and ensures that standards of 
business conduct and workforce policies which support the long-
term and sustainable success of Prudential are maintained. In 2023, 
the Board approved an updated Group Code of Conduct.  
Employees are able to raise concerns under the Company’s Speak 
Out process.

2. Division of responsibilities

F

G

Role of the Chair
Shriti Vadera was independent on appointment when assessed 
against the criteria in UK Code provision 10 (she was also 
independent under HK Code criteria). There is no requirement for 
independence to be determined post appointment.
Division of responsibilities
The Board consists of a majority of independent Non-executive 
Directors. There is a clear division of responsibility between the 
Board and the executive management team. 

Strategic report: Pages 2 to 149 

Sustainability section: Pages 97 to 100 
Section 172 Statement: Pages 88 to 96
Governance report: Page 170
Directors’ remuneration report: Pages 200 to 225

Governance report: Page 167
Risk management and internal control: Pages 176 to 
177

Section 172 Statement: Pages 88 to 96
Sustainability section: Pages 103 to 104 

Section 172 Statement 
(for provision five): Pages 88 to 96
Sustainability section: Pages 97 to 148
Whistleblowing (Speak Out) 
(for provision six): Page 188 

Governance report : Page 166

Governance report: Page 153 
Nomination & Governance Committee report: Pages 
180 to 181

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

163

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Corporate Governance continued

2. Division of responsibilities continued

H

I

Non-executive Directors
After reviewing the performance of the Non-executive Directors, 
the Board was satisfied that each Non-executive Director has sufficient 
time to meet their Board responsibilities and recommended them for 
election by shareholders at the AGM. 
Effective and efficient processes
The 2023 Board evaluation tested and confirmed that the Board 
has the necessary support and information to function effectively 
and efficiently. The evaluation was conducted by an external 
evaluator.

3. Composition, succession and evaluation

J

K

L

Appointments and succession planning
The Board applied Principle J and provisions 20 and 23 to 
appointments and succession planning. 

Skills, experience and knowledge
The Board and its Committees have a diverse combination of skills, 
experience and knowledge. 
Board evaluation, composition and diversity
The externally facilitated Board evaluation confirmed the 
effectiveness of the Board and its individual members. The 
Nomination & Governance Committee assesses Board (and 
committee) composition and diversity throughout the year. 

4. Audit, risk and internal control

M Integrity of financial statements

Prudential has formal and transparent policies and procedures that 
ensure the independence and effectiveness of its internal and external 
audit functions. In accordance with DTR 7.1.3(5) the Board is satisfied 
with the integrity of Prudential’s financial and narrative statements.

N Fair, balanced and understandable

The Board has presented a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of Prudential’s position and prospects in this Annual 
Report and Accounts. 

O

Internal control and risk management
The Board has established an effective internal controls and risk 
management framework, which is kept under regular review. 

5. Remuneration

P

Q

R

Remuneration policies and practices
Prudential’s remuneration policies and practices support the 
achievement of the Group’s strategy, promote long-term sustainable 
success and are aligned to its purpose and values. Prudential’s new 
purpose and values have been reflected in the remuneration 
framework.

Procedure for developing policy
A formal and transparent procedure for the development of the 
Remuneration Policy is in place and no Director is involved in deciding 
their own remuneration outcome.

Independent judgement and discretion
Directors exercise independent judgement and discretion when 
authorising remuneration outcomes. 

164

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Nomination & Governance Committee report: Pages 
181 to 182

Governance report: Pages 173 to 175

Nomination & Governance Committee Report: Pages 
178 to 182

Directors’ biographies: Pages 155 to 160

Governance report: Pages 173 to 175
Nomination & Governance Committee report 
(including provision 23): Pages 178 to 181

Audit Committee report : Pages 186 to 189

Governance report 
(including provision 27, 30 and 31): Page 195
Audit Committee report 
(including provision 26): Pages 183 to 189

Risk management and internal control: Pages 176 to 
177
Risk review: Pages 56 to 71

Directors’ remuneration report: Pages 200 to 225

Directors’ remuneration report: Pages 200 to 207

The shareholder-approved Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy sets out the limited circumstances in which the 
Remuneration Committee may exercise discretion. This 
policy is available to view on the Company’s website at 
www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-
policies/policies-and-statements

How we operate

Board, Director and Committee responsibilities 
Led by the Chair, the Board is responsible for the overall leadership of 
the Group, which includes:

– Delivering long-term sustainable success for shareholders and 

contributing to wider society;

– Approving the Group’s long-term strategic objectives, business plan 

and budgets; 

– Monitoring performance and implementation of strategy and 
strategic objectives, capital allocation, and business plans; 

– Establishing the Group’s purpose and values and ensuring that the 

values and culture are aligned with the Group’s strategy;

– Fostering and overseeing the embedding of culture;   
– Ensuring that an effective system of internal control and risk 

management is in place and approving the Group’s overall risk 
appetite and tolerance; 

– Approving Prudential’s periodic financial reporting disclosures;
– Approving the appointment of Directors, including the Chief 

Executive Officer, and the appointment of the Chief Financial 
Officer and the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, and ensuring an 
effective system of talent development and succession planning 
for senior leadership roles; and

– Ensuring effective engagement with stakeholders.

To help the Board carry out its functions, some of its responsibilities 
are delegated to the Board’s principal Committees, which consist of 
Non-executive Directors only. The Board’s principal Committees are 
the Audit Committee, the Nomination & Governance Committee, the 
Remuneration Committee and the Risk Committee. The Responsibility 
& Sustainability Working Group (RSWG) assists the Board with the 
Group’s Sustainability framework and is responsible for  engagement 
with the workforce. In 2024, the Board plans to establish a 
Sustainability Committee to replace the RSWG.

The Board receives regular updates on the activities of its Committees 
and the RSWG.  

The Board’s responsibilities are outlined in the schedule of matters 
reserved to the Board, which is available on our website at 
www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/governance-and-policies/board-
and-committees-governance.

The Board’s responsibilities are also subject to relevant laws and 
regulations, and to Prudential’s Articles of Association, which can be 
found at www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/governance-and-
policies/memorandum-and-articles-of-association.

The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are separate, with a 
clear division of responsibilities between the Chair’s leadership of the 
Board and the Chief Executive Officer’s responsibilities for the day-to-
day management of the Group. All other Board members are 
independent Non-executive Directors who offer strategic guidance 
and constructive challenge to management. At the date of this report, 
the Board consists of 10 Non-executive Directors and one Executive 
Director, who is the CEO. From 1 April 2024, the Board will consist of 
11 Non-executive Directors and the CEO, following the appointment 
of Mark Saunders. David Law will not stand for re-election at the AGM 
in line with governance guidelines, given his nine-year tenure.

The Board’s size allows for effective decision-making and reflects a 
broad range of views and perspectives. More information on the skills 
and experience of individual Directors can be found in their 
biographies on pages 155 to 160.  More information on their 
independence can be found on page 181.

The Chair, CEO and SID all have written terms of reference which are 
approved by the Board and kept under regular review.  

Board meetings 
The Board is typically scheduled to meet at least six times a year and 
at the end of each of those meetings the Non-executive Directors 
meet without the Executive Director present. In 2023, the Board held 
seven scheduled meetings and an additional four ad-hoc meetings.  
In addition, the Board held a full-day strategy workshop in April and 
went on a site visit to the Hong Kong business.

All scheduled meetings typically take place at our Head Office in 
Hong Kong or at one of our businesses, providing opportunities for 
Board members to engage directly with management and the wider 
workforce. Additional meetings are scheduled as required and are 
often held virtually, particularly if called at short notice. 

Board and Committee papers are typically provided one week ahead 
of a meeting and where a Director is unable to attend a meeting, 
their views are canvassed in advance by the Chair if possible.

The Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer, 
and the Company Secretary have a standing invitation to all Board 
meetings (except for private meetings of the Non-executive 
Directors). 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

165

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How we operate continued

Roles, responsibilities and meeting attendance

Role and responsibilities
Chair
The Chair is responsible for the leadership of the Board in its role to 
promote the long-term sustainable success of the Company and in 
holding management to account. She shapes the culture in the 
boardroom, is responsible for ensuring the Board’s effectiveness and 
leads on Director-level succession. The Chair sets the Board’s agenda, 
with a focus on strategy, performance and value creation, and ensures 
effective communication with shareholders and other stakeholders. 
Together with the CEO, she also represents the Group externally.

Read more in Chair’s Statement, pages 10-11
CEO
The CEO is accountable to, and reports to, the Board. He is responsible 
for the day-to-day management of the Group, including developing and 
recommending the Group’s long-term strategic objectives and business 
plans to the Board. He is also responsible for executing the approved 
strategy and business plans, and embedding the Group’s values and 
culture. The CEO plays a key role in establishing the Group’s internal 
controls framework.

Read more in Strategic report, pages 4-149

Non-executive Directors
Non-executive Directors offer constructive challenge to management 
and hold them to account against agreed performance objectives.They 
also provide strategic guidance, offer specialist advice and serve on at 
least one of the Board’s Committees.

Senior Independent Director
The SID acts as a sounding board for the Chair and supports her in the 
delivery of her objectives. The SID is also an intermediary for other 
Directors and shareholders as needed and leads the annual 
performance evaluation of the Chair.
Committee Chairs
Committee Chairs are responsible for the leadership and governance of 
their respective Committees. They set the agenda for Committee 
meetings and report to the Board on Committee activities.

Audit Committee report – Page 183
Nomination & Governance Committee report – Page 178
Directors' remuneration report – Page 200
Risk Committee report – Page 190

Board meeting attendance 
in 20231

Scheduled 
Board meetings
7/7

Ad-hoc Board 
meetings
4/4

AGM 
attendance 
2023
1/1

Board member
Shriti Vadera

Anil Wadhwani

7/7

4/4

1/1

Jeremy Anderson

Arijit Basu

Chua Sock Koong
David Law2
Ming Lu3
Philip Remnant4 
(until May 2023)

George Sartorel

Claudia Suessmuth 
Dyckerhoff2
Tom Watjen4 
(until May 2023)
Jeanette Wong5
Amy Yip

Jeremy Anderson

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

4/4

7/7

7/7

2/4

6/7

7/7

4/4

4/4

4/4

3/4

1/4

2/2

4/4

3/4

2/2

4/4

4/4

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

David Law6 (Audit Committee)
Shriti Vadera (Nomination & Governance Committee)

Chua Sock Koong (Remuneration Committee)

Jeremy Anderson (Risk Committee)

(1) The Board held seven scheduled meetings, one of which took place over one and a half days, and four ad-hoc meetings.
(2) David Law and Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff were unable to attend one ad-hoc Board meeting, arranged at short notice.
(3) Ming Lu was unable to attend three ad-hoc Board meetings, arranged at short notice. Please see further information on page 182
(4) Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen retired as Directors on 25 May 2023.
(5) Jeanette Wong was unable to attend one scheduled Board meeting. 
(6) Jeanette Wong will succeed David Law as Audit Committee Chair from 20 March 2024.

166

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Standing Committee
In addition to the principal Committees and the RSWG, the Board 
operates a Standing Committee that meets to discuss any ad-hoc 
urgent issues which cannot be delayed until the next scheduled Board 
meeting. All Directors are members of the Standing Committee and 
can attend meetings and receive all related documents. Before 
making decisions, the Standing Committee must agree that the topics 
for discussion do not require consideration by the whole Board. The 
Standing Committee allows for agile decision-making when needed, 
while ensuring that the Board receives all feedback and that all Directors 
can contribute. In 2023, the Standing Committee met three times.

Delegation to management
While responsibility for the day-to-day management of the business 
and implementation of strategy has been delegated to the CEO, the 
CEO delegates certain responsibilities to senior executives through 
management reporting lines (principally to other members of the GEC).

The members of the GEC, and short biographies of each individual, 
can be found on pages 161 to 162.  

The CFO and CRCO are part of the GEC, with the Board approving 
their appointment and removal. Their performance reviews include 
feedback from the Chairs of the Audit and Risk Committees respectively, 
and their remuneration is determined by the Remuneration Committee.

The GEC meets every week and supports the CEO in the day-to-day 
management of the business and the implementation of strategy.  

Strategic Business Groups bring together our mature and growth 
businesses within different markets to drive performance, operational 
excellence and the sharing of best practice. The Managing Directors 
of these groups are responsible for the operational results of the 
businesses within their group and for the Group-wide delivery of 
enabling functions. The Eastspring CEO is responsible for the growth of 
Eastspring’s business and the delivery of its investment performance.  

Business review meetings take place every quarter to review business 
performance over the previous quarter and discuss the outlook and 
plans for the upcoming quarter, led by the CEO. Each quarterly 
meeting has different focus areas, for example results preparation in 
the first quarter and the business plan in the fourth quarter of the 
year. Participants include members of local executive committees, 
members of the GEC and other key members from head office and 
the Strategic Business Groups.

Subsidiary governance
Prudential is committed to high standards of governance across the 
whole Group. The Group Governance Manual (GGM) outlines the 
Group-wide approach to governance, risk management and internal 
control, and helps embed it into the day-to-day operations of the 
business. The principles that guide our business activities are set out in 
the Group Code of Conduct (Code), which sits at the heart of the 
GGM. 

The Code is reviewed yearly by the RSWG and is approved by the 
Board. The 2023 review brought the Code in line with Prudential’s 
refreshed values, making the standards of business and personal 
conduct more engaging and clearer for everyone. All employees 
confirm every year that they have adhered to these standards. The 
Code can be found on our website www.prudentialplc.com/investors/
governance-and-policies/code-of-business-conduct.

The GGM also outlines the Group’s governance framework, Group-
wide policies and standards, including the Group Risk Framework, 
delegated authorities and lines of responsibility, and is supported by a 
programme of regular training across the Group.

The Nomination & Governance Committee carries out regular reviews 
of the Group’s governance framework, monitors significant governance 
policies, including those of the Group’s Material Subsidiaries (as described 
below), and makes recommendations to the Board when needed. The 
Risk Committee approves the GGM’s Group Risk Framework, an 
integral part of the GGM, while the Audit Committee monitors Group-
wide compliance with the GGM throughout the year. Businesses 
manage and report compliance with the Group-wide mandatory 
requirements set out in the GGM through an ongoing GGM policy 
exemption and breach reporting process. This includes compliance 
with our risk management framework, which is summarised on pages 
176 to 177 of this report. 

Reflecting the developing nature of the Group and the markets we 
operate in, the GGM is reviewed regularly with any significant changes to 
key policies reported to the relevant Board Committee or the RSWG. The 
GGM helps the Board embed the Group’s system of risk management 
and internal control into the day-to-day operations of the business.

Material subsidiaries
The Group’s Material Subsidiaries are made up of our insurance 
subsidiaries in Hong Kong, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore and 
the Eastspring holding company.

Subsidiary
Prudential Hong 
Kong Limited

GEC member responsible
Lilian Ng, Managing Director of the 
Strategic Business Group including Hong 
Kong

PT Prudential Life 
Assurance 
(Indonesia)

Solmaz Altin, Managing Director of the 
Strategic Business Group including 
Indonesia and Malaysia

Prudential 
Assurance Malaysia 
Berhad

Solmaz Altin, Managing Director of the 
Strategic Business Group including 
Indonesia and Malaysia

Prudential 
Assurance 
Company 
Singapore (Pte) 
Limited

Eastspring 
Investments Group 
Pte. Ltd.

Dennis Tan, Managing Director of the 
Strategic Business Group including 
Singapore and CEO, Prudential Assurance 
Company Singapore

Bill Maldonado, CEO, Eastspring 
Investments Group

Prudential’s Material Subsidiaries and a number of other subsidiaries 
have appointed independent non-executive directors to their boards 
and have established audit and risk committees with standard terms 
of reference. All audit and risk committees of the Material 
Subsidiaries, as well as a number of those of other subsidiaries, are 
chaired by an independent board member. To ensure consistent 
communications, the Chairs of the Group Audit and Risk Committees 
maintain regular dialogue with their counterparts in each of the 
Material Subsidiaries. Material Subsidiaries and other life insurance 
businesses that operate local audit and risk committees provide 
written updates to Group-level Committees and can refer issues to the 
Group Committee Chairs or management if needed.

In 2023, the Chairs of the Group Audit and Risk Committees hosted 
an online subsidiary governance forum, where they met with Non-
executive Directors from each of the Material Subsidiaries to discuss 
areas of mutual importance, including the Group’s strategy, 
performance, sustainability and key areas of focus in audit and risk. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

167

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How we operate continued

Regulators
Prudential Corporation Asia Limited is a designated insurance holding 
company under the Hong Kong IA Insurance Ordinance and falls 
within the scope of the Hong Kong IA’s Group-wide Supervision 
(GWS) Framework. The GWS Framework includes requirements for 
Hong Kong insurance groups to have appropriate corporate 
governance arrangements in place, and to maintain appropriate 
internal controls for the oversight of their business. 

Individual regulated entities within the Group are also subject to entity-
level regulations in the jurisdictions in which they carry out business. 

We are committed to holding constructive discussions with regulators 
and our Chair, CEO and CRCO represent the Group in these interactions.

Directors’ inductions, training and development 
The induction programme for new Non-executive Directors covers a 
series of core topics, including an overview of the Group, its key 
businesses and the control environment, as well as content tailored to 
reflect the new Board member’s role and any particular needs 
identified during the recruitment process. The induction includes 
written materials, presentations and meetings with the Chair, the 
CEO, the CFO, the CRCO and the Chairs of the Board’s Committees 
and the RSWG (as appropriate). Additional meetings with members 
of senior management at Group and local level can also be held to 
develop the Director’s knowledge of the business. Each new Board 
member is also assigned a longer-tenured Non-executive Director to 
support them in their new role and provide advice and feedback. New 
Directors usually join the Audit or Risk Committee to develop their 
knowledge of the business. 

In addition to the induction of Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff in 2023 
(see page 169), the CEO received an in-depth induction programme, 
led by the Company Secretary and overseen by the Chair, in relation 
to his role and duties as Chief Executive Officer and Director. 

Throughout the year, the Board and its Committees received regular 
business updates and participated in deep-dive sessions that helped 
to develop their knowledge of individual businesses, current and 
emerging issues relevant to the Group and particular products and 
business opportunities. This included in-depth sessions about the 
Group’s operations in different markets. In 2023, these sessions were 
focused on deep dives to support the Board’s consideration of the 
Group’s refreshed strategy, including the drivers of value underpinning 
the Group’s strategy, market analysis and trends, macroeconomic 
trends, and each of the key pillars and enablers of the strategy. 

The Board also received updates on a number of topics, including 
macroeconomic and geopolitical risks, the continued transformation 
of the Group into an Asia- and Africa-focused business and the 
development of the Group’s purpose and values. The Board and the 
Audit Committee received updates on the implementation of the new 
financial reporting standard, IFRS 17, which became effective from 1 
January 2023, including the impact on the Group’s financial reporting. 

All Directors have the opportunity to discuss their individual 
development needs as part of their Director evaluations and are 
encouraged to ask for specific updates during the year. At the end 
of the year, suggested topics are shared with the Board for feedback. 
Directors are asked to provide information on any external training or 
development on a yearly basis. All Directors have the right to obtain 
professional advice at Prudential’s expense. 

Stakeholder engagement 
Information on the Board’s engagement with, and discussion of, 
stakeholder views as part of the Board decision-making process can 
be found on pages 88 to 96. 

168

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Employee voice 
Prudential’s programme for workforce engagement is led by the 
RSWG and all Board members take part in engagement activities. An 
overview of the workforce engagement activities during 2023 can be 
found in the Section 172 statement on page 92.

Shareholder Communication Policy and engagement 
We have dual primary listings on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and the 
London Stock Exchange, as well as a secondary listing on the Singapore 
Stock Exchange and a listing of American Depositary Shares on the 
New York Stock Exchange. These listings are each subject to rules that 
inform our Shareholder Communications Policy.

This policy provides that shareholders and the larger investment 
community are provided with timely access to balanced and 
understandable information about the Company, and its financial 
performance, strategic goals, plans and material developments. This 
helps all shareholders and prospective shareholders exercise their 
rights in an informed manner.

Information released by the Company to these stock exchanges is also 
posted on the Company’s website (www.prudentialplc.com). Prudential’s 
corporate communications are available in English and Chinese.

To better understand shareholder views, the Chair holds an annual 
engagement programme with major shareholders focusing on 
governance and strategy. The Remuneration Committee Chair also 
engages with major shareholders annually to hear their feedback on 
remuneration decisions and policy proposals. Other Non-executive 
Directors, in particular the SID and Committee Chairs, are available to 
meet with major shareholders on request. Shareholders can share their 
views on issues affecting the Company through various channels 
throughout the year, including investor events. Retail shareholders can 
access dedicated services through the Company’s Registrars, EQ in the 
UK and Computershare in Hong Kong. More information can be found in 
the 'Shareholder information' section on page 401 and on the 
Company’s website, including contact details for the Group’s Secretariat.  

The Board conducts an annual review of its Shareholder 
Communications Policy. For the year ended 31 December 2023, the 
Board concluded that the Shareholder Communications Policy 
continues to be effective.

During 2023, almost 600 meetings were held with over 480 
institutional investors in Asia, the US, Europe and the UK. The CEO or 
another member of the GEC attended 192 of these meetings, which 
took place as one-to-one sessions, group meetings, panels or in some 
cases walking tours organised by brokers. You can find a summary of 
the Board’s stakeholder engagement activities in the Section 172 
statement on pages 88 to 96. These views and opinions are taken 
into account by the Board when making strategic decisions. 

The Group provided a strategy update alongside its 2023 Half Year 
Report which was followed by an extensive programme of investor 
interactions. The Group continues to host presentations in Hong 
Kong, with open communications with shareholders and the research 
community supported by live and online material. The Managing 
Directors of the Group’s Strategic Business Groups also provide 
regular updates. The Group remains focused on supporting an 
increase in share trading liquidity on the Hong Kong line and has 
maintained an enhanced programme of related marketing in the Asia 
region, particularly on the Chinese Mainland and in Hong Kong, 
targeting both retail and institutional investors. 

The Group’s AGM in 2023 was a hybrid meeting with shareholders 
attending in-person and online. The Group plans to continue to offer 
both in-person and online communications to investors in the year ahead. 

Induction of Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff
In January 2023, Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff joined the 
Board as an Independent Non-executive Director and 
member of the Risk Committee and the RSWG.

As part of her induction, Claudia visited the head offices in 
London and Hong Kong, where she met with members of 
the Board and Group Executive Committee as well as 
functional leads. Additionally, Claudia visited the Singapore 
and Indonesia businesses for meetings with local 
management teams, receiving detailed briefings on each 
business and experiencing directly how businesses support 
their customers and distributors. Given her background in 
healthcare, she met with the chief health officers in these 
markets to better understand their health businesses.

Through her induction, Claudia gained insight into the 
Group’s business, strategy, operations, risk profile and 
culture. She also received briefings on her duties as a 
Director under relevant UK and Hong Kong corporate 
governance frameworks and the Group’s regulatory 
environment. In addition, she participated in Board deep-
dive sessions and one-to-one meetings with senior 
management which helped her gain an understanding of 
the various Strategic Business Groups and the Eastspring 
asset management business.

Specifically for her role, Claudia met with the Chairs of the 
Risk Committee and RSWG. As a member of the Risk 
Committee, Claudia met with the CRCO who provided an 
overview of the Group’s risk profile, risk framework and key 
risks, and had more detailed sessions with senior members 
of the Risk team covering areas such as risk appetite limits 
and triggers, capital regimes, conduct, and financial crime. 
She also met with the Chief of Internal Audit who provided 
an overview of Group-wide Internal Audit and its recent 
activities, with the external auditor who shared their views 
on Prudential’s financial reporting, and with the Chief of 
Financial & Capital Reporting who provided a briefing on 
the Group’s key performance indicators and balance sheet 
and also provided training on IFRS 17. 

To learn more about the RSWG and its activities, Claudia 
met with the Director of ESG and received a briefing on the 
Group’s ESG strategic framework. The Group HR Director 
briefed Claudia on the Group’s culture framework and 
workforce strategies and initiatives, including D&I and 
employee wellbeing priorities.

These meetings were tailored to Claudia’s role at Prudential 
and provided her with a detailed view of current issues and 
emerging themes, as well as an understanding of the 
interests of the Group’s key stakeholders. 

Jeremy Anderson was chosen as the long-standing Non-
executive Director to support Claudia during her first year on 
the Board. Following the conclusion of her formal induction 
programme, Claudia provided the Company Secretary with 
feedback on the programme.

My induction gave me an excellent 
introduction to the business, my role 
and our key stakeholder groups. It was 
particularly valuable to meet with 
many of our teams and hear first hand 
from local teams what their significant 
issues and areas of focus are. This has 
given me a thorough understanding of 
our Strategic Business Groups and 
helped me contribute effectively to 
Board and Committee discussions 
immediately.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

169

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How we operate continued

Key areas of focus – how the Board spent its time in 2023

The refresh of the Group’s strategy was a key area of focus 
for 2023. After the refresh was announced in August, the 
Board was engaged throughout the year in certain key 
milestones.

As part of the strategy update in 2023, the Board took the 
opportunity to review the Group’s purpose and values 
given the significant changes in the organisation and the 
appointment of a new CEO. The Board was engaged 
throughout the year in certain key milestones.

Strategy

Purpose and values

Preliminary assessment 

Development of purpose and values

– The Board provided initial feedback on the suggested scope of the 

– Culture was identified as one of the value drivers for the 

strategic review (November 2022). 

– Preliminary strategic assessment of current portfolio and 

emerging themes discussed by the Board, ahead of the CEO’s 
appointment in February 2023.

Discussion of emerging themes

– A Board off-site workshop was led by the CEO to share his 

emerging thinking, for discussion and feedback from the Board. 
Key value drivers were defined and a first outline of the new 
strategic framework began to take shape (April 2023).

Group’s strategy. The CEO shared his thoughts on 
organisational culture and the Board agreed a roadmap for 
the development of the new purpose and values. (April 
2023).

– The Board provided input into the development of the 
purpose and values, which are shaping our culture. This 
included individual interviews with Non-executive Directors 
and members of the GEC in the discovery and evidence 
generation phases.

– The RSWG discussed the proposed refresh of our purpose 

and values (July 2023).

– The Board discussed the alignment of the refreshed purpose 

and values to Prudential’s new strategy (July 2023).  

– The Board attended externally facilitated market deep-dive 

Approvals

sessions to provide Non-executive Directors with more in-depth 
insight into market trends, opportunities and challenges, and 
implications for Prudential, particularly in respect of adjacent 
markets (June 2023).  

– A Board workshop shared the strategic and value-creation 

narrative and explored the key strategic pillars and Group-wide 
enablers within the new strategic framework (June 2023).  

– The Board approved the new purpose and values (July 

2023).  

– The Board approved the updated Code of Conduct, which 
incorporates and supports our new values (October 2023).
– Consideration by the Remuneration Committee of how the 
new values and desired behaviours are incorporated into 
remuneration structures (December 2023).  

Approvals

Implementation and ongoing oversight

– The Board approved the new strategy and market messaging, 

– Our new purpose and values (The PruWay) were rolled out 

including financial objectives (July 2023).

(from August 2023).

– The Board approved the new strategic and operating plan 

– Updates were provided to the RSWG (October 2023 and 

(December 2023).  

Implementation and ongoing oversight

– Development of detailed success metrics for each pillar and 

enabler (December 2023). 

– Oversight of execution of strategy began in early 2024, with 
regular updates to the Board against agreed success metrics.

February 2024) and the Board (December 2023) on roll-out 
plan and communications.

– Assessment and monitoring of culture to measure how the 
new values are being embedded into the organisation 
commenced. Regular updates from initiatives such as 
employee surveys will be provided to the RSWG and the 
Board (from 2024).  

A detailed schedule of key areas discussed by the Board during 2023 is set out overleaf.

170

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Strategy, business plan and capital

Business and strategy deep dives  
– Reviewed and scrutinised the strategic and operational 
performance of the business in key markets and across 
distribution channels; 

– Deep dives into the strategic pillars and enablers underpinning 

the Group’s refreshed strategy, including: customer, distribution, 
health, wealth and technology; 

– In addition there was a deep dive into the Group’s life business 
in Singapore, and reviews of the Group’s joint ventures in China 
and India, which included updates on business performance 
and growth prospects  and a review of the economic and 
regulatory landscape; and

– Discussed macroeconomic and geopolitical trends affecting the 

Group’s key markets, supported by an external economist. 

Business plan and budget 
– Approved updates to the 2023-2025 business plan to reflect the 
opening of the Hong Kong-Mainland China border, and IFRS 17;

– Approved the 2024-2026 business plan; 
– Approved the 2024 strategic priorities; 
– Approved entry into a strategic partnership with Microsoft;
– Reviewed and approved a transformation project for the 

Finance function across the Group;

– Approved the revised partnership agreement with Vietnam 

International Bank; and 

– Considered and approved any spend over $30 million. 

Capital
– Oversaw an increase in the allocation of capital invested in 

organic new business and investments in capabilities, 
following the restructuring of the Group into an Asia- and 
Africa-focused growth business;

– Reviewed the Group’s sources and uses of capital as part of 

the business planning process; and

– Approved a capital injection into CITIC-Prudential Life 

Insurance Company Limited.

Performance, business and operations

Reports from CEO, CFO and CRCO
– Received regular reports from the CEO, CFO and CRCO 
– Received reports from regional business heads.

Financial results 
– Reviewed and approved the half-year and full-year results and 

the US Form 20F, including overseeing the adoption of IFRS 17; 
discussed its impact on operating profit and received updates 
from the Audit Committee on the production of the opening 
balance sheet; 

– Considered fair, balanced and understandable requirements in 
the half- and full-year financial reports, after a review by the 
Audit Committee; 

– Reviewed and approved the Going Concern and Viability 
Statements that appeared in the 2022 Annual Report; 

– Approved the 2022 second interim dividend and first interim 

dividend for 2023; 

– Reviewed and approved updates to the Dividend Policy; and
– Approved quarterly performance updates for Q1 and Q3.

Customers
– Customers are considered as a core part of all discussions on 

business performance and operations;

– Discussed customer proposition, products and customer 

service as part of deep dives and regular business updates;
– Discussed the evolution of Prudential’s digital strategy and 

key areas of focus; and 

– Considered the impact of macroeconomic trends on 

customers and discussed initiatives to mitigate the impact of 
them. 

Governance, approvals and Board succession

Approvals 
– A number of routine and administrative proposals put to the 

Board for approval; 

– Reviewed the Terms of Reference for the Board, its Committees, 

senior Board roles and other standing delegations; and

– Approved key matters requiring Board approval under internal 
policies and noted key matters approved by management. 

Board Committees 
– Received reports from the Chairs of the Audit, Nomination & 
Governance, Remuneration and Risk Committees, and the 
RSWG; 

– Considered updates to the Group risk appetite; and 
– Approved the Own Risk and Solvency Assessment for submission 

to the Hong Kong Insurance Authority. 

Shareholder meetings 
– Approved key items for, and attended, the AGM.

Board evaluation and succession planning
– Oversaw the process to appoint a new CFO;
– Approved other Board appointments and Committee 

changes on the recommendation of the Nomination & 
Governance Committee;

– Discussed the Non-executive Directors’ skills matrix and 
identified key areas of focus for future Non-executive 
Director succession planning; 

– Received the findings of the 2022 internal Board evaluation, 

discussed and agreed the action plan and monitored 
progress; and  

– Considered succession planning for the CEO and GEC roles, 

including a revised framework and approach to talent 
development and succession planning, which was discussed 
further by the RSWG and the Nomination & Governance 
Committee. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

171

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How we operate continued

Stakeholders

Investors
– Received regular reports from the Chief of Investor Relations 
on shareholder-related matters. Also received feedback from 
the Chair on her annual shareholder engagement programme 
and the additional meetings she offered in connection with 
the CEO succession process;

– Regularly informed of feedback and key topics of interest 
from management’s ongoing shareholder engagement 
activities;

– Kept appraised of investor and UK and Hong Kong 

governance themes; and 

– Discussed development of the investor base and increasing 

liquidity in Hong Kong.

Workforce
– Received updates from the RSWG and directly from the CHRO 
on various people, culture and talent initiatives including the 
2023 people and culture priorities and key priorities for 2024;  

– Attended the employee Collaboration Jam and discussed 

feedback from employee engagement activities;

– Reviewed and approved the Group’s refreshed purpose and 
values statements and satisfied itself that these and the 
Group’s desired culture are aligned; 

– Approved refreshed Group Code of Conduct; and  

– Oversaw the start of the roll-out and embedding of values and 

Group Code of Conduct.

Regulators
– Received regular reports on the Group’s engagement with its 

key regulators; 

– Received detailed briefing from the Hong Kong Insurance 
Authority (Hong Kong IA) on key observations and themes 
from the Regulatory College Letter, expectations of the Group 
and an overview of the GWS framework; and

– Received reports from the Head of Group Government 

Relations on key government and political developments, 
regulatory policy updates and steps taken to develop and 
strengthen government relation capabilities in priority 
markets. 

Government and wider society
– Received regular reports on ESG policy developments;
– Approved the Climate Transition Plan for publication 

alongside the 2022 ESG Report; and

– Approved new commitment to a 55 per cent reduction in our 
weighted average carbon intensity by 2030 in line with our 
commitment to net zero by 2050.

Case study: Board visit to Prudential Hong Kong Limited

In April, the Board visited Prudential Hong Kong Limited (PHKL), 
one of our Material Subsidiaries. This was an opportunity for the 
Board to speak with colleagues and agents and to find out how 
the business had responded to the reopening of the border 
between Hong Kong and the Chinese Mainland. It was also an 
opportunity to discuss PHKL’s plans to further enhance its 
customer propositions and servicing and the support it provides 
to its agency force. 

As well as presentations on the business, the visit involved 
interactions with PHKL’s employees, agents and strategic 
partners including:

– Meeting with agency leaders to celebrate successes and share 
views on market opportunities and how Prudential enables 
them to succeed; 

– Seeing examples of the innovative ways in which Prudential 

and its strategic partners are developing and using technology 
to better serve customers and support agents; and 

– Spending time with the local management team as well as 
with top talent, in order for the Board to hear directly from 
potential future leaders.

To celebrate the Group’s 175-year anniversary, the Board hosted 
a dinner with local and regional management, agency leaders 
and key partners. 

172

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Board effectiveness 
The Board carries out formal and rigorous evaluations of its 
performance and that of its committees and individual Directors. 
These evaluations are overseen by the Nomination & Governance 
Committee and are carried out each year. In line with governance 
guidelines, this year’s assessment was carried out by an external 
evaluator.  

Year 1
Internal Board 
Evaluation
questionnaire-based review, 
led by the Chair and supported 
by the Company Secretary

Year 3
External Board 
Evaluation
interview-based review, 
facilitated externally

Year 2
Internal Board 
Evaluation
questionnaire-based 
approach, largely similar to 
year 1 to allow comparison, 
with additional topical 
questions

External evaluation process for 2023/24

Scoping
– The Nomination & Governance Committee discussed 
potential external evaluators and approved Ffion 
Hague of Independent Board Evaluation as the 
evaluator for 2023.

– The Chair and Company Secretary briefed Ffion 
Hague on the operation of the Board and its 
Committees and areas of enhancement from recent 
internal evaluations.

– Ffion Hague drafted questions for the 2023 review. 

Interviews
– The evaluation included seeking feedback, via face to 
face interviews, from each Director, the Company 
Secretary, senior management and other non-Board 
contributors such as the auditor.

Observation
– Ffion Hague observed meetings of the Board, each of 
the principal Board Committees, as well as the RSWG.

Feedback
– Ffion Hague provided feedback on the effectiveness 

of the Board as a whole, each of its principal 
Committees, and the RSWG.

– Ffion Hague provided feedback to the Chair on 

Directors’ individual performance and to the SID on 
the performance of the Chair.

– The Board and each Committee discussed the results 

of the evaluation and steps to address the 
recommendations.

– The Chair provided feedback to Directors in one-to-

one discussions on their individual performance and 
the SID provided feedback to the Chair on her 
performance.  

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

173

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How we operate continued

2023 review and actions for 2024
The performance evaluation of the Board and its Committees for 
2023 was conducted externally by Ffion Hague of Independent 
Board Evaluation (IBE). The external nature of the review met the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, which provides that 
external evaluations should happen at least every three years. 

The Nomination & Governance Committee is responsible for 
overseeing the process by which the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors’ effectiveness is assessed. The Committee 
decided to appoint IBE, who had undertaken the last externally-
facilitated review in late 2020. The 2020 review had focussed on 
forward-looking observations to support the Chair as she took over 
the role in January 2021. The Committee considered IBE to be best 
placed to reflect on the progress made by the Board since that time, 
understanding the nature of the transformation that the Group and 
the Board had been through since then. 

IBE does not have any other connections with the Company or any of 
the Directors and there were no concerns about their ability to 
exercise independent and objective judgement. 

The evaluation included seeking feedback, via face to face interviews, 
from each Director, the Company Secretary, senior management and 
other non-Board contributors. Ffion Hague attended and observed 
meetings of the Board, its Committees and the RSWG. The Company 
Secretary was responsible for providing IBE with access to relevant 
meeting materials and any other support requested. The Senior 
Independent Director was identified as the escalation point for the 
review, if needed. 

All Board members were interviewed according to a set agenda, 
tailored for the Board, which covered all main functions of the Board 
and aspects of its effectiveness including Board performance and 
focus, Board composition, Board culture, the Board’s relationship with 
management, succession planning, induction and training, and the 
support provided to Board members. 

Draft conclusions were discussed with the Chair and the Chairs of the 
Committees and RSWG before being presented to the Board in early 
March 2024. The Board discussed the review’s observations and 
recommendations and exchanged thoughts on actions to respond to 
them. 

IBE’s report highlighted the positive and collaborative atmosphere 
around the Board table, the open culture of transparency between 
the Board and the management team, the Board’s strong 
relationship with the Chief Executive Officer and senior management 
team, the strength of its risk oversight and that there was a diverse 
and relevant mix of skills around the table. The Report noted the 
relative newness of many Board members and the management 
team, which meant that the Board was still in its forming stage.  
Whilst the early signs were very positive, the Report made a number 
of suggestions to help the Board accelerate the learning curve in order 
to get it operating at its full potential as soon as possible. 

– Induction and education – effective induction programmes for new 
Directors and increased travel by the Board/Committees in order to 
spend more time getting to know the business and each other, and 
setting expectations for the amount of time needed to do this. 
– Relationship with senior management – structured approaches to 
increasing informal interaction between Non-executive Directors 
and senior management, and for formalising employee 
engagement activity. 

– Defining the model: both in terms of Board/Committee 

responsibilities and central/local functions, to help new Board 
members and to create more space at Board meetings for more 
strategic thinking. 

Through the evaluation and subsequent discussion, the Board 
identified areas of particular focus and related actions:

Theme

Induction and education

Summary of actions

– Enhance Non-executive Director induction processes
– Board scheduling to maximise opportunities for Board travel to markets together post Covid

Relationship with senior management

– Develop a more structured approach to the development of relationships between the Board 

and the GEC talent pipeline

Operation of the Board

Group governance

–  Continue focus on streamlining Board papers and honing key messages

–  Review articulation of Group model and interaction between Group and subsidiary boards 

and committees

–  Formalise the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group as a Sustainability Committee 

with responsibilities to include leading on workforce engagement

174

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Actions during 2023 arising from the 2022 review

Theme
Board dynamics

Summary of actions 
– Continue to build Board and senior management 
relationships and ways of working, recognising 
the relative newness of the senior management 
team and many Board members and the recent 
return of in-person meetings.

Meeting 
management and 
support

– Drive greater consistency across all management 
papers/presentations to focus the Board on key 
matters and support good discussion;

– Continue to create opportunities for a wider 
group of management to present at Board 
meetings and for Board members to interact 
with future leaders within the organisation; and

– Review suite of non-financial KPIs.

Succession planning 
and talent 
development

– Following senior leadership changes in 2022, 
the Nomination & Governance Committee to  
oversee the refresh of CEO succession and 
development, and the GEC succession 
development plans by the CEO; and

– Continuing to oversee, through the RSWG, the 
development of a systematic approach to 
talent development across the Group.

Progress in 2023
– Created more opportunities for Board members to spend 

time with each other and with management outside Board 
meetings.

– Continued use of private meetings (with and without the 
Executive Director present) to foster open discussion and 
ensure alignment of expectations between the Board and 
senior management, and ensure that relationships are 
constructive.

– Good progress noted, with paper quality rated highly, but 

there remains room for continued improvement and greater 
consistency. Group Secretariat issued updated paper 
preparation guidance, embedded through internal training 
and feedback loop;

– A broader group of presenters has been introduced to the 

Board. In addition, Board members had increased 
opportunities to meet with future leaders both at a Group 
and local level, including through the Board visit to Prudential 
Hong Kong Limited, and individual Director visits to other 
markets; and

– The refresh of the Group’s strategy in 2023 included the 

development of a suite of financial and non-financial metrics, 
and a dashboard to support monitoring of strategy execution 
was approved.

– The approach to talent management is a key enabler of 
Prudential’s strategy and Board members were engaged 
throughout 2023 on this area;

– A revised framework for talent development and succession 
planning was discussed at a joint meeting of the RSWG and 
the Nomination & Governance Committee, and then the 
Board; 

– Given the importance of the topic, succession planning for 
GEC roles including the CEO was discussed with the Board 
as a whole; and

– The Board provided feedback on the methodology and 

further discussions at Board level are scheduled for 2024.

Director evaluation 
As part of the external Board evaluation, Ffion Hague provided 
feedback to the Chair on the performance of the Non-executive 
Directors and of the CEO, in his role as a member of the Board. The 
Chair discussed the individual feedback with the CEO and each Non-
executive Director. Ffion Hague also provided feedback on the Chair’s 
evaluation to the SID who discussed this with the Non-executive 
Directors in a private meeting and then with the Chair. The outcome 
of these evaluations inform the Nomination & Governance 
Committee’s recommendation for Directors to be put forward for re-
election by shareholders.

The performance of the CEO, in his executive capacity, is subject to 
regular review. As part of the yearly performance evaluation of all 
employees, the Chair assessed the performance of the CEO in 
consultation with the Non-executive Board, while the CEO appraised 
the performance of all other members of the GEC. The Chair of the 
Risk Committee provided feedback to the CEO on the performance of 
the CRCO and the Chair of the Audit Committee provided feedback 
to the CEO on the performance of the CFO. GEC members’ 
performance, including that of the CEO, is also reviewed by the 
Remuneration Committee as part of its decision-making.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

175

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How we operate continued

Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for making sure that an appropriate and 
effective system of risk management and internal control is in place 
across the Group. 

The framework of risk management and internal control centres on 
clearly delegated authorities that provide Board oversight and control 
of important decisions. The framework is underpinned by the Group 
Code of Conduct, which sets out the ethical standards of the Board, 
employees, agents, suppliers and others working on behalf of the 
Group. It is supported by a set of Group-wide principles and values 
that outline the way the Group expects business to be carried out 
while striving to achieve its strategic objectives. This framework is 
designed to monitor and manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of 
not meeting these objectives, while taking into account the interests 
of our different stakeholders. 

As a provider of financial services, the Group recognises the interests 
of a broad spectrum of stakeholders and that managed acceptance 
of risk lies at the heart of the business. As a result, effective risk 
management represents a key source of competitive advantage for 
the Group. Through selective exposure to risk, we seek to generate 
customer and shareholder value, where these are an outcome of 
chosen business activities and strategy. These risks will be reduced 
when it is cost-effective to do so. The Group’s systems, procedures 
and controls are designed to manage risk appropriately, and our 
resilience and recovery plans aim to maintain our ability and flexibility 
to respond in times of stress. There are some financial and non-
financial risks for which the Group has no tolerance, and these are 
actively avoided.

Internal control
The Group Governance Manual (GGM) sets out the general principles 
by which we conduct our business and defines our Group-wide 
approach to governance, risk management and internal control. More 
information on the GGM can be found on page 167. 

Group-wide policies, internal controls and processes, based on the 
GGM, are in place across the Group and include controls around the 
preparation of financial reporting. The operation of these controls 
and processes supports the preparation of reliable financial reporting 
and of local and consolidated financial statements that adhere to 
applicable accounting standards, and the requirements of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These controls include certifications by the CEO 
and CFO of each business on the accuracy of information provided 
for use in the Group’s consolidated financial reporting, and the 
assurance work carried out as required by US reporting requirements.

The Board has delegated authority to the Audit Committee to review 
the framework and effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal 
control. The Audit Committee is supported by the assurance work 
carried out by Group-wide Internal Audit (GwIA) and the Group’s 
Material Subsidiary audit committees, which oversee the 
effectiveness of controls in each respective business. Details of how 
the Audit Committee oversees the framework of controls and their 
effectiveness on an ongoing basis can be found on pages 183 to 189.

Risk management
A key part of the GGM is the Group Risk Framework, which requires all 
businesses to have established processes for i) identifying; ii)  
measuring and assessing; iii) managing and controlling; and iv) 
monitoring and reporting the risks facing the business.

The Board determines the nature and extent of the principal risks it 
is willing to take to achieve its strategic objectives while taking into 
account the interests of our stakeholders. The Board has delegated 
authority to the Risk Committee to assist it in providing leadership, 
direction and oversight of the Group’s overall risk appetite, risk 
tolerance and strategy. The Risk Committee also oversees and advises 
on the current and potential future risk exposures of the Group; 
reviews and approves the Group’s risk management framework, 
including changes to risk limits within the Board-approved risk 
appetite; and monitors the effectiveness of the framework 
and adherence to the various risk policies. Its regular activities can be 
found on pages 190 to 194.

The Group’s risk governance arrangements, which support the Board, 
the Risk Committee and the Audit Committee, are based on the 
principles of the ‘three lines model’: risk-taking and management, 
risk control and oversight, and independent assurance.

Formal review of controls
A formal evaluation of the risk management and internal control 
system is carried out at least once a year. Before the Board reaches 
a conclusion on the effectiveness of the system in place, the report 
is considered by the Disclosure Committee and the Audit Committee, 
with risk-specific disclosures in the report also reviewed by the 
Risk Committee. This evaluation takes place before the publication 
of the Annual Report.

As part of the assessment, businesses carrying out the annual risk and 
control evaluation must produce a business controls report that 
includes the outcome of their risk and control assessment, including 
any relevant issues identified and reported by other Group oversight 
functions, findings from reviews undertaken by GwIA, which carries 
out risk-based audits across the Group, and any material issues arising 
from any external regulatory engagements. Any breaches or 
exemptions raised under Group policies and their implications for the 
functioning of internal controls are also considered. The Group 
Governance function, under the direction of the CRCO, supports the 
carrying out of this evaluation process.

The Group’s effectiveness assessment follows the UK Financial 
Reporting Council (FRC) guidance on risk management, internal 
control and related financial and business reporting. In line with this 
guidance, the evaluation does not apply to material joint ventures 
and associates where the Group does not exercise full management 
control. In these cases, the Group ensures that suitable governance 
and risk management arrangements are in place to protect the 
Group’s interests. Moreover, the relevant Group company which is 
part of the joint venture or associate must also comply with 
the requirements of the Group’s internal governance framework.

176

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Effectiveness of controls 
As outlined by provision 29 of the UK Code and provisions D.2.1, D.2.2 
and D.2.3 of the HK Code, the Board reviewed the effectiveness and 
performance of the system of risk management and internal control 
during 2023. This review covered all material controls, including 
financial, operational and compliance controls, risk management 
systems, budgets and the adequacy of the resources, qualifications, 
experience of staff of the Group’s Accounting, Internal Audit, 
Financial Reporting and Sustainability functions. The review identified 
areas for improvement, particularly in respect of the general IT 
control environment, and the necessary actions have been or are 
being taken. The audit committees at Group and Material Subsidiary 
levels collectively monitor outstanding actions regularly and make 
sure enough resources and focus are in place to resolve them within a 
reasonable time frame. 

The Board confirms that there is an ongoing process for identifying, 
measuring and assessing, managing and controlling, and monitoring 
and reporting the significant risks faced by the Group and confirms 
that the system remains effective.

Three lines model
First line (risk-taking and management)
– Takes and manages risk exposures in accordance with the risk 

appetite, mandate and limits set by the Board;

– Identifies and reports the risks that the Group is exposed to, 

and those that are emerging;

– Promptly escalates any limit breaches or violations of risk 

management policies, mandates or instructions;

– Identifies and promptly escalates significant emerging risk 

issues; 

– Establishes and maintains appropriate and effective structures, 
processes and controls for the management and mitigation of 
risk and issues/incidents on a day-to-day basis; 

– Manages the business to ensure full compliance with the Group 

risk management framework as set out in the GGM; and

– Ensures adherence to all relevant regulations.

Second line (risk control and oversight)
– Assists the Board to formulate the risk appetite and limit 
framework, risk management plans, risk policies, risk 
identification, measurement, assessment and risk reporting 
processes; and

– Reviews and assesses the risk-taking activities of the first line, 
and where appropriate challenges the actions being taken to 
manage and control risks and approves changes to controls.

Third line (independent assurance)
– Provides independent assurance on the design, effectiveness 
and implementation of the overall system of internal controls, 
including governance structures and processes, risk 
management and compliance.

Each business must implement a governance structure based on 
the three lines model proportionate to its size, nature 
and complexity, and to the risks that it manages. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

177

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Nomination & 
Governance 
Committee report

Dear shareholder

Following the intense activity in 2022, with the process that led to the 
appointment of Anil as our new CEO, the Committee’s key areas of 
focus in 2023 were succession planning for the Audit Committee and 
overseeing the development of updated succession plans for senior 
leadership roles.

As I set out in my Chair’s statement, we put in place a succession plan 
for David Law’s upcoming retirement from the Board. Jeanette Wong, 
a well-established member of the Audit Committee, will transition to 
chair it and we recruited Mark Saunders to reinforce our insurance-
specific financial assurance skills.

The Committee remains 
focused on ensuring the 
Board has the right
skills and experience to 
oversee the Group and 
provide support and
challenge to management 
as they execute the 
refreshed strategy.

The Committee remains focused on ensuring the Board has the right 
skills  and  experience  to  oversee  the  Group  and  provide  support  and 
challenge to management as they execute the refreshed strategy. To 
do so, we continue to prioritise candidates with deep Asian operating 
experience  and  strong  digital  understanding,  alongside  ensuring  a 
balance of specific market and sectoral experience. 

Committee’s purpose
The purpose of this Committee is to help the Board retain an 
appropriate balance of skills to support the strategic objectives 
of the Group, develop a formal, rigorous and transparent 
approach to the appointment of Directors, and maintain 
effective succession planning. It also supports and advises the 
Board on governance arrangements.

More information on the role and responsibilities of the 
Nomination & Governance Committee can be found in its 
Terms of Reference, which are available at https://
www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/
board-and-committees-governance

Membership and 2023 meeting attendance

Committee members
Shriti Vadera

Member since
May 2020 
(Chair since January 
2021)

2023 meetings1
4/4

Jeremy Anderson

November 2022

Chua Sock Koong
Ming Lu2
Philip Remnant3
George Sartorel

May 2022

May 2021

January 2013

May 2022

4/4

4/4

3/4

1/2

4/4

Regular attendees
– CEO
– CHRO
– Company Secretary
(1) The Committee held one scheduled joint meeting with the Responsibility & 

Sustainability Working Group.

(2) Ming Lu was unable to attend one scheduled meeting which was re-

scheduled at relatively short notice.

(3) Philip Remnant retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.

178

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

  
Committee highlights 2023
– Ensuring that the Board and its committees continue to have 

the right skills and experience, particularly in light of the 
impending retirement of the Chair of the Audit Committee, 
David Law;

– Overseeing succession planning for GEC roles and, with the 
RSWG, overseeing the Group’s methodology for succession 
planning below GEC level and talent development to support 
operationalisation of the Board’s strategy; and

– Reviewing and confirming the appropriateness of Material 
Subsidiary and other subsidiary governance arrangements.

The external Board effectiveness evaluation gave us a valuable 
opportunity to reflect upon the changes the Board has been through 
since I took over as Chair in 2021, and how the Board is working, 
together, and how it is working with the management team.  I was 
delighted to get Ffion Hague’s positive feedback on this and the 
validation of our efforts to date.  I welcome the constructive 
recommendations on how we can be even more effective in the 
future. 

This report sets out in detail our activities in 2023.  I would like to 
thank the Committee members for their diligence and contribution 
throughout the year.

Shriti Vadera
Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee

The Committee recognises that with David’s departure after the 
AGM, the average Director tenure will be lower than for most boards. 
There are two main reasons for this.  Firstly, the Group has undergone 
significant transformation over the last four years with two 
demergers. During this time the Board did not significantly change, 
and now the Board and Committee can look for individuals who have 
relevant operating experience in our key markets. Secondly, we had a 
high number of Directors whose tenure expired over a short period 
between the 2020 and 2022 AGMs. 

This also puts an onus on effective induction for new Board members, 
which the Committee oversees. Most recently, the Committee 
oversaw Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff's induction in 2023 (further 
detail is provided on page 169) and it will oversee Mark Saunders' 
induction this year.  

The changes to the Group Executive Committee (GEC) over the last 
two years, and the additional leadership capabilities needed to 
execute our strategy make effective succession planning for 
leadership roles  vital. The Committee held a joint meeting with the 
Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group to discuss the 
development of our refreshed framework for talent development and 
succession planning. We were pleased to see the progress made by 
the CEO and CHRO in developing a more systematic, Group-wide 
approach for all our markets. Given the importance of the topic, we 
discussed succession plans for the CEO and GEC members with the 
whole Board, and we have scheduled further discussions in 2024 as 
the new framework embeds.

During the year, the Committee also reviewed the governance 
arrangements for the Group’s Material Subsidiaries.   

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

179

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Nomination & Governance Committee report continued

Board composition, skills and succession 
The Committee continually reviews the leadership needs of the 
Group, including both Executive and Non-executive Directors. Board 
succession plans are supported and informed by the results of the 
annual Board evaluation, individual Director evaluations and any skills 
gaps identified. Ongoing succession planning helps the Board 
maintain a balance in the mix of skills and experiences of its 
members. 

The Committee reviews the size, structure and composition of the 
Board, its principal Committees and the RSWG.  As part of the review 
process, the Committee looks at the balance of Non-executive to 
Executive Directors on the Board, the overall number of Directors and 
their respective skills and experience. The Chair also considers the 
needs of the Board and its Committees as part of the annual Board 
evaluation and the Committee continuously discusses desired skills as 
part of succession planning. 

To support its assessment of skills and succession planning, the 
Committee maintains a skills matrix for Non-executive Directors 
which helps map the Board's existing skills and identify any shortages. 

Non-executive Directors 
Non-executive Directors bring a range of industry experience, sector 
expertise and personal strengths to the Board. In 2022, the 
Committee identified the need for a Board member with insurance-
specific financial assurance expertise in anticipation of David Law 
reaching the end of his tenure in 2024, after nine years on the Board.  
The recruitment process led to the appointment of Mark Saunders, 
who brings extensive knowledge of the insurance industry and Asia 
markets having been employed in the industry for 35 years. For the 
last 30 of those years, he was based in Hong Kong. A qualified 
actuary, most recently he served on the executive committee of AIA 
Group Limited as Chief Strategy and Corporate Development Officer.  
Prior to that, he spent over 16 years at Tillinghast (now Willis Towers 
Watson) where he led many actuarial appraisal value assessments of 
insurers across 20 markets in Asia Pacific, ultimately becoming leader 
of the Hong Kong business and transforming the Asia Pacific 
insurance consulting practice.  Since retiring from AIA in March 2022, 
Mark has remained active in several advisory roles in the insurance 
industry. Mark will join both the Audit and Risk Committees.  

Committee membership and financial skills
During 2023, the Committee also reviewed the membership of the 
Board’s principal Committees and the RSWG. In anticipation of David 
Law’s retirement at this year’s AGM, the Committee identified 
Jeanette Wong as a natural successor to the role of Audit Committee 
Chair. During her extensive executive career in financial services, 
Jeanette was Chief Financial Officer at DBS Group for five years.  As a 
Non-executive Director, she has been a member of the Audit 
Committee at UBS Group since 2019 and has performed strongly as a  
Prudential Audit Committee member since joining the Board in 2021.

From 20 March 2024, Jeanette will succeed David as Audit 
Committee Chair. David Law remains the financial expert as defined 
in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until his retirement at the conclusion of the 
AGM on 23 May 2024, when Jeanette will become the designated 
financial expert. 

For the purposes of the UK and Hong Kong Corporate Governance 
Codes, each member of the Audit Committee has recent and relevant 
financial experience. Detailed information on the experience, 
qualifications and skill sets of all Committee members can be found 
on pages 155 to 160.

The Committee also considered the membership of the 
Remuneration Committee. Following the retirement of Philip 
Remnant and Tom Watjen in May 2023, and in anticipation of the 
retirement of David Law in May 2024, the Committee recommended 
the appointment of George Sartorel, who was appointed from 25 
May 2023, and Shriti Vadera, who will join the Committee on 23 May 
2024, from the conclusion of the 2024 AGM.

When making recommendations, the Committee takes account of 
the current composition of each of the principal Committees and the 
RSWG, the skills and experience of the members and the strategic 
objectives of the Group.

These appointments are part of an ongoing process to refresh the 
Board to ensure it has the right skills and experience to support the 
Group’s strategic objectives in Asia and Africa, both now and in the 
future. Whilst the Committee does not consider there to be any 
immediate skills gaps on the Board to address, in future searches it 
intends to prioritise further digital/technology expertise and 
individuals with deep working knowledge of Greater China.

The regular and ongoing review of candidates by the Committee 
allows for a controlled approach to the onboarding of new Non-
executive Directors, and for a transition period in respect of Directors 
reaching the end of their tenure. 

Executive roles 
Given the importance of executive succession planning to the 
successful delivery of the Group’s strategy, the Board discussed 
succession planning for the CEO and the other GEC roles. CEO and 
GEC succession planning had been identified as an area of focus in 
the 2022 Board evaluation following senior leadership changes that 
year and the Board was pleased to see the refreshed approach 
developed by the new CEO and CHRO.

To help with succession planning, the Committee oversees a diverse 
pipeline of leadership talent below the level of the GEC. The RSWG 
also shares some responsibilities when it comes to succession 
planning and talent development across the Group, including 
diversity, inclusion and employee wellbeing. The Committee and 
RSWG hold joint meetings where appropriate. In 2023, a joint 
meeting took place in October which looked in closer detail at the 
development of a more systematic approach to talent development 
and succession planning for senior leadership roles.

During the year, the Committee worked with talent agencies Spencer 
Stuart and Russell Reynolds, both of which support the searches for 
Non-executive Directors. Both firms are also engaged by the Group 
for senior management recruitment. There are no other connections 
to Prudential or to any of the Directors.

Process for appointing new Directors 
The Committee helps the Board put in place a formal, rigorous and 
transparent approach to the appointment of new Directors, and is 
involved from the beginning when a vacancy or a gap in the Board’s 
skills is identified. A role description which reflects the desired skills, 
experience and Committee feedback, as well as the Board’s diversity 
objectives, is prepared, after which specialist talent agencies are 
briefed. A short-list is drafted from the long-list provided by agencies, 
with Committee members and selected Board members interviewing 
the chosen candidates. The SID leads the Committee in the process 
of appointing a new Chair and the Chair leads the process for the 
appointment of a new CEO, involving all Non-executive Directors in 
the process.

Due diligence checks run alongside, and Prudential liaises with the 
relevant regulatory authorities. The Committee is kept up to date as 

180

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

needed. Following appointment, the Committee then oversees the 
induction of the new Non-executive Directors.

Director induction
The Committee helps the Chair to provide a tailored induction 
programme for each new non-executive appointee. During 2023, the 
Committee oversaw the induction for Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff 
and more information on this can be found on page 169.

Board, Committee and Director evaluation
The Committee oversees the performance review of the Board, its 
Committees and individual Directors and approved the appointment 
of Ffion Hague of Independent Board Evaluation to conduct the 
2023 external review. No material issues were identified in respect of 
the operation of the Committees, which were included in the Board 
evaluation. The findings were presented to the Board in March 2024 
and are described on pages 173 to 175.

Following evaluation, the Committee decided that each of the 
Directors continued to perform effectively and was able to devote 
appropriate time to their responsibilities, and that the Board and its 
Committees had an appropriate combination of skills, experience and 
knowledge. 

In support of this decision, the Committee found that the Non-
executive Directors continued to demonstrate the desired attributes 
and contribute effectively to decision-making, and that they exercised 
sound judgement in holding management to account. As a result, the 
Committee recommended these Directors for election (or re-election) 
at the 2024 AGM.

Board Diversity Policy 
To help bring a range of skills and expertise to the Board, the 
Committee seeks candidates with backgrounds, experience and skills 
that boost the Board’s capabilities, especially in the markets where we 
operate. When searching for new candidates, the Committee briefs 
talent search agencies on the Board’s requirements with candidates 
selected against a range of criteria and considerations that include 
sector-specific knowledge, operational experience and commercial 
acumen, insights into the markets in which the Group operates, and 
diversity (including thought and perspective, gender, ethnicity, age, 
nationality and geographical provenance), and social, educational 
and professional backgrounds.

The UK Listing Rules require boards to meet and report on diversity 
and gender targets. The Board’s target for female representation on 
the Board is 40 per cent by the end of 2025. As of 31 December 
2023, the role of Chair was held by a woman and the overall 
representation of women on our Board was 45 per cent. On 1 April 
2024 female representation will decrease to 41 per cent.  As 
previously announced, David Law will not stand for re-election at the 
forthcoming AGM.

The Parker Review recommends that we appoint at least one Director 
from what is regarded in the UK as an ethnic minority background. 
We do not consider this to be the most pertinent measure for an Asia-
based group and we have comfortably exceeded this 
recommendation, with 7 of our 11 Directors meeting the criteria as at 
31 December 2023 (63 per cent). We are one of only six FTSE 100 
companies with a non-white Chair.  

The Group’s Diversity and Inclusion Policy applies at all levels of the 
business and the Committee is responsible for overseeing a diverse 
pipeline of talent for the Board and other senior executive roles, 
driving a Group-wide culture where our people feel valued, are treated 
fairly and are respected. 

The Committee considers that the pipeline for diverse talent to serve 
on the GEC is reasonable, but with continued effort needed. We met 
our target of employing 35 per cent women in senior management 
by the end of 2023. The RSWG has overseen the development of a 
people dashboard, which includes measures for tracking local 
representation, gender, age, tenure and experience. Inclusive 
leadership practices apply to the Board, the Committees and the 
wider organisation. A full description of the Group’s activities on D&I 
throughout the workforce, including at senior management level, can 
be found in the Sustainability section on pages 114 to 116.

Terms of appointment 
Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three 
years and, subject to review by the Committee and re-election by 
shareholders, it is expected that Non-executive Directors serve a 
second term of three years. After six years, Non-executive Directors 
may be appointed for a further year, up to a maximum of three 
additional years, or more in certain limited circumstances. 
Reappointment is subject to rigorous review as well as re-election by 
shareholders. 

In line with the UK Code, the notice of the AGM includes details on 
the skills and experience of each Director seeking re-election and 
specific reasons why their contribution is, and continues to be, 
important to the Company’s long-term sustainable success.

The Directors’ remuneration report sets out the terms of Non-
executive Directors’ letters of appointment and the terms applicable 
to the Executive Director’s contract.

Independence 
All Directors have a statutory duty to exercise independent 
judgement. For Non-executive Directors, the application of 
independent judgement is critical to their role in providing 
constructive challenge and holding management to account, while 
providing strategic guidance and offering specialist advice. The 
independence of Non-executive Directors is assessed as part of the 
appointment process and is reviewed yearly. To support the 
assessment, each Non-executive Director (except the Chair) provides 
an annual independence confirmation. Members of the Audit 
Committee are also assessed against the independence criteria 
outlined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Following review by the Committee, all Non-executive Directors were 
considered to be independent. The Chair, who was independent 
on appointment, is no longer assessed as independent in accordance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

When considering the independence of the Non-executive Directors, 
the Committee and the Board took into account that both Jeremy 
Anderson and Jeanette Wong serve as non-executive directors of UBS 
Group AG and that Chua Sock Koong and Jeanette Wong serve as 
members of the Singapore Securities Industry Council.  The 
Committee and the Board have determined that these relationships 
do not affect the independence of those Non-executive Directors. 
Based on their contributions to Board discussions to date, the Board is 
confident that they can be expected to continue to demonstrate 
objectivity and independence of judgement. 

Time commitment 
Non-executive Directors are expected to devote sufficient time as is 
needed to carry out their duties. The expected time commitment for 
Non-executive Directors is agreed and set out in writing in their Letter 
of Appointment. The appointment process also evaluates the 
individual’s external time commitments and their impact on the 
person’s suitability for the role. The assessment takes into account 
the time required to prepare for and attend Board and Committee 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

181

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Nomination & Governance Committee report continued

meetings, the AGM, general projects, Board training, dinners and 
other activities. Any other external appointments which could impact 
a Director’s ability to meet their expected time commitments must 
first be discussed with the Chair, or, in the case of the Chair, with the 
SID.  In some cases, external appointments must also be approved by 
the Committee or the Board.

Should the Executive Director wish to take on any external 
appointments, this would also be subject to Board consent. In line 
with UK Code recommendations, the Executive Director is not 
permitted to hold more than one non-executive directorship with a 
FTSE 100 company or other significant appointment.

The time commitment required of the Non-executive Directors was 
last considered in detail by the Committee in 2022 and has been kept 
under review, but no changes were considered necessary in 2023.

The Committee considered Directors’ attendance during the year.

The Committee noted that attendance at scheduled meetings had 
been very good overall. Several additional, ad-hoc meetings had been 
held at short notice during the year and attendance had been more 
difficult, with some Directors unable to attend all of the additional 
meetings. In particular, whilst Ming Lu attended all scheduled Board 
meetings, he was unable to attend one scheduled Remuneration 
Committee, one scheduled Nomination & Governance Committee, 
and a number of short, ad-hoc Board and Remuneration Committee 
meetings that had been scheduled at short notice, due to clashes with 
his external executive responsibilities and travel commitments. Whilst 
his attendance at scheduled Board meetings was 100 per cent, his 
overall attendance record at Board and Committee meetings over the 
year was marginally below 75 per cent.

The Committee noted that Ming had devoted additional time during 
the year outside meetings, including to interview prospective Non-
executive Directors and to meet with management to contribute to 
the development of the Group’s strategy refresh. It also noted that 
his attendance record at meetings in previous years had been good, 
at over 90 per cent.

The Committee recognised that because of his executive 
commitments and travel requirements, Ming may not be able to 
attend all meetings, particularly when arranged at short notice, but it 
was not expected that his attendance in future years would be lower 
than 75 per cent.  

Taking these factors into consideration, the Committee was satisfied 
that Ming devoted sufficient time to perform his duties. Moreover, the 
Committee noted the value of having a serving executive on the 
Board and the insight that he brings in respect of Greater China and 
the ASEAN markets.

The Committee was satisfied that all Non-executive Directors had 
committed sufficient time to meet their responsibilities and 
contribute effectively. The Committee was supported in its conclusion 
by the feedback from the external Board evaluator, Independent 
Board Evaluation, who also reviewed individual Director performance 
in 2023.

The current time expectations for Board and Committee members 
are given below. The time expectations of Directors performing Chair 
roles are considerably more.

Number of regular scheduled meetings

Board

6 meetings 

Audit Committee

5 meetings

Risk Committee 

5 meetings

Approximate time 
commitment

33 days

15 days

8.5 days

Remuneration Committee

4 meetings

6 days

Nomination & Governance Committee

3 meetings

5 days

Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group

4 meetings

5.5 days

Conflicts of interest 
Directors have a statutory duty to avoid conflicts of interest, and 
Prudential also has procedures in place to identify and mitigate 
potential conflicts of interest. These processes help to ensure 
decisions are made in the best interests of the Company. The Board 
has delegated authority to the Committee to identify and authorise 
any actual or potential conflicts of interest, referring any specially 
material conflicts to the Board.

When recommending a candidate for appointment or re-election, the 
Committee considers the external appointments of the individual 
and, where appropriate, recommends authorisation of any conflicts to 
the Board, attaching conditions to the authorisation where necessary. 
Should a Director wish to take on a new external position during the 
year, the Chair (or the SID in the case of the Chair) will evaluate the 
proposed appointment and will refer it to the Committee (or the 
Board) for authorisation if a conflict or potential conflict is identified.

The Board considers that the procedures for dealing with conflicts 
of interest operate effectively.

Governance
The Committee reviews the Group’s governance framework regularly, 
monitors the Group’s significant governance policies (including 
governance arrangements of the Group’s Material Subsidiaries) and, 
where appropriate, recommends changes to the Board. In 2023, a 
review was carried out to make sure the governance framework 
supports the Group’s strategic objectives, with particular attention 
given to Material Subsidiaries. The review considered the skills and 
composition of the boards and committees, in particular the audit 
and risk committees, of the Material Subsidiaries - with no significant 
changes recommended following the review.

182

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Audit Committee report

Committee’s purpose
The Committee helps the Board meet its responsibilities around 
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, the internal 
control and risk management systems, and monitoring the 
effectiveness and objectivity of internal and external auditors. 

More information about the Audit Committee can be found 
in its Terms of Reference, which are available at 
https://www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/governance-and-
policies/board-and-committees-governance

Membership and 2023 meeting attendance

Committee members
David Law, Chair

Member since
September 2015
(Chair since May 2017)

2023 meetings1
17/17

17/17

17/17

8/8

16/17

17/17

Jeremy Anderson

January 2020

Arijit Basu
Philip Remnant2
Jeanette Wong3
Amy Yip

September 2022

January 2013

May 2021

March 2021

Regular attendees
– Chair of the Board
– Chief Executive Officer
– Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
– Chief Financial Officer
– Company Secretary
– Chief Internal Auditor
– Chief of Financial & Capital Reporting
– Chief Security Officer
– External Audit Partners

(1) The Committee held four scheduled joint meetings with the Risk 
Committee, in addition to the 13 Audit Committee meetings.

(2) Philip Remnant retired from the Board on 25 May 2023. 
(3) Jeanette Wong was unable to attend one meeting.

Audit Committee 
report

Dear shareholder
This is my last report as Chair of the Audit Committee as, having 
served my full tenure as a Non-executive Director, I will be retiring 
from the Board in May. It has been my privilege and pleasure to serve 
on this Board and in particular to have led the Audit Committee since 
May 2017. We have covered a lot of ground over the past nine years. 
I am pleased to be passing the chair to Jeanette Wong, who has been 
a member of the Committee since May 2021, and I am confident 
that the Committee will benefit from her skill, experience and 
knowledge. 

Early in the year, the Committee agreed that its areas of focus for 
2023 should include: 

1. Oversight and understanding of IFRS 17;
2. Continuing to increase understanding of key assumptions and 

challenges at the Group’s Material Subsidiaries;

3. Facilitating the embedding of EY as the Group’s auditor; and
4. Monitoring financial reporting controls (with the Risk Committee), 
particularly in relation to IFRS 17, and other transformation 
activities. 

The Committee has spent 
significant time in 
developing its understanding 
of the new IFRS17 
accounting standard, 
overseeing its 
implementation, and 
discussed key accounting 
issues and judgments.

The  IFRS 17 standard came into effect on 1 January 2023, alongside 
the adoption of IFRS 9. The requirements of IFRS 17 are complex and 
although they do not alter the economics of the business, they require 
a fundamental change to the accounting presentation and 
disclosures of insurance contracts. The Group published its first set of 
interim results under the new standard in August, having held a 
briefing for investors in July to highlight the expected impact on the 
presentation of results. The Committee has spent significant time in 
developing its understanding of the new standard, has overseen its 
implementation and discussed key accounting issues and 
judgements. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

183

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Audit Committee report continued

Committee highlights 2023
– Oversight of the implementation of a complex new 

accounting standard (IFRS 17) for insurance contracts. 
– Facilitating the embedding of EY as the Group’s auditor.

To satisfy the requirements of IFRS 17, management previously 
established a Group-wide implementation programme, which 
oversaw significant enhancements to IT, actuarial and finance 
systems. The Committee received regular updates on progress and 
held joint meetings with the Risk Committee in May and October to 
discuss delivery risks and to satisfy itself that the assurance and 
controls around the production of results were robust. This has been a 
multi-year project, involving considerable resource and effort, and I 
would like to thank the teams involved across the business for their 
hard work and diligence. 

In order to have oversight of the important issues considered by 
subsidiaries, the Committee continued to receive written updates on 
the activities of the local audit committees. I also met regularly with 
the chairs of our Material Subsidiary audit committees and relayed 
those discussions to the Committee at its regular meetings. Over the 
year finance teams from the Material Subsidiaries and other local 
business units were invited to present to the Committee, the last such 
presentation was from Vietnam in March 2024. In October, in order 
to foster a close working relationship and deepen our understanding 
of audit and risk-related topics across the Group, Jeremy Anderson 
and I chaired a virtual conference attended by the Non-executive 
Directors of the Group’s Material Subsidiaries.

We have paid close attention to our whistleblowing procedures. We 
received regular updates on cases and their resolution alongside 
indicators of issues. The matters are also discussed in private with me, 
the Board, the Committee or the relevant local audit committee as 
necessary. 

The Committee held joint meetings with the Risk Committee to 
discuss the Group’s approach to technology, data governance and AI.

The Group announced in May 2023 the resignation of the Chief 
Financial Officer, James Turner, following an investigation into a Code 
of Conduct issue relating to a recruitment situation. This led to the 
appointment of a new CFO, Ben Bulmer, and the Committee has 
worked closely with him as he transitioned into his new role. During 
the year the Committee also received a presentation on the planned 
work to modernise the Group's finance function, which Ben will lead. 

External auditor
An important part of the Committee’s work consists of overseeing the 
relationship with the Group’s external auditor, including safeguarding 
independence and approving non-audit fees.

In accordance with mandatory rules governing external auditor 
rotation, KPMG LLP resigned as the Group’s auditor at the Company’s 
AGM in May 2023 and Ernst & Young LLP (EY) were appointed. The 
original tender process was completed in 2020 and the Committee 
has monitored the transition throughout the year and in the period 
leading up to it. The long run in has been helpful with our IFRS17 
conversion and I am very grateful to both firms for the professional 
manner in which they have handled the change. 

The Committee and I received regular updates from EY during the 
year and have met with the audit partners privately. 

Internal audit
The Committee received regular updates from the Chief Internal 
Auditor and key members of his team to discuss their work and 
matters arising. We also followed up specific points to ensure 
appropriate action was taken. During the year, we appointed an 
external third-party to provide the quality assurance of work 
performed by the internal audit team and we received positive 
feedback from them. As highlighted in the Risk management and 
controls section of this report, IT access controls have been one area 
of particular attention. Having a strong internal audit function with 
the appropriate resource focused on our key risks remains a priority 
for the Committee.

Committee operation, governance and compliance 
with regulatory requirements
In addition to Jeanette succeeding me as Chair of the Committee 
from 20 March 2024, I am pleased that Mark Saunders will be 
appointed as a Non-executive Director of the Company and will join 
the Audit Committee from 1 April 2024. Mark has extensive actuarial 
experience and knowledge of the insurance industry, as well as 
markets across the Asia Pacific region.

The operation of the Committee was reviewed as part of the annual 
Board evaluation. No material issues were identified. Jeanette will 
rightly bring a fresh approach to the role the Committee plays going 
forward in helping the Company deliver its new strategic direction.  

Finally, I would like to thank management colleagues and fellow 
Committee members for their hard work, support and commitment, 
not just in 2023 but over the course of my time at Prudential. They 
have been and continue to be a great group of dedicated people and 
I wish them all the best for the future.

David Law
Chair of the Audit Committee

184

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during 2023

Accounting 
judgements and 
estimates 
supporting the 
Group’s results

One of the Committee’s key responsibilities is to monitor the integrity of financial statements and any other 
periodic financial reports. This includes the half year financial statements, the Annual Report (including 
compliance with the GWS public reporting requirements), associated results announcements and Form 20-F 
disclosures, as well as the annual update of the Group’s published Tax Strategy. The Committee also reviewed the 
quarterly business performance updates provided for the first and third quarter of 2023 and these will be issued 
on a regular basis going forward. 

In reviewing these and other items, the Committee received reports from management and, as appropriate, 
reports from internal and external assurance providers.

When considering financial reporting matters, the Committee assesses compliance with relevant accounting 
standards, regulations and governance codes focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity. A significant 
part of the Committee’s activity in 2023 was to review the Group’s implementation of IFRS 17 'Insurance 
Contracts'  which resulted in a substantial change to the Group’s accounting policies.  

The Group adopted IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' on 1 January 2023. The approach to and the 
impact of their adoption is discussed in note A2.1 of the IFRS financial statements. Key accounting policies 
discussed with the Committee over the course of the project include the determination of fulfilment cash flows 
used in the measurement of insurance and reinsurance contracts, discount rates applied and the determination of 
coverage units used to determine revenue in respect of the release of the contractual service margin (CSM), which 
are set out in note A3.1, with further details on products and the measurement of CSM provided in note C3.4. The 
Committee received regular updates from both management and EY on the Group’s development of its IFRS 17 
accounting policies, its approach to transition and the production of its 2022 comparative results. It reviewed the 
proposed disclosure of 2022 comparatives alongside EY’s report on its associated assurance activities in July prior 
to a briefing to the market, held on 20 July 2023, on the impact of IFRS 17. 

The Committee reviewed the key assumptions and judgements supporting the Group’s IFRS results, including 
those made in valuing the Group's investments, insurance contract balances and intangible assets. The 
Committee also reviewed the assumptions underpinning the Group's European Embedded Value (EEV) metrics.

Assumptions setting
The measurement of insurance contract balances is based on the best estimate of future cash flows, including 
those to and from policyholders, over a long period of time. These estimates can, depending on the type of 
business, be highly judgemental. The sensitivity of the Group’s metrics to key economic and non-economic 
assumption changes is set out in note C6 for IFRS insurance contracts and note 3 for EEV. The Committee 
considered proposed changes to assumptions and other estimates in advance of the 2023 reporting. The key 
assumptions reviewed were:

– The persistency, mortality, morbidity (including expectations of future medical costs inflation and related 

premium rises) and expense assumptions (including consideration of future expense levels anticipated in the 
business plan) within insurance businesses. When assessing these assumptions, the Committee considered 
recent experience and whether adverse variances were expected to be short-term in nature; and

– Economic assumptions, including investment returns, associated risk discount rates for EEV and related 
illiquidity premiums for IFRS 17. Note A3.1 sets out the Group’s approach to setting risk discount rates, 
incorporating illiquidity premiums, for IFRS 17. 

The Committee was satisfied that the assumptions adopted by management were appropriate. 

Valuation of investments
The Committee received information on the carrying value of investments in the Group’s balance sheet which 
acknowledged that most of the Group’s investments are based on quoted prices in an active market (81 per cent 
being included in level 1 as at 31 December 2023). Further information on the valuation of assets is contained in 
note C2 of the IFRS financial statements. Climate change does not directly impact fair values, particularly where 
these are built on observable inputs (ie are level 1 and 2), however the impact of environmental risks on the 
Group’s assets and liabilities is discussed in more detail in note C6 of the IFRS financial statements, the Risk review 
report and the Sustainability report. The Committee agreed that overall investments were valued appropriately.

Intangible assets 
The Committee received information to enable it to review certain intangible asset balances, for example, whether 
there had been any indication of impairment of the Group’s distribution rights asset or goodwill given the current 
macroeconomic environment. The Committee was satisfied that there was no impairment of those intangible 
assets at 31 December 2023. More information is contained in note C4 of the IFRS financial statements.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

185

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Audit Committee report continued

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during 2023 continued

Other financial 
reporting 
matters

Going concern and viability statements
The Committee considered various analyses from management on the capital and liquidity positions at Group and 
parent company level, taking into account the Group’s principal risks. This included an assessment of the impact that 
different stress scenarios may have on the Group’s plan and its resilience to those threats. Following this review, the 
Committee recommended to the Board that the financial statements should continue to be prepared on a going 
concern basis and that the disclosures in the 2023 Annual Report on the Group’s longer-term viability were both 
reasonable and appropriate.

Alternative performance measure (APM)
Following the adoption of IFRS 17, the Group reaffirmed its belief that trends in underlying performance are better 
understood if the effects of short-term fluctuations in market conditions, such as changes in interest rates or equity 
markets, are excluded. This concept was previously applied under IFRS 4, but the changing measurement model under 
IFRS 17 has impacted how such short-term fluctuations are determined. The Committee reviewed and commented on 
the revised definition of adjusted operating profit as set out in note B1.2. The Committee also considered the 
prominence of disclosure and was satisfied that the disclosure of adjusted operating profit was not unduly prominent 
when compared with IFRS measures of performance, and that the adjusted operating profit was appropriately 
reconciled to IFRS measures in note B1.1.

Fair, balanced and understandable requirement
The Committee carried out a formal review of whether the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts were ‘fair, balanced and 
understandable’ as required by the UK Corporate Governance Code. In particular, it considered whether the report gave 
a full picture of the Group’s business model, strategy, financial position and performance in the year, with important 
messages appropriately highlighted. It also considered the level of consistency between financial statements and 
narrative sections, whether performance measures were clearly explained and the prominence of alternative 
performance measures. After completion of its detailed review, the Committee agreed that, taken as a whole, the 
Group’s Annual Report and Accounts were fair, balanced and understandable.

Taxation
The Committee regularly received updates on the Group’s tax matters and provisions for certain open tax items, 
including tax matters in litigation. The Committee agreed that the level of provisioning adopted by management was 
appropriate. In 2023, the Committee was also updated on the OECD proposals to reform international tax including the 
introduction of a global minimum tax rate of 15 per cent, which will be partly effective for the Group in 2024 and fully 
effective for the Group from 2025. Further information is included in notes B3 and C7 of the IFRS financial statements.

Parent company financial statements
The Committee reviewed the parent company profit and loss account and balance sheet, which included the 
recoverability of the parent company’s investment in subsidiaries by assessing and confirming that the net assets of the 
relevant subsidiaries (approximating their minimum recoverable amount) were in excess of their carrying value at the 
balance sheet date.

FRC’s thematic review of the Group’s interim IFRS 17 disclosures
The FRC’s Corporate Reporting Review team carried out a limited scope review of the Group’s half-year 2023 IFRS 17 
disclosures in the first year of application. The review was based solely on the interim report and did not benefit from 
detailed knowledge of Prudential’s business or an understanding of underlying transactions entered into, nor did it 
provide any assurance that the annual report and accounts are correct in all material respects. Following completion of 
the review, the Committee was provided with a letter from the FRC’s Corporate Reporting Review team and was 
pleased to note that no questions or queries were raised. The Group has considered the matters raised in the thematic 
review when preparing the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.

External Audit

External audit effectiveness
EY was appointed as the auditor of the Group in May 2023 and oversight of this relationship is one of the Committee's 
key responsibilities. Matters considered by the Committee in the year included:

– The detailed audit strategy for the year, approach to risk assessment and coverage of the audit response to 

highlighted significant risks;

– EY's approach to Group materiality setting and their proposal on how that is applied to individual business units;
– EY's knowledge around the key assumptions, and their insight and constructive challenge to management by 

highlighting where those assumptions sat on a range;

– Insight around the key accounting judgements and estimates and demonstration of professional scepticism in 

dealing with management; and

186

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during 2023 continued

External audit 
continued

– The outcome of management’s internal evaluation of the auditor and audit quality, which was based on a short 
questionnaire survey circulated to the Chief Financial Officer and a number of senior finance leaders. The short 
survey in 2023 covered audit quality and execution, team performance, process and communication in the half-
year 2023 assurance work as well as the audit of 2022 comparative results under IFRS 17. While areas of 
improvement were identified, no material concerns were raised.

The Committee maintains an open dialogue on emerging risks and issues with the Group Lead Partners via a regular 
schedule of meetings aligned to key reporting milestones. In 2023 the Committee formally met with the Group Lead 
Partners without management present on two separate occasions.

FRC and PCAOB audit quality inspection of EY
When assessing the audit quality of EY, the Committee reviewed the inspection results published by regulators in the 
UK and the US. In July 2023, the FRC published its findings from the 2022-23 inspection of EY carried out by its Audit 
Quality Review (AQR) team, which showed an improvement in overall grade from prior years for both categories of 
'all audits' and 'FTSE 350 audits' sampled. In November 2023, EY released findings from the PCAOB (Public 
Accounting Oversight Board) inspection related to the 2021 US audits, which showed a deterioration in findings rate 
from the previous year. The Committee discussed the findings with the EY team who noted enhancements had been 
made by the firm to address the issues raised by the PCAOB which would be applied to the Prudential plc 2023 audit 
with relevant members of the audit team being trained on the changes. Overall, the Committee was satisfied that the 
audit of Prudential plc remained effective.

Auditor independence and objectivity
The Committee monitors auditor independence and objectivity and is supported by the Group’s Auditor 
Independence Policy (the Policy). The Committee reviews and approves any changes to the Policy annually. The 
Policy sets out the circumstances in which the external auditor may undertake non-audit services and is based on four 
key principles which specify that the auditor should not:

– Have a mutual or conflicting interest with the Group;
– Audit its own firm’s work;
– Act as management or employees for the Group; or
– Be put in a position of being an advocate for the Group.

The Policy has two permissible service types: those that require specific approval by the Committee on an 
engagement basis and those that are pre-approved by the Committee with an annual monetary limit capped at no 
more than five per cent of the Group audit fee in the proposed year, and capped at $65,000 individually. Non-audit 
services undertaken by EY were agreed prior to the commencement of work and were confirmed as permissible for 
the external auditor to undertake in accordance with the Policy, which complies with the rules and regulations of the 
FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard (2019), the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and the standards of the 
PCAOB.

The Committee monitored the nature and extent of non-audit services on a regular basis to ensure the provision of 
non-audit services complied with the Policy and did not impair the auditor’s objectivity or independence. The 
Committee noted that EY typically only performed non-audit services where they complemented its role as external 
auditor, for example the review of half year and EEV financial statements or additional assurance to support capital 
market announcements.

In keeping with professional ethical standards, EY confirmed its independence to the Committee and set out the 
supporting evidence, such as details of non-audit services and the potential threats and related safeguards in 
providing those services, in a report that was considered by the Committee prior to publication of the financial results.

The Committee will continue to monitor developments to ensure the Group’s policies and processes around audit 
effectiveness and independence evolve in line with market practice.

Fees paid to the external auditor
The fees paid to EY for the year ended 31 December 2023 since their appointment as the Group’s statutory auditor 
amounted to $18.8 million, of which $3.8 million was total amounts payable in respect of non-audit services, except 
those required by law and regulation as defined by the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard (2019). A breakdown of the 
fees payable to EY can be found in note B2.4 of the IFRS financial statements. The FRC cap on the ratio of non-audit 
fees over average audit fees for the past three years is not applicable for 2023 given this is the first year of EY being 
the Group’s auditor.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

187

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Audit Committee report continued

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during 2023 continued

External audit 
continued

The 2023 services associated with the $3.8 million included the review of the Group’s half-year financial statements, 
EEV disclosures and other limited assurance work. In all cases, EY was considered the most appropriate to carry out 
the work, given its knowledge of the Group and the accumulated expertise that arose from running these 
engagements alongside its main audit. All non-audit services were pre-approved by the Committee and were in line 
with the Policy discussed above.

Reappointment of the external auditor
EY was appointed as the Group’s external auditor at the 2023 AGM following the competitive tender process in 2020. 
Based on the outcome of the effectiveness evaluation, discussed above, and all other considerations, the Committee 
concluded that there was nothing in the performance of the auditor which would require a change at the next AGM. 
The Committee therefore recommended that EY be reappointed as the auditor, with John Headley remaining as the 
Group Lead Partner. A resolution to this effect will be proposed to shareholders at the 2024 AGM.

Throughout the 2023 financial year, the Company complied with the provisions of the Statutory Audit Services for 
Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014 issued by the UK Competition and Markets Authority.

Whistleblowing

Speak Out
The Group continues to operate a Group-wide whistleblowing programme (‘Speak Out’), hosted by an independent 
third party (Navex). The Speak Out programme received ad-hoc reports from a wide variety of channels, including a 
web portal, QR code, free-to-call hotlines, email and letters. Reports are captured, confidentially recorded by Navex, 
and triaged by Group Security Investigations before being investigated by the appropriate teams. 

The Committee is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements. The 
Committee received regular reports on the most serious cases and other significant matters raised through the 
programme and the actions taken to address them. The Committee was also briefed on emerging Speak Out trends 
and themes, causal factors and post-investigation remediation. The Committee may, and has, requested further 
reviews of particular areas of interest.

Through an annual Speak Out report and quarterly updates, the Committee reviews the Group’s Speak Out 
programme, satisfying itself that it continues to comply with legal, regulatory and governance requirements. The 
Committee also considered the consistency of approach adopted across subsidiary audit committees, where locally 
recorded Speak Out events, themes and trends are also briefed and considered. The Speak Out programme was 
further strengthened during the year by enhanced analysis of Speak Out data for management-level committees. 
Where relevant, the Committee requested information on the sharing of lessons learned. 

The Chair and Committee regularly spent time privately with the Group Chief Security Officer to understand 
outcomes of investigations, ensure that investigations were adequately resourced and appropriately managed, that 
there had been no retaliation against anyone making a report and that investigations were not improperly 
influenced. 

An annual assessment of Speak Out arrangements is undertaken by an independent UK-based whistleblowing 
charity, ‘Protect’ and benchmarked against peers. The assessment confirmed that the Group’s programme continued 
to perform well and in accordance with best practice.

Internal audit

Regular reporting 
The Committee received regular updates from Group-wide Internal Audit (GwIA) on audits conducted and 
management’s progress in addressing audit findings within agreed timelines. Any delays in implementing 
remediation actions were escalated to the Committee and given particular scrutiny. 

The independent assurance provided by GwIA formed a key part of the Committee’s deliberations on the Group’s 
overall control environment. During 2023, the areas reviewed included: transformation and change management; 
financial controls; outsourcing and third-party supply; customer outcomes; cyber security and IT risk; compliance and 
regulatory; and the second line. 

The Chief Internal Auditor reports functionally to the Committee Chair and has direct access to the Chair of the 
Board and to the Chief Executive Officer. For administrative purposes (excluding strictly all audit-related matters),  the 
Chief Internal Auditor has a reporting line to the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer. In addition to formal Committee 
meetings, the Committee meets with the Chief Internal Auditor in private to discuss matters relating to, for example, 
the effectiveness of the Internal Audit function, significant audit findings and the risk and control culture of the 
organisation. 

The Committee Chair also meets with GwIA’s Quality Assurance function to discuss the outcome of the quality 
reviews of GwIA’s work and actions arising. 

188

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Audit Committee during 2023 continued

Internal audit 
continued

Annual Internal Audit Plan and focus for 2024 
GwIA operates a rolling six-month approach to audit planning. The Committee approved the plan for the second half 
of 2023. It also considered and approved the internal audit plan, resource and budget for the first half (H1) of 2024.  

The H1 2024 Internal Audit Plan was based on a bottom-up risk assessment of audit needs. These were mapped 
against various metrics and are based on a top-down approach to compliance. The plan was then assessed against a 
series of risk and control parameters, including the top risks identified by the Risk Committee, to verify that it was 
appropriately balanced between financial, business change, regulatory and operational risk drivers and provides 
appropriate coverage of key risk areas and audit themes. Key areas of focus for this plan include: strategic change 
initiatives, customer outcomes, cyber security, financial risk and financial controls, culture, outsourcing and regulatory 
compliance. 

Effectiveness of internal audit 
The Committee is responsible for the approval of the GwIA charter, audit plan and resources, and monitors the 
effectiveness of the function.  

The Committee also assesses the effectiveness of GwIA through a combination of External Quality Assessment (EQA) 
reviews, required every five years, and an annual quality assurance (QA) internal effectiveness review. 

The last EQA review was conducted in Q4 2021, with GwIA being assessed as a mature function and receiving the 
highest rating (Generally Conforms) under the Institute of Internal Audit’s framework. Having considered the findings 
of the 2023 internal effectiveness review, performed as an assessment by the internal audit function (supported by 
the engaged third party quality assurance team), the Committee concluded that GwIA had continued to operate 
independently of management and in compliance with the requirements of GwIA delegated authorities, procedures 
and practice standards in all material respects and had remained aligned to mandated objectives during 2023.

Internal control 
and risk 
management

Internal control and risk management systems
The Committee is responsible for reporting and making recommendations to the Board on the effectiveness of the 
Group’s system of risk management and internal control. 

The Committee considered the outcome of the annual review of the system of risk management and internal control. 
The review identified specific areas for improvement, particularly in respect of the general IT control environment, 
and the necessary actions that have been, or are being, taken.

Group Governance Manual
The Group Governance Manual (GGM), which includes the Group Code of Conduct, sets out the general principles by 
which Prudential conducts its business, the standards expected, and defines the Group-wide approach to governance, 
risk management and internal control. 

Exemptions and breaches of mandatory requirements set out in the Group-wide policies and delegated authorities 
are monitored, and remedial actions are taken as necessary. The Committee received regular reports throughout the 
year. All staff and contingent workers are expected to provide a declaration confirming compliance with the Group 
Code of Conduct annually.

The Committee reviewed the results of the annual content review of the GGM and the report on exemption and 
breaches reported against Group policies for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

189

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk Committee 
report

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Risk Committee, I am pleased to report on the 
Committee’s activities and areas of focus during 2023. 

This year, the Committee considered the management of both 
financial and non-financial risks which have the potential to impact 
the Group’s financial operational resilience, as well as those associated 
with transformation, third parties and outsourcing and technology. In 
particular, the Committee continued to monitor the confluence of 
macroeconomic volatility and geopolitical tensions. 

The key risks and matters considered by the Committee are 
summarised in this letter, with more information included in the table 
below. In areas where risks are strategic or have broader impact, the 
Committee escalates to the Board for a wider discussion.

Through the Committee the Board 
has continued to provide strategic 
leadership, direction and oversight of 
the multi-faceted and often inter-
connected risks for the Group in a highly 
complex operating environment.

Committee operation and governance
As part of its duties detailed above, the Committee reviewed and 
approved the Group Risk Framework (GRF) to ensure that it remained 
effective in identifying and managing the risks faced by the Group in 
2023. We considered and approved the Risk, Compliance and Security 
(RCS) function’s planned activities for 2023 and received regular 
reports from the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer (CRCO). We also 
received regular reports from the Group-wide Internal Audit (GwIA) 
function and updates from other areas of the business as needed. 

The Committee works closely with the Audit Committee to ensure both 
are updated and aligned in areas of common interest, and I report to the 
Board on the main matters discussed. The CRCOs of our Material 
Subsidiaries are also invited to present to the Committee on a rotational 
basis to help deepen the Committee’s understanding of risks relevant 
to the local businesses. Regular direct communication and close 
cooperation with each of the Material Subsidiary risk committee chairs 
remain a key component of our governance framework, and at each 
meeting I update the Committee on important points raised at local level. 
In order to continue to foster a close working relationship with local 
audit and risk committees and deepen understanding of Group-wide risks, 
in October David Law and I chaired the annual conference attended 
by the non-executive directors of the Group’s Material Subsidiaries.

Committee’s purpose
The Committee helps the Board provide leadership, direction 
and oversight of the Group’s overall risk appetite, tolerance and 
strategy. It oversees and advises the Board on the current and 
potential risks to the Group as well as matters relating to 
climate change and responsible investment. It reviews and 
approves the Group’s risk management framework, and 
monitors its effectiveness and adherence to the various risk 
policies.

More information on the Risk Committee can be found in its 
terms of reference, which are available at 
www.prudentialplc.com/investors/governance-and-policies/
board-and-committees-governance

Membership and 2023 meeting attendance

Committee members

Member since

2023 meetings1

Scheduled 
Committee 
meetings
10/10

Ad-hoc 
Committee 
meetings
1/1

10/10

10/10

5/5
10/10

1/1

1/1

1/1
1/1

Jeremy Anderson, 
Chair

David Law

George Sartorel
Tom Watjen2
Jeanette Wong

January 2020
(Chair since May 
2020)

May 2017

May 2022

November 2018
May 2021

Regular attendees
– Chair of the Board
– Chief Executive Officer
– Chief Risk and Compliance Officer
– Chief Financial Officer
– Company Secretary
– Chief Internal Auditor

Members of the Risk, Compliance and Security Leadership team 
are invited to attend each meeting as appropriate.

(1) The Committee held one scheduled joint meeting with the RSWG and four 

scheduled joint meetings with the Audit Committee.  
(2) Tom Watjen retired from the Board on 25 May 2023. 

190

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

  
Committee highlights 2023
– Ongoing oversight of the Group’s principal risks including 

geopolitical tensions, the macroeconomic environment and 
heightened global cyber security threats.

– Embedding the Committee’s expanded climate 

responsibilities, including the recommendation of the Group’s 
Climate Transition Plan for approval by the Board and new 
targets to reflect the Group's commitment to carbon 
reduction and supporting a just and inclusive transition.
– Monitoring risks associated with the implementation of 

transformation programmes including IFRS 17.

– Oversight of the Group’s supplier and third-party risk and 

strengthening of the Group’s third-party risk management 
framework.

Risk appetite and principal risks
a. Risk governance, capital and liquidity
The Committee carried out its regular review of the Group’s risk 
policies and proposed updates to the Group risk appetite statements 
and associated limits. We regularly monitored the strength of our 
capital and liquidity positions, including the results of stress and 
scenario analyses.

b. The Group’s principal risks
The Committee considered the principal risks to the Group’s financial 
viability, operational resilience and sustainability. These included 
geopolitical tensions, macroeconomic developments, including 
inflationary pressure, high interest rates, slowing economic growth, 
and an elevated cyber security threat globally. The Committee also 
considered the risks associated with the Group’s transformation 
programmes and material joint ventures impacting the Group’s risk 
profile. In addition, the Committee reviewed the Group’s annual Own 
Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA) report in May 2023 and in-
depth assessments were performed on existing and emerging high-
risk areas. A detailed explanation of the principal risks facing the 
Group and the way in which these are managed is set out in the Risk 
review on pages 56 to 71. 

Sustainability (including environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) and climate-related) risks 
The Committee received regular updates on climate-related initiatives 
that support the Group’s Sustainability Strategy. Reflecting our 
support for a just and inclusive transition to net zero, the Committee 
reviewed and recommended for approval, the Group’s Climate 
Transition Plan, an updated carbon reduction target and a new target 
reflecting the Group's commitment to transition financing.

Change management risk
Following the Group’s adoption of IFRS 17, which came into effect on 
1 January 2023, the Committee considered the risks associated with 
IFRS 17 implementation and the longer-term plans of embedding it 
into the business. The Committee also assessed the risks associated 
with the Group’s other transformation programmes, including those 
driven by the Group’s new strategy. 

Information security, IT infrastructure and data 
privacy risks
In addition to receiving updates on the key risks associated with 
technology across the Group, including notable incidents, regulatory 
developments, governance and strategy, the Committee was 
regularly updated on Artificial Intelligence (AI), IT infrastructure, 
operations enhancement and the global cyber security threat 
landscape.

The Committee reviewed and approved a number of policies to 
strengthen technology risk management processes and governance, 
bolster the approach to managing technology risks relating to 
information security, data privacy and IT infrastructure, and define 
clearer roles and responsibilities within the organisation.

Third-party and outsourcing management risk 
With an increasing reliance on third parties, strategic partnerships and 
bancassurance arrangements to deliver the Group’s strategic 
outcomes, third-party risk management remains one of the key areas 
of focus for the Committee. It received regular updates on the 
Group’s supplier and third-party risk oversight and progress on 
strengthening the Group’s Third-Party Risk Oversight Framework. It 
also assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s third-party risk 
governance.

Oversight of the Group’s joint ventures and associates
The Committee also maintained oversight of key risks of the Group’s 
joint ventures and associates. In 2023, the Group completed a series 
of deep-dive reviews on the Group’s oversight of material insurance 
and asset management joint ventures and their contributions to the 
Group’s risk profile, with the Committee evaluating the effectiveness 
of current oversight mechanisms and areas for potential 
improvement. 

Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment
The 2023 Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment (GIECA) 
model results were presented to the Committee before being 
submitted to the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (Hong Kong IA). The 
updates considered key assumptions, recalibration of the Group risk 
appetite capital target, the governance framework and validation 
activity for the GIECA model. The Committee's main area of focus 
was on the use of the GIECA model. This model provides a consistent 
risk and return lens for capital allocation and decision-making across 
various business processes including business planning, product 
pricing, strategic business decisions and remuneration management. 

Committee effectiveness
The operation of the Committee was reviewed as part of the annual 
Board evaluation.  No material issues were identified.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank my fellow Committee 
members and Prudential’s RCS function, both at Group and business 
unit level, in supporting the crucial work of the Committee in a 
complex macroeconomic, geopolitical and regulatory environment. I 
would like to give special thanks to David Law, who will resign from 
the Board in May 2024, having served diligently as a member of the 
Committee for seven years, and to welcome Mark Saunders who joins 
the Committee in April 2024. 

Jeremy Anderson
Chair of the Risk Committee

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

191

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk committee report continued

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Risk Committee during 2023

Risk management 

Group principal risks, including Chief Risk and Compliance Officer (CRCO) report 
The Committee evaluated the Group’s principal risks and considered recommendations for the inclusion of 
additional risks and changes in the scope of existing risks. The Committee also received regular reports on the 
Group’s exposure and management of its principal risks, emerging risk themes, material joint ventures impacting 
the Group’s risk profile, and external developments within the CRCO’s regular report to the Committee. Further 
information on how the Group identifies principal and emerging risks can be found in the Risk review. 

The CRCO’s reports provided the Committee with regulatory updates, including the implications of developing 
global capital standards, systemic risk regulation, engagement with regulators (including the Supervisory College) 
and the Group’s ongoing compliance with the Hong Kong IA’s Group-wide Supervision Framework as well as 
applicable local regulatory requirements.

Deep dives 
As part of its risk oversight responsibilities, the Committee considered the results of deep-dive risk reviews 
performed over the year. In 2023, these reviews focused on: the risks relating to the Group’s material joint 
ventures with particular emphasis on oversight management and key risks impacting the Group’s risk profile, 
people risk, lessons learned following a series of stress events within the banking sectors in Q1 2023, the Group’s 
exposure to sovereign default risk and other macroeconomic risks in Africa and an information security controls 
review in Africa. The Committee further considered ongoing effectiveness reviews of regulatory compliance, 
customer conduct and anti-money laundering, as well as updates on the Group’s asset liability management 
processes and interest rates exposures. 

Change management risk
The Committee monitored the progress of the Group’s key strategic projects, which included the Group’s new 
strategy and IFRS 17 implementation. The Group is undergoing significant strategic transformation, and the 
Committee noted the importance of management balancing the need to look after people whilst maintaining 
focus on the strategic outcomes.

Joint meetings of the Risk Committee and Audit Committee in May and October led to both Committees being 
updated on the risks related to IFRS 17 implementation and on preparation activities for FY 2023 IFRS 17 
reporting. The longer-term plans for embedding IFRS 17 into the business were also discussed.

Third-party and outsourcing management risk
The Committee considered an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s third-party risk governance 
framework, and approved the list of the Group’s material outsourcing arrangements prior to submission to the 
Hong Kong IA in May. The Committee received regular progress updates on the strengthening of the Group’s 
Third-Party Risk Oversight Framework.

Information security, IT infrastructure and data privacy risks 
Updates were provided to the Committee on key external developments relevant to cyber security and data 
privacy, including changes in regulations and the threat landscape. The Committee received regular progress 
updates on the operationalisation of the Group-wide governance model and the strategy for the management of 
information security and data privacy risks, as well as the  strengthening of IT infrastructure and operations 
resilience. The Committee was also informed of material incidents and improvement plans.

During the year, the Committee approved the revised Group Information Security Policy, the new Group 
Information Technology Infrastructure Policy and the new Group Technology Risk Management Policy. 

Joint meetings of the Risk Committee and Audit Committee in May and October ensured both Committees were 
updated on the Group Data Policy and AI governance process as well as the progress of addressing critical 
operational challenges including material outsourcing.

Sustainability (including ESG and climate-related) risks 
The Committee received regular updates on climate-related regulatory and legislative developments, including: 
those concerning disclosure requirements; progress against the Group’s responsible investment commitments; 
and its ESG ratings by external assessors and agencies. These updates also reported back on the Group’s 
participation in industry fora such as the Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance; and consultations, including that of the 
International Sustainability Standards Board on its proposed standards for general sustainability and climate-
related disclosure requirements.

192

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Risk Committee during 2023 continued

Risk management 
continued

Prudential has a long-term target to become a net zero asset owner by 2050 and in 2021 established a target to 
achieve a 25 per cent reduction in its Weighted Average Carbon Intensity (WACI) metric by 2025. In July, the 
Committee considered and recommended to the Board a new 2030 WACI reduction target of 55 per cent 
(compared to the 2019 baseline), reflecting a balance between ambition and uncertainty around the 
practicalities of implementation, as well as the Group’s intention to support transition finance in emerging 
markets as part of a just and inclusive transition. The Board approved the changes, which were disclosed in the 
HY 2023 announcement. In December, the Committee considered the use of a 'Financing-the-Transition' target 
in executives’ long-term incentive plans to underpin to the WACI target and recommended this to the 
Remuneration Committee. 

The Committee also received reports on the Group ESG Data Governance Framework and the enhanced 
reporting processes and controls for non-financial ESG information during a joint meeting of the Risk Committee 
and Audit Committee held in December. 

Control environment and risk culture
Regular reports of any breaches of the Group’s Non-Financial Risk Appetite, and mitigating actions, were 
provided to the Committee throughout the year. The Committee also received regular updates on risk culture 
enhancements including the roll-out of the revised Group Code of Conduct that outlines the ethical standards 
and responsibilities of the organisation and our employees, and associated training programmes. A joint meeting 
of the Risk Committee and Audit Committee was held in December, when a Group-wide control enhancement 
programme, which will be one of the key enablers for achieving operational discipline in the successful execution 
of the new strategy, was discussed.

Remuneration 
The Committee plays a formal role in advising the Remuneration Committee on the risk management 
considerations in respect of executive remuneration. It considered risk management assessments of proposed 
executive remuneration structures and outcomes during the year, relevant regulations, as well as climate-related 
considerations, before making related recommendations to the Remuneration Committee. 

Stress and scenario testing 
The Committee reviews the results of stress and scenario testing, which is a key risk identification and 
measurement tool for the Group. 

Stress and scenario testing is a key component of the Group’s ORSA process and the risk assessment of the 
business plan, as described below, as well as its Recovery Planning and Reverse Stress Testing. 

The Group’s recovery plan, considered by the Committee in May, included an assessment of the viability and 
operational resilience of the Group under severe financial and non-financial shock scenarios, and the actions 
available to the Group to restore its financial strength in such circumstances. The plan concluded that the Group 
is expected to remain in a resilient financial and operational condition when under severe stress, with extreme 
stresses required to breach the Group’s recovery activation measures, and that established governance 
frameworks and procedures are in place for senior management to respond to actual and potential threats.

Risk assessment of the business plan
As part of its role in overseeing and advising the Board on future risk exposures and strategic risks, the Committee 
reviewed the risk assessment of the business plan including the implementation of the Group’s new strategy, 
which highlighted key financial and non-financial risks. The analysis included sensitivity assessments of the 
impact of two plausible scenarios.

Model risk management
The Committee received regular updates on the Group-wide model risk assessment and model-risk-related 
activities, such as targeted model validations and model oversight assurance reviews to embed the model risk 
framework, reviews of model inventories in business units to ensure completeness and quality, and ongoing 
initiatives to improve model risk management.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

193

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Risk committee report continued

Principal activities and significant issues considered by the Risk Committee during 2023 continued

Regulatory and 
compliance matters

Compliance and regulatory change
The Committee received regular reporting on key regulatory compliance risks and mitigation activities across the 
Group’s businesses throughout the year. Updates covered issues such as regulatory changes, reviews and 
interventions, including those relating to business and customer conduct, fraud, anti-bribery and corruption, anti-
money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, and sanctions risks. 

Risk and 
compliance 
framework

In addition, the Committee was updated on the Group’s customer conduct risk analysis and progress of other key 
areas in response to the Supervisory College's interested topics.

Group-wide Internal Audit (GwIA)
Updates on relevant matters which fall within the Committee's responsibilities were provided by GwIA 
throughout the year.  
Annual review of risk framework associated policies, risk framework compliance and Committee effectiveness 
The GRF and its associated policies were subject to their annual review, with amendments made to ensure the 
policies remained fit for purpose and reflect developments within the Group. The Committee approved the 
changes in July. 

In March, the Committee was updated on the ongoing implementation of the Non-Financial Risk Framework. 

The Committee considered the findings of the annual evaluation of Committee effectiveness and agreed actions 
to improve Committee effectiveness. The Committee also evaluated the effectiveness of the RCS function's 
oversight of the Group's key risks.

Group risk appetite and limits
The Committee is responsible for recommending changes in the Group’s overall risk appetite and tolerance to the 
Board for approval.

In May, the Committee recommended to the Board a proposed recalibration of the Group risk appetite capital 
targets to ensure their continued appropriateness for approval. In December the Committee approved a number 
of revisions of the Group risk limits including the duration mismatch triggers and credit limits to manage interest 
rate and credit risks, and ensured that they are consistent with the aggregate Group Risk Appetite statements.

External and 
regulatory 
reporting

ORSA
The ORSA is a key ongoing process for identifying, assessing, controlling, monitoring and reporting risk and 
compliance issues to which the Group is exposed as well as assessing capital adequacy over the business planning 
horizon. 

In May, the Committee considered the Group’s ORSA report, based on the business plan, prior to its approval by 
the Board and submission to the Hong Kong IA.

Systemic risk management
In May, the Committee considered the Group’s recovery plan, which includes the Group critical incident 
procedure and the liquidity risk management plan, and recommended them for approval by the Board.

Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment (GIECA)
The Committee received regular bi-annual updates on the GIECA results in May and October, and provided 
approval prior to submission to the Hong Kong IA. The updates also covered the governance framework and 
validation activity for the GIECA model. In December, the Committee  proposed changes to the GIECA risk 
modelling assumptions for FY 2023 reporting.

The Committee received updates on embedding the use of the GIECA model in various business processes and 
decision-making in October.

Insurance Capital Standard (ICS)
The Committee considered the Group’s FY 2022 ICS results in December. This included an update on the Group’s 
engagement on the ICS development with the International Association of Insurance Supervisors on ICS 
technical topics, and updates on the Group’s key next steps for potential ICS implementation. 

194

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Statutory and regulatory disclosures  

Financial reporting 
The Directors have a duty to report to shareholders on the 
performance and financial position of the Group and are responsible 
for preparing the financial statements which can be found on pages 
228 to 329. They also prepare the supplementary information which 
is on pages 342 to 361.

Based on the audit of the financial statements and EEV basis 
supplementary information, the auditor must form an independent 
opinion on the performance of the Group and report this opinion to 
the Company and its shareholders. You can find the auditor’s opinion 
on pages 330 to 339 and pages 362 to 363.

Directors have a legal obligation to prepare financial statements that 
give a true and fair view of the financial affairs of the Company and 
the Group. The criteria used for the preparation of the financial 
statements can be found in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities on page 329. Company law also requires the Board to 
approve the Strategic report on page 149. The Strategic Report 
provides a description of the Group’s capital position, financing and 
liquidity. The risks facing the Group’s business are discussed in the 
Risk review on pages 56 to 71. Directors must also confirm that the 
Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business, including a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties. This confirmation is in the Statement of 
Directors’ responsibilities on page 329.

The Directors’ statement must also confirm that they consider the 
Annual Report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable, and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.

The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this 
Directors’ report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is 
unaware; and that each Director has taken all the steps that he or she 
ought to have taken as a Director to make himself or herself aware of 
any relevant audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information. This confirmation is given and 
should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Section 
418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Going concern
In line with guidance issued by the FRC in September 2014 on risk 
management, internal control and related financial and business 
reporting, and after making sufficient enquiries, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue their operations for a period of at 
least 12 months from the date that the financial statements are 
approved. Further information is provided in the Viability Statement 
on page 72 and the basis of preparation disclosure in the financial 
statements.

Powers of the Board
The Board may exercise all powers conferred on it by the Company’s 
Articles (the Articles) and the Companies Act 2006. This includes the 
power to borrow money and to mortgage or charge any of its assets 
(subject to the limitations set out in the Companies Act 2006 and the 
Articles) and to give a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a 
debt or other obligation of the Company.

Rules governing the appointment of Directors
The appointment and removal of Directors is governed by the 
provisions in the Articles, the UK Code, the HK Code (as appended to 
the Hong Kong Listing Rules) and the Companies Act 2006.

Director indemnities
Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Articles 
allow Directors and officers of the Company to be indemnified in 
respect of liabilities incurred as a result of their office. Suitable 
insurance cover is in place in case of legal action against Directors 
and senior managers of companies within the Group.

Qualifying third-party indemnity provisions are also available for the 
benefit of the Directors of the Company and other relevant 
individuals within the Group. These indemnities were in force for 2023 
and remain so.

Contract of significance
At no time during the year did any Director hold a material interest in 
any contract of significance with the Company or any subsidiary 
undertaking.

Securities dealing and inside information
Prudential has adopted securities dealing rules relating to transactions 
by Directors on terms no less exacting than required by Appendix C1 
to the HK Listing Rules and by relevant UK regulations. Having made 
specific enquiry of all Directors, Prudential confirms that the Directors 
have complied with these rules throughout the period. 

The Group has also adopted an Information Sharing and Securities 
Dealing Policy, which includes guidance and procedures for the 
identification, dissemination and escalation of inside information as 
well as appropriate controls on the disclosure of such information in 
line with regulatory requirements.

All staff are made aware of the policy and receive communications 
reminding them of their obligations when they work on any 
confidential matters in the business or are notified when the 
Company enters or exits a closed period.

Requirements of Listing Rule 9.8.4
Information to be included in the Annual Report and Accounts under 
UK Listing Rule 9.8.4 may be found as follows:

Listing Rule

9.8.4 (4)

9.8.4 (7)

9.8.4 (10)

9.8.4 (12)

9.8.4 (13)

Description

Details of long-term incentive 
schemes required by Listing Rule 
9.4.3

Details of allotments of equity 
securities for cash

Contracts of significance involving 
a Director

Details of shareholder waiver of 
dividends

Details of shareholder waiver of 
future dividends

Page

211

302

195

400

400

Connected transactions
There were no connected transactions during 2023 requiring 
disclosure.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

195

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Statutory and regulatory disclosures continued

US regulation and legislation
As a result of its listing on the New York Stock Exchange, the 
Company complies with the relevant provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act 2002 as they apply to foreign private issuers and has adopted 
procedures to ensure compliance. In particular, adherence to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 which covers disclosure controls 
and procedures, is overseen by a Disclosure Committee which reports 
to the CEO, chaired by the CFO and comprising members of head 
office management. The Disclosure Committee supports the CEO and 
CFO in making certifications about the effectiveness of the Group’s 
disclosure procedures. 

Hong Kong IA GWS public disclosures
Under the GWS framework, the Group must make public disclosures 
around certain risks and capital. These GWS public disclosure 
requirements, as set out in the Guideline on Group Supervision (GL32) 
and Insurance (Group Capital) Rules issued by the Hong Kong IA, are 
met by disclosures within this Annual Report and Accounts.

Change of control
Under the agreements governing Prudential Corporation Holdings 
Limited’s life insurance and fund management joint ventures with 
China International Trust & Investment Corporation (CITIC), if there 
is a change of control of the Company, CITIC may terminate the 
agreements and either, (i) purchase the Company’s entire interest in 
the joint venture or require the Company to sell its interest to a third 
party designated by CITIC, or (ii) require the Company to purchase all 
of CITIC’s interest in the joint venture. The price of the purchase or 
sale will be the fair value of the shares to be transferred, as 
determined by the auditor of the joint venture.

Customers 
The five largest customers of the Group constitute in aggregate less 
than 30 per cent of the total revenue from sales for each of the years 
presented in this Annual Report and financial statements.

196

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Index to principal Directors’ report disclosures

Index to principal Directors’ report disclosures
Information required to be disclosed in the Directors’ report may be found in the following sections:

Information

Disclosure of information to auditor

Directors in office during the year

Board diversity

ESG matters

Group-wide policies, including those relating to employment 
practices

Greenhouse gas emissions

Charitable donations

Political donations and expenditure

Remuneration Committee report

Directors’ interests in shares

Agreements for compensation for loss of office 
or employment on takeover
Details of qualifying third-party indemnity provisions
Internal control and risk management

Section in Annual Report

Statutory and regulatory disclosures

Board of Directors

Governance report

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Sustainability section

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ remuneration report

Directors’ remuneration report

Governance report
Governance report and Strategic report

Powers of Directors

Rules governing appointment of Directors

Significant agreements impacted by a change of control

Future developments of the business of the Company

Governance report

Governance report

Governance report

Strategic report

Post-balance sheet events

Note D2 of the notes on the Group financial statements

Rules governing changes to the Articles of Association
Structure of share capital, including changes during the year 
and restrictions on the transfer of securities, voting rights, 
power to purchase own shares and significant shareholders

Shareholder information

Shareholder information, Governance report and note C8 
of the notes on the Group financial statements

Business review

Changes in borrowings

Dividend details

Financial instruments

Corporate governance statement including compliance with 
the Code

Fostering the Company’s business relationships

Details of how directors have regard to stakeholders

Monitoring culture

Group overview and Strategic Report

Financial review and note C5 of the notes on the 
Group financial statements
Group overview and Strategic Report

Additional information

Governance report

Strategic report
Section 172 Statement 
Sustainability section

Strategic report
Section 172 Statement 
Sustainability section

Section 172 Statement 
Sustainability section

Details of the Company’s approach to investing in and 
rewarding its workforce

Section 172 Statement 
Additional information can be found in the Sustainability 
Report

Page number(s)

195

152 and 155 - 
160

154 and 181

97 - 149

145 - 148

117, 126 - 128 
and 148

134

118

200 - 225

200 - 225

200 - 225

195

56 - 71 and 176 
- 177 

195

195

196

24 - 33

307

399

302

10 - 149

296

44

272 - 275

163 - 164

24 - 29 
88 - 96
103 - 104, 109 
and 114 - 118

24 - 29 
88 - 96
103 - 104, 109 
and 114 - 118

88
115

92
51

In addition, the risk factors set out on pages 74 to 87 and the additional unaudited financial information set out on pages 366 to 392, 
are incorporated by reference into the Directors’ report.

The Directors’ report is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors by

Tom Clarkson
Company Secretary
19 March 2024

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

197

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Directors'
    remuneration
report

198

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Directors’ remuneration report
Annual statement from the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee 
Remuneration at a glance
Annual report on remuneration 
Additional remuneration disclosures

200
204
206
223

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

199

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Directors’ remuneration report 

Annual statement 
from the Chair of 
the Remuneration 
Committee

Dear shareholder,
On behalf of the Board and its Remuneration Committee 
(Committee), I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration 
report for the year ended 31 December 2023.

The Committee is grateful for the level of support received for the 
Directors’ remuneration policy presented at the 2023 AGM (95.7%).  
The Committee operated within that policy in 2023 and intends to 
continue to do so during 2024.

In arriving at the remuneration outcomes for 2023, the Committee 
has assessed Company performance in the context of the wider 
stakeholder experience.

2023 in summary
Company performance 
As described in the Strategic Report  earlier in this Annual Report: 

– We have seen strong financial performance in 2023;
– We have demonstrated substantial progress towards our 2027 

objectives that were communicated alongside our updated strategy 
in August 2023; and 

– Our performance reflects the breadth and broad-based nature of 

our markets and the strong capital position of the Group.

The charts opposite illustrate achievement against our key financial 
annual objectives. The Group achieved these results while maintaining 
appropriate levels of capital and while operating within the Group’s 
risk framework and appetite. 

Committee's purpose
The Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in meeting its 
responsibilities regarding the determination, implementation 
and operation of the overall remuneration policy for the Group, 
including the remuneration of the Chair of the Board and the 
Executive Directors.

Membership and 2023 meeting attendance

Committee members
Chua Sock Koong (Chair)

David Law ACA
Ming Lu1
Philip Remnant CBE FCA2
George Satorel3
Tom Watjen4

Scheduled 
meetings
5/5

Ad hoc 
meetings
5/5

5/5

4/5

2/2

3/3

2/2

5/5

3/5

4/4

1/1

3/4

Regular attendees
– Chair
– Chief Executive Officer
– Company Secretary
– Chief Human Resources Officer (CHRO)
– Director, Group Reward and Employee 

Relations, and CHRO, UK

– Remuneration Committee Adviser 

(1) Ming Lu was unable to attend one scheduled meeting and two Ad hoc 

meetings, arranged at short notice.

(2) Philip Remnant retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.
(3) George Sartorel joined the Committee in May 2023.
(4) Tom Watjen retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.

This report has been prepared to comply with Schedule 8 of the Large and 
Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 
2008 (as amended), as well as the Companies Act 2006, the Listing Rules and 
other related regulations.

200

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Performance measures (% weighting of financial bonus targets)
Group new business profit (55%)
A measure of the future profitability of the new business sold during 
the year and an indicator of the profitable growth of the Group.

Group operating free surplus generated2 (15%)
A measure of the internal cash generation of our businesses.

Group performance ($m)1

Group performance ($m)1

Performance measures (% weighting of Financial bonus targets)
Group adjusted operating profit3 (20%)
Prudential’s primary measure of profitability and a key driver of 
shareholder value.

Group cash flow (AER)4 (10%)
Cash flows across the Group reflect our aim of achieving a balance 
between ensuring sufficient net remittances from business units to 
cover the dividend and responsibly managing corporate costs to 
allow for reinvestment in profitable opportunities.

Group performance ($m)1

Group performance ($m)

Notes
(1) Group performance and growth rates shown on a constant exchange rate basis.
(2) For insurance operations, operating free surplus generated represents amounts maturing from the in-force business during the period less investment in new business and 

excludes non-operating items. For asset management businesses, it equates to post-tax operating profit for the year.
(3) In this report ’adjusted operating profit’ refers to adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns.
(4) Group cash flow includes business unit remittances net of dividends and corporate costs.

Stakeholders’ experience 
In reaching its decisions for 2023, the Committee considered the experience of the Group’s stakeholders during the year, as set out below. More 
details about how we have listened to our stakeholders and what the Group delivered in 2023 can be found in the Sustainability Report section 
of the Strategic Report. 

Investors
– 2023 was a year of  significant engagement with investors, with a new 
CEO, IFRS 17, the launch of an updated strategy and introduction of 
quarterly trading updates. 

– The Group provided its strategy update alongside its half year 2023 
results which was followed by an intensive programme of investor 
interaction. 

Our people
– Alongside our new purpose statement, our revised set of values, 

The PruWay, co-created by employees, was launched. 

– As well as holding our third Group Wellness Day (now Prudential 

Recharge Day) in September 2023:
– We launched a digital coaching tool globally to provide holistic 

health and wellbeing personal ongoing support. 

– Engagement with investors: During 2023, over 589 meetings were 

– We announced our sponsorship for This Is Me on World Mental 

held with around 475 individual institutional investors in Asia, the US, 
continental Europe and the UK. Of these meetings, 192 were attended 
by one or more of the Executive Directors.

– TSR performance was below the median of the peer group;  over the 
period 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023 TSR was -21.0% while 
the median performance was -15.3%. This reflects the exposure to 
Asia-based headwinds inherent in Prudential’s operating environment 
over the period and the fact that only one constituent of the 2021 
PLTIP peer group operates substantially in the same markets as 
Prudential.

Health Day.

– Engagement with our people included: 

– Use of snap surveys for more timely feedback. Employee 

engagement scores remain at similar levels to January 2023.
– Over 7,400 colleagues participated in the Company's fourth 

Collaboration Jam, which focused on fostering engagement 
and awareness of The PruWay. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

201

2,1493,125202220231,3551,395202220232,6902,8932022202339475620222023Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Directors’ remuneration report continued

Customers 
– We have standardised our approach to measuring and analysing 

customer advocacy, centred around net promoter scores (NPS) across 
ten business units (BUs). 
– Four of the ten are ranked in the top quartile for customer 
relationship NPS (ie brand), compared to three in 2022.  

– Four further BUs improved their rankings by a quartile.

– This has been supported by leadership prioritising the voice of 

customers in our business, with initiatives including: 
– Monthly CEO customer experience forums and a proactive 

approach to calling back customers reporting unsatisfactory 
experiences.   

– Group Executive Committee members met with over 150 customers 

to understand better how we can deliver a distinct customer 
experience.

Governments and regulators 
– Prudential continued its engagement with the International 
Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS) relating to 
international developments including the Insurance Capital Standard 
(ICS).

– Alongside other insurance industry peers, we met with the Chair of the 
IAIS Executive Committee to discuss financial inclusion and protection 
gaps and explore ways in which the industry could support the work of 
the IAIS on these topics.

– Constructive dialogue with the Hong Kong Insurance Authority 
(Hong Kong IA) continued during 2023, with the Hong Kong IA 
attending a Board meeting in March 2023 to present feedback on key 
observations and expected actions directly to the Board.

Climate change initiatives
– Highlights included:

– In March 2023, Prudential’s Climate Transition Plan was published, 
setting out our long-term net zero pledge and interim targets, and 
the progress we have made against them.

– In May 2023, we participated in the Net Zero Delivery Summit held 
in London and contributed to a panel discussion on best practice 
and illustrative case studies of channelling green finance to 
emerging markets for a just transition, together with leaders from 
Vietnam and Africa. 

Remuneration decisions and outcomes for 2023
Senior leadership changes
During the year we welcomed Anil Wadhwani as Chief Executive 
Officer (CEO) from 25 February 2023. Details of his remuneration are 
disclosed in the 'Annual report on remuneration' section of this 
report.  The remuneration for Mark FitzPatrick, the Interim CEO,  can 
also be found in this section.

As disclosed in last year's report, the Company agreed to replace 
remuneration forfeited by Mr Wadhwani as a consequence of his 
leaving his former employer.  The replacement awards are disclosed in 
the 'Recruitment arrangements' section. 

2023 Annual incentive Plan (AIP)
Strong performance against the adjusted stretch targets of the 
financial metrics  led to a formulaic outcome of 100% of maximum 
on the financial scorecard. The Committee noted inputs from the Risk 
Committee and Audit Committee, and that the capital underpin had 
been met and approved the formulaic outcome of 100%.

Taking into account the personal performance of the Executive 
Directors, this led to bonus outcomes of 99.0% and 97.4% of 
maximum for Anil and Mark respectively.

Further details can be found in the 'Annual bonus outcomes for 2023' 
section.

202

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Suppliers
– Prudential is committed to ensuring that slavery, human trafficking, 
child labour or any other abuse of human rights have no place in 
our organisation or supply chain. In 2023, we further enhanced 
our existing Group Third Party Supplier and Outsourcing Policy 
(GTPSO) to drive compliance to use our procurement and third-
party risk management system, and to ensure that the Group’s 
Third Party Risk Management (TPRM) framework is consistently 
applied.  

Society
– Diversity and inclusion: New members of the Diversity and 

Inclusion Council were onboarded to focus on inclusion.  In 2023, 
we were listed on the Bloomberg Gender Equality Index for the 
fourth successive year.

– Prudence Foundation continued to invest in our communities. 

Highlights included:
– The Cha-Ching programme, which aims to raise financial 

literacy in children aged seven to 12 years old, had taught over 
two million children and had trained over 66,000 teachers. 
– Our global SAFE STEPS programme, which aims to provide 
education, awareness and life-saving tips on climate and 
disaster risk preparedness, and road safety, reached over 100 
million people in Asia and Africa in 2023. 

– We engaged with the IAIS on climate-related risks, including 

taking part in discussions on this topic. During 2023, Prudential 
was the co-chair of the Institute of International Finance Asia-
Pacific Subgroup, with an agenda focusing on digital 
developments and climate-related risks in Asia markets. 

2021-2023 PLTIP
As a result of our performance over 2021-2023, the 2021 PLTIP 
vested at 27.58%. This reflected below threshold performance 
against the relative TSR targets, and above threshold performance 
on the Return on Embedded Value (RoEV) targets and strong 
performance against the sustainability scorecard. These awards are 
subject to a two-year holding period. Awards were adjusted to  take 
account of the Jackson demerger as set out in the 2021 Directors' 
remuneration report.

The Committee considered the Company’s share price at the time 
the 2021 PLTIP awards were made (£15.05/HKD164.07) compared 
to the share price at the end of the performance period (£8.87/
HKD87.40). The share price in early 2024 did not increase and the 
Committee is satisfied that no windfall gains have arisen on vesting.

Further details can be found in the 'Long-term incentives vesting in 
respect of performance to 31 December 2023' section.

The Committee carefully considered the formulaic outcomes for both 
the AIP and PLTIP in the context of the Group's financial 
performance and the stakeholder experience, as set out earlier in this 
statement, and determined that these were appropriate. As such, no 
discretion was applied in determining the AIP and PLTIP outcomes.

Remuneration for 2024
Strategic ambition
A new purpose and strategy were announced alongside the 2023 
interim results in August, which included an emphasis on operational 
and financial discipline to accelerate value creation.  The new strategy 
provides a  focus on investing in new business at attractive returns, 
core capabilities and strategic opportunities as well as returning 
capital to shareholders via dividends.

A key focus of the Committee's work in 2023 has been to ensure the 
new strategy is embedded in the remuneration arrangements for 
2024. The Committee therefore consulted with major shareholders, 
and shareholder representative bodies, on proposed changes to the 
weightings and metrics for the 2024 AIP and 2024 PLTIP, as well as 
on proposed changes to the remuneration arrangements for the CEO.

Responses were received from shareholders, representing around 
45% of the Group's share capital, with investors generally being 
supportive of the proposals. After careful consideration, and in order 
to ensure alignment with the new strategy, the Committee intends to 
implement the following changes to the 2024 AIP and 2024 PLTIP 
measures, and an increase in PLTIP award level for the CEO.

2024 AIP and 2024 PLTIP measures
While the Committee believes that the existing AIP measures remain 
appropriate, it decided to change the balance between the measures 
for 2024 to better reflect the refreshed strategy. Specifically, it 
approved an increased weighting for Operating Free Surplus 
Generation (OFSG) and Cash flow. Consequently, New Business Profit 
(NBP) will reduce, although it retains the highest weighting (at 45%), 
reflecting the Group’s focus on future profitability.

Remuneration arrangements for the Chief Executive Officer
The Committee undertook a review of the remuneration package of 
the CEO and other senior executives to ensure they are adequate to 
attract, motivate and retain the high-calibre personnel required to 
deliver on our new purpose and strategy.  As part of the review, 
consideration was given to increasing the CEO’s salary for 2024, 
reflecting his performance in the role to date, the passage of time 
since his original salary was set in May 2022 and the fact that it was 
unchanged for 2023.  

However, after careful deliberation, the Committee decided that it 
would be more appropriate to increase the CEO’s 2024 PLTIP award 
level from 400% to 425% of salary, in lieu of a salary increase. 

The increased PLTIP opportunity, which is well within the maximum 
allowable under the Policy, is wholly based on performance over the 
long term, thereby providing a greater focus than a salary increase 
would give on the achievement of the Group’s strategic goals. The 
Committee therefore believes that this approach will, particularly in 
combination with the increased weight of TSR, serve to strengthen 
the alignment of the CEO’s interests with those of other shareholders.

The Committee is mindful of the impact that a low share price has on 
the number of shares under an award, which might give rise to a 
windfall gain in the future. After careful consideration the Committee 
decided to review the 2024 PLTIP award at vesting, when all factors 
can be assessed, to ensure that there has been no windfall gain. As 
part of this review, the Committee will consider Prudential's stretching 
performance targets, the share price performance of Prudential and 
its peers, the share price performance of indices on which Prudential is 
listed and any other factors deemed relevant to determining a final 
vesting outcome.

The Committee believes that the PLTIP measures should closely align 
the economic interests of shareholders with those of executives and 
support the longer-term strategic ambitions of the Group. 
Consequently, it intends to:

Committee effectiveness review
The operation of the Committee was reviewed in 2023 as part of the 
annual Board evaluation.  No material issues were identified.

– Retain Total Shareholder Return (TSR) as a measure, with an 

increased weight of 45%, which will ensure that maximum vesting 
only occurs where achievement of the Group's longer-term strategy 
generates shareholder value.

– Include Life and Asset Management Gross OFSG and NBP as 
measures (each with a weight of 15%), reflecting the two key 
financial objectives announced with the new strategy. The 
measures will replace RoEV. The Committee’s view is that the 
ability to repeatedly demonstrate growth in NBP over a sustained 
period (through successive PLTIP cycles) is a key driver for value 
creation.  Similarly, continued growth in Life and Asset 
Management OFSG ensures a focus on profitable new business and 
managing experience variances over the longer term. Full vesting 
of the NBP and OFSG elements of the 2024 PLTIP will only be 
achieved if CAGR over the three-year performance period is aligned 
with our stated ambitions over the 2022 to 2027 period.

– Retain the Business Integrity Scorecard (with an unchanged weight 
of 25%), using the existing measures. As part of our support for a 
just and inclusive transition to net zero, the Board approved a 
target reduction in our portfolio's weighted average carbon 
intensity (WACI) of 55% by 2030 (compared to the 2019 
baseline). To support this ambition, the Committee has retained a 
WACI metric in the 2024 PLTIP and introduced a transition finance 
underpin for this element of the PLTIP.

The Committee is mindful that NBP and OFSG feature in both the 
2024 AIP and 2024 PLTIP. However, on balance it believes this is 
appropriate given that these measures are central to the Group’s 
strategic ambitions in both the short and longer term, and that 
performance will be measured over different periods.

Committee changes in 2023 
Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen retired from the Board and the 
Committee at the 2023 AGM.  I would like to thank them both for 
their input and support on the Committee.  I would also like to 
welcome George Sartorel, who joined the Committee in May 2023. 
George has considerable operational expertise in insurance, mainly 
across the Asia Pacific region. 

I would like to thank the Committee members for their work over the 
past year in ensuring that our remuneration approach supports the 
Group's strategy and continues to  align with shareholder interests, 
especially when they have been asked to consider time-critical 
matters.

I trust that you will find this report a clear account of the way in which 
the Committee has implemented the Directors’ remuneration policy 
during 2023 and of the proposed Directors’ remuneration 
arrangements for 2024.

Chua Sock Koong
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

19 March 2024

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

203

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Remuneration at a glance

The elements of Executive Director 
remuneration
A significant portion of Executive Directors’ remuneration is 
performance-based, long-term and remains at risk.  The chart 
on the right shows the breakdown of the Chief Executive’s 
remuneration based on a scenario of maximum AIP payout 
of 200% of salary and full vesting of an LTIP award of 
425% of salary.

Performance-related remuneration is subject to malus 
(forfeiture or reduction before delivery) and clawback 
(recovery provisions for a period after delivery). The malus 
and clawback provisions are detailed in the Directors' 
remuneration policy.  

Principles underlying the policy 

Proportionality

Pension 
4%

Alignment to culture

– Executive Directors' pension benefit of 13 per cent of salary is 

aligned with that of the wider workforce.

– The conduct measure in the PLTIP ensures that there are no 
significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result in 
significant capital add-ons or material fines.

– The vesting period attached to the PLTIP reflects the time horizon 

of the business plan. 

– The additional post-vesting holding period and share ownership 

guidelines align Executive Director interests with other stakeholders.

Predictability

– The levels of awards under incentive arrangements to Executive 

Directors at threshold, on-target and maximum performance points 
are clearly defined and presented in relevant sections of this report.

Clarity

– The Committee consults regularly with the Company’s largest 

shareholders on executive pay decisions before they are implemented.

– Details on Executive Director pay are clearly set out in the Annual 

– There are no incentive outcomes for below-threshold performance. 

Financial targets are set against the Board-approved plan.

– Under the PLTIP, 20 per cent of each portion of the award will vest 

report on remuneration.

Risk

for achieving threshold performance.

– The  Risk Committee advises the Committee on risk management 

– The Committee approves termination arrangements of Executive 

considerations to inform remuneration decisions.

Directors to ensure that there is no reward for failure.

– The Committee has flexibility to adjust incentive outcomes, and to 

Simplicity

– The structure comprises fixed remuneration, annual and long-term 

incentives only.

– The structure is largely unchanged from previous policies.
– There is a demonstrable link between performance and reward 

outcomes.

apply malus and clawback to awards and incentive payments.
– The holding period on PLTIP awards extends the award time 

horizon to five years.

– In-employment share ownership guidelines provide a strong 
connection to the sustained success of the Company. Post-
employment requirements continue the alignment with Company 
success and stakeholder interests. 

204

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

How the Directors’ remuneration policy operates
The remuneration policy was approved by shareholders at our AGM on 25 May 2023 and will apply for a period of up to three years.  Although 
summarised below for convenience, the full and definitive policy can be found on our website at https://www.prudentialplc.com/~/media/Files/P/
Prudential-V13/policies-and-statements/directors-remuneration-policy-2022.pdf. 

Key elements of remuneration

2
0
2
4

2
0
2
5

2
0
2
6

2
0
2
7

2
0
2
8

Key features of operation of the policy

Fixed pay

Salary and 
benefits

Pension

Short-term 
variable pay

Cash bonus 

Deferred 
bonus

Long-term 
variable pay
Three-year 
performance 
assessment

Prudential 
Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan (PLTIP)

Share 
ownership 
guidelines

d
o
i
r
e
p
e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

d
o
i
r
e
p
g
n
d
o
H

i

l

– Salaries reviewed annually with increases generally no greater than those 
of the workforce unless there is a change in role or responsibility. Benefits 
reflect individual circumstances and are competitive in the local market.

– Pension contributions and/or a cash supplement up to 13% of salary.
– Executive Directors based in Hong Kong receive this in addition to 
contributions into the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund.

– The maximum opportunity is up to 200% of salary.
– 40% of bonus is deferred for three years. Deferral will be in cash where 

share ownership guidelines have been met, or shares where not.
– Awards are subject to the achievement of financial and personal 

objectives, with a Pillar I capital underpin aligned with the Hong Kong 
Insurance Authority capital framework.

– Award is subject to malus and clawback provisions.

– Maximum award under the Plan is 550% of salary although regular 

awards are below this level.

– Awards are subject to a three-year vesting period from date of grant and a 

further two-year holding period from the end of the vesting period.

– Awards are subject to relative TSR and financial performance, as well as a 

business integrity scorecard.

– Awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions.

– Chief Executive Officer guidelines are 400% of salary.
– Executives generally have five years to build this level of ownership.
– Executives leaving the Board are required to hold the lower of their actual 
shareholding at the date they leave the Board and their in-employment 
share ownership guideline for a period of two years

What performance means for Executive Director remuneration in 2023
At Prudential, remuneration packages are designed to ensure strong alignment between pay and performance. In 2023 the Group’s 
performance was appropriately reflected in the incentive outcomes as set out below, and in the Annual report on remuneration. 

2023 AIP outcomes

Measure

Group adjusted operating profit

Group operating free surplus generated

Group cash flow

Group EEV new business profit

Total Group financial measures

Personal objectives

Total bonus

Weighting
20%1
15%1
10%1
55%1

80%

20%

100%

Outturn

20%

15%

10%

55%

80 %

17.4% - 19%

97.4% - 99 %

% achieved

95.0%

99.0%

2021-2023 PLTIP outcomes

Measure

Weighting

Outturn

% achieved

Three-year relative TSR

Return on Embedded Value

Sustainability scorecard

Total PLTIP

50%

30%

20%

100%

 0.0 %

 8.4 %

 19.2 %

 27.6 %

Notes
(1) Weighting of measures within the overall 80% for the category.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

205

100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%100.0%87.0%97.4%28.1%95.8%27.6% 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration

Role and responsibilities
The role and responsibilities of the Committee are set out in its terms of reference, which are reviewed by the Committee and approved by the 
Board on a periodic basis, and can be found on the Company’s website at https://www.prudentialplc.com/~/media/Files/P/Prudential-V13/
content-pdf/egroup-remuneration-committee-tors-approved-20231205.pdf. The Committee’s role is to assist the Board in meeting its 
responsibilities regarding the determination, implementation and operation of the overall remuneration policy for the Group, including the 
remuneration of the Chair of the Board, Executive Directors, Group Executive Committee members and the Company Secretary, as well as 
overseeing the remuneration arrangements of other staff within its purview. In 2023, the Committee met 10 times and also dealt with a number 
of matters by email circulation.

The principal responsibilities of the Committee set out in its terms of reference and discharged during 2023 were:

– Approving the operation of performance-related pay schemes operated for the Executive Directors, other members of the Group Executive 

Committee and the Company Secretary, and determining the targets and individual payouts under such schemes;

– Reviewing and recommending the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, applicable to all Directors of the Board, for approval by shareholders;
– Consulting with shareholders and the principal advisory bodies in respect of the Directors’ remuneration policy ahead of its approval at the 
2023 AGM, and discussing decisions taken in respect of the Executive Director’s remuneration arrangements for 2024 (as discussed in the 
Annual statement from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee); 

– Reviewing the operation and awards made under all share plans requiring approval by the Board and/or the Company’s shareholders;
– Monitoring compliance of the Chair and Executive Directors and other members of the Group Executive Committee with share ownership 

guidelines;

– Reviewing and approving individual packages for the Executive Directors and other members of the Group Executive Committee including for 

any new hires and departures, and the fees of the Chair. Similarly, reviewing and approving fees for the Non-executive Directors of the Group’s 
material subsidiaries;

– Reviewing workforce remuneration practices and related policies across the Group when setting the remuneration policy for Executive 

Directors, as well as the alignment of incentives and awards with culture;

– Monitoring the remuneration and risk management implications of remuneration of senior executives across the Group and other selected 

roles; and

– Overseeing the implementation of the Group remuneration policy for those roles within scope of the specific arrangements referred to in the 

Hong Kong IA GWS Framework.

The Chair and the Chief Executive Officer attend meetings by invitation. The Committee also had the benefit of advice from the:

– Chief Risk and Compliance Officer;
– Chief Financial Officer;
– Chief Human Resources Officer; and
– Director, Group Reward and Employee Relations, and CHRO, UK.

Individuals are not present when their own remuneration is discussed and the Committee is always careful to manage potential conflicts of 
interest when receiving views from Executive Directors or senior management about executive remuneration proposals.

During 2023, Deloitte LLP was the independent remuneration adviser to the Committee, having been appointed by the Committee following a 
competitive tender process during 2021. Deloitte is a member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and voluntarily operates under its code 
of conduct when providing advice on executive remuneration in the UK. Deloitte regularly meets with the Chair of the Committee without 
management present. The Committee is comfortable that the Deloitte engagement partner and team providing remuneration advice to the 
Committee do not have connections with Prudential that may impair their independence and objectivity. The total fees paid to Deloitte for the 
provision of independent advice to the Committee in 2023 were £136,100 charged on a fixed fee as well as a time and materials basis. During 
2023, Deloitte provided Prudential management advice on remuneration, digital and technology, taxation, internal audit, global mobility, risk 
and regulatory matters. Remuneration advice is provided by an entirely separate team within Deloitte. Management also received external 
advice and data from a number of other providers. This included market data and legal counsel. This advice, and these services, are not 
considered to be material.  During the latter part of 2023, a competitive tender process began for the provision of independent advice to the 
Committee.  The tender will conclude during 2024 and details will be provided in the Directors’ remuneration report for 2024.

In 2023, the Board conducted an evaluation of its effectiveness, which included an assessment of the Remuneration Committee. No material 
issues were identified.

206

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Table of 2023 Executive Director total remuneration (the ‘single figure’) - audited information

$000s
Anil Wadhwani1
Mark FitzPatrick2
Total

2023
salary
1,326

229

1,555

2023
taxable
benefits*
486

188

674

2023
total
bonus†
2,638

441

3,079

2023
PLTIP
releases‡
—

313

313

2023
pension
benefits§
174

2023
Other 
remuneration1
7,669

Total 2023
fixed
remuneration~
3,113

Total 2023
variable
remuneration~
9,180

Total 2023
remuneration
the ‘single
figure’^
12,293

30

204

—

7,669

447

3,560

754

1,201

9,934

13,494

*  Benefits include (where provided) the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance, security arrangements and relocation/expatriate benefits. Benefits of 

significant value include housing costs for Mr Wadhwani ($324,000), which is in line with Asia practice.

†  The total value of the bonus, comprising both the 60 per cent delivered in cash and 40 per cent bonus deferred for three years. Given that Mr Wadhwani has not yet met his 
share ownership guideline, the deferred part of the bonus will be into Prudential plc shares. The deferred part of the bonus is subject to malus and clawback in accordance 
with the malus and clawback policies, but no further performance conditions.

‡  The estimated value of the 2023 PLTIP awards vesting for all Executive Directors has been calculated based on the average share price over the last three months of 2023 
(HKD84.82) and includes the accumulated dividends delivered in the form of shares. The Committee’s approach to determining the level of vesting for this award is set out 
in the ‘Remuneration in respect of performance periods ending in 2023’ section. The number of Prudential plc shares under award has been adjusted to take account of the 
Jackson demerger in line with the approach set out in the ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ section in the 2021 remuneration report. The actual 
value of vesting PLTIP awards, based on the share price on the date awards vest, will be shown in the 2024 report. Due to share price depreciation over the vesting period, 
the estimated value per share of the 2021 LTIP awards is 48 per cent lower than the value per share at grant. No adjustment to vesting levels has been proposed as a result 
of the share price depreciation.

§  2023 pension benefits include cash supplements for pension purposes and contributions into defined contribution schemes as outlined in the ‘Pension benefit entitlement’ 

section.

~  Total fixed remuneration includes salary, taxable benefits, pension benefits and the fixed elements of Mr Wadhwani's buyout. Total variable remuneration includes total 

bonus, PLTIP awards vesting and variable remuneration elements of Mr Wadhwani's buyout.

^  Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total 2023 remuneration has been converted to US dollars 

using the exchange rate of 0.8041 for GBP and 7.8289 for HKD. Exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact the reported value.

Notes
(1) Mr Wadhwani joined Prudential on 25 February 2023 and is paid in Hong Kong dollars. ‘Other remuneration’ consists of the value of replacement awards and payments 

made in relation to remuneration forfeited by Mr Wadhwani as a consequence of leaving his former employer, Manulife, and joining Prudential.  This includes 
compensation for salary, pension and housing benefit ($780k), as well as bonus ($1,637k), forfeited during the period between the end of his employment with Manulife 
and the commencement of his employment with Prudential, and the cost to him of buying out his notice period ($347k). The figure also includes an estimated value of 
those elements of Mr Wadhwani’s replacement award (an option granted on 21 March 2023) that have no performance conditions or where the performance period 
ended in 2023 ($4,905k). The estimated value of the award has been calculated using the share price at the time of award (HKD124.30) for elements with no performance 
conditions, and the average share price over the last three months of 2023 (HKD84.82) for those elements with performance conditions. Target vesting has been used to 
value this latter element given that performance against the original Manulife targets is not yet known. The actual value, based on the actual share price at vesting and 
actual performance outcomes, will be shown in the 2024 report. Further details of Mr Wadhwani's buy-out can be found in the ‘Recruitment arrangements’ section later in 
this report.

(2) Mr FitzPatrick stepped down from the Board on 24 February 2023. The salary figure includes his monthly pensionable cash supplement of £30,167.  Mr FitzPatrick was paid 

in sterling.

Table of 2022 Executive Director total remuneration (the ‘single figure’) - audited information

$000s
Mark FitzPatrick1
James Turner2
Mike Wells3
Total

2022
salary
1,352

1,051

366

2,769

2022
taxable
benefits*
314

914

249

1,477

2022
total
bonus†
2,591

1,767

693

5,051

2022
PLTIP
releases‡
1,255

1,245

2,108

4,608

2022
pension
benefits§
176

Total 2022
fixed
remuneration~
1,842

Total 2022
variable
remuneration~
3,846

139

48

363

2,104

663

4,609

3,012

2,801

9,659

Total 2022
remuneration
the ‘single
figure’^
5,688

5,116

3,464

14,268

*  Benefits include (where provided) the cost of providing the use of a car and driver, medical insurance, security arrangements and relocation/expatriate benefits. Benefits of 

significant value include home leave/personal flights for Mr Wells, and housing and associated costs for Mr Turner.

†  The total value of the bonus, comprising both the 60 per cent delivered in cash and 40 per cent bonus deferred into Prudential plc shares for three years. The deferred part 

‡ 

of the bonus is subject to malus and clawback in accordance with the malus and clawback policies, but no further performance conditions.
In line with the regulations, the value of the 2020 PLTIP awards vesting for all Executive Directors has been recalculated using the actual share prices at vesting (HKD113.10 
and HKD110.70) and includes the accumulated dividends delivered in the form of shares. The number of Prudential plc shares under award has been adjusted to take 
account of the Jackson demerger in line with the approach set out in the ‘Remuneration decisions taken in relation to the demerger’ section in the 2021 remuneration 
report. Due to share price appreciation over the vesting period, the value per share of the 2020 LTIP awards was 8.1 per cent higher than the value per share at grant.
§  2022 pension benefits include cash supplements for pension purposes and contributions into defined contribution schemes as outlined in the ‘Pension benefit entitlement’ 

section.

~  Total fixed remuneration includes salary, taxable benefits and pension benefits. Total variable remuneration includes total bonus and PLTIP awards vesting.
^  Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. Total 2022 remuneration has been converted to US dollars 

using the exchange rate of 0.8088 for GBP and 7.8305 for HKD. Exchange rate fluctuations will therefore impact the reported value.

Notes
(1) Mr FitzPatrick received a monthly pensionable cash supplement of £30,167, which is included in the annualised salary figure from 1 April 2022.
(2) Mr Turner was paid in HK dollars, while Messrs Wells and FitzPatrick were paid in sterling. 
(3) Mr Wells stepped down from his role as Group Chief Executive on 1 April 2022 and subsequently retired from the business on 14 July 2022.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

207

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

Remuneration in respect of performance in 2023 - audited information
Base salary
Anil Wadhwani’s salary was set on his appointment and was effective from 25 February 2023. 

A salary increase of 3 per cent was awarded to Mark FitzPatrick with effect from January 2023. The 2023 average salary increases for other 
employees across the Group’s businesses was 6 per cent.  In his role as Interim Group Chief Executive, Mark FitzPatrick received a monthly 
pensionable cash supplement of £30,167 in addition to his base salary. This amount is included in the figure below. 

As a result, Executive Directors received the following base salaries in 2023:

Executive Director
Anil Wadhwani, Chief Executive Officer

Mark FitzPatrick, Interim Group Chief Executive

2023 salary
(local currency)
from
1 January 2023 1
HK$12,281,000

£1,209,000

2023 salary
(USD)2 
from
1 January 2023
$1,569,000

$1,504,000

Notes
(1) Anil Wadhwani’s salary effective from 25 February 2023. 
(2) 2023 salaries were converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.8041 for GBP and 7.8289 for HKD. All salaries are rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 or HKD 

10,000.

Pension benefit entitlements
Pension benefit arrangements for 2023 are set out in the table below. The employer pension contribution available to the wider workforce is 
13 per cent of salary.

Executive Director

Anil Wadhwani

Mark FitzPatrick

2022 pension benefit

Pension supplement in lieu of pension of 13 per cent of 
salary and a HKD18,000 employer payment to the 
Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund.

Life assurance provision

Eight times salary.

Pension supplement in lieu of pension of 13 per cent of 
salary.

Four times salary plus an additional four times 
salary dependants’ pension.

Annual bonus outcomes for 2023
Target setting
For 2023, financial AIP metrics comprised 80 per cent of the bonus opportunity for the Chief Executive Officer and Interim Group Chief Executive 
roles. The financial element of Executive Directors’ 2023 bonuses was determined by the achievement of four Group measures, namely adjusted 
operating profit, operating free surplus generation, EEV new business profit and cash flow, which are aligned to the Group’s growth and cash 
generation focus. The performance ranges were based on the annual business plans approved by the Board and reflected the ambitions of the 
Group, in the context of anticipated market conditions.

Personal objectives comprised 20 per cent of the bonus opportunity for all Executive Directors. These objectives were established at the start of 
the year for Mark FitzPatrick and on appointment for Anil Wadhwani. They reflect the Group’s strategic priorities as set by the Board for 2023. 

AIP payments are subject to meeting minimum capital thresholds which are aligned to the Group risk framework and appetites (as adjusted for 
any Risk Committee approved counter-cyclical buffers), as described in the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer’s report.

The Committee seeks advice from the Risk Committee on risk management considerations to inform decisions about remuneration architecture 
and performance measures to ensure that risk management, culture and conduct are appropriately reflected in the design and operation of 
Executive Directors’ remuneration.

208

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Performance assessment
The Committee determines the overall value of the bonus, taking account of the inputs described above and any other factors which it considers 
relevant.

The Committee considered a report from the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer which was approved by the Risk Committee. This report 
confirmed that the 2023 results were achieved within the Group’s and businesses’ risk framework and appetite. The Chief Risk and Compliance 
Officer also considered the effectiveness of risk management and internal controls, and specific actions taken to mitigate risks, particularly where 
these may be at the expense of profits or sales. The report also confirmed that the Group met minimum capital thresholds which were aligned to 
the Group risk framework and appetites. The Committee took into account this advice when determining AIP outcomes for Executive Directors.

The table below illustrates the weighting of performance measures for 2023 and the level of achievement under the AIP:

Executive Director
Anil Wadhwani1
Mark FitzPatrick1

Weighting of measures
(% of total bonus opportunity)

Group
financial
measures
80%

80%

Personal
objectives
20%

20%

Performance against 
measures
(% of max for each 
component)

Group
financial
measures
 100  %

 100  %

2023 AIP 
outcome
(% of max
opportunity)
 99.0  %

Personal
objectives
 95  %

 87  %

 97.4  %

Maximum 2023 
AIP 
(% of salary)

Actual 2023 
AIP 
(% of salary)

2023 salary2
200%  198.0  % 1,332,299
200%  194.8  % 226,562

2023 AIP 
award3
2,637,953

441,343

Notes
(1) Anil Wadhwani’s bonus is for the period from appointment on 25 February 2023 and Mark FitzPatrick’s bonus is for the period served as a Director from 1 January to 24 

February 2023. 

(2) Salaries are converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.8041 for GBP and 7.8289 for HKD.
(3) All bonus awards are subject to 40 per cent deferral for three years and the deferred bonus will be paid in Prudential plc shares.

The Committee determined the 2023 AIP awards on the basis of the performance of the Group and of the individual executives. In making these 
decisions, it reflected on factors including: 

– The overall contribution of the executive; 
– Behavioural, conduct and risk management considerations; and 
– Wider experience of stakeholders and overall corporate performance. 

The AIP outcome was considered appropriate in the context of the above, and as such, no discretion was exercised.

Financial performance
The Committee reviewed performance at its meeting in March 2024. For all the financial metrics, the adjusted stretch targets established by the 
Board were exceeded.

The level of performance required for threshold, target and maximum payment against the Group’s 2023 AIP financial measures and the results 
achieved are set out below:

2023 AIP measure
Group adjusted operating profit

Group operating free surplus generated

Group cash flow

Group EEV new business profit

Weighting
20%

 15  %

10%

55%

Threshold
($m)

2,513

1,261

296

2,155

Target
($m)

2,645

1,328

439

2,394

Stretch target
($m)

Achievement
($m)

2,777

1,394

582

2,514

2,893

1,395

756

3,125

In line with our long-established practice, the targets have been adjusted to reflect prevailing interest rate and foreign exchange rate 
assumptions applicable for the full year reporting of new business profit and other metrics. Adjustments to targets in any given year may be 
upwards or downwards and are designed to ensure that outcomes reflect management’s performance in the year by neutralising the effect of 
interest rates and foreign exchange movements during that year.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

209

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

Personal performance
20% of the 2023 annual bonus for each Executive Director is based on the achievement of personal objectives, which may include:

– The executive meeting their individual conduct and customer measures;
– The executive’s contribution to Group strategy as a member of the Board; and
– Specific goals related to the function for which they are responsible and progress on major projects.

At the end of the year, the Committee considered the performance of all executives against objectives established at the start of the year. At its 
meeting in March 2024, it concluded that 2023 had seen the execution of significant strategic objectives, as described in the ‘Strategic and 
Operating Review’ section of the Annual Report. These achievements reflect Executive Directors’ high level of performance against their 2023 
personal objectives. Where applicable, all executives met their individual conduct measures and contributed significantly to the achievement of 
Group strategy during 2023.

The below summarises performance against the personal objectives and strategic priorities for the Executive Directors. Assessments were 
undertaken by the Chair of the Board.

Anil Wadhwani

2023 personal objectives
Strategy

Key achievements

– An updated strategy was developed and presented alongside half year results in August 

2023 to a positive reception from key stakeholder groups.

– Early signs of progress were seen in implementing the updated strategy across the 
strategic pillars, with improvements in relationship NPS rankings, growth in agency 
channel, health new business profit and the continued expansion of our bancassurance 
partner network.

– Quarterly reporting of key metrics provides more regular updates on our progress 

Weighting
40%

Performance 
relative to target
 100  %

towards the longer-term strategic ambitions and targets communicated in August 2023.
People and Culture – A refreshed set of values was co-created with employees, launched in September 2023, 

20%

 100  %

and is successfully being embedded throughout the organisation.  

– The values have been introduced as a material element of employee goal setting and 

appraisal processes for 2024, against which performance will be assessed and rewarded. 

Stakeholders

– Engagement with investors was positive, focusing on the Group’s updated strategy and 

15%

 100  %

targets. 

– Mr Wadhwani has built on his existing or has established relationships with government 
ministers and regulators to understand their perspectives and priorities as he developed 
the strategy. 

– Prudential’s first Climate Transition Plan was published in March 2023 setting out our 
long-term net zero pledge and interim targets, including the upgrade of our WACI 
reduction target to 55% by 2030 with an underpin of an internal transition finance 
target.

Operating Model

– Organisational structures are being revised to enable us to deliver consistent 

15%

 87  %

Joint Ventures

performance across the Group and to replicate best practices at speed and scale.

– Mr Wadhwani has started making the key appointments required to support the delivery 

of the strategy.

– Established strong relationships with the CEO of ICICI.  India has been identified as a 
multi-market engine. We are looking to grow our franchise further and continue to 
explore options to address the health opportunity in India. 

– Active engagement with the joint venture management team and CITIC. Established 

engagement with the new Chair of CITIC and with the new insurance regulator (NFRA) 
as well as local government bodies.

10%

 70  %

Recognising Mr Wadhwani’s performance against his personal objectives, the Committee judged that an assessment of 95% of the portion of 
the bonus attributable to personal objectives (20%) was appropriate.

Mark FitzPatrick in the role of Interim Group Chief Executive from 1 January to 24 February 2023 

2023 personal objective
Supporting the 
transition to the 
new Chief Executive 
Officer

Achievement
– Facilitated the onboarding of, and smooth transition to, the new CEO:

– Introducing him to regulators, investors and other external stakeholders
– Sharing his knowledge of the Group, its internal and external challenges, customers, 

people, culture and values. 

– Conducted an effective handover of the FY 2022 reporting process ensuring a 

successful presentation of results by the new CEO and CFO.

Performance 
relative to target
 87  %

Recognising Mr FitzPatrick’s performance against his personal objectives, the Committee judged that an assessment of 87% of the portion of 
the bonus attributable to personal objectives (20%) was appropriate.

210

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Long-term incentives vesting in respect of performance to 31 December 2023 - audited information
Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP)
Target setting
Our long-term incentive plans have stretching performance conditions that are aligned to the strategic priorities of the Group. In determining the 
financial targets, the Committee had regard to the stretching nature of the three-year business plan for return on embedded value and capital 
positions as set by the Board. Further, in setting the conduct and diversity targets under the sustainability scorecard, the Committee considered 
input presented by the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer on behalf of the Risk Committee on conduct risk for the conduct measure and had 
regard to the Company’s commitment under the Women in Finance Charter for the diversity measure.

As described in the 2021 Directors’ remuneration report, the 2021 PLTIP award targets excluded Jackson performance, with the exception of the 
‘conduct’ measure in the sustainability scorecard which includes Jackson performance until the point of demerger.  The TSR peer group was 
revised ahead of the 2021 awards being made in order to reflect the post-demerger footprint of the Group.

Performance assessment
In deciding the proportion of the awards to be released, the Committee considered actual results against performance targets. The Committee 
also reviewed underlying Company performance to ensure vesting levels were appropriate, including an assessment of whether results were 
achieved within the Group’s risk framework and appetite. Finally, overall vesting levels were reviewed to ensure that levels of reward provided 
remain reflective of the Company’s performance.

TSR1
Return on 
Embedded Value 
(RoEV)2
GWS operating 
capital 
generation3
ECap operating 
capital 
generation4
Conduct5

Weighting

Threshold (20 per cent of award vests)

Stretch (100 per cent of award 
vests)

Performance achieved

Vesting outcome

50%

30%

Median

8.9%

Upper quartile

Below median

10.9%

9.0%

0 per cent

28.1 per cent

5%

$2,051 million

$2,507 million

Above stretch target

100 per cent

5%

$2,096 million

$2,562 million

Above stretch target

100 per cent

5%

Partial achievement

Stretch achievement

No conduct, culture or governance 
issues that resulted in significant 
capital add-ons or material fines

100 per cent

Diversity6
Total

5%

33.0%

100% –

37.0%

–

35.3%

–

83 per cent

27.58 per cent

Notes
(1) Group TSR is measured on a ranked basis over three years relative to peers. The peer group for the 2021 awards consists of AIA, Allianz, AXA, China Life, China Pacific 

Insurance, China Taiping Insurance, Great Eastern, Manulife Financial, New China Life, Ping An Insurance, Sun Life Financial and Zurich Insurance Group. No adjustments 
were made to the peer group in respect of the demerger.

(2) The average three-year Group RoEV relative to the 2021-2023 Board-approved business plan.
(3) Cumulative three-year GWS operating capital generation.
(4) Cumulative three-year ECap Group operating capital generation, less cost of capital (based on the capital position at the start of the performance period).
(5) Conduct is assessed through appropriate management action, ensuring there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that could result in significant capital 

add-ons or material fines.

(6) Diversity is measured as the percentage of Group Leadership Team (GLT) that is female at the end of 2023. For these purposes, GLT membership includes leaders recruited 

by our operating joint venture Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad.

Details of cumulative achievement under the capital measures have not been disclosed as the Committee considers that these are commercially 
sensitive and disclosure would put the Company at a disadvantage compared to its competitors. The Committee will keep this disclosure policy 
under review based on whether, in its view, disclosure would compromise the Company’s competitive position.

PLTIP vesting
The Committee considered a report from the Chief Risk and Compliance Officer which was approved by the Risk Committee. This report 
confirmed that the financial results were achieved within the Group’s risk framework and appetite. On the basis of this report and the 
performance of the Group described above, the Committee decided that it was not appropriate to apply any adjustment to the formulaic vesting 
outcome of the 2021 PLTIP awards. The Committee determined the vesting of Mark FitzPatrick’s PLTIP award as set out below:

Executive Director
Mark FitzPatrick

Percentage
of the PLTIP
award vesting
 27.58  %

Number of
shares vesting1
28,930

Value of
shares vesting2
$313,434

Notes
(1) The number of shares vesting has been pro-rated to the end of Mr FitzPatrick’s employment and includes accrued dividends. Shares vesting will be subject to a two-year 

holding period. The number of shares under award was  adjusted to take account of the Jackson demerger.

(2) The share price used to calculate the value of the PLTIP award for Mr FitzPatrick,was the average share price for the three months up to 31 December 2023, being 

HKD84.82, converted to US dollars at the exchange rate of 7.8289.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

211

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

Long-term incentives awarded in 2023 - audited information
2023 share-based long-term incentive awards
The table below shows the conditional award of shares made to the Chief Executive Officer under the PLTIP in 2023 and the performance 
conditions attached to this award.

Executive Director
Anil Wadhwani

Role
Chief Executive Officer

Number of
shares
subject
to award
438,098

Face value of award

% of
salary

(USD)†
400% 6,274,691

Percentage
of awards
released for
achieving
End of
threshold
performance
targets
period
20% 31 December 2025

Weighting of performance conditions

Group
TSR

Business 
integrity
RoEV
scorecard§
35% 40% 25%

†  Award calculated based on the average share price over the three dealing days prior to the grant date in May, being HKD112.13. The value has been converted to US dollars 

at the exchange rate of 7.8289.

§  Each of the five measures within the business integrity scorecard has equal weighting. They are Carbon reduction, GWS capital generation, Group Internal Economic Capital 

Assessment (GIECA),Diversity and Conduct.

The Committee will review awards on vesting to ensure that participants do not benefit from windfall gains. The Committee will consider 
Prudential’s stretching performance targets, the share performance of Prudential and its peers, the prices of the indices on which Prudential is 
listed and any other factors deemed relevant when determining vesting.

Relative TSR
Under the Group TSR measure, 20 per cent of the award will vest for TSR at the median of the peer group, increasing to full vesting for 
performance within the upper quartile. The peer group for 2023 PLTIP awards was revised from 2022 to further reflect the Group’s strategic 
focus. Allianz, Axa, Sun Life Financial and Zurich Insurance were removed. The peer group is set out below (additions are denoted by an *):

AIA Group

DBS Group*

MetLife*

China Life Insurance

China Pacific Insurance (CPIC)

China Taiping Insurance 

Great Eastern 

Hang Seng Bank

New China Life Insurance (NCl)

Ping An Insurance 

Manulife Financial

Standard Chartered*

Return on Embedded Value Equity (RoEV)
Performance will be assessed on the average three-year Group RoEV relative to the 2023 to 2025 Board-approved plan. 20 per cent of the award 
will vest for achieving the threshold level of 9.2 per cent, increasing to full vesting for reaching the stretch level of at least 12.5 per cent.

Business integrity scorecard
Under the 2023 business integrity scorecard, performance will be assessed for each of the five measures at the end of the three-year 
performance period. Performance will be assessed on a sliding scale. Each of the measures has equal weighting and the 2023 measures are set 
out below:

Measure
Reduction in weighted average carbon intensity (WACI)2
GWS capital measure3
GIECA measure3
Diversity4
Conduct5

Threshold performance1
(20% vesting)

Stretch performance1
(100% vesting)

25%

Threshold

Threshold

35% female

Partial achievement of Group 
expectations

35%

Stretch

Stretch

40% female

Achieving Group 
expectations

Notes
(1) Performance below threshold results in nil vesting. 
(2) Reduction as at 31 December 2025 compared with the baseline as at 31 December 2019. The baseline and targets have been externally validated, with a threshold WACI 

of 299, and a maximum WACI of 280.  Please see our Sustainability Report for details on our ambitions and progress to date.

(3) The targets for the GWS capital measure and the GIECA measure are deemed to be commercially sensitive and will be disclosed in the 2025 Annual Report.
(4) Percentage of the Group Leadership Team (GLT) that are female at the end of 2025. The GLT is defined as individuals who occupy a value-creator role across the 

organisation and/or individuals who have demonstrated future potential for succession to a value-creator role.

(5) Through strong risk management action, ensure there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result in significant capital add-ons or material fines

212

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Recruitment arrangements - audited information
As detailed in the 2022 Directors’ remuneration report, in order to facilitate Mr Wadhwani’s appointment, the Company agreed to replace 
remuneration forfeited by him and reimburse costs he incurred as a consequence of his leaving his former employer, Manulife, and joining 
Prudential. Details of the recruitment arrangements are set out below. 

Cash compensation
The Committee determined that it was appropriate and consistent with the Directors’ remuneration policy to provide the following cash 
compensation payments to Mr Wadhwani which, while uncommon from a UK market perspective, given the nature of Mr Wadhwani’s 
employment with Manulife, were necessary to facilitate his move to Prudential and ensure his timely appointment as Chief Executive Officer. 
Specifically, the Committee decided that it would be appropriate to reimburse Mr Wadhwani for the following amounts he forfeited 
on joining Prudential:

– The cost of Mr Wadhwani buying out his notice period with Manulife ($347,000); 
– Salary, pension and housing benefit foregone during Mr Wadhwani's non-compete period ($780,000); and
– Bonus ($1.6 million) forfeited for the period from the start of the 2022 performance year to the commencement of Mr Wadhwani's 

employment with Prudential. This bonus is subject to a 40% deferral into Prudential shares for three years.

Replacement award 
A replacement award was made in relation to share-based awards made by Manulife that were forfeited. In line with the Directors’ remuneration 
policy, the Committee is satisfied that the replacement award was made on a like-for-like basis with elements of the award subject to release in 
accordance with the original vesting time frames, and where applicable, satisfaction of the Manulife performance conditions attached to the 
original awards. 

Three types of forfeited awards were replaced:

– Performance shares were replaced at their maximum value (180% of target) but remain subject to satisfaction of the original Manulife 

performance conditions over the original performance period (to be determined by the Committee based on performance outcomes published 
in the relevant Manulife Management Information Circular expected to be published in March 2024 and March 2025 for the 2021 and 2022 
awards respectively);

– Restricted shares were replaced at face value; and
– Market-value stock options were only replaced to the extent that they were 'in the money'.

The replacement award could not be made under any of the Company’s existing incentive plans given the varying structures and terms of the 
forfeited awards. Therefore, the replacement award was made under a one-off award agreement entered into on 8 March 2023 in accordance 
with Rule 9.4.2 of the UK Listing Rules. The award comprised (i) a cash-settled nominal-cost option over Prudential shares, and (ii) replacement 
cash payments.

– Elements of the replacement award that would otherwise have vested before Mr Wadhwani joined the Company were settled in cash 

($1.6 million), with a portion used to acquire shares, in Prudential, on behalf of Mr Wadhwani, in line with the requirements of the original 
Manulife awards. 

– The nominal-cost option was granted to Mr Wadhwani on 21 March 2023 to replace the other forfeited Manulife awards in the following 

tranches:

Type of original award 
and year of grant1

Replacement 
award

Date of grant

No. of 
notional 
shares under 
option

Exercise 
price
(HKD)

Performance shares
20212
20223
Restricted shares
20212
20222
Stock options
20212
20222

Nominal-cost 
option

Nominal-cost 
option

Nominal-cost 
option

21 March 
2023

168,284

163,004

21 March 
2023

62,706

60,738

21 March 
2023

7,820

11,552

0.48

0.48

0.48

0.48

0.48

0.48

Face value1
(USD)

End of performance 
period (if applicable)

Vesting date Exercise period

2,671,857

31 Dec 2023

2,588,026

31 Dec 2024

March 2024 30 days from approval of 
March 2025

vesting4

995,588

964,342

124,159

183,412

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2 Mar 2024 2 - 31 March 2024

1 Mar 2025 1 - 30 March 2025

5 Mar 2024 5 March - 3 April 2024

5 Mar 2025 5 March - 3 April 2025

Notes
(1) Awards were calculated based on the average share price over the 20 dealing days before Mr Wadhwani's employment with Prudential started, being HKD124.30, and have 

been converted to US dollars using the exchange rate of 7.8289.

(2) Elements of the replacement award that are reportable within the 'Table of 2023 Executive Director total remuneration' are the 2021 performance shares (given their 
performance period ended on 31 December 2023), and all the restricted shares and options (given that these elements are not subject to performance conditions).

(3) The 2022 performance shares (which have a performance period ending on 31 December 2024), will be reported in the 'Table of 2024 Executive Director total 

remuneration' in next year's report.

(4) The exercise period will be extended if it ends in a closed period.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

213

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

The nominal-cost option is subject to the following key terms:

– Prudential will withhold a portion of any proceeds received on exercise of the nominal-cost option and use it to acquire shares in Prudential on 

behalf of Mr Wadhwani, in line with the requirements of the original Manulife awards.

– Malus and clawback may apply at the Committee’s discretion to the nominal-cost option if there is a material restatement of the Group’s 
financial statements, a calculation error or misleading data leading to an over vesting of the nominal-cost option, a material breach of law, 
regulation or code of conduct, or if personal conduct has caused or has the potential to cause significant reputational or financial damage for 
the Group. Clawback may be applied up to two years from vesting.

– If Mr Wadhwani leaves the Group, any unvested element of the nominal-cost option will normally lapse unless he leaves as a good leaver (as 

defined in the Directors’ remuneration policy). If there is a takeover of Prudential the nominal-cost option may either vest early or be 
exchanged for an equivalent option over shares in the acquiring company.  If Mr Wadhwani is a good leaver or there is a takeover the extent 
to which the unvested element of the nominal-cost option will vest will be subject to the achievement of relevant performance conditions and, 
unless the Committee determines otherwise, time pro-rating. 

– The nominal-cost option may be adjusted if there is a variation in the share capital of Prudential or other corporate event. Changes to the 
advantage of Mr Wadhwani will not be made to the replacement award agreement unless shareholders give their consent to the change 
where the proposed change, if made in relation to a PLTIP award, would require shareholder approval. Benefits under these arrangements will 
not be pensionable or transferable. 

Pay comparisons
Performance graph and table
The chart below illustrates the TSR performance of Prudential, the FTSE 100 (as the Company has a premium listing on the London Stock 
Exchange and is a constituent of the FTSE 100 index), and the peer group of international insurers which comprise the Company’s TSR peer 
group for the 2023 PLTIP awards. The chart illustrates the performance of a hypothetical investment of $100 in ordinary shares of Prudential plc 
over the 10-year period 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2023 compared to a similar investment in the FTSE 100 or an index of the Company’s 
peers. Total shareholder return is based on Returns Index data calculated on a daily share price growth plus reinvested dividends (as measured at 
the ex-dividend dates). 

Prudential TSR vs FTSE 100 and peer group average – total return over 10-year period to December 2023

n Prudential

n FTSE 100

n Peer group

The information in the table below shows the total remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer over the same period: 

$0001
Chief Executive Officer2,3

2014

TT

2015

TT

2015

MW

2016

MW

2017

MW

2018

MW

2019

MW

2020

MW

2021

MW

2022

MW

2022

MFP

2023

MFP

2023

AW

Salary, pension and benefits

Annual bonus payment

2,406

3,501

938

1,077

3,048

1,903

3,029

2,904

2,415

2,673

2,423

2,848

2,122

2,804

2,126

1,355

2,249

3,057

663

693

1,476

2,161

447

441

1,986

2,638

(As % of maximum)

(100%)

(77.3%)

(99.7%)

(99.5%)

(94%)

(95%)

(96%)

(46.0%)

(96.7%)

(96%)

(98%)

 (97.4) %  (99) %

LTIP vesting

(As % of maximum)
Other payment4

Chief Executive Officer 
‘single figure’ of total 
remuneration5

16,233

5,174

6,564

4,016

5,955

4,837

2,746

4,286

1,052

2,108

1,255

313

–

(100%)

(100%)

(100%)

(70.8%)

(95.8%)

(62.5%)

(62.5%)

(68.8%)

(17.8%)

(45.5%)

(45.5%)

 (27.6) %  

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

7,669

  22,140 

7,189 

  11,515 

9,950 

  11,042 

  10,109 

7,671 

7,768 

6,358 

3,464

4,892

1,201

12,293

Notes
(1) All remuneration has been converted to USD using the average exchange rate for each respective financial year.
(2) In years where there has been a change in Chief Executive Officer, the figures shown for each individual’s remuneration in that year relate only to their service as Chief 

Executive Officer.

(3) The Chief Executive Officers are: TT: Tidjane Thiam MW: Mike Wells MFP: Mark FitzPatrick AW: Anil Wadhwani
(4) Other payment refers to the value of remuneration forfeited by Mr Wadhwani as a consequence of his leaving his former employer, that was provided by the Company.
(5) Further detail on the ‘single figure’ is provided in the ‘single figure’ table for the relevant year. The figures provided reflect the value of vesting LTIP awards on the date of 
their release other than for 2023 (for which an estimate is used). For Mark FitzPatrick, the LTIP vesting for 2022 and 2023 also includes performance periods in which he 
occupied the role of Group Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer.

214

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

31/12/201331/12/201431/12/201530/12/201629/12/201731/12/201831/12/201931/12/202031/12/202130/12/202229/12/202375100125150175 
 
 
 
 
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below sets out the amounts payable in respect of 2022 and 2023 on all employee pay and dividends:

All employee pay ($m)1
Dividends ($m)2

Notes
(1) All employee pay as taken from note B2.1 to the financial statements.
(2) Dividends paid in the year as taken from note B5 to the financial statements.

2022

1,099

474

2023

1,162

533

Percentage
change

 6  %

 12  %

Percentage change in remuneration
The table below illustrates the year-on-year change in remuneration for each Director compared to a wider employee comparator group:

Salary (% change)

Benefits (% change)

Bonus9 (% change)

2022-23

2021-22

2020-21

2019-20

2022-23

2021-22

2020-21

2019-20

2022-23

2021-22

2020-21

2019-20

Executive Directors1
Anil Wadhwani2
Mark FitzPatrick2
Chair and Non-executive Directors4
Shriti Vadera3
Jeremy Anderson4
Arijit Basu5
Chua Sock Koong4,6
David Law
Ming Lu6
Philip Remnant7
George Sartorel5
Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff8
Tom Watjen7
Jeanette Wong6
Amy Yip
UK-based employees

–

–
 (83) % 39% 3% 1%  (40) % 31% 15% 35%  (83) % 39% 46%  (27) %

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 1  % 2% 907%
 12  % 3% 13%
–

 198  %

–
 5  % 70%
0% 2% 6% 1%

–

–

–

–

0% 58%

–
 (59) %  1  % 0% 1%
–
 34  %
–

–
 (60) % (9)% (4)% 10%
–

0% 74%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 10  % 35%
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0% 1% 0% 0%

–
 6.0  %  6.7  %  3.1  %  3.8  %  45.1  %  (7.3) %  0.7  %  (4.0) %  143  %  7.9  %  5.8  %  (7.3) %

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Notes
(1) The change in salaries for Executive Directors is calculated on a local currency basis. The change in benefits for Executive Directors is calculated in USD, as benefits values 

are denominated in a number of currencies. The change in bonus is calculated in USD. 

(2) Mark FitzPatrick served as Interim Group Chief Executive until 24 February 2023.  Anil Wadhwani was appointed Chief Executive Officer from 25 February 2023.
(3) Shriti Vadera joined the Board and the Nomination & Governance Committee on 1 May 2020 and became Chair on 1 January 2021. The change in pay in 2020–21 reflects 

her pro-rated pay for 2020 as well as her change in role.

(4) Fluctuations in Non-executive Directors’ pay are due to changes in Committee memberships.
(5) Arijit Basu and George Sartorel joined the Board in 2022. The changes in pay in 2022-23 reflect their pro-rated pay for 2022.
(6) Chua Sock Koong, Ming Lu and Jeanette Wong joined the Board in 2021. The changes in pay in 2021-22 reflect their pro-rated pay for 2021.
(7) Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen both retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.
(8) Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff joined the Board on 1 January 2023. 
(9) The year-on-year change in bonus for UK-based employees between 2022 and 2023 reflects changes in the structure of their bonus plan and business performance.

The regulations prescribe that this comparison should include all employees of the parent company. The number of individuals employed by the 
parent company is insufficient to be the basis of a representative comparison. Therefore the Committee has decided to use all UK-based 
employees as the basis for this calculation. The average pay for all employees has been calculated on a full-time equivalent basis by reference to 
the total pay awarded to UK employees in each year from 2023 back to 2019. The salary increase includes uplifts made through the annual 
salary review, as well as any additional changes in the year; for example to reflect promotions or role changes. The increase in the level of taxable 
benefit from 2022 to 2023 for employees reflects the extension of private medical cover offered to employees and the introduction of critical 
illness cover.

Chief Executive Officer pay compared with employee pay and gender pay gap
As reported in prior years, the UK headcount of Prudential Services Limited is below the 250-person threshold which triggers mandatory 
publication of the gender pay gap and the CEO pay ratio. Both the 2021 gender pay gap and the CEO pay ratio data were disclosed on a 
voluntary basis. After due consideration, we have decided that the UK gender pay gap and CEO pay ratio are not meaningful, given our relatively 
small employee headcount in the UK.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

215

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

Consideration of workforce pay and approach to engagement
The Committee believes that the approach to executive remuneration is consistent with the pay, reward and progression policies for other 
employees within the Group. The base salary and total remuneration levels for the Executive Directors and other employees are competitively 
positioned within the relevant markets and reflect the operation of our remuneration structures, which are effective in appropriately incentivising 
staff, having regard to our risk framework, risk appetites and to rewarding the ‘how’ as well as the ‘what’ of performance. During 2023, the 
Committee considered workforce remuneration and related policies in the businesses across the Group. Information presented to the Committee, 
by way of a dashboard, included how the Company’s incentive arrangements are aligned with the culture and informed the Committee’s 
decision-making on executive pay and policy. By way of example, employee salary increase budgets are considered as part of the year-end 
review of Executive Director compensation and salary increases.

As part of the Board’s wider approach to employee engagement, which also included a Group-wide engagement survey, the Committee 
continues to take additional measures to explain how the remuneration of Executive Directors aligns with the wider Company pay policy. 
Directors’ remuneration is considered appropriate compared to the wider workforce. In 2023, salary increases for other employees across the 
Group’s businesses were 6 per cent while Executive Directors received 3 per cent salary increases in January 2023. Employee engagement is led 
by the Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group. The Strategic Report describes how it discharged this responsibility during 2023.

The Group operates PRUSharePlus, an all-employee share purchase plan available to employees in 25 countries – 15 in Asia, eight in Africa and 
two in Europe – allowing our people to invest in the Company’s shares. Similar Syariah-compliant plans are available in our Syariah business. Not 
only do these plans connect all employees to the success of the Company and interests of other shareholders, but they also mean that  many of 
our employees are shareholders and can therefore vote on remuneration-related resolutions at AGMs.

As part of our continuing efforts to safeguard our employees’ wellbeing, we held our third Prudential Recharge Day on 15 September 2023. All 
employees Group-wide were encouraged to take the day as an extra day off to rest and recharge, and to spend time with family and friends, as 
referred to in the ‘Stakeholders’ experience’ section.

Chair and Non-executive Director remuneration in 2023 - audited information
Given the change to the geographic focus of the Group, it was felt to be more appropriate for the Non-executive Chair's and Non-executive 
Directors' fees to be denominated in our reporting currency (US dollars) rather than in sterling.  Major shareholders were consulted on this in July 
and were supportive of the change. The Directors’ remuneration policy, approved by shareholders at the 2023 AGM, anticipated this change.

The Chair and Non-executive Director fees were last increased in July 2022, in line with the increase awarded to Executive Directors in January 
2022. No increases were made in 2023. 

Chair fees
Shriti Vadera’s fee was revised on 1 July 2022 by 3 per cent, to £788,000.  The fee was then re-denominated to US dollars with effect from 
1 August 2023 to $966,000, using the average exchange rate for the six-month period 1 December 2022 to 31 May 2023 of 0.815806 and 
rounded to the nearest $1,000.

Non-executive Directors’ fees
The Non-executive Directors’ fees were re-denominated to US dollars with effect from 1 August 2023 on the same basis as the Chair's fee.  
Changes in US dollar amounts reflect changes in the exchange rate.

Annual fees
Basic fee

Additional fees:

Audit Committee Chair
Audit Committee member

Remuneration Committee Chair

Remuneration Committee member

Risk Committee Chair

Risk Committee member
Nomination & Governance Committee Chair1
Nomination & Governance Committee member

Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group Chair

Responsibility & Sustainability Working Group member

Senior Independent Director

From
1 July 2022
 (£)2
102,000

75,000
30,000

65,000

30,000

75,000

30,000

–

15,000

45,000

22,000

50,000

From
1 July 2022
 ($)2
126,000

From
1 August 2023
 ($)
125,000

93,000
37,000

80,000

37,000

93,000

37,000

–

19,000

56,000

27,000

62,000

92,000
37,000

80,000

37,000

92,000

37,000

–

18,000

55,000

27,000

61,000

Notes
(1) There is no fee paid for the role of Nomination & Governance Committee Chair.
(2) Fees were denominated in sterling and converted to USD using an exchange rate of 0.8088 for 2022 for reporting purposes.

If, in a particular year, the number of meetings is materially greater than usual, the Company may determine that the provision of additional 
fees is fair and reasonable.

216

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

The resulting fees paid to the Chair and Non-executive Directors are:

Chair

Shriti Vadera

Non-executive Directors

Jeremy Anderson
Arijit Basu1
Chua Sock Koong

David Law
Ming Lu5
Philip Remnant2
George Sartorel3
Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff4
Tom Watjen2
Jeanette Wong

Amy Yip

Total

2023 fees
($000) 

2022 fees
($000) 

2023
taxable
benefits*
($000) 

2022
taxable
benefits*
($000) 

Total 2023
remuneration:
the ‘single
figure’
 ($000)†‡

Total 2022
remuneration:
the ‘single
figure’
 ($000)†‡

974

320

190

225

293

182
115

260

190

82

228

163

960

284

63

212

291

180
279

192

–

205

226

161

137

124

1,111

1,084

1

1

1

1

–
–

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

321

191

226

294

182
115

261

191

82

228

163

284

63

212

291

180
279

192

0

205

226

161

3,222

3,053

143

124

3,365

3,177

*  Benefits include the cost of providing the use of a car and driver and medical insurance where applicable. 
†  Each remuneration element is rounded to the nearest $1,000/£1,000 and totals are the sum of these rounded figures. The Chair and Non-executive Directors are not 

entitled to participate in annual bonus plans or long-term incentive plans.

‡   Total remuneration has been converted to US dollars using an exchange rate of 0.8088 for the 2022 single figure calculation and 0.8041 for the period 1 January to 

31 July 2023 for the 2023 single figure calculations. As Non-executive Directors and the Chair do not receive variable remuneration components, the table above does not 
include a sum of total fixed and total variable remuneration. 

Notes
(1) Arijit Basu joined the Board on 1 September 2022.
(2) Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen both retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.
(3) George Sartorel joined the Board on 14 January 2022.
(4) Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff joined the Board on 1 January 2023.
(5) Ming Lu donates his fee to Asia Art Archive, an independent non-profit organisation based in Hong Kong.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

217

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings - audited information
The interests of Directors in ordinary shares of the Company are set out below. ‘Beneficial interest’ includes shares owned outright, shares 
acquired under the Share Incentive Plan (SIP) and deferred annual incentive awards, detailed in the ‘Additional remuneration disclosures’ 
section. It is only these shares that count towards the share ownership guidelines.

1 January 2023 
(or on date of 
appointment)

31 December 2023 
(or on date of stepping down)2

Total
beneficial
interest
 (number of
 shares)

Number
of shares
acquired 
during the 
year

Number
of shares
disposed of 
during the 
year

Total
beneficial
interest*
 (number of
 shares)

Number
of shares
subject to
performance
conditions†

Total interest
in shares

Share ownership guidelines

Share
ownership
guidelines‡
 (% of 
salary/fee)

Beneficial
interest as a
percentage 
of basic 
salary/
basic fees§

67,500 

– 

– 

  42,900 

308,566

9,157

29 

– 

–

  3,804 

11,054

7,000

7,916

– 

  5,600 

– 

–

–

  5,000 

  4,800 

7,500

  7,500 

10,340

9,600

9,791

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

67,500

–

67,500

100%

82%

42,900

308,595

438,098

763,861

480,998

1,072,456

400%
32%
250% 343%

9,157

3,804

11,054

12,600

7,916

5,000

4,800

15,000

10,340

9,600

9,791 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–  

9,157

3,804

11,054

12,600

7,916

5,000

4,800

15,000

10,340

9,600

9,791 

100%

100%

86%

36%

100% 103%
100% 118%

100%

100%

100%

74%

47%

45%

100% 140%

100%

100%

100%

97%

90%

92%

Chair

Shriti Vadera

Executive Directors
Anil Wadhwani1
Mark FitzPatrick2
Non-executive Directors

Jeremy Anderson
Arijit Basu3
David Law
Ming Lu
Philip Remnant4
George Sartorel3
Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff3
Chua Sock Koong
Tom Watjen 4, 5
Jeanette Wong

Amy Yip

*  Beneficial interests include shares held directly or indirectly by connected persons. There were no changes of Directors’ interests in ordinary shares between 31 December 

2023 and 19 March 2024.

†  Further information on share awards subject to performance conditions are detailed in the ‘share-based long-term incentive awards’ part of the ‘Additional remuneration 

disclosures’ section.

‡  Holding requirement under the Articles of Association (2,500 ordinary shares) must be obtained within one year of appointment to the Board. Executive Directors have five 

years to reach their guideline. Non-executive Directors have three years from their date of joining to reach the guideline.

§  Based on the average closing price for the six months to 31 December 2023 (HKD91.61) and the exchange rate of 0.8041 for GBP and 7.8289 for HKD. 

The Company and its Directors, Chief Executives and shareholders have been granted a partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and 
Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result of this exemption, Directors, Chief Executives and shareholders do not have an obligation under the SFO to notify the Company of 
shareholding interests, and the Company is not required to maintain a register of Directors’ and Chief Executives’ interests under section 352 of the SFO, nor a register of 
interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of 
interests notified to it in the United Kingdom.

Notes
(1) Anil Wadhwani was appointed on 25 February 2023. Although he has not yet met his share ownership guidelines, in line with the Directors' remuneration policy, he has five 

years from the date of his appointment  to do so. 

(2) Mark FitzPatrick stepped down from the Board on 24 February 2023 and is subject to post-employment shareholding guidelines.
(3) Board appointment dates: Arjit Basu - 1 September 2022; George Sartorel - 14 January 2022; and Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff - 1 January 2023.
(4) Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen both retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.
(5) For the 1 January 2023 and 25 May 2023 figures, Tom Watjen’s beneficial interest in shares is made up of 5,170 ADRs (representing 10,340 ordinary shares).

218

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ terms of employment
Details of the service contract of the Chief Executive Officer are outlined in the table below. The Directors’ remuneration policy contains further 
details of the terms included in Executive Director service contracts. As required by the Hong Kong Listing Rules, all Executive Director service 
contracts can be terminated by the Company by giving no more than 12 months’ notice (or payment in lieu of such notice) and without 
compensation payments other than any termination payments required by law. 

Executive Directors

Anil Wadhwani

Date of contract

Notice period
to the
Company

Notice period
from the
Company

25 February 2023

12 months

12 months

Letters of appointment of the Chair and Non-executive Directors
Details of Non-executive Directors’ individual appointments are outlined below. The Directors’ remuneration policy contains further details on 
their letters of appointment. The Chair and Non-executive Directors are not entitled to receive any payments for loss of office. As required by the 
Hong Kong Listing Rules, the appointment of the Chair and the Non-Executive Directors can be terminated by the Company by giving no more 
than six months’ notice (12 months’ notice for the Chair), or payment in lieu of such notice and without compensation payments other than any 
termination payments required by law.

Chair/Non-executive Director

Appointment by the Board

Notice period

Time on the Board at 2024 AGM

Chair

Shriti Vadera (Chair from 1 January 2021)

1 May 2020

12 months

Non-executive Director
Philip Remnant1
David Law
Tom Watjen1
Amy Yip

Jeremy Anderson

Ming Lu

Chua Sock Koong

Jeanette Wong

George Sartorel

Arijit Basu

Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff

1 January 2013

15 September 2015

11 July 2017

2 September 2019

1 January 2020

12 May 2021

12 May 2021

12 May 2021

14 January 2022

1 September 2022

1 January 2023

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

Notes
(1) Philip Remnant and Tom Watjen both retired from the Board on 25 May 2023.

4 years

n/a

8 years 8 months

n/a

4 years 8 months

4 years 4 months

3 years

3 years

3 years

2 years 4 months

1 year 8 months

1 year 4 months

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

219

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of office - audited information
Payments to past Directors, as they relate to their Directorships, are described below.  There were no additional payments to Directors for loss of 
office in 2023.

Arrangements for James Turner
As reported in 2022, James Turner stepped down from  the Board on 31 December 2022, but remained Group Chief Financial Officer and a 
member of the Group Executive Committee. Salary, pension and benefits continued to be paid to Mr Turner whilst he was a member of the 
Group Executive Committee. During this period, Mr Turner received benefits in respect of a tax liability, housing benefit and the cost of tax return 
preparation support (totalling $173,000), which related to periods he served while a Director of the Company. Details of remuneration 
arrangements associated with his stepping down from the Board were disclosed in full in the 2022 Annual Report. 

Subsequently, and as announced on 31 May 2023, James resigned as Chief Financial Officer in light of an investigation into a Code of Conduct 
issue relating to a recruitment situation. He remained available to the Group for a period of four months, to 30 September 2023, to support a 
smooth transition to his successor.  

The Committee determined that any outstanding unvested long-term incentive awards would lapse at the end of Mr Turner’s employment and 
that an adjustment may be made in the future to other awards, if appropriate in line with the provisions of the policy and in line with the rules of 
the relevant plans. Deferred bonus awards remain subject to the plan rules including malus and clawback provisions. The ‘Post Directorship 
guidelines’ under the Policy will continue to apply. 

Arrangements for Mark FitzPatrick
The arrangements for Mark FitzPatrick during 2023 were implemented in line with the 2022 Directors’ remuneration report and are detailed in 
the relevant sections of this report. Full details of remuneration arrangements associated with his stepping down from the Board were disclosed 
in full in the 2022 Annual Report. 

Other Directors
A de minimis threshold of £10,000 has been set by the Committee; any payments or benefits provided to a past Director above this amount will 
be reported.

As disclosed in last year’s Directors’ remuneration report, Mike Wells stepped down as Chief Executive on 1 April 2022 and subsequently retired in 
July 2022. The treatment of his outstanding awards and other remuneration elements was disclosed in 2022. Mike holds a PLTIP award granted 
in 2021 and as set out in the ‘Remuneration in respect of performance in 2023’ the performance condition attached to this award was partially 
met and 27.58 per cent will be released in 2024.

Award
PLTIP

Number of shares 
vesting1

Value of shares 
vesting2

32,491

$352,015

Notes
(1) The number of shares vesting has been pro-rated to reflect time employed and includes accrued dividends. 
(2) The share price used to calculate the value was the average share price for the three months up to 31 December 2023, being HKD84.82, converted into US dollars using an 

exchange rate of 7.8289.

220

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Statement of voting at general meeting
The Directors’ remuneration policy and 2022 Directors’ remuneration report were both approved by shareholders at the 2023 Annual General 
Meeting. Both resolutions received a significant vote in favour by shareholders and the Committee is grateful for this support and endorsement 
by our shareholders. The votes received were:

Resolution
Votes for
To approve the Directors’ remuneration policy (2023 AGM) 2,176,820,906

% of 
votes cast
95.71

Votes against
97,529,901

% of 
votes cast
4.29

Total votes cast

Votes withheld
2,274,350,807 12,342,304

To approve the Directors’ remuneration report (2023 AGM) 2,096,173,741

94.69 117,660,098

5.31

2,213,833,839 72,859,272

Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2024 
Base salary
The Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration package was reviewed in 2023, with any changes effective from 1 January 2024. When the 
Committee made these decisions, it considered the expected salary increases budgeted for other employees in 2024, as well as external market 
reference points, to provide context to the Committee based on data for the 2024 TSR peer group, Asia-focused insurers and Asia financial 
services firms.

After due deliberation and following consultation with shareholders, the Committee considered that there should be no increase to Mr 
Wadhwani’s salary for 2024.  This compares to an average 4 per cent salary increase received by the wider Prudential workforce. On this basis, 
2024 will be the twelfth consecutive year in which the increases generally offered to executives have been below or close to the bottom of the 
range of salary increases budgeted for the broader workforce.

Mr Wadhwani’s annual salary, effective 1 January 2024, will remain as HKD12,281,000.

2024 pension entitlements
Mr Wadhwani’s pension benefits will remain aligned to the workforce rate, currently considered to be 13 per cent of salary. In addition, statutory 
contributions will continue to be made into mandatory pension arrangements in Hong Kong, in line with the local requirements.

Annual bonus
Award levels
Anil Wadhwani will remain eligible for a maximum bonus opportunity of 200 per cent of salary. 

Performance conditions
For 2024, the AIP for the Chief Executive Officer will continue to be based 80 per cent on financial measures and 20 per cent on personal and 
strategic objectives. The financial AIP measures and weightings will change to align with the new strategy announced in 2023, increasing the 
focus on new business profit and operating free surplus generated, as described in the Committee Chair’s statement. The resulting 2024 
financial AIP measures and weightings are as follows:

– Group EEV new business profit – 45 per cent;
– Group adjusted operating profit – 20 per cent;
– Group operating free surplus generation – 20 per cent; and
– Group holding Company cash flow – 15 per cent.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

221

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Annual report on remuneration continued

2024 share-based long-term incentive awards
Award levels
Anil Wadhwani will be eligible to receive a 2024 PLTIP award of 425 per cent of salary (an increase from 400% in 2023). Please see the 
Committee Chair’s statement for further information.

The Committee will review awards on vesting to ensure that participants do not benefit from windfall gains. The Committee will consider 
Prudential’s stretching performance targets, the share performance of Prudential and its peers, the prices of the indices on which Prudential is 
listed and any other factors deemed relevant when determining vesting.

Performance conditions
Performance conditions for the 2024 PLTIP award have been revised to ensure that they (together with the 2024 AIP measures) are aligned with 
the Company’s strategic ambitions going forward. Consequently:

– NBP and Life and Asset Management Gross OFSG will be introduced as LTIP measures.  The ability to repeatedly demonstrate growth in NBP 
over a sustained period (ie through successive LTIP cycles) is a key driver for value creation.  Full vesting of the NBP and OFSG elements of the 
2024 PLTIP will only be achieved if CAGR over the three-year performance period is aligned with our stated ambitions.
– The TSR measure will be retained, with a greater weighting to further enhance alignment with shareholders’ interests.
– The business integrity scorecard will be retained with an unchanged weighting. In order to support our just and inclusive transition to net zero, 

the existing WACI measure will have an underpin based on the value of transition finance, which must be met for any part of the WACI 
measure to vest. This underpin will consider the value of qualifying investments committed to support the transition of the world to a lower 
carbon future.  Any vesting of this element of the PLTIP will be subject to both the Risk and Remuneration Committees being satisfied that the 
value of funds committed is appropriate after considering the broader economic environment over the performance period. 

The measures, weightings and targets for the 2024 PLTIP awards for Mr Wadhwani are summarised below:

Measure
Relative TSR2
NBP3
Gross OFSG4
Business integrity scorecard 

Weighting
45%

Threshold1

20% vesting

Maximum

100% vesting

Median

Upper quartile

15% $10,305m

$8,279m

15%

25%

$13,942m

$11,202m

see below

Notes
(1) Performance below Threshold results in 0% vesting.
(2) Relative TSR is measured on a local currency basis since this has the benefit of simplicity and directness of comparison. The TSR peer group reflects that used for 2023 

awards and comprises: AIA Group, China Life Insurance, China Pacific Insurance Company, China Taiping Insurance, DBS Group, Great Eastern, Hang Seng Bank, Manulife 
Financial, MetLife, New China Life, Ping An Insurance and Standard Chartered.

(3) NBP measures the value creation of writing new business and is a key metric to indicate growth.
(4) Gross OFSG will be calculated as the operating free surplus generated within local businesses before investment in new business and any central costs.

Under the business integrity scorecard, performance will be assessed for each of the five measures at the end of the three-year performance period:

Measure
Reduction in WACI1
GWS capital measure2, 6
GIECA measure3, 6
Diversity4
Conduct5

Weighting
(% of total LTIP)

Threshold performance
(20% vesting)

Stretch performance
(100% vesting)

5%

5%

5%

5%

 47.5  %

Threshold

Threshold

38% female

 52.5  %

Stretch

Stretch

42% female

5% Partial achievement of Group expectations

Achieving Group expectations

Notes
(1) WACI indicator at the end of the performance period (31 December 2026) compared with the baseline number as at 31 December 2019. This element is subject to a  

transition finance underpin which must be met before any part of the WACI element vests. 

(2) Cumulative three-year GWS operating capital generation relative to threshold.
(3) Group Internal Economic Capital Assessment (GIECA) surplus generation is a Pillar 2 economic capital metric.
(4) Percentage of females in the GLT at the end of the performance period.
(5) Through strong risk management action, ensure there are no significant conduct/culture/governance issues that result in significant capital add-ons or material fines.
(6) The targets for these metrics are deemed to be commercially sensitive and if disclosed would put the Company at a disadvantage compared to its competitors.  They will be 

published in the Annual Report for the final year of the performance period.

Chair and Non-executive Directors
Fees for the Chair and Non-executive Directors were reviewed in 2023 with no changes made, other than the re-denomination into US dollars 
effective from 1 August 2023, as set out in the ‘Chairman and Non-executive Director remuneration in 2023’ section. The next regular fee level 
review will be conducted in 2024.

Chua Sock Koong
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
19 March 2024

222

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Additional remuneration disclosures

Directors’ outstanding long-term incentive awards and other share awards
The table below sets out Executive Directors’ PLTIP awards. The Company operates a number of share schemes and plans which are described in 
more detail in note I(vi) of the ‘Additional Financial Information’ section.

Share-based long-term incentive awards

Plan name

Year of
award

Conditional 
share awards 
outstanding 
at 1 Jan 2023

Conditional 
awards in 
2023

Market price 
at date of 
award

Anil Wadhwani

PLTIP

2023

Mark FitzPatrick 

(Number of 
shares)

(Number of 
shares)

–
–

438,098
438,098

PLTIP

PLTIP

PLTIP

PLTIP

2020

2021

2022

2022

181,137

130,467

182,131

270,126

763,861

–

–

–

–

(pence)

1,125

1,050

1,496

1,134

1,030

Rights 
exercised in 
2023

Rights 
lapsed in 
2023

Dividend 
equivalents 
on vested 
shares1
(Number of 
shares 
released)

Rights 
lapsed in 
2023 
following 
leaving the 
company

Conditional 
share awards 
outstanding 
on date of 
leaving the 
Company2

(Number of 
shares)

Conditional 
share awards 
outstanding at 
31 December 
2023

(Number of 
shares)

Date of
end of
performance
period

–
–

–
–

–
–

6,574

79,678

94,885

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

130,467

25,561

182,131

93,979

270,126 148,344

6,574

79,678

94,885

582,724 267,884

438,098 31 Dec 25
438,098

– 31 Dec 22
104,906 31 Dec 23
88,152 31 Dec 24
121,782 31 Dec 24
314,840

Notes
(1) A dividend equivalent was accumulated on these awards.
(2) Mark FitzPatrick stepped down from his role as Interim Group Chief Executive on 24 February 2023 and subsequently left the Company on 30 September 2023.

Other share awards
The table below sets out Executive Directors’ deferred bonus share awards.

Year of 
grant

Conditional
share awards 
outstanding
at 1 Jan 
2023
(Number of 
shares)

Conditionally
awarded in 
2023
(Number of 
shares)

Dividends
accumulated
in 20231
(Number of 
shares)

Shares
released
in 2023
(Number of 
shares)

Conditional 
share awards 
outstanding 
on date of 
leaving the 
Company2
(Number of 
shares)

Dividends
accumulated
in 2023 after 
leaving the 
company2
(Number of 
shares)

Conditional
share awards 
outstanding
at 31 
December 
2023
(Number of 
shares)

Date of end of 
restricted
period

Date of
release

Market
price at
date of
award

Market
price at
date of
vesting or
release

(pence)

(pence)

Anil Wadhwani

Deferred 2023 
annual 
incentive award 2023

Mark FitzPatrick

Deferred 2020 
annual 
incentive award 2020
Deferred 2021 
annual 
incentive award 2021
Deferred 2022 
annual 
incentive award 2022
Deferred 2023 
annual 
incentive award 2023

–

–

33,301

33,301

199

199

–

52,803

25,865

48,691

52,803

228

429

–

–

33,500 31 Dec 25

1183.0

33,500

– 31 Dec 22 19 May 23 1047.0 1178.0

26,093

155

26,248 31 Dec 23

1495.5

49,120

293

49,413 31 Dec 24

1133.5

127,359

74,615

74,615

74,615

657 52,803

149,828

445

893

75,060 31 Dec 25

1183.0

150,721

Notes
(1) A dividend equivalent was accumulated on these awards.
(2) Mark FitzPatrick stepped down from his role as Interim Group Chief Executive on 24 February 2023 and subsequently left the Company on 30 September 2023.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

223

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Additional remuneration disclosures continued

All-employee share plans
It is important that all employees are offered the opportunity to own shares in Prudential, connecting them both to the success of the Company 
and to the interests of other shareholders. Executive Directors are invited to participate in these plans on the same basis as other staff in their 
location.

Save As You Earn (SAYE) schemes
UK-based Executive Directors are normally eligible to participate in the HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC)-approved Prudential Savings-Related 
Share Option Scheme. This scheme allows all eligible employees to save towards the exercise of options over Prudential plc shares with the option 
price set at the beginning of the savings period at a discount of up to 20 per cent of the market price.

Participants are able to elect to enter into savings contracts of up to £500 per month for a period of three or five years. At the end of this term, 
participants may exercise their options within six months and purchase shares. If an option is not exercised within six months, participants are 
entitled to a refund of their cash savings plus interest if applicable under the rules. Shares are issued to satisfy those options which are exercised. 
No options may be granted under the schemes if the grant would cause the number of shares which have been issued, or which remain issuable 
pursuant to options granted in the preceding 10 years under the scheme and any other option schemes operated by the Company, or which 
have been issued under any other share incentive scheme of the Company, to exceed 10 per cent of the Company’s ordinary share capital at the 
proposed date of grant.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
UK-based Executive Directors are also eligible to participate in the Company’s Share Incentive Plan (SIP). All UK-based employees are able to 
purchase Prudential plc shares up to a value of £150 per month from their gross salary (partnership shares) through the SIP. For every four 
partnership shares bought, an additional matching share is awarded which is purchased by Prudential plc on the open market. Dividend shares 
accumulate while the employee participates in the plan. If the employee withdraws from the plan, or leaves the Group, matching shares may be 
forfeited.

The table below provides information about shares purchased under the SIP together with matching shares and dividend shares.

Mark FitzPatrick1

Share Incentive 
Plan awards held 
in Trust
at 1 Jan 2023
(Number of
shares)
962

Partnership shares 
accumulated
in 2023
(Number of
shares)
134

Matching shares 
accumulated
in 2023
(Number of
shares)
36

Dividend shares 
accumulated
in 2023
(Number of
shares)
15

Year of initial 
participation
2017

Share Incentive 
Plan awards held 
in Trust
at date of leaving 
the Company
(Number of
shares)
1,147

Note
(1) Mark FitzPatrick stepped down from his role as Interim Group Chief Executive on 24 February 2023 and subsequently left the Company on 30 September 2023. The 

number of shares shown at date of leaving the company includes an entitlement to matching and dividend shares.

This information has been prepared in line with the reporting requirements of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and sets out Executive Directors’ 
outstanding share awards and all-employee share plan options.

224

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Dilution
Releases from the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan and the Prudential Agency Long Term Incentive Plan are satisfied using new issue shares 
rather than by purchasing shares in the open market. Shares relating to options granted under all-employee share plans are also satisfied by new 
issue shares. The combined dilution from all outstanding shares and options at 31 December 2023 was 0.13 per cent of the total share capital at 
the time. Deferred bonus awards will continue to be satisfied by the purchase of shares in the open market.

Remuneration of the five highest-paid individuals and the remuneration of senior management
In line with the requirements of the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, the following table sets out, on an aggregate basis, the annual 
remuneration of i) the five highest-paid employees, and ii) senior management for the year ended 31 December 2023.

Of the five individuals with the highest emoluments in 2023, one was an Executive Director for the majority of the year whose emoluments are 
disclosed in this report. The aggregate of the emoluments of the other four individuals for 2023 are set out in the table below. Senior 
management comprised the Executive Directors and members of the Group Executive Committee. The table sets out the aggregate of the 
emoluments paid to the senior management team:

Components of remuneration

Base salaries, allowances and benefits in kind

Pension contribution

Performance-related pay

Payments made on appointment
Payments made on separation
Total1

Their emoluments for 2023 were within the following bands:

Remuneration band HKD

4,500,001 - 5,000,000

7,500,001 - 8,000,000

9,000,001 - 9,500,000

15,000,001 - 15,500,000

19,000,001 - 19,500,000

20,500,001 - 21,000,000

24,500,001 - 25,000,000

31,000,001 - 31,500,000

33,500,001 - 34,000,000

41,500,001 - 42,000,000

42,500,001 - 43,000,000

96,000,001 - 96,500,000

Remuneration band USD equivalent

574,800 - 638,700

958,000 - 1,021,900

1,149,600 - 1,213,500

1,916,000 - 1,979,800

2,426,900 - 2,490,800

2,618,500 - 2,682,400

3,129,400 - 3,193,300

3,959,700 - 4,023,600

4,279,000 - 4,342,900

5,300,900 - 5,364,700

5,428,600 - 5,492,500

12,262,300 - 12,326,100

Five highest paid

Senior management

HKD000

34,087

4,333

$000

4,354

553

110,641

14,132

–

–

–

–

HKD000

75,348

8,138

184,542

63,661

–

$000

9,624

1,039

23,572

8,132

–

149,061

19,039

331,689

42,367

Number of employees

Five highest
paid2

Senior 
management

1

1

1

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Note
(1) Further detail on the payments made to senior management can be found in note B2.3 to the IFRS financial statements.
(2) Excludes an Executive Director, whose remuneration is disclosed in this report. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

225

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Financial

Statements

226

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Financial statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated statement of financial position

Consolidated statement of cash flows

229
230
231

232

233

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

227

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Group IFRS financial results

Section

Consolidated income statement

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Consolidated statement of financial position

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Section

A 

A1 

A2 

Basis of preparation and accounting policies

Basis of preparation and exchange rates

New accounting pronouncements in 2023

A2.1  Adoption of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9

A2.2  Adoption of other new accounting 

pronouncements

A3 

Accounting policies

A3.1  Critical accounting policies, estimates and 

judgements

A3.2  New accounting pronouncements not yet 

effective

B 

B1 

Earnings performance

Analysis of performance by segment

B1.1 Segment results

B1.2  Determining operating segments and 

performance measure of operating segments

B1.3 Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver

B1.4  Revenue

B1.5  Net insurance and reinsurance finance income 

(expense)

Page

229

230

231

232

233

Page

234

234
235

235

241

241

241

248

249

249

249
250

251

253

256

B1.6  Additional segmental analysis of profit after tax

256

B2

Insurance service expenses and other 

expenditure

B2.1  Staff and employment costs

B2.2 Share-based payment

B2.3 Key management remuneration

B2.4 Fees payable to the auditor

B3

Tax charge

B3.1 Total tax charge by nature

B3.2 Reconciliation of effective tax rate

B4

B5

C 

C1 

Earnings per share

Dividends

Financial Position

Group assets and liabilities

Group investments by business type

Other assets and liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Provisions

C1.1 

C1.2

C1.3 

C1.4

C2 

Measurement of financial assets and liabilities

C2.1 

C2.2

C2.3 

Determination of fair value

Valuation hierarchy

Additional information on financial 
instruments

257

257
258

260

260

261

261

262
263

264

265

265

265

268

268

268

269

269
270

272

228

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Section

C3 

Insurance and reinsurance contracts

C3.1  Group overview

C3.2  Analysis of movements in insurance and 

reinsurance contract balances (excluding 
JVs and associates)

C3.3 Analysis of movements in insurance and 

reinsurance contract balances (including 
JVs and associates)

C3.4 Products and determining contract liabilities

C4

Intangible assets

C4.1 Goodwill

C4.2  Other intangible assets 

C5

Borrowings

C5.1 Core structural borrowings of shareholder-

financed businesses

C5.2  Operational borrowings

C6 

Risk and sensitivity analysis

C6.1 Insurance operations

C6.2  Eastspring and central operations

C7 

Tax assets and liabilities

C7.1  Current tax

C7.2  Deferred tax

C8

C9 

 Share capital, share premium and own shares

Capital

C9.1  Group objectives, policies and processes for 

managing capital

C9.2  Local capital regulations

C9.3 Transferability of capital resources

C10 

Property, plant and equipment

D 
D1 

D2 

D3

D4

D5

Other information
Contingencies and related obligations

Post balance sheet events

Related party transactions

Commitments

Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint 

ventures and associates

D5.1 Basis of consolidation

D5.2 Dividend restrictions and minimum capital 

requirements

D5.3  Investment in joint ventures and associates

D5.4  Related undertakings

Page

275
276

277

283

292

294

294

295

296

296

296

297

298

300

301

301

301

302

303

303

303

304

305

307

307

307

308

308

309

309

310

310
312

Consolidated income statement 

Insurance revenue

Insurance service expense:

Claims incurred

Directly attributable expenses incurred

Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows

Other insurance service expenses

Net expense from reinsurance contracts held

Insurance service result

Investment return:

Interest revenue calculated using the effective interest method

Other investment return on financial investments

Fair value movement on investment contract liabilities

Net insurance and reinsurance finance income (expense):

Net finance (expense) income from insurance contracts

Net finance income (expense) from reinsurance contracts held

Net investment result

Other revenue

Non-insurance expenditure

Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions

Share of loss from joint ventures and associates, net of related tax
Profit (loss) before tax  (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns) note
Tax charge attributable to policyholders' returns

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders' returns

Total tax charge attributable to shareholders' and policyholders' returns

Remove tax charge attributable to policyholders' returns

Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns

Profit (loss) for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Profit (loss) for the year

Earnings per share (in cents)

Based on profit (loss) attributable to equity holders of the Company:

Basic

Diluted

Note
B1.4  

2023 $m
9,371   

2022* $m
8,549 

(2,913)   

(1,258)   

(2,745)   

(197)   

(2,563) 

(1,221) 

(2,453) 

(30) 

(7,113)   

(6,267) 

(171)   

2,087   

(105) 

2,177 

340   

9,423   

9,763   

(24)   

(8,839)   

191   
(8,648)   
1,091   

369   

(990)   

(172)   

(22)   

(91)   

2,272   

(175)   

2,097   

(560)   

175   

(385)   

1,712   

237 

(29,617) 

(29,380) 

67 

28,623 

(1,193) 
27,430 
(1,883) 

436 

(1,019) 

(200) 

55 

(85) 

(519) 

(124) 

(643) 

(478) 

124 

(354) 

(997) 

1,701   

(1,007) 

11   

1,712   

10 

(997) 

2023

2022*

62.1¢

61.9¢

(36.8)¢

(36.8)¢

B1.4  

B1.5  

B1.5  

B1.4  

B2  

B1.1  

D5.3  

B3.1  

B3.2  

B1.6  

Note
B4

*

The Group has adopted IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1. Accordingly, the comparative 
results and the related notes have been re-presented from those previously published.

Note
This measure is the formal profit before tax measure under IFRS. It is not the result attributable to shareholders principally because total corporate tax of the Group includes 
those taxes on the income of consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds that, through adjustments to benefits, are borne by policyholders. These amounts are required to 
be included in the tax charge under IAS 12. Consequently, the IFRS profit before tax measure is not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

229

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Profit (loss) for the year

Other comprehensive income (loss):

Exchange movements arising during the year
Valuation movements on retained interest in Jackson classified as available-for-sale under IAS 39: note

Unrealised (loss) arising during the year

Deduct net gains included in the income statements on disposal

Total items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 

Valuation movements on retained interest in Jackson classified as fair value through other comprehensive income 

under IFRS 9 note

Total items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

2023 $m
1,712   

2022* $m
(997) 

(135)   

(613) 

(125) 

(62) 

(187) 

(800) 

(135)   

8 

8 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

1,585   

(1,797) 

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

1,585   

(1,797) 

–   

– 

1,585   

(1,797) 

*

The Group has adopted IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1. Accordingly, the comparative 
results have been re-presented from those previously published.

Note
On the adoption of IFRS 9 at 1 January 2023, the Group elected to measure its retained interest in the equity securities of Jackson at fair value through other comprehensive 
income. The Group has subsequently disposed of its remaining interest in Jackson in 2023. In 2022, these securities were measured at available-for-sale under IAS 39.

230

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 

Reserves

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (loss) income

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company

Dividends

Transfer of fair value reserve following disposal of 

investment in Jackson

Reserve movements in respect of share-based 

payments

Effect of transactions relating to non-controlling 

interests

New share capital subscribed

Movement in own shares in respect of share-based 

payment plans

Net increase (decrease) in equity

Balance at 1 Jan

Balance at 31 Dec

Year ended 31 Dec 2023 $m

Note

Share
capital

Share
premium

Retained
earnings

Translation
reserve

Fair value 
reserve 
under 
IFRS 9

Share-
holders'
equity

Non-
controlling
 interests

Total
equity

B5

C8

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

3

1,701

–

–

(124)

1,701

(124)

(533)

71

(5)

16

–

25

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8

8

–

(71)

–

–

–

–

1,701

(116)

11

(11)

1,712

(127)

1,585

–

1,585

(533)

(7)

(540)

–

(5)

16

4

25

–

–

–

–

–

–

(5)

16

4

25

1,275

(124)

(63)

1,092

(7)

1,085

182

183

5,006 10,653

5,009 11,928

827

703

63 16,731

167 16,898

– 17,823

160 17,983

Year ended 31 Dec 2022* $m

Note

Share
capital

Share
premium

Retained
earnings

Translation
reserve

Available-for-
sale
reserve under 
IAS 39

Share-
holders'
equity

Non-
controlling
 interests

Total
equity

Reserves

Profit (loss) for the year

Other comprehensive loss

Total comprehensive loss for the year

Transactions with owners of the Company

Dividends

Reserve movements in respect of share-based 

payments

Effect of transactions relating to non-controlling 

interests

New share capital subscribed

Movement in own shares in respect of share-based 

B5  

C8  

payment plans

Net decrease in equity

Balance at 1 Jan

As previously reported

Effect of initial application of IFRS 17 and 
classification overlay of IFRS 9, net of tax

As restated after effect of changes

Balance at 31 Dec

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4)   

(474)   

24 

49 

– 

– 

(3)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  (1,007)   

– 

– 

  (1,007)   

10 

(997) 

– 

(603)   

(187)   

(790)   

(10)   

(800) 

  (1,007)   

(603)   

(187)    (1,797)   

– 

  (1,797) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(474)   

(8)   

(482) 

24 

49 

(4)   

(3)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

24 

49 

(4) 

(3) 

(4)    (1,411)   

(603)   

(187)    (2,205)   

(8)    (2,213) 

182 

  5,010 

  10,216 

  1,430 

250 

  17,088 

176 

  17,264 

– 

– 

  1,848 

– 

– 

  1,848 

(1)    1,847 

182 

  5,010 

  12,064 

  1,430 

250 

  18,936 

175 

  19,111 

182 

  5,006 

  10,653 

827 

63 

  16,731 

167 

  16,898 

*

The Group has adopted IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1. Accordingly, the comparative 
results have been re-presented from those previously published.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

231

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Consolidated statement of financial position

Assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Insurance contract assets
Reinsurance contract assets
Deferred tax assets
Current tax recoverable
Investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method
Investment properties
Loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes note (ii)
Debt securities note (ii)
Derivative assets
Deposits
Accrued investment income
Other debtors
Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets

Equity
Shareholders' equity
Non-controlling interests
Total equity

Liabilities
Insurance contract liabilities
Reinsurance contract liabilities
Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features
Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses
Operational borrowings
Obligations under funding, securities lending and sale and repurchase agreements
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds
Deferred tax liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Accruals, deferred income and other creditors
Provisions
Derivative liabilities
Total liabilities
Total equity and liabilities

Note

C4.1  
C4.2  
C10  
C3.1  
C3.1  
C7.2  
C7.1  
D5.3  
C1.1  
C1.1  
C1.1  
C1.1  
C2.2  
C1.1  
C1.2  
C1.2  
C1.3  

C3.1  
C3.1  
C2.2  
C5.1  
C5.2  
C2.3  
C2.3  
C7.2  
C7.1  
C1.2  
C1.4  
C2.2  

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

1 Jan 2022 $m

note (i)

note (i)

896 
3,986 
374 
1,180 
2,426 
156 
34 
1,940 
39 
578 
64,753 
83,064 
1,855 
5,870 
1,003 
1,161 
4,751 
174,066 

17,823 
160 
17,983 

139,840 
1,151 
769 
3,933 
941 
716 
2,711 
1,250 
275 
4,035 
224 
238 
156,083 
174,066 

890 
3,884 
437 
1,134 
1,856 
140 
18 
2,259 
37 
590 
57,679 
77,016 
569 
6,275 
983 
968 
5,514 
160,249 

16,731 
167 
16,898 

126,242 
1,175 
663 
4,261 
815 
582 
4,193 
1,139 
208 
2,866 
206 
1,001 
143,351 
160,249 

907 
4,015 
495 
1,250 
2,787 
132 
20 
2,698 
38 
771 
61,601 
99,154 
481 
4,741 
1,017 
955 
7,170 
188,232 

18,936 
175 
19,111 

149,798 
1,254 
722 
6,127 
861 
223 
5,664 
1,167 
185 
2,624 
234 
262 
169,121 
188,232 

Notes
(i) The Group has adopted IFRS 9 'Financial instruments' and IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1. Accordingly, the 31 December 

2022 and 1 January 2022 comparative statements of financial position and related notes have been re-presented from those previously published. 

(ii) Included within equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes and debt securities as at 31 December 2023 are $2,001 million of lent securities and assets 

subject to repurchase agreements (31 December 2022: $1,571 million).

The parent company statement of financial position is presented on page 322.

The consolidated financial statements on pages 229 to 321 were approved by the Board of Directors on 19 March 2024 and signed on its behalf 
by:

Shriti Vadera  
Chair 

Anil Wadhwani
Chief Executive Officer

232

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of cash flows

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit (loss) before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders' and policyholders' returns)

2,272   

(519) 

Adjustments to profit before tax for non-cash movements in operating assets and liabilities:

Note

2023 $m

2022* $m

Investments

Other non-investment and non-cash assets

Insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities

Other non-insurance liabilities

Investment income and interest payments included in profit before tax

Operating cash items:

Interest receipts

Interest payments

Dividend receipts

Tax paid

Other non-cash items
Net cash flows from operating activities note (i)
Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Acquisition of business and intangibles note (ii)
Cash advanced to CPL note (i)
Disposal of Jackson shares

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Structural borrowings of shareholder-financed operations: note (iii)

Issuance of debt, net of costs

Redemption of debt

Interest paid

Payment of principal portion of lease liabilities

Equity capital:

Issues of ordinary share capital

External dividends:

Dividends paid to equity holders of the Company

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 1 Jan

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 Dec

(14,539)   

22,717 

23   

(35) 

12,787   

(20,440) 

42   

(4,378)   

(665) 

(3,912) 

2,872   

2,589 

(75)   

1,650   

(406)   

584   

832   

(44)   

2   

(415)   

(176)   

273   

(360)   

–   

(393)   

(188)   

(93)   

(16) 

1,523 

(449) 

285 

1,078 

(34) 

– 

(298) 

– 

293 

(39) 

346 

(2,075) 

(204) 

(101) 

4   

(4) 

(533)   

(7)   

(1,210)   

(738)   

5,514   

(25)   

(474) 

(8) 

(2,520) 

(1,481) 

7,170 

(175) 

5,514 

C10  

C8  

B5  

C1.3  

4,751   

*

The Group has adopted IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1. Accordingly, the comparative 
results have been re-presented from those previously published.

Notes
(i)

Included in net cash flows from operating activities are dividends from joint ventures and associates of $209 million (2022: $112 million).  Cash advanced to CPL, the 
Group’s joint venture in the Chinese Mainland, of $176 million was made in anticipation of a future capital injection as described in note D3.

(ii) Cash flows from acquisition of business and intangibles include amounts paid for distribution rights. There were no acquisitions of businesses in the year.
(iii) Structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses exclude borrowings to support short-term fixed income securities programmes, lease liabilities and other 

borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses. Cash flows in respect of these borrowings are included within cash flows from operating activities. The changes in the 
carrying value of the structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses for the Group are analysed below:

Cash movements $m

Non-cash movements $m

2023

2022

Balance at 1 Jan 
$m
4,261   

6,127 

Issuance
of debt

–   

346 

Redemption
of debt
(393) 

(2,075) 

58   

(147)   

Foreign exchange
movement

Other
movements

Balance at 31 Dec 
$m
3,933 

7   

10 

4,261 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

233

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

A Basis of preparation and accounting policies

A1 Basis of preparation and exchange rates
Prudential plc (the 'Company’) together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the 'Group’ or ‘Prudential’) provides life and health insurance and asset 
management products in Asia and Africa. The Group is headquartered in Hong Kong.

Basis of preparation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB and UK-adopted 
international accounting standards. At 31 December 2023, there were no unadopted standards effective for the year ended 31 December 2023 
which had an impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group, and there were no differences between UK-adopted international 
accounting standards and IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB in terms of their application to the Group.

The Group has adopted IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ and IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ (including any consequential amendments to other 
standards) as issued by the IASB and as adopted for use in the UK from 1 January 2023, as discussed in note A2.1. The transition date of the 
Group for IFRS 17 was 1 January 2022. Except for the changes from the adoption of these two standards and the new and amended IFRS 
Standards as described in note A2.2, the accounting policies applied by the Group in determining the IFRS financial results in these consolidated 
financial statements are the same as those previously applied in the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 December 
2022 as disclosed in the 2022 annual report. 

The parent company statement of financial position prepared in accordance with the UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (including 
Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’) is presented on page 322.

Going concern basis of accounting
The Directors have made an assessment of going concern covering a period to 31 March 2025, being at least 12 months from the date these 
consolidated financial statements and the parent company financial statements are approved. In making this assessment, the Directors have 
considered both the Group’s current performance, solvency and liquidity and the Group’s business plan taking into account the Group’s principal 
risks, and the mitigations available to address them, as well as the results of the Group's stress and scenario testing, as described further in the 
Risk review section (including the Viability statement).

Based on the above, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue their 
operations for a period to 31 March 2025, being at least 12 months from the date these consolidated financial statements and the parent 
company financial statements are approved. No material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt on the ability of the Company and the 
Group to continue as a going concern have been identified. The Directors therefore consider it appropriate to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing these consolidated financial statements and the parent company financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2023.

Exchange rates
The exchange rates applied for balances and transactions in currencies other than the presentation currency of the Group, US dollars (USD) were:

USD : local currency

Closing rate at year end

Average rate for the year to date

Chinese yuan (CNY)

Hong Kong dollar (HKD)

Indian rupee (INR)

Indonesian rupiah (IDR)

Malaysian ringgit (MYR)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

Taiwan dollar (TWD)

Thai baht (THB)

UK pound sterling (GBP)

Vietnamese dong (VND)

31 Dec 2023

7.09   

7.81   

83.21   

31 Dec 2022
6.95 

7.81 

82.73 

1 Jan 2022
6.37 

7.80 

74.34 

2023
7.09   

7.83   

2022
6.73 

7.83 

82.60   

78.63 

  15,397.00    15,567.50 

  14,252.50 

  15,230.82    14,852.24 

4.60   

1.32   

30.69   

34.37   

0.78   

4.41 

1.34 

30.74 

34.56 

0.83 

4.17 

1.35 

27.67 

33.19 

0.74 

4.56   

1.34   

31.17   

34.80   

0.80   

4.40 

1.38 

29.81 

35.06 

0.81 

  24,262.00    23,575.00 

  22,790.00 

  23,835.92    23,409.87 

234

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange translation
In order to present the consolidated financial statements in USD, the results and financial position of entities not using USD as functional 
currency (ie the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates) must be translated into USD.

All assets and liabilities of entities not operating in USD are converted at closing exchange rates while all income and expenses are converted at 
average exchange rates where this is a reasonable approximation of the rates prevailing on transaction dates. The impact of these foreign 
exchange translations into the Group’s USD presentation currency is recorded as a separate component in the Statement of comprehensive 
income. Upon the disposal of the entity, the related cumulative foreign exchange translation differences are recycled from other comprehensive 
income to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

The general principle for converting foreign currency transactions to the functional currency of an entity is to translate at the functional currency 
spot rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the spot exchange rate for 
the functional currency at the reporting date. Changes resulting from the foreign exchange translations into the functional currency of the entity 
are recognised in the income statement. 

Certain notes to the consolidated financial statements present comparative information at constant exchange rates (CER), in addition to the 
reporting at actual exchange rates (AER) used throughout the consolidated financial statements. AER are actual historical exchange rates for the 
specific accounting year, being the average rates over the year for the income statement and the closing rates at the balance sheet date for the 
statement of financial position. CER results are calculated by translating prior year results using the current year foreign exchange rate, ie current 
year average rates for the income statement and current year closing rates for the statement of financial position.

A2 New accounting pronouncements in 2023 

A2.1 Adoption of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 
The Group adopted IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ and IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, including any consequential amendments to other 
standards, from 1 January 2023.

IFRS 17, ‘Insurance contracts’
IFRS 17 introduces significant changes to the way insurance and reinsurance contracts are accounted for, albeit the scope of IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 
is very similar. Therefore, nearly all of the Group’s insurance and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (DPF) accounted 
under IFRS 4 are now accounted under IFRS 17.

IFRS 4 permitted insurers to continue to use the statutory basis of accounting for insurance assets and liabilities that existed in their jurisdictions 
prior to January 2005. IFRS 17 replaces this with a new measurement model that establishes principles for the recognition, measurement, 
presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts, reinsurance contracts and investment contracts with DPF.

Insurance contracts are aggregated into groups for measurement purposes. Groups of insurance contracts are determined by identifying 
portfolios of insurance contracts, each comprising contracts subject to similar risks and managed together, and dividing each portfolio into 
annual cohorts (ie by year of issue) and each annual cohort into groups based on the profitability of contracts. Portfolios of reinsurance contracts 
held are assessed for aggregation separately from portfolios of insurance contracts issued.

When determining 'similar risks' the Group does not divide risks within a contract, eg riders sold under a single contract would not be split by risk 
type. The Group have therefore identified three broad categories of risks referred to as 'dominant' risks, namely, protection, investment and to a 
less material extent longevity. The requirement 'managed together' is assessed within the geographical boundary of each local business unit. 
Each ring-fenced fund is considered to be managed separately.

Under IFRS 17 groups of contracts are measured on initial recognition as the total of:

– Fulfilment cash flows, comprising the best estimate of the present value of future cash flows within the contract boundary that are expected to 

arise and an explicit risk adjustment for non-financial risk; and

– A contractual service margin (CSM) that represents the deferral of any day-one gains arising on initial recognition. 

Day-one losses, any subsequent losses on onerous contracts and reversal of those losses arising from groups of insurance contracts are 
recognised directly in the income statement. For groups of reinsurance contracts held, any net gains or losses at initial recognition are recognised 
as CSM unless the net cost of purchasing reinsurance relates to past events, in which case such net cost is recognised immediately in the income 
statement.

Under IFRS 17 insurance contracts are measured under the General Measurement Model (GMM), Variable Fee Approach (VFA) or Premium 
Allocation Approach (PAA). The Group predominantly uses the VFA and GMM, depending on the specific characteristics of the insurance 
contracts. The Group makes very limited use of the PAA for some small portfolios of short duration contracts. Reinsurance contracts held are 
measured under the GMM.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

235

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Approximately 72 per cent of the CSM (including joint ventures and associates and net of reinsurance) at transition (as described below) was 
calculated under the VFA and relates to the Group’s with-profits and shareholder-backed participating products and unit-linked products with a 
low proportion of protection riders. The remaining approximately 28 per cent of the CSM at transition was calculated under the GMM and 
includes the Group’s non-profit protection products and unit-linked products with a high proportion of protection riders.

The fulfilment cash flows are updated each reporting date to reflect current conditions. For contracts with direct participating features which are 
accounted for under the VFA, on initial recognition the CSM represents the variable fee to shareholders and it is adjusted to reflect the effect of 
changes in economics as well as experience variances and/or assumptions changes that relate to future services. For contracts accounted for 
under GMM, the CSM is accreted using the discount rates determined at the date of initial recognition (the 'locked-in discount rates') and only 
adjusted to reflect the effect of non-economic experience variances and/or assumptions changes that relate to future services. The adjustments 
to the CSM for GMM business are determined using the locked-in discount rates. Further information on the subsequent measurement of the 
CSM is contained within note C3.4.

IFRS 17 is applied retrospectively unless impractical to do so. The effect of adopting IFRS 17 retrospectively adjusts shareholders’ equity as at the 
date of transition of 1 January 2022. At the transition date, the opening balance sheet for IFRS 17 is established, as set out in the section ‘Effect 
of adoption of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9’ below. 

With the adoption of IFRS 17, certain line items in the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position have been replaced with new line 
items. For example, the Group now presents separately the carrying amount of portfolios of:

– Insurance contracts issued that are assets;
– Insurance contracts issued that are liabilities;
– Reinsurance contracts held that are assets; and
– Reinsurance contracts held that are liabilities.

Further, the line items in the consolidated income statement have been changed significantly compared with reporting under IFRS 4. In 
accordance with the IFRS 17 requirements, the following line items are no-longer reported: Gross premiums earned, Outward reinsurance 
premiums, Benefits and claims, Reinsurers’ share of benefits and claims, Movements in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds and Acquisition 
costs. Those are replaced with the following IFRS 17 line items:

– Insurance revenue;
– Insurance service expenses;
– Net income (expense) from reinsurance contracts held; and
– Net insurance finance income (expenses).

Approach to transition to IFRS 17
Transition refers to the determination of the opening balance sheet for the first year of comparative information presented under IFRS 17 (ie at 
1 January 2022). The future cash flows and risk adjustment are measured on a current basis in the same manner as they would be calculated for 
subsequent measurement. The key component of transition is therefore the determination of the CSM. 

The standard requires IFRS 17 to be applied retrospectively (the 'Full Retrospective Approach') unless impracticable. If a fully retrospective 
approach is impracticable there is an option to choose either a Modified Retrospective Approach or a Fair Value Approach. Prudential has 
adopted the Modified Retrospective Approach for cohorts of business for which expected cash flows at the date of initial recognition are not 
available but where actual historic cash flows are available. If reasonable and supportable information necessary to apply the modified 
retrospective approach is not available, the fair value approach must be applied.

The CSM of the groups of insurance contracts transitioned under retrospective approaches (ie full retrospective approach and modified 
retrospective approach) has been calculated as if the Group had only prepared annual financial statements before the transition date (ie 
transition CSM has been measured using a year-to-date approach).

Full Retrospective Approach (FRA)
Under the FRA, each group of insurance contracts has been identified, recognised and measured as if IFRS 17 had always applied. The CSM was 
calculated at initial recognition of a group of contracts based on the facts and circumstances at that time (ie without use of hindsight). This CSM 
was then rolled forward to the transition date in line with the requirements of the standard.

236

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Modified Retrospective Approach (MRA) 
The objective of the MRA is to achieve the closest possible outcome to retrospective application possible using reasonable and supportable 
information without undue cost and effort. A number of specific modifications are permitted under the MRA. The Group has adopted the 
following modifications:

– To use information at the transition date to identify insurance contract groups;
– To use information at the transition date to assess eligibility for the variable fee approach; and
– To use information at the transition date to identify discretionary cash flows.

General Measurement Model (GMM)
Under the MRA for GMM business, the cash flows at the date of initial recognition of a group of insurance contracts have been estimated as the 
cash flows at the earliest available date (ie the first year when the FRA is practicable, referred to as the 'earlier date'), adjusted by the cash flows 
that are known to have occurred between these two dates. A number of further specific modifications are permitted. The Group has adopted the 
following modifications:

– To estimate the risk adjustment at the date of initial recognition as the risk adjustment at the earlier date adjusted by the expected release of 

risk before that date based on the risk adjustment release pattern for similar contracts;

– To estimate CSM amortisation in line with run-off of the coverage units; and
– If there is a loss component at initial recognition, to estimate the amount allocated to the loss component before the transition date using a 

systematic allocation consistent with the modifications adopted above.

Discount rates at the date of initial recognition were determined using observable market data at that date.

Variable Fee Approach (VFA)
Under the MRA for VFA business, the CSM at the transition date for a group of insurance contracts has been determined as:

– The total fair value of the underlying items at that date; minus
– The fulfilment cash flows at that date; plus or minus
– An adjustment for:

– Amounts charged to policyholders before that date;
– Amounts paid before that date not varying with underlying items;
– The change in the risk adjustment caused by the release from risk before that date; and minus

– An estimate of the amounts that would have been recognised in profit or loss for services provided before the transition date by comparing 
the remaining coverage units at the transition date with the coverage units provided under the group of contracts before the transition date.

In implementing this approach, the amounts charged to policyholders, the amounts paid not varying with underlying items and coverage units 
have been adjusted for the time value of money.

Fair Value Approach (FVA)
The insurance contracts of the Group under the FVA generally represent groups of contracts that were written many years ago where suitable 
historical information required to apply the retrospective transition approaches is no longer practicably available.

Under the FVA, the CSM at the transition date is the difference between the fair value of the insurance contracts, determined in accordance with 
IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement, and the fulfilment cash flows at that date.

IFRS 13 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of groups of insurance contracts has therefore been interpreted as the 
compensation that a market participant would require for taking on the relevant obligation under the contracts. 

The fair value has been determined using a cost of capital approach by reference to a quantum of capital required to be held in order to fulfil the 
contracts and a required return on that capital. Expected cash flows and the required locked-in capital are projected forward over the duration of 
the groups of contracts and discounted at the required rate of return. These calculations are based on the following key assumptions:

– The expected cash flows reflect the future cost that a market participant would expect to incur in fulfilling the obligations under the contracts. 
The fair value has been based on the same scope of cash flows as are included in the calculation of the best estimate liability. In particular, the 
same contract boundaries are assumed in the calculation of the fair value and best estimate liability. However, the measurement of those cash 
flows need not be the same.

– The required locked-in capital is the level of capital realistically required for a business to operate in the relevant jurisdiction.
– The required rate of return is compensation the Group would expect a market participant to require to enter into a transaction to transfer the 
liability associated with the insurance contracts at the transition date. This return has been determined using the Capital Asset Pricing Model, 
including allowance for both financial risk and uncertainty in non-financial risk. 

A number of specific modifications are permitted under the FVA. The Group has adopted the following modifications:

– To use information at the transition date to identify groups of insurance contracts;
– To use information at the transition date to assess eligibility for the VFA;
– To use information at the transition date to identify discretionary cash flows;
– To use information at the transition date to assess whether a contract meets the definition of an investment contract with DPF; and
– To group annual cohorts of business.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

237

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

The allocation of opening CSM by transition approach is given in note C3.2(b), alongside a segmental split.

IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’
IFRS 9 replaced IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The 
Group met the eligibility criteria, under the amendments to IFRS 4 to apply the temporary exemption from IFRS 9, deferring the initial 
application date of IFRS 9 to align with the initial application of IFRS 17.

The adoption of IFRS 9 has affected the following three areas:

The classification and the measurement of financial assets and liabilities 
IFRS 9 redefines the classification of financial assets. Based on the way in which the assets are managed in order to generate cash flows and 
their contractual cash flow characteristics (whether the cash flows represent ‘solely payments of principal and interest’), financial assets are 
classified into one of the following categories: amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and fair value through 
profit or loss (FVTPL). An option is also available at initial recognition to irrevocably designate a financial asset as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates 
or significantly reduces accounting mismatches. The Company has made the election under IFRS 9 to measure its retained interest in Jackson at 
FVOCI. Under this designation, only dividend income from this retained interest is recognised in the profit or loss of the Company. Unrealised 
gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income and there is no recycling to the profit or loss on derecognition. This was the only 
investment classified at FVOCI at 1 January 2023.

A table explaining the original measurement categories under IAS 39 and the new measurement categories under IFRS 9 for each class of the 
Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at 1 January 2023 is set out in the section 'Effect of adoption of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9' below. 

The calculation of the impairment charge relevant for financial assets held at amortised cost or FVOCI 
A new impairment model based on an expected credit loss approach replaced the incurred loss impairment model under IAS 39, resulting in 
earlier recognition of credit losses compared with IAS 39. This aspect is the most complex area of IFRS 9 and involves significant judgements and 
estimation processes. 

As discussed above, the vast majority of the financial investments of the Group are held at FVTPL to which these requirements do not apply. 
Accordingly, no significant amount of additional impairment was recognised by the Group under the expected credit loss approach as a result of 
the adoption of IFRS 9.

The hedge accounting requirements which are more closely aligned with the risk management activities 
The Group has not applied hedge accounting treatment under IAS 39 and therefore, there is no impact in this area for the Group upon the 
adoption of IFRS 9.

Effect of adoption of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9
The adoption of IFRS 17 has significant changes to the accounting for insurance and reinsurance contracts, as discussed above. The Group’s 
approach to transition to IFRS 17 is set out in the preceding section. The Group has restated the 2022 comparative amounts and presented a 
restated consolidated statement of financial position as at 1 January 2022.

The implementation of IFRS 9 has an insignificant impact on the Group’s financial statements. As permitted by IFRS 9, the Group has not 
restated the comparatives on initial application of the standard but the Group is taking advantage of the classification overlay as permitted by 
the Amendment to IFRS 17, ‘Initial Application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – Comparative Information’ issued in December 2021. In accordance with 
this amendment, the balance sheet at 1 January 2022 reflects the change in classification of certain debt securities to amortised cost from fair 
value through profit and loss, certain loans to fair value through profit and loss from amortised cost and the recognition of IFRS 9 expected credit 
losses for certain mortgage loans that continue to be classified as amortised cost. With the exception of these changes, for which the overall net 
asset impact is insignificant at less than $5 million, the consolidated statement of financial position as of 1 January 2022 as restated under IFRS 
17 has been presented to reflect the classification and measurement under IAS 39.

Consolidated statement of financial position at transition date 1 January 2022
The following table shows the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position as at 1 January 2022 restated under the IFRS 17 basis and 
the summarised effects of the adoption of the new standard.

238

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Assets

Goodwill

Deferred acquisition costs and other intangible assets:

Deferred acquisition costs

Other intangible assets

Insurance contract assets

Reinsurance contract assets

Deferred tax assets

Other non-investment and non-cash assets

Investment properties

Investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method

Total financial investments:

Policy loans

Other loans

Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes

Debt securities

Derivative assets

Deposits

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity

Shareholders' equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Liabilities

Insurance contract liabilities*

Reinsurance contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Operational borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

At 31 Dec 2021 
$m

(as reported under
 IFRS 4)

Effects of adoption of IFRS 17 $m

At 1 Jan 2022 $m

Presentation
changes

note(i)

Measurement
changes

(as restated under
 IFRS 17)

note (ii)

907 

– 

– 

907 

2,815 

4,043 

6,858 

n/a  

9,753 

266 

3,448 

38 

2,183 

1,733 

829 

61,601 

99,094 

481 

4,741 

168,479 

7,170 

199,102 

17,088 

176 

17,264 

(39)   

– 
(39)   
– 

(22)   

(134)   

(1,022)   

– 

– 

(1,733)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,733)   

– 

(2,776)   

(28)   
(2,804) 

1,250 

(6,944)   

– 

61 

– 

515 

– 

(58)   

– 

60 

– 

– 

2 

– 

– 

4,015 
4,015

1,250 

2,787 

132 

2,487 

38 

2,698 

– 

771 

61,601 

99,154 

481 

4,741 

166,748 

7,170 

(2,950)   

(7,920)   

188,232 

– 

– 

– 

1,848 

(1)   

1,847 

18,936 

175 

19,111 

156,485 

4,243 

(10,930)   

149,798 

n/a  

814 

6,127 

861 

2,862 

14,689 

181,838 

199,102 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,696)   

(5,497)   

(2,950)   

(2,950)   

1,254 

(92)   

– 

– 

1 

– 

1,254 

722 

6,127 

861 

1,167 

9,192 

(9,767)   

169,121 

(7,920)   

188,232 

*

Included within insurance contract liabilities at 31 December 2021 are investment contracts with DPF and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds under IFRS 4.

Notes
(i) The presentation changes as shown in the table above principally arise from the following effects of the adoption of IFRS 17:

– Inclusion of insurance and reinsurance related receivable and payable balances within IFRS 17 insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities 

Under IFRS 17, the measurement of a group of insurance contracts requires inclusion of all the future cash flows within the boundary of each contract and as a result, all 
insurance and reinsurance related receivable and payable balances (eg premiums receivable and claims payable) that were previously separately presented on the 
balance sheet are now in effect included within the insurance and reinsurance contract balances under IFRS 17. 

– Policy loans

Applying the same IFRS 17 measurement principles described above, policy loans related cash flows including any accrued interest income (previously included in 
‘Accrued investment income’) are also included within the fulfilment cash flows of the associated group of insurance contracts.

– Deferred tax liabilities

In line with IAS 12, deferred tax assets and liabilities have been netted as appropriate. The deferred tax liabilities arising from expected future distributions of the 
Singapore with-profits funds have been reclassified to be part of the insurance contract liabilities under IFRS 17.  

(ii) The measurement changes shown in the table above principally reflect the following measurement differences arising from the adoption of IFRS 17:

– Deferred acquisition costs (DAC)

Acquisition cash flows are taken into account in determining the day-one CSM of a group insurance contracts. As such, explicit assets for DAC are not required and the 
IFRS 4 balances are removed. DAC relating to investment contracts without discretionary participation features remains as an asset and has been reclassified to ‘Other 
debtors’ under 'Other non-investment and non-cash items'.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

239

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

– Insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities

The adjustments represent insurance and reinsurance contract measurement differences between IFRS 4 and IFRS 17, which primarily relate to the following effects:
– the establishment of a CSM under IFRS 17 in accordance with the transition rules, intended to represent the unamortised amount of expected future profit deferred 

upon initial recognition of an insurance contract for all in-force contracts;

– the establishment of an explicit risk adjustment for non-financial risk under IFRS 17;
– release of prudence in the IFRS 4 policyholder liabilities to leave the best estimate liability; and 
– the change in treatment of the unallocated surplus of with-profits funds such that the shareholders’ share is recognised in shareholders’ equity after allowing for 

measurement differences between IFRS 4 and IFRS 17.

– Tax

– Current tax assets and liabilities are calculated for each entity in the Group based on local tax rules, and the basis of tax varies between jurisdictions. For insurance 

entities in the Group, the current tax is calculated based on either the financial statements prepared under local generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), or 
the regulatory return prepared under relevant regulatory rules, or on an alternative basis (for example, Hong Kong, where most life insurance business is taxed by 
reference to net premiums). Current tax assets and liabilities at transition date are not impacted by the adoption of IFRS 17 at Group level as the adoption for the 
Group financial statements has no impact on local tax calculations. For jurisdictions where the basis of tax is the local financial statements, current tax assets and 
liabilities will be calculated applying IFRS 17 if and when the standard is adopted locally, and subject to local tax rules for transitional adjustments. The impact of any 
such local adoption on the Group financial statements will be considered when relevant.

– Deferred tax balances are adjusted to reflect the deferred tax effects of the measurement adjustments arising from transition to IFRS 17 described above. The 

methods of calculating deferred tax are unchanged. Where insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities give rise to a tax deduction or taxable income 
when they are recovered or settled, measurement changes to these balances, without equal changes in current taxable income, give rise to corresponding changes to 
the deferred tax balances at the tax rates expected to apply when the deferred tax assets or liabilities are realised or settled.

– Investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method

The adjustments represent the Group’s share of the impact of the transition of the balance sheets of the Group’s life joint ventures and associate (being CPL, India and 
the Takaful business in Malaysia) from IFRS 4 to IFRS 17, arising principally from the measurement differences as described above. 

Financial assets and liabilities by IFRS 9 category
The following table and the accompanying notes explain the original measurement categories under IAS 39 and the new measurement 
categories under IFRS 9 for each class of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at 31 December 2022/1 January, 2023.

The effects of the reclassification of financial assets as a result of transition to IFRS 9 is not material.

Classification at initial application

Carrying value $m

Original under IAS 39

New under IFRS 9

Original under IAS 39

New under IFRS 9

Financial instruments
Financial assets
Loans note (i)
Loans /debt securities note (ii)
Loans

Equity securities and portfolio holdings in collective 
investment schemes
Equity securities note (iii)
Debt securities held by Eastspring note (iv)
Other Debt securities

Derivative assets

Accrued investment income

Deposits

Cash and cash equivalents
Other debtors note (i)
Financial liabilities

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

FVTPL

FVTPL

Amortised cost

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Available-for-sale (AFS)

FVOCI

FVTPL

FVTPL

FVTPL

Amortised cost

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Loans and receivables

Amortised cost

Loans and receivables

Amortised cost

Loans and receivables

Amortised cost

Loans and receivables

Amortised cost

Investment contract liabilities without DPF

Derivative liabilities

FVTPL

FVTPL

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Mandatorily at FVTPL

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed 
businesses

Operational borrowings

Obligations under funding, securities lending and 
sale and repurchase agreements

Net asset value attributable to unit holders of 
consolidated investment funds note (v)
Other liabilities

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

FVTPL

Designated at FVTPL

Amortised cost

Amortised cost

140 

26 

450 

140 

27 

450 

57,413 

57,413 

266 

67 

266 

67 

76,922 

76,922 

569 

983 

6,275 

5,514 

968 

663 

1,001 

4,261 

815 

582 

4,193 

2,866 

569 

983 

6,275 

5,514 

968 

663 

1,001 

4,261 

815 

582 

4,193 

2,866 

Notes
(i)

In accordance with IFRS 17 requirements policy loans and debtor balances that are related to insurance contracts are included within the measurement of insurance 
contract liabilities. Therefore, the amounts for these balance sheet line items as presented in this table do not include such balances. 

(ii) Certain securities that were classified as loans at amortised cost under IAS 39 were reclassified to debt securities at fair value through profit or loss under IFRS 9 aligning to 

how these securities are managed.

(iii) Represents the Group’s interest in Jackson which the Group elected to be classified at FVOCI.
(iv) Under IAS 39 Eastspring debt securities were classified as FVTPL. The Group has reclassified these debt securities as measured at amortised cost because these instruments 

meet the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criterion and are held with the intention to collect contractual cash flows.

(v) ‘Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds’ represents the interests of investors other than the Group in the investment funds that the 

Group is deemed to control and therefore treated as a subsidiary and consolidated in the Group financial statements. The Group has designated ‘Net asset value 
attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds’ as financial liabilities measured at FVTPL to eliminate any accounting mismatch with the underlying 
investments of those consolidated investment funds, which are measured at FVTPL.

240

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The measurement categories of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at 31 December 2023, as shown on the consolidated 
statement of financial position, are consistent with those as at 1 January 2023. The following line items contain more than one asset 
classification at 31 December 2023:

Loans

Debt securities

Amortised Cost 
$m
148   

Mandatorily at 
FVTPL $m

Total 31 Dec 2023 
$m
578 

430   

–   

83,064   

83,064 

A2.2 Adoption of other new accounting pronouncements
In addition to IFRS 17 and IFRS 9, the Group has adopted the following amendments in these consolidated financial statements. The adoption 
of these amendments has had no significant impact on the Group financial statements.

– Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 ‘Disclosure of accounting policies’ issued in February 2021;
– Amendments to IAS 8 ‘Definition of Accounting Estimates’ issued in February 2021;
– Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction’ issued in May 2021; and
– Amendments to IAS 12 ‘International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules’ issued in May 2023. Further details are provided in notes B3.2 and 

C7.2.

A3 Accounting policies
A3.1 Critical accounting policies, estimates and judgements 
This  note  presents  the  critical  accounting  policies,  estimates  and  judgements  applied  in  preparing  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial 
statements. Other accounting policies, where significant, are presented in the relevant individual notes. All accounting policies are applied 
consistently  for  the  years  presented  and  normally  are  not  subject  to  changes  unless  new  accounting  standards,  interpretations  or 
amendments are introduced by the IASB as discussed in note A2 above.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires Prudential to make accounting estimates and judgements about the 
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, which are both recognised and unrecognised (eg contingent liabilities) in the consolidated 
financial statements. Prudential evaluates its critical accounting estimates, including those related to insurance business provisioning and the fair 
value of assets as required. The notes below set out those critical accounting policies, the application of which requires the Group to make critical 
estimates and judgements. Also set out are further critical accounting policies affecting the presentation of the Group’s results and other items 
that require the application of critical estimates and judgements.

(a) Critical accounting policies with associated critical estimates and judgements – Measurement of insurance and 

reinsurance contracts under IFRS 17

IFRS 17 establishes principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of insurance contracts, reinsurance contracts and 
investment contracts with discretionary participation features. It introduces a model that measures groups of contracts based on the Group’s 
estimates of the present value of future cash flows that are expected to arise as the Group fulfils the contracts, an explicit risk adjustment for 
non-financial risk and a CSM. The process of determining the present value of future cashflows involves a number of estimates and judgments, 
which are set out below.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

241

 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Determination of fulfilment cashflows used in the measurement of insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities
(impacts $(137.4) billion of net insurance and reinsurance contract balances, excluding those held by joint ventures and 
associates)

Estimates of future cash 
flows

Expense assumptions 
used in future cash flow 
estimation

Policyholder benefits

The Group’s process for estimating future cash flows incorporates, in an unbiased way, all reasonable and 
supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date. This information 
includes both internal and external historical data about claims and other experience, updated to reflect current 
expectations of future events. As this is a prediction of the future, significant judgement is applied in determining 
the assumptions that underpin the estimation of future cash flows. These assumptions include, but are not 
limited to, operating assumptions such as morbidity, mortality, persistency and expenses, and economic 
assumptions such as risk-free rates and illiquidity premium. Granular assumptions are set at a business unit level. 
The demographic assumptions are consistent with those used in other metrics such as EEV reporting. The Risk 
Review included in this Annual Report discusses the insurance and market risks the Group faces and how these 
risks are mitigated. 

When estimating future cash flows, the Group takes into account current expectations of future events (other 
than those from future legislation or regulatory changes that have not been substantively enacted) that might 
affect those cash flows.

Cash flows within the boundary of a contract (the Group’s accounting policy on contract boundary is given 
below) relate directly to the fulfilment of the contract, including those for which the Group has discretion over the 
amount or timing. These include future premium receipts, payments to (or on behalf of) policyholders, insurance 
acquisition cash flows and other costs that are incurred in fulfilling contracts.

In relation to reinsurance contracts held, the probability weighted estimates of the present value of future cash 
flows includes the potential credit losses and losses from other disputes to reflect the non-performance risk of the 
reinsurers. 

The sensitivity of shareholder equity and CSM to insurance risks is set out in Note C6.1(b).

Insurance acquisition cash flows (as discussed below) and other costs that are incurred in fulfilling contracts 
comprise both direct costs and an allocation of fixed and variable overheads incurred by the insurance entities. 

The Group projects estimates of future expenses relating to the fulfilment of contracts within the scope of IFRS 
17 using current expense levels adjusted for inflation. Costs that are incurred in fulfilling the contracts include, 
but are not limited to claims handling costs, policy administration expenses, investment management expenses, 
income tax and other costs specifically chargeable to the policyholders under the terms of the contracts. 
Expenses included in estimated future cash flows comprise expenses directly attributable to the groups of 
contracts, including an allocation of fixed and variable overheads incurred by the insurance entities. 

Investment management expenses in relation to the management of the assets backing policyholder liabilities 
are included in the fulfilment cash flows for business using the VFA model, other participating business using the 
general model and general model non-participating business where the Group performs investment 
management activities to enhance benefits from insurance coverage for policyholders. The future expenses of 
internal asset management and other services excludes the projected future profits or losses generated by any 
non-insurance entities within the Group in providing those services (ie the IFRS results for the life insurance 
operations in the consolidated financial statements assume that the cost of internal asset management and 
other services will be that incurred by the Group as a whole, not the cost that will be borne by the insurance 
business).

Most of the costs incurred by the insurance entities within the Group are considered to be incurred for the 
purpose of selling and fulfilling insurance contracts and are hence treated as attributable expenses. Cash flows 
that are not directly attributable to a portfolio of insurance contracts, such as some product development and 
training costs, are recognised in other operating expenses as incurred.

The assumptions used to project the cash flows also reflect the actions that management would take over the 
duration of the projection, the time it would take to implement these actions and any expenses incurred in taking 
those actions. Management actions encompass, but are not confined to, investment allocation decisions, levels 
of regular and final bonuses and crediting rates.

For participating contracts, estimated future claim payments include bonuses paid to policyholders determined 
by reference to the relevant profit-sharing arrangement. For example, for the Group’s with-profits business in 
Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia, asset shares are used to determine payments to policyholders.

Where cash flows from one group of contracts affect, or are affected by, cash flows in other groups of contracts 
(eg for with-profits business), the fulfilment cash flows for a group include payments arising from the terms of 
existing contracts to policyholders in other groups and exclude payments to policyholders in the group that have 
been included in the fulfilment cash flows of another group.

242

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Determination of fulfilment cashflows used in the measurement of insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities
(impacts $(137.4) billion of net insurance and reinsurance contract balances, excluding those held by joint ventures and 
associates)

Insurance acquisition 
cash flows

Insurance acquisition cash flows arise from the activities of selling, underwriting and starting a group of 
insurance contracts that are directly attributable to the portfolio of contracts to which the group belongs. 
Insurance acquisition cash flows that are directly attributable to a group of contracts (eg non-refundable 
commissions paid on issuance of a contract) are allocated to that group and to the groups that will include 
renewals of those contracts. Bancassurance payments (eg upfront payments to sell insurance contracts to 
distribution partners) are capitalised under IAS 38 as intangible assets and amortised on a basis to reflect the 
pattern in which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by reference to new business 
production levels. The amortisation of the bancassurance intangibles is considered to constitute insurance 
acquisition cash flows. They generally form part of fulfilment cash flows and are amortised implicitly in line with 
the coverage unit pattern.

Determining the point of 
recognition and the 
boundary of an 
insurance contract

The point of initial recognition of a group of contracts is the earliest of the premium due date, the date coverage 
starts and, for an onerous contract, the date the contract is signed and accepted by both parties. There is limited 
judgement involved in relation to most contracts issued by the Group as the coverage period generally starts 
from the premium due date.

The contract boundary defines which future cash flows are included in the measurement of a contract. The 
boundary of the fulfilment cash flows under IFRS 17 is considered to be the point at which the Group both no 
longer has substantive rights and obligations under the insurance contract to provide services or compel the 
policyholder to pay premiums. 

The contract boundary is assessed at inception and then reassessed only when there are changes in features or 
circumstances that alter the commercial substance of the contract or when there are changes in the products 
within a portfolio. The reassessment of the contract boundary for any changes is performed at the end of each 
reporting period.

For most contracts issued by the Group, there is little judgement involved in determining the contract boundary 
as either a single premium is received for a contract which is expected to continue for a long period or a 
guaranteed premium is received for regular premium contracts.

For certain contracts where the premiums are not guaranteed, more judgement is involved in assessing the 
Group’s substantive rights and obligations. When determining the boundary for these contracts various factors 
are taken into consideration by the Group such as the Group’s practical ability to terminate or refuse renewal of 
a contract, the Group’s ability to fully reprice at the individual contract level and whether the Group has the 
ability to reassess risks at a portfolio level and set a price that fully reflects the risks of that portfolio.

The Group has some immaterial business that is general insurance in nature and which is considered to have a 
boundary of one year.

Where riders attach to and are not separated from a base contract, the contract boundary is determined based 
on the component of the contract which has the longest contract boundary.

Future cash flows relating to riders which are not purchased at the inception of the base contract, but are added 
at a later date, are not included within the contract boundary at initial recognition. As the addition of these riders 
is the exercise of an option under the contract it is not considered a contract modification but is instead treated 
as changes in fulfilment cash flows.

Similar considerations to those applying to underlying insurance contracts apply in determining the contract 
boundary of groups of reinsurance contracts held. Further detail on reinsurance contracts, including on 
recognition is set out in note C3.4(b). 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

243

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Determination of discount rates

Discount rate and risk-
free rate

IFRS 17 enables discount rates to be calculated on a top-down or bottom-up basis. The Group elects to 
determine discount rates on a bottom-up basis, starting with a liquid risk-free yield curve and adding an illiquidity 
premium to reflect the characteristics of the insurance contracts. 

Risk-free rates are based on government bond yields for all currencies except HKD where risk-free rates are based 
on swap rates due to the higher liquidity of the HKD swap market. Government bond yields and swap rates are 
obtained from publicly available data sources. Yield curves are constructed by using a market-observed curve up 
to a last liquid point and then extrapolating to an ultimate forward rate.

Where cash flows vary based on the return on underlying items, the projected earned rate is set equal to the 
discount rate. Where stochastic modelling techniques are used, the projected average investment returns are 
calibrated to be equal to the deterministic discount rate (including the illiquidity premium). 

The illiquidity premium is calculated as the yield-to-maturity on a reference portfolio of assets with similar 
liquidity characteristics to the insurance contracts, (in particular, corporate bonds) less the risk-free curve, and an 
allowance for credit risk. 

The allowance for credit risk includes a credit risk premium which is derived through a lifetime projection of 
expected bond cash flows, allowing for the cost of downgrades and defaults, a rebalancing rate of projected 
downgrades and a recovery rate in the event of default. The allowance for credit risk varies by currency ranging 
between 20bps and 56bps at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: between 23bps and 56bps) .

A proportion of the reference portfolio’s illiquidity premium (either 0%, 50% or 100%) is applied to portfolios of 
insurance contracts reflecting the liquidity characteristics of the insurance contracts. The liquidity characteristics 
are assessed from the policyholders’ perspective. Consideration is given to the nature of premiums, the level of 
underwriting, and the surrender and other benefit features of the portfolios. A product’s illiquidity premium is 
restricted to be no greater than reasonably expected to be earned on the assets backing the insurance contract 
liabilities, over the duration of the insurance contracts.

The following tables set out the range of yield curves used to discount cash flows of insurance contracts for major 
currencies. The range reflects the proportion of illiquidity premium applied by business unit and portfolio.

Chinese yuan (CNY)

Hong Kong dollar (HKD)

Indonesian rupiah (IDR)

Malaysian ringgit (MYR)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

31 Dec 2023 %

1 year
2.07 - 2.33

5 years
2.41 - 2.67

10 years
2.59 - 2.85

15 years
2.70 - 2.96

20 years
2.76 - 3.02

4.76 - 5.23

3.75 - 4.22

3.76 - 4.23

3.89 - 4.36

3.95 - 4.42

6.47 - 6.96

6.63 - 7.12

6.73 - 7.22

6.94 - 7.43

7.03 - 7.52

3.31 - 3.56

3.67 - 3.92

3.78 - 4.03

4.09 - 4.34

4.33 - 4.58

3.62 - 4.37

2.67 - 3.42

2.71 - 3.46

2.77 - 3.52

2.74 - 3.49

United States dollar (USD)

4.81 - 5.64

3.86 - 4.69

3.90 - 4.73

4.01 - 4.84

4.36 - 5.19

Chinese yuan (CNY)

Hong Kong dollar (HKD)

Indonesian rupiah (IDR)

Malaysian ringgit (MYR)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

31 Dec 2022 %

1 year
2.09 - 2.84

5 years
2.65 - 3.29

10 years
2.88 - 3.52

15 years
3.05 - 3.69

20 years
3.14 - 3.79

4.85 - 6.14

3.96 - 5.25

3.78 - 5.07

3.82 - 5.11

3.84 - 5.13

5.65 - 6.13

6.72 - 7.20

7.29 - 7.77

7.51 - 7.99

7.77 - 8.25

3.52 - 3.91

3.91 - 4.29

4.13 - 4.52

4.35 - 4.73

4.49 - 4.88

3.83 - 4.94

2.86 - 3.98

3.11 - 4.22

2.91 - 4.02 

2.49 - 3.61

United States dollar (USD)

4.75 - 5.91

4.02 - 5.17

3.89 - 5.05

3.98 - 5.15

4.27 - 5.43

Chinese yuan (CNY)

Hong Kong dollar (HKD)

Indonesian rupiah (IDR)

Malaysian ringgit (MYR)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

1 Jan 2022 %

1 year
2.21 - 2.60

5 years
2.63 - 2.99

10 years
2.81 - 3.19

15 years
3.00 - 3.65

20 years
3.12 - 3.71

0.43 - 1.44

1.24 - 2.26

1.47 - 2.48

1.62 - 2.64

1.91 - 2.92

3.43 - 4.81

5.55 - 6.93

7.04 - 8.42

7.43 - 8.81

7.74 - 9.12

2.25 - 2.58

3.19 - 3.52

3.72 - 4.05

4.13 - 4.46

4.34 - 4.67

0.60 - 1.58

1.38 - 2.35

1.72 - 2.70

1.99 - 2.97

2.14 - 3.12

United States dollar (USD)

0.38 - 1.30

1.27 - 2.20

1.53 - 2.46

1.69 - 2.61

2.01 - 2.93

The sensitivity of shareholder equity and CSM to changes in interest rates is set out in Note C6.1(a), covers a 
sensitivity to changes in the discount rates.

244

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Determination of risk adjustment for non-financial risk

Risk adjustment for non-
financial risk

The risk adjustment for non-financial risk reflects the compensation the Group requires for bearing the 
uncertainty about the amount and timing of the cash flows from non-financial risk as the Group fulfils insurance 
contracts.

For reinsurance contracts held, the risk adjustment for non-financial risk represents the amount of risk being 
transferred by the Group to the reinsurer.

The risk adjustment for non-financial risk is determined by the Group using a confidence level approach. This is 
implemented through the use of provisions for adverse deviations (PADs) calibrated using non-financial risk 
distributions and correlation assumptions. The PADs are applied to best estimate assumptions and hence the risk 
adjustment is calculated on a contract by contract basis.

The Group’s risk adjustment allows for all insurance, persistency and expense risks and operational risks specific 
to uncertainty in the amount and timing of insurance contract cash flows. Reinsurance counterparty default risk 
is excluded from the calculation. Diversification is included on a net of reinsurance basis within each insurance 
entity of the Group. Diversification is not allowed for between entities.

By applying a confidence level technique, the Group estimates the probability distribution of the expected 
present value of the future cash flows from insurance contracts at each reporting date and calculates the risk 
adjustment for non-financial risk as the excess of the value at risk at the 75th percentile (the target confidence 
level) over the expected present value of the future cash flows. The confidence level is calibrated over a one-year 
period.

Determination of coverage units

Coverage units

The proportion of CSM recognised in profit or loss at the end of each period for a group of contracts is 
determined as the ratio of: 

– the coverage units in the period; divided by 
– the sum of the coverage units in the period and the present value of expected coverage units in future periods. 

The total number of coverage units in a group reflects the quantity of service provided determined by 
considering the quantity of benefits for each contract and its expected coverage period. The Group defines the 
quantity of benefits for insurance services as the maximum amount which a policyholder receives when an 
insured event takes place, for example the sum assured, the annual limit for a medical plan or the present value 
of a stream of payments. The quantity of benefits is updated each period. Investment related and investment-
return services are assumed to be constant over time.

Where there are multiple different services in a group of contracts (for example both insurance and investment 
services are provided), the quantities of benefits for the different types of service are combined using weighting 
factors. These weighting factors are defined as the present value of expected outflows for each type of service, 
determined at a contract level.

The expected coverage period is the expected duration up to the contract boundary. The expected coverage 
period of the contracts in a group and the calculation of future coverage units allows for expected decrements 
(eg deaths and lapses) in each future period using current best estimate assumptions consistent with the best 
estimate liabilities (BEL) calculation. 

The Group elects to allow for the time value of money by discounting future coverage units in the determination 
of the proportion of CSM recognised in profit or loss. 

Determination of coverage units for groups of reinsurance contracts held follows the same principles as for 
groups of underlying contracts.

Insurance finance income and expenses 

Disaggregation between 
profit or loss and other 
comprehensive income

IFRS 17 allows an accounting policy choice between:

– Including insurance finance income or expenses for the period in profit or loss; or
– Disaggregating insurance finance income or expenses for the period to include in profit or loss an amount 

determined by a systematic allocation of the expected total insurance finance income or expenses over the 
duration of the group of contracts, with the balance being included in other comprehensive income.

The Group has made only very limited use of FVOCI accounting for assets. As discussed in note A2.1 under the 
heading 'The classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities', the only financial assets 
classified at FVOCI at 1 January 2023 was the Group’s retained equity interest in Jackson, which have been 
subsequently disposed of. Consequently, the Group has not elected to disaggregate insurance finance income 
and expenses between profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

245

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Risk mitigation 

Risk mitigation option

IFRS 17 allows the option in certain circumstances to not recognise a change in the CSM to reflect some or all of 
the changes in the effect of the time value of money and financial risk on:

– the amount of the entity’s share of the underlying items if the entity mitigates the effect of financial risk on 

that amount using derivatives or reinsurance contracts held; and

– The fulfilment cash flows if the entity mitigates the effect of financial risk on those fulfilment cash flows using 
derivatives, non-derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss, or reinsurance 
contracts held.

The Group has not elected to utilise this option.

The effect of accounting estimates made in interim financial statements 

Effect of estimates 
made in interim 
financial statements

IFRS 17 allows an accounting policy choice as to whether to change the treatment of accounting estimates 
made in previous interim financial statements when applying IFRS 17 in the annual reporting period.

The Group has elected to allow updates to accounting estimates made in interim financial statements when 
applying IFRS 17 in the annual reporting period.

(b) Further critical accounting policies affecting the presentation of the Group’s results
Presentation of results before tax attributable to shareholders

Total tax charge for the Group reflects tax that relates to shareholders’ profit and also tax 
attributable to policyholders through the interest in with-profits or unit-linked funds. Reported IFRS 
profit before the tax measure is therefore not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to 
shareholders. Accordingly, in order to provide a measure of pre-tax profit attributable to 
shareholders, the Group has chosen to adopt an income statement presentation of the tax charge 
and pre-tax results that distinguishes between policyholders’ and shareholders’ returns.

Profit before tax is a significant IFRS 
income statement item. The Group has 
chosen to present a measure of profit 
before tax attributable to shareholders 
which distinguishes between tax borne 
by shareholders and tax attributable to 
policyholders to support understanding 
of the performance of the Group.

Profit before tax attributable to 
shareholders is $2,097 million and 
compares to profit before tax of $2,272 
million as shown in the Consolidated 
income statement. 

Segmental analysis of results and earnings attributable to shareholders

The Group uses adjusted operating 
profit as the segmental measure of its 
results.

Total segmental adjusted operating 
profit is $3,517 million as shown in note 
B1.1. 

The basis of calculation of adjusted operating profit is provided in note B1.2.

The vast majority of the Group’s investments are valued at fair value through profit and loss. Short-
term fluctuations in the fair value of investments are only partially offset by the effect of economic 
changes on insurance contract assets and liabilities and so affect the result for the year. The Group 
therefore provides additional analysis of results before and after the effects of short-term 
fluctuations in investment returns, together with other items that are of a short-term, volatile or 
one-off nature.

246

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

(c) Other items requiring application of critical estimates or judgements
VFA eligibility assessment

The Group applies judgements in 
assessing the VFA eligibility of contracts. 
Application of the VFA impacts the 
calculation of the CSM at the balance 
sheet date, which in turn impacts the 
future year’s amortisation recognised in 
the income statement. Unlike the GMM 
approach, the VFA approach absorbs 
economic impacts within the CSM, 
rather than in the profit and loss 
account.

The total insurance and reinsurance 
CSM at the balance sheet date is 
$21,012 million, including joint ventures 
and associates, and the CSM 
amortisation, net of reinsurance, 
recognised in the income statement is 
$(2,208) million as shown in note 
C3.3(a). Approximately 72 per cent of 
the CSM (including joint ventures and 
associates and net of reinsurance) at 
transition was calculated under the VFA.

IFRS 17 requires the use of the VFA for insurance contracts with direct participation features, ie 
substantially investment-related service contracts for which, at inception:

– the contractual terms specify that the policyholder participates in a share of a clearly identified 

pool of underlying items;

– the entity expects to pay to the policyholder an amount equal to a substantial share of the fair 

value returns on the underlying items; and

– the entity expects a substantial proportion of any change in the amounts to be paid to the 

policyholder to vary with the change in fair value of the underlying items.

The following key judgements have been made in assessing VFA eligibility:

Definition of substantial 

The term substantial is interpreted to mean greater than 50 per cent.

Contractual terms 

Granularity of assessment

Calculation basis

In some circumstances contractual terms are implied by customary 
business practices. 

The assessment has been carried out at a contract level. However, to 
the extent insurance contracts in a group affect the cash flows to 
policyholders of contracts in other groups (referred to as 
'mutualisation'), eligibility for the VFA has been assessed at the level 
at which such mutualisation occurs (eg fund level). 

VFA eligibility assessments have been performed on a basis consistent 
with how the Group measures its realistic expectations, for example 
when pricing, monitoring or setting returns to policyholders.

Contracts not qualifying for the VFA are accounted for under the GMM or PAA. The PAA is not used 
significantly within the Group.

The measurement model (VFA or GMM) used for key products is set out in Note C3.4(a).

Carrying value of distribution rights intangible assets

The Group applies judgement to assess 
whether factors such as the financial 
performance of the distribution 
arrangements, or changes in relevant 
legislation and regulatory requirements 
indicate an impairment of intangible 
assets representing distribution rights.

To determine the impaired value, the 
Group estimates the discounted future 
expected cash flows arising from the 
cash generating units (CGUs) 
containing the distribution rights.

Impacts $3,709 million of assets as 
shown in note C4.2.

Distribution rights relate to bancassurance partnership arrangements for the distribution of 
products for the term of the contractual agreement with the bank partner, for which an asset is 
recognised based on fees paid and fees payable not subject to performance conditions. 
Distribution rights impairment testing is conducted when there is an indication of an impairment. 

To assess indicators of an impairment, the Group monitors a number of internal and external 
factors, including indications that the financial performance of the arrangement is likely to be 
worse than expected and changes in relevant legislation and regulatory requirements that could 
impact the Group’s ability to continue to sell new business through the bancassurance channel, and 
then applies judgement to assess whether these factors indicate that an impairment has occurred.

If an impairment has occurred, a charge is recognised in the income statement for the difference 
between the carrying value and recoverable amount of the asset. The recoverable amount is the 
greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Value in use is calculated as the present value 
of future expected cash flows from the asset or the CGUs to which it is allocated. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

247

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Financial investments – Valuation

Financial investments held at fair value, 
net of derivative liabilities, excluding 
those held by joint ventures and 
associates is $149.9 billion as shown in 
note C2.2(a).

Financial investments held at amortised 
cost represent $6.0 billion of the 
Group’s total assets.

The Group estimates the fair value of 
financial investments that are not 
actively traded using quotations from 
independent third parties or internally 
developed pricing models.

The Group holds the majority of its financial investments at fair value (primarily through profit or 
loss). Financial investments held at amortised cost primarily comprise loans and deposits and 
certain debt securities held by Eastspring.

Determination of fair value
The fair values of the financial instruments for which fair valuation is required under IFRS Standards 
are determined by the use of quoted market prices for exchange-quoted investments or by using 
quotations from independent third parties such as brokers and pricing services or by using 
appropriate valuation techniques. Further details are included in note C2.1.

The estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated amount the 
Group would receive or pay in an arm’s-length transaction. This amount is determined using quoted 
prices if exchange listed, quotations from independent third parties or valued internally using 
standard market practices. 

Quoted market prices are used to value investments having quoted prices. Actively traded 
investments without quoted prices are valued using prices provided by third parties such as brokers 
or pricing services. Financial investments measured at fair value are classified into a three-level 
hierarchy as described in note C2.1. 

If the market for a financial investment of the Group is not active, the Group establishes fair value 
by using quotations from independent third parties, such as brokers or pricing services, or by using 
internally developed pricing models. Priority is given to publicly available prices from independent 
sources when available, but overall the source of pricing and/or the valuation technique is chosen 
with the objective of arriving at a fair value measurement which reflects the price at which an 
orderly transaction would take place between market participants on the measurement date. 
Changes in assumptions relating to these variables could positively or negatively impact the 
reported fair value of these financial investments. Details of the financial investments classified as 
‘level 3’ to which valuation techniques are applied and the sensitivity of profit before tax to a 
change in the valuation of these items, are presented in note C2.2.

A3.2 New accounting pronouncements not yet effective
The following standards, interpretations and amendments have been issued by the IASB but are not yet effective for the Group in 2023. The 
Group prepares consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS Standards as issued by the IASB and UK-adopted international 
accounting standards. This is not intended to be a complete list as only those standards, interpretations and amendments that could have an 
impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements are discussed.

– Amendments to IFRS 16 ‘Lease liability in a sale and leaseback’ issued in September 2022 and effective from 1 January 2024; 
– Amendments to IAS 1 ‘Non-current liabilities with covenants’ issued in October 2022 and effective from 1 January 2024;
– Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 ‘Supplier finance arrangements’ issued in May 2023 and effective from 1 January 2024; and
– Amendments to IAS 21 ‘Lack of exchangeability’ issued in August 2023 and effective from 1 January 2025. 

248

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

B Earnings performance
B1 Analysis of performance by segment
B1.1 Segment results

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore
Growth markets and other note (ii)
Eastspring

Total segment profit

Other income and expenditure unallocated to a 

segment:
Net investment return and other items note (iii)
Interest payable on core structural borrowings 
Corporate expenditure note (iv)

Total other expenditure
Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs note (v)
Adjusted operating profit

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns 

(Loss) gain attaching to corporate transactions

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders

Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns

B3.2  

Profit (loss) for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the Company

Non-controlling interests

Profit (loss) for the year

Basic earnings per share (in cents)

2023 $m

2022 $m

2023 vs 2022 %

Note

note (i)
368 

1,013 

221 

305 

584 

746 

280 

AER

note (i)
271 

CER

note (i)
258 

1,162 

1,162 

205 

340 

570 

728 

260 

200 

329 

585 

715 

255 

B1.3  

3,517 

3,536 

3,504 

(21) 

(172) 
(230) 

(423) 

(201) 

B1.3  

2,893 

(774) 

(22) 

2,097 

(385) 

1,712 

1,701 

11 

1,712 

(44) 

(200) 
(276) 

(520) 

(294) 

2,722 

(3,420) 

55 

(643) 

(354) 

(997) 

(44) 

(200) 
(277) 

(521) 

(293) 

2,690 

(3,404) 

55 

(659) 

(346) 

(1,005) 

(1,007) 

(1,014) 

10 

(997) 

9 

(1,005) 

AER

note (i)
 36  %

 (13) %

 8  %

 (10) %

 2  %

 2  %

 8  %

 (1) %

 52  %

 14  %
 17  %

 19  %

 32  %

 6  %

 77  %

n/a

n/a

 (9) %

n/a

n/a

 10  %

n/a

CER

note (i)
 43  %

 (13) %

 11  %

 (7) %

 0  %

 4  %

 10  %

 0  %

 52  %

 14  %
 17  %

 19  %

 31  %

 8  %

 77  %

n/a

n/a

 (11) %

n/a

n/a

 22  %

n/a

2023

2022

2023 vs 2022 %

Note

note (i)

AER

note (i)

CER

note (i)

AER

note (i)

CER

note (i)

Based on adjusted operating profit, net of tax and non-

controlling interest

B4  

89.0 ¢  

79.4  ¢  

78.5  ¢

 12  %

 13  %

Based on profit (loss) for the year, net of non-

controlling interest

B4  

62.1 ¢  

(36.8) ¢  

(37.0) ¢

n/a

n/a

Notes
(i) Segment results are attributed to the shareholders of the Group before deducting the amount attributable to the non-controlling interests. This presentation is applied 

consistently throughout the document. For definitions of AER and CER refer to note A1.

(ii) The Growth markets and other segment includes non-insurance entities that support the Group’s insurance business and the result for this segment is after deducting the 

corporate taxes arising from the life joint ventures and associates.

(iii) Net investment return and other items includes an adjustment to eliminate intercompany profits as described below. Entities within the Prudential Group can provide 
services to each other, the most significant example being the provision of asset management services by Eastspring to the life entities. If the associated expenses are 
deemed attributable to the entity’s insurance contracts then the costs are included within the estimate of future cashflows when measuring the insurance contract under 
IFRS 17. In the Group’s consolidated accounts, IFRS 17 requires the removal of the intercompany profit from the measurement of the insurance contract. Put another way 
the future cash flows include the cost to the Group (not the insurance entity) of providing the service. In the period that the service is provided the entity undertaking the 
service, for example Eastspring, recognises the profit it earns as part of its results. To avoid any double counting an adjustment is included with the centre’s 'net investment 
return and other item' to remove the benefit already recognised when valuing the insurance contract.

(iv) Corporate expenditure as shown above is for head office functions.
(v) Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs include those incurred in insurance and asset management operations of $(81) million (2022: $(137) million), largely 
comprising the costs of Group-wide projects including the implementation of IFRS 17 (this includes one-off costs associated with embedding IFRS 17), reorganisation 
programmes and initial costs of establishing new business initiatives and operations.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

249

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

B1.2 Determining operating segments and performance measure of operating segments 
Operating segments
The Group's operating and reported segments for financial reporting purposes are defined and presented in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating 
Segments’. There have been no changes to the Group’s operating segments from those reported in the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

Operations and transactions which do not form part of any business unit are reported as ‘Unallocated to a segment’ and generally comprise 
head office functions.

Performance measure
The performance measure of operating segments utilised by the Group is IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment returns 
(adjusted operating profit) as described below. This measurement basis distinguishes adjusted operating profit from other constituents of total 
profit or loss for the year, including short-term fluctuations in investment returns and gain or loss on corporate transactions. Note B1.1 shows the 
reconciliation from adjusted operating profit to total profit (loss) for the year.

A comparison of the Group’s 2022 adjusted operating profit under the previous IFRS 4 basis and the IFRS 17 basis is provided below: 

IFRS 4 basis adjusted operating profit as previously published

Difference

IFRS 17 basis adjusted operating profit

2022 $m
3,375 

(653) 

2,722 

IFRS 17 adjusted operating profit is circa $650 million lower than under IFRS4 in 2022. This broadly comprises:

– a circa $200 million reduction from the prohibition of day-one profit recognition from new business under IFRS17; 
– a circa $250 million reduction from changes in the subsequent timing of profit recognition, mainly related to differences on protection 

products; and

– a circa $200 million reduction due to a one-off uplift in IFRS4 arising as a result of the adoption of Risk Based Capital in Hong Kong.

Determination of adjusted operating profit
(a) Approach adopted for insurance businesses 
The measurement of adjusted operating profit reflects that, for the insurance business, assets and liabilities are held for the longer term. The 
Group believes trends in underlying performance are better understood if the effects of short-term fluctuations in market conditions, such as 
changes in interest rates or equity markets, are excluded. This concept was previously applied under IFRS 4, but the changing measurement 
model under IFRS 17 has impacted how such short-term fluctuations are determined. 

The method of allocating profit between operating and non-operating components involves applying longer-term rates of return to the Group’s 
assets held by insurance entities (including joint ventures and associates). These longer-term rates of return are not applied when assets and 
liabilities move broadly in tandem and hence the effect on profit from short-term market movements is more muted. In summary the Group 
applies the following approach when attributing the ‘net investment result’ between operating and non-operating profit:

– Returns on investments that meet the definition of an ‘underlying item’, namely those investments that determine some of the amounts 

payable to a policyholder such as assets within unit linked funds or with-profits funds, are recorded in adjusted operating profit on an actual 
return basis. The exception is for investments backing the shareholders’ 10 per cent share of the estate within the Hong Kong with-profits 
fund. Changes in the value of these investments, including those driven by market movements, pass through the income statement with no 
liability offset. Consequently adjusted operating profit recognises investment return on a longer-term basis for these assets.

– For insurance contracts measured under the GMM, the impact of market movements on both the non-underlying insurance contract balances 

and the investments they relate to are considered together. Adjusted operating profit allows for the long-term credit spread (net of the 
expected defaults) or long-term equity risk premium on the debt and equity-type instruments respectively. Deducted from this amount is the 
unwind of the illiquidity premium included in the current discount rate for the liabilities.

– Some GMM BEL components are calculated by reference to the investment return of assets, even if the BEL component itself is not considered 

an underlying item, for example the BEL component related to future fee income or a guarantee. In these cases for the purposes of 
determining operating profit, the BEL component is calculated assuming a longer-term investment return and any difference between the 
actual return arising in the period and the longer-term investment return is taken to non-operating profit. There is no impact on the balance 
sheet of this allocation.

– A longer-term rate of return is applied to all other investments held by the Group’s insurance business for the purposes of calculating adjusted 

operating profit. More details on how longer-term rates are determined are set out below.

The difference between the net investment result recorded in the income statement and the longer-term returns determined using the above 
principles is recorded as ‘short-term fluctuations in investment returns’ as a component of non-operating profit.

The ‘insurance service result’ is recognised in adjusted operating profit in full with the exception of gains or losses that arise from market and 
other related movements on onerous contracts measured under the variable fee approach. If these gains and losses are capable of being offset 
across more than one annual cohort of the same product or fund as applicable, then the adjusted operating profit is determined by amortising 
the net of the future profits and losses on all contracts where profits or losses can be shared. Any difference between this and the insurance 
service results presented in the income statement is classified as part of ‘short-term fluctuations in investment returns’, a component of non-
operating profit.

250

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
(b) Determination of longer-term returns
The longer-term rates of return are estimates of the long-term trend investment returns having regard to past performance, current trends and 
future expectations. These rates are broadly stable from year to year but may be different between regions, reflecting, for example, differing 
expectations of inflation in each business unit. The assumptions are for the returns expected to apply in equilibrium conditions. The assumed 
rates of return do not reflect any cyclical variability in economic performance and are not set by reference to prevailing asset valuations.

For collective investment schemes that include different types of assets (eg equities and debt securities), weighted assumptions are used 
reflecting the asset mix underlying the relevant fund mandates.

Debt securities and loans
For debt securities and loans, the longer-term rates of return are estimates of the long-term government bond yield, plus the estimated long-term 
credit spread over the government bond yield, less an allowance for expected credit losses. The credit spread and credit loss assumptions reflect 
the mix of assets by credit rating. Longer-term rates of return range from 2.8 per cent to 8.4 per cent for 2023 (2022: 2.8 per cent to 7.8 per 
cent). 

Equity-type securities
For equity-type securities, the longer-term rates of return are estimates of the long-term trend investment returns for income and capital. Longer-
term rates of return range from 8.6 per cent to 15.7 per cent for 2023 and 2022.

Derivative value movements 
In the case where derivatives change the nature of other invested assets (eg by lengthening the duration of assets, hedging overseas bonds to 
the currency of the local liabilities, or by providing synthetic exposure to equities), the longer-term return on those invested assets reflects the 
impacts of the derivatives.

(c) Non-insurance businesses
For these businesses, the determination of adjusted operating profit reflects the underlying economic substance of the arrangements and 
excludes market related items only where it is expected these will unwind over time.

B1.3 Analysis of adjusted operating profit by driver
Management assesses adjusted operating profit by breaking it down into the key components that drive performance each period. This analysis 
changes from the previous IFRS 4 driver breakdown as the new IFRS 17 measurement model leads to different drivers being relevant. The new 
basis is not directly reconcilable to the old basis. 

The table below analyses the Group’s adjusted operating profit into the underlying drivers using the following categories:

– Adjusted release of CSM, which is net of reinsurance, represents the release from the CSM for the insurance services provided in the period 

adjusted for the reduction in CSM release that would occur if gains on profitable contracts were combined with losses on onerous contracts for 
those contracts where gains and losses can be shared across cohorts as described in note B1.2.

– Release of risk adjustment, which is net of reinsurance, represents the amount of risk adjustment recognised in the income statement 
representing non-financial risk that expired in the period net of the amount that was assumed to be covered by under any reinsurance 
contracts in place. The only difference between the amount shown in the table below and the amount included within Insurance service result 
on the consolidated income statement and note C3.2 is the amount relating to the Group’s life joint ventures and associates that use the 
equity method of accounting.

– Experience variances represent the difference between the actual amounts incurred or received in the period and that assumed within the best 
estimate liability for insurance and reinsurance contracts. It covers items such as claims, attributable expenses and premiums to the extent 
that they relate to current or past service.

– Other insurance service result primarily relates to movements on onerous contracts that impact adjusted operating profit (ie excluding those 

discussed in B1.2).

– Net investment result on longer-term basis comprises the component of the ‘net investment result’ that has been attributed to adjusted 

operating profit by applying the approach as described in note B1.2.

– Other insurance income and expenditure represent other sources of income and expenses that are not considered to be attributable to 

insurance contracts under IFRS 17.

– Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates represents the related tax on the adjusted operating profit of the Group’s life 
joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method. Under IFRS, the Group’s share of results from its investments in joint 
ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method is included as a single line in the Group’s profit before tax on a net of related 
tax basis. In the table below, the results of the life joint ventures and associates are analysed by adjusted operating profit drivers and on a pre-
tax basis, with related tax shown separately in order for the contribution from the life joint ventures and associates to be included in the profit 
driver analysis on a consistent basis with the rest of the insurance business operations. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

251

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Adjusted release of CSM note (i)
Release of risk adjustment 

Experience variances

Other insurance service result
Adjusted insurance service result note (i)
Net investment result on longer-term basis note (ii)
Other insurance income and expenditure

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associates

Insurance business

Eastspring

Other income and expenditure

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Adjusted operating profit, as reconciled to profit (loss) for 

2023 $m

2022 $m

2023 vs 2022 %

2,205 

218 

(118) 

(109) 

2,196 

1,241 

(122) 

(78) 

3,237 

280 

(423) 

(201) 

AER
2,265 

179 

(66)   

(204)   

2,174 

1,290 

(98)   

(90)   

3,276 

260 

(520)   

(294)   

CER
2,242 

178 

(62) 

(195) 

2,163 

1,271 

(100) 

(85) 

3,249 

255 

(521) 

(293) 

AER
 (3) %

 22  %

 (79) %

 47  %

 1  %

 (4) %

 (24) %

 13  %

 (1) %

 8  %

 19  %

 32  %

CER
 (2) %

 22  %

 (90) %

 44  %

 2  %

 (2) %

 (22) %

 8  %

 –  %

 10  %

 19  %

 31  %

the year in note B1.1

2,893 

2,722 

2,690 

 6  %

 8  %

Notes
(i) The adjusted release of CSM and the adjusted insurance service result are reconciled to the information in the Analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract 

balances by measurement component in note C3.2 (excluding joint ventures and associates) and the consolidated income statement as follows:

 Release of CSM, net of reinsurance as included within Insurance service result on the consolidated 

income statement and note C3.2

Add amounts relating to the Group’s life joint ventures and associates that are accounted for on equity-

method

Release of CSM, net of reinsurance as shown in note C3.3

Insurance 

Reinsurance 

Adjustment to release of CSM for the treatment adopted for adjusted operating profit purposes of combining 
losses on onerous contracts and gains on profitable contracts that can be shared across more than one 
annual cohort

Adjusted release of CSM as shown above

Insurance service result as shown in the consolidated income statement and note C3.2
Add amounts relating to the Group’s life joint ventures and associates that are accounted for on equity-

method

Insurance service result as shown in note C3.3

Insurance

Reinsurance

Removal of losses or gains from reversal of losses on those onerous contracts that meet the criteria in note 

B1.2 less the change to the release of CSM shown above

Other primarily related to policyholder tax* 

Adjusted insurance service result as shown above

2023 $m

2022 $m

1,990   

2,013 

218   

229 

2,414   

(206)   

2,208   

2,413 

(171) 

2,242 

(3)   

2,205   

23 

2,265 

2023 $m
2,087

2022 $m
2,177

148

112

2,424

(189)

2,235

68

(107)

2,196

2,396

(107)

2,289

(33)

(82)

2,174

* Other primarily relates to the revenue recognised to cover the tax charge attributable to policyholders that is included in the insurance service result in the income 
statement. This revenue is fully offset by the actual tax charge attributable to policyholders that is included, as required by IAS 12, in the tax line in the income 
statement resulting in no net impact to profit after tax and so have been offset in the analysis of adjusted operating profit. 

252

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii) In addition, net investment result on longer-term basis is reconciled to the net investment result in the consolidated income statement as follows:

Net investment result as shown in the consolidated income statement 

Remove investment return of non-insurance entities 

Remove short-term fluctuations in investment return included in non-operating profit*

Other items*

Net investment result on longer-term basis as shown above

*

These reconciling line items include the impact from the Group’s life joint ventures and associates.

2023 $m
1,091   

(142)   

774   

(482)   

1,241   

2022 $m
(1,883) 

(53) 

3,420 

(194) 

1,290 

B1.4 Revenue
The Group recognises insurance revenue as it satisfies its performance obligations, ie as it provides services under groups of insurance contracts. 
The insurance revenue relating to services provided for each period represents the total of the changes in the liability for remaining coverage 
that relate to services for which the Group expects to receive consideration and comprises the following items.

– A release of the CSM, measured based on coverage units;
– Changes in the risk adjustment for non-financial risk relating to current services;
– Claims and other insurance service expenses for the period expected at the beginning of the year; and
– Other amounts include the revenue recognised to cover the tax charge attributable to policyholders and other items, for example experience 

adjustments for premium receipts for current or past services.

In addition, the Group allocates a portion of premiums that relate to recovering insurance acquisition cash flows to each period using the same 
amortisation factor used to amortise CSM. The Group recognises the allocated amount, adjusted for interest accretion, as insurance revenue and 
an equal amount as insurance service expenses.

Non-distinct investment components are excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service expenses.

Policy fees charged on investment contracts without discretionary participation features for asset management and policy administration fees 
are recognised when related services are provided.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

253

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

(a) Analysis of total revenue by segment 

Insurance operations note (i)

2023 $m

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth 
markets
and other

Inter-
segment 
elimination

Eastspring

Total 
segment

Unallocated 
to a segment

Total

Amounts relating to changes in the 
liability for remaining coverage:

Expected claims and other directly 
attributable expenses

Change in risk adjustment for non-
financial risk

Release of CSM for services provided
Other adjustments note (ii)

Recovery of insurance acquisition cash 
flows

Insurance revenue
Other revenue note (iii)
Total revenue from external customers note 
(iv)

Intra-group revenue

Interest income 

Dividend and other investment income

Investment appreciation (depreciation)

Investment return

Total revenue

Amounts relating to changes in the 
liability for remaining coverage:

Expected claims and other directly 
attributable expenses

Change in risk adjustment for non-
financial risk

Release of CSM for services provided
Other adjustments note (ii)

Recovery of insurance acquisition cash 
flows

Insurance revenue
Other revenue note (iii)
Total revenue from external customers note 
(iv)

Intra-group revenue

Interest income 

Dividend and other investment income

Investment depreciation

Investment return

Total revenue

1,089 

582 

642 

970 

670 

73 

787 

73 

1,207 

3,229 

22 

35 

187 

32 

306 

1,142 

4 

24 

203 

31 

234 

1,134 

4 

55 

478 

45 

435 

1,983 

– 

41 

538 

71 

563 

1,883 

39 

3,251 

1,146 

1,138 

1,983 

1,922 

– 

1,033 

775 

2,155 

3,963 

7,214 

– 

92 

93 

50 

235 

1,381 

– 

239 

151 

177 

567 

1,705 

– 

785 

528 

1,490 

2,803 

4,786 

– 

627 

117 

1,309 

2,053 

3,975 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

299 

299 

184 

7 

3 

4 

198 

497 

Insurance operations note (i)

2022 $m

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

3,953 

228 

2,193 

252 

2,745 

9,371 

368 

9,739 

(184)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

2,783 

1,667 

5,185 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

1 

– 

164 

7 

3,953 

228 

2,193 

252 

2,745 

9,371 

369 

9,740 

– 

2,947 

1,674 

(43)   

5,142 

(184)   

9,635 

128 

9,763 

(184)    19,374 

129 

  19,503 

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth 
markets
and other

Inter-
segment 
elimination

Eastspring

Total 
segment

Unallocated 
to a segment

Total

969 

438 

563 

935 

736 

53 

737 

30 

1,051 

2,840 

65 

33 

274 

16 

309 

1,070 

6 

20 

215 

– 

231 

1,029 

– 

33 

442 

27 

378 

1,815 

1 

30 

513 

32 

484 

1,795 

33 

2,905 

1,076 

1,029 

1,816 

1,828 

– 

927 

689 

(23,615)   

(21,999)   

– 

83 

77 

– 

208 

183 

– 

724 

576 

1 

601 

107 

(69)   

(386)   

(6,679)   

(2,860)   

(21)   

91 

5 

(5,379)   

(2,151)   

(19,094)   

1,167 

1,034 

(3,563)   

(323)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

330 

330 

199 

4 

1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(200)   

– 

– 

– 

3,641 

169 

2,181 

105 

2,453 

8,549 

435 

8,984 

– 

2,547 

1,633 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1 

1 

– 

50 

25 

3,641 

169 

2,181 

105 

2,453 

8,549 

436 

8,985 

– 

2,597 

1,658 

(33,630)   

(5)   

(33,635) 

183 

513 

(200)   

(29,450)   

(200)   

(20,466)   

70 

71 

(29,380) 

(20,395) 

Notes
(i) The Group’s share of the results from the joint ventures and associates including CPL that are equity accounted for is presented in a single line within the Group’s profit 

before tax on a net of related tax basis, and therefore not shown in the analysis of revenue line items above. Revenue from external customers of CPL (Prudential’s share) in 
2023 is $560 million (2022: $595 million). Further financial information on CPL is provided in note D5.3. 

(ii) Other adjustments comprise experience adjustment for premium receipts relating to past and current services provided under insurance contracts and insurance revenue 

earned from contracts measured under the PAA as well as the revenue recognised to cover the tax charge attributable to policyholders.

(iii) Other revenue comprises revenue from external customers and consists primarily of revenue from the Group’s asset management business of $299 million (2022: $330 

million). Also included in other revenue is fee income on financial instruments that are not held at FVTPL of $3 million (2022: $2 million).

(iv) Due to the nature of the business of the Group, there is no reliance on any major customers. Of the Group’s markets, other than Hong Kong, Singapore, Indonesia and 

Malaysia as shown above, no individual markets have revenue from external customers that exceeds 10 per cent of the Group total for the years presented.

254

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Additional analysis of investment return
Investment return included in the income statement principally comprises interest income, dividends, investment appreciation and depreciation 
(realised and unrealised gains and losses) on investments mandatorily classified or designated as FVTPL and realised gains and losses (including 
impairment losses) on items classified at amortised cost and/or FVOCI (AFS for 2022). Movements in unrealised appreciation or depreciation of 
securities designated as FVOCI (AFS for 2022) are recorded in other comprehensive income. Interest income is recognised as it accrues. 
Dividends on equity securities are recognised on the ex-dividend date and rental income is recognised on an accrual basis.

IFRS 9 basis

Interest income calculated using the effective interest method
Net gains on financial instruments at FVTPL note
Dividend income from Jackson shares designated at FVOCI recognised in the income statement  
Other investment returns (including foreign exchange gains and losses)

Movement in amounts attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds

Investment return recognised in the income statement

Valuation movements in Jackson shares recognised in other comprehensive income

Total investment return recognised in the income statement and other comprehensive income

IAS 39 basis

Interest income calculated using the effective interest method 
Net losses on financial instruments at FVTPL note 
Dividend income from Jackson shares classified as AFS recognised in the income statement

Other investment returns (including foreign exchange gains and losses)

Movement in amounts attributable to external unit holders of consolidated investment funds

Investment return recognised in the income statement

Valuation movements in Jackson shares recognised in other comprehensive income

Total investment return recognised in the income statement and other comprehensive income

2023 $m
340 

9,400 

7 

267 

(251) 

9,763 

8 

9,771 

2022 $m
237 

(30,890) 

24

239 

1,010 

(29,380) 

(187) 

(29,567) 

Note
Net gains (losses) comprise interest income on financial instruments at FVTPL, dividend and other investment income and investment appreciation (depreciation). Net realised 
gains and losses on the Group’s investments for 2023 recognised in the income statement amounted to a net loss of $(6.0) billion (2022: a net loss of $(9.4) billion). 

The overall financial strength of Prudential and the results, both current and future, of the insurance business are in part dependent upon the 
quality and performance of the various investment portfolios. Prudential’s insurance investments support a range of businesses operating in 
many geographic areas. Each of the operations formulates a strategy based on the nature of its underlying liabilities, its level of capital and its 
local regulatory requirements. Prudential’s insurance business’s investments, excluding assets to cover linked liabilities and those attributable to 
external unit holders of consolidated investment funds, are largely held by Prudential’s Singapore and Hong Kong operations.

All investments are carried at fair value in the statement of financial position with fair value movements, which are volatile from period to period, 
recorded in the income statement, except for loans and receivables which are generally carried at amortised cost (unless designated at FVTPL), 
and the Group’s retained interest in Jackson which was, prior to its disposal in 2023, classified as FVOCI under IFRS 9 (designated as AFS under 
IAS 39). Subject to the effect of the exceptions, the year-on-year changes in investment returns primarily reflect the generality of overall market 
movements for equities and debt securities. In addition, foreign exchange rates affect the USD value of the translated income. Consistent with 
the treatment applied for other items of income and expenditure, investment return for operations not using USD as functional currency is 
translated at average exchange rates. The year-on-year movements in investment return of the Group mainly reflect the cumulative impact from 
the changes in interest rates on bond asset values and in the performance of the equity markets.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

255

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

B1.5 Net insurance and reinsurance finance income (expense)
Insurance finance income and expenses comprise changes in the carrying amounts of groups of insurance and reinsurance contracts arising 
from the effects of the time value of money, financial risk and changes therein, unless any such changes for groups of direct participating 
contracts are allocated to a loss component and included in insurance service expenses. These amounts include changes in the measurement of 
groups of contracts caused by changes in the value of underlying items (excluding additions and withdrawals). The Group does not disaggregate 
insurance finance income or expenses between profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The following table provides an analysis of net insurance and reinsurance finance income (expense).

Net finance (expense) income from insurance contracts notes (i)(ii)
Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Changes in fair value of underlying assets and other adjustments relating to VFA contracts

Effect of changes in interest rates and other financial assumptions
Effect of measuring changes in estimates at current rates and adjusting the CSM at locked-in rates

Net foreign exchange income (expense)
Other finance (expense) income from insurance contracts note (iii)

Net finance expense from reinsurance contracts held notes (i)(ii)
Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Effect of changes in interest rates and other financial assumptions

Effect of measuring changes in estimates at current rates and adjusting the CSM at locked-in rates

Net foreign exchange (expense)
Other finance (expense) from reinsurance contracts note (iv)

2023 $m

2022 $m

(233)   

(240) 

(8,162)   

28,498 

(276)   
43   

12   

(223)   

458 
53 

(524) 

378 

(8,839)   

28,623 

45   

168   

(11)   

(8)   

(3)   

45 

(1,301) 

71 

(1) 

(7) 

191   

(1,193) 

Notes
(i) The Group has made an accounting policy choice to disaggregate the finance component of the risk adjustment and present it under insurance finance income (expenses) 

instead of insurance service result.

(ii) The analysis of the investment return on the assets of the Group is provided in note B1.4. The impact of changes in market movements on the assets and insurance contract 

liabilities will vary depending on whether the insurance contracts are classified as VFA or GMM, which is discussed further in note C6.1(a). 

(iii) Other finance (expense) income from insurance contracts includes the effect of changes in the policyholders’ interest in the excess net assets of relevant participating funds 

of $(192) million (2022: $515 million).

(iv) Other finance (expense) from reinsurance contracts held includes the effect of changes in non-performance risk of reinsurers of $(3) million (2022: $(7) million).

B1.6 Additional segmental analysis of profit after tax

CPL note
Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore
Growth markets and other note
Eastspring

Total segment

Unallocated to a segment (central operations)

Total profit (loss) after tax

2023 $m

(577)   

976   

156   

257   

512   

775   

254   

2,353   

(641)   

1,712   

2022 $m
(345) 

(742) 

108 

178 

(7) 

314 

234 

(260) 

(737) 

(997) 

Note
The Growth markets and other segment comprises all other Asia and Africa insurance businesses alongside other amounts that are not included in the segment profit of an 
individual business unit, including tax on life joint ventures and associates that are accounted for on an equity-method basis. Accordingly, on the segmental analysis of the 
profit after tax basis above, the amount shown for CPL is before tax (with its tax being included in the Growth markets and other segment). The Group's share of CPL's post-tax 
result was $(366) million (2022: $(275) million).

256

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B2 Insurance service expenses and other expenditure 

Insurance service expenses arising from insurance contracts are recognised in profit or loss generally as they are incurred. They exclude 
repayments of investment components and comprise:

– incurred claims and other insurance service expenses;
– amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows;
– losses on onerous contracts and reversals of such losses;
– adjustments to the liabilities for incurred claims that do not arise from the effects of the time value of money, financial risk and changes 

therein, which are recognised in insurance finance income (expense); and

– impairment losses on assets for insurance acquisition cash flows and reversals of such impairment losses.

An analysis of the expenses incurred by the Group in the year is provided in the table below. 

Expenses attributed to insurance acquisition cash flows note (i)
Other directly attributable expenses note (ii)
Other expenditure note (iii)
Total expenses

2023 $m
4,833 
1,258 

990 

7,081   

2022 $m
3,232
1,221

1,019

5,472 

Notes
(i) Expenses attributed to insurance acquisition cash flows represent insurance acquisition expenses incurred in the year, which are implicitly deferred within the CSM and 

amortised as part of the CSM amortisation.

(ii) Other directly attributable expenses are those incurred in the year when providing insurance services to the policyholders, excluding the cost of claims and benefit payments. 
The expected other directly attributable expenses are explicitly included within the BEL and form part of the BEL release to the insurance revenue. The actual other directly 
attributable expenses incurred in the year form part of insurance service expenses.

(iii) Other expenditure includes interest expense other than interest on core structural borrowings that is presented separately on the income statement as Finance costs. Total 
segment interest expense is $58 million (2022: $23 million), of which $31 million arises in the Hong Kong segment (2022: $11 million) and $23 million (2022: $9 million) 
arises in the Centre segment with the remainder spread broadly across the other markets. Included within interest expense is $7 million (2022: $8 million) of interest on 
lease liabilities. Core structural borrowings and operational borrowings (other than lease liabilities) represent financial liabilities that are not classified at FVTPL. 

Total depreciation and amortisation expenses relate primarily to amortisation of distribution rights intangibles as shown in note C4.2. The 
segmental analysis of total depreciation and amortisation is shown below.

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Eastspring

Total segment

Unallocated to a segment (central operations)

Total depreciation and amortisation

B2.1 Staff and employment costs
Total staff and employment costs are analysed by category below:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Defined contribution pension schemes

Total Group

The average number of staff employed by the Group during the years shown was: 

Asia and Africa operations note
Head office function

Total Group

2023 $m

42   

11   

21   

36   

369   

12   

491   

33   

524   

2022 $m
43 

12 

21 

40 

339 

13 

468 

26 

494 

2023 $m
1,079   

37   

46   

2022 $m
1,018 

41 

40 

1,162   

1,099 

2023
14,479   

551   

2022
13,685 

511 

15,030   

14,196 

Note
The Asia and Africa operations staff numbers above exclude 621 (2022: 744) commission-based sales staff who have an employment contract with the Group. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

257

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

B2.2 Share-based payment 
The Company offers discretionary share awards to certain key employees and all-employee share plans in the UK and a number of Asia locations. 
The compensation expense charged to the income statement is primarily based upon the fair value of the awards granted, the vesting period 
and the vesting conditions. The Company has established trusts to facilitate the delivery of Prudential plc shares under some of these plans. The 
cost to the Company of acquiring these shares held in trusts is shown as a deduction from shareholders’ equity.

(a) Description of the plans
The Group operates a number of share award plans that provides Prudential plc shares, or ADRs, to participants upon vesting. The plans in 
operation include the Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan, the Prudential Annual Incentive Plan, savings-related share option schemes, share 
purchase plans and deferred bonus plans. Where Executive Directors participate in these plans, details about those schemes are provided in the 
Directors’ remuneration report. The following information is provided about plans in which the Executive Directors do not participate:

Share scheme*
Prudential Global Long Term 
Incentive Plan (PGLTIP)

Prudential Agency Long-Term 
Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)

Deferred bonus plans

Savings-related share option 
schemes

Share purchase plans

Description
The PGLTIP provides eligible employees with conditional awards. Awards are discretionary and vest 
after one, two or three years subject to the employee being in employment. Vesting of awards may 
also be subject to performance conditions. All awards are generally made in Prudential shares. In 
countries where share awards are not feasible for reasons including securities and/or tax 
considerations, awards will be replaced by the cash value of the shares that would otherwise have 
vested.

Certain agents are eligible to be granted awards in Prudential shares under the Prudential Agency 
LTIP. These awards are structured in a similar way to the PGLTIP described above, with most awards 
granted with a three-year vesting period.

The Company operates the RSP for certain employees. Awards under this plan are discretionary, and 
the vesting of awards may be subject to performance conditions. All awards are made in Prudential 
shares.

The Company operates a number of deferred bonus plans including the Group Deferred Bonus Plan 
(GDBP) and the Prudential Deferred Bonus Plan. There are no performance conditions attached to 
deferred share awards made under these arrangements.

Eligible agents in certain business units are able to participate in the International Savings-Related 
Share Option Scheme for Non-Employees, which is similar to the HMRC-approved Save As You Earn 
(SAYE) share option scheme in the UK.

Eligible employees outside the UK are invited to participate in arrangements similar to the Company’s 
HMRC-approved UK Share Incentive Plan, which allows the purchase of Prudential plc shares. Staff 
based in Asia and Africa are eligible to participate in the Prudential All Employee Share Purchase Plan.

*

The total numbers of securities available for issue under these schemes are disclosed in note I(vii) within additional unaudited financial information.

(b) Outstanding options and awards 
The following table shows the movement in outstanding options and awards under the Group’s share-based compensation plans:

Options outstanding under SAYE schemes

Awards outstanding under incentive 
plans

2023

2022

2023

2022

Number
of options

millions

1.9   

0.4   

(0.3)   

–   

(0.3)   

–   

1.7   

0.2   

Weighted
average
exercise
price

£

10.4   

7.8   

11.6 

7.8 

12.0 

10.4 

9.5   

10.8   

Number
of options

millions

2.0 

0.5 

(0.3)  

–  

(0.3)  

–  

1.9 

0.3 

Weighted
average
exercise
price

£

11.6 

7.4 

11.2 

10.8 

12.7 

13.0 

10.4 

12.5 

Number of awards

millions

 21.0   

 6.3   

(10.1)

(1.7)

 (0.1)

 (1.1)

 14.3   

24.6 

6.5 

(7.2)

(1.1)

(0.1)

(1.7)

21.0 

Balance at beginning of year:

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited

Cancelled

Lapsed/Expired

Balance at end of year

Options immediately exercisable at end of year

The weighted average share price of Prudential plc for 2023 was £10.46 (2022: £10.33).

The following table provides a summary of the range of exercise prices for Prudential plc options outstanding at 31 December:

258

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number outstanding
millions

2023
0.7   

0.3   

0.6   

–   

0.1   

–   

1.7   

2022
0.5 

0.4 

0.8 

– 

0.1 

0.1 

1.9 

Outstanding

Weighted average
 remaining
contractual life
years

2023
3.7   

1.4   

2.0   

–   

0.4   

–   

2.6   

2022
4.1 

2.2 

2.4 

– 

1.4 

0.4 

2.6 

Weighted average
 exercise prices
£

2023
7.55   

9.64   

2022
7.37 

9.64 

11.59   

11.48 

–   

13.94   

–   

9.50   

– 

13.94 

14.55 

10.43 

Exercisable

Number exercisable 
millions

Weighted average
 exercise prices
£

2023
– 

0.1 

–   

–   

0.1 

–   

0.2   

2022

–  

–  

0.2 

– 

2023
– 

9.64 

–   

–   

–  

13.94 

2022
–

–

11.12 

– 

–

0.1 

0.3 

–   

10.82   

14.55 

12.48 

Between £7 and £8

Between £9 and £10

Between £11 and £12

Between £12 and £13

Between £13 and £14

Between £14 and £15

Total

The years shown above for weighted average remaining contractual life include the time period from end of vesting period to expiration of 
contract.

(c) Fair value of options and awards
The fair value amounts estimated on the date of grant relating to all options and awards were determined by using the following assumptions:

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected option life (years)

Weighted average exercise price (£)

Weighted average share price at grant date (£)

Weighted average fair value at grant date (£)

Prudential
LTIP (TSR)
–

31.50

4.34

–

–

11.59

5.10

2023

2022

SAYE 
options
1.38  

30.02  

4.55  

3.95  

7.75  

8.89  

2.85  

Other
awards
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

11.45 

Prudential
LTIP (TSR)

–  

33.64 

2.79 

–  

–  

11.15 

2.09 

SAYE 
options
1.11 

25.68 

3.97 

4.52 

7.37 

9.54 

3.45 

Other
awards
–

–

–

–

–

–

11.11 

The compensation costs for all awards and options are recognised in net income over the plans’ respective vesting periods. The Group uses the 
Black-Scholes model to value all options, and financial equivalence to value all awards other than those which have TSR performance conditions 
attached (some Prudential LTIP and RSP awards) for which the Group uses a Monte Carlo model in order to allow for the impact of these 
conditions. These models are used to calculate fair values for share options and awards at the grant date based on the quoted market price of 
the stock at the measurement date, the amount, if any, that the employees are required to pay, the dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free 
interest rates and exercise prices. 

For all options and awards, the expected volatility is based on the market implied volatilities as quoted on Bloomberg. The Prudential specific at-
the-money implied volatilities are adjusted to allow for the different terms and discounted exercise price on SAYE options by using information 
on the volatility surface of the FTSE 100.

Risk-free interest rates are taken from swap spot rates with projection terms matching the corresponding vesting periods. For awards with a TSR 
condition, volatilities and correlations between Prudential and a basket of 12 competitor companies is required. For grants in 2023, the average 
volatility for the basket of competitors was 26 per cent (2022: 26 per cent). Correlations for the basket are calculated for each pairing from the 
log of daily TSR returns for the three years prior to the valuation date. Market implied volatilities are used for both Prudential and the basket of 
competitors. Changes to the subjective input assumptions could materially affect the fair value estimate.

Other awards, without market performance conditions or exercise price, are valued based on grant date share price.

(d) Share-based payment expense charged to the income statement
The total expense recognised in 2023 in the consolidated financial statements relating to share-based compensation is $81 million (2022: $104 
million), of which $71 million (2022: $97 million) is accounted for as equity-settled.

The Group had $31 million of liabilities at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $27 million) relating to share-based payment awards 
accounted for as cash-settled.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

259

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

B2.3 Key management remuneration
Key management constitutes the Directors of Prudential plc and other non-Director members of the GEC, as they have authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group.

Total key management remuneration is analysed in the following table:

Salaries and short-term benefits (including fees paid to non-executive directors)

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Payments on separation

2023 $m

27.0   

1.0   

22.2   

–   

50.2   

2022 $m
22.5 

1.0 

15.4 

1.0 

39.9 

The share-based payments charge comprises $7.6 million (2022: $6.7 million), which is determined in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based 
Payment’ (see note B2.2), $9.6 million (2022: $8.7 million) of deferred share awards and $5.0 million for an award made to Mr Wadhwani in 
2023 to replace share-based awards from his former employer that were forfeited as a consequence of his joining Prudential.

Additional details on the Directors’ emoluments, retirement benefits and other payments are given in the Directors’ remuneration report. 

B2.4 Fees payable to the auditor 

Audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Audit of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Audit fees payable to the auditor note (i)
Audit-related assurance services note (ii)
Other assurance services

Non-audit fees payable to the auditor

Total fees payable to the auditor

2023 $m

5.8   

8.1   

13.9   

4.0   

0.9   

4.9   

2022 $m
2.3 

4.4 

6.7 

3.5 

0.7 

4.2 

18.8   

10.9 

Notes
(i) EY became the Group’s statutory auditor in 2023 replacing KPMG who was the statutory auditor during 2022. The 2023 fees shown above are wholly in respect of fees 

payable to EY while the 2022 fees were the fees paid to KPMG.

(ii) Of the audit-related assurance service fees of $4.0 million for EY in 2023 (2022: $3.5 million for KPMG), $1.1 million (2022: $0.9 million) relates to services that are required 

by law and regulation as defined by the FRC.

In addition to the above, in the period from September 2021 until their appointment as the Group's statutory auditor in May 2023, EY were paid 
$12.4 million to provide audit assurance over the implementation of IFRS 17.

260

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B3 Tax charge 
Prudential is subject to tax in numerous jurisdictions and the calculation of the total tax charge inherently involves a degree of estimation and 
judgement. Current tax expense is charged or credited based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable 
amounts for the current year and adjustments made in relation to prior years. The positions taken in tax returns where applicable tax regulation 
is subject to interpretation are recognised in full in the determination of the tax charge in the consolidated financial statements if the Group 
considers that it is probable that the taxation authority will accept those positions. Otherwise, provisions are established based on the likely 
amount of the liability, or recovery, by providing for the single best estimate of the most likely outcome or the weighted average expected value 
where there are multiple outcomes.

The total tax charge includes tax expense attributable to both policyholders and shareholders. The tax expense attributable to policyholders 
comprises the tax on the income of the consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds. In certain jurisdictions, life insurance companies are 
taxed on both their shareholders’ profits and on their policyholders’ insurance and investment returns on certain insurance and investment 
products. Although both types of tax are included in the total tax charge in the Group’s Consolidated income statement, they are presented 
separately in the Consolidated income statement to provide the most relevant information about tax that the Group pays on its profits.

Deferred taxes are provided under the liability method for all relevant temporary differences. IAS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ does not require all 
temporary differences to be provided for, in particular, the Group does not provide for deferred tax on undistributed earnings of subsidiaries 
where the Group is able to control the timing of the distribution and the temporary difference created is not expected to reverse in the 
foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets are only recognised when it is more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against 
which these losses can be utilised. 

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability settled, based on tax 
rates (and laws) that have been enacted or are substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

B3.1 Total tax charge by nature 
The total tax charge in the income statement is as follows:

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Eastspring
Total segment note (i)
Unallocated to a segment (central operations)
Total tax charge notes (i)(ii)

2023 $m

(129)   

(43)   

(98)   

(174)   

(103)   

(26)   

(573)   

13   

(560)   

2022 $m
(106) 

(27) 

(44) 

(61) 

(210) 

(26) 

(474) 

(4) 

(478) 

Notes
(i) Profit before tax includes Prudential’s share of profit after tax from the joint ventures and associates that are equity-accounted for. Therefore, the actual tax charge in the 

income statement does not include tax arising from the results of joint ventures and associates including CPL.

(ii) The total tax charge is analysed between current tax and deferred tax as follows

Current tax expense:

Corporation tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax arising from:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustment in respect of a tax loss, tax credit or temporary difference from a prior year

Total deferred tax (charge) credit

Total tax charge

 2023 $m

2022 $m

(457)   
1   

(456)   

(135)   

31   

(104)   

(560)   

(474) 
(7) 

(481) 

– 

3 

3 

(478) 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

261

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

B3.2 Reconciliation of effective tax rate 
In the reconciliation below, the expected tax rate reflects the corporation tax rates that are expected to apply to the taxable profit or loss for the 
year. It reflects the corporation tax rates of each jurisdiction weighted by reference to the amount of profit or loss contributing to the aggregate 
result. The reconciliation of the expected to actual tax charge/credit and the percentage impact of reconciliation items on shareholder effective 
tax rate are provided below.

Profit (loss) before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ 

2023

$m

%

2022

$m

%

returns)

Tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns note (i)
Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders' returns

Tax (charge) credit at the expected rate

Effects of recurring tax reconciliation items:

Income not taxable or taxable at concessionary rates note (ii)
Deductions and losses not allowable for tax purposes note (iii)
Items related to taxation of life insurance businesses note (iv)
Deferred tax adjustments including unrecognised tax losses
Effect of results of joint ventures and associates note (v)
Irrecoverable withholding taxes note (vi)
Other

Total charge on recurring items

Effects of non-recurring tax reconciliation items:

Adjustments to tax charge in relation to prior years note (vii)
Movements in provisions for open tax matters note (viii)
Adjustments in relation to business disposals and corporate transactions

Total credit (charge) on non-recurring items

Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns
Tax charge attributable to policyholders’ returns note (i)
Tax charge attributable to shareholders' and policyholders' returns

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders’ returns analysed into:

Adjusted operating profit
Non-operating result note (ix)

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders' returns

Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns analysed into:

Tax charge on adjusted operating profit
Tax credit on non-operating result note (ix)
Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns

Actual tax rate on:

Adjusted operating profit:

Including non-recurring tax reconciling items note (x)
Excluding non-recurring tax reconciling items

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders' returns note (x)

2,272 

(175) 

2,097 

(399) 

80 

(136) 

137 

13 

(38) 

(63) 

(2) 

(9) 

42 

(15) 

(4) 

23 

(385) 

(175) 

(560) 

2,893 

(796) 

2,097 

(444) 

59 

(385) 

15%

16%

18%

 19 % 

 (4) %  

 6  %  

 (7) %  

 (1) %  

 2  %  

 3  %  

 1  %  

 0  %  

 (2) %  

 1  %  

 0  %  

 (1) %  

(519) 

(124) 

(643) 

85 

61 

(196) 

(129) 

(45) 

(32) 

(55) 

(15) 

 13 % 

 9  %

 (30) %

 (20) %

 (7) %

 (5) %

 (9) %

 (2) %

(411) 

 (64) %

 0  %

 (6) %

 2  %

 (4) %

1 

(40) 

11 

(28) 

(354) 

(124) 

(478) 

2,722 

(3,365) 

(643) 

(539) 

185 

(354) 

20%

18%

(55)%

Notes 
(i) The tax charge attributable to policyholders of $(175) million (2022: $(124) million) is equal to the profit before tax attributable to policyholders as a result of accounting 

for policyholder income after the deduction of expenses on a post-tax basis. 

(ii) Income not taxable or taxable at concessionary rates primarily relates to non-taxable investment income in Growth markets and Singapore.
(iii) Deductions and losses not allowable for tax purposes primarily relates to non-deductible head office costs in Other operations.
(iv) Items related to taxation of life insurance businesses primarily relates to Hong Kong where the taxable profit is computed as 5 per cent of net insurance premiums.
(v) Profit before tax includes Prudential’s share of profit after tax from the joint ventures and associates. Therefore, the actual tax charge does not include tax arising from 

profit or loss of joint ventures and associates and is reflected as a reconciling item.

(vi) The Group incurs withholding tax on remittances received from certain jurisdictions and on certain investment income. Where these withholding taxes cannot be offset 

against corporate income tax or otherwise recovered, they represent a cost to the Group. Irrecoverable withholding tax on remittances is included in Other operations and is 
not allocated to any segment. Irrecoverable withholding tax on investment income is included in the relevant segment where the investment income is reflected.
(vii) Adjustments to tax charge in relation to prior years primarily relates to the recognition of a deferred tax asset in relation to historical tax losses, due to an increase in 

forecast taxable profit in the UK tax group.

(viii)The statement of financial position contains the following provisions in relation to open tax matters.

262

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 1 Jan

Movements in the current year included in tax charge attributable to shareholders

Other movements (including interest arising on open tax matters and amounts included in the Group’s share of profits from 

joint ventures and associates, net of related tax)

Balance at 31 Dec

2023 $m
(79) 

(15) 

1 

(93) 

(ix) ‘Non-operating result’ is used to refer to items excluded from adjusted operating profit and includes short-term investment fluctuations in investment returns and corporate 
transactions. The tax charge on non-operating result is calculated using the tax rates applicable to investment profit or loss recorded in the non-operating result for each 
entity, and then adjusting for any discrete items included in the total tax charge that relate specifically to the amounts (other than investment related profit or loss) 
included in the non-operating result. The difference between this tax on non-operating result and the tax charge calculated on profit before tax is the tax charge on 
adjusted operating profit.

(x) The actual tax rates of the relevant business operations are shown below:

2023 %

Tax rate on adjusted operating profit

Tax rate on profit before tax

Hong Kong
 7 %

Indonesia
 22 %

 7 %

 22 %

Malaysia
 22 %

 20 %

Singapore
 16 %

 16 %

2022 %

Tax rate on adjusted operating profit

Tax rate on profit before tax

Hong Kong
 4  %

(7)%

Indonesia
 19  %

 16  %

Malaysia
 26  %

 25  %

Singapore
 16  %

 63  %

Growth
markets
and other
 20 %

 11 %

Growth
markets
and other
 33  %

 40  %

Eastspring
 9 %

Other
operations
 2 %

Total
attributable 
to
shareholders
 15 %

 9 %

 2 %

 18 %

Other
operations
 0  %

Total
attributable to
shareholders
 20  %

 (1) %

 (55) %

Eastspring
 10  %

 10  %

Actual tax rates on adjusted operating profit for each segment for 2022 prepared applying IFRS 17 as shown in the table above are generally consistent with the tax rates 
previously published for 2022 results prepared applying IFRS 4. The tax rates on adjusted operating profit for Growth markets and other and the Group total as shown in the 
table above differ from the equivalent tax rates previously published under IFRS 4 for 2022 due primarily to differences in the proportions of adjusted operating profit 
contributed by entities with different tax rates. Actual tax rates on profit before tax for 2022 prepared under IFRS 17 differ from the equivalent tax rates previously 
published under IFRS 4 for 2022 primarily due to non-taxable and non-deductible amounts, such as investment gains or losses, making up a different proportion of total 
profit before tax for each segment and the Group total under each standard.

A number of jurisdictions in which the Group has operations – Japan, South Korea, Luxembourg, Vietnam and the UK – have implemented either 
a global minimum tax or a domestic minimum tax at a rate of 15 per cent, in line with the OECD proposals, effective for 2024 onwards. Malaysia 
has implemented both the global minimum tax and domestic minimum tax effective for 2025 onwards. Other jurisdictions where the Group has 
a taxable presence, including Hong Kong (where Prudential plc has been tax resident since 3 March 2023), Singapore and Thailand intend to 
implement the proposals for 2025 onwards. 

For those jurisdictions where either a global minimum tax or domestic minimum tax or both have been implemented with effect for 2024, no 
material impact to the Group’s IFRS tax charge for the 2024 financial year is expected. The implementation of a global minimum tax and 
domestic minimum tax in Malaysia effective for 2025 is not expected to have a material impact for the Group’s IFRS tax charge for the 2025 
financial year. These assessments consider a number of factors including whether the transitional safe harbour is expected to apply based on the 
most recent filings of tax returns, country by country reporting and financial statements of the relevant entities. In some jurisdictions a global 
minimum tax but not a domestic minimum tax regime has been implemented and the Group’s operations in that jurisdiction will not be subject 
to the rules as they are wholly domestic operations. 

Luxembourg and South Korea have both implemented an undertaxed profits rule effective for 2025 onwards. The undertaxed profits rule is 
intended as a backstop provision to deal with jurisdictions which delay or do not implement the global minimum tax or domestic minimum tax 
rules. In the December 2023 public consultation and February 2024 budget, Hong Kong confirmed its intention to implement the global 
minimum and domestic minimum tax rules effective from 2025 onwards. As the Hong Kong rules are expected to be in force for 2025 and would 
apply to the Group from 2025, the undertaxed profits rules implemented in South Korea and Luxembourg are not expected to have any practical 
application to the Group. For those jurisdictions, such as Hong Kong and Singapore, where the proposals are expected to be implemented with 
effect from 2025 onwards, work is ongoing to assess the potential impact and guidance will be provided in due course during 2024.

B4 Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share are calculated based on earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders, after related tax and non-controlling interests, 
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding those held in employee share trusts, which 
are treated as cancelled. For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
dilutive potential ordinary shares. No adjustment is made if the impact is anti-dilutive overall.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

263

 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Based on adjusted operating profit

2,893   

(444)   

(11)   

2,438   

89.0 ¢  

88.7 ¢

Before
 tax

$m

Tax

$m

2023

Non-controlling 
interests

Net of tax
 and non-
controlling
 interests

Basic 
earnings
 per share

Diluted
 earnings
 per share

$m

$m

cents

cents

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns

Loss attaching to corporate transactions

(774)   

(22)   

59   

–   

–   

–   

Based on profit for the year

2,097   

(385)   

(11)   

1,701   

(715)   

(26.1) ¢  

(26.0) ¢

(22)   

(0.8) ¢  

62.1 ¢  

(0.8) ¢

61.9 ¢

For 2023, the weighted average number of shares for calculating basic earnings per share, which excludes those held in employee share trusts, is 
2,741 million. After including a dilutive effect of the Group's share options and awards (see note B2.2) of 6 million, the weighted average 
number of shares for calculating diluted earnings per share is, 2,747 million. 

Based on adjusted operating profit

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns 

Gain attaching to corporate transactions

Based on loss for the year

Before
 tax

$m
2,722 

(3,420)   

55 

(643)   

2022

Tax

Non-controlling 
interests

$m
(539)   

185 

– 

$m
(11)   

1 

– 

Net of tax
 and non-
controlling
 interests

$m
2,172 

Basic 
earnings
 per share

cents
79.4  ¢  

Diluted
 earnings
 per share

cents
79.4  ¢

(3,234)   

(118.2) ¢  

(118.2) ¢

55 

2.0  ¢  

2.0  ¢

(36.8) ¢

(354)   

(10)   

(1,007)   

(36.8) ¢  

For 2022, the weighted average number of shares for calculating basic and diluted earnings per share, which excludes those held in employee 
share trusts, was 2,736 million. As the Group made a loss for the year in 2022, the potential ordinary shares from the Group's share options and 
awards (see note B2.2) would be anti-dilutive and therefore not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation as it is not permissible for 
the diluted earnings per share to be greater than the basic earnings per share. 

B5 Dividends

Dividends relating to reporting year:

First interim dividend

Second interim dividend

Total relating to reporting year

Dividends paid in reporting year:

Current year first interim dividend

Second interim dividend for prior year

Total paid in reporting year

 2023

 2022

Cents per share

$m

Cents per share

$m

6.26 ¢  

14.21 ¢  

20.47 ¢  

6.26 ¢  

13.04 ¢  

19.30 ¢  

172 

392 

564 

172 

361 

533 

5.74  ¢  

13.04  ¢  

18.78  ¢  

5.74  ¢  

11.86  ¢  

17.60  ¢  

154 

359 

513 

154 

320 

474 

First and second interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are paid. 

Dividend per share 
The 2023 first interim dividend of 6.26 cents per ordinary share was paid to eligible shareholders on 19 October 2023.

On 16 May 2024, Prudential will pay a second interim dividend of 14.21 cents per ordinary share for the year ended 31 December 2023. The 
second interim dividend will be paid to shareholders recorded on the UK register at 6.00pm (British Summer Time) and to shareholders on the HK 
branch register at 4.30pm (Hong Kong Time) on 2 April 2024 (Record Date), and also to the Holders of US American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) 
as at 2 April 2024. The second interim dividend will be paid on or about 23 May 2024 to shareholders with shares standing to the credit of their 
securities accounts with The Central Depository (Pte) Limited (CDP) at 5.00pm (Singapore Time) on the Record Date. 

Shareholders holding shares on the UK or HK share registers will continue to receive their dividend payments in either GBP or HKD respectively, 
unless they elect to receive dividend payments in USD. Elections must be made through the relevant UK or HK share registrar on or before 24 
April 2024. The corresponding amounts per share in GBP and HKD are expected to be announced on or about 2 May 2024. The USD to GBP and 
HKD conversion rates will be determined by the actual rates achieved by Prudential buying those currencies prior to the subsequent 
announcement. 

Holders of ADRs will continue to receive their dividend payments in USD. Shareholders holding an interest in Prudential shares through CDP in 
Singapore will continue to receive their dividend payments in SGD at an exchange rate determined by CDP.

Shareholders on the UK register are eligible to participate in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

264

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C Financial position
C1 Group assets and liabilities
C1.1 Group investments by business type
The analysis below is structured to show the investments of the Group's subsidiaries by reference to the differing degrees of policyholder and 
shareholder economic interest of the different types of business.

Debt securities are analysed below according to the issuing government for sovereign debt and to credit ratings for the rest of the securities. The 
Group uses the middle of the Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch ratings, where available. Where ratings are not available from these rating 
agencies, local external rating agencies’ ratings and lastly internal ratings have been used. Securities with none of the ratings listed above are 
classified as unrated and included under the ‘below BBB- and unrated’ category. The total securities (excluding sovereign debt) that were 
unrated at 31 December 2023 were $1,181 million (31 December 2022: $1,152 million). Additionally, government debt is shown separately 
from the rating breakdowns in order to provide a more focused view of the credit portfolio.

In the table below, AAA is the highest possible rating. Investment grade financial assets are classified within the range of AAA to BBB- ratings. 
Financial assets which fall outside this range are classified as below BBB-.  

The following table classifies assets into those that primarily back the Group’s participating funds that are measured under the variable fee 
approach, those backing unit-linked funds, other investments held within the insurance entities, Eastspring’s investments and those that are 
unallocated to a segment (principally centrally held investments).

In terms of the investments held by the insurance businesses, those within funds with policyholder participation and those within unit-linked 
funds represent underlying items. The gains or losses on these investments will be offset by movements in policyholder liabilities and therefore 
adjusted operating profit reflects the actual investment return on these assets. The exception is for investments backing the shareholders’ 10 per 
cent share of the estate within the Hong Kong with-profits fund. Changes in the value of these investments, including those driven by market 
movements, pass through the income statement with no liability offset. Consequently adjusted operating profit recognises investment return on 
a longer-term basis for these assets.

In terms of other assets held within the insurance entities, these largely comprise assets backing IFRS shareholders’ equity or are non-underlying 
items backing GMM liabilities and therefore the returns on these other investments are recognised in adjusted operating profit at a longer-term 
rate. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

265

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

  31 Dec 2023 $m

Asia and Africa

Other

Eastspring

Total

Unallocated
to a segment

Group
total

Debt securities

Sovereign debt

Indonesia

Singapore

Thailand

United Kingdom

United States

Vietnam

Other (predominantly Asia)

Subtotal

Other government bonds

AAA

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal

Corporate bonds

AAA

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal

Asset-backed securities

AAA

AA+ to AA-

A+ to A-

BBB+ to BBB-

Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Total debt securities notes (ii)(iv)
Loans

Mortgage loans

Other loans

Total loans

Insurance

Unit-linked 
funds

Funds with 
policyholder 
participation

note (i)

393   

3,006   

2   

–   

23,552   

3,143   

4,375   

611   

607   

4   

5   

84   

30   

664   

34,471   

2,005   

1,533   

120   

689   

271   

502   

94   

17   

95   

57   

11   

3,115   

274   

1,214   

2,716   

10,918   

9,466   

2,280   

147   

440   

460   

714   

500   

525   

929   

1,957   

87   

2,351   

173   

1,732   

7,754   

119   

29   

239   

56   

63   

506   

243   

934   

2,179   

2,055   

356   

26,594   

2,261   

5,767   

174   

6   

30   

7   

–   

217   

2   

–   

–   

–   

1   

3   

54   

2   

7   

2   

–   

65   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

28   

28   

–   

–   

–   

–   

2   

2   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

1,529   

4,542   

1,963   

92   

25,987   

3,346   

6,799   

44,258   

1,746   

166   

1,023   

384   

578   

3,897   

1,604   

4,090   

13,557   

12,235   

3,136   

34,622   

230   

8   

37   

9   

1   

285   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

1   

1   

–   

2   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

2   

–   

–   

–   

1,529 

4,542 

1,963 

92 

25,987 

3,346 

6,799 

44,258 

1,746 

166 

1,023 

384 

578 

3,897 

1,604 

4,090 

13,558 

12,236 

3,136 

34,624 

230 

8 

37 

9 

1 

285 

83,064 

148 

430 

578 

64,397   

4,543   

14,092   

30   

83,062   

65   

430   

495   

–   

–   

–   

83   

–   

83   

–   

–   

–   

148   

430   

578   

Equity securities and holdings in 
collective investment schemes

Direct equities

18,711   

12,075   

182   

128   

31,096   

Collective investment schemes

24,529   

7,546   

1,580   

2   

33,657   

–   

–   

31,096 

33,657 

Total equity securities and holdings in 

collective investment schemes
Other financial investments note (iii)
Total financial investments note (v)
Investment properties

Cash and cash equivalents 

Total investments

43,240   

19,621   

2,893   

396   

1,762   

1,707   

130   

101   

64,753   

–   

64,753 

5,097   

2,628   

7,725 

  111,025   

24,560   

17,644   

261    153,490   

2,630    156,120 

–   

–   

39   

–   

39   

–   

39 

1,054   

647   

1,287   

173   

3,161   

1,590   

4,751 

  112,079   

25,207   

18,970   

434    156,690   

4,220    160,910 

266

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 Dec 2022 $m

Asia and Africa

Insurance

Funds with 
policyholder 
participation Unit-linked funds

note (i)

Other

Eastspring

Total

Unallocated
to a segment

Group
total

565 
3,240 
– 
– 
21,580 
2,263 
3,663 
31,311 

1,480 
112 
765 
327 
483 
3,167 

1,094 
2,356 
9,233 
9,515 
2,918 
25,116 

228 
7 
25 
17 
2 
279 
59,873 

92 
450 
542 

15,000 
22,015 

37,015 

3,010 
100,440 
– 
1,563 
102,003 

589 
507 
– 
4 
54 
12 
646 
1,812 

85 
21 
139 
77 
22 
344 

181 
385 
524 
1,325 
444 
2,859 

5 
1 
– 
– 
1 
7 
5,022 

– 
– 
– 

11,379 
6,760 

18,139 

379 
23,540 
– 
749 
24,289 

400 
917 
1,456 
– 
257 
135 
1,666 
4,831 

108 
20 
233 
99 
67 
527 

268 
1,151 
2,345 
2,344 
454 
6,562 

85 
2 
9 
6 
1 
103 
12,023 

48 
– 
48 

202 
1,992 

2,194 

1,599 
15,864 
37 
1,266 
17,167 

3 
67 
– 
– 
– 
– 
27 
97 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
1 
– 
1 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
98 

– 
– 
– 

61 
2 

63 

107 
268 
– 
127 
395 

1,557 
4,731 
1,456 
4 
21,891 
2,410 
6,002 
38,051 

1,673 
153 
1,137 
503 
572 
4,038 

1,543 
3,892 
12,102 
13,185 
3,816 
34,538 

318 
10 
34 
23 
4 
389 
77,016 

140 
450 
590 

26,642 
30,769 

57,411 

5,095 
140,112 
37 
3,705 
143,854 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

266 
2 

268 

1,749 
2,017 
– 
1,809 
3,826 

1,557 
4,731 
1,456 
4 
21,891 
2,410 
6,002 
38,051 

1,673 
153 
1,137 
503 
572 
4,038 

1,543 
3,892 
12,102 
13,185 
3,816 
34,538 

318 
10 
34 
23 
4 
389 
77,016 

140 
450 
590 

26,908 
30,771 

57,679 

6,844 
142,129 
37 
5,514 
147,680 

Debt securities
Sovereign debt
Indonesia
Singapore
Thailand
United Kingdom
United States
Vietnam
Other (predominantly Asia)

Subtotal
Other government bonds

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Corporate bonds

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Asset-backed securities

AAA
AA+ to AA-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
Below BBB- and unrated

Subtotal
Total debt securities notes (ii)(iv)
Loans

Mortgage loans
Other loans

Total loans
Equity securities and holdings in collective 

Direct equities
Collective investment schemes

Total equity securities and holdings in collective 
investment schemes
Other financial investments note (iii)
Total financial investments note (v)

Investment properties
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total investments

Notes
(i) Funds with policyholder participation represent investments held to support insurance products where policyholders participate in the returns of a specified pool of 

investments (excluding unit-linked policies) that are measured using the variable fee approach.

(ii) Of the Group’s debt securities, the following amounts were held by the consolidated investment funds: 

Debt securities held by the consolidated investment funds

31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m
11,899 

11,116   

(iii) Other financial investments comprise derivative assets and deposits.
(iv) The credit ratings, information or data contained in this report which are attributed and specifically provided by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Solutions and their 
respective affiliates and suppliers (‘Content Providers’) is referred to here as the ‘Content’. Reproduction of any Content in any form is prohibited except with the prior 
written permission of the relevant party. The Content Providers do not guarantee the accuracy, adequacy, completeness, timeliness or availability of any Content and are 
not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of the cause, or for the results obtained from the use of such Content. The Content Providers 
expressly disclaim liability for any damages, costs, expenses, legal fees, or losses (including lost income or lost profit and opportunity costs) in connection with any use of the 
Content. A reference to a particular investment or security, a rating or any observation concerning an investment that is part of the Content is not a recommendation to 
buy, sell or hold any such investment or security, nor does it address the suitability of an investment or security and should not be relied on as investment advice.

(v) Of the total financial investments of $156,120 million as at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $142,129 million), $80,022 million (31 December 2022: 

$68,949 million) are expected to be recovered within one year, including equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

267

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C1.2 Other assets and liabilities 
(a) Accrued investment income and other debtors 

Interest receivable

Other accrued income

Total accrued investment income

Other debtors

Total accrued investment income and other debtors

Analysed as:

Expected to be settled within one year

Expected to be settled beyond one year

Total accrued investment income and other debtors

31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m
806 

871   

132   

1,003   

1,161   

2,164   

2,048   

116   

2,164   

177 

983 

968 

1,951 

1,882 

69 

1,951 

(b) Accruals, deferred income and other creditors
Accruals, deferred income and other creditors are analysed as follows (detailed maturity analysis is provided in note C2.3):

Accruals and deferred income

Interest payable

Other creditors

Total accruals, deferred income and other creditors

31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m
200 

244   

35   

3,756   

4,035   

59 

2,607 

2,866 

C1.3 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash at bank and in hand, deposits held at call with banks, treasury bills and other short-term highly liquid 
investments with less than 90 days maturity from the date of acquisition and are analysed as follows: 

Cash

Cash equivalents

Total cash and cash equivalents

Analysed as:

Held by the Group’s holding and non-regulated entities and available for general use

Other funds not available for general use by the Group, including funds held for the benefit of policyholders

Total cash and cash equivalents

31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m
1,878 

1,964   

2,787   

4,751   

1,590   

3,161   

4,751   

3,636 

5,514 

1,809 

3,705 

5,514 

The Group’s cash and cash equivalents are held in the following currencies as at 31 December 2023: USD 42 per cent, MYR 14 per cent, GBP 5 
per cent, HKD 6 per cent, SGD 8 per cent, and other currencies 25 per cent (31 December 2022: USD 45 per cent, MYR 14 per cent, GBP 11 per 
cent, HKD 5 per cent, SGD 5 per cent and other currencies 20 per cent).

C1.4 Provisions
An analysis of movement in total provisions held is shown below:

Balance at 1 Jan

Charge (credit) to income statement:

Additional provisions

Unused amounts released

Utilisation during the year

Exchange differences

Balance at 31 Dec

2023 $m

206   

2022 $m
234 

198   

(10)   

(172)   

2   

224   

153 

(19) 

(154) 

(8) 

206 

Of the $224 million of provisions at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $206 million), which excludes any amounts attributable to 
insurance contracts, the Group held $215 million (31 December 2022: $199 million) provisions for staff benefits, which are generally expected to 
be paid out within the next three years.

268

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C2 Measurement of financial assets and liabilities

The Group uses the trade date method to account for regular purchases and sales of financial assets. The Group holds financial assets in 
accordance with IFRS 9 (2023) / IAS 39 (2022 and prior) whereby subject to specific criteria, financial instruments are required to be accounted 
for under one of the following categories: 

– Financial instruments at FVTPL: this comprises primarily instruments that are managed and the performance evaluated on a fair value basis, 

including liabilities related to net assets attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds and policyholder liabilities for 
investment contracts without discretionary participation features. In addition, this includes derivatives. All investments within this category are 
measured at fair value with all changes thereon being recognised in investment return in the income statement.

– Financial instruments at FVOCI under IFRS 9 or on an AFS basis under IAS 39: these instruments are initially recognised at fair value plus 
attributable transaction costs and are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest and/or dividend income is recognised in the income 
statement. Unrealised gains and losses are recognised in other comprehensive income. Upon disposal or impairment, accumulated unrealised 
gains and losses are transferred from other comprehensive income to the income statement as realised gains or losses except for equity 
securities that have been elected to be designated at FVOCI under IFRS 9 whereby there is no recycling to the profit or loss on derecognition 
being the difference to the AFS treatment for equity securities under IAS 39. Subsequent to the demerger of Jackson in September 2021, the 
Group designated its retained interest in Jackson as AFS equity securities under IAS 39. Upon the adoption of IFRS 9, the Group made the 
election to measure its interest in equity securities in Jackson at FVOCI, which were disposed of entirely in 2023. There were no financial 
instruments at FVOCI at 31 December 2023. 

– Financial instruments at amortised cost: these instruments comprise non-quoted investments that have fixed or determinable payments, 
including loans collateralised by mortgages, deposits, and other receivables. These investments are initially recognised at fair value plus 
transaction costs. Subsequently, these instruments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate 
is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a 
shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset. When assets held at amortised cost are subject to impairment testing, 
estimated future cash flows are compared to the carrying value of the asset. The estimated future cash flows are discounted using the 
financial asset’s original or variable effective interest rate and exclude credit losses that have not yet been incurred. If, in subsequent periods, 
an impaired loan or receivable recovers in value (in part or in full) and this recovery can be objectively related to an event occurring after the 
impairment, then any amount determined to have been recovered is reversed through the income statement.

C2.1 Determination of fair value
The fair values of the financial instruments for which fair valuation is required under IFRS Standards are determined by the use of quoted market 
prices for exchange-quoted investments, or by using quotations from independent third parties, such as brokers and pricing services or by using 
appropriate valuation techniques. Climate change does not directly impact fair values particularly where these are built on observable inputs (ie 
level 1 and level 2), which represent the majority of the Group’s financial instruments as discussed below.

The estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments reflects the estimated amount the Group would receive or pay in an arm’s-length 
transaction. This amount is determined using quoted prices if exchange listed, quotations from independent third parties or valued internally 
using standard market practices.

The fair value of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the Group is determined using quoted prices from independent third parties.

Valuation approach for level 2 fair valued assets and liabilities
A significant proportion of the Group’s level 2 assets are corporate bonds, structured securities and other non-national government debt 
securities. These assets, in line with market practice, are generally valued using a designated independent pricing service or quote from third-
party brokers. These valuations are subject to a number of monitoring controls, such as comparison to multiple pricing sources where available, 
monthly price variances, stale price reviews and variance analysis on prices achieved on subsequent trades.

When prices are not available from pricing services, quotes are sourced directly from brokers. Prudential seeks to obtain a number of quotes from 
different brokers so as to obtain the most comprehensive information available on their executability. The selected quote is the one which best 
represents an executable quote for the security at the measurement date.

Generally, no adjustment is made to the prices obtained from independent third parties. Adjustments are made in only limited circumstances, 
where it is determined that the third-party valuations obtained do not reflect fair value (eg either because the value is stale and/or the values are 
extremely diverse in range). Securities valued in such manner are classified as level 3 where these significant inputs are not based on observable 
market data.

Valuation approach for level 3 fair valued assets and liabilities
Investments valued using valuation techniques include financial investments which by their nature do not have an externally quoted price based 
on regular trades, and financial investments for which markets are no longer active as a result of market conditions, eg market illiquidity. 

The Group’s valuation policies, procedures and analyses for instruments categorised as level 3 are overseen by Business Unit committees as part 
of the Group’s wider financial reporting governance processes. The procedures undertaken include approval of valuation methodologies, 
verification processes, and resolution of significant or complex valuation issues. In addition, the Group has minimum standards for independent 
price verification to ensure valuation accuracy is regularly independently verified. Adherence to this policy is monitored across the business units. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

269

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C2.2 Valuation hierarchy
(a) Assets and liabilities at fair value 
The table below shows the assets and liabilities carried at fair value analysed by level of the IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ defined fair value 
hierarchy. This hierarchy is based on the inputs to the fair value measurement and reflects the lowest level input that is significant to that 
measurement.

All assets and liabilities held at fair value are classified as FVTPL at 31 December 2023. At 31 December 2022, $266 million of financial assets 
classified as AFS under IAS 39 related to the Group’s retained interest in Jackson, which was disposed of in 2023. All assets and liabilities held at 
fair value are measured on a recurring basis.

Financial instruments at fair value

Loans

Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities note (i)
Derivative assets

Derivative liabilities

31 Dec 2023 $m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Quoted prices
(unadjusted)
 in active markets

Valuation based 
on significant 
observable
market inputs

Valuation based 
on significant 
unobservable 
market inputs

– 

56,327 

64,004 

1,460 

(58) 

430 

5,562 

19,020 

395 

(180) 

note (iii)
– 

2,864 

40 

– 

– 

Total

430 

64,753 

83,064 

1,855 

(238) 

Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities
Investment contract liabilities without DPF note (ii)
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds

  121,733 

25,227 

2,904 

  149,864 

– 

(2,711) 

(769) 

– 

– 

– 

(769) 

(2,711) 

Total financial instruments at fair value

Percentage of total (%)

  119,022 

24,458 

2,904 

  146,384 

 81% 

 17% 

 2% 

 100% 

Loans

Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes
Debt securities note (i)
Derivative assets

Derivative liabilities

 31 Dec 2022 $m

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Quoted prices
(unadjusted)
 in active markets

– 

49,725 

57,148 

82 

(778) 

Valuation
based 
on significant 
observable
market inputs

447 

7,130 

19,763 

487 

(223) 

Valuation
based 
on significant 
unobservable 
market inputs

note (iii)
3 

824 

38 

– 

– 

Total

450 

57,679 

76,949 

569 

(1,001) 

Total financial investments, net of derivative liabilities
Investment contract liabilities without DPF note (ii)
Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds
Total financial instruments at fair value

  106,177 

27,604 

865 

  134,646 

– 

(4,193) 
  101,984 

(663) 

– 
26,941 

– 

– 
865 

(663) 

(4,193) 
  129,790 

Percentage of total (%)

 78% 

 21% 

 1% 

 100% 

Notes
(i) Of the total level 2 debt securities of $19,020 million at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $19,763 million), $10 million (31 December 2022: $37 million) are valued 

internally.

(ii) For Investment contract liabilities without DPF, it is assumed that these investment contracts are not quoted in an active market and do not have readily available published 

prices and that their fair values are determined using valuation techniques. It is assumed that all significant inputs used in the valuation are observable and these 
investment contract liabilities are classified in level 2.

(iii) At 31 December 2023, the Group held $2,904 million (31 December 2022: $865 million) of net financial instruments at fair value within level 3. This represents 2 per cent 

(2022: less than one per cent) of the total fair valued financial assets, net of financial liabilities and comprises the following:
– Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes of $2,863 million (31 December 2022: $823 million) are externally valued using the net asset value of the 
invested entities and consist primarily of property and infrastructure funds held by the participating funds. Equity securities of $1 million (31 December 2022: $1 million) 
are internally valued. Internal valuations are inherently more subjective than external valuations; and

– Other sundry individual financial instruments of a net asset of $40 million (31 December 2022: $41 million).
Of the net financial instruments of $2,904 million (31 December 2022: $865 million) referred to above:
– A net asset of $2,866 million (31 December 2022: $830 million) is held by the Group’s with-profits and unit-linked funds and therefore shareholders’ profit and equity 

are not immediately impacted by movements in the valuation of these financial instruments; and 

– The remaining level 3 investments comprise a net asset of $38 million (31 December 2022: $35 million) and are primarily corporate bonds valued using external prices 
adjusted to reflect the specific known conditions relating to these bonds (eg distressed securities). If the value of all these level 3 financial instruments decreased by 10 
per cent, the change in valuation would be $(4) million (31 December 2022: $(4) million), which would reduce shareholders’ equity by this amount before tax.

270

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfers into and transfers out of levels 
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of levels as of the end of each reporting period except for material transfers which are 
recognised as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. Transfers are deemed to have occurred when there is 
a material change in the observed valuation inputs or a change in the level of trading activities of the securities.

During 2023, the transfers between levels within the portfolios included transfers from level 1 to level 2 of $505 million and transfers from level 2 
to level 1 of $1,708 million. These transfers primarily reflect the change in the observed valuation inputs of equity securities and debt securities 
and, in certain cases, the change in the level of trading activities of the securities. There were transfers from level 2 to level 3 of $1,489 million in 
the period relating to certain of the underlying investments of the Group’s consolidated investment funds, which are now deemed to have more 
unobservable inputs. 

Reconciliation of movements in level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value
The following table reconciles the value of level 3 fair valued assets and liabilities at the beginning of the period to that presented at the end of 
the period. 

Total investment return recorded in the income statement represents interest and dividend income, realised gains and losses, unrealised gains 
and losses on the assets classified at fair value through profit and loss and foreign exchange movements on an individual entity’s overseas 
investments. Total gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income comprises the translation of investments into the Group's 
presentational currency of US dollars.

Balance at 1 Jan
Total gains in income statement note
Total gains recorded in other comprehensive income

Purchases and other additions

Sales

Transfers into level 3

Balance at 31 Dec

Balance at 1 Jan
Total losses in income statement note
Total losses recorded in other comprehensive income

Purchases and other additions

Sales
Transfers (out of) level 3

Balance at 31 Dec

   2023 $m

Equity
securities 
and
holdings in
collective
investment
schemes

824   

25   

6   

524   

(4)   

1,489   

2,864   

   2022 $m

Equity
securities 
and
holdings in
collective
investment
schemes
577 

(31)   

(6)   

305 

(21)   
– 
824 

Loans

3   

–   

–   

–   

(3)   

–   

–   

Loans
5 

(2)   

– 

– 

– 
– 
3 

Debt
securities

38   

Group total
865 

2   

–   

–   

–   

–   

40   

27 

6 

524 

(7) 

1,489 

2,904 

Debt 
securities
58 

Group total
640 

(2)   

(3)   

– 

– 
(15)   
38 

(35) 

(9) 

305 

(21) 
(15) 
865 

Note
Of the total net gain in the income statement of $27 million at 2023 (2022: net loss of $(35) million), $29 million (2022: $(12) million) relates to net unrealised gains and losses 
of financial instruments still held at the end of the year, which can be analysed as follows:

Loans

Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes

Debt securities

Net unrealised gains and losses of financial instruments still held at the end of the year

  2023 $m

–   

27   

2   

29   

  2022 $m
(2) 

(8) 

(2) 

(12) 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

271

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

(b) Assets and liabilities at amortised cost and their fair value 
The table below shows the financial assets and liabilities carried at amortised cost on the statement of financial position and their fair value. 
Deposits, cash and cash equivalents, accrued investment income, other debtors, accruals, deferred income and other creditors are excluded from 
the analysis below, as these are carried at amortised cost which approximates fair value.

Assets

Debt securities

Loans

Liabilities

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Operational borrowings (excluding lease liabilities)

Obligations under funding, securities lending and sale and repurchase 
agreements

Net financial liabilities at amortised cost

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

Carrying
value

–   

148   

Fair
value

– 

179 

(3,933)   

(3,659) 

(707)   

(707) 

(716)   

(716) 

(5,208)   

(4,903) 

Carrying
value

67 

140 

(4,261)   

(516)   

(582)   

(5,152)   

Fair
value

67 

206 

(3,834) 

(516) 

(582) 

(4,659) 

The fair value of the assets and liabilities in the table above, with the exception of the subordinated and senior debt issued by the Group, has 
been estimated from the discounted cash flows expected to be received or paid. All the assets and liabilities in the table above have been 
classified within level 2 at 31 December 2023 and 2022, reflecting the observability of the inputs used to derive their fair value. The fair value of 
the subordinated and senior debt issued by the Group is determined using quoted prices from independent third parties.

C2.3 Additional information on financial instruments
(a) Financial risk
Liquidity analysis
The vast majority of the Group’s financial assets are held to back the Group’s policyholder liabilities. Although asset/liability matching is an 
important component of managing policyholder liabilities (both those classified as insurance and those classified as investments), this profile is 
mainly relevant for managing market risk rather than liquidity risk. Within each business unit, this asset/liability matching is performed on a 
portfolio-by-portfolio basis. In terms of liquidity risk, a large proportion of the policyholder liabilities contain discretionary surrender values or 
surrender charges, meaning that many of the Group’s liabilities are expected to be held for the long term. Much of the Group’s investment 
portfolios are in marketable securities, which can therefore be converted quickly to liquid assets. For the reasons provided above, an analysis of 
the Group’s assets by contractual maturity is not considered meaningful to evaluate the nature and extent of the Group’s liquidity risk. 

Contractual maturities of financial liabilities on an undiscounted cash flow basis
The following table sets out the contractual maturities for applicable classes of financial liabilities, excluding derivative liabilities that are 
separately presented. The financial liabilities are included in the column relating to the contractual maturities of the undiscounted cash flows 
(including contractual interest payments) based on the earliest period in which the Group can be required to pay assuming conditions are 
consistent with those of year end. For investment contracts without DPF, the maturity profile is based on undiscounted cash flow projections of 
expected benefit payments.

31 Dec 2023 $m

Contractual maturity profile for financial liabilities

Total
carrying
value

1 year or 
less

1-2
 years

2-5
 years

5-10 years

10-15 
years

15-20 
years

Over 20 
years

No stated 
maturity

Total
undiscounted
cash flows

769 

155   

169   

68   

149   

24   

9   

5   

273 

852 

  3,933 

126   

126   

379    3,555   

234 

707 

76   

707   

62   

–   

86   

–   

25   

–   

716 

716   

  4,035 

  3,845   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

2   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

750 

4,936 

– 

– 

– 

251 

707 

716 

–   

190 

4,035 

  2,711 

  2,711   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

– 

2,711 

  13,105 

  8,336   

357   

533    3,729   

26   

9   

5    1,213 

14,208 

Investment contracts without DPF 
note

Core structural borrowings of 
shareholder-financed businesses

Lease liabilities under IFRS 16

Other operational borrowings
Obligations under funding, 
securities lending and sale and 
repurchase agreements

Accruals, deferred income and other 
liabilities
Net asset value attributable to unit 
holders of consolidated investment 
funds

Total non-derivative financial 
liabilities

272

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 Dec 2022 $m

Contractual maturity profile for financial liabilities

Total
carrying
value

1 year or 
less

1-2
 years

2-5
 years

5-10 years

10-15 
years

15-20 
years

Over 20 
years

No stated 
maturity

Total
undiscounted
cash flows

Investment contracts without DPF 
note

Core structural borrowings of 
shareholder-financed businesses

Lease liabilities under IFRS 16

Other operational borrowings
Obligations under funding, 
securities lending and sale and 
repurchase agreements

Accruals, deferred income and other 
liabilities
Net asset value attributable to unit 
holders of consolidated investment 
funds

Total non-derivative financial 
liabilities

  663 

11 

163 

206 

98 

22 

  4,261 

  299 

  516 

509 

101 

516 

124 

76 

– 

  582 

582 

  2,866 

  2,686 

  4,193 

  4,193 

– 

– 

– 

370 

  2,598 

  1,024 

127 

– 

28 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 13,380 

  8,598 

363 

703 

  2,724 

  1,055 

8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8 

4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

243 

755 

750 

5,375 

– 

– 

– 

341 

516 

582 

180 

2,866 

– 

4,193 

4 

  1,173 

14,628 

Note
The undiscounted cash flows of investment contracts without DPF included under the 'No stated maturity' category in the maturity profile shown above are mostly repayable 
on demand due to most of these investment contracts having options to surrender early, though often subject to surrender or other penalties therefore, these options are 
unlikely to be exercised in practice.

Maturity analysis of derivatives
The following table shows the carrying value of the gross and net derivative positions.

31 Dec 2023

31 Dec 2022

Carrying value of net derivatives $m

Derivative
assets

Derivative
liabilities

1,855   

(238)   

Net
derivative
position

1,617 

569 

(1,001)   

(432) 

All net derivatives are carried at fair value and are considered to be due within one year or less, representing the basis on which they are 
managed (ie to manage principally asset or liability value exposures). The Group has no cash flow hedges and, in general, contractual maturities 
are not considered essential for an understanding of the timing of the cash flows for these instruments.

Credit risk 
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk of financial instruments before any allowance for collateral or allocation of losses to policyholders 
is represented by the carrying value of financial instruments on the balance sheet that have exposures to credit risk comprising cash and cash 
equivalents, deposits, debt securities, loans and derivative assets, accrued investment income and other debtors. Further details of collateral in 
place in relation to derivatives, securities lending, repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and other transactions are provided in note (c) 
below. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is further discussed in the Risk review report.

The majority of Group’s financial instruments are carried at FVTPL. The total value of assets held at amortised cost is $12,933 million (31 
December 2022: $13,947 million), comprising primarily cash and cash equivalents, deposits and accrued investment income where the credit risk 
is considered to be low by nature. There are no material expected credit losses recognised on these assets. At 31 December 2023, $9 million (31 
December 2022: $7 million) are past their due date and as recovery is anticipated, immaterial expected credit loss provision has been 
established. 
In addition, the Group did not take possession of any other collateral held as security in both years. 

Foreign exchange risk
The Group is exposed to exchange gains and losses on financial assets and liabilities held by the Group's business units in a currency other than 
the functional currency of the relevant business units or the currency to which the functional currency is pegged (eg financial assets and liabilities 
of USD denominated business in Hong Kong). The exchange risks inherent in these exposures are mitigated through the use of derivatives, 
mainly forward currency contracts and currency swaps as described in note (b) below. 

The amount of exchange loss on financial instruments recognised in the income statement in 2023, except for those arising on financial 
instruments measured at FVTPL, is $(38) million (2022: $234 million gain).

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

273

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

(b) Derivatives and hedging
Derivative financial instruments are used to reduce or manage investment, interest rate and currency exposures, to facilitate efficient portfolio 
management and for investment purposes. 

The Group does not regularly seek to apply fair value or cash flow hedging treatment under IFRS 9/IAS 39. The Group has no net investment, fair 
value or cash flow hedges under IFRS 9 and IAS 39 at 31 December 2023 and 2022, respectively. All derivatives that are not designated as 
hedging instruments are carried at fair value, with movements in fair value being recorded in the income statement.

Derivatives held and their purpose
The Group enters into a variety of exchange traded and over-the-counter derivative financial instruments, including futures, options, forward 
contracts, swaps and swaptions.

All over-the-counter derivative transactions are conducted under standardised ISDA (International Swaps and Derivatives Association Inc) master 
agreements and collateral agreements are in place between the individual entities and relevant counterparties under each of these market 
master agreements. The collateral management for these transactions is conducted under the usual and customary terms and conditions set out 
in the Credit Support Annex to the ISDA master agreement.

Derivatives are used for efficient portfolio management to obtain cost effective and management of exposure to various markets in accordance 
with the Group’s investment strategies and to manage exposure to interest rate, currency, credit and other business risks. The Group also uses 
interest rate derivatives to reduce exposure to interest rate volatility. 

(c) Derecognition, collateral and offsetting
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
The Group’s policy is to derecognise financial assets when it is deemed that substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred. 

The Group derecognises financial liabilities only when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled or has expired.

Reverse repurchase agreements 
The Group is party to various reverse repurchase agreements under which securities are purchased from third parties with an obligation to resell 
the securities. The securities are not recognised as investments in the statement of financial position but the right to receive the cash paid is 
recognised as deposits. 

The Group has entered into reverse repurchase transactions under which it purchased securities and had taken on the obligation to resell the 
securities. At 31 December 2023, the fair value of the collateral held in respect of these transactions, which is represented by the purchased 
securities was $3,623 million (31 December 2022: $3,244 million).

Securities lending and repurchase agreements
The Group is also party to various securities lending agreements (including repurchase agreements) under which securities are loaned to third 
parties on a short-term basis. The loaned securities are not derecognised; rather, they continue to be recognised within the appropriate 
investment classification. To the extent cash collateral is received it is recognised on the statement of financial position with the obligation to 
repay the cash paid recognised as a liability. Other collateral is not recognised.

At 31 December 2023, the Group had $2,001 million (31 December 2022: $1,571 million) of lent securities and assets subject to repurchase 
agreements. The cash and securities collateral held or pledged under such agreements were $2,042 million (31 December 2022: $1,679 million).

Collateral and pledges under derivative transactions
At 31 December 2023, the Group had pledged $457 million (31 December 2022: $62 million) for liabilities and held collateral of $1,586 million 
(31 December 2022: $234 million) for assets in respect of derivative transactions. These transactions are conducted under terms that are usual 
and customary to collateralised transactions including, where relevant, standard securities lending and repurchase agreements. 

The Group has entered into collateral arrangements in relation to derivative transactions, which permit sale or re-pledging of underlying 
collateral. The Group has not sold any non-cash collateral held or re-pledged any non-cash collateral.

Offsetting assets and liabilities
The Group’s derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements are subject to master netting arrangements and 
collateral arrangements. A master netting arrangement with a counterparty creates a right of offset for amounts due to and due from that same 
counterparty that is enforceable in the event of a default or bankruptcy. The Group recognises amounts subject to master netting arrangements 
on a gross basis within the consolidated balance sheets.

274

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

The following tables present the gross and net information about the Group’s financial instruments subject to master netting arrangements:

Derivative assets

Reverse repurchase agreements

Total financial assets

Derivative liabilities

Securities lending and repurchase agreements

Total financial liabilities

Derivative assets

Reverse repurchase agreements

Total financial assets

Derivative liabilities

Securities lending and repurchase agreements

Total financial liabilities

  31 Dec 2023 $m

Gross amount 
included in the 
balance sheet

Related amounts not offset in the balance sheet

Financial 
instruments

Cash collateral

Securities 
collateral

note (i)
1,820   

3,616   

5,436   

(225)   

(713)   

(938)   

note (ii)
(138)   

(12)   

(150)   

138   

–   

138   

(1,529)   

–   

(1,529)   

57   

(18)   

39   

(11)   

(3,604)   

(3,615)   

–   

730   

730   

Gross amount 
included in the 
balance sheet

note (i)
457 

3,174 

3,631 

(284)   

(582)   

(866)   

  31 Dec 2022 $m

Related amounts not offset in the balance sheet

Financial 
instruments

Cash collateral

note (ii)
(179)   

– 

(217)   

– 

(179)   

(217)   

179 

– 

179 

27 

13 

40 

Securities 
collateral

note (iii)
– 

(3,174)   

(3,174)   

6 

566 

572 

Net amount 
included in the 
balance sheet

note (iv)
142 

– 

142 

(30) 

(1) 

(31) 

Net amount 
included in the 
balance sheet

note (iv)
61 

– 

61 

(72) 

(3) 

(75) 

Notes
(i) The Group has not offset any of the amounts included in the balance sheet.
(ii) Represents the amount that could be offset under master netting or similar arrangements where the Group does not satisfy the full criteria to offset in the balance sheet.
(iii) Excludes initial margin amounts for exchange-traded derivatives.
(iv) In the tables above, the amounts of assets or liabilities included in the balance sheet would be offset first by financial instruments that have the right of offset under master 
netting or similar arrangements with any remaining amount reduced by the amount of cash and securities collateral. The actual amount of collateral may be greater than 
amounts presented in the tables.

C3 Insurance and reinsurance contracts

Portfolios of insurance contracts that are assets and those that are liabilities, and portfolios of reinsurance contracts that are assets and those 
that are liabilities, are presented separately in the statement of financial position. Any assets or liabilities recognised for cash flows arising before 
the recognition of the related group of contracts (including any assets for insurance acquisition cash flows) are included in the carrying amount 
of the related portfolios of contracts.

The amounts recorded in the balance sheet as insurance and reinsurance contract asset and liabilities are set out in the table below (on the left 
hand side), broken out into their component parts. Additionally presented on the right hand side are the same amounts but including the Group’s 
share of the relevant amounts of its joint venture and associates, which are equity accounted for on the statement of financial position and 
hence all assets and liabilities of those businesses are included in a separate line.

Management believe that the movement in the CSM is a key driver for understanding changes in profitability from period to period and as the 
Group’s share of the results of the joint ventures and associates are included in the Group’s adjusted operating and total profit, it is relevant to 
understand the movement in insurance assets and liabilities including those entities too.

Therefore note C3 comprises:

– Note C3.1 which sets out the components of assets and liabilities as described above. It also provides adjusted shareholders’ equity which 

includes the Contractual service margin net of tax and other adjustments, which management believes is a better measure of value than IFRS 
shareholders’ equity alone as it includes the Group’s future expected profits (based on assumptions at 31 December) on policies that are in-
force at the balance sheet date.

– Note C3.2 which contains the required IFRS 17 disclosures on how certain insurance and reinsurance contract balances have moved during the 

year, including an analysis of the movement of CSM by transition type. These exclude JV and associate balances.

– Note C3.3 includes the disclosures in C3.2 which management believe would be helpful to show on a basis that includes the Group’s share of 

joint ventures and associates, together with a further breakdown of the movement in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by 
segment. The difference in most cases between the notes in C3.2 and C3.3 is solely the addition of the joint venture and associate amounts 
and so no explicit reconciliation has been provided to bridge between the two.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

275

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C3.1 Group overview
(a) Analysis of Group insurance and reinsurance contract assets and liabilities
The table below provides an analysis of portfolio of insurance and reinsurance (RI) contract assets and liabilities held on the Group’s statement 
of financial position:

Excluding JVs and associates

Including JVs and associates note (i)

Assets

Liabilities

Net liabilities (assets)

Assets

Liabilities

Net liabilities (assets)

Insurance

RI

Insurance

RI

Insurance

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

RI

$m

Insurance

RI

Insurance

RI

Insurance

$m

$m

$m

$m

$m

RI

$m

note (ii)

note (ii)

3,952 

1,175 

 120,115 

1,182 

 116,163 

7 

3,998 

1,315 

 139,673 

1,222 

 135,675 

(93) 

(631)   

(84)   

1,713 

(21)   

2,344 

63 

(630)   

(67)   

1,969 

(24)   

2,599 

43 

(2,173)   
1,148 

1,335 
2,426 

  18,011 
 139,839 

(10)    20,184 
 138,691 

1,151 

(1,345) 
(1,275) 

(2,176)   
1,192 

1,321 
2,569 

  20,176 
 161,818 

(19)    22,352 
 160,626 

1,179 

(1,340) 
(1,390) 

32 

– 

1 

– 

(31)   

– 

32 

– 

1 

– 

(31)   

– 

1,180 

2,426 

 139,840 

1,151 

 138,660 

(1,275) 

1,224 

2,569 

 161,819 

1,179 

 160,595 

(1,390) 

3,540 

508 

  107,582 

1,162 

  104,042 

654 

3,562 

652 

  124,297 

1,193 

  120,735 

541 

(505)   

(39)   

1,418 

(44)   

1,923 

(5) 

(502)   

(21)   

1,662 

(47)   

2,164 

(26) 

(1,929)   

1,387 

  17,239 

57 

  19,168 

(1,330) 

(1,921)   

1,369 

  19,383 

54 

  21,304 

(1,315) 

As at 31 Dec 2023
Best estimate liabilities (BEL)
Risk adjustment for non-
financial risk (RA)
Contractual service margin 
(CSM)
Insurance contract balances

Assets for insurance acquisition 
cash flows

Insurance and reinsurance 
contract (assets) liabilities

As at 31 Dec 2022
Best estimate liabilities (BEL)

Risk adjustment for non-
financial risk (RA)

Contractual service margin 
(CSM)

Insurance contract balances

1,106 

1,856 

  126,239 

1,175 

  125,133 

(681) 

1,139 

2,000 

  145,342 

1,200 

  144,203 

(800) 

Assets for insurance acquisition 
cash flows

Insurance and reinsurance 
contract (assets) liabilities

As at 1 Jan 2022 (transition 
date)

28 

– 

3 

– 

(25)   

– 

28 

– 

3 

– 

(25)   

– 

1,134 

1,856 

  126,242 

1,175 

  125,108 

(681) 

1,167 

2,000 

  145,345 

1,200 

  144,178 

(800) 

Best estimate liabilities (BEL)

3,818 

1,752 

  126,438 

1,474 

  122,620 

(278) 

3,993 

1,916 

  142,146 

1,501 

  138,153 

(415) 

Risk adjustment for non-
financial risk (RA)

Contractual service margin 
(CSM)

(547)   

(15)   

1,661 

(46)   

2,208 

(31) 

(575)   

1 

1,868 

(49)   

2,443 

(50) 

(2,050)   

1,050 

  21,699 

(174)    23,749 

(1,224) 

(2,161)   

1,023 

  23,787 

(176)    25,948 

(1,199) 

Insurance contract balances

1,221 

2,787 

  149,798 

1,254 

  148,577 

(1,533) 

1,257 

2,940 

  167,801 

1,276 

  166,544 

(1,664) 

Assets for insurance acquisition 
cash flows

Insurance and reinsurance 
contract (assets) liabilities

29 

– 

– 

– 

(29)   

– 

29 

– 

– 

– 

(29)   

– 

1,250 

2,787 

  149,798 

1,254 

  148,548 

(1,533) 

1,286 

2,940 

  167,801 

1,276 

  166,515 

(1,664) 

Notes
(i) The Group’s investments in JVs and associates are accounted for on an equity method and the Group’s share of insurance and reinsurance contract liabilities and assets as 

shown above relate to the life business of CPL, India and Takaful business in Malaysia.

(ii) At 31 December 2023 and 2022 the Group’s exposure to credit risk arising from insurance contracts issued is not material to the Group as premiums receivable from an 

individual party (policyholders and intermediaries) is not material to the Group.

(b) Adjusted shareholders’ equity

 31 Dec 2023 $m

 31 Dec 2022 $m

1 Jan 2022 (transition date) $m

Balances 
excluding
JVs and 
associates
  15,883   

Group’s 
share 
relating to
JVs and 
associates

Total 
including
JVs and 
associates
1,940    17,823 

Balances 
excluding
JVs and 
associates
  14,472 

Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and 
associates
2,259 

Total 
including
JVs and 
associates
  16,731 

Balances 
excluding
JVs and 
associates
  16,238 

Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and 
associates
2,698 

Total 
including
JVs and 
associates
  18,936 

  18,839   

2,173    21,012 

  17,838 

2,151 

  19,989 

  22,525 

2,224 

  24,749 

1,367   

–   

1,367 

1,295 

– 

1,295 

1,144 

– 

1,144 

Shareholders’ equity

CSM, net of reinsurance
Remove: CSM asset attaching to 
reinsurance contracts wholly 
attributable to policyholders

Less: Related tax adjustments

(2,347)   

(509)   

(2,856) 

(2,295)   

(509)   

(2,804) 

(2,531)   

(527)   

(3,058) 

Adjusted shareholders’ equity

  33,742   

3,604    37,346 

  31,310 

3,901 

  35,211 

  37,376 

4,395 

  41,771 

276

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C3.2 Analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances (excluding JVs and associates)
(a) Analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by measurement component
An analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by measurement component and excluding the Group’s share of 
insurance and reinsurance contract liabilities and assets relate to the life JVs and associates is set out below:

Opening assets

Opening liabilities

Excluding JVs and associates

2023 $m

Insurance

Reinsurance

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

  (3,540)   

note (b)
505    1,929    (1,106) 

(508)   

39    (1,387)    (1,856) 

note (b)

 107,582    1,418    17,239   126,239 

  1,162   

(44)   

57    1,175 

Net opening balance at 1 Jan

 104,042    1,923    19,168   125,133 

654   

(5)    (1,330)   

(681) 

Changes that relate to future service
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

Changes in estimates that result in losses or reversal of 
losses on onerous contracts

New contracts in the year

  (1,181)   

343   

838   

– 

57   

43   

(100)   

– 

196   

(6)   

–   

190 

  (2,461)   

295    2,173   

7 

  (3,446)   

632    3,011   

197 

–    (2,193)    (2,193) 

(228)   

–   

–   

(228) 

(176) 

(98)   

75   

34   

–   

–   

45   

45   

–   

(5)   

38   

–   

24   

–   

24   

–   

(98) 

(70)   

– 

(170)   

(98) 

203   

203 

–   

–   

24 

45 

203   

272 

Changes that relate to current service

Release of CSM to profit or loss

Release of risk adjustment to profit or loss

–   

–   

Experience adjustments

(176)   

–   

Changes that relate to past service

(176)   

(228)    (2,193)    (2,597) 

Adjustments to assets/liabilities for incurred claims

144   

(2)   

–   

142 

Insurance service result

  (3,478)   

402   

818    (2,258) 

(3)   

76   

–   

62   

–   

33   

(3) 

171 

(2)   

10   

8   

70   

(2)   

68   

–   
–   

–   

–   

(49)   

–   

(49)   

(16)   

1   

(45) 

(146) 

(191) 

(20) 

– 

(15)   

(20) 

–    (1,032) 
– 
–   

–   

–   

458 

(574) 

Net finance (income) expense from insurance and 
reinsurance contracts
Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

(43)   

  8,650   

  8,607   

47   

(32)   

15   

229   

233 

(12)    8,606 

217    8,839 

Total amount recognised in income statement

  5,129   

417    1,035    6,581 

Effect of movements in exchange rates

225   

4   

(19)   

210 

Total amount recognised in comprehensive income

  5,354   

421    1,016    6,791 

6   

(156)   

(150)   

(74)   

1   

(73)   

Cash flows

Premiums received net of ceding commissions paid
Insurance acquisition cash flows

  22,294   
  (4,270)   

Claims and other insurance service expenses net of 
recoveries from reinsurance received*

Total cash flows

Other changes note

Closing assets

Closing liabilities

–   
–   

–   

–   

–    22,294 
–    (4,270) 

  (1,032)   
–   

–   (11,082) 

–    6,942 

458   

(574)   

 (11,082)   

  6,942   

(175)   

–   

–   

(175) 

–   

–   

–   

– 

  (3,952)   

631    2,173    (1,148) 

  (1,175)   

84    (1,335)    (2,426) 

 120,115    1,713    18,011   139,839 

  1,182   

(21)   

(10)    1,151 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec

 116,163    2,344    20,184   138,691 

7   

63    (1,345)    (1,275) 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

277

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Opening assets

Opening liabilities

Excluding JVs and associates

2022 $m

Insurance

Reinsurance

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

(3,818)   

547 

note (b)
  2,050 

(1,221) 

(1,752)   

15 

note (b)
(1,050)   

(2,787) 

 126,438 

  1,661 

  21,699 

 149,798 

  1,474 

(46)   

(174)    1,254 

Net opening balance at 1 Jan

 122,620 

  2,208 

  23,749 

 148,577 

(278)   

(31)   

(1,224)   

(1,533) 

Changes that relate to future service
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

Changes in estimates that result in losses or reversal of 
losses on onerous contracts

New contracts in the period

Changes that relate to current service

Release of CSM to profit or loss

Release of risk adjustment to profit or loss

Experience adjustments

Changes that relate to past service

  4,043 

(222)   

(3,821)   

79 

(52)   

– 

(1,811)   

232 

  1,582 

  2,311 

(42)   

(2,239)   

– 

27 

3 

30 

– 

– 

(108)   

(108)   

– 

(2,181)   

(2,181) 

(169)   

– 

– 

– 

(169) 

(108) 

(169)   

(2,181)   

(2,458) 

Adjustments to assets/liabilities for incurred claims

144 

2 

– 

146 

Insurance service result

  2,347 

(209)   

(4,420)   

(2,282) 

280 

10 

(290)   

– 

(3)   

(45)   

232 

– 

– 

(87)   

(87)   

25 

170 

– 

1 

11 

– 

2 

– 

2 

– 

13 

– 

44 

(246)   

168 

– 

– 

168 

(3) 

– 

(3) 

168 

2 

(87) 

83 

– 

(78)   

25 

105 

Net finance (income) expense from insurance and 
reinsurance contracts
Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

13 

9 

218 

240 

(3)   

(1)   

(41)   

(45) 

  (28,954)   

  (28,941)   

(26)   

(17)   

117 

  (28,863) 

  1,224 

335 

  (28,623) 

  1,221 

Total amount recognised in income statement

  (26,594)   

(226)   

(4,085)    (30,905) 

  1,391 

Effect of movements in exchange rates

(1,595)   

(59)   

(496)   

(2,150) 

(19)   

Total amount recognised in comprehensive income

  (28,189)   

(285)   

(4,581)    (33,055) 

  1,372 

Cash flows
Premiums received net of ceding commissions paid

Insurance acquisition cash flows

Claims and other insurance service expenses net of 
recoveries from reinsurance received*

Total cash flows

Other changes note

Closing assets

Closing liabilities

  23,464 

(3,138)   

  (10,650)   

  9,676 

(65)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  23,464 

(970)   

(3,138) 

– 

  (10,650) 

  9,676 

519 

(451)   

(65) 

11 

(3,540)   

505 

  1,929 

(1,106) 

(508)   

39 

(1,387)   

(1,856) 

 107,582 

  1,418 

  17,239 

 126,239 

  1,162 

(44)   

57 

  1,175 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec

 104,042 

  1,923 

  19,168 

 125,133 

654 

(5)   

(1,330)   

(681) 

*

Including investment component.

Note
Other changes include movements in insurance contract liabilities arising from adjustments to remove the incurred non-cash expenses (such as depreciation, amortisation) from 
insurance contract asset/liability balance.
Accretion of interest includes interest on policy loans.

278

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

10 

9 

22 

4 

26 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4 

  1,238 

(37)    1,193 

(115)    1,298 

9 

(6) 

(106)    1,292 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(970) 

– 

519 

(451) 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) CSM transition approach
The table below provides an analysis of CSM by transition approach excluding JVs and associates:

Balance at 1 Jan

Changes that relate to future service

Insurance contracts (excluding JVs and associates)

2023 $m

2022 $m

Contracts 
under MRA

822   

Contracts 
Other 
under FVA
contracts*
Total CSM
3,635    14,711    19,168 

Contracts 
under MRA
944 

Contracts 
under FVA
4,798 

Other 
contracts*
18,007 

Total CSM
23,749 

Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM  

143   

462   

233   

New contracts in the year

Changes that relate to current service

–   

–   

2,173   

143   

462   

2,406   

838 

2,173 

3,011 

18 

– 

18 

(686)   

(3,153)   

(3,821) 

– 

1,582 

1,582 

(686)   

(1,571)   

(2,239) 

Release of CSM to profit or loss

(135)   

(434)   

(1,624)   

(2,193) 

(122)   

(466)   

(1,593)   

(2,181) 

8   

28   

782   

818 

(104)   

(1,152)   

(3,164)   

(4,420) 

Net finance income (expenses) from 
insurance contracts
Effect of movements in exchange rates
Balance at 31 Dec

24   
(25)   
829   

3   
8   

217 
(19) 
3,674    15,681    20,184 

190   
(2)   

35 
(53)   
822 

40 
(51)   

260 
(392)   

3,635 

14,711 

335 
(496) 
19,168 

* Other contracts represent groups of insurance contracts measured under the full retrospective approach at the transition date, 1 January 2022 and groups of contracts 

recognised on or after the transition date.

Balance at 1 Jan

Changes that relate to future service

Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM  

New contracts in the year

Changes that relate to current service

Release of CSM to profit or loss

Net finance income (expenses) from 
reinsurance contracts
Effect of movements in exchange rates

Balance at 31 Dec

Reinsurance contracts (excluding JVs and associates)

2023 $m

2022 $m

Contracts 
under MRA

Contracts 
under FVA

–   

(34)   

Other 
contracts*
(1,296)   

Total CSM
(1,330) 

Contracts 
under MRA
– 

Contracts 
under FVA

(26)   

Other 
contracts*
(1,198)   

Total CSM
(1,224) 

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   
–   

–   

(19)   

–   

(81)   

(70)   

(19)   

(151)   

8   

(11)   

(1)   
1   

195   

44   

(48)   
–   

(100) 

(70) 

(170) 

203 

33 

(49) 
1 

(45)   

(1,300)   

(1,345) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

(18)   

(272)   

(290) 

– 

44 

44 

(18)   

(228)   

(246) 

8 

(10)   

– 
2 

160 

(68)   

(37)   
7 

168 

(78) 

(37) 
9 

(34)   

(1,296)   

(1,330) 

* Other contracts represent groups of reinsurance contracts measured under the full retrospective approach at the transition date, 1 January 2022 and groups of contracts 

recognised on or after the transition date.

An analysis of insurance revenue by transition approach is included in note C3.2(c). 

(c) Analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by remaining coverage and incurred claims 

(excluding JVs and associates)

An analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by remaining coverage and incurred claims and excluding JVs and 
associates is set out below:

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

279

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Excluding JVs and associates

2023 $m

Insurance

Reinsurance

Liabilities for remaining 
coverage

Excluding 
loss 
component

Liabilities for 
incurred  
claims

Loss 
component

note (i)

Liabilities for remaining 
coverage

Total

Excluding loss 
component

Loss 
component

Liabilities for 
incurred 
claims

Total

note (i)

(1,200)   

14   

80   

(1,106) 

(1,460)   

(29)   

(367)   

(1,856) 

Opening assets

Opening liabilities

  123,855   

622   

1,762    126,239 

Net opening balance at 1 Jan

  122,655   

636   

1,842    125,133 

Insurance revenue

Contracts measured under the modified 
retrospective approach

Contracts measured under the fair value 
approach
Other contracts note (ii)

Insurance service expense 

Incurred claims and other directly attributable 
expenses

Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash 
flows

Losses or reversal of losses on onerous 
contracts

Adjustments to liability for incurred claims

Net (income) expense from reinsurance 
contracts held

(247)   

(733)   

(8,391)   

(9,371)   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(247) 

–   

–   

–   

(733) 

(8,391) 

(9,371) 

–   

(42)   

4,071   

4,029 

2,745   

–   

–   

2,745 

–   

–   

197   

–   

–   

142   

197 

142 

2,745   

155   

4,213   

7,113 

Insurance service result

(6,626)   

155   

4,213   

(2,258) 

1,220   

(240)   

(6)   

(39)   

1,175 

(35)   

(406)   

(681) 

640   

640   

(98)   

(98)   

(371)   

(371)   

171 

171 

–   

–   

1   

– 

–   

(191) 

Investment components and premium refunds  

(7,095)   

–   

7,095   

– 

(1)   

8,792   

15   

32   

8,839 

(191)   

Effect of movement in exchange rates

220   

(4)   

(6)   

210 

(4,929)   

170    11,340   

6,581 

448   

(1)   

(98)   

(370)   

(20) 

–   

1   

– 

(4,709)   

166    11,334   

6,791 

447   

(98)   

(369)   

(20) 

Net finance (income) expenses from insurance 
and reinsurance contracts

Total amount recognised in income 
statement

Total amount recognised in comprehensive 
income

Cash flows

Premiums received net of ceding commissions 
paid

Insurance acquisition cash flows

Claims and other insurance service expenses 
net of recoveries from reinsurance received*

  22,294   

(4,270)   

–   

–   

–    22,294 

(1,032)   

–   

(4,270) 

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(1,032) 

– 

458   

458   

458 

(574) 

Total cash flows

  18,024   

–    (11,082)   

6,942 

(1,032)   

– 

–   

–    (11,082)    (11,082) 

Other changes note (iii)

(236)   

23   

38   

(175) 

2   

(1)   

(1)   

– 

Closing assets

Closing liabilities

(1,285)   

20   

117   

(1,148) 

(2,023)   

(119)   

(284)   

(2,426) 

  137,019   

805   

2,015    139,839 

1,200   

(15)   

(34)   

1,151 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec

  135,734   

825   

2,132    138,691 

(823)   

(134)   

(318)   

(1,275) 

280

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excluding JVs and associates

2022 $m

Insurance

Reinsurance

Liabilities for remaining 
coverage

Excluding loss 
component

Loss 
component

Liabilities
 for
 incurred
 claims

Liabilities for remaining 
coverage

Total

Excluding loss 
component

Loss 
component

Liabilities for 
incurred 
claims

Total

(1,308)   

  147,209 

  145,901 

note (i)
17 

651 

668 

70 

(1,221) 

(2,431)   

1,938 

  149,798 

1,314 

2,008 

  148,577 

(1,117)   

note (i)
(32)   

(1)   

(33)   

(324)   

(2,787) 

(59)   

1,254 

(383)   

(1,533) 

(367)   

(1,083)   

(7,099)   

(8,549)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(367) 

(1,083) 

(7,099) 

(8,549) 

– 

(41)   

3,679 

3,638 

Opening assets

Opening liabilities

Net opening balance at 1 Jan

Insurance revenue

Contracts measured under the modified 
retrospective approach

Contracts measured under the fair value 
approach
Other contracts note (ii)

Insurance service expense 

Incurred claims and other directly attributable 
expenses

Amortisation of insurance acquisition cash flows

2,453 

Losses or reversal of losses on onerous contracts

Adjustments to liability for incurred claims

– 

– 

– 

30 

– 

– 

– 

146 

2,453 

30 

146 

2,453 

(11)   

3,825 

6,267 

Net (income) expense from reinsurance 
contracts held

Insurance service result

(6,096)   

(11)   

3,825 

(2,282) 

487 

487 

(2)   

(2)   

(380)   

(380)   

105 

105 

Investment components and premium refunds

(6,895)   

– 

6,895 

– 

179 

Net finance (income) expenses from insurance 
and reinsurance contracts

Total amount recognised in income 
statement

  (28,605)   

(21)   

3 

  (28,623) 

1,182 

  (41,596)   

(32)    10,723 

  (30,905) 

1,848 

(2)   

(548)   

1,298 

Effect of movement in exchange rates

(2,044)   

(15)   

(91)   

(2,150) 

(10)   

Total amount recognised in comprehensive 
income

  (43,640)   

(47)    10,632 

  (33,055) 

1,838 

Cash flows

Premiums received net of ceding commissions 
paid

Insurance acquisition cash flows

Claims and other insurance service expenses net 
of recoveries from reinsurance received*

Total cash flows

Other changes note (iii)

Closing assets

Closing liabilities

Net closing balance at 31 Dec

*

Including investment component.

  23,464 

(3,138)   

– 

  20,326 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  23,464 

(970)   

– 

– 

(3,138) 

– 

– 

  (10,650)    (10,650) 

  (10,650)   

9,676 

(970)   

68 

15 

(148)   

(65) 

9 

(2)   

4 

11 

(1,200)   

  123,855 

  122,655 

14 

622 

636 

80 

(1,106) 

(1,460)   

1,762 

  126,239 

1,220 

1,842 

  125,133 

(240)   

(29)   

(6)   

(35)   

(367)   

(1,856) 

(39)   

1,175 

(406)   

(681) 

Notes
(i) The Group establishes a loss component of the liability for remaining coverage for onerous groups of insurance contracts. The loss component determines the amounts of 
fulfilment cash flows that are subsequently presented in profit or loss as reversals of losses on onerous contracts and are excluded from insurance revenue when they occur.
(ii) Other contracts represent groups of insurance and reinsurance contracts measured under the full retrospective approach at the transition date, 1 January 2022 and groups 

of contracts recognised on or after the transition date.

(iii) Other changes include adjustments to remove the incurred non-cash expenses (such as depreciation and amortisation) from insurance contract asset/liability balance.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

281

– 

– 

(179)   

– 

11 

1,193 

2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2 

(6) 

(546)   

1,292 

– 

– 

519 

519 

(970) 

– 

519 

(451) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

(d) Effect of insurance and reinsurance contracts initially recognised in the year
The following tables summarise the effect on the measurement components arising from the initial recognition of insurance and reinsurance 
contracts in the year,excluding the effect from the Group’s share of the amounts relating to life JVs and associates.

(i)

Insurance contracts

Estimate of present value of expected future cash 
outflows:

Insurance acquisition cash flows

Claims and other directly attributable expenses

Estimate of present value of expected future cash 
inflows

Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

CSM

Loss recognised on initial recognition

(ii) Reinsurance contracts

Excluding JVs and associates

Profitable
contracts
 issued

 2023 $m

Onerous 
contracts
 issued

2022 $m

Profitable
contracts
 issued

Onerous contracts
 issued

Total

Total

4,365   

17,125   

21,490   

101   

348   

449   

4,466 

17,473 

21,939 

2,416 

12,153 

14,569 

49 

420 

469 

2,465 

12,573 

15,038 

(23,916)   

(484)   

(24,400) 

(16,379)   

(470)   

(16,849) 

253   

2,173   

–   

42   

–   

7   

295 

2,173 

7 

228 

1,582 

– 

4 

– 

3 

232 

1,582 

3 

Excluding JVs and associates

 2023 $m

Contracts 
initiated without
 loss-recovery
 component

Contracts
 initiated with
 loss-recovery 
component

Total

Contracts
 initiated
 without
 loss-recovery
 component

2022 $m

Contracts 
initiated with 
loss-recovery 
component

Estimate of present value of expected future cash 
outflows

Estimate of present value of expected future cash 
inflows

Risk adjustment for non-financial risk

CSM

Profit (loss) recognised on initial recognition

1,022   

(1)   

1,021 

762 

(946)   

(5)   

(71)   

–   

–   

–   

1   

–   

(946) 

(5) 

(70) 

– 

(813)   

1 

50 

– 

– 

6 

– 

(6)   

– 

Total

762 

(807) 

1 

44 

– 

282

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C3.3 Analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances (including JVs and associates)
(a) Analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by measurement component
An analysis of movements in insurance and reinsurance contract balances by measurement component and including the Group’s share of 
insurance and reinsurance contract liabilities and assets relate to the life JVs and associates is set out below: 

Opening assets

Opening liabilities

Including JVs and associates

 2023 $m

Insurance

Reinsurance

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

(3,562)   

502   

note (b)
1,921   

(1,139) 

 124,297   

1,662    19,383   145,342 

(652)   

1,193   

21   

(47)   

note (b)
(1,369)   

(2,000) 

54   

1,200 

Net opening balance at 1 Jan

 120,735   

2,164    21,304   144,203 

541   

(26)   

(1,315)   

(800) 

(1,142)   

341   

801   

– 

62   

43   

(105)   

– 

224   

(8)   

–   

(2,687)   

(3,605)   

317   

2,429   

650   

3,230   

216 

59 

275 

–   

–   

(170)   

(170)   

–   

(2,414)   

(2,414) 

(242)   

–   

–   

–   

(242) 

(170) 

(242)   

(2,414)   

(2,826) 

(93)   

86   

55   

–   

–   

50   

50   

–   

(6)   

37   

–   

27   

–   

27   

–   

(81)   

(186)   

(93) 

(1) 

(94) 

206   

206 

–   

–   

27 

50 

206   

283 

130   

(3)   

–   

127 

(3,645)   

405   

816   

(2,424) 

–   

105   

–   

64   

–   

20   

– 

189 

Changes that relate to future service
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

Changes in estimates that result in losses or 
reversal of losses on onerous contracts

New contracts in the year

Changes that relate to current service

Release of CSM to profit or loss

Release of risk adjustment to profit or loss

Experience adjustments

Changes that relate to past service

Adjustments to assets/liabilities for incurred 
claims

Insurance service result

Net finance (income) expense from 

insurance and reinsurance contracts

Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

Total amount recognised in income 

statement

158   

  10,379   

  10,537   

52   

(20)   

32   

307   

517 

(12)    10,347 

295    10,864 

6,892   

437   

1,111   

8,440 

(3)   

(155)   

(158)   

(53)   

2   

(3)   

9   

6   

70   

(1)   

(47)   

–   

(47)   

(27)   

2   

(53) 

(146) 

(199) 

(10) 

3 

Effect of movements in exchange rates

(49)   

(2)   

(63)   

(114) 

Total amount recognised in comprehensive 

income

Cash flows

6,843   

435   

1,048   

8,326 

(51)   

69   

(25)   

(7) 

Premiums received net of ceding commissions 

paid

Insurance acquisition cash flows

  26,224   

(4,802)   

Claims and other insurance service expenses net 

of recoveries from reinsurance received*

  (13,144)   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–    26,224 

(1,137)   

–   

(4,802) 

–   

–    (13,144) 

–   

8,278 

554   

(583)   

–   

(181) 

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(1,137) 

– 

554 

(583) 

– 

8,278   

(181)   

(3,998)   

630   

2,176   

(1,192) 

(1,315)   

67   

(1,321)   

(2,569) 

 139,673   

1,969    20,176   161,818 

1,222   

(24)   

(19)   

1,179 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec

 135,675   

2,599    22,352   160,626 

(93)   

43   

(1,340)   

(1,390) 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

283

Total cash flows

Other changes note 

Closing assets

Closing liabilities

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Opening assets

Opening liabilities

Including JVs and associates

 2022 $m

Insurance

Reinsurance

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

(3,993)   

575 

note (b)
2,161 

(1,257) 

(1,916)   

  142,146 

1,868 

  23,787 

  167,801 

1,501 

note (b)
(1,023)   

(2,940) 

(176)   

1,276 

(1)   

(49)   

Net opening balance at 1 Jan

  138,153 

2,443 

  25,948 

  166,544 

(415)   

(50)   

(1,199)   

(1,664) 

Changes that relate to future service
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

Changes in estimates that result in losses or 
reversal of losses on onerous contracts

New contracts in the period

Changes that relate to current service

Release of CSM to profit or loss

Release of risk adjustment to profit or loss

Experience adjustments

Changes that relate to past service

Adjustments to assets/liabilities for incurred 
claims

Insurance service result

Net finance (income) expense from 

insurance and reinsurance contracts

4,214 

(226)   

(3,988)   

– 

284 

162 

(52)   

– 

(2,210)   

259 

2,027 

2,166 

(19)   

(1,961)   

110 

76 

186 

– 

– 

(119)   

(119)   

– 

(2,413)   

(2,413) 

(184)   

– 

– 

– 

(184) 

(119) 

(184)   

(2,413)   

(2,716) 

(17)   

(37)   

230 

– 

– 

(80)   

(80)   

133 

2,180 

1 

– 

134 

(202)   

(4,374)   

(2,396) 

28 

178 

10 

– 

– 

10 

– 

5 

– 

5 

– 

15 

(294)   

– 

– 

37 

(257)   

171 

– 

– 

171 

(17) 

– 

(17) 

171 

5 

(80) 

96 

– 

(86)   

28 

107 

Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

182 

13 

294 

489 

(8)   

(6)   

(39)   

(53) 

Other net finance (income) expense

  (28,612)   

(12)   

117 

  (28,507) 

  (28,430)   

1 

411 

  (28,018) 

1,215 

1,207 

Total amount recognised in income 

statement

  (26,250)   

(201)   

(3,963)    (30,414) 

1,385 

Effect of movements in exchange rates

(3,070)   

(78)   

(681)   

(3,829) 

3 

Total amount recognised in comprehensive 

income

Cash flows

Premiums received net of ceding commissions 

paid

Insurance acquisition cash flows

Claims and other insurance service expenses net 

of recoveries from reinsurance received*

Total cash flows

Other changes note

Closing assets

Closing liabilities

  (29,320)   

(279)   

(4,644)    (34,243) 

1,388 

  27,916 

(3,690)   

  (12,241)   

  11,985 

(83)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  27,916 

(1,013)   

(3,690) 

– 

  (12,241) 

  11,985 

567 

(446)   

(83) 

14 

10 

4 

19 

5 

24 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4 

(35)   

1,229 

1,176 

(121)   

1,283 

5 

13 

(116)   

1,296 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(1,013) 

– 

567 

(446) 

14 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec

  120,735 

2,164 

  21,304 

  144,203 

*

Including investment component.

(3,562)   

502 

1,921 

(1,139) 

(652)   

21 

(1,369)   

(2,000) 

  124,297 

1,662 

  19,383 

  145,342 

1,193 

541 

(47)   

54 

1,200 

(26)   

(1,315)   

(800) 

Note
Other changes include movements in insurance contract liabilities arising from adjustments to remove the incurred non-cash expenses (such as depreciation, amortisation) from 
insurance contract asset/liability balance.
Accretion of interest includes interest on policy loans.

284

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Analysis of CSM by transition approach including JVs and associates

Balance at 1 Jan

Changes that relate to future service
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

Insurance contracts (including JVs and associates)

2023 $m

2022 $m

Contracts 
under MRA

2,033   

Contracts
 under FVA

Other
contracts*
Total CSM
4,102    15,169    21,304 

Contracts 
under MRA
2,467 

Contracts
 under FVA
5,355 

Other
contracts*
  18,126 

Total CSM
  25,948 

117   

496   

188   

801 

(92)   

(707)   

(3,189)   

(3,988) 

New contracts in the year

–   

–   

2,429   

2,429 

– 

– 

2,027 

2,027 

117   

496   

2,617   

3,230 

(92)   

(707)   

(1,162)   

(1,961) 

Changes that relate to current service
Release of CSM to profit or loss

Net finance income (expenses) from insurance 

contracts

Effect of movements in exchange rates

(247)   

(130)   

66   

(47)   

(458)   

(1,709)   

(2,414) 

(250)   

(511)   

(1,652)   

(2,413) 

38   

908   

816 

(342)   

(1,218)   

(2,814)   

(4,374) 

9   

(6)   

220   

(10)   

295 

(63) 

83 

54 

274 

411 

(175)   

(89)   

(417)   

(681) 

Balance at 31 Dec

1,922   

4,143    16,287    22,352 

2,033 

4,102 

  15,169 

  21,304 

* Other contracts represent groups of insurance contracts measured under the full retrospective approach at the transition date, 1 January 2022 and groups of contracts 

recognised on or after the transition date.

The majority of the CSM on transition on insurance contracts under MRA arises from CPL while the majority of the CSM on transition under FVA 
arises from the Hong Kong and Singapore businesses. 

The transition approach adopted by the Group’s main business segments for the different cohorts of their insurance contracts is summarised in 
the table below. The overlap between approaches reflects the fact that the approaches used vary by insurance contract portfolio and year of 
issue (cohort). 

CPL

Hong Kong

Singapore
Malaysia

Indonesia note (i)
Growth markets and other note (ii)

FRA

Cohort 
n/a

MRA

Cohort
2016 – 2021

n/a

n/a
2000 - 2009
(Unit-linked)

2010 – 2021 

2009 – 2021 
2010 – 2021 
(Unit-linked)
2010-2021 
(Non 
Participating) 

2010 – 2021  2007 – 2009

See note

See note 

FVA

Cohort 
Pre 2016

Pre 2010

Pre 2009

Pre 1999
(Unit-linked)
Pre-2009
(Non-participating)
Pre-2021
(Other)

Pre 2007

See note 

Notes
(i) The cohorts shown are in respect of Indonesia’s unit-linked portfolios. 
(ii) CSM on transition for Growth markets primarily arises from Vietnam, Taiwan and the Philippines. Vietnam has applied the FRA for cohorts from 2013 – 2021, MRA for 

cohorts from 2008 – 2012 and FVA for cohorts prior to 2013. Taiwan and the Philippines have applied the FRA for cohorts from 2010 – 2021 and FVA for all cohorts prior to 
2010. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

285

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Balance at 1 Jan 

Changes that relate to future service
Changes in estimates that adjust the CSM

New contracts in the year

Changes that relate to current service
Release of CSM to profit or loss

Net finance income (expenses) from reinsurance 

contracts

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Balance at 31 Dec

Reinsurance contracts (including JVs and associates)

2023 $m

2022 $m

Contracts 
under MRA

Contracts
 under FVA

–   

(55)   

Other
contracts*
(1,260)   

Total CSM
(1,315) 

Contracts 
under MRA
– 

Contracts
 under FVA

(46)   

Other
contracts*
(1,153)   

Total CSM
(1,199) 

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(17)   

–   

(88)   

(81)   

(105) 

(81) 

(17)   

(169)   

(186) 

10   

(7)   

(2)   

1   

196   

27   

206 

20 

(45)   

1   

(47) 

2 

(63)   

(1,277)   

(1,340) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(22)   

(272)   

(294) 

– 

37 

37 

(22)   

(235)   

(257) 

10 

(12)   

(1)   

4 

161 

(74)   

(34)   

1 

171 

(86) 

(35) 

5 

(55)   

(1,260)   

(1,315) 

* Other contracts represent groups of reinsurance contracts measured under the full retrospective approach at the transition date, 1 January 2022 and groups of contracts 

recognised on or after the transition date.

The CSM on transition on reinsurance contracts held primarily arises from the Hong Kong segment, which has predominantly applied the FRA to 
transition reinsurance cohorts from 2010 – 2021 and the FVA for reinsurance cohorts prior to 2010. 

(c) Additional analysis of insurance and reinsurance contract balances by segment
The table below provides an analysis of portfolio of insurance and reinsurance contract balances, excluding assets for insurance acquisition cash 
flows, by segment. The balances presented include Group’s share of insurance contract balances relating to the life business of CPL, India and 
Takaful business in Malaysia, which are accounted for on an equity method in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Insurance $m

Reinsurance $m

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

BEL

RA

CSM

Total

  13,029   

152   

1,652    14,833 

  60,761   

776   

8,536    70,073 

2,197   

5,910   

206   

739   

3,142 

357   

2,127   

8,394 

  31,770   
  22,008   

687   
421   

4,962    37,419 
4,336    26,765 

 135,675   

2,599    22,352   160,626 

  10,989 

  54,347 
2,032 
5,452 

  28,752 

  19,163 

149 

482 
199 
334 

629 

371 

1,699 

  12,837 

7,857 
1,046 
2,241 

  62,686 
3,277 
8,027 

4,522 

  33,903 

3,939 

  23,473 

4   

(44)   

22   

26   

(146)   
45   

(93)   

2 

465 
8 
31 

40 

(3)   

(22)   

(21) 

84   

(1,429)   

(1,389) 

(7)   

(7)   

3   
(27)   

(6)   

6   

149   
(38)   

9 

25 

6 
(20) 

43   

(1,340)   

(1,390) 

(3)   

17 
(3)   
(7)   

(3)   

(21)   

(1,405)   

– 
(2)   

141 

(28)   

(22) 

(923) 
5 
22 

178 

(60) 

(5)   

(27)   

  120,735 

2,164 

  21,304 

  144,203 

541 

(26)   

(1,315)   

(800) 

As at 31 Dec 2023

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore
Growth markets and other

Total insurance segments

As at 31 Dec 2022

CPL

Hong Kong
Indonesia
Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Total insurance segments

286

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summarised movement analysis of insurance and reinsurance contract balances by segment 

Net opening balance at 1 Jan 2022

Insurance service result

Net finance income (expenses) from insurance contracts

Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

Insurance $m

CPL
  11,273 

Hong Kong
  80,186 

Indonesia
3,720 

Malaysia
8,342 

Singapore
  36,643 

Growth 
markets and 
other
  26,380 

Total 
insurance 
segments
  166,544 

(73)   

(696)   

(117)   

(242)   

(546)   

(722)   

(2,396) 

206 

37 

87 

  (21,912)   

293 

  (21,875)   

37 

26 

63 

95 

31 

83 

489 

(77)   

(4,956)   

(1,675)    (28,507) 

18 

(4,925)   

(1,592)    (28,018) 

Total amount recognised in income statement

220 

  (22,571)   

(54)   

(224)   

(5,471)   

(2,314)    (30,414) 

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Total amount recognised in comprehensive income

Total cash flows

Other changes

(1,019)   

(153)   

(799)    (22,724)   

2,363 

5,216 

– 

8 

(307)   

(361)   

(69)   

(13)   

(454)   

117 

(2,013)   

(3,829) 

(678)   

(5,354)   

(4,327)    (34,243) 

366 

2,684 

1,425 

  11,985 

(3)   

(70)   

(5)   

(83) 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec 2022 / 1 Jan 2023

  12,837    62,686   

3,277   

8,027    33,903    23,473    144,203 

Insurance service result

(98)   

(755)   

(146)   

(254)   

(598)   

(573)   

(2,424) 

Net finance income (expenses) from insurance contracts

Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

Total amount recognised in income statement

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Total amount recognised in comprehensive income

Total cash flows

Other changes

227   

(1)   

692   

3,646   

919   

3,645   

821   

2,890   

(259)   

(11)   

562   

2,879   

43   

145   

188   

42   

46   

88   

100   

6   

142   

517 

498   

2,657   

2,709    10,347 

598   

2,663   

2,851    10,864 

344   

2,065   

2,278   

8,440 

(336)   

621   

(175)   

(114) 

8   

2,686   

2,103   

8,326 

1,434   

4,509   

(186)   

364   

884   

1,273   

8,278 

–   

(1)   

(37)   

(5)   

(54)   

(84)   

(181) 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec 2023

  14,833    70,073   

3,142   

8,394    37,419    26,765    160,626 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

287

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Net opening balance at 1 Jan 2022

Insurance service result

Net finance income (expenses) from reinsurance 

contracts

Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

Total amount recognised in income statement

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Total amount recognised in comprehensive income

Total cash flows

Other changes

Net closing balance at 31 Dec 2022 / 1 Jan 2023

Insurance service result

Net finance income (expenses) from reinsurance 

contracts

Accretion of interest on GMM contracts

Other net finance (income) expense

Total amount recognised in income statement

Effect of movements in exchange rates

Total amount recognised in comprehensive income

Total cash flows

Other changes

Reinsurance $m

CPL
(25)   

Hong Kong
(1,663)   

Indonesia
8 

6 

63 

– 

Malaysia
15 

10 

Growth 
markets and 
other
(58)   

Total 
insurance 
segments
(1,664) 

Singapore
59 

4 

24 

107 

(1)   

– 

(1)   

5 

1 

6 

(45)   

1,246 

1,201 

1,264 

4 

1,268 

(3)   

(535)   

– 

7 

(22)   

(923)   

8   

135   

(1)   

–   

(1)   

7   

3   

10   

(9)   

–   

(38)   

(154)   

(192)   

(57)   

(2)   

(59)   

(407)   

–   

– 

(1)   

(1)   

(1)   

(1)   

(2)   

(1)   

– 

5   

2   

–   

(6)   

(6)   

(4)   

(1)   

(5)   

9   

–   

9   

1 

1 

2 

12 

– 

12 

(5)   

– 

22   

9   

1   

–   

1   

10   

(1)   

9   

(6)   

–   

25   

(1)   

(6)   

(7)   

(3)   

4 

1 

118 

– 

178   

17   

(8)   

1   

(7)   

10   

(1)   

9   

(181)   

–   

6   

(7)   

(11)   

(18)   

6 

(53) 

1,229 

1,176 

1,283 

5 

11 

13 

1,296 

(20)   

(446) 

7 

(60)   

18   

14 

(800) 

189 

(7)   

13   

6   

24   

5   

29   

11   

–   

(53) 

(146) 

(199) 

(10) 

3 

(7) 

(583) 

– 

(20)   

(1,390) 

Net closing balance at 31 Dec 2023

(21)   

(1,389)   

288

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(d) Contractual service margin 
The following tables illustrate when the Group expects to recognise the remaining CSM in profit or loss after the reporting date based on the 
assumptions and economics in place at the year ends shown. Future new business is excluded. 

(i)

Insurance contracts – expected recognition of the CSM

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years
After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

Total CSM

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

Total CSM

(ii) Reinsurance contracts – expected recognition of the CSM

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

Total CSM

31 Dec 2023 $m

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates

2,041   

1,780   

1,586   

1,412   

1,283   
4,604   

2,924   

1,781   

2,773   

226   

190   

165   

146   

127   
474   

293   

195   

352   

20,184

2,168

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
2,267 

1,970 

1,751 

1,558 

1,410 
5,078 

3,217 

1,976 

3,125 

22,352

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position

1,981  

1,751  

1,555  

1,385  

1,217  

4,306  

2,705  

1,666  

2,602  

31 Dec 2022 $m

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates
219 

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
2,200 

175 

155 

138 

122 

454 

292 

201 

380 

1,926 

1,710 

1,523 

1,339 

4,760 

2,997 

1,867 

2,982 

19,168 

2,136 

21,304 

31 Dec 2023 $m

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates

(177)  

(132)  

(103)  

(85)  

(74)  

(268)  

(173)  

(113)  

(220)  

(1,345)  

(2)   

–   

1   

1   

1   

3   

2   

–   

(1)   

5 

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
(179) 

(132) 

(102) 

(84) 

(73) 

(265) 

(171) 

(113) 

(221) 

(1,340)

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

289

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

Total CSM

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position

31 Dec 2022 $m

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates

(122)  

(111)  

(100)  

(89)  

(80)  

(301)  

(188)  

(119)  

(220)  

(2)   

2 

2 

2 

2 

5 

3 

1 

– 

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
(124) 

(109) 

(98) 

(87) 

(78) 

(296) 

(185) 

(118) 

(220) 

(1,330)  

15 

(1,315)

(e) Maturity analysis of the future cash flows of insurance and reinsurance contract liabilities 
The following table shows the maturity profile of the expected future cash flows on a discounted basis relating to insurance and reinsurance 
contract liabilities, respectively. The amounts in the table below include the expected amounts payable on demand at a timing of when they are 
expected to occur over the outstanding duration of the existing business.

(i)

Insurance contract liabilities – expected cash flows (discounted)

31 Dec 2023 $m

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

No stated maturity

2,256   

2,262   

4,269   

5,272   

4,436   

18,726   

16,374   

14,560   

35,210   

16,750   

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
1,779 

(477)   

94   

516   

973   

828   

3,076   

2,703   

2,016   

6,287   

3,542   

2,356 

4,785 

6,245 

5,264 

21,802 

19,077 

16,576 

41,497 

20,292 

Total expected future cash flows

120,115   

19,558   

139,673 

31 Dec 2022 $m

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position
(622)

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates
(847)

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
(1,469)

1,040  
3,021  
4,441  

4,652

20,131

16,507

12,873

30,891

14,648 

107,582 

81 
477 
732 

1,146

2,832

2,309

1,674

5,064

3,247 

16,715 

1,121
3,498
5,173

5,798

22,963

18,816

14,547

35,955

17,895 

124,297 

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years
After 2 years to 3 years
After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

No stated maturity

Total expected future cash flows

290

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii) Reinsurance contract liabilities – expected cash flows (discounted)

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

Total expected future cash flows

1 year or less

After 1 year to 2 years

After 2 years to 3 years

After 3 years to 4 years

After 4 years to 5 years

After 5 years to 10 years

After 10 years to 15 years

After 15 years to 20 years

After 20 years

Total expected future cash flows

  31 Dec 2023 $m

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates

820   

58   

54   

26   

4   

(3)   

4   

5   

214   

1,182   

15   

–   

–   

–   

–   

1   

2   

3   

19   

40   

Total including Group’s 
share relating to
JVs and associates
835 

58 

54 

26 

4 

(2) 

6 

8 

233 

1,222 

31 Dec 2022 $m

Total as reported on the 
consolidated statement of 
financial position
136 

Group’s share relating to
JVs and associates
23 

Total including Group’s share 
relating to
JVs and associates
159 

693 

– 

4 

(15)   

(67)   

1 

24 

386 

1,162 

2 

2 

1 

1 

2 

– 

– 

(1)   

30 

695 

2 

5 

(14) 

(65) 

1 

25 

385 

1,193 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

291

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C3.4 Products and determining contract liabilities
(a) Measurement of insurance and reinsurance contracts
Separating components 
A contract has an investment component if there is an amount (which could be zero) that the contract requires the entity to repay to the 
policyholder in all circumstances that have commercial substance. The surrender value, net of policy loans (where these exist), is accounted as the 
investment component of a contract. Participating and non-participating (such as whole-life and endowment) contracts have explicit surrender 
values. There are a relatively small number of products that do not have a surrender value, and the investment components of these contracts 
are determined on a case-by-case basis. The non-distinct investment components are excluded from insurance revenue and insurance service 
expenses. 

At initial recognition, the Group is required to separate  the following components and account for them as if they were stand-alone contracts. 
– Distinct investment components. An investment component is distinct if and only if (a) the insurance and investment components are not 

highly interrelated and (b) a contract with equivalent terms is, or could be, sold separately in the same market or jurisdiction.

– Embedded derivatives that do not meet the definition of an insurance contract and whose economic characteristics and risks are not closely 

related to those of the host contract.

– Distinct services other than insurance contract services. A service component is distinct if it is not highly interrelated with the insurance 

component and the entity provides no significant service in integrating the service component with the insurance component 

There are no material instances within the Group where distinct investment components, distinct services or embedded derivatives are separated 
from insurance contracts.

Asset management services for investments held under an insurance contract are not separated.

Subsequent measurement of CSM
The CSM of each group of contracts is calculated at each reporting date as follows.

The carrying amount of the CSM of contracts measured under the GMM at each reporting date is the carrying amount at the start of the year, 
adjusted for: (a) the CSM of any new contracts that are added to the group in the year; (b) interest accreted at locked-in discount rate; (c) 
changes in fulfilment cash flows arising from operating assumption changes and variances that relate to future services except for those relating 
to onerous contracts; (d) the effect of currency exchange differences on the CSM; and (e) the amount of CSM recognised in profit or loss in the 
year based on the coverage units.

The carrying amount of the CSM of contracts measured under the VFA at each reporting date is the carrying amount at the start of the year, 
adjusted for: (a) the CSM of any new contracts that are added to the group in the year; (b) the change in the amount of the Group’s share of the 
fair value of the underlying items; (c) changes in fulfilment cash flows arising from both operating and economic assumption changes and 
variances that relate to future services except for those relating to onerous contracts; (d) the effect of currency exchange differences on the CSM; 
and (e) the amount of CSM recognised in profit or loss in the year based on the coverage units.

The table below provides a description of the material features of each of the key products written by the Group, together with the measurement 
model used to determine their contract liabilities under IFRS 17.

292

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Contract type

Description and material features

Measurement model

All with-profits contracts of the Group written in Hong Kong, 
Singapore and Malaysia are measured using the VFA model.

The shareholders’ share of the excess of the assets of the 
with-profits funds over policyholder liabilities is recognised 
within shareholders’ equity.

Other participating contracts of the Group are measured 
under the VFA model except for the contracts that are 
written by the Group’s life joint venture, CPL, where the 
GMM approach is applied. 

Unit-linked contracts are measured either under the VFA or 
the GMM depending on the relative size of the savings and 
protection benefits of the contract. The larger the 
protection component the more likely the contract is 
required to be measured under the GMM.  

Shareholder-backed participating critical illness contracts 
are measured under the VFA.

Stand-alone non-par health and protection (excluding 
shareholder-backed participating critical illness) contracts 
are measured under the GMM. 

These contracts are measured under the GMM.

With-profits 
contracts 
(written in 
Hong Kong, 
Singapore and 
Malaysia)

Other 

participating 
contracts

Unit-linked 
contracts

Health and 

protection – 
Shareholder- 
backed 
participating 
critical illness 
contracts
Health and 

protection – 
Other

Non-

participating 
term, whole life 
and 
endowment 
assurance 
contracts

Provides savings and/or protection where the basic sum 
assured can be enhanced by a profit share (or bonus) from 
the underlying fund as determined at the discretion of the 
local business unit.

With-profits products often offer a guaranteed maturity or 
surrender value. Declared regular bonuses are guaranteed 
once vested. Future bonus rates and cash dividends are not 
guaranteed. Market value adjustments and surrender 
penalties are used for certain products where the law 
permits such adjustments. Guarantees are predominantly 
supported by the segregated funds and their estates.

Additional health and protection benefits can be provided 
through riders (which are not separated from the base 
with-profits contracts).
Similar to the with-profits contracts, other participating 
contracts include savings and/or protection elements, with 
policyholders and shareholders sharing in the returns of 
the underlying funds. 

Combines savings with health and protection riders (which, 
under IFRS 17, are not separated from the base contract). 
The cash value of the policy primarily depends on the 
value of the underlying unitised funds.

Shareholder-backed participating critical illness contracts 
are written by the Group’s Hong Kong business. These 
products combine critical illness and death benefits with a 
savings element. These are whole life products and have 
regular premium payments with a limited payment term.

In addition to supplementary heath and protection 
contract products attached to with-profits and unit-linked 
contracts described above, the Group also offers stand-
alone health and protection products.

These are non-participating contracts that provide 
mortality and/or morbidity benefits including health, 
disability, critical illness and accident coverage.

Non-participating savings and/or protection where the 
benefits are guaranteed, determined by a set of defined 
market-related parameters, or determined at the discretion 
of the local business unit. These products often offer a 
guaranteed maturity and/or surrender value. It is common 
in Asia for regulations or market-driven demand and 
competition to provide some form of capital value 
protection and minimum crediting interest rate 
guarantees. This is reflected within the guaranteed 
maturity and surrender values. Guarantees are supported 
by shareholders.

The fair value of underlying items of the Group’s direct participating contracts at 31 December 2023, excluding the Group’s share of the 
amounts that relate to life JVs and associates, is $127,570 million (31 December 2022: $115,489 million). The Group’s direct participating 
contracts are the contracts that are measured under the VFA model and as discussed in the table above comprise primarily the Group’s with-
profits, unit-linked and shareholder-backed participating critical illness contracts. Those underlying items comprise primarily investments in debt 
securities, equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes. The underlying items also include the related reinsurance assets and 
the policyholders’ interest in the excess net assets of relevant participating funds.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

293

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

(b) Reinsurance contracts held 
The Group cedes certain business to other insurance companies. Although the ceding of insurance does not relieve the Group from its liability to 
its policyholders, the Group participates in such agreements largely for the purpose of managing its loss exposure. The Group evaluates the 
financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentration of credit risk from similar geographic regions, activities or economic 
characteristics of the reinsurers to minimise its exposure from reinsurer insolvencies. 98 per cent (31 December 2022: 95 per cent) of the Group’s 
reinsurance contract BEL that are assets, excluding the Group’s share of the balances held by life joint ventures and associates, are held with 
reinsurers with a rating of A- and above by Standard & Poor’s or other external rating agencies by reference to the reinsurance BEL.

The reinsurance contracts held primarily relate to protection business written in Hong Kong. The Group’s Hong Kong business cedes insurance risk 
to limit exposure to underwriting losses under various agreements that cover individual risks, group risks or defined blocks of business, on a co-
insurance, surplus, quota share, or catastrophe excess of loss basis. The amount of each risk retained depends on the evaluation of the specific 
risk, subject to certain circumstances, to internally set maximum limits based on characteristics of coverage.

As required by IFRS 17, all reinsurance contracts held by the Group are measured using the GMM.

A group of reinsurance contracts held is recognised on the following date:

– Reinsurance contracts held by the Group that provide proportionate coverage: The later of the start date of the coverage period, and the date 

on which any underlying insurance contract is initially recognised. This applies to the Group’s quota share reinsurance contracts. 
– Other (non-proportionate) reinsurance contracts held by the Group: The earlier of beginning of the coverage period of the group of 

reinsurance contracts or the recognition date of an underlying onerous group of insurance contracts issued.

– Reinsurance contracts held acquired via a business acquisition/ combination: The date of the business acquisition/combination.

On initial recognition, the CSM of a group of reinsurance contracts held represents a net cost or net gain on purchasing reinsurance. It is 
measured as the equal and opposite amount of the total of (a) the fulfilment cash flows, (b) any amount arising from the derecognition of any 
assets or liabilities previously recognised for cash flows related to the group, (c) any cash flows arising at that date and (d) any income 
recognised in profit or loss because of onerous underlying contracts recognised at that date. However, if the net cost of purchasing reinsurance 
relates to past events, the Group recognises the net cost immediately in profit or loss.

The carrying amount at the end of each reporting period of a group of reinsurance contracts held is measured in the same way as the underlying 
insurance contracts under GMM. Reinsurance contracts held are subject to the same modification requirements as insurance contracts.

C4 Intangible assets 

C4.1 Goodwill
Business combination
Business acquisitions are accounted for by applying the purchase method of accounting, which adjusts the net assets of the acquired company 
to fair value at the date of purchase. The excess of the acquisition consideration over the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquired 
business is recorded as goodwill. The Group chooses the full goodwill method or the partial goodwill method to calculate goodwill on an 
acquisition-by-acquisition basis. Expenses related to acquiring new subsidiaries are charged to the income statement in the period in which they 
are incurred and not included in goodwill. Income and expenses of acquired businesses are included in the income statement from the date of 
acquisition.

Where the Group writes a put option, which if exercised triggers the purchase of non-controlling interests as part of its business acquisition, the 
put option is recognised as a financial liability at the acquisition date. Where risks and rewards remain with the non-controlling interests, a 
corresponding amount is deducted from equity. Any subsequent changes to the carrying amount of the put option liability are also recognised 
within equity.

Goodwill
Goodwill is capitalised and carried on the Group consolidated statement of financial position as an intangible asset at initial value less any 
accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill impairment testing is conducted annually and when there is an indication that the goodwill may be 
impaired. 

Goodwill shown on the consolidated statement of financial position represents amounts allocated to businesses in Asia and Africa in respect of 
both acquired asset management and life businesses. There has been no impairment as at 31 December 2023 and 2022. 

Carrying value at 1 Jan

Exchange differences

Carrying value at 31 Dec

 2023 $m

890   

6   

896   

2022 $m
907 

(17) 

890 

294

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
Impairment testing 
Goodwill does not generate cash flows independently of other groups of assets and thus is assigned to CGUs for the purposes of impairment 
testing. These CGUs are based upon how management monitors the business and represent the lowest level to which goodwill can be allocated 
on a reasonable basis. Of the carrying value at 31 December 2023, $449 million (31 December 2022: $445 million) relates to asset 
management business in Thailand and $238 million (31 December 2022: $234 million) relates to the acquisition of UOB Life in Singapore. Other 
goodwill amounts are allocated across CGUs, which are not individually material.

Goodwill is tested for impairment by comparing the CGU’s carrying amount, including any goodwill, with its recoverable amount. The Group’s 
methodology of assessing whether goodwill may be impaired for acquired life and asset management operations is discussed below.

For acquired life businesses, the Group routinely compares the aggregate of net asset value and acquired goodwill on an IFRS basis of the 
acquired life business with the value of the current in-force business as determined using the EEV methodology. Any excess of IFRS value over 
EEV carrying value is then compared with EEV basis value of current and projected future new business to determine whether there is any 
indication that the goodwill in the IFRS statement of financial position may be impaired. The methodology and assumptions underpinning the 
Group’s EEV basis of reporting are included in the EEV basis supplementary information in this Annual Report.

The goodwill in respect of asset management businesses comprises mainly the goodwill arising from the acquisition of Thanachart Fund 
Management Co., Ltd in 2019 and TMB Asset Management Co., Ltd in Thailand in 2018. The two acquired entities were merged as Eastspring 
Asset Management (Thailand) Co., Ltd in 2022. The goodwill impairment testing for these businesses is prepared as a single CGU reflecting that 
these businesses are managed together. The recoverable amount has been determined by calculating the value in use of the combined business 
calculated using a discounted cash flow valuation. 

For the combined Thailand asset management business, the valuation is based on a number of key assumptions as follows:

– Cash flow projections based on the latest five-year business plan or forecast;
– A constant growth rate of 3.5 per cent (2022: 3.5 per cent) on forecast cash flows beyond the terminal year of the cash flow projection period;
– The risk discount rate applied in accordance with the nature of the businesses. The pre-tax discount rate applied is 9.0 per cent (31 December 

2022: 9.0 per cent); and

– The continuation of asset management contracts on similar terms.

The key assumptions used in the impairment testing, including the cash flow projections, are subject to fluctuations in the external market and 
economic conditions. No material impairment is expected to occur if a reasonably possible change is made to each of the individual key 
assumptions, which the Group has taken to be a 10 per cent fall in cashflow projections, a 1 per cent fall in the growth rate or a 1 per cent 
increase in the discount rate. A more significant fall or a combination of effects could have a larger impact on the recoverable value and so there 
are circumstances where an impairment could occur.

C4.2 Other intangible assets
Intangible assets acquired on the purchase of a subsidiary or portfolio of contracts are measured at fair value on acquisition. Other intangible 
assets, such as distribution rights and software, are valued initially at the price paid to acquire or cost to develop them and are subsequently 
carried at cost less amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. For intangibles other than goodwill, amortisation follows the pattern in 
which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed. If the pattern cannot be determined reliably, a straight-line method is applied. 
For software, the amortisation generally represents the licence period of the software acquired. Amortisation of intangible assets is charged to 
the Consolidated income statement and allocated between attributable and non-attributable expenses for the Group's insurance entities as 
shown in note B2. Impairment testing is conducted when there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired.

Balance at 1 Jan

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Additions

Amortisation charge

Disposals and transfers

Exchange differences and other movements

Balance at 31 Dec

Comprising:
Cost
Accumulated amortisation

Distribution rights

 2023 $m

Other 
intangibles

Total

Distribution rights

note (i)

note (ii)

note (i)

2022 $m

Other
intangibles

note (ii)

5,176   

(1,546)   

3,630   

415   

(330)   

–   

(6)   

489   

(235)   

254   

83   

(49)   

(6)   

(5)   

5,665   

(1,781)   

3,884   

498   

(379)   

(6)   

(11)   

5,037 

(1,255)   

3,782 

206 

(301)   

– 

(57)   

3,709   

277   

3,986   

3,630 

5,585   
(1,876)   

537   
(260)   

6,122   
(2,136)   

5,176 
(1,546)   

425 

(192)   

233 

83 

(48)   

(6)   

(8)   

254 

489 
(235)   

Total

5,462 

(1,447) 

4,015 

289 

(349) 

(6) 

(65) 

3,884 

5,665 
(1,781) 

Notes
(i) Distribution rights relate to amounts that have been paid or have become unconditionally due for payment as a result of past events in respect of the bancassurance 

partnership arrangements for the bank distribution of Prudential’s insurance products for a fixed period of time. The distribution rights amounts are amortised on a basis to 
reflect the pattern in which the future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by reference to new business production levels.

(ii) Included within other intangibles are software and licence fees.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

295

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C5 Borrowings

Although initially recognised at fair value (net of transaction costs), borrowings are subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis using 
the effective interest method. Under the effective interest method, the difference between the redemption value of the borrowing and the initial 
proceeds (net of related issue costs) is amortised through the income statement to the date of maturity or, for hybrid debt, over the expected life 
of the instrument.

C5.1 Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Subordinated debt:

US$750m 4.875% Notes
€20m Medium Term Notes 2023 note (ii)
£435m 6.125% Notes 2031

US$1,000m 2.95% Notes 2033

Senior debt: note (i)

£300m 6.875% Notes 2023 note (ii)
£250m 5.875% Notes 2029

US$1,000m 3.125% Notes 2030

US$350m 3.625% Notes 2032 

 31 Dec 2023 $m

 31 Dec 2022 $m

750   

–   

551   

996   

–   

301   

988   

347   

750 

21 

520 

995 

361 

281 

987 

346 

Total core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

3,933   

4,261 

Notes
(i) The senior debt ranks above subordinated debt in the event of liquidation.
(ii) The £300 million Notes were redeemed on 20 January 2023. The €20 million Medium Term Notes were redeemed on 10 July 2023.

C5.2 Operational borrowings

Borrowings in respect of short-term fixed income securities programmes (commercial paper)

Lease liabilities under IFRS 16

Other borrowings

Total operational borrowings

31 Dec 2023 $m

699   
234   

8   

941   

31 Dec 2022 $m
501 

299 

15 

815 

296

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C6 Risk and sensitivity analysis

Group overview
The Group’s risk framework and the management of risks attaching to the Group’s consolidated financial statements including financial assets, 
financial liabilities and insurance liabilities, together with the inter-relationship with the management of capital, have been included in the 
audited sections of the Risk review report. 

The financial and insurance assets and liabilities on the Group’s statement of financial position are, to varying degrees, subject to market and 
insurance risk and other changes of assumptions that may have an effect on IFRS basis profit or loss and shareholders’ equity as described 
below. The market and insurance risks and also sustainability-related risks, including how they affect Group’s operations and how these are 
managed are discussed in the Risk review report referred to above. The sustainability-related risks discussed in the Risk review report include in 
particular the potential long-term impact of environmental risks associated with climate change (including physical and transition risks) on the 
Group’s investments and liabilities. 

The Sustainability Report included in this Annual Report sets out three commonly used scenarios of plausible global responses to climate change. 
The Group’s scenario testing results are translated into sensitivities to economic factors to assess the possible financial consequences of climate 
change on the Group’s business. Though the Group faces potential financial risks from plausible global responses to climate change, the results 
for the Group’s scenario testing are not outside observed market volatility suggesting no immediate need for explicit climate change allowance 
within the current valuations of the Group’s investment portfolio. The Group remains mindful of the limitations within the results of the scenario 
testing and that the models for the testing continue to change. Additionally, the Group’s climate scenario analysis currently does not consider 
management actions the Group could take to mitigate the negative impacts of climate change. In addition, given the current insufficiency and 
uncertainty of data available, at this stage, the Group’s claims and lapses assumptions for its life and health insurance business do not include 
additional assumptions related to the impacts of climate change over and above those that arise from the annual review of experience. The 
Group will continue to perform its regular experience analysis, engage with reinsurers and monitor relevant academic studies. If significant 
changes occur, the financial impacts from climate-related risks on insurance liabilities will be considered. The Group has analysed the distribution 
of its customers across locations to assess their vulnerability to extreme climate events to improve the Group’s understanding of its customers 
and its exposure to climate risks.

Sensitivity analyses of IFRS profit or loss, shareholders’ equity and CSM to key market and other risks for the insurance operations are provided in 
section C6.1 below. The sensitivity analyses provided show the effect on profit after tax, shareholders’ equity and CSM to changes in the relevant 
risk variables, all of which are considered to be reasonably possible at the relevant balance sheet date. The sensitivities reflect consequential 
impacts from market movements at the valuation date.

The sensitivity of the Group’s Eastspring and central operations to market risks is discussed in section C6.2. 

The Group benefits from diversification benefits achieved through the geographical spread of the Group’s operations and, within those 
operations, through a broad mix of product types. The simplified sensitivities below are calculated at the individual business unit level and 
aggregated to show the Group impact and no group level adjustments are made.

Relevant correlation factors include:

– Correlation across geographic regions for both financial and non-financial risk factors; and
– Correlation across risk factors for mortality and morbidity, expenses, persistency and other risks.

The geographical diversity of the Group’s business means that it has some exposure to the risk of foreign exchange rate fluctuations where a 
group undertaking has a functional currency that differs to US dollar, the Group’s presentational currency. Consistent with the Group’s 
accounting policies, the profits of these business units are translated at average exchange rates and shareholders’ equity at the closing rate for 
the reporting period. For 2023 and 2022, the rates for the most significant operations are given in note A1. The Group has no exposure to 
currency fluctuation from business units that operate in USD, or currencies pegged to the USD (such as HKD), and reduced exposure to currencies 
partially managed to the USD within a basket of currencies (such as SGD). The impact of changes of foreign exchange rates on the Group’s 
assets and liabilities from the above exposure is recorded as part of Other comprehensive income and in 2023 represented a loss of $124 million 
(2022: loss of $603 million) which corresponds to 1 per cent of opening shareholders’ equity (2022: 3 per cent). Additionally note B1.1 ‘Segment 
Results’ shows the Group’s segment and total profit for 2022 as if it had been prepared using the same exchange rates as 2023, giving an 
indication of how foreign exchange rates impact the Group’s profit and loss.

A 10 per cent increase (strengthening of the US dollar) or decrease (weakening of the US dollar) in these rates would have reduced or increased 
profit for the year and shareholders’ equity of the Group respectively as follows:

Change in local currency to $ exchange rates

Profit after tax for the year

Shareholders’ equity

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

Decrease of 10%

Increase of 10%

Decrease of 10% Increase of 10%

152   

(124) 

1,256   

(1,028) 

49

1,182

(40)

(967)

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange gains and losses on assets and liabilities held by the Group’s undertakings in a currency other 
than their functional currency. These will often be managed by derivatives or by having assets and liabilities that match in terms of currency. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

297

 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C6.1 Insurance operations
(a) Sensitivity to key market risks
The table below shows the sensitivity of profit after tax, shareholders’ equity and CSM as at 31 December 2023 and 2022 for insurance 
segments to the following market risks:

– 1 per cent increase and 0.5 per cent decrease in observable risk-free interest rates (as described in note A3.1(a)) in isolation and subject to a 

floor of zero; and

– Instantaneous 10 per cent rise and 20 per cent fall in the market value of equity and property assets. The equity risk sensitivity analysis 

assumes that all equity indices fall by the same percentage.

The sensitivities below only allow for limited management actions such as changes to policyholder bonuses and re-pricing for medical business, 
where applicable. If the economic conditions set out in the sensitivities persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts 
shown below. Given the continuous risk management processes in place, management could take additional actions to help mitigate the impact 
of these stresses, including (but not limited to) increased use of reinsurance, repricing of in-force benefits, changes to new business pricing and 
the mix of new business being sold. 

The impact of changes in interest rates and equity values impacts both assets and liabilities. For assets backing insurance contract liabilities and 
those related liabilities, these impacts will vary depending on whether insurance contracts are classified as VFA or GMM. In addition there will be 
impacts from other shareholder assets that back IFRS shareholders equity rather than insurance contract liabilities. The vast majority of the 
Group’s investments are classified as FVTPL and so movements as a result of interest rate and equity markets directly impact profit, unless they 
are offset by corresponding movements in the Group’s liabilities.

For VFA contracts (which include the majority of the Group’s participating and unit-linked contracts but not all as discussed in note A2.1) 
movements in underlying assets are matched by a movement in insurance liabilities. Changes in BEL and risk adjustment as a result of a change 
in discount rate or from changes in the variable fee (that is dependent on the value of underlying assets) are taken as a change to the CSM with 
no immediate impact on profit or shareholders’ equity. There will however be an impact on profit and shareholders’ equity from changes to the 
CSM amortisation as a result of changes both to the CSM and the discounting of the coverage units. Onerous contracts with no CSM will also 
have impacts going directly to the income statement.

For GMM contracts, the CSM is calculated on a locked-in basis (ie using discount rates applied at the dates of initial recognition of each group of 
contracts), whereas the BEL and risk adjustment are calculated using a current discount rate. This accounting mismatch passes through the 
income statement. The impact will depend on whether the BEL is an asset or a liability. For BEL assets, which are largely offset by CSM liabilities, 
(ie for certain protection contracts where future premiums are expected to exceed future claims and expenses) increases in interest rates will 
reduce the BEL asset with no impact on the CSM liability and hence reduce profit. For a BEL liability, where the BEL and CSM liabilities are backed 
by invested assets, (eg certain Universal Life contracts) there are likely to be offsetting asset impacts (for example BEL liabilities and bond values 
will both reduce as interest rates increase) and the impact on profit will be dependent on any mismatches between assets and liabilities together 
with the impact of the CSM being calculated on a locked-in basis.

For other shareholder assets, that are not backing insurance contract liabilities increases in interest rates and falls in equity markets reduce asset 
values, which under the Group’s accounting policy pass directly through the income statement and hence reduce profit (vice-versa for decreases 
in interest rates and increases in equity markets).

The income statement volatilities stated above lead to a volatility in the shareholders’ equity to the same extent.

Base values

Profit (loss) after tax for the year from insurance segments

Group shareholders’ equity as at 31 Dec

CSM as at 31 Dec including JVs and associates 

Insurance segments

Interest rates and consequential effects

Increase/(decrease) to shareholders’ equity and profit after tax:

Financial assets

Net insurance contract liabilities (including CSM)
Net effect on shareholders' equity and profit after tax note

Increase/(decrease) to CSM liability:

CSM

2023 $m
2,099   

17,823   

21,012   

2022 $m
(494) 

16,731 

19,989 

 31 Dec 2023 $m

 31 Dec 2022 $m

Decrease of 0.5%

Increase of 1%

Decrease of 0.5%

Increase of 1%

6,815   

(12,004) 

(7,332)   

12,191 

(328)   

24 

5,873 

(6,120)

(127)   

(10,362) 

10,295

(165) 

358   

(880) 

220 

(850) 

298

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Insurance segments

Equity/property market values

Increase/(decrease) to shareholders’ equity and profit after tax:

Financial assets

Net insurance contract liabilities (including CSM)
Net effect on shareholders' equity and profit after tax note

Increase/(decrease) to CSM liability:

CSM

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

Decrease of 20%

Increase of 10%

Decrease of 20%

Increase of 10%

(13,359)   

12,288   

(822)   

6,681 

(6,254) 

327 

(11,884)   

10,927

(735)  

5,939 

(5,571)

283 

(1,392)   

618 

(1,303)   

550 

Note
The net effect on shareholders’ equity and profit after tax reflects the net pre-tax effect on the financial assets and net insurance contract liabilities shown above, together with 
the pre-tax effect on other non-insurance liabilities and the related tax impact.

The sensitivity of the insurance segments presented as a whole at a given point in time will also be affected by a change in the relative size of the 
individual businesses. Changes to the results of the Africa insurance operations from interest rate or equity price changes would not materially 
impact the Group’s results.

The Group uses the segment measure 'Adjusted operating profit' to review the performance of the business (see note B1.2 for how this measure 
is determined). The impact on 'Adjusted operating profit' will be more muted than on total profit as long-term asset returns are assumed for 
surplus assets and long-term spreads are assumed for GMM business. Adjusted operating profit will be impacted by changes in CSM amortisation 
for VFA business following the impact of economic changes on underlying assets and discount rates that impact the value of variable fees, and 
on the value of onerous contracts losses (or reversal thereof) taken directly to the income statement. The changes in CSM amortisation result 
from changes both to the CSM and the discounting of the coverage units.

The pre-tax adjusted operating profit impacts for a decrease of 0.5 per cent and an increase of 1 per cent in interest rates at 31 December 2023 
were $(30) million and $33 million, respectively (2022: $(47) million and $54 million, respectively).

The pre-tax adjusted operating profit impacts for a decrease of 20 per cent and an increase of 10 per cent in equity/property market values at 31 
December 2023 were $(186) million and $83 million, respectively (2022: $(157) million and $66 million, respectively). 

(b) Sensitivity to insurance risk 
For insurance operations, adverse persistency experience can impact the overall IFRS profitability of certain types of business written. This risk is 
managed at a business unit level through regular monitoring of experience and the implementation of management actions as necessary. These 
actions could include product enhancements, increased management focus on premium collection, as well as other customer retention efforts. 
The potential financial impact of lapses is often mitigated through the specific features of the products, eg surrender charges, or through the 
availability of premium holiday or partial withdrawal policy features. The effects of these management actions have not been factored into the 
sensitivities below.

In addition many of the business units are exposed to mortality and morbidity risk and changes in maintenance expense level. 

Changes to the assumed levels of persistency, mortality, morbidity and expenses from that when the contract is first recognised will impact the 
overall profitability of the insurance contract. These risks are managed on a portfolio basis and reinsurance can be used to mitigate the risk the 
Group has. In particular for certain medical contracts, product repricing is a key management action that is embedded in the process to mitigate 
morbidity risk. A degree of medical product repricing is assumed to have been undertaken in the mortality and morbidity sensitivity results shown 
in the table below.

In terms of the impact on the Group’s financial results, changes to shareholders’ equity or profit or loss will occur over the life of the contract, as 
changes to future cash flows from altered assumptions are recognised as an increase or decrease of CSM (except for onerous contracts), which is 
then amortised to profit and loss (and hence shareholders’ equity) over time.

The table below shows how the shareholders’ equity and CSM would have increased or decreased if changes in the future assumptions in 
insurance risk that were reasonably possible at the reporting date had occurred. This analysis presents the sensitivities both before and after risk 
mitigation by reinsurance and assumes that the other variables remain constant.

Sensitivity to insurance risk:

Maintenance expenses – 10% increase

Lapse rates – 10% increase
Mortality and morbidity – 5% increase

2023 $m

Net effect on shareholders’ equity 
and profit after tax

Net effect on CSM

Gross of 
reinsurance

(77)   

(88)   
(131)   

Net of 
reinsurance
(71) 

(76) 
(96) 

Gross of 
reinsurance

(420)   

(1,363)   
(638)   

Net of 
reinsurance
(427) 

(1,496) 
(261) 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

299

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Sensitivity to insurance risk:

Maintenance expenses – 10% increase

Lapse rates – 10% increase

Mortality and morbidity – 5% increase

2022 $m

Net effect on shareholders’ equity 
and profit after tax

Net effect on CSM

Gross of 
reinsurance
(58)

Net of 
reinsurance
(57)

(78)   

(88)   

(70) 

(79) 

Gross of 
reinsurance
(365)

(1,179)

(548)

Net of 
reinsurance
(365)

(1,274)

(217)

The pre-tax adjusted operating profit impacts, net of reinsurance, for a 10 per cent increase in maintenance expenses, a 10 per cent increase in 
lapse rates and a 5 per cent increase in mortality and morbidity were $(61) million, $(95) million and $(85) million, respectively (2022: $(53) 
million, $(69) million and $(67) million, respectively).

A 10 per cent decrease in the maintenance expense and lapse rate assumptions would have a broadly similar opposite effect on profit and 
shareholders’ equity to the sensitivities shown above. The effect from a 5 per cent decrease in mortality and morbidity assumptions is dependent 
on the degree of product repricing assumed to have been undertaken.

C6.2 Eastspring and central operations
The profit for the year of Eastspring is sensitive to the level of assets under management, as this significantly affects the value of management 
fees earned by the business in the current and future periods. Assets under management will rise and fall as market conditions change, with a 
consequential impact on profitability. 

Eastspring holds a small amount of investments direct on its balance sheet, including investments in respect of seeding capital into retail funds it 
sells to third parties (see note C1). Eastspring’s profit will therefore have some exposure to the market movements of these investments.

At 31 December 2023 Central operations did not hold significant financial investments other than short-term deposits and money market funds 
held by the Group’s treasury function for liquidity purposes and so there is immaterial sensitivity to market movements.

300

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
C7 Tax assets and liabilities
Accounting policies on deferred tax are included in note B3. 

C7.1 Current tax
At 31 December 2023, of the $34 million (31 December 2022: $18 million) current tax recoverable, the majority is expected to be recovered 
within 12 months after the reporting period. 

At 31 December 2023, the current tax liability of $275 million (31 December 2022: $208 million) includes $93 million (31 December 2022: $79 
million) of provisions for uncertain tax matters. Further detail is provided in note B3.2. 

C7.2 Deferred tax
The statement of financial position contains deferred tax assets of $156 million (31 December 2022: $140 million) and deferred tax liabilities of 
$1,250 million (31 December 2022: $1,139 million), which are presented on a net basis in each of the categories below for the purpose of this 
movement analysis only:

Unrealised losses or gains on investments

Balances relating to insurance and reinsurance contracts

Short-term temporary differences

Unused tax losses
Net deferred tax liabilities note

Net deferred tax 
(assets) liabilities 
at 
1 Jan
(129)   

1,255   

(96)   

(31)   

999   

2022 $m

 2023 $m

Other
movements
including
foreign
exchange
movements

Movement in
income
statement

Net deferred tax 
(assets) liabilities 
at 31 Dec
129 

(10)   

2   

–   

(1)   

(9)   

1,170 

(94) 

(111) 

1,094 

268   

(87)   

2   

(79)   

104   

Unrealised losses or gains on investments

Balances relating to insurance and reinsurance 

contracts

Short-term temporary differences

Unused tax losses
Net deferred tax liabilities note

Effect of initial 
application of 
IFRS 17 and 
classification 
overlay of 
IFRS 9
– 

Restated net 
deferred tax 
(assets) liabilities
 at 1 Jan
239 

Other
movements
including
foreign
exchange
movements

Movement in
income
statement

(361)   

(7)   

Net deferred tax 
(assets) liabilities 
at 31 Dec
(129) 

Net deferred tax 
(assets) liabilities 
at 1 Jan
239 

2,091 

333 

(67)   

(1,092)   

(469)   

– 

999 

(136)   

(67)   

297 

29 

32 

2,596 

(1,561)   

1,035 

(3)   

(33)   

(41)   

1,255 

11 

4 

(96) 

(31) 

999 

Note
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities in the statement of financial position are offset at an entity level (or in some cases at a jurisdiction level where relevant tax 
grouping rules apply) as permitted under IAS 12.

The Group has applied the mandatory exemption from recognising and disclosing information on the associated deferred tax assets and 
liabilities at 31 December 2023 as required by the amendments to IAS 12 ‘International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules’ referred to in note 
A2.2.

At 31 December 2023, a deferred tax asset of $54 million has been recognised in relation to unused UK tax losses and deductible temporary 
differences, due to an increase in forecast taxable profit in the UK tax group, which follows the change of tax residence of Prudential plc in March 
2023 from the UK to Hong Kong. The Group has further unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences of $1,319 million (31 December 
2022: $2,235 million) in respect of which no deferred tax asset has been recognised. $837 million of unused tax losses expired at the point of 
Prudential plc’s tax residency change. Of the unrecognised amounts, $108 million (31 December 2022: $103 million) relates to unused tax losses 
that will expire within the next ten years (potential tax benefit: $24 million), and the remainder of $1,211 million (31 December 2022: $1,295 
million) has no expiry date (potential tax benefit: $240 million). 

Some of the Group’s businesses are located in jurisdictions in which a withholding tax charge is incurred upon the distribution of earnings. At 
31 December 2023, deferred tax liabilities of $225 million (31 December 2022: $210 million) have not been recognised in respect of such 
withholding taxes as the Group is able to control the timing of the distributions and it is probable that the timing differences will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

301

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

C8 Share capital, share premium and own shares

Shares are classified as equity when their terms do not create an obligation to transfer assets. Amounts recorded in share capital represent the 
nominal value of the shares issued. The difference between the proceeds received on issue of the shares, net of share issue costs, and the 
nominal value of the shares issued, is credited to share premium. Where the Company purchases shares for the purposes of employee incentive 
plans, the consideration paid, net of issue costs, is deducted from retained earnings. Upon issue or sale any consideration received is credited to 
retained earnings net of related costs.

Issued shares of 5p each fully paid

Number of
ordinary shares

Balance at 1 Jan

  2,749,669,380   

Shares issued under share-based schemes

3,851,376   

2023

2022

Share
 capital

$m
182   

1   

Share
premium

$m
5,006 

Number of
ordinary shares

  2,746,412,265 

3 

3,257,115 

Shares issued under Hong Kong public offer 

and international placing in 2022

–   

– 

– 

Share
 capital

$m
182 

– 

– 

Share
premium

$m
5,010 

2 

(6) 

Balance at 31 Dec

  2,753,520,756   

183   

5,009 

  2,749,669,380 

182 

5,006 

Options outstanding under save as you earn schemes to subscribe for shares at each year end shown below are as follows: 

31 Dec 2023

31 Dec 2022

Share price range

Number of shares to 
subscribe for
1,671,215

1,858,292

from
(in pence)
737p

737p

to
(in pence)
1,455p

1,455p

Exercisable by year
2029

2028

Transactions by Prudential plc and its subsidiaries in Prudential plc shares
The Group buys and sells Prudential plc shares (‘own shares’) in relation to its employee share schemes through the trusts established to facilitate 
the delivery of shares under employee incentive plans.

During the year, the trusts purchased a total number of shares of 3,888,138 (2022: 5,498,486) and the cost of acquiring these shares, including 
shares purchased for members under employee share purchase plans was $54 million (2022: $77 million). The cost in USD shown has been 
calculated from the share prices in pounds sterling using the monthly average exchange rate for the month in which those shares were 
purchased. At 31 December 2023, 10.0 million (31 December 2022: 12.6 million) Prudential plc shares were held in the trusts.

Other than as disclosed above, the Company and its subsidiaries did not purchase, sell or redeem any Prudential plc listed securities during 2023. 
Subsequent to the year end, the Company commenced and completed a share repurchase programme in January 2024 in respect of 3,851,376 
ordinary shares as disclosed in note D2.

302

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C9 Capital
C9.1 Group objectives, policies and processes for managing capital
Capital measure
The Group manages its Group GWS capital resources as its measure of capital. At 31 December 2023, estimated Group shareholder GWS capital 
resources is $24.3 billion (31 December 2022: $23.2 billion).

External capital requirements
Prudential plc is subject to the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework issued by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA).

Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the GWS Framework to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both 
minimum and prescribed levels). The summation of local statutory capital requirements across the Group is used to determine group regulatory 
capital requirements, with no allowance for diversification between business operations. The GWS eligible group capital resources are determined 
by the summation of capital resources across local solvency regimes for regulated entities and IFRS shareholders’ equity, with adjustments where 
applicable, for non-regulated entities.

More details on Group capital are given in section I(i) in the Additional unaudited financial information section.

Meeting of capital management objectives
The GWS group capital adequacy requirements have been met since the GWS Framework became effective for Prudential upon designation. This 
includes maintaining total eligible group capital resources in excess of the Group Prescribed Capital Requirement (GPCR) of the supervised group 
and maintaining Tier 1 group capital resources in excess of the Group Minimum Capital Requirement (GMCR) of the supervised group.

The Group’s capital management framework focuses on achieving sustainable, profitable growth and maintaining a resilient balance sheet, with 
a disciplined approach to active capital allocation.

As well as holding sufficient capital to meet GWS requirements at Group level, the Group also closely manages the cash it holds within its central 
holding companies so that it can:

– Invest in core capabilities;
– Maintain flexibility and absorb shock events;
– Cover central costs; 
– Fund dividends; and
– Fund new opportunities where there is a good strategic fit.

More details on holding company cash flows and balances are given in section I(iv) in the Additional unaudited financial information section.

The Group monitors regulatory capital, economic capital and rating agency capital metrics and manages the business within its risk appetite by 
remaining within its economic and regulatory capital limits. Reserve adequacy testing under a range of scenarios and dynamic solvency testing is 
carried out, including under certain scenarios mandated by the local regulators.

The sensitivity of liabilities and other components of total capital vary depending upon the type of business concerned and this conditions the 
approach to asset/liability management.

C9.2 Local capital regulations
(a) Insurance operations
For regulated insurance entities, the capital resources and required capital included in the GWS capital measure for Hong Kong IA Group 
regulatory purposes are based on the local solvency regime applicable in each jurisdiction. The local valuation basis for the assets, liabilities and 
capital requirements of significant insurance operations are set out below.

CPL 
A risk-based capital, risk management and governance framework, known as the China Risk Oriented Solvency System (C-ROSS), applies in the 
Chinese Mainland. 

Under C-ROSS, insurers are required to maintain a core solvency ratio (core capital over minimum capital) and a comprehensive solvency ratio 
(capital resources over minimum capital) of not lower than 50 per cent and 100 per cent, respectively. 

The actual capital is the difference between the admitted assets and admitted liabilities with trading and AFS assets marked-to-market and other 
assets at book value. Policyholder liabilities are based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a separate risk 
margin.

The final regulations of C-ROSS Phase II became effective in the first quarter of 2022. The main updates to the local regulation were to 
introduce explicit tiering and admissibility rules on negative reserves in the capital resources and further updates to the risk calibrations used in 
calculating capital requirements. A transition period allows insurers to implement the rules in stages before full implementation of the new 
regime is required from 2025 onwards. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

303

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Hong Kong
Prudential Hong Kong Limited applies the new risk-based capital regime (HK RBC) following approval in April 2022 from the Hong Kong IA to 
early adopt this new regime. The HK RBC framework requires liabilities to be based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate 
assumptions and capital requirements to be risk-based, resulting in the release of prudent regulatory margins previously included in liabilities and 
an increase in required capital. The HK RBC regime is expected to become effective across the industry in the second half of 2024. The Hong 
Kong IA issued a consultation paper on the draft rules in December 2023 and Prudential Hong Kong Limited have provided feedback on this. The 
quantitative impact of any changes to the final rules will be reflected on implementation of the final HK RBC regime.

Indonesia
Solvency capital is determined using a risk-based capital approach. The capital resources are based on assets that are marked-to-market, with 
policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. 
Liabilities are zeroised at policy level (i.e. negative liabilities are not permitted at a policy level). For unit-linked policies, an unearned premium 
reserve is established.

Malaysia 
A risk-based capital (RBC) framework applies in Malaysia. The local regulator, Bank Negara Malaysia (BNM), has set a Supervisory Target Capital 
Level of 130 per cent, below which supervisory actions of increasing intensity will be taken. Each insurer is also required to set its own Individual 
Target Capital Level to reflect its own risk profile and this is expected to be higher than the Supervisory Target Capital Level.

The capital resources are based on assets that are marked to market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross premium valuation method 
using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. Liabilities are zeroised at a fund level (i.e. negative liabilities are not 
permitted at fund level). The BNM has initiated a review of its RBC framework for insurers and Takaful operators in 2021 and the BNM has yet to 
issue their final technical specifications. The exact timing of implementation of potential revisions remains uncertain as these would need to be 
subject to quantitative impact studies and parallel run prior to implementation. 

Market liberalisation measures were introduced by BNM in April 2009, which increases the limit from 49 per cent to 70 per cent on foreign equity 
ownership for insurance companies and Takaful operators in Malaysia. A higher foreign equity limit beyond 70 per cent for insurance companies 
will be considered by BNM on a case-by-case basis, for example, for companies who financially support expansion of providing insurance 
coverage to the most vulnerable in Malaysian society through the National B40 Protection Trust Fund.

Singapore
A risk-based capital framework applies in Singapore. The local regulator, Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS), has the authority to direct 
insurance companies to satisfy additional capital adequacy requirements in addition to those set forth under the Singapore Insurance Act, if 
considered appropriate. The capital resources are based on assets that are marked to market, with policyholder liabilities based on a gross 
premium valuation method using best estimate assumptions with a suitable margin for prudence. The updated risk-based capital framework 
(RBC2) permits the recognition of a prudent allowance for negative reserves in the capital resources.

(b) Asset management operations – regulatory and other surplus
Certain asset management subsidiaries of the Group are subject to local regulatory requirements. The movement in the year of the estimated 
surplus regulatory capital position (over the GPCR) of those subsidiaries, combined with the movement in the IFRS basis shareholders’ equity for 
unregulated asset management operations, is as follows:

Balance at 1 Jan

Gains during the year

Movement in capital requirement

Capital injection

Distributions made to the parent company

Exchange and other movements

Balance at 31 Dec

2023 $m

466   

254   

(20)   

3   

(205)   

(1)   

497   

2022 $m
522 

187 

15 

3 

(214) 

(47) 

466 

C9.3 Transferability of capital resources
The amounts retained within the insurance companies are at levels that provide an appropriate level of capital strength in excess of the local 
regulatory minimum capital requirements. The businesses may, in general, remit dividends to parent entities, provided the statutory insurance 
fund meets the local regulatory solvency requirements and there are sufficient statutory accounting profits. For with-profits funds, the excess of 
assets over liabilities is retained within the funds, with distribution to shareholders tied to the shareholders’ share of declared bonuses. 

Capital resources of the non-insurance business units are transferable after taking account an appropriate level of operating capital, based on 
local regulatory solvency requirements, where relevant.

304

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C10 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment comprise Group occupied properties and tangible assets. Property, plant and equipment also includes right-of-use 
assets for operating leases of properties occupied by the Group and leases of equipment and other tangible assets. Property, plant and 
equipment, including the right-of-use assets under operating leases, are generally held at cost less cumulative depreciation calculated using the 
straight-line method, and impairment charge. Owner occupied properties held by the Group's Singapore business that are underlying items of 
direct participating contracts are measured at fair value following the adoption of IFRS 17.

Property, plant and equipment held at cost note (a)
Owner occupied properties held at fair valuenote (b)
Total property, plant and equipment

31 Dec 2023 $m
347 
27 
374 

31 Dec 2022 $m
410
27
437

(a) Property, plant and equipment held at cost
A reconciliation of the carrying amount of the Group’s property, plant and equipment held at cost from the beginning to the end of the years 
shown is as follows:

Balance at 1 Jan
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Opening net book amount
Additions
Depreciation and impairment charge
Disposals, transfers and lease modifications
Effect of movements in exchange rates
Balance at 31 Dec
Representing:
Cost
Accumulated depreciation
Closing net book amount

2023 $m

2022 $m

Group 
occupied 
property

Tangible
assets

Right-of-
use assets

Total

Group 
occupied 
property

Tangible
assets

Right-of-
use assets

21   
(8)   
13   
–   
–   

3   
–   
16   

24   
(8)   
16   

486   
(360)   
126   
44   
(50)   

(4)   
(1)   
115   

495   
(380)   
115   

676   
(405)   
271   
57   
(95)   

(18)   
1   
216   

683   
(467)   
216   

1,183 
(773) 
410 
101 
(145) 

(19) 
– 
347 

1,202 
(855) 
347 

22 
(8)   
14 
– 
– 

– 
(1)   
13 

21 
(8)   
13 

489 
(349)   
140 
34 
(39)   

(2)   
(7)   

126 

486 
(360)   
126 

678 
(363)   
315 
49 
(106)   

26 
(13)   
271 

676 
(405)   
271 

Total

1,189 
(720) 
469 
83 
(145) 

24 
(21) 
410 

1,183 
(773) 
410 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

305

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

(b) Owner occupied properties held at fair value
IFRS 17 amended the subsequent measurement requirements in IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment to permit entities to elect to measure owner-
occupied properties that are underlying items of direct participating contracts at fair value through profit or loss. Upon the adoption of IFRS 17, the Group 
has elected to measure the owner-occupied properties held by the participating funds of its Singapore business at fair value from the transition date. 
Previously, these properties were measured at cost less accumulated depreciation less any impairment losses. The fair value of these properties is based on 
market values as assessed by professionally qualified external valuers or by the Group’s qualified surveyors.

Right-of-use assets 
The Group does not have any right-of-use assets that would meet the definition of investment property. As at 31 December 2023, total right-of-use assets 
comprised $202 million (31 December 2022: $267 million) of property and $14 million (31 December 2022: $4 million) of non-property assets. 

Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise 
operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held 
are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. The Group assesses at lease commencement whether it is reasonably certain 
to exercise the option. This assertion is revisited if there is a material change in circumstances. As at 31 December 2023, the undiscounted value 
of lease payments beyond the break period not recognised in the lease liabilities is $231 million (31 December 2022: $189 million).

The Group has non-cancellable property subleases which have been classified as operating leases under IFRS 16. The sublease rental income 
received in 2023 for the leases is $7 million (2022: $6 million).

Capital expenditure: property, plant and equipment by segment
The capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment excluding right-of-use assets in 2023 of $44 million (2022: $34 million) arose as follows:

Hong Kong
Indonesia
Malaysia
Singapore
Growth markets and other
Eastspring
Total segment
Unallocated to a segment (central operations)
Total capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment

2023 $m

22   
–   
1   
2   
15   
4   
44   
–   
44   

2022 $m
11 
1 
1 
3 
16 
2 
34 
– 
34 

306

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D Other information
D1 Contingencies and related obligations

Litigation and regulatory proceedings 
The Group is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings from time to time. While the outcome of such litigation and regulatory 
issues cannot be predicted with certainty, the Group believes that their ultimate outcome will not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s 
financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Litigation developments during the year include a case regarding a historic transaction connected to the legal and beneficial ownership of 49 per 
cent of the ordinary shares of the holding company of Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad. Prudential currently owns 51 per cent of this entity 
but consolidates the entity at 100 per cent reflecting the economic interest of the Group. Prudential has been successful at court hearings 
relating to the transaction concerned both in the first instance and at the subsequent appeal stage. In July 2023, the Federal Court, which is 
Malaysia’s highest Court, granted leave to allow the appellant to further appeal the case in the Federal Court. The appeals process is ongoing.

Guarantees 
The Group has provided guarantees and commitments to third parties entered into in the normal course of business and the Company has 
guaranteed public debt securities issued by one of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Prudential Funding (Asia) PLC from early 2023. The Group 
considers the likelihood of outflows arising under such guarantees and commitments as remote. 

Intra-group capital support arrangements
Prudential has provided undertakings to the regulators of its Hong Kong life subsidiary, Prudential Hong Kong Limited, to formalise the 
circumstances regarding their solvency levels in which intra-group capital support will be provided by Prudential. Other intra-group transactions 
are discussed in note D3 below.

D2 Post balance sheet events

Dividends
The 2023 second interim dividend approved by the Board of Directors after 31 December 2023 is as described in note B5.

Share repurchase programme to neutralise 2023 employee and agent share scheme issuance
On 16 January 2024, the Company announced that the share repurchase programme in respect of 3,851,376 ordinary shares that it announced 
on 5 January 2024 and commenced on 8 January has been completed. The purpose of the share repurchase programme was to offset dilution 
from the vesting of awards under employee and agent share schemes during 2023. The Company has repurchased 3,851,376 ordinary shares in 
aggregate (representing 0.14 per cent of the total number of ordinary shares in issue at the end of the year (as disclosed in note C8)) at a 
volume weighted average price of £8.2676 per ordinary share for a total consideration of approximately £32 million.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

307

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

D3 Related party transactions
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries or intra-group transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Intra-group transactions of 
the Group mainly related to a limited number of loans, guarantees or services provided by the Company to or from others business units, or 
between business units, including investment management services provided by the Group’s asset managers to the insurance operations 
businesses as shown in note B1.4. All intra-group transactions are subject to the same internal approval framework as external transactions. 
Given the nature of the Group’s business there has historically been limited interconnectedness across the Group. The Group reviews its recovery 
plan (that also covers intra-group transactions and the level of the Group’s interconnectivity risk) on an annual basis and details the remedial 
actions that could be used to restore financial strength and viability if the Group were to come under severe stress. 

The Company has transactions and outstanding balances with collective investment schemes and similar entities that are not consolidated and 
where a Group company acts as manager, which are regarded as related parties for the purposes of IAS 24. The balances are included in the 
Group’s statement of financial position at fair value or amortised cost in accordance with IFRS 9 / IAS 39 classifications with the corresponding 
amounts included in the income statement. The transactions include amounts paid on issue of shares or units, amounts received on cancellation 
of shares or units and amounts paid in respect of the periodic charge and administration fee.

In addition, there are no material transactions between the Group’s joint ventures and associates, which are accounted for on an equity method 
basis, and other Group companies except for a planned capital injection into CPL, the Group’s joint venture business in the Chinese Mainland 
announced in December 2023. The Group announced that it was providing additional growth capital to CPL of RMB1.25 billion (US$176 million) 
in cash subject to relevant regulatory approvals, with CITIC, its joint venture partner providing an equal amount. In anticipation of the future 
capital injection, the Group advanced the cash of $176 million to CPL in December 2023.

Key management personnel of the Company, as described in note B2.3, may from time to time purchase insurance or asset management 
products marketed by Group companies in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for 
comparable transactions with other persons.

In 2023 and 2022, transactions with key management personnel were not deemed to be significant both by virtue of their size and in the 
context of the individuals’ financial positions. All of these transactions were on terms broadly equivalent to those that prevailed in arm’s-length 
transactions.

Additional details on the Directors’ interests in shares, transactions or arrangements are given in the Directors’ remuneration report. Key 
management remuneration is disclosed in note B2.3.

D4 Commitments
The Group has provided, from time to time, certain commitments to third parties. 

At 31 December 2023, the Group had $2,456 million unfunded commitments (31 December 2022: $2,626 million) primarily related to 
investments in infrastructure funds and alternative investment funds in Asia. 

308

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

D5 Investments in subsidiary undertakings, joint ventures and associates
D5.1 Basis of consolidation
The Group consolidates those investees it is deemed to control. The Group has control over an investee if all three of the following are met:

– It has power over an investee;
– It is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
– It has the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its own returns. 

(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those investees that the Group controls. The majority of the Group’s subsidiaries are corporate entities.

The Group performs a re-assessment of consolidation whenever there is a change in the substance of the relationship between the Group and an 
investee. Where the Group is deemed to control an entity, it is treated as a subsidiary and its results, assets and liabilities are consolidated. Where 
the Group holds a minority share in an entity with no control over the entity, the investments are carried at fair value within financial investments 
in the Consolidated statement of financial position.

Entities consolidated by the Group include Qualifying Partnerships as defined under the UK Partnerships (Accounts) Regulations 2008 (the 
‘Partnerships Act’). The Group’s limited partnership has taken advantage of the exemption under regulation 7 of the Partnerships Act from the 
financial statement requirements. This is under regulations 4 to 6 of the Partnership Act, on the basis that the limited partnership is consolidated 
in these financial statements.

(b) Joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures are joint arrangements arising from a contractual agreement whereby the Group and other investors have joint control of the net 
assets of the arrangement. In a number of these arrangements, the Group’s share of the underlying net assets may be less than 50 per cent but 
the terms of the relevant agreement make it clear that control is jointly exercised between the Group and the third party. Associates are entities 
over which the Group has significant influence but does not control. Generally, it is presumed that the Group has significant influence if it holds 
between 20 per cent and 50 per cent voting rights of an entity. 

With the exception of those referred to below, the Group accounts for its investments in joint ventures and associates using the equity method of 
accounting. The Group’s share of profit or loss of its joint ventures and associates is recognised in the income statement and its share of 
movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in other comprehensive income. The equity method of accounting does not apply to 
investments in joint ventures and associates held by the Group’s insurance or investment funds, including collective investment schemes which, 
as allowed by IAS 28 ‘Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures’, are carried at FVTPL.

(c) Structured entities
Structured entities are those that have been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the 
entity. Voting rights relate to administrative tasks. Relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements. The Group invests in 
both consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities including investment vehicles such as collective investment schemes, collateralised debt 
obligations, mortgage-backed securities and similar asset-backed securities.

Collective investment schemes
The Group invests in collective investment schemes, that invest mainly in equities, bonds, cash and cash equivalents and properties. In assessing 
control under IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’, the Group determines whether it is acting as principal or agent and the variable 
returns from its involvement with these entities. The Group’s percentage ownership in these entities can fluctuate on a daily basis according to 
the participation of the Group and other investors.

Where the entity is managed by a Group asset manager:

– Where the Group’s ownership holding in the entity exceeds 50 per cent, the Group is judged to have control over the entity;
– Where the Group’s ownership holding in the entity is between 20 per cent and 50 per cent, the facts and circumstances of the Group’s 

involvement in the entity are considered, including the rights to any fees earned by the asset manager, in forming a judgement as to whether 
the Group has control over the entity; and

– Where the Group’s ownership holding in the entity is less than 20 per cent, the Group is judged to not have control over the entity. 

Where the entity is managed by an asset manager outside the Group, an assessment is made of whether the Group has existing rights that gives 
it the ability to direct the current activities of the entity and therefore control the entity. In assessing the Group’s ability to direct an entity, the 
Group considers its ability relative to other investors. 

Where the Group is deemed to control an entity, it is treated as a subsidiary and is consolidated, with the interests of investors other than the 
Group being classified as liabilities, and presented within ‘Net asset value attributable to unit holders of consolidated investment funds’. 

Where the Group does not control these entities (where the Group is deemed to be acting as an agent under IFRS 10) and they do not meet the 
definition of associates, they are carried at FVTPL within financial investments in the Consolidated statement of financial position. 

Where the Group’s asset manager sets up investment funds as part of its asset management operations, unless the Group also participates in 
the ownership holding of the entities, the Group’s interest is limited to the fees charged to manage the assets of such entities. With no 
participation in ownership holding of these entities, the Group does not retain risks associated with investment funds. For these investment funds, 
the Group is not deemed to control the entities but deemed to be acting as an agent.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

309

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

The Group generates returns and retains the ownership risks in these investment vehicles commensurate to its participation and does not have 
any further exposure to the residual risks of these investment vehicles. 

Other structured entities
The Group holds investments in mortgage-backed securities, collateralised debt obligations and similar asset-backed securities, the majority of 
which are actively traded in a liquid market. 

The Group consolidates the vehicles that hold the investments where the Group is deemed to control the vehicles. When assessing control over 
the vehicles, the factors considered include the purpose and design of the vehicle, the Group’s exposure to the variability of returns and the scope 
of the Group’s ability to direct the relevant activities of the vehicle including any kick-out or removal rights that are held by third parties. The 
outcome of the control assessment is dependent on the terms and conditions of the respective individual arrangements.

The majority of such vehicles are not consolidated. In these cases, the Group is not the sponsor of the vehicles in which it holds investments and 
has no administrative rights over the vehicles’ activities. The Group generates returns and retains the ownership risks commensurate to its 
holding and its exposure to the investments and does not have any further exposure to the residual risks or losses of the investments or the 
vehicles in which it holds investments. Accordingly, the Group does not have power over the relevant activities of such vehicles and all are carried 
at FVTPL within financial investments in the Consolidated statement of financial position. 

The table below provides aggregate carrying amounts of the investments in unconsolidated structured entities reported in the Group’s 
Consolidated statement of financial position: 

Consolidated statement of financial position line items

Equity securities and holdings in collective investment schemes

Debt securities

Total investments in unconsolidated structured entities

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

Investment
funds
33,657   

–   

33,657   

Other
 structured
 entities
– 

285 

285 

Investment
funds
30,771 

– 

30,771 

Other
 structured
 entities
– 

389 

389 

The Group's maximum exposure to loss related to the interest in unconsolidated structured entities is limited to the carrying value in the 
Consolidated statement of financial position and the unfunded investment commitments provided by the Group (see note D4). 

During the year, the Group receives dividend and interest income from its investments in these unconsolidated structured entities. Where the 
Group’s asset manager manages these entities, such as the collective investment schemes, the Group also receives asset management fees from 
these entities.

As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, the Group does not have an agreement, contractual or otherwise, or intention to provide financial support to 
structured entities (both consolidated and unconsolidated) that could expose the Group to a loss.

D5.2 Dividend restrictions and minimum capital requirements 
Certain Group entities are subject to restrictions on the amounts of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to the 
parent company. 

Under UK company law, UK companies can only declare dividends if they have sufficient distributable reserves. 

The Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates may remit dividends to the Group, in general, provided the statutory insurance fund meets 
the capital adequacy standard required under local statutory regulations and has sufficient distributable reserves. Further details on local capital 
regulations in certain Asia operations are provided in note C9.2.

D5.3 Investments in joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures represent arrangements where the controlling parties through contractual or other agreement have the rights to the net assets of 
the arrangements. The Group has insurance and asset management joint ventures in Chinese Mainland with CITIC Group and an asset 
management joint venture in India with ICICI Bank. In addition, there is an asset management joint venture in Hong Kong with Bank of China 
International Holdings Limited (BOCI) and Takaful insurance joint venture in Malaysia. For the Group’s joint ventures that are accounted for 
using the equity method, the net-of-tax results of these operations are included in the Group’s profit before tax.

The Group’s associates, which are also accounted for using the equity method, include the Indian insurance entity (with the majority shareholder 
being ICICI Bank). 

In addition, the Group has investments in collective investment schemes, funds holding collateralised debt obligations and property funds where 
the Group has significant influence. As allowed under IAS 28, these investments are accounted for on a FVTPL basis. The aggregate fair value of 
associates accounted for at FVTPL, where there are published price quotations, is approximately $0.5 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 
2022: $0.3 billion).

For joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method, the 12 months financial information of these investments for the years 
ended 31 December 2023 and 2022 (covering the same period as that of the Group) has been used in these consolidated financial statements.

310

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group’s share of the profit for shareholder-backed business (including short-term fluctuations in investment returns), net of related tax, in 
joint ventures and associates that are equity accounted for as shown in the Consolidated income statement, is allocated across segments as 
follows:

CPL

Malaysia
Growth markets and other note
Insurance operations

Eastspring

Total segment and Group total

2023 $m

(577)   

18   

310   

(249)   

158   

(91)   

2022 $m
(345) 

16 

100 

(229) 

144 

(85) 

Note
For growth markets and other, as well as the segment results for associates and joint ventures within the segment, the amount shown includes a credit of $191 million (2022: 
$72 million credit) of taxes for all life joint ventures and associates.

There is no other comprehensive income in the joint ventures and associates other than the foreign exchange differences that arise from 
translating the associates and joint ventures into the Group’s presentational currency. There has been no unrecognised share of losses of a joint 
venture or associate that the Group has stopped recognising in total comprehensive income.

The Group’s interest in joint ventures and associates gives rise to no contingent liabilities or capital commitments that are material to the Group. 

CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company (CPL)
CPL is the Group’s joint venture with the CITIC Group in which the Group owns a 50 per cent interest. The joint venture is incorporated in China 
and is principally engaged in underwriting insurance and investment contracts. The summarised financial information for CPL, which is 
considered to be a material joint venture to the Group, is set out below. The financial information represents the entity’s financial statements 
prepared in accordance with Group’s IFRS accounting policies, on a 100 per cent basis, for the years shown: 

Statement of financial position:

Total assets

Total liabilities (including non-controlling interest)

Shareholders’ equity

The above amounts of assets and liabilities include the following*:

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities (excluding trade and other payables and provisions)

*

The Group’s 50 per cent share of CPL’s insurance and reinsurance contract balances are shown in note C3.3(c).

Income statement:

Revenue

Loss for the year after tax

The above loss for the year includes the following:

Depreciation and amortisation

Interest income

Interest expense

Income tax credit 

31 Dec 2023 $m

33,271   

32,005   

1,266   

31 Dec 2022 $m
29,914 

27,734 

2,180 

868   

1,198   

561 

985 

2023 $m
1,676   

(733)   

2022 $m
1,023 

(550) 

(39)   

543   

(2)   

422   

(43) 

569 

(3) 

140 

The summarised financial information above is reconciled to the carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture recognised in the 
consolidated financial statements as follows:

Net assets of CITIC-Prudential Life as shown above

Proportion owned by the joint venture partner (50%)

Carrying amount of the Group’s interest in the joint venture (50%)

31 Dec 2023 $m

1,266   

633   

633   

31 Dec 2022 $m
2,180 

1,090 

1,090 

The Group has received $88 million of dividends from CPL in 2023 (2022: nil). In December 2023, the Group announced a planned capital 
injection into CPL of $176 million as discussed in note D3. 

At 31 December 2023, the Group’s investments in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method are $1,940 million (31 
December 2022: $2,259 million), out of which $633 million (31 December 2022: $1,090 million) relates to the Group's interest in CPL as 
discussed above. The aggregate carrying amount of the Group’s investments in the other joint ventures and associates accounted for using the 
equity method is $1,307 million (31 December 2022: $1,169 million). 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

311

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

D5.4 Related undertakings
In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a list of Prudential Group’s subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant 
holdings (being holdings of more than 20 per cent) is disclosed below, along with the classes of shares held, the registered office address and the 
effective percentage of equity owned at 31 December 2023. The Group also operates through branches, none of which are significant.

The definitions of a subsidiary undertaking, joint venture and associate in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 are different from the 
definition under IFRS Standards. As a result, the related undertakings included within the list below may not be the same as the undertakings 
consolidated in the Group consolidated financial statements. The Group’s consolidation policy is described in note D5.1.

Simplified corporate structure as at 31 December 2023

Prudential plc

Prudential Corporation Asia Limited

Prudential Group Holdings Limited 
and subsidiaries

CITIC-
Prudential 
Life 
Insurance 
Company 
Limited 
(CPL)*

Prudential 
Hong Kong 
Limited

Prudential 
General 
Insurance 
Hong Kong 
Limited

PT 
Prudential 
Life 
Assurance† 

PT 
Prudential 
Sharia Life 
Assurance†

(Indonesia)

Prudential 
Assurance 
Malaysia
Berhad† 

Prudential 
BSN 
Takaful 
Berhad† 

Prudential 
Assurance 
Company 
Singapore 
(Pte) 
Limited† 

Eastspring 
Investments 
Group Pte. 
Ltd.† 

and 
subsidiaries

Growth 
markets 
and other 
entities† 

(including 
Africa, 
Cambodia, 
India, Laos, 
Myanmar, 
the 
Philippines, 
Taiwan, 
Thailand, 
Vietnam)

Prudential 
International 
Treasury 
Limited

Prudential 
Funding 
(Asia) plc‡

*
†
‡

CPL is a joint venture with CITIC, a leading state owned conglomerate in the Chinese Mainland.
Indirectly held by Prudential Corporation Asia Limited.
The company was incorporated in February 2023 and a 100 per cent subsidiary of Prudential Corporation Asia Limited.

Direct subsidiary undertakings of the parent company, Prudential plc (shares held directly or via nominees) 
Key to share classes:

Abbreviation

Class of share held

LBG

MI

MI - WFOE

MI – JV 

OS

PI

PS

U

Limited by Guarantee

Membership Interest

Membership Interest of a Wholly Foreign Owned Enterprise in the Chinese Mainland

Membership Interest of a Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture in the Chinese Mainland

Ordinary Shares

Partnership Interest

Preference Shares

Units

Name of entity
Prudential Corporation Asia Limited OS

Classes of shares held

Proportion held

100.00%

Registered office address
13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 
Central, Hong Kong

Prudential Group Holdings Limited OS

100.00%

1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

312

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Other subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and significant holdings of the Group – no shares held directly by the parent 
company (Prudential plc) or its nominees

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Name of entity

Aberdeen Cash Creation Fund

Aberdeen Standard Global Opportunities 
Fund

Aberdeen Standard Singapore Equity Fund

AC Financial Partners Limited Partnership

Alternatives North America, Ltd.

BOCHK Aggressive Growth Fund

BOCHK Balanced Growth Fund

BOCHK China Equity Fund

BOCHK Conservative Growth Fund

BOCHK US Dollar Money Market Fund

U

U

U

PI

U

U

U

U

U

U

BOCI-Prudential Asset Management Limited OS

BOCI-Prudential Trustee Limited

BSP Debt Fund V Unlevered (Non-US) L.P.

Cathay High Yield ex China Cash pay 1-5 
Year 2% Issuer Capped ETF

OS

U

U

26.87% 28th Floor Bangkok City Tower, 179 South Sathorn Road, 

Thungmahamek, Sathorn, Bangkok 10120, Thailand

35.13% 21 Church Street, #01-01, Capital Square Two, Singapore 049480

61.88%

100.00% Citypoint, 65 Haymarket Terrace, Edinburgh, EH12 5HD

100.00% PO Box 1093, Queensgate House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1102, 

Cayman Islands

46.52% 27th Floor, Bank of China Tower, 1 Garden Road, Hong Kong

40.43%

52.42%

42.17%

37.11%

36.00%

36.00% Suites 1501-1507 & 1513-1516, 15th Floor, 1111 King's Road, 

Taikoo Shing, Hong Kong

53.00% C/o Benefit Street Partners LLC, New York, New York 10019

46.49% 6th Floor, No.39, Sec.2, Dunhua South. Rd., Taipei, Taiwan

CITIC-CP Asset Management Co., Ltd.

MI - JV

26.95% Room 101-2, No.128 North Zhangjiabang Road, Pudong District, 

Shanghai, China

CITIC-Prudential Fund Management 
Company Limited

MI - JV

49.00% Level 9, HSBC Building, Shanghai IFC, 8 Century Avenue, Pudong, 

Shanghai, China

CITIC-Prudential Life Insurance Company 
Limited

MI - JV

50.00% Room 1101-A, 1201, 1301, 1401, 1501, 1601, 1701, 1801, Unit 01, 

Building 1, No. B2, North Road of East Third Ring Road, Chaoyang 
District, Beijing, PRC,100027, China

Eastspring Al-Wara' Investments Berhad

OS

100.00% Level 25, Menara Hong Leong, No. 6 Jalan Damanlela, Bukit 

Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah Persekutuan, Malaysia

Eastspring Asia Pacific High Yield Equity 
Fund

Eastspring Asset Management (Thailand) 
Co., Ltd.

U

OS

39.60% 4th Floor, No.1, Songzhi Rd., Xinyi Dist., Taipei, Taiwan

59.50% 944 Mitrtown Office Tower, 9th Floor, Rama 4 Road, Wangmai, 

Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand

Eastspring Asset Management Korea Co. Ltd. OS

100.00% 22F (Seoul International Finance Center, Yeouido dong), 10 

Gukjegeumyung-ro, Yeongdeungpo-gu, Seoul 07326, Republic of 
Korea

Eastspring Investment Management 
(Shanghai) Company Limited

MI - WFOE 100.00% Unit 306-308, 3rd Floor, Azia Center, 1233 Lujiazui Ring Road, China 

(Shanghai) Pilot Free Trade Zone, China

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

313

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Eastspring Investments - Asia ESG Bond 
Fund

Eastspring Investments – Asia Opportunities 
Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asia Pacific Equity 
Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asia Real Estate 
Multi Asset Income Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian Dynamic 
Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian Equity 
Income Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian High Yield 
Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian Investment 
Grade Bond Fund

EastSpring Investments - Asian Local Bond 
Fund

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

94.82% 26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

100.00%

95.55%

35.06%

89.85%

95.21%

98.94%

88.46%

67.15%

88.64%

83.45%

314

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Registered office address

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Eastspring Investments - Asian Low Volatility 
Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - Asian Multi Factor 
Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - China A Shares 
Growth Fund

Eastspring Investments - Dragon Peacock 
Fund

Eastspring Investments - European 
Investment Grade Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Emerging 
Markets Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Emerging 
Markets Dynamic Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Emerging 
Markets ex-China Dynamic Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Emerging 
Markets Fundamental Value Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Equity 
Navigator Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Growth 
Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Low 
Volatility Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Market 
Navigator Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Multi Asset 
Income Plus Growth Fund

Eastspring Investments - Global Technology 
Fund

Eastspring Investments - Greater China 
Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - India Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments - Japan Sustainable 
Value Fund

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

Proportion 
held

91.60%

95.20%

79.87%

97.09%

99.88%

98.06%

38.21%

100.00%

100.00%

97.86%

42.30%

98.48%

99.60%

100.00%

84.16%

89.88%

58.85%

86.85%

Eastspring Investments - Pan European Fund U

66.59%

Eastspring Investments - US Corporate Bond 
Fund

Eastspring Investments - US High 
Investment Grade Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments - US High Yield Bond 
Fund

Eastspring Investments - US Investment 
Grade Bond Fund 

Eastspring Investments - World Value Equity 
Fund

U

U

U

U

U

68.69%

85.91%

54.03%

58.61%

93.68%

Eastspring Investments (Hong Kong) Limited OS

100.00% 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 

Central, Hong Kong

Eastspring Investments (Luxembourg) S.A.

OS

100.00% 26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of 

Luxembourg

Eastspring Investments (Singapore) Limited OS

100.00% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre, 

Singapore 018983

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

315

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Eastspring Investments Asia Pacific ex-Japan 
Target Return Fund

U

78.56% Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, 

Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia

Eastspring Investments Berhad

OS

100.00% Level 25, Menara Hong Leong, No. 6 Jalan Damanlela, Bukit 

Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah Persekutuan, Malaysia

Eastspring Investments Equity Income Fund U

43.13% Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, 

Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia

Eastspring Investments Fund Management 
Limited Liability Company

MI

100.00% 23rd Floor, Saigon Trade Center, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1, 

Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

Eastspring Investments Global Oncology 
Securities Baby Investment Trust (H)

Eastspring Investments Global Oncology 
Securities Baby Investment Trust (UH)

Eastspring Investments Global Oncology 
Securities Baby Investment Trust (USD)

Eastspring Investments Group Pte. Ltd.

Eastspring Investments Growth Fund

Eastspring Investments Incorporated

Eastspring Investments India Consumer 
Equity Open Limited

Eastspring Investments India Equity Open 
Limited

Eastspring Investments India Infrastructure 
Equity Open Limited

Eastspring Investments Limited

Eastspring Investments MY Focus Fund

U

U

U

OS

U

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

U

Eastspring Investments Private Fixed Income 
Fund Number 1

U

72.72% 22nd Floor One IFC, 10 Gukjegeumyung-ro, Youngdungpo-gu, Seoul 

07326, Korea

92.43%

96.00%

100.00% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre, 

Singapore 018983

40.96% Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, 

Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia

100.00% 874 Walker Road, Suite C, City of Dover, County of Kent, State of 

Delaware, 19904, United States

100.00% 3rd Floor, 355 NEX, Rue du Savoir, Cybercity Ebene 72201, Mauritius

100.00%

100.00%

100.00% Marunouchi Park Building, 6-1 Marunouchi 2-chome, Chiyoda-Ku, 

Tokyo, Japan

31.20% Eastspring Investments Berhad, Level 22, Menara Prudential, 

Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, 
Malaysia

66.94% Units 306-308, 3rd Floor, Azia Center, 1233 Lujiazui Ring Road, 

Shanghai, China, 200120

Eastspring Investments Services Pte. Ltd.

OS

100.00% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre, 

U

U

U

U

U

Singapore 018983

100.00% 26, Boulevard Royal, L-2449, Luxembourg

97.79% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 

Singapore 018983

98.85%

64.89%

77.52% 23rd Floor, Saigon Trade Center Building, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, 
Ben Nghe Ward, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

MI - WFOE 100.00% Unit 306-308, 3rd Floor, 1233 Lujiazui Ring Road, China (Shanghai) 

Pilot Free Trade Zone, China

U

OS

U

100.00% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 

Singapore 018983

99.54% 4th Floor, No.1 Songzhi Road, Taipei 110, Taiwan

100.00% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre, 

Singapore 018983

Eastspring Investments SICAV-FIS - 
Alternative Investment Fund

Eastspring Investments Unit Trusts - Dragon 
Peacock Fund ID

Eastspring Investments Unit Trusts - 
Singapore ASEAN Equity Fund

Eastspring Investments Unit Trusts - 
Singapore Select Bond Fund

Eastspring Investments Vietnam Navigator 
Fund

Eastspring Overseas Investment Fund 
Management (Shanghai) Company Limited

Eastspring Private Equity Fund 2

Eastspring Securities Investment Trust Co., 
Ltd.

Eastspring Singapore Alternatives VCC

316

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Eastspring Syariah Equity Islamic Asia Pacific 
USD Kelas B

Eastspring Syariah Fixed Income USD Kelas 
A

U

U

86.25% Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 

12910, Indonesia

63.13%

First Sentier Global Property Securities Fund U

74.35% 38 Beach Road, #06-11 South Beach Tower, Singapore 189767

FSITC GLOBAL TRENDS FUND

FSSA China Focus Fund

Fubon 1-5 Years US High Yield Bond Ex 
China

U

U

U

24.31% 1st Floor, No.6, Sec. 3 ,Minquan West Rd, Taipei

65.21% 70 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, D02 R296 Ireland

42.48% 8th Floor, No.108, Sec.1, Dunhua South. Rd., Taipei, Taiwan

Fubon Global Investment Grade Bond Fund U

57.59%

Fuh Hwa 1-5 Yr High Yield ETF

Furnival Insurance Company PCC Limited

GIS Total Return Bond Fund
GS Twenty Two Limited

U

OS

U
OS

44.38% 8th & 9th Floor, No.308, Sec. 2, Bade Rd., Da-an District

100.00% PO Box 155, Mill Court, La Charroterie, St Peter Port, GY1 4ET, 

Guernsey

25.22% 78 Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin, D02 HD32, Ireland
100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

HSBC Senior Global Infrastructure Debt Fund U

100.00% 8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ, United Kingdom

ICICI Prudential Asset Management 
Company Limited

ICICI Prudential Life Insurance Company 
Limited

ICICI Prudential Pension Funds 
Management Company Limited

ICICI Prudential Trust Limited

India Innovation High Growth EQ QII

Invesco Fixed Maturity Selective Emerging 
Market Bonds 2024

Invesco Select 6 Year Maturity Global Bond 
Fund

iShares Global High Yield Corp Bond UCITS 
ETF

iShares MSCI Asia ex Japan Climate Action 
ETF

JPMorgan Investment Funds - Japan 
Sustainable Equity Fund

KKP ACTIVE EQUITY FUND

Krungsri Greater China Equity Hedged 
Dividend Fund

Lasalle Property Securities SICAV-FIS

M&G Asia Property TS Trust

M&G Real Estate Asia Holding Company Pte. 
Ltd.

Manulife Asia Pacific Bond Fund

OS

OS

OS

OS

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

OS

U

49.00% 12th Floor, Narain Manzil, 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi 

110001, India

22.05% ICICI PruLife Towers, 1089 Appasaheb Marathe Marg, Prabhadevi, 

Mumbai 400025, India

22.05%

49.00% 12th Floor, Narain Manzil, 23, Barakhamba Road, New Delhi 

110001, India

100.00% Eastspring Investments Limited, Marunouchi Park Bldg., 2-6-1 
Marunochi, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, Japan 100-6905

98.42% 8th Floor, No 122, Tung Hua N. Rd. Taipei, Taiwan

98.69%

55.25% 200 Capital Dock, 79 Sir John Rogerson’s Quay, Dublin 2, Ireland

73.52% 20 Anson Road, #18-01 Twenty Anson, Singapore 079912

62.01% 6 route de Trèves, L-2633 Senningerberg, Grand Duchy of 

Luxembourg

31.54% 209 KKP Tower A, 17 Fl., Sukhumvit 21 (Asoke), Khlong Toey Nua, 

Wattana, Bangkok 10110 Thailand

28.12% 12th, 18th Zone B Floor, Ploenchit Tower 898 Ploenchit Road, 
Lumpini Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330 Thailand

100.00% 11-13 Bouldevard de la Foire, L-1528 Luxembourg

100.00% 138 Market Street, CapitaGreen #35-01, Singapore 048946

33.00%

82.22% 9th Floor, No 89 Son Ren Road, Taipei, Taiwan

Manulife AUD Income Bond Fund-A(CNY-H) U

30.73%

Manulife China Offshore Bond Fund
Manulife Taiwan Dynamic Fund

U
U

32.48%
26.11%

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

317

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Nomura Six Years Fixed Maturity Asia Pacific 
Emerging Market Bond Fund

Nomura Six Years Fixed Maturity Emerging 
Market Bond Fund

Nomura Six Years Ladder Maturity Asia 
Pacific Emerging Market Bond Fund

U

U

U

98.98% 101 Tower, 30th Floor, No. 7 Sec. 5, Xinyi Rd., Xinyi Dist., Taipei, 

Taiwan

40.50%

98.40%

North Sathorn Holdings Company Limited

OS

100.00% No. 63, Athenee Tower, 34th Floor, Wireless Road, Lumpini 

PCA IP Services Limited

PCA Life Assurance Co., Ltd.

PCA Reinsurance Co. Ltd.

PineBridge US Dual Core Income Fund

PLUK Agents Savings Fund

Principal Global Silver Age Fund

Pru Life Insurance Corporation of U.K.

Pru Life UK Asset Management and Trust 
Corporation

OS

OS

OS

U

U

U

OS

OS

Subdistrict Pathumwan District, Bangkok Metropolis, Thailand

100.00% 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 

Central, Hong Kong

99.79% 8th Floor, No.1 Songzhi Road, Taipei City, 11047, Taiwan

100.00% Unit Level 13(A), Main Office Tower, Financial Park Labuan, Jalan 
Merdeka, 87000 Federal Territory of Labuan, Malaysia

27.97% 10th Floor, No. 144, Sec. 2, Minquan East Rd, Taipei

100.00% 8th Floor, 8 Rockwell, Rockwell Drive, Rockwell Center, Makati City

31.05% 44, 16th Floor, CIMB Thai Bank, Lungsuan Road, Lumpini, Bangkok 

10330, Thailand 

100.00% 9th Floor, Uptown Place Tower 1, 1 East 11th Drive, Uptown 

Bonifacio, 1634 Taguig City, Metro Manila, Philippines

100.00%

Prudence Foundation

LBG

100.00% 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 

Prudential (Cambodia) Life Assurance Plc

Prudential (US Holdco 1) Limited

Prudential Africa Holdings Limited

Prudential Africa Services Limited

Prudential Assurance Company Singapore 
(Pte) Limited

Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad*

Prudential Assurance Uganda Limited

Prudential BeGeneral Insurance Côte 
d'Ivoire S.A.

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

Central, Hong Kong

100.00% VTrust Tower, Unit A B &C, 3rd Floor, Tchecoslova Blvd (Street 169), 

Sangkat Veal Vong, Khan 7 Makara, Phnom Penh, Cambodia

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00%

100.00% 3rd Floor, One Africa Place, LR. No. 1870/X/45, P.O. Box 
25093-00100, Westlands, Nairobi, Kenya

100.00% 30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712

51.00% Level 26, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak 

Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

100.00% 9th Floor Zebra Plaza, Plot 23 Kampala Road, P.O. Box 2660, 

Kampala, Uganda

51.00% Abidjan Plateau, Avenue Noguès, Immeuble Woodin Center, 1er 
étage, 01 P.O. BOX 5173, Abidjan 01, Côte d'Ivoire

Prudential Belife Insurance Côte d'Ivoire S.A. OS

51.00%

Prudential Beneficial General Insurance 
Cameroon S.A.

Prudential Beneficial Life Insurance 
Cameroon S.A.

Prudential Beneficial Life Insurance Togo 
S.A.
Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad †

Prudential Corporation Holdings Limited

Prudential Financial Advisers Singapore Pte. 
Ltd.

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

50.71% 1944, Boulevard de la République Douala-Akwa, P.O. BOX 2328, 

Douala, Cameroon

51.00%

50.99% 2963 Rue de la Chance Agbalepedogan, P.O. Box 1115, Lome, Togo

49.00% Level 26, Menara Prudential, Persiaran TRX Barat, 55188 Tun Razak 

Exchange, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00% 30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712

318

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Prudential Financial Partners (Asia) Limited

OS

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

Prudential Financial Partners HK Limited

Prudential Funding (Asia) PLC

Prudential General Insurance Hong Kong 
Limited

Prudential Group Secretarial Services HK 
Limited

OS

OS

OS

OS

100.00% 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 

Central, Hong Kong

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00% 59th Floor, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Quarry Bay, Hong 

Kong

100.00% 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 

Central, Hong Kong

Prudential Group Secretarial Services Limited OS

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

Prudential Holdings Limited

Prudential Hong Kong Limited

Prudential International Treasury Limited

Prudential Investment Management Private 
Limited

Prudential IP Services Limited

Prudential Life Assurance (Lao) Company 
Limited

Prudential Life Assurance (Thailand) Public 
Company Limited

Prudential Life Assurance Kenya Limited

Prudential Life Assurance Zambia Limited

Prudential Life Insurance Ghana Limited

Prudential Life Vault Limited

Prudential Mauritius Holdings Limited

Prudential Myanmar Life Insurance Limited

Prudential Pensions Management Zambia 
Limited

Prudential Services Asia Sdn. Bhd.

Prudential Services Limited

Prudential Services Philippines Corporation

Prudential Services Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Prudential Singapore Holdings Pte. Limited

Prudential Technology and Services India 
Private Limited

Prudential Vietnam Assurance Private 
Limited

Prudential Wealth Holdings Company Pte. 
Ltd.

Prudential Wealth Management Singapore 
Pte. Ltd.

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

PS

OS

OS

OS

PS

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

100.00% 4th Floor, Saltire Court, 20, Castle Terrace, Edinburgh, EH1 2EN, 

United Kingdom

100.00% 59th Floor, One Island East, 18 Westlands Road, Quarry Bay, Hong 

Kong

100.00% 13th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, 

Central, Hong Kong

100.00% 7 Straits View #07-01, Marina One East Tower, Singapore 018936, 

Singapore

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00% 5th Floor, Lao international Business and Tourist Center Project 

(Vientiane Center), Khouvieng Road, Nongchan Village, Sisattanak 
District, Vientiane Capital, Lao PDR

99.93% 944 Mitrtown Office Tower, 10th, 29th-31st Floor, Rama 4 Road, 
Wangmai, Pathumwan, Bangkok, 10330, Thailand

100.00% Vienna Court, Ground Floor, State House Crescent, Off State House 

Avenue, P.O. Box 25093-00603, Nairobi, Kenya

100.00% Prudential House, Plot No. 32256, Thabo Mbeki Road, P.O. Box 

31357, Lusaka, Zambia

100.00% H/NO. 35, Opp. Hobats Clinic, North Street, Tesano, Accra, Accra 

Metropolitan, Greater Accra, P.O. Box AN 10476, Ghana

100.00% 48 Awolowo Road, South-West Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria

100.00% 3rd Floor, 355 NEX, Rue du Savoir, Cybercity Ebene 72201, Mauritius

100.00% #15-01, 15th Floor, Sule Square, 221 Sule Pagoda Road, Kyauktada 

Township, Yangon, Myanmar

49.00% Prudential Pensions Management Zambia Limited Support Office, 
Plot F/377/9/H/3, Kabulonga Road, Kabulonga, Lusaka

100.00% Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1 Leboh 

100.00%

Ampang, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

100.00% 1 Angel Court, London, EC2R 7AG, United Kingdom

100.00% 19th Floor Uptown Place Tower I East, 11th Drive Uptown Bonifacio 

Fort Bonifacio Bonifacio Global City, Taguig City, Fourth District, 
National Capital Region (NCR), 1630, Philippines

100.00% 7 Straits View, #06-01 Marina One East Tower, Singapore 018936

100.00% 30 Cecil Street, #30-01 Prudential Tower, Singapore 049712

100.00%

100.00% CoWrks NXT, EPIP Industrial Area, Whitefield Road, K.R Puram, Near 
SAP Labs, Hubli, Bangalore, Karnataka, 560066, India

100.00% 25th Floor, Saigon Trade Center, 37 Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1, 

Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam

100.00% 7 Straits View #07-01, Marina One East Tower, Singapore 018936, 

Singapore

100.00% 8 Marina View #15-06A, Asia Square Tower 1, Singapore 018960, 

Singapore

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

319

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the consolidated financial statements continued

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Prudential Zenith Life Insurance Limited

OS

51.00% 13th Floor, Civic Towers, Ozumba Mbadiwe Avenue, Victoria Island, 

PRUInvest PH Equity Index Tracker Fund

PruInvest PHP Balanced Allocation Fund

PruInvest PHP Dynamic Equity Fund

U

U

U

Lagos State, Lagos, Nigeria

99.61% 8th Floor, 8 Rockwell, Rockwell Drive, Rockwell Center, Makati City

72.30%

52.45%

PruInvest PHP Intermediate Term Bond Fund U

82.73%

PRUInvest PHP Liquid Fund

PruInvest USD Global Market Balanced Fund 
of Funds

PruInvest USD High Yield Asian Bond Feeder 
Fund

PruInvest USD Intermediate Term Bond 
Fund

PruInvest USD Liquid Fund

PT Prudential Sharia Life Assurance ‡

PT. Eastspring Investments Indonesia

PT. Prudential Life Assurance

Pulse Ecosystems Pte. Ltd.

Pulse Wealth Limited

Reksa Dana Eastspring IDR Fixed Income 
Fund

Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah Fixed 
Income Amanah

Reksa Dana Syariah Eastspring Syariah 
Money Market Khazanah

Reksa Dana Syariah Penyertaan Terbatas 
Bahana Syariah Bumn Fund IV

Rhodium Investment Funds - Singapore 
Bond Fund

Rhodium Passive Long Dated Bond Fund
Robeco QI European Active Index Equities

Schroder Asian Investment Grade Credit

Schroder Emerging Markets Fund

Schroder Multi-Asset Revolution

U

U

U

U

U

OS

OS

OS

OS

OS

U

U

U

U

U

U
U

U

U

U

100.00%

20.43%

65.19%

93.17%

56.46%

94.62% Prudential Tower, 2nd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 79, Jakarta 

12910, Indonesia

99.95% Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 

12910, Indonesia

94.62% Prudential Tower, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav. 79, Jakarta 12910, 

Indonesia

100.00% 7 Straits View, #06-01 Marina One East Tower, Singapore 018936

100.00% Suite 3703-04, 37/F, Tower 6, The Gateway, Harbour City, 9 Canton 

Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong

97.72% Prudential Tower, 23rd Floor, Jl. Jend. Sudirman Kav.79, Jakarta 

12910, Indonesia

70.16%

98.57%

99.01% Graha CIMB Niaga 21st Floor. Jl Jend Sudirman Kav 58, Jakarta - 

12190, Indonesia.

99.93% 10 Marina Boulevard, #32-01, Marina Bay Financial Centre Tower 2, 

Singapore 018983

99.92%
92.86% 6, route de Trèves, L-2633 Senningerberg, Grand Duchy of 

Luxembourg

31.68% 138 Market Street, #23-01 CapitaGreen, Singapore 048946

77.62%

51.13%

Schroder US Dollar Money Fund

Scotts Spazio Pte. Ltd.

U

OS

27.98% 9th floor, no. 108, section 5, xinyi road, Taipei

45.00% 316 Tanglin Road, #01-01,Singapore, 247978

Shenzhen Prudential Technology Limited

MI - WFOE 100.00% Unit 5, 8th Floor, China Resources Tower, No.2666 Keyuan South 

Sri Han Suria Sdn. Bhd.

Staple Limited

Road, Yuehai Street, Nanshan District, Shenzhen 518054, China

OS

OS

51.00% Suite 1005, 10th Floor, Wisma Hamzah-Kwong Hing, No. 1 Leboh 

Ampang, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

100.00% No. 63, Athenee Tower, 34th Floor, Wireless Road, Lumpini 

Subdistrict Pathumwan District, Bangkok Metropolis, Thailand

320

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Name of entity

Classes of 
shares held

Proportion 
held

Registered office address

Templeton Asian Growth Fund

Threadneedle (Lux) – Global Emerging 
Market Equities

United Global Innovation Fund

United Global Quality Equity Fund – MYR 
hedged Class

UOB Smart Global Healthcare Fund

UOB Smart Japan Small and Mid Cap Fund

UOB Smart Millennium Growth Fund

USD Investment Grade Infrastructure Debt 
Fund SCSp

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

32.88% 8A, rue Albert Borschette, L-1246 Luxembourg

65.59% 44 Rue de la vallée, 2661 Luxembourg

24.24% 23A, 25th Floor, Asia Centre Building, 173/27-30, 32-33 South 

Sathorn Road, Thungmahamek, Sathorn, Bangkok 10120, Thailand

27.57% Jln Raja Laut, City Centre, 50100 Kuala Lumpur, Wilayah 

Persekutuan Kuala Lumpur

45.27% 23A, 25th Floor, Asia Centre Building, 173/27-30, 32-33 South 

Sathorn Road, Thungmahamek, Sathorn, Bangkok 10120, Thailand

35.67%

38.84%

21.90% 35a, Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of 

Luxembourg

*
†

‡

Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad is consolidated at 100 per cent in the Group's consolidated financial statements reflecting the economic interest to the Group.
Prudential BSN Takaful Berhad is a joint venture that is accounted for using the equity method, for which the Group has an economic interest of 70 per cent for all business 
sold up to 31 December 2016 and of 49 per cent for new business sold subsequent to this date.
The holding of 94.62 per cent for PT. Prudential Life Assurance represents the proportion held in the Indonesia subsidiary attaching to the aggregate of the shares across 
the types of capital in issue.

The below table lists the issued share capital of the subsidiaries of the Group which, in the opinion of the Directors, principally affect the results or 
assets of the Group: 

Name of entity

Issued and fully paid up share / registered capital

Prudential Assurance Company Singapore (Pte) Limited

526,557,000 ordinary shares of SG$1 each

PT. Prudential Life Assurance

Prudential Hong Kong Limited

105,500 ordinary shares and 6,000 preference shares of RP 1,000,000 each

3,641,479,873 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

Prudential Assurance Malaysia Berhad

100,000,000 ordinary shares of RM 1 each

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

321

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Statement of financial position of the parent company

Fixed assets

Investments in subsidiary undertakings

Current assets

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Other investments: equity securities – fair value through other comprehensive income

Cash at bank and in hand

Liabilities: amounts falling due within one year

Subordinated liabilities

Debenture loans

Commercial paper

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Tax payable

Accruals and deferred income

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Liabilities: amounts falling due after more than one year

Subordinated liabilities

Debenture loans

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings

Total net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium

Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds

Profit for the year

Note

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

5  

13,786   

13,178 

6  

7  

7  

7  

7

7  

8

7,267   

–   

21   

7,288   

–   

– 

–   

(866)   

(7)   

(7)   

(880)   

6,408   

20,194   

–   

–   

(3,610)   

(3,610)   

16,584   

183   

5,009   

11,392   

16,584   

7,501 

266 

45 

7,812 

(21) 

(361)

(501) 

(614) 

(9) 

(63) 

(1,569) 

6,243 

19,421 

(2,265) 

(1,614) 

– 

(3,879) 

15,542 

182 

5,006 

10,354 

15,542 

2023 $m
1,525   

2022 $m
455 

The financial statements of the parent company on pages 322 to 328 were approved by the Board of Directors on 19 March 2024 and signed 
on its behalf by:

Shriti Vadera  
Chair 

Anil Wadhwani
Chief Executive Officer

322

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of changes in equity of the parent company

Balance at 1 Jan 2022

Profit for the year

Valuation movements on Jackson equity securities measured at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

New share capital subscribed

Share based payment transactions

Dividends

Total distributions to owners

Share
capital
$m
182 

Share
premium
$m
5,010 

Profit and
loss account
$m
10,458 

Shareholders’ 
funds
$m
15,650 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(4)   

– 

– 

(4)   

455 

455 

(125)   

330 

(125) 

330 

– 

40 

(474)   

(434)   

(4) 

40 

(474) 

(438) 

Balance at 31 Dec 2022 / 1 Jan 2023

182   

5,006   

10,354   

15,542 

Profit for the year

Valuation movements on Jackson equity securities measured at fair value through 

other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

New share capital subscribed

Share based payment transactions

Dividends

Total distributions to owners

–   

–   

–   

1   

–   

–   

1   

–   

–   

–   

3   

–   

–   

3   

1,525   

1,525 

8   

8 

1,533   

1,533 

–   

38   

(533)   

(495)   

4 

38 

(533) 

(491) 

Balance at 31 Dec 2023

183   

5,009   

11,392   

16,584 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

323

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the parent company financial statements

1   Nature of operations

Prudential plc (‘the Company’) together with its subsidiaries (collectively, the ‘Group’ or ‘Prudential’) is an international financial services group. 
Prudential plc provides life and health insurance and asset management services in Asia and Africa. Prudential’s mission is to be the most trusted 
partner and protector for this generation and generations to come, by providing simple and accessible financial and health solutions.

2   Basis of preparation
The financial statements of the Company, which comprise the statement of financial position, statement of changes in equity and related notes, 
are prepared in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice, including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure 
Framework (‘FRS 101’) and Part 15 of the Companies Act 2006.

In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements in accordance with 
international accounting standards adopted for use in the UK but makes amendments where necessary, in order to comply with the Companies 
Act 2006, and has set out below where advantages of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions have been taken. The Company has also taken the 
advantage of the exemption under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 from presenting its own profit and loss account.

In these financial statements, the Company has applied the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures: 

– A cash flow statement and related notes; 
– Disclosures in respect of transactions with wholly-owned subsidiaries within the Group;
– Disclosure in respect of capital management; and
– The effects of new but not yet effective IFRS.

As the consolidated financial statements of the Group include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has also applied the exemptions available 
under FRS 101 in respect of the following disclosures:

– IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ in respect of Group-settled share-based payments; 
– Disclosure required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ and the consequential amendments to IFRS 7 related to IFRS 9, and IFRS 13 

‘Fair Value Measurement’; and

– IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ in respect of revenue recognition.

The accounting policies set out in note 3 below have been applied consistently to both years presented in these financial statements.

The Company and the Group manage cash resources, remittances and financing primarily in US dollars. Accordingly, the functional and 
presentational currency of the Company is US dollars. 

On the basis of the assessment of going concern for the Company and the Group as set out in note A1 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial 
statements, the Directors consider it appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing these financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2023.

3   Significant accounting policies

Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost less impairment. Investments are assessed for indicators of impairment, and if any are 
identified, any impairment is assessed by comparing the net assets and value in use of the subsidiary undertakings with the carrying value of the 
investments.

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings
Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are shown at cost less expected credit losses, which are determined using the expected credit loss 
approach under IFRS 9. 

Financial instruments
Under IFRS 9, except for derivative instruments (where applicable) that are mandatorily classified as FVTPL, all financial assets and liabilities of 
the Company are held at amortised cost. The Company assesses impairment on its loans and receivables using the expected credit loss 
approach. The expected credit loss on the Company’s loans and receivables, the majority of which represent loans to its subsidiaries, have been 
assessed by taking into account the probability of defaults on those loans. In all cases, the subsidiaries are expected to have sufficient resources 
to repay the loans either now or over time based on projected earnings. For loans recallable on demand, the expected credit loss has been limited 
to the impact of discounting the value of the loan between the balance sheet date and the anticipated recovery date. For loans with a fixed 
maturity date the expected credit loss has been determined with reference to the historic experience of loans with equivalent credit 
characteristics. 

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs, and subsequently accounted for on an amortised cost basis using the 
effective interest method. Under the effective interest method, the difference between the redemption value of the borrowing and the initial 
proceeds, net of transaction costs, is amortised through the profit and loss account to the date of maturity or, for subordinated debt, over the 
expected life of the instrument.

324

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Dividends
Interim dividends are recorded in the period in which they are paid. 

Foreign currency translation
Transactions not denominated in the Company’s functional currency, US dollars, are initially recorded at the rate of currency prevailing on the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities not denominated in the Company’s functional currency are translated to the Company’s 
functional currency at year end spot rates. The impact of these currency translations is recorded within the profit and loss account for the year.

Tax
Current tax expense is charged or credited to operations based upon amounts estimated to be payable or recoverable as a result of taxable 
amounts for the current year and adjustments made in relation to prior years. Current tax recoverable (payable) recognised in the balance sheet 
is measured at the amount expected to be either recovered from (paid to) relevant tax authorities or Group undertakings in relation to the 
surrender (claim) of tax losses. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised in accordance with the provisions of IAS 12 'Income Taxes’. Deferred tax assets are recognised 
to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilised. 
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date.

The Company has applied the mandatory exemption from recognising and disclosing information on the associated deferred tax assets and 
liabilities at 31 December 2023 as required by the amendments to IAS 12 ‘International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules’ referred to in note 
A2.2 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Share-based payments
The Group offers share award and option plans for certain key employees and a Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) plan for all UK and certain overseas 
employees. The share-based payment plans operated by the Group are mainly equity-settled.

Under IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payment’, where the Company, as the parent company, has the obligation to settle the options or awards of its 
equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary undertakings, and such share-based payments are accounted for as equity-settled in the Group 
financial statements, the Company records an increase in the investment in subsidiary undertakings for the value of the share options and 
awards granted with a corresponding credit entry recognised directly in equity. The value of the share options and awards granted is based upon 
the fair value of the options and awards at the grant date, the vesting period and the vesting conditions. Cash receipts from business units in 
respect of newly issued share schemes are treated as returns of capital within investments in subsidiaries.

Significant accounting judgement - valuation of debt transfer

The fair value of the external debt transferred from the Company to Prudential Funding (Asia) plc in March 2023 was determined by reference to 
the externally observable prices of these quoted instruments.

The intercompany liability due to Prudential Funding (Asia) plc as consideration for the transfer of the external debt liabilities are for the same 
principal amounts and have identical terms to the external debt, with the exception of an additional margin on the interest rate. It is judged that 
the most appropriate measure of the fair value of these intercompany items is the fair value of the external debt instruments with an adjustment 
for the fair value of the additional interest margin, which increased the fair value of the liability by $17 million on initial recognition.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

325

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the parent company financial statements continued

4   Reconciliation from the FRS 101 parent company results to the Group IFRS results

The parent company financial statements are prepared in accordance with FRS 101 and the Group financial statements are prepared 
in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and international financial reporting standards adopted for use in the UK. 

The tables below provide a reconciliation between the FRS 101 parent company results and the Group IFRS results.

Profit after tax
Profit for the financial year of the Company in accordance with FRS 101 note (i)
Accounting difference note (ii)
Share in the IFRS result of the Group, net of distributions to the Company note (iii)
Profit (loss) after tax of the Group attributable to equity holders in accordance with IFRS note (iv)

Shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ funds of the Company in accordance with FRS 101
Accounting policy difference note (ii)
Share in the IFRS net equity of the Group note(iii)
Shareholders' equity of the Group in accordance with IFRS

2023 $m

2022 $m

1,525   
(65)   
241   
1,701   

455 

108 

(1,570) 

(1,007) 

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022* $m

16,584   
–   
1,239   
17,823   

15,542 

66 

1,123 

16,731 

*

The Group has adopted IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1 to the Group IFRS consolidated 
financial statements. Accordingly, the comparative results have been re-presented from those previously published.

Notes
(i) The Company’s profit for the financial year includes distributions to the Company from subsidiaries.
(ii) In the current year, accounting difference represents the difference in accounting for expected credit losses on loan assets. In the prior year, differences also arose from that 
effect, together with the difference in treatment of realised gains and losses on investments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, as the Company 
applied IFRS 9 in 2022 which the Group adopted, without retrospective application, in 2023.

(iii) The share in the IFRS result of the Group line represents the parent company’s interest in the earnings of its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates. The share in the IFRS 
net equity line represents the parent company's interest in the net assets of its subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates. The movement compared with the prior year 
reflects movements in the results of the Group relative to the result of the Company.

(iv) The profit for the year of the Company in accordance with IFRS includes dividends received from subsidiary undertakings of $1,277 million for the year ended 31 December 

2023 (2022: $708 million). 

5   Investments in subsidiary undertakings

At 1 Jan
Capital injections note (i)
Other note (ii)
At 31 Dec

2023 $m
13,178   
606   
2   
13,786   

2022 $m
13,114 

62 

2 

13,178 

Notes
(i)

 In March 2023 the company subscribed to $17m in equity in Prudential Corporation Asia Limited, an immediate subsidiary, as part of the transfer of debt to subsidiary 
company Prudential Funding (Asia) Limited, In June 2023 the company subscribed to $400m of equity in Prudential Corporation Asia Limited as part of the capitalisation of 
Group company Prudential Funding (Asia) Limited, and in September 2023, intercompany loans of $189 million owed to the Company were settled in exchange for the 
issue of equity instruments from Prudential Corporation Asia Limited.

(ii) Other includes net amounts in respect of share-based payments settled by the Company for employees of its subsidiary undertakings.

Investments in subsidiaries held at 31 December 2023 have been assessed for indicators of impairment and none were identified.

Subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 31 December 2023 are listed in note D5.4 of the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.

6   Equity securities – fair value through other comprehensive income

The Company made the election to measure its interest in equity securities in Jackson at FVOCI, which were disposed of entirely in 2023. 

The fair value of the Company’s holding in the equity securities of Jackson Financial Inc. was determined by the use of current market bid prices 
and is categorised as Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted in active markets) of the IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ defined fair value hierarchy.

A gain of $8 million (2022: a loss of $(125) million) has been recognised in other comprehensive income for the year in respect of these 
instruments.

326

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7   Borrowings

Core structural borrowings note (i)
Subordinated liabilities note (ii)
Debenture loans

Commercial paper note (iii)
Total borrowings note (iv)

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

Within 1 year

After 5 years

Core structural borrowings

Other borrowings

Total

31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m 31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m 31 Dec 2023 $m 31 Dec 2022 $m

–   

–   

–   

–

–   

–   

–   

–   

2,286 

1,975 

4,261 

–  

4,261 

382 

3,879 

4,261 

–

–

–

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–  

–  

–  

501 

501 

501 

– 

501 

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

2,286 

1,975 

4,261 

501 

4,762 

883 

3,879 

4,762 

Notes
(i) Further details on the core structural borrowings of the Company are provided in note C5.1 of the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.
(ii) The interests of the holders of the subordinated liabilities are subordinate to the entitlements of other creditors of the Company. 
(iii) These borrowings support a short-term fixed income securities programme.
(iv) Borrowings are classified in line with contractual maturity dates unless the Company has established its intention to redeem at an earlier date
(v) On 2 March 2023 the Company transferred certain external debt instrument liabilities to Prudential Funding (Asia) plc. In consideration for this transfer the Company 
entered into intercompany debt payable arrangements with Prudential Financial Partners (Asia) plc, which matched the terms and value of the external debt liability 
instruments, with an additional margin on the interest rate in excess of the interest payable on the debt liability instruments. These intercompany payable instruments were 
measured at fair value on initial recognition, which totalled $3,605 million, including accrued interest. The difference between the fair value of the intercompany payables 
and the previously recognised carrying value of the external debt instruments of $370 million was recognised as a gain in the Company’s income statement. The fair value 
of these instruments was established by reference to the observable market value of the external debt liability instruments transferred on the same day, with an adjustment 
for the additional interest margin. These intercompany payable instruments are subsequently measured at amortised cost, applying the effective interest rate method, to 
amortise the difference between the value initial recognised and redemption value of the assets. At 31 December 2023, $3,610m of amounts owed to subsidiary 
undertakings were due to Prudential Funding (Asia) Limited and due after more than one year in line with the terms of the external debt.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

327

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes to the parent company financial statements continued

8   Capital and reserves

Share capital and share premium
A summary of the ordinary shares in issue and the options outstanding to subscribe for the Company’s shares at 31 December 2023 is set out in 
note C8 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Retained profit of the Company
Retained profit at 31 December 2023 amounted to $11,392 million (31 December 2022: $10,354 million). The retained profit includes 
distributable reserves of $5,640 million (31 December 2022: $4,639 million) and non-distributable reserves of $5,752 million (31 December 
2022: $5,715 million). The non-distributable reserves of the Company relate to gains on intra-group transactions, in which qualifying 
consideration was not received, and share-based payment reserves.

Under UK company law, Prudential may pay dividends only if sufficient distributable reserves of the Company are available for the purpose and 
if the amount of its net assets is greater than the aggregate of its called-up share capital and non-distributable reserves (such as the share 
premium account) and the payment of the dividend does not reduce the amount of its net assets to less than that aggregate.

The retained profit of the Company is substantially generated from dividend income received from subsidiaries. The Group segmental analysis 
illustrates the generation of profit across the Group (see note B1.1 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements). The Group and its 
subsidiaries are subject to local regulatory minimum capital requirements, as set out in note C9 of the Group IFRS consolidated financial 
statements. A number of the principal risks set out in the Risk review report could impact the generation of profit in the Group’s subsidiaries in the 
future and hence impact their ability to pay dividends in the future.

In determining the dividend payment in any year, the Directors follow the Group dividend policy described in the Financial review section of this 
Annual Report. The Directors consider the Company’s ability to pay current and future dividends twice a year by reference to the Company’s 
business plan and certain stressed scenarios.

9   Other information

(a)

Information on key management remuneration is given in note B2.3 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements. Additional 
information on directors’ remuneration is given in the Directors’ remuneration report section of this Annual Report. 

(b)

Information on transactions of the Directors with the Group is given in note D3 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.

(c) The Company employs no staff.

(d) Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts were $0.1 million (2022: $0.1 million) and for other 

services were $0.1 million (2022: $0.1 million). 

(e)

In certain instances, the Company has guaranteed that its subsidiaries will meet their obligations when they fall due for payment.

10   Post balance sheet events

Dividends
The second interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023, which was approved by the Board of Directors after 31 December 2023, is 
described in note B5 of the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Share repurchase programme to neutralise 2023 employee and agent share scheme issuance
On 16 January 2024, the Company announced that the share repurchase programme in respect of 3,851,376 ordinary shares that it announced 
on 5 January 2024 and commenced on 8 January has been completed. The purpose of the share repurchase programme was to offset dilution 
from the vesting of awards under employee and agent share schemes during 2023.  The Company has repurchased 3,851,376 ordinary shares in 
aggregate (representing 0.14 per cent of the total number of ordinary shares in issue announced on 29 December 2023) at a volume weighted 
average price of £8.2676 per ordinary share for a total consideration of approximately £31,841,826.52.

328

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the Annual Report and 
the financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and applicable law and 
have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK accounting standards and applicable law, including FRS 
101 Reduced Disclosure Framework.  

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent company 
financial statements, the directors are required to:  

– select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
– make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, reliable and prudent; 
– for the Group financial statements, state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting 

standards; 

– for the parent company financial statements, state whether applicable UK accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material 

departures disclosed and explained in the parent company financial statements;

– assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and
– use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or 

have no realistic alternative but to do so.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure that its 
financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to 
them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ 
Remuneration Report and Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the company’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the annual financial report 
The directors of Prudential plc, whose names and positions are set out on pages 155 to 160 confirm that to the best of their knowledge: 

– the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, 

liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; 
– the strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group and the 

undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they face; 
and

– the annual report and financial statements, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for 

shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

329

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Independent Auditor's Report to the members of Prudential plc

Opinion
In our opinion:

– Prudential plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of 

the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 December 2023 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

– the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards;  
– the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 

Practice; and

– the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Prudential plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 
December 2023 which comprise:

Group

Parent company

Consolidated statement of financial position as at 31 December 
2023

Statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023

Consolidated income statement for the year then ended

Statement of changes in equity for the year then ended

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year 
then ended

Related notes 1 to 10 to the financial statements including material 
accounting policy information.

Consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then 
ended

Consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended

Related notes A1 to D5 to the financial statements, including 
material accounting policy information and the information 
marked ‘audited’ in the Risk Review section of the annual report

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards.  The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company 
financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” (United 
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We are independent of the group and parent in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. 

The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or the parent company and we remain 
independent of the group and the parent company in conducting the audit. 

Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of 
the financial statements is appropriate. In evaluating the directors’ assessment of the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting we: 

– confirmed our understanding of management’s going concern assessment process and obtained management’s assessment which covers the 

period to 31 March 2025;

– assessed management’s evaluation of the liquidity and solvency position of the Group by reviewing base case and stressed liquidity and 

solvency projections through the going concern period;

– evaluated management’s forecast analysis to understand the severity of  the downside scenarios that would be required to occur to result in 

the elimination of solvency and / or liquidity headroom and considered the actions available to management in such scenarios;

– performed enquiries of management and those charged with governance to identify risks or events that may impact the Group’s ability to 

continue as a going concern. 

– assessed the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures by comparing the disclosures with management’s assessment and considering 

their compliance with the relevant reporting requirements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the period of to 31 March 
2025, being at least one year from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the group and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

330

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.  
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern.

Overview of our audit approach
Audit scope

– We performed an audit of the complete financial information of 6 components and audit procedures on specific 

balances for a further 4 components.

– The components where we performed full or specific audit procedures accounted for 87% of Total equity, 78% of 

Profit before tax, 96% of Total assets and 99% of Best estimate insurance contract liabilities.

Key audit matters

– Actuarial assumptions 
– IFRS 17 fulfilment cashflows modelling 
– Revenue recognition in respect of release of contractual service margin
– Transition to IFRS 17

Materiality

– Overall Group materiality of $170m which represents c1% of total equity.

An overview of the scope of the parent company and group audits 

Tailoring the scope
Our assessment of audit risk, our evaluation of materiality and our allocation of performance materiality determine our audit scope for each 
component within the Group.  Taken together, this enables us to form an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We took into account 
the size, risk profile, the organisation of the Group and effectiveness of its control environment, changes in the business environment and other 
factors when assessing the level of work to be performed at each component.

In assessing the risk of material misstatement to the Group financial statements, and to ensure we had adequate quantitative coverage of 
significant accounts in the financial statements, we performed an audit of the complete financial information of the principal life insurance 
companies in  Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia and Vietnam and the CPL life insurance joint venture in China, (“full scope 
components”), which were selected based on their size or risk characteristics.  For the life insurance companies in Taiwan and Thailand, the 
Eastspring asset management business and certain of the holding and service entities in the UK and Hong Kong (“specific scope components”), 
we performed audit procedures on specific accounts within the component that we considered had the potential for the greatest impact on the 
significant accounts in the financial statements either because of the size of these accounts or their risk profile.  

We took a centralised approach to auditing certain processes and controls, as well as the substantive testing of specific account balances related 
to those processes. This included audits procedures over the Group’s shared IT infrastructure and elements of the Group’s IFRS 17 infrastructure 
that are managed and maintained centrally. 

The reporting components where we performed audit procedures accounted for 87% of the Group’s equity, 78% of the Group’s Profit before 
tax, and 96% of the Group’s Total assets. The table below shows the contribution of the full scope and specific components to these metrics, 
and to the Best estimate insurance contract liabilities and Release of CSM that are considered Key Audit Matters and described later in this 
report.

Full scope

Specific scope (Note 3)

Full and specific scope coverage
Remaining components (Note 5)

Total reporting components

Total equity
63%

24%

87%
13%

100%

Profit 
before tax
95%
(Note 1)

(17%)
(Note 2)

78%
22%

100%

2023

Total assets
83%

Best estimate insurance contract 
liabilities (Note 4)
90%

Release of CSM
(Note 4)
86%

13%

96%
4%

100%

9%

99%
1%

100%

8%

94%
6%

100%

(1) The profit before tax coverage of 95% represents five full scope components having a positive contribution of 111% offset by one full scope component having a negative 

contribution of 16%.

(2) The profit before tax coverage of (17%) includes central costs and interest on core structural borrowings which are audited by the primary team and have a contribution of 

(26%) and the life insurance and asset management specific scope components that have a contribution of 9%.

(3) The audit scope of the specific scope components may not have included testing of all significant accounts of the component but will have contributed to the coverage of 

significant accounts tested for the Group.  

(4) The Group audit risks in respect of the calculation of the best estimate insurance contract liabilities and revenue recognition in respect of release of the contractual service 

margin were subject to full audit procedures at each of the full scope components and the specific scope life insurance components.

(5) Of the remaining components, none are individually greater than 4% of the Group’s total equity. For these components, we performed other procedures at the Group level 

which included: performing analytical reviews at the Group financial statement line item level, testing entity level controls and testing of consolidation journals and 
intercompany eliminations to respond to any potential risks of material misstatement to the Group financial statements.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

331

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Independent Auditor's Report to the members of Prudential plc continued

Involvement with component teams 
In establishing our overall approach to the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be undertaken at each of the 
components by us, as the primary audit engagement team, or by component auditors from other EY global network firms operating under our 
instruction. For the UK and Hong Kong holding and service companies and for the centralised processes and controls, audit procedures were 
performed directly by the primary audit team.  For the full scope and remaining specific scope components, audit procedures were performed by 
component audit teams. Where the work was performed by component auditors, we determined the appropriate level of involvement to enable 
us to determine that sufficient audit evidence had been obtained as a basis for our opinion on the Group as a whole. 

The primary team were responsible for the scoping and direction of the audit process and interacted regularly with the component teams 
throughout the audit, including regular video conference meetings to provide updates on the Group, the audit approach and matters arising 
from the component audits.  

The primary audit team followed a programme of planned visits that was designed to ensure that the Senior Statutory Auditor and/or other 
senior members of the primary team visited each component team and management of each component.  During the current year’s audit cycle, 
visits were undertaken by the primary audit team to all component locations listed above. These visits involved oversight of work undertaken at 
those locations, discussing the audit approach with the component team and any issues arising from their work, reviewing relevant audit working 
papers in key risk areas, meeting with local management, attending closing meetings and, for the largest four components, attending local Audit 
Committees. 

The combination of these oversight procedures, together with the additional procedures performed at Group level, gave us appropriate evidence 
for our opinion on the Group financial statements.

Climate change 
Stakeholders are increasingly interested in how climate change will impact Prudential plc. The Group has determined that the most significant 
future impacts from climate change will be from strategy implementation, financial resilience, insurance and product risks, operational resilience, 
data and model limitations and regulatory, legislative and disclosure expectations. These are explained in the required Task Force on Climate 
Related Financial Disclosures and on page 64 in the principal risks and uncertainties. The Group has also explained its climate commitments on 
page 100. All of these disclosures form part of the “Other information” rather than the audited financial statements. Our procedures on these 
unaudited disclosures therefore consisted solely of considering whether they are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appear to be materially misstated, in line with our responsibilities on “Other 
information”.  

In planning and performing our audit we assessed the potential impacts of climate change on the Group’s business and any consequential 
material impact on its financial statements. 

The Group has explained in note C6 Risk and sensitivity analysis how climate change has been reflected in the financial statements, and in 
particular that the application of three commonly used scenarios of plausible global responses to climate change do not indicate the need for 
explicit allowance for climate change within the current valuation of assets and liabilities.

Our audit effort in considering the impact of climate change on the financial statements was focused on evaluating management’s assessment 
of the impact of climate risk, physical and transition, their climate commitments, the effects of material climate risks disclosed on pages 119-120 
and their assessment that there is no need for explicit allowance for climate change within the valuation of assets and liabilities following the 
requirements of UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.  As part of this evaluation, we performed our own risk assessment, supported 
by our climate change internal specialists, to determine any risks of material misstatement in the financial statements from climate change 
which needed to be considered in our audit.  

We also challenged the Directors’ considerations of climate change risks in their assessment of going concern and viability and associated 
disclosures. Where considerations of climate change were relevant to our assessment of going concern, these are described above.  

Based on our work we have not identified the impact of climate change on the financial statements to be a key audit matter or to impact a key 
audit matter.

332

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. These 
matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

For the risk areas identified below, we performed full and specific scope audit procedures for all in-scope components with life insurance 
businesses as indicated in the scope section above.

Risk area
Actuarial assumptions 
(Net best estimate insurance contract liabilities $116.3bn; 2022: 
$104.0bn)

Our response to the risk
Using EY actuaries as part of our audit team, we performed the following 
procedures:

– obtained an understanding and tested the design and operating 

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 185); and Note A3.1 
of the Consolidated Financial Statements (page 241)

effectiveness of key controls over management’s process for setting 
economic and non-economic assumptions;

Insurance contract balances are sensitive to economic and non-
economic assumptions set by management.  Judgment is 
involved in setting economic assumptions, particularly discount 
rates (including the illiquidity premium adjustment) and 
investment return assumptions; and in determining non-
economic assumptions in respect of mortality, morbidity 
(including medical claims costs), persistency and expenses.  

There is a risk that assumptions do not reflect the economic 
environment and the group’s demographic and operating 
experience. Due to the element of judgment in setting non-
economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the insurance 
contract balances to small changes in assumptions, there is an 
inherent risk of management override in this area.

– for economic assumptions:

– tested discount rates and investment return assumptions by 
reference to yield curves and the Group’s economic scenario 
generators; and 

– compared the information used to determine the illiquidity premium 
to the characteristics of the liabilities, asset allocations, and yields-to-
maturity and allowance for credit risk on the reference portfolio of 
assets;

– for non-economic assumptions: 

– compared the key assumptions set by management with 

management’s experience investigations, market trends and 
regulatory developments around product pricing; and 

– compared the expense assumptions to the Group’s historical, current 
and projected expense levels and policy relating to the attribution of 
expenses to insurance contracts; and

– performed procedures to test that the assumptions used in the models 

were consistent with the approved basis.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee
We determined that the actuarial assumptions used by management fall within a reasonable range and are concluded to be reasonable.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

333

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Independent Auditor's Report to the members of Prudential plc continued

Risk area
IFRS 17 fulfilment cashflows modelling
(Net best estimate insurance contract liabilities $116.2bn; 2022: 
$104.0bn)

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 185); and Note A3.1 
of the Consolidated Financial Statements (page 241)

We consider the integrity and appropriateness of actuarial 
cashflow models used to determine the IFRS 17 best estimate 
liabilities (BEL) to be critical to the valuation of insurance contract 
balances.

We consider the key risks to relate to:

a) model changes applied to the actuarial models;
b)
c)

completeness and accuracy of policyholder data; and
appropriateness of material out-of-model adjustments.

Our response to the risk
Using EY actuaries as part of our audit team, we performed the following 
procedures:

– obtained an understanding of management’s processes and tested 
the design and operating effectiveness of key controls over the 
appropriateness of model changes, completeness and accuracy of 
policyholder data and appropriateness of out-of-model adjustments;
– for a sample of new models and changes to existing models that were 
tested at transition to IFRS 17 as described in the separate Key Audit 
Matter below, compared management’s model validation results with 
the terms and conditions of the related insurance contracts and the 
Group’s IFRS 17 valuation policies. For a selection of these models, 
performed an independent recalculation of the BEL for a sample of 
insurance contract groups (ICGs) and compared the results to the 
output of the cashflow model used by management; 

– tested reconciliations of model point files to the policy administration 

system and output of the actuarial models; and

– gained an understanding of the rationale for material out-of-model 
adjustments, compared the calculation methodology to the Group’s 
IFRS 17 valuation policies and tested the calculation of the 
adjustments.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

We determined that the actuarial models used are appropriate, that changes to the models were implemented as intended and that controls 
over management’s processes for modelling IFRS 17 BEL using the actuarial models were operating effectively. 

We determined that the recorded BEL, including liabilities calculated outside the actuarial models, is reasonable. 

334

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Risk area
Revenue recognition in respect of the release of contractual 
service margin (CSM)

Our response to the risk
Using EY actuaries as part of our audit team, we performed the following 
procedures:

(Release of CSM $2.2bn; 2022: $2.2bn) 

Refer to the Audit Committee Report (page 185); and Note A3.1 
of the Consolidated Financial Statements (page 241)

Release of CSM is a key component of insurance revenue under 
IFRS 17 and its calculation involves significant management 
judgment. 

The release of CSM is measured based on the level of service 
provided, as measured by coverage units, and is based on the 
opening CSM adjusted for movements in the period, including:

– Additions to the CSM during the period in respect of new 

business

– obtained an understanding of management’s processes and tested 
the design and operating effectiveness of controls over: (1) the 
determination of coverage units; (2) the change management and 
governance process over the CSM calculation model; (3) management 
review controls over CSM movements during the period, including 
release of CSM;

– tested the accuracy of the CSM calculation, including the 

determination of coverage units and release of CSM, through 
reperformance of the calculation for a sample of ICGs;

– compared the impact of assumption changes in the CSM movement 

to related changes in the BEL calculation, including considering 
whether they related to past or future service;

– tested the calculation of interest accretion for contracts measured 

using GMM;

– Interest accretion for contracts measured using the General 

– tested the change in the fair value of underlying items resulting from 

Measurement Model (GMM)

– The change in fair value of underlying items for contracts 

measured using the variable fee approach (VFA)

– Changes in fulfilment cashflows arising from changes in 

operating assumptions, and for VFA, changes in economic 
assumptions, that relate to future service

investment movements for contracts measured using VFA;
– for a sample of contracts issued during the year, we tested the 
calculation of the initial CSM including, where relevant, the 
identification of onerous contracts; and

– validated the CSM movement disclosures in the financial statements 

to the output of the CSM calculation model.

Given the importance of the release of CSM to reported insurance 
revenue, and the complexity of calculations and subjectivity of 
assumptions involved in determining coverage units and 
movements in the CSM, we consider release of CSM to give rise to 
an inherent risk of fraud in revenue recognition.

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

We determined that the CSM calculation model is appropriate, that changes to the model were implemented as intended and that controls 
over management’s processes over the CSM calculation model, coverage units determination and CSM movements operated effectively. 

We also determined that CSM movements including release of CSM are reasonable and that CSM related disclosures in the consolidated 
financial statements are complete and appropriate. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

335

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Independent Auditor's Report to the members of Prudential plc continued

Risk area
Transition to IFRS 17

The transition to IFRS 17, effective for annual reporting periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2023, has resulted in significant 
changes to the reporting processes and to the consolidated 
financial statements. This transition, which includes a number of 
key judgements required substantial focus during our audit.

Key areas of focus in our audit of the IFRS 17 transition included:

b)

a) Accounting policies - The risk of management’s IFRS 17 
accounting policies being inconsistent with the standard 
and their methodology papers reflecting inappropriate 
application of the policies.
Key judgement areas – The risk of inappropriate 
management judgment in applying IFRS 17 for key aspects 
of the standard including transition approach, 
determination of contract boundaries, eligibility for VFA, 
calculation of risk adjustment and determination of 
coverage units for release of CSM purposes.

c) Models – The risk that models used to calculate BEL at 

transition do not appropriately reflect the Group’s IFRS 17 
accounting policies and decisions on the judgment areas 
described above. 
Transition approach - The risk that the calculation of the 
CSM on transition does not appropriately reflect the 
requirements of IFRS 17 where the full retrospective 
approach (FRA) or modified retrospective approach (MRA) 
was used, or IFRS 13 where the fair value approach (FVA) 
was used. 
Transition balance sheet and related disclosures – The risk 
that the transition balance sheet disclosures are inaccurate, 
incomplete or do not meet the requirements of IFRS 17.

d)

e)

Key observations communicated to the Audit Committee

Our response to the risk
Using EY actuaries as members of our team we  performed the following 
procedures to address the risk in relation to the transition to IFRS 17:

– obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the 

operating effectiveness of the Group’s controls over the transition to 
IFRS 17, including governance and approval of the IFRS 17 accounting 
policies and their application by the Group;

– evaluated management’s accounting policies and methodology 

papers in comparison with IFRS 17, particularly in the key judgment 
areas set out in the ‘risk area’ column;

– for a sample of key products, we compared management’s policy 

application decisions with underlying product features and supporting 
documentation;

– for a sample of models used to calculate the BEL at transition, we 

compared management’s model validation results with the terms and 
conditions of the related insurance contracts and the Group’s IFRS 17 
valuation policies. For a selection of models, performed an 
independent recalculation of the BEL for a sample of ICGs and 
compared the results to the output of the cashflow model used by 
management;

– assessed management’s judgements in respect of the application of 

transition approaches, including the impracticability of applying FRA to 
certain cohorts;

– for a sample of ICGs, we tested the valuation of the CSM at transition 
under each approach. For a sample of ICGs under MRA, we compared 
the modifications applied to the requirements of the standard and for 
a sample of ICGs under FVA, we compared the fair value assumptions 
and calculations to the requirements of IFRS 13, Fair Value 
Measurement; and

– tested the appropriateness, accuracy and completeness of 

management’s disclosures in respect of IFRS 17 transition in the 
consolidated financial statements.

Through the procedures performed, we have determined that management have appropriately implemented IFRS 17 within their financial 
reporting and this is reflected within the consolidated financial statements.

336

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Our application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing the audit, in evaluating the effect of identified misstatements on the audit and 
in forming our audit opinion.  

Materiality
The magnitude of an omission or misstatement that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of the users of the financial statements. Materiality provides a basis for determining the nature and extent of our audit procedures. 

We determined materiality for the Group to be $170 million, which is c1% of total equity. We believe that total equity is an appropriate measure 
to set materiality as we believe that investors are mainly focused on the financial strength of the group, for which the most appropriate IFRS 
metric is equity, and growth and profitability metrics  based on the non-IFRS EEV reporting basis. We also consider that using total equity as a 
measure to set materiality is appropriate as investors and analysts are yet to develop consistent IFRS17 based profit metrics on which to assess 
company performance.   

We determined materiality for the Parent Company to be $165 million, which is 1% of total equity.  

Performance materiality
The application of materiality at the individual account or balance level.  It is set at an amount to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds materiality.

On the basis of our risk assessments, together with our assessment of the Group’s overall control environment, our judgement was that 
performance materiality was 50% of our planning materiality, namely $85m. We have set performance materiality at this percentage due to 
this being the first year we will issue a statutory auditor’s report for Prudential plc and due to the implementation of IFRS 17. 

Audit work at component locations for the purpose of obtaining audit coverage over significant financial statement accounts is undertaken 
based on a percentage of total performance materiality. The performance materiality set for each component is based on the relative scale and 
risk of the component to the Group as a whole and our assessment of the risk of misstatement at that component.  In the current year, the range 
of performance materiality allocated to components was $19m to $38m. 

Reporting threshold
An amount below which identified misstatements are considered as being clearly trivial.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all uncorrected audit differences in excess of $9m, which is set at 5% of 
planning materiality, as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.  

We evaluate any uncorrected misstatements against both the quantitative measures of materiality discussed above and in light of other relevant 
qualitative considerations in forming our opinion.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, comprising the Strategic Report, the Governance Report, the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report, the EEV Basis Results and the Additional Financial Information, other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report. 

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, 
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in 
the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

– the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 

consistent with the financial statements; and 

– the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

337

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Independent Auditor's Report to the members of Prudential plc continued

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our 
opinion:

– adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or

– the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or

– certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
– we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Corporate Governance Statement
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate Governance 
Statement relating to the group and company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review 
by the Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance 
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit:

– Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material uncertainties 

identified set out on page 195;

– Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the company’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate 

set out on pages 72-73;

– Director’s statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the group will be able to continue in operation and meets its liabilities 

set out on page 195;

– Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 329;
– Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 57;
– The section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on page 

177; and;

– The section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 183-189.

Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on page 329, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is 
not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.  

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of 
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or 
through collusion. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below.

However, the primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the company 
and management. 

– We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the group and determined that the most 
significant are the relevant laws and regulations related to elements of company law, insurance regulation and tax legislation, and the 
financial reporting framework. Our considerations of other laws and regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements 
included permissions and supervisory requirements of the listing authorities in the countries where the Company’s shares and debt are listed. 
We also obtained an understanding of the laws and regulations in the territories in which the Group operates to consider if these would have a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

– We understood how the Company is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of management and those responsible for legal 

and compliance matters. We also reviewed correspondence between the Company and regulatory bodies; reviewed minutes of the Board and 
its Committees; and gained an understanding of the Company’s approach to governance, demonstrated by the Board’s approval of the 
Company’s governance framework.

338

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

– We assessed the susceptibility of the group’s financial statements to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by assessing 

events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk 
assessment procedures included:
– Enquiring of Directors, the Audit Committee and Internal Audit 
– Inspecting papers provided to those charged with governance as to the policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the 

Group’s “whistleblowing” policies and procedures along with the engagement with local management to identify fraud risks specific to their 
business units, as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud.

– Reading Board and Audit Committee minutes.
– Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management. 

– Based on this understanding we designed our audit procedures to identify non-compliance with such laws and regulations. Our procedures 

involved inquires of the Group’s internal legal counsel, internal audit, certain senior management executives and focused testing on a sample 
basis, including journal entry testing. We also performed inspection of key regulatory correspondence from the relevant regulatory authorities 
as well as review of board and committee minutes.

– The fraud risk was considered to be higher within revenue recognition in respect of the release of CSM of due to the fact that the release of 

CSM represents a significant portion of the Company’s insurance revenue.  Our procedures in this area are outlined above under our Key Audit 
Matters section under Revenue recognition in respect of the release of contractual service margin (CSM). 

– We also considered there to be a higher fraud risk specifically related to non-economic assumptions, which affect the valuation of the 

insurance contract liabilities. We considered management override risk to be higher in this area due to significant judgements and estimates 
involved. Our procedures in this area included:
– Supported by our actuarial team, challenging management in relation to the selection of assumptions;
– Assessing the appropriateness of the rationale for any changes, the consistency of the selected assumptions across different aspects of the 
financial reporting process and comparison to our understanding of the product portfolio, trends in experience, policyholder behaviour, 
demographic changes and also by reference to market practice.

– To address the pervasive risk as it relates to management override, we also performed procedures including:

– Identifying journal entries based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation;
– Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.

– The Group operates in the insurance industry which is a highly regulated environment. As such, the Senior Statutory Auditor considered the 
experience and expertise of the Group audit engagement team and the component teams to ensure that the team had the appropriate 
competence and capabilities, which included the use of specialists where appropriate. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at 
https://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Other matters we are required to address 

Following the recommendation of the Group Audit Committee, we were appointed by the Company after approval by shareholders at the 
Annual General Meeting on 25 May 2023 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2023 and subsequent financial 
periods. 

The period of total uninterrupted engagement including previous renewals and reappointments is 1 year.

The audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the Audit Committee. 

Use of our report

This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  Our audit 
work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s 
report and for no other purpose.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the 
company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.  

John Headley (Senior statutory auditor)
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP, Statutory Auditor

London, United Kingdom
19 March 2024

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

339

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

EEV

basis results

340

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

EEV basis results

EEV results highlights 

Basis of preparation 

Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity 

Movement in Group free surplus 

343

344

345

347

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

341

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

European Embedded Value (EEV) Basis Results

EEV results highlights 

Basis of preparation

Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity

Movement in Group free surplus

Notes on the EEV basis results

1

2

3

4

5

6

Analysis of new business profit and EEV for insurance business operations

Analysis of movement in net worth and value of in-force business for insurance business operations

Sensitivity of results for insurance business operations 

Expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus for insurance business operations on a 

discounted basis

EEV basis results for other (central) operations 

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

7 Methodology and accounting presentation

8

9

Assumptions

Insurance new business

10 Post balance sheet events

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Independent auditor’s report to Prudential plc 

Description of EEV basis reporting

Page

343

344

345

347

349

350

351

353

353

354

354

358

360

360

361

362

The EEV basis results have been prepared in accordance with the EEV Principles issued by the European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016. All 
results are stated net of tax and converted using actual exchange rates (AER) unless otherwise stated. AER are actual historical exchange rates 
for the relevant accounting period. Constant exchange rate (CER) results are calculated by translating prior year results using current year 
foreign currency exchange rates, ie current year average rates for the income statement and current year closing rates for the balance sheet. 

The Directors are responsible for the preparation of the supplementary information in accordance with the EEV Principles. In preparing the 
EEV basis supplementary information, the Directors have satisfied themselves that the Group remains a going concern. Further information is 
provided in note A1 to the IFRS consolidated financial statements.

342

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

EEV results highlights

New business profit note (i)
Annual premium equivalent (APE) note (i)
New business margin (APE) (%)

Present value of new business premiums (PVNBP)

2023

2022

AER

CER

$m
3,125  

5,876  

53%

$m
2,184 

4,393 

50%

28,737  

22,406 

% change
43%

34%

+3pp

28%

$m
2,149

4,287

50%

22,080

% change
45%

37%

+3pp

30%

Operating free surplus generated notes (i)(ii)
Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance and asset 

management business notes (i)(ii)

2,007  

2,193 

(8)%

2,173

(8)%

2,740  

2,760 

(1)%

2,725

1%

EEV operating profit notes (i)(iii)
EEV operating profit, net of non-controlling interests

Operating return on average EEV shareholders’ equity, net of non-

controlling interests (%) 

4,546  

4,526  

3,952 

3,923 

15%

15%

3,901

3,872

17%

17%

10%

9%

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity, net of non-controlling interests

45,250  

42,184 

7%

42,038

Closing EEV shareholders’ equity, net of non-controlling interests per share 

(in cents)

1,643¢

1,534¢

7%

1,529¢

8%

7%

Notes
(i) Results are presented before deducting the amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. This presentation is applied consistently throughout this document, unless 

stated otherwise.

(ii) Operating free surplus generated is for long-term and asset management businesses only and is stated before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs, centrally 

incurred costs and eliminations. 

(iii) Group EEV operating profit is stated after restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs, centrally incurred costs and eliminations.

The EEV basis supplementary information on pages 343 to 363 was approved by the Board of Directors on 19 March 2024 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Shriti Vadera  
Chair 

Anil Wadhwani
Chief Executive Officer

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

343

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

European Embedded Value (EEV) basis results

Basis of preparation
IFRS profit for insurance contracts largely reflects the level of services provided for a given period. Unearned future profits expected on those 
same insurance contracts are contained in a separate liability called the contractual service margin. These future profits have been derived on a 
risk neutral basis (including a liquidity premium), namely without allowing for the real world investment return that will be earned on the assets 
held. By contrast, EEV reflects all future profits, with no equivalent liability to the contractual service margin, but values those profits on a risk 
adjusted real world basis, namely allowing for the future investment returns that are expected to be earned by the assets held but uses a higher 
discount rate that allows for the uncertainties in these cash flows. The value of future new business is excluded from the embedded value.

The EEV Principles provide consistent definitions of the components of EEV, a framework for setting assumptions and an approach to the 
underlying methodology and disclosures. The EEV Principles were designed to provide guidance and common principles that could be understood 
by both users and preparers alongside prescribing a minimum level of disclosures to enable users to understand an entity’s methodology, 
assumptions and key judgements as well as the sensitivity of an entity’s EEV to key assumptions. Results prepared under the EEV Principles 
represent the present value of the shareholders’ interest in the post-tax future profits (generally on a local statutory basis) expected to arise from 
the current book of long-term business, after sufficient allowance has been made for the aggregate risks in the business. The shareholders’ 
interest in the Group’s long-term business is the sum of the shareholders’ total net worth and the value of in-force business.  

For the purposes of preparing EEV results, insurance joint ventures and associates are included at the Group’s proportionate share of their 
embedded value and not at their market value. Asset management and other non-insurance subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are 
included in the EEV results at the Group’s proportionate share of IFRS shareholders’ equity, with central Group debt shown on a market value 
basis. Further information is contained in note 5.

Key features of the Group’s EEV methodology include:

Economic assumptions: The projected post-tax profits assume a level of future investment return and are discounted using a risk discount rate. 
Both the risk discount rate and the investment return assumptions are updated at each valuation date to reflect current market risk-free rates, 
such that changes in market risk-free rates impact all projected future cash flows. Risk-free rates, and hence investment return assumptions, are 
based on observable market data, with current market risk-free rates assumed to remain constant and do not revert to longer-term rates over 
time. Different products will be sensitive to different assumptions, for example, participating products or products with guarantees are likely to 
benefit disproportionately from higher assumed investment returns.

Time value of financial options and guarantees: Explicit quantified allowances are made for the time value of financial options and guarantees 
(TVOG). The TVOG is determined by weighting the probability of outcomes across a large number of different economic scenarios and is 
typically less applicable to health and protection business that generally contains more limited financial options or guarantees. At 31 December 
2023, the TVOG is $(290) million (31 December 2022: $(151) million). The magnitude of the TVOG at 31 December 2023 would be 
approximately equivalent to a 6 basis point (2022: 3 basis point) increase in the weighted average risk discount rate.

Allowance for risk in the risk discount rates: Risk discount rates are set equal to the risk-free rate at the valuation date plus product-specific 
allowances for market and non-market risks. Risks that are explicitly captured elsewhere, such as via the TVOG, are not included in the risk 
discount rates.

The allowance for market risk is based on a product-by-product assessment of the sensitivity of shareholder cash flows to varying market returns. 
This approach reflects the inherent market risk in each product group and results in lower risk discount rates for products where the majority of 
shareholder profit is uncorrelated to market risk and appropriately higher risk discount rates for products where there is greater market exposure 
for shareholders.

For example, for health and protection products, which represent 51 per cent of the value of in-force business (31 December 2022: 51 per cent) 
and 40 per cent of new business profit (31 December 2022: 43 per cent), the major sources of shareholder profits are underwriting profits or 
fixed shareholder charges which have low market risk sensitivity. The proportion of health and protection business varies with interest rates as 
well as the mix of business sold in the current period.

The construct of UK-style with-profits or similar participating funds in some business units, representing 27 per cent of the value of in-force (31 
December 2022: 26 per cent) and 14 per cent of new business profit (31 December 2022: 18 per cent), reduce the market volatility of both 
policyholder and shareholder cash flows due to smoothed bonus declarations and for some markets the presence of an estate. Accordingly, 78 
per cent of the value of in-force (31 December 2022: 77 per cent) is products with low market risk sensitivity and this is reflected in the overall risk 
discount rate.

For unit-linked products where fund management charges fluctuate with the investment return, a portion of the profits will typically be more 
sensitive to market risk due to the higher proportion of equity-type assets in the investment portfolio resulting in a higher risk discount rate. This 
business represents 13 per cent of the value of in-force (31 December 2022: 17 per cent) and 4 per cent of the value of new business profit (31 
December 2022: 11 per cent) which limits the impact on the overall risk discount rate.

The remaining parts of the business, 9 per cent of the value of in-force business (31 December 2022: 6 per cent) and 42 per cent of the value of 
new business (31 December 2022: 28 per cent), relate to other products not covered by the above. The high proportion of new business in the 
current period reflects the higher proportion of savings product in Hong Kong as the border reopened.

The allowance for non-market risk comprises a base Group-wide allowance of 50 basis points plus additional allowances for emerging market risk 
where appropriate. At 31 December 2023, the total allowance for non-market risk is equivalent to a $(3.0) billion (31 December 2022: $(2.8) 
billion) reduction, or around (7) per cent (31 December 2022: (7) per cent) of the embedded value. 

344

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity

New business profit

Profit from in-force business

Long-term business

Asset management

Operating profit from long-term and asset management 

businesses

Other income (expenditure)

Operating profit (loss) before restructuring and IFRS 17 

implementation costs

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating profit (loss) for the year

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns

Effect of changes in economic assumptions

(Loss) profit attaching to corporate transactions

Mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings

Non-operating results

Profit (loss) for the year

Non-controlling interests share of (profit)

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders of the 

Company

Equity items:

Foreign exchange movements on operations
Intra-group dividends and investment in operations note (i)
External dividends

New share capital subscribed
Other movements note (ii)
Net increase (decrease) in shareholders’ equity
Shareholders’ equity at beginning of year note (v)
Shareholders’ equity at end of year

Contribution to Group EEV:

At end of year:

Long-term business

Asset management and other

Shareholders’ equity, excluding goodwill attributable to equity 

holders

Goodwill attributable to equity holders

Shareholders’ equity at end of year

At beginning of year:
Long-term business note (v)
Asset management and other

Shareholders’ equity, excluding goodwill attributable to equity 

holders

Goodwill attributable to equity holders
Shareholders’ equity at beginning of year note (v)

Note

1  

2  

Insurance
 and asset
management
 operations

2023 $m

Other
(central)
operations

3,125   

1,779   

4,904   

254   

5,158   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

5  

–   

(420)   

2  

2  

6  

5,158   

(72)   

5,086   

(62)   

(589)   

–   

–   

(651)   

4,435   

(20)   

(420)   

(120)   

(540)   

(8)   

–   

(22)   

(153)   

(183)   

(723)   

–   

Group
total
3,125 

1,779 

4,904 

254 

5,158 

(420) 

4,738 

(192) 

4,546 

(70) 

(589) 

(22) 

(153) 

(834) 

3,712 

(20) 

2022 $m

Group
total
2,184 

2,358 

4,542 

234 

4,776 

(542) 

4,234 

(282) 

3,952 

(6,874) 

(1,571) 

57 

865 

(7,523) 

(3,571) 

(29) 

4,415   

(723)   

3,692 

(3,600) 

1   

(134) 

(1,195) 

(135)   

(1,702)   

–   

–   

118   

2,696   

40,262   

42,958   

1,702   

(533)   

4   

(81)   

370   

1,922   

2,292   

– 

(533) 

4 

37 

3,066 

42,184 

45,250 

2  

5  

41,528   

–   

41,528 

663   

2,292   

2,955 

42,191   

2,292   

44,483 

767   

–   

767 

42,958   

2,292   

45,250 

2  

5  

38,857   

–   

38,857 

643   

1,922   

2,565 

39,500   

1,922   

41,422 

762   

–   

762 

40,262   

1,922   

42,184 

– 

(474) 

(4) 

(127) 

(5,400) 

47,584 

42,184 

38,857 

2,565 

41,422 

762 

42,184 

44,875 

1,931 

46,806 

778 

47,584 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

345

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity continued

EEV shareholders’ equity per share (in cents) note (iii)
At end of year:
Based on shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to equity holders

Based on shareholders’ equity at end of year

At beginning of year:
Based on shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to equity holders

Based on shareholders’ equity at beginning of year

EEV basis basic earnings per share note (iv)

Based on operating profit

Based on profit (loss) for the year

Insurance
 and asset
management
 operations

2023

Other
(central)
operations

1,532¢

1,560¢

1,437¢

1,464¢

Before non-
controlling 
interests

$m
4,546

3,712

83¢

83¢

70¢

70¢

2023

After non-
controlling
interests

$m
4,526

3,692

2022

Group
total

1,507¢

1,534¢

1,696¢

1,725¢

2022

Basic
earnings
per share

cents
143.4¢

(131.6)¢

Group
total

1,615¢

1,643¢

1,507¢

1,534¢

Basic
earnings
per share

cents
165.1¢

134.7¢

Notes
(i)
(ii) Other movements include reserve movements in respect of valuation changes on the retained interest in Jackson prior to its disposal in 2023, share-based payments, 

Intra-group dividends represent dividends that have been paid in the year. Investment in operations reflects movements in share capital.

treasury shares and intra-group transfers between operations that have no overall  effect on the Group’s shareholders’ equity.

(iii) Based on the number of issued shares at 31 December 2023 of 2,754 million shares (31 December 2022: 2,750 million shares).
(iv) Based on weighted average number of issued shares of 2,741 million shares in 2023, which excludes those held in employee share trusts (2022: 2,736 million shares).
(v) Balance at the beginning of the year after the adoption of HK RBC.

346

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Movement in Group free surplus

Operating free surplus generation is the financial metric we use to measure the internal cash generation of our business operations and for our 
life operations is generally based on (with adjustments as discussed below) the capital regimes that apply locally in the various jurisdictions in 
which the Group operates. It represents amounts emerging from the in-force business during the year, net of amounts reinvested in writing new 
business. For asset management businesses, it equates to post-tax adjusted operating profit for the year. For insurance business, free surplus is 
generally based on (with adjustments including recognition of certain intangibles and other assets that may be inadmissible on a regulatory 
basis) the excess of the regulatory basis net assets (EEV total net worth) over the EEV capital required to support the covered business. For 
shareholder-backed businesses, the level of EEV required capital has been based on the Group Prescribed Capital Requirements (GPCR) used in 
our GWS (Group Wide Supervision) reporting as set out in note 7.1(e).

Adjustments are also made to enable free surplus to be a better measure of shareholders’ resources available for distribution as described in the 
reconciliation to GWS surplus as disclosed in note I(i) of the Additional unaudited financial information. For asset management and other non-
insurance operations (including the Group’s central operations), free surplus is taken to be IFRS shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable 
to shareholders, with central Group debt recorded as free surplus to the extent that it is classified as capital resources under the Group’s capital 
regime. A reconciliation of EEV free surplus to the GWS shareholder capital surplus over group minimum capital requirements is also set out in 
note I(i) of the Additional unaudited financial information.

Insurance
and asset
management
operations

Note

2023 $m

Other
(central)
operations

Expected transfer from in-force business

Expected return on existing free surplus

Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances

Operating free surplus generated from in-force long-term business
Investment in new business note (i)
Long-term business

Asset management

Operating free surplus generated from long-term and asset 

2  

management businesses

Other income (expenditure)

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

Operating free surplus generated
Non-operating free surplus generated note (ii)
Free surplus generated for the year

Equity items:
Net cash flows paid to parent company note (iii)
External dividends

Foreign exchange movements on operations
New share capital subscribed 
Other movements and timing differences

Net movement in free surplus before non-controlling interests and 

before net subordinated debt redemption

Net subordinated debt redemption

6  

Net movement in free surplus before non-controlling interests

Change in amounts attributable to non-controlling interests
Balance at beginning of year note (iv)
Balance at end of year 

Representing:

Free surplus excluding distribution rights and other intangibles

Distribution rights and other intangibles

Balance at end of year

2,635   

234   

(383)   

2,486   

(733)   

1,753   

254   

2,007   

–   

(72)   

1,935   

(188)   

1,747   

(1,611)   

–   

(25)   

–   

27   

138   

–   

138   

(9)   

6,678   

6,807   

5,663   

1,144   

6,807   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(420)   

(120)   

(540)   

(35)   

(575)   

1,611   

(533)   

1   

4   

10   

518   

(421)   

97   

–   

5,551   

5,648   

2,855   

2,793   

5,648   

2022 $m

Group
total
note (i)
2,406 

347 

(227) 

2,526 

(567) 

1,959 

234 

2,193 

(542) 

(277) 

1,374 

(1,924) 

(550) 

– 

(474) 

(316) 

(4) 

(127) 

(1,471) 

(1,699) 

(3,170) 

(10) 

15,409 

12,229 

8,390 

3,839 

12,229 

Group
total
2,635 

234 

(383) 

2,486 

(733) 

1,753 

254 

2,007 

(420) 

(192) 

1,395 

(223) 

1,172 

– 

(533) 

(24) 

4 

37 

656 

(421) 

235 

(9) 

12,229 

12,455 

8,518 

3,937 

12,455 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

347

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Movement in Group free surplus continued

Contribution to Group free surplus:

At end of year:
Long-term business

Asset management and other

Free surplus at end of year

At beginning of year:
Long-term business note (iv)
Asset management and other
Free surplus at beginning of year note (iv)

Insurance
and asset
management
operations

Note

2

5  

2  

5  

6,144  

663 

6,807 

6,035   

643   

6,678   

2023 $m

2022 $m

Other
(central)
operations

– 

5,648 

5,648 

Group
total

Group
total

6,144  

6,311 

12,455 

6,035 

6,194 

12,229 

–   

5,551   

5,551   

6,035 

6,194 

7,320 

8,089 

12,229 

15,409 

Notes
(i) Free surplus invested in new business primarily represents acquisition costs and amounts set aside for required capital.
(ii) Non-operating free surplus generated for other (central) operations represents the post-tax IFRS basis short-term fluctuations in investment returns, the movement in the 
mark-to-market value adjustment on core structural borrowings which did not meet the qualifying conditions as set out in the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules and gain or 
loss on corporate transactions for other entities.

(iii) Net cash flows to parent company reflect the cash remittances as included in the holding company cash flow at transaction rates. The difference to the intra-group 

dividends and investment in operations in the movement in EEV shareholders’ equity primarily relates to intra-group loans, other non-cash items, and foreign exchange.

(iv) Balance at the beginning of the year after the adoption of HK RBC.

348

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes on the EEV basis results

1  Analysis of new business profit and EEV for insurance business operations

CPL (Prudential's share)

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Total long-term operations

CPL (Prudential's share)

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Total long-term operations

CPL (Prudential's share)

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other
Total long-term operations

 142 

 167 

 484 

 699 

 3,125 

New
business
profit
(NBP)

$m
 387 

 384 

 125 

 159 

 499 

 630 

 2,184 

New
business
profit
(NBP)

$m
 368 

 384 

 122 

 154 

 512 

 609 
 2,149 

2023

Present
value of new
 business
premiums
(PVNBP)

Annual
premium
equivalent
(APE)

$m
 534 

$m
 2,020 

New
business
profit
(NBP)

$m
 222 

 1,411 

 1,966 

 10,444 

 277 

 384 

 787 

 1,928 

 5,876 

 1,136 

 1,977 

 5,354 

 7,630 

 28,561 

New 
business
margin
(APE)

%
 42% 

 72% 

 51% 

 43% 

 61% 

 36% 

 53% 

New 
business 
margin
(PVNBP)

%
 11% 

 14% 

 13% 

 8% 

 9% 

 9% 

Closing EEV
shareholders’
equity,
excluding
goodwill

$m
 3,038 

 17,702 

 1,509 

 3,709 

 7,896 

 7,674 

 11% 

 41,528 

2022 (AER)

Present
value of new
 business
premiums
(PVNBP)

$m
 3,521 

 3,295 

 1,040 

 1,879 

 6,091 

 6,580 

 22,406 

2022 (CER)

Present
value of new
 business
premiums
(PVNBP)

$m
 3,346 

 3,296 

 1,014 

 1,813 

 6,254 

 6,357 
 22,080 

New business
margin
(APE)

New business 
margin
(PVNBP)

%
 44% 

 74% 

 51% 

 44% 

 65% 

 39% 

 50% 

%
 11% 

 12% 

 12% 

 8% 

 8% 

 10% 

 10% 

New business
margin
(APE)

New business 
margin
(PVNBP)

%
 44% 

 73% 

 51% 

 44% 

 65% 

 39% 
 50% 

%
 11% 

 12% 

 12% 

 8% 

 8% 

 10% 
 10% 

Annual
premium
equivalent
(APE)

$m
 884 

 522 

 247 

 359 

 770 

 1,611 

 4,393 

Annual
premium
equivalent
(APE)

$m
 840 

 523 

 240 

 347 

 791 

 1,546 
 4,287 

Closing EEV
shareholders’
equity,
excluding
goodwill

$m
 3,259 

 16,576 

 1,833 

 3,695 

 6,806 

 6,688 

 38,857 

Closing EEV
shareholders’
equity,
excluding
goodwill

$m
3,195 

16,568 

1,853 

3,542 

6,921 

6,616 
38,695 

$m
2,184

 (35)

796 

 (37)

217 

3,125

Note
The movement in new business profit from long-term operations is analysed as follows:

2022 new business profit

Foreign exchange movement

Sales volume
Effect of changes in interest rates and other economic assumptions

Business mix, product mix and other items

2023 new business profit

EEV new business profit reflects the value of expected future profits from the new business sold in the year, and is a measure used by Prudential 
to assess profitability of the new business written. Explanations of changes in new business profitability is contained in the Group Strategic and 
Operating Review. Information on the Group’s operating experience variances on the in-force business is shown in note 2.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

349

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes on the EEV basis results continued

2  Analysis of movement in net worth and value of in-force business for insurance business 

operations

2023 $m

2022 $m

Free 
surplus

Required 
capital

Net
worth

Value of 
in-force 
business

Embedded 
value

Embedded 
value

Balance at beginning of year after adoption of HK RBC
New business contribution
Existing business – transfer to net worth
Expected return on existing business note(ii)
Changes in operating assumptions, experience variances and 

other items note(iii)

Operating profit before restructuring and IFRS 17 

implementation costs

Restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs
Operating profit
Non-operating result note (iv)
Profit (loss) for the year
Non-controlling interests share of (profit) loss

Profit (loss) for the year attributable to equity holders of 

the Company

Foreign exchange movements
Intra-group dividends and investment in operations
Other movements note (v)
Balance at end of year

6,035   
(733)   
2,635   
234   

note (i)
5,556    11,591    27,266    38,857 
3,125 
– 
2,122 

3,276   
(2,374)   
1,652   

(151)   
2,374   
470   

582   
(261)   
236   

note (i)
44,875
2,184
-
2,559

(383)   

(70)   

(453)   

110   

(343) 

(201)

1,753   
(55)   
1,698   
(188)   
1,510   
(2)   

1,508   
(21)   
(1,502)   
124   
6,144   

487   
–   
487   
(36)   
451   
(1)   

2,240   
(55)   
2,185   
(224)   
1,961   
(3)   

2,664   
–   
2,664   
(427)   
2,237   
(10)   

4,904 
(55) 
4,849 
(651) 
4,198 
(13) 

450   
(22)   
–   
–   

4,185 
(136) 
(1,502) 
124 
5,984    12,128    29,400    41,528 

1,958   
(43)   
(1,502)   
124   

2,227   
(93)   
–   
–   

4,542
(116)
4,426
(8,469)
(4,043)
(22)

(4,065)
(1,146)
(999)
192 
38,857

(i) Total embedded value
The total embedded value for long-term business operations at the end of each year, excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders, can be 
analysed as follows:

Value of in-force business before deduction of cost of capital and time value of options and guarantees
Cost of capital
Time value of options and guarantees note 
Net value of in-force business
Free surplus
Required capital
Net worth
Embedded value

31 Dec 2023 $m

30,436   
(746)   
(290)   
29,400   
6,144   
5,984   
12,128   
41,528   

31 Dec 2022 $m
28,126 
(709) 
(151) 
27,266 
6,035 
5,556 
11,591 
38,857 

Note
The time value of options and guarantees (TVOG) arises from the variability of economic outcomes in the future and is, where appropriate, calculated as the difference 
between an average outcome across a range of economic scenarios, calibrated around a central scenario, and the outcome from the central economic scenario, as described in 
note 7.1(d). At 31 December 2023, the TVOG is $(290) million, with the substantial majority arising in Hong Kong. 

(ii) Expected return on existing business
The expected return on existing business comprises the expected unwind of discounting effects on the opening value of in-force business and 
required capital (after allowing for updates to economic and operating assumptions) and the expected return on existing free surplus, as 
described in note 7.2(c). The movement in this amount compared to the prior year from long-term operations is analysed as follows: 

2022 expected return on existing business
Foreign exchange movement
Effect of changes in interest rates and other economic assumptions
Growth in opening value of in-force business and other items
2023 expected return on existing business

$m
2,559
(28)
(513)
104 
2,122

(iii) Changes in operating assumptions, experience variances and other items
Overall, the total impact of operating assumption changes, experience variances and other items in 2023 was $(343) million (2022: $(201) 
million), comprising changes in operating assumptions of $85 million in 2023 (2022: $32 million) and experience variances and other items of 
$(428) million (2022: $(233) million).

350

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iv) Non-operating results
The EEV non-operating result from long-term operations can be summarised as follows:

Short-term fluctuations in investment returns note (i)
Effect of change in economic assumptions note(ii)
Loss attaching to corporate transactions
Non-operating results

 2023 $m
(62) 
(589) 
– 
(651) 

 2022 $m
(6,893)
(1,571)
(5)
(8,469)

Notes
(i) Short-term fluctuations in investment returns of $(62) million mainly reflect the impact of lower than expected equity returns in some regions broadly offset by higher than 

expected bond gains, following the decrease in interest rates in many markets during the year.

(ii) The charge of $(589) million for the effect of changes in economic assumptions primarily arises from decreases in interest rates and credit spreads in some markets, 

resulting in lower fund earned rate that impact future cashflows, partially offset by the positive effect of lower risk discount rates. The effects and impacts vary between 
businesses and products.

(v) Other reserve movements
Other movements include reserve movements in respect of intra-group loans and other intra-group transfers between operations that have no 
overall effect on the Group's shareholders' equity.

3  Sensitivity of results for insurance business operations

(a) Sensitivity analysis – economic assumptions
The tables below show the sensitivity of the new business profit and the embedded value for insurance business operations to:

– 1 per cent and 2 per cent increases in interest rates and 0.5 per cent decrease in interest rates. This allows for consequential changes in the 
assumed investment returns for all asset classes, market values of fixed interest assets, local statutory reserves, capital requirements and risk 
discount rates (but excludes changes in the allowance for market risk);

– 1 per cent rise in equity and property yields;
– 1 per cent and 2 per cent increases in the risk discount rates. The main driver for changes in the risk discount rates from period to period is 

changes in interest rates, the impact of which is expected to be partially offset by a corresponding change in assumed investment returns, the 
effect of which is not included in the risk discount rate sensitivities. The impact of higher investment returns can be approximated as the 
difference between the sensitivity to increases in interest rates and the sensitivity to increases in risk discount rates;

– For embedded value only, 20 per cent fall in the market value of equity and property assets; and
– For embedded value only, holding the group minimum capital requirements (GMCR) under the GWS Framework in contrast to EEV required 

capital based on the group prescribed capital requirements (GPCR). This reduces the level of capital and therefore the level of charge deducted 
from the embedded value for the cost of locked-in required capital. This has the effect of increasing EEV.

The sensitivities shown below are for the impact of instantaneous and permanent changes (with no trending or mean reversion) on the 
embedded value of long-term business operations and include the combined effect on the value of in-force business and net assets (including 
derivatives) held at the valuation dates indicated. The results only allow for limited management actions, such as changes to future policyholder 
bonuses, where applicable. If such economic conditions persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts shown below. In 
this case, management could also take additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses. No change in the mix of the asset 
portfolio held at the valuation date is assumed when calculating sensitivities, while changes in the market value of those assets are recognised. 
The sensitivity impacts are expected to be non-linear. To aid understanding of this non-linearity, impacts of both a 1 per cent and 2 per cent 
increase to interest rates and risk discount rates are shown.

If the changes in assumptions shown in the sensitivities were to occur, the effects shown below would be recorded within two components of the 
profit analysis for the following period, namely the effect of changes in economic assumptions and short-term fluctuations in investment returns. 
In addition to the sensitivity effects shown below, the other components of the profit for the following period would be calculated by reference 
to the altered assumptions at the end of that period, for example, new business profit and expected return on existing business are calculated 
with reference to end of period economic assumptions.

New business profit from insurance business

New business profit

Sensitivity to alternative economic assumptions:

Interest rates and consequential effects – 2% increase

Interest rates and consequential effects – 1% increase

Interest rates and consequential effects – 0.5% decrease

Equity/property yields – 1% rise

Risk discount rates – 2% increase

Risk discount rates – 1% increase

 2023 $m
3,125

 2022 $m
2,184

(175)  

(88)  

35 

139   

(917)

(529)

220 

134 

(97)

160 

(551)

(309)

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

351

 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes on the EEV basis results continued

Embedded value of insurance business

Embedded value note
Sensitivity to alternative economic assumptions:

Interest rates and consequential effects – 2% increase

Interest rates and consequential effects – 1% increase

Interest rates and consequential effects – 0.5% decrease

Equity/property yields – 1% rise

Equity/property market values – 20% fall

Risk discount rates – 2% increase

Risk discount rates – 1% increase

Group minimum capital requirements

 31 Dec 2023 $m  31 Dec 2022 $m
38,857 

41,528   

(4,154)   

(2,172)   

1,133   

1,856   

(1,863)   

(8,015)   

(4,516)   

117   

(3,988) 

(2,067) 

1,058 

1,884 

(1,840) 

(7,371) 

(4,155) 

117 

Note
Embedded value includes Africa operations following the change in the Group's operating segments in 2023. In the context of the Group, Africa’s results are not materially 
impacted by the above sensitivities.

New business sensitivities vary with changes in business mix and APE sales volumes. In particular, the directional movements in the new business 
profit interest rate sensitivities from 31 December 2022 to 31 December 2023 reflect the significantly higher new business levels in 2023 along 
with a greater proportion of sales to Hong Kong. 

For a 1 per cent increase in assumed interest rates, the $(2,172) million negative effect comprises a $(4,516) million negative impact of 
increasing the risk discount rate by 1 per cent, partially offset by a $2,344 million benefit from assuming 1 per cent higher investment returns. 
Similarly, for a 2 per cent increase in assumed interest rates the $(4,154) million negative effect comprises a $(8,015) million negative impact of 
increasing the risk discount rates by 2 per cent, partially offset by a $3,861 million benefit from higher assumed investment returns. Finally, for a 
0.5 per cent decrease in assumed interest rates, there would be a $1,133 million positive effect reflecting the benefit of a 0.5 per cent reduction 
in risk discount rates being partially offset by lower assumed investment returns. These offsetting impacts are sensitive to economics and the net 
impact can therefore change from period to period depending on the current level of interest rates. 

In order to illustrate the impact of varying specific economic assumptions, all other assumptions are held constant in the sensitivities above and 
therefore, the actual changes in embedded value, were these economic effects to materialise, may differ from the sensitivities shown. For 
example, market risk allowances would likely be increased within the risk discount rate if interest rates increased by 1 per cent, leading to a 
reduction of $(1,969) million (compared with the $(2,172) million impact shown above). However, if interest rates actually decreased by 0.5 per 
cent, it would lead to a $1,043 million increase (compared with the $1,133 million increase shown above).

(b) Sensitivity analysis – non-economic assumptions
The tables below show the sensitivity of the new business profit and the embedded value for long-term business operations to:

– 10 per cent proportionate decrease in maintenance expenses (for example, a 10 per cent sensitivity on a base assumption of $10 per annum 

would represent an expense assumption of $9 per annum);

– 10 per cent proportionate decrease in lapse rates (for example, a 10 per cent sensitivity on a base assumption of 5.0 per cent would represent 

a lapse rate of 4.5 per cent per annum); and

– 5 per cent proportionate decrease in base mortality (ie increased longevity) and morbidity rates.

New business profit from insurance business

New business profit

Maintenance expenses – 10% decrease

Lapse rates – 10% decrease

Mortality and morbidity – 5% decrease

Embedded value of insurance business

Embedded value

Maintenance expenses – 10% decrease

Lapse rates – 10% decrease
Mortality and morbidity – 5% decrease

352

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 2023 $m
3,125   

 2022 $m
2,184 

61   

212   

114   

48 

134 

99 

 31 Dec 2023 $m  31 Dec 2022 $m
38,857 

41,528   

440   

1,806   
1,514   

411 

1,533 
1,300 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4  Expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus for long-

term business operations on a discounted basis

The table below shows how the value of in-force business (VIF) and the associated required capital for long-term business operations are 
projected as emerging into free surplus over future years. Cash flows are projected on a deterministic basis and are discounted at the appropriate 
risk discount rate. The modelled cash flows use the same methodology underpinning the Group’s EEV reporting and so are subject to the same 
assumptions and sensitivities. The projected emergence of VIF and required capital into free surplus in 2023 will be the starting point for 
expected free surplus generation next year, after updating for operating and economic assumption changes. See note I(v) of the additional 
financial information for further detail.

2023 ($m)

(%)

2022 ($m)

(%)

Total
expected

Emergence
35,223

100%

32,648

100%

Expected period of conversion of future post-tax distributable earnings and required capital flows to free surplus at 31 Dec

1-5 years
9,897

28%

9,764

30%

6-10 years
6,744

19%

11-15 years
4,884

14%

16-20 years
3,749

11%

21-40 years
7,590

21%

6,038

19%

4,360

13%

3,424

10%

6,910

21%

40+ years
2,359

7%

2,152

7%

The required capital and value of in-force business for long-term business operations can be reconciled to the total discounted emergence of 
future free surplus shown above as follows:

Required capital note 2
Value of in-force business (VIF) note 2
Other items *
Long-term business operations

31 Dec 2023 $m
5,984

31 Dec 2022 $m
5,556

29,400

(161)

35,223

27,266

(174)

32,648

*'Other items’ represent the impact of the TVOG and amounts incorporated into VIF where there is no definitive time frame for when the payments will be made or receipts 
received. These items are excluded from the expected free surplus generation profile above.

5  EEV basis results for other (central) operations
EEV results for other income and expenditure represents the post-tax IFRS results for other (central) operations (before restructuring and IFRS 17 
implementation costs). It mainly includes interest costs on core structural borrowings and corporate expenditure for head office functions that 
are not recharged/allocated to the insurance and asset management business.

Certain costs incurred within the head office functions are recharged to the insurance operations and recorded within the results for those 
operations. The assumed future expenses within the value of in-force business for insurance operations allow for amounts expected to be 
recharged by the head office functions on a recurring basis. Other costs that are not recharged to the insurance operations are shown as part of 
other income and expenditure for the current period and are not included within the projection of future expenses for in-force insurance business.

In line with the EEV Principles, the allowance for the future costs of internal asset management services within the EEV results for long-term 
insurance operations excludes the projected future profits generated by any non-insurance entities within the Group in providing those services 
(ie the EEV for long-term insurance operations includes the projected future profit or loss from asset management and service companies that 
support the Group’s covered insurance businesses). Following the implementation of IFRS 17, a similar adjustment is made to eliminate the 
intra-group profit within the results of central operations.

The EEV shareholders’ equity for other operations is taken to be IFRS shareholders’ equity, with central Group debt shown on a market value 
basis. Free surplus for other operations is taken to be IFRS shareholders’ equity, net of goodwill attributable to equity holders, with central Group 
debt recorded as free surplus to the extent that it is classified as capital resources under the Group’s capital regime. Under the GWS Framework, 
debt instruments issued at the date of designation which met the transitional conditions set by the Hong Kong IA are included as GWS eligible 
group capital resources. In addition, debt issued since the date of designation which met the qualifying conditions as set out in the Insurance 
(Group Capital) Rules are also included as GWS eligible group capital resources.

Shareholders’ equity for other operations can be compared across metrics as shown in the table below.

IFRS shareholders’ equity
Mark-to-market value adjustment on central borrowings note 6
EEV shareholders’ equity

Debt instruments treated as capital resources

Free surplus of other (central) operations

 2023 $m
2,018   

274   

2,292   

3,356   

5,648   

 2022 $m
1,495 

427 

1,922 

3,629 

5,551 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

353

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes on the EEV basis results continued

6  Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Holding company cash and short-term investments note (i)
Central borrowings:

Subordinated debt

Senior debt

Total central borrowings

31 Dec 2023 $m

31 Dec 2022 $m

Mark-to 
-market 
value 
adjustment

note (iii)

EEV
basis at 
market 
value

–   

(3,516) 

(205)   

(69)   

(274)   

2,092 

1,567 

3,659 

IFRS
basis

note (ii)
(3,516)   

2,297   

1,636   

3,933   

Mark-to 
-market 
value 
adjustment

note (iii)
– 

EEV
basis at 
market 
value

(3,057) 

(306)   

(121)   

(427)   

1,980 

1,854 

3,834 

IFRS 
basis

note (ii)
(3,057)   

2,286 

1,975 

4,261 

Net core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed 

businesses

417 

(274)  

143 

1,204 

(427)   

777 

Notes
(i) Holding company includes centrally managed Group holding companies and service companies. 
(ii) As recorded in note C5.1 of the IFRS consolidated financial statements.
(iii) The movement in the value of core structural borrowings includes redemptions in the year and foreign exchange effects for pounds sterling denominated debts. The 

movement in the mark-to-market value adjustment can be analysed as follows:

Mark-to-market value adjustment at beginning of year

Credit (charge) included in the income statement 

Mark-to-market value adjustment at end of year

7  Methodology and accounting presentation

2023 $m

(427)   

153 

(274) 

2022 $m
438 

(865)

(427)

7.1 Methodology
(a) Covered business
The EEV basis results for the Group are prepared for ‘covered business’ as defined by the EEV Principles. Covered business represents the Group’s 
long-term insurance business (including the Group’s investments in joint venture and associate insurance operations), for which the value of new 
and in-force contracts is attributable to shareholders. 

The EEV results for the Group’s covered business are then combined with the post-tax IFRS results of the Group’s asset management and other 
operations (including interest costs on core structural borrowings and corporate expenditure for head office functions that is not recharged/
allocated to the insurance operations), with an adjustment to deduct the unwind of expected margins on the internal management of the assets 
of the covered business. Under the EEV Principles, the results for covered business incorporate the projected margins of attaching internal asset 
management, as described in note (g) below.

(b) Valuation of in-force and new business
The EEV basis results are prepared incorporating best estimate assumptions about all relevant factors including levels of future investment 
returns, persistency, mortality, morbidity and expenses, as described in note 8(c). These assumptions are used to project future cash flows. The 
present value of the projected future cash flows is then calculated using a discount rate, as shown in note 8(a), which reflects both the time value 
of money and all other non-diversifiable risks associated with the cash flows that are not otherwise allowed for.

The total profit that emerges over the lifetime of an individual contract as calculated under the EEV basis is the same as that calculated under 
the IFRS basis. Since the EEV basis reflects discounted future cash flows, under the EEV methodology the profit emergence is advanced, thus 
more closely aligning the timing of the recognition of profit with the efforts and risks of current management actions, particularly with regard to 
business sold during the period.

New business
In determining the EEV basis value of new business, premiums are included in projected cash flows on the same basis of distinguishing regular 
and single premium business as set out in the Group’s new business sales reporting.

New business premiums reflect those premiums attaching to the covered business, including premiums for contracts classified as investment 
contracts under IFRS 17. New business premiums for regular premium products are shown on an annualised basis. 

New business profit represents profit determined by applying operating and economic assumptions as at the end of the period. New business 
profitability is a key metric for the Group’s management of the development of the business. In addition, new business margins are shown by 
reference to annual premium equivalent (APE) and the present value of new business premiums (PVNBP). These margins are calculated as the 
percentage of the value of new business profit to APE and PVNBP. APE is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums on new business 
written in the period and one-tenth of single premiums. PVNBP is calculated as the aggregate of single premiums and the present value of 
expected future premiums from regular premium new business, allowing for lapses and the other assumptions made in determining the EEV new 
business profit.

354

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c) Cost of capital
A charge is deducted from the embedded value for the cost of locked-in required capital supporting the Group’s long-term business. The cost is 
the difference between the nominal value of the capital held and the discounted value of the projected releases of this capital, allowing for post-
tax investment earnings on the capital.

The EEV results are affected by the movement in this cost from period to period, which comprises a charge against new business profit and 
generally a release in respect of the reduction in capital requirements for business in force as this runs off. 

Where required capital is held within a with-profits long-term fund, the value placed on surplus assets within the fund is already adjusted to 
reflect its expected release over time and so no further adjustment to the shareholder position is necessary.

(d) Financial options and guarantees
Nature of financial options and guarantees
Participating products, principally written in the Chinese Mainland, Hong Kong, Malaysia, Singapore and Taiwan, have both guaranteed and non-
guaranteed elements. These products provide returns to policyholders through bonuses that are smoothed. There are two types of bonuses: 
regular and final. Regular bonuses are declared once a year and, once credited, are guaranteed in accordance with the terms of the particular 
products. Final bonuses are guaranteed only until the next bonus declaration.

There are also various non-participating long-term products with guarantees. The principal guarantees are those for whole-of-life contracts with 
floor levels of policyholder benefits that typically accrue at rates set at inception and do not vary subsequently with market conditions. Similar to 
participating products, the policyholder charges incorporate an allowance for the cost of providing these guarantees, which, for certain whole-of-
life products in Hong Kong, remains constant throughout varying economic conditions, rather than reducing as the economic environment 
improves and vice versa.

Time value
The value of financial options and guarantees comprises the intrinsic value (arising from a deterministic valuation on best estimate assumptions) 
and the time value (arising from the variability of economic outcomes in the future). 

Where appropriate (ie where financial options and guarantees are explicitly valued under the EEV methodology), a full stochastic valuation has 
been undertaken to determine the time value of financial options and guarantees. The economic assumptions used for the stochastic 
calculations are consistent with those used for the deterministic calculations. Assumptions specific to the stochastic calculations reflect local 
market conditions and are based on a combination of actual market data, historic market data and an assessment of long-term economic 
conditions. Common principles have been adopted across the Group for the stochastic asset models, such as separate modelling of individual 
asset classes with an allowance for correlations between various asset classes. Details of the key characteristics of each model are given in note 
8(b).

In deriving the time value of financial options and guarantees, management actions in response to emerging investment and fund solvency 
conditions have been modelled. Management actions encompass, but are not confined to, investment allocation decisions, levels of regular and 
final bonuses and credited rates. Bonus rates are projected from current levels and varied in accordance with assumed management actions 
applying in the emerging investment and fund solvency conditions. In all instances, the modelled actions are in accordance with approved local 
practice and therefore reflect the options available to management.

(e) Level of required capital and net worth
In adopting the EEV Principles, Prudential has based required capital on the applicable local statutory regulations, including any amounts 
considered to be required above the local statutory minimum requirements to satisfy regulatory constraints. 

For shareholder-backed businesses, the level of required capital has been based on the GPCR.

– For CPL, the level of required capital follows the approach for embedded value reporting issued by the China Association of Actuaries (CAA) 
reflecting the C-ROSS regime. The CAA has started a project to assess whether any changes are required to the embedded value guidance in 
the Chinese Mainland given changes in regulatory rules, regulations and the external market environment since the standard was first issued. 
To date, no outcomes have been proposed by the CAA and Prudential has made no change to its EEV basis for CPL in 2023. At such time that 
there is a new basis, Prudential will consider the effect of proposals.

– For Hong Kong participating business, the HK RBC regime recognises the value of future shareholder transfers on an economic basis as 

available capital with an associated required capital. Within EEV, the shareholder value of participating business continues to be recognised as 
VIF with no recognition within free surplus and no associated required capital.

– For Singapore life operations, the level of net worth and required capital is based on the Tier 1 Capital position under the risk-based capital 

framework (RBC2), which removes certain negative reserves permitted to be recognised in the full RBC2 regulatory position applicable to the 
Group’s GWS capital position, in order to better reflect free surplus and its generation.

Free surplus is the shareholders’ net worth in excess of required capital. For the Hong Kong business, the HK RBC framework requires liabilities to 
be valued on a best estimate basis and capital requirements to be risk based. EEV free surplus excludes regulatory surplus that arises where HK 
RBC technical provisions are lower than policyholder asset shares or cash surrender values to more realistically reflect how the business is 
managed.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

355

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes on the EEV basis results continued

(f) With-profits business and the treatment of the estate
For the Group’s relevant operations, the proportion of surplus allocated to shareholders from the with-profits funds has been based on the 
applicable profit distribution between shareholders and policyholders. The EEV methodology includes the value attributed to the shareholders’ 
interest in the residual estate of the in-force with-profits business. In any scenarios where the total assets of the life fund are insufficient to meet 
policyholder claims in full, the excess cost is fully attributed to shareholders. As required, adjustments are also made to reflect any capital 
requirements for with-profits business in excess of the capital resources of the with-profits funds.

(g) Internal asset management
In line with the EEV Principles, the long-term business EEV includes the projected future profit from asset management and service companies 
that support the Group’s covered insurance businesses. The results of the Group’s asset management operations include the current period profit 
from the management of both internal and external funds. EEV basis shareholders’ other income and expenditure is adjusted to deduct the 
expected profit anticipated to arise in the current period in the opening VIF from internal asset management and other services. This deduction 
is on a basis consistent with that used for projecting the results for covered insurance business. Accordingly, Group operating profit includes the 
actual profit earned in respect of the management of these assets.

(h) Allowance for risk and risk discount rates
Overview
Under the EEV Principles, discount rates used to determine the present value of expected future cash flows are set by reference to risk-free rates 
plus a risk margin. 

The risk-free rates are largely based on local government bond yields at the valuation date and are assumed to remain constant and do not 
revert to longer-term rates over time.  

The risk margin reflects any non-diversifiable risk associated with the emergence of distributable earnings that is not allowed for elsewhere in the 
valuation. In order to better reflect differences in relative market risk volatility inherent in each product group, Prudential sets the risk discount 
rates to reflect the expected volatility associated with the expected future shareholder cash flows for each product group in the embedded value 
model, rather than at a Group level.

Where financial options and guarantees are explicitly valued under the EEV methodology, risk discount rates exclude the effect of these product 
features.

The risk margin represents the aggregate of the allowance for market risk and allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risk. No allowance is 
required for non-market risks where these are assumed to be fully diversifiable. 

Market risk allowance
The allowance for market risk represents the beta multiplied by the equity risk premium. 

The beta of a portfolio or product measures its relative market risk. The risk discount rates reflect the market risk inherent in each product group 
and hence the volatility of product-specific cash flows. These are determined by considering how the profit from each product is affected by 
changes in expected returns across asset classes. By converting this into a relative rate of return, it is possible to derive a product-specific beta. 
This approach contrasts with a top-down approach to market risk where the risks associated with each product are not directly reflected in the 
valuation basis.

The Group’s methodology allows for credit risk in determining the best estimate returns and through the market risk allowance, which covers 
expected long-term defaults, a credit risk premium (to reflect the volatility in downgrade and default levels) and short-term downgrades and 
defaults.

Allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risks
The majority of non-market and non-credit risks are considered to be diversifiable. The allowance for non-market risk comprises a base Group-
wide allowance of 50 basis points plus additional allowances for emerging market risk where appropriate. The level and application of these 
allowances are reviewed and updated based on assessment of the Group’s exposure and experience in the markets.

At 31 December 2023, the total allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risk is equivalent to a $(3.0) billion, or (7) per cent, reduction to the 
embedded value of insurance business operations.

(i) Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency profits and losses have been translated at average exchange rates for the period. Foreign currency transactions are translated 
at the spot rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Foreign currency assets and liabilities have been translated at closing exchange rates. 
The principal exchange rates are shown in note A1 of the Group IFRS financial statements.

(j) Taxation
In determining the post-tax profit for the period for covered business, the overall tax rate includes the impact of tax effects determined on a local 
regulatory basis. Tax payments and receipts included in the projected future cash flows to determine the value of in-force business are calculated 
using tax rates that have been announced and substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. 

356

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

7.2 Accounting presentation
(a) Analysis of post-tax profit
To the extent applicable, the presentation of the EEV profit or loss for the period is consistent with the classification between operating and non-
operating results that the Group applies for the analysis of IFRS results. Operating results are determined as described in note (b) below and 
incorporate the following:

– New business profit, as defined in note 7.1(b) above;
– Expected return on existing business, as described in note (c) below;
– The impact of routine changes of estimates relating to operating assumptions, as described in note (d) below; and 
– Operating experience variances, as described in note (e) below. 

In addition, operating results include the effect of changes in tax legislation, unless these changes are one-off and structural in nature, or 
primarily affect the level of projected investment returns, in which case they are reflected as a non-operating result. 

Non-operating results comprise:

– Short-term fluctuations in investment returns; 
– Mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings;
– Effect of changes in economic assumptions; and
– The impact of corporate transactions, if any, undertaken in the year.

Total profit or loss in the period attributable to shareholders and basic earnings per share include these items, together with actual investment 
returns. The Group believes that operating profit, as adjusted for these items, better reflects underlying performance.

(b) Investment returns included in operating profit
For the investment element of the assets covering the total net worth of long-term insurance business, investment returns are recognised in 
operating results at the expected long-term rates of return. These expected returns are calculated by reference to the asset mix of the portfolio. 

(c) Expected return on existing business
Expected return on existing business comprises the expected unwind of discounting effects on the opening value of in-force business and 
required capital and the expected return on existing free surplus. The unwind of discount and the expected return on existing free surplus are 
determined after adjusting for the effect of changes in economic and operating assumptions in the current period on the embedded value at the 
beginning of the period, for example, the unwind of discount on the value of in-force business and required capital is determined after adjusting 
both the opening value and the risk discount rates for the effect of changes in economic and operating assumptions in the current period.

(d) Effect of changes in operating assumptions
Operating profit includes the effect of changes to operating assumptions on the value of in-force business at the end of the reporting period. For 
presentational purposes the effect of changes is delineated to show the effect on the opening value of in-force business as operating assumption 
changes, with the experience variances subsequently being determined by reference to the assumptions at the end of the reporting period, as 
discussed below.

(e) Operating experience variances
Operating profit includes the effect of experience variances on operating assumptions, such as persistency, mortality, morbidity, expenses and 
other factors, which are calculated with reference to the assumptions at the end of the reporting period.

(f) Effect of changes in economic assumptions
Movements in the value of in-force business at the beginning of the period caused by changes in economic assumptions, net of the related 
changes in the time value of financial options and guarantees, are recorded in non-operating results.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

357

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes on the EEV basis results continued

8  Assumptions

(a) Principal economic assumptions
The EEV results for the Group’s covered business are determined using economic assumptions where both the risk discount rates and long-term 
expected rates of return on investments are set with reference to risk-free rates of return at the end of the reporting period. Both the risk discount 
rate and expected rates of return are updated at each valuation date to reflect current market risk-free rates, with the effect that changes in 
market risk-free rates impact projected future cash flows. The risk-free rates of return are largely based on local government bond yields and are 
assumed to remain constant and do not revert to longer-term rates over time. The risk-free rates of return are shown below for each of the 
Group’s insurance operations. Expected returns on equity and property assets and corporate bonds are derived by adding a risk premium to the 
risk-free rate based on the Group’s long-term view and, where relevant, allowing for market volatility. 

As described in note 7.1(h), risk discount rates are set equal to the risk-free rate at the valuation date plus allowances for market risk and non-
diversifiable non-market risks appropriate to the features and risks of the underlying products and markets.

Risks that are explicitly allowed for elsewhere in the EEV basis, such as via the cost of capital and the time value of options and guarantees, as set 
out in note 2(i), are not included in the risk discount rates.

CPL
Hong Kong note (i)
Indonesia

Malaysia

Philippines

Singapore

Taiwan

Thailand

Vietnam

Total weighted average (new business) 

note (ii)

Total weighted average (in-force business) 

note (ii)

Risk discount rate %

New business

In-force business

10-year government bond yield 
%

Equity return
(geometric) %

31 Dec

31 Dec

31 Dec

31 Dec

31 Dec

31 Dec

31 Dec

31 Dec

2023
7.1

4.7

9.0

5.6

12.3

4.6

3.3

10.0

3.7

5.6

n/a

2022
7.4

4.8

10.0

5.8

14.5

5.0

3.5

10.0

6.9

6.9

n/a

2023
7.1

5.5

9.9

6.2

12.3

4.8

4.2

10.0

4.1

n/a

5.9

2022
7.4

5.5

10.6

6.5

14.5

5.2

4.0

10.0

6.7

n/a

6.4

2023
2.6

3.9

6.7

3.8

6.1

2.7

1.3

2.8

2.3

3.8

3.6

2022
2.9

3.9

7.3

4.1

7.3

3.1

1.3

2.7

5.0

4.2

4.0

2023
6.6

7.4

11.0

7.3

10.3

6.2

5.3

7.0

6.6

7.2

7.1

2022
6.9

7.4

11.5

7.6

11.5

6.6

5.3

7.0

9.3

7.5

7.6

Notes
(i) For Hong Kong, the assumptions shown are for US dollar denominated business. For other businesses, the assumptions shown are for local currency denominated business.
(ii) Total weighted average assumptions have been determined by weighting each business’s assumptions by reference to the EEV basis new business profit and the closing net 

value of in-force business. The changes in the risk discount rates for individual businesses reflect the movements in the local government bond yields, changes in the 
allowances for market risk (including as a result of changes in asset mix), and, if applicable, non-diversifiable non-market risk, and changes in product mix.

(iii) Expected long-term inflation assumptions range from 1.5 per cent to 5.5 per cent for both years shown above. 

(b) Stochastic assumptions
Details are given below of the key characteristics of the models used to determine the time value of financial options and guarantees as referred 
to in note 7.1(d).

– The stochastic cost of guarantees is primarily of significance for the Hong Kong, Vietnam, Taiwan, Singapore and Malaysia businesses;
– The principal asset classes are government bonds, corporate bonds and equity;
– Interest rates are projected using a stochastic interest rate model calibrated to the current market yields;
– Equity returns are assumed to follow a log-normal distribution;
– The corporate bond return is calculated based on a risk-free return plus a mean-reverting spread;
– The volatility of equity returns ranges from 17 per cent to 35 per cent for both years; and
– The volatility of government bond yields ranges from 1.1 per cent to 2.0 per cent for both years.

(c) Operating assumptions
Best estimate assumptions are used for projecting future cash flows, where best estimate is defined as the mean of the distribution of future 
possible outcomes. The assumptions are reviewed actively and changes are made when evidence exists that material changes in future 
experience are reasonably certain. Where experience is expected to be adverse over the short term, a provision may be established.

Assumptions required in the calculation of the time value of financial options and guarantees, for example relating to volatilities and correlations, 
or dynamic algorithms linking liabilities to assets, have been set equal to the best estimates and, wherever material and practical, reflect any 
dynamic relationships between the assumptions and the stochastic variables. 

358

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Demographic assumptions
Persistency, mortality and morbidity assumptions are based on an analysis of recent experience, and reflect expected future experience. When 
projecting future cash flows for medical reimbursement business that is repriced annually, explicit allowance is made for expected future 
premium inflation and separately for future medical claims inflation. 

Expense assumptions
Expense levels, including those of the service companies that support the Group’s long-term business, are based on internal expense analysis and 
are appropriately allocated to acquisition of new business and renewal of in-force business. For mature business, it is Prudential’s policy not to 
take credit for future cost reduction programmes until the actions to achieve the savings have been delivered. Expense overruns are reported 
where these are expected to be short-lived, including businesses that are growing rapidly or are sub-scale.

Expenses comprise costs borne directly and costs recharged/allocated from the Group head office functions in London and Hong Kong that are 
attributable to the long-term insurance (covered) business. The assumed future expenses for the long-term insurance business allow for amounts 
expected to be recharged/allocated by the head office functions. 

Corporate expenditure, which is included in other income and expenditure, comprises expenditure of the Group head office functions in London 
and Hong Kong that is not recharged/allocated to the long-term insurance or asset management operations, primarily for corporate related 
activities that are charged as incurred, together with restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs incurred across the Group.

Tax rates
The assumed long-term effective tax rates for operations reflect the expected incidence of taxable profit or loss in the projected future cash 
flows as explained in note 7.1(j). The local standard corporate tax rates applicable are as follows:

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Philippines

Singapore

Taiwan

Thailand

Vietnam

%
25.0

16.5% on 5% of premium income

22.0

24.0

25.0

17.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

359

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Notes on the EEV basis results continued

9  Insurance new business

CPL note (i)
Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets:

Africa

Cambodia
India note (ii)
Laos

Myanmar

Philippines

Taiwan

Thailand
Vietnam

Single premiums

Regular premiums

Annual premium equivalents (APE)

2023 $m

487   

235   

230   

93   

989   

8   

1   

2022 $m
1,254 

842 

250 

99 

2,628 

9 

– 

270   

273 

–   

–   

56   

132   

143   
19   

– 

– 

61 

157 

150 
99 

2023 $m

485   

1,942   

254   

375   

688   

157   

18   

206   

–   

6   

170   

882   

232   
195   

2022 $m
759 

438 

222 

350 

507 

148 

18 

196 

– 

3 

176 

486 

220 
288 

2023 $m

534   

1,966   

277   

384   

787   

158   

18   

233   

–   

6   

175   

895   

246   
197   

2022 $m
884 

522 

247 

359 

770 

149 

18 

223 

– 

3 

182 

503 

235 
298 

Present value of new business 
premiums (PVNBP)

2023 $m
2,020   

10,444   

1,136   

1,977   

5,354   

2022 $m
3,521 

3,295 

1,040 

1,879 

6,091 

326   

74   

308 

69 

1,145   

1,148 

2   

19   

612   

3,308   

999   
1,321   

1 

6 

615 

1,835 

932 
1,666 

Total

2,663   

5,822 

5,610   

3,811 

5,876   

4,393 

28,737   

22,406 

Notes
(i) New business in CPL is included at Prudential’s 50 per cent interest in the joint venture.
(ii) New business in India is included at Prudential's 22 per cent interest in the associate.
(iii) The table above is provided as an indicative volume measure of transactions undertaken in the reporting period that have the potential to generate profit for shareholders. 

The amounts shown are not, and not intended to be, reflective of revenue recorded in the IFRS consolidated income statement.

10 Post balance sheet events

Dividends
The second interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2023, which was approved by the Board of Directors after 31 December 2023, is 
described in note B5 of the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements.

Share repurchase programme to neutralise 2023 employee and agent share scheme issuance
On 16 January 2024, the Company announced that the share repurchase programme in respect of 3,851,376 ordinary shares that it announced 
on 5 January 2024 and commenced on 8 January has been completed. The purpose of the share repurchase programme was to offset dilution 
from the vesting of awards under employee and agent share schemes during 2023. The Company has repurchased 3,851,376 ordinary shares in 
aggregate (representing 0.14 per cent of the total number of ordinary shares in issue at the end of the year (as disclosed in note C8 of the Group 
IFRS consolidated financial statements)) at a volume weighted average price of £8.2676 per ordinary share for a total consideration of 
approximately £32 million.

360

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the European 
Embedded Value (EEV) basis supplementary information

The Directors have chosen to prepare supplementary information in accordance with the European Embedded Value Principles issued by the 
European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016 (‘the EEV Principles’) using the methodology and assumptions set out in the Notes on the EEV basis 
results.

When compliance with the EEV Principles is stated, those principles require the Directors to prepare supplementary information in accordance 
with the Embedded Value Methodology (EVM) contained in the EEV Principles and to disclose and explain any non-compliance with the EEV 
guidance included in the EEV Principles.

In preparing the EEV supplementary information, the Directors have:

– Prepared the supplementary information in accordance with the EEV Principles; 
– Identified and described the business covered by the EVM;
– Applied the EVM consistently to the covered business;
– Determined assumptions on a realistic basis, having regard to past, current and expected future experience and to any relevant external data, 

and then applied them consistently;

– Made estimates that are reasonable and consistent; and
– Described the basis on which business that is not covered business has been included in the supplementary information, including any material 

departures from the accounting framework applicable to the Group’s financial statements. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

361

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Independent auditor’s report to Prudential plc on the European Embedded 
Value (EEV) basis supplementary information

Opinion
We have audited the European Embedded Value (‘EEV’) Basis Results of Prudential plc (‘the Company’ and, together with its subsidiaries, ‘the 
Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2023, which comprise the EEV results highlights, the movement in Group EEV shareholders’ equity, the 
movement in Group free surplus and the related notes, including the basis of preparation on page 344. The EEV Basis Results should be read in 
conjunction with the Group financial statements. 

In our opinion, the EEV Basis Results of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2023 are prepared, in all material respects, in accordance 
with the European Embedded Value Principles issued by the European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016 (‘the EEV Principles’) using the 
methodology and assumptions set out in the basis of preparation note on page 344. 

Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) including ‘ISA (UK) 800 (Revised) Special 
Considerations – Audits of Financial Statements Prepared in Accordance with Special Purpose Frameworks’. Our responsibilities under those 
standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the EEV Basis Results section of our report. We are independent 
of the Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the EEV Basis Results in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Emphasis of matter - basis of preparation and restriction on use
We draw attention to the special purpose basis of preparation on page 344. The EEV Basis Results are prepared to provide additional information 
to users of the Group financial statements. As a result, the EEV Basis Results may not be suitable for another purpose. Our opinion is not modified 
in respect of this matter.

Our report is intended solely for the Company, in accordance with the terms of our engagement letter dated 25 May 2023. Our audit work has 
been undertaken so that we might state to the Company those matters we have been engaged to state to it in this report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company for our audit work, 
for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the EEV Basis Results, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
EEV Basis Results is appropriate.

In evaluating the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting we:

– confirmed our understanding of management’s going concern assessment process and obtained management’s assessment which covers the 

period to 31 March 2025;

– assessed management’s evaluation of the liquidity and solvency position of the Group by reviewing base case and stressed liquidity and 

solvency projections through the going concern period;

– evaluated management’s forecast analysis to understand the severity of the downside scenarios that would be required to occur to result in 

the elimination of solvency and / or liquidity headroom and considered the actions available to management in such scenarios ;

– performed enquiries of management and those charged with governance to identify risks or events that may impact the Group’s ability to 

continue as a going concern. 

– assessed the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures by comparing the disclosures with management’s assessment and considering 

their compliance with the relevant reporting requirements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern for the period to 31 March 2025, being at least one 
year from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.  
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to continue as a 
going concern.

Other information 
The other information comprises the information included in the Annual Report, other than the EEV Basis Results and our auditor’s report 
thereon.  The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.

Our opinion on the EEV Basis Results does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, we 
do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the EEV 
Basis Results or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether there is a material misstatement in the EEV Basis 
Results themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of the other information, we are 
required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

362

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Responsibilities of directors
Management is responsible for the preparation of the EEV Basis Results in accordance with the EEV Principles using the methodology and 
assumptions set out in the special purpose basis of preparation on page 344, and for such internal control as management determines is 
necessary to enable the preparation of the EEV Basis Results that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the EEV Basis Results, management is responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the 
Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the EEV Basis Results
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the EEV Basis Results as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can 
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these EEV Basis Results.

Explanation as to what extent the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud 
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect irregularities, including fraud. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of 
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or 
through collusion.   The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. However, the 
primary responsibility for the prevention and detection of fraud rests with both those charged with governance of the entity and management. 

– We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks that are applicable to the Group and determined that the most 
significant are the relevant laws and regulations related to elements of company law, insurance regulation and tax legislation, and the 
financial reporting framework. Our considerations of other laws and regulations that may have a material effect on the EEV Basis Results 
included permissions and supervisory requirements of the listing authorities in the countries where the Company’s shares and debt are listed. 
– We understood how the Company is complying with those frameworks by making enquiries of management and those responsible for legal 

and compliance matters. We also reviewed correspondence between the Company and regulatory bodies; reviewed minutes of the Board and 
its Committees; and gained an understanding of the Company’s approach to governance, demonstrated by the Board’s approval of the 
Company’s governance framework.

– We assessed the susceptibility of the Company’s EEV Basis Results to material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by assessing 

events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk 
assessment procedures included:
– Enquiring of Directors, the Audit Committee, Internal Audit and inspecting papers provided to those charge with governance as to the 
policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the Group’s “whistleblowing” policies and procedures along with the 
engagement with local management to identify fraud risks specific to their business units, as well as whether they have knowledge of any 
actual, suspected or alleged fraud.

– Reading Board and Audit Committee minutes.
– Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance targets for management. 

We identified a fraud risk related to the selection of EEV operating assumptions given their direct impact on the Group’s embedded value, the 
opportunity for management to manipulate assumptions due to the subjectivity involved and given the long-term nature of these assumptions 
which are more difficult to corroborate.

– In determining the audit procedures to address the identified fraud risks, we took into account the results of our evaluation and testing of the 
operating effectiveness of the group-wide fraud prevention controls. In order to address the risk of fraud specifically as it relates to the EEV 
operating assumptions, we involved actuarial specialists to assist in our challenge of management. We challenged management in relation to 
the selection of assumptions and the appropriateness of the rationale for any changes, the consistency of the selected assumptions across 
different aspects of the financial reporting process and comparison to our understanding of the product portfolio, trends in experience, 
policyholder behaviour and economic conditions and also by reference to market practice.

– To address the pervasive risk as it relates to management override, we also performed procedures including:

– Identifying journal entries based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation. 
– Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the EEV Basis Results is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at https://
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

John Headley 
for and on behalf of Ernst & Young LLP 
London 
19 March 2024

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

363

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Additional

information

364

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Index to the additional unaudited financial 
information

Glossary

Shareholder information

How to contact us

366

393

399

402

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

365

 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Index to the additional financial information*

I

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

Additional financial information

Group capital position

Analysis of total segment profit by business unit

Group funds under management

Holding company cash flow

Reconciliation of EEV expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus

Share Schemes

(vii)

Selected historical financial information of Prudential

II

(i)

(ii)

(iii)

(iv)

(v)

(vi)

(vii)

(viii)

(ix)

Calculation of alternative performance measures

Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to profit before tax

Adjusted shareholders’ equity

Return on IFRS shareholders’ equity

Calculation of IFRS shareholders’ equity per share

Calculation of Eastspring cost/income ratio

Insurance premiums

Reconciliation between EEV new business profit and IFRS new business CSM

Reconciliation between EEV shareholders' equity and IFRS shareholders’ equity

Calculation of return on embedded value

*

 The additional financial information is not covered by the EY independent audit opinions.

Page

366

367

371

372

373

374

376

386

390

390

390

390

390

391

391

391

392

392

366

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

I Additional financial information

I(i) Group capital position
Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework issued by the Hong Kong IA to 
determine group regulatory capital requirements (both minimum and prescribed levels). For regulated insurance entities, the capital resources 
and required capital included in the GWS capital measure for Hong Kong IA Group regulatory purposes are based on the local solvency regime 
applicable in each jurisdiction. The Group holds material participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. Alongside the total 
regulatory GWS capital basis, a shareholder GWS capital basis is also presented which excludes the contribution to the Group GWS eligible group 
capital resources, the Group Minimum Capital Requirements (GMCR) and the Group Prescribed Capital Requirements (GPCR) from these 
participating funds.

Estimated GWS capital position
As at 31 December 2023, the estimated shareholder GWS capital surplus over the GPCR is $16.1 billion (31 December 2022: $15.6 billion), 
representing a coverage ratio of 295 per cent (31 December 2022: 307 per cent) and the estimated total GWS capital surplus over the GPCR is 
$19.0 billion (31 December 2022: $18.1 billion), representing a coverage ratio of 197 per cent (31 December 2022: 202 per cent). The estimated 
Group Tier 1 capital resources are $18.3 billion with headroom over the GMCR of $12.4 billion (31 December 2022: $12.1 billion), representing a 
coverage ratio of 313 per cent (31 December 2022: 328 per cent).

Group capital resources ($bn)
of which: Tier 1 capital resources ($bn) note (2)

Group Minimum Capital Requirement ($bn)

Group Prescribed Capital Requirement ($bn)

GWS capital surplus over GPCR ($bn)

GWS coverage ratio over GPCR (%)

GWS Tier 1 surplus over GMCR ($bn)

GWS Tier 1 coverage ratio over GMCR (%)

24.3 

17.1 

4.8 

8.2 

16.1 

 295 %

31 Dec 2023

Add
policyholder

Shareholder

31 Dec 2022 note (1)

Total

Shareholder

Add
policyholder

note (3)
14.3   

note (4)
38.6 

1.2   

18.3 

1.1   

5.9 

11.4   

19.6 

23.2 

15.9 

4.4 

7.6 

note (3)
12.6 

1.5 

0.9 

10.1 

Total

note (4)

35.8 

17.4 

5.3 

17.7 

Change
in total

note (5)
2.8 

0.9 

0.6 

1.9 

0.9 

2.9   

19.0 

15.6 

2.5 

18.1 

 197 %

 307  %

 202  %

 (5) %

12.4 

 313 %

12.1 

0.3 

 328  %

 (15) %

Notes
(1) The 31 December 2022 GWS capital results do not reflect the impact of the redemption of $0.4 billion of senior debt in January 2023. Allowing for this redemption reduces 
the estimated shareholder GWS capital surplus over GPCR to $15.2 billion with a coverage ratio of 302 per cent and reduces the estimated total GWS capital surplus over 
GPCR to $17.7 billion with a coverage ratio of 200 per cent. The total GWS Tier 1 over GMCR capital position is unaffected by this redemption.

(2) The classification of tiering of capital under the GWS framework reflects the different local regulatory regimes along with guidance issued by the Hong Kong IA. At 

31 December 2023, total Tier 1 capital resources of $18.3 billion comprises: $24.3 billion of total shareholder capital resources; less $(3.6) billion of Prudential plc issued sub-
ordinated and senior Tier 2 debt capital; less $(3.6) billion of local regulatory tiering classifications which are classified as GWS Tier 2 capital resources primarily in Singapore 
and the Chinese Mainland; plus $1.2 billion of Tier 1 capital resources in policyholder funds.

(3) This allows for any associated diversification impacts between the shareholder and policyholder positions reflected in the total company results where relevant.
(4) The total company GWS coverage ratio over GPCR presented above represents the eligible group capital resources coverage ratio as set out in the GWS framework while the 

total company GWS tier 1 coverage ratio over GMCR represents the tier 1 group capital coverage ratio.

(5) Refer to section on Material changes in GMCR, GPCR, tier 1 group capital and eligible group capital resources below.

GWS sensitivity analysis
The estimated sensitivity of the GWS capital position (based on the GPCR) to changes in market conditions as at 31 December 2023 and 31 
December 2022 are shown below, for both the shareholder and the total capital position.

Impact of market sensitivities
Base position

Impact of:

10% increase in equity markets

20% fall in equity markets

50 basis points reduction in interest rates

100 basis points increase in interest rates

100 basis points increase in credit spreads

Shareholder

31 Dec 2023

31 Dec 2022

Surplus ($bn)
16.1 

Coverage ratio
 295 %

Surplus ($bn)
15.6

Coverage ratio
307%

0.4 

(2.5)

0.7 

(2.1)

(1.0)

 (3) %

 (17) %

 11 %

 (25) %

 (12) %

0.3

(1.9)

0.4

(1.1)

(0.8)

(3)%

(14)%

4%

(15)%

(9)%

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

367

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Impact of market sensitivities
Base position

Impact of:

10% increase in equity markets

20% fall in equity markets

50 basis points reduction in interest rates

100 basis points increase in interest rates

100 basis points increase in credit spreads

Total

31 Dec 2023

31 Dec 2022

Surplus ($bn)
19.0 

Coverage ratio
 197 %

Surplus ($bn)
18.1

Coverage ratio
202%

1.2 

(4.0)

0.4 

(1.4)

(1.4)

1%

(13)%

3%

(8)%

(7)%

1.2

(3.6)

0.0

(0.6)

(1.2)

1%

(12)%

0%

(3)%

(6)%

The sensitivity results above reflect the impact on the Group’s insurance business operations as at the valuation dates. The sensitivity results 
assume instantaneous market movements and reflect all consequential impacts as at the valuation date. These results also allow for limited 
management actions such as changes to future policyholder bonuses and rebalancing investment portfolios where relevant. If such economic 
conditions persisted, the financial impacts may differ to the instantaneous impacts shown above. In this case, management could also take 
additional actions to help mitigate the impact of these stresses. These actions include, but are not limited to, market risk hedging, further 
rebalancing of investment portfolios, increased use of reinsurance, repricing of in-force benefits, changes to new business pricing and the mix of 
new business being sold.

GWS Risk Appetite and capital management
The Group’s capital management framework focuses on achieving sustainable, profitable growth and retaining a resilient balance sheet.

The Group monitors regulatory capital, economic capital and rating agency capital metrics and manages the business within its risk appetite by 
remaining within its economic and regulatory capital limits. In respect of regulatory capital limits, a capital buffer above the GPCR is held to 
ensure the Group can withstand volatility in markets and operational experience, with capital resources remaining sufficient to cover the GPCR 
even after significant stresses. The calibration of the capital buffer reflects the Group’s risk profile and the external economic environment, and is 
set and reviewed regularly by the Board.

Typically, this requires a Group shareholder coverage ratio of above 150 per cent of the shareholder GPCR to be maintained and de-risking 
management actions will be taken as necessary to maintain this buffer. No maximum limit on the GWS coverage ratio has been set. While the 
GWS shareholder capital position is a key metric for assessing regulatory solvency, and for risk management, there are some elements of the 
shareholder GWS capital surplus which will only become available as cash flow for distribution over time. The Group’s Free Surplus metric is a 
better measure of the shareholder capital available for distribution, and is used as the primary metric for assessing the Group’s sources and uses 
of capital in the Group’s capital management framework, and underpinning the Group’s dividend policy.

At 31 December 2023, the Group’s Free Surplus stock (excluding distribution rights and other intangibles) was $8.5 billion, compared to the GWS 
shareholder surplus of $16.1 billion and a reconciliation is shown below.

The uses of capital, for both organic and inorganic opportunities, are assessed by reference to expected shareholder returns and payback periods, 
relative to risk-adjusted hurdle rates which are set centrally.

Reflecting the Group’s capital allocation priorities, a portion of the free surplus generated in each period will be retained for reinvestment in new 
business and capabilities, particularly in the areas of Customer, Distribution, Health and Technology, and dividends will be determined primarily 
based on the Group’s operating free surplus generation after allowing for the capital strain of writing new business and recurring central costs. 
Recognising our conviction in the Group’s revised strategy, when determining the annual dividend we look through the investments in new 
business and investments in capabilities and continue to expect the 2024 annual dividend to grow in the range of 7 to 9 per cent. To the extent 
that free surplus arises which is not required to support organic and inorganic growth opportunities, consideration will be given to returning 
capital to shareholders.

Separate from the capital management framework applied for shareholder-owned capital, the capital held in ring-fenced with-profits funds 
supports policyholder investment freedom, which increases expected returns for our with-profits funds’ customers. GWS policyholder capital 
surplus is not available for distribution out of the ring-fenced funds other than as a defined proportion distributable to shareholders when 
policyholder bonuses are declared. Policyholder fund capital surplus is deployed over time to increase investment risk in the with-profits funds in 
order to target higher customer returns, or distributed as higher customer bonuses, in line with the specific with-profits bonus policies which apply 
to each ring-fenced fund. The result of applying these policies is that the aggregate policyholder fund GPCR coverage ratio is typically lower than 
the GPCR shareholder coverage ratio.

The total GWS coverage ratio, which is an aggregate of the policyholder and shareholder capital positions, is therefore usually lower than the 
shareholder coverage ratio, but also less sensitive in stress scenarios, as is shown in the GWS sensitivity analysis section above as at 31 December 
2023. The total GWS coverage ratio is the Group’s regulatory solvency metric to which Group supervision applies, and this total regulatory 
coverage ratio is managed to ensure it remains above the GPCR by applying separate shareholder and policyholder risk appetite limits, as 
described above.

368

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
Analysis of movement in total regulatory GWS capital surplus (over GPCR)
A summary of the movement in the 31 December 2022 regulatory GWS capital surplus (over GPCR) of $18.1 billion to $19.0 billion at 
31 December 2023 is set out in the table below.

Total GWS surplus at 1 Jan (over GPCR)

Shareholder free surplus generation

In force operating capital generation

Investment in new business

Total operating free surplus generation

External dividends

Non-operating movements including market movements

Other capital movements (including foreign exchange movements)

Movement in free surplus (see EEV basis results for further detail)

Other movements in GWS shareholder surplus not included in free surplus

Movement in contribution from GWS policyholder surplus (over GPCR)

Net movement in GWS capital surplus (over GPCR)

Total GWS surplus at 31 Dec (over GPCR)

2023 $bn
18.1 

2.1 

(0.7)

1.4 

(0.5)

(0.2)

(0.5)

0.2 

0.3 
0.4 

0.9 

19.0 

Further detail on the movement in free surplus of $0.2 billion is included in the Movement in Group free surplus section of the Group’s EEV basis 
results. 

Other movements in GWS shareholder surplus not included in free surplus are driven by the differences described in the reconciliation shown later 
in this section. This includes movements in distribution rights and other intangibles (which are expensed on day one under the GWS 
requirements) and movements in the restriction applied to free surplus to better reflect shareholder resources that are available for distribution. 

Material changes in GMCR, GPCR, tier 1 group capital and eligible group capital resources 
Detail on the material changes in GPCR, GMCR, eligible group capital resources and tier 1 group capital are provided below.

– Total eligible capital resources has increased by $2.8 billion to $38.6 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $35.8 billion). This 

includes a $0.9 billion increase in tier 1 group capital to $18.3 billion (31 December 2022: $17.4 billion). The increase in total eligible capital 
resources and tier 1 group capital is primarily driven by positive operating capital generation over the year, partially offset by external 
dividends paid, debt redeemed and market movements over the year.

– Total regulatory GPCR has increased by $1.9 billion to $19.6 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $17.7 billion) and the total 
regulatory GMCR has increased by $0.6 billion to $5.9 billion at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $5.3 billion). The increase in GPCR 
and GMCR is primarily driven by new business sold over the year, partially offset by the release of capital as the policies mature or are 
surrendered and market movements over the year.

Reconciliation of Free Surplus to total regulatory GWS capital surplus (over GPCR)

Free surplus excluding distribution rights and other intangibles*
Restrictions applied in free surplus for China C-ROSS II note (1)
Restrictions applied in free surplus for HK RBC note (2)
Restrictions applied in free surplus for Singapore RBC note(3)
Add GWS policyholder surplus contribution

Total regulatory GWS capital surplus (over GPCR)

31 Dec 2023 $bn

Capital resources

Required capital

14.5   

1.7   

6.1   
2.0   

14.3   

38.6   

6.0   

1.4   

0.7   
0.1   

11.4   

19.6   

Surplus
8.5 

0.3 

5.4 
1.9 

2.9 

19.0 

*

As per the 'Free surplus excluding distribution rights and other intangibles' shown in the statement of Movement in Group free surplus of the Group’s EEV basis results.

Notes
(1) Free surplus applies the embedded value reporting approach issued by the China Association of Actuaries (CAA) in the Chinese Mainland and includes a requirement to 
establish a deferred profit liability within EEV net worth which leads to a reduction in EEV free surplus as compared to the C-ROSS II surplus reported for local regulatory 
purposes. Further differences relate to the treatment of subordinated debt within CPL which is excluded from EEV free surplus and which contributes to C-ROSS II surplus for 
local regulatory reporting.

(2) EEV free surplus for Hong Kong under the HK RBC regime excludes regulatory surplus that is not considered distributable immediately. This includes HK RBC technical 
provisions that are lower than policyholder asset shares or cash surrender floors as well as the value of future shareholder transfers from participating business (net of 
associated required capital) which are included in the shareholder GWS capital position.

(3) EEV free surplus for Singapore is based on the Tier 1 requirements under the RBC2 framework, which excludes certain negative reserves permitted to be recognised in the 

full RBC 2 regulatory position used when calculating the GWS capital surplus (over GPCR).

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

369

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Reconciliation of Group IFRS shareholders’ equity to Group total GWS capital resources 

Group IFRS shareholders’ equity

Remove goodwill and intangibles recognised on the IFRS consolidated statement of financial position
Add debt treated as capital under GWS note (1)
Asset valuation differences note (2)
Remove IFRS 17 contractual service margin (CSM) (including joint ventures and associates) note (3)
Liability valuation (including insurance contracts) differences excluding IFRS 17 CSM note (4)
Differences in associated net deferred tax liabilities note (5)
Other note (6)
Group total GWS capital resources

31 Dec 2023 $bn
17.8 

(4.7)

3.6 

(0.8)

21.0 

0.5 

0.9 

0.3 

38.6 

Notes
(1) As per the GWS Framework, debt in issuance at the date of designation that satisfy the criteria for transitional arrangements and qualifying debt issued since the date of 

designation are included as Group capital resources but are treated as liabilities under IFRS. 

(2) Asset valuation differences reflect differences in the basis of valuing assets between IFRS and local statutory valuation rules, including deductions for inadmissible assets. 
Differences include for some markets where government and corporate bonds are valued at book value under local regulations but are valued at market value under IFRS. 

(3) The IFRS 17 contractual service margin (CSM) represents a discounted stock of unearned profit which is released over time as services are provided. On a GWS basis the 
level of future profits will be recognised within the capital resources to the extent permitted by the local solvency reserving basis. Any restrictions applied by the local 
solvency bases (such as zeroization of future profits) is captured in the liability valuation differences line.

(4) Liability valuation differences (excluding the CSM) reflect differences in the basis of valuing liabilities between IFRS and local statutory valuation rules. This includes the 

negative impact of moving from the IFRS 17 best estimate reserving basis to a more prudent local solvency reserving basis (including any restrictions in the recognition of 
future profits) offset by the fact that certain local solvency regimes capture some reserves within the required capital instead of the capital resources.

(5) Differences in associated net deferred tax liabilities mainly results from the tax impact of changes in the valuation of assets and liabilities.
(6) Other differences mainly reflect the inclusion of subordinated debt in Chinese Mainland as local capital resources on a C-ROSS II basis as compared to being held as a 

liability under IFRS.

Basis of preparation for the Group GWS capital position 
Prudential applies the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules set out in the GWS Framework to determine group regulatory capital requirements (both 
minimum and prescribed levels). The summation of local statutory capital requirements across the Group is used to determine group regulatory 
capital requirements, with no allowance for diversification between business operations. The GWS eligible group capital resources is determined 
by the summation of capital resources across local solvency regimes for regulated entities and IFRS shareholders’ equity (with adjustments 
described below) for non-regulated entities. 

In determining the GWS eligible group capital resources and required capital the following principles have been applied:

– For regulated insurance entities, capital resources and required capital are based on the local solvency regime applicable in each jurisdiction, 
with minimum required capital set at the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirements and prescribed capital requirement set at 
the level at which the local regulator of a given entity can impose penalties, sanctions or intervention measures;

– The classification of tiering of eligible capital resources under the GWS framework reflects the different local regulatory regimes along with 

guidance issued by the Hong Kong IA. In general, if a local regulatory regime applies a tiering approach then this should be used to determine 
tiering of capital on a GWS capital basis, where a local regulatory regime does not apply a tiering approach then all capital resources should be 
included as Group Tier 1 capital. For non-regulated entities tiering of capital is determined in line with the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules.
– For asset management operations and other regulated entities, the capital position is derived based on the sectoral basis applicable in each 

jurisdiction, with minimum required capital based on the solo legal entity statutory minimum capital requirement;

– For non-regulated entities, the capital resources are based on IFRS shareholder equity after deducting intangible assets. No required capital is 

held in respect of unregulated entities;

– For entities where the Group’s interest is less than 100 per cent, the contribution of the entity to the GWS eligible group capital resources and 
required capital represents the Group’s share of these amounts and excludes any amounts attributable to non-controlling interests. This does 
not apply to investment holdings which are not part of the Group;

– Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (including, if any, loans that are recognised as capital on the receiving entity’s 

balance sheet) are eliminated from the relevant holding company to prevent the double counting of capital resources;

– Under the GWS Framework, debt instruments in issuance at the date of designation that satisfy the criteria for transitional arrangements and 

qualifying debt issued since the date of designation are included in eligible group capital resources as tier 2 group capital;

– At 31 December 2023 all debt instruments with the exception of the senior debt issued in 2022 are included as Group capital resources. The 

eligible amount permitted to be included as Group capital resources for transitional debt is based on the net proceeds amount translated using 
31 December 2020 exchange rates for debt not denominated in US dollars; 

– The total company GWS capital basis is the capital measure for Hong Kong IA Group regulatory purposes as set out in the GWS framework. 
This framework defines the eligible group capital resources coverage ratio (or total company GWS coverage ratio over GPCR as presented 
above) as the ratio of total company eligible group capital resources to the total company GPCR and defines the tier 1 group capital coverage 
ratio (or total company GWS tier 1 coverage ratio over GMCR as presented above) as the ratio of total company tier 1 group capital to the 
total company GMCR; and

– Prudential also presents a shareholder GWS capital basis which excludes the contribution to the Group GWS eligible group capital resources, 

the GMCR and GPCR from participating business in Hong Kong, Singapore and Malaysia. In Hong Kong the present value of future shareholder 
transfers from the participating business are included in the shareholder GWS eligible capital resources along with an associated required 
capital, this is in line with the local solvency presentation. The shareholder GWS coverage ratio over GPCR presented above reflects the ratio of 
shareholder eligible group capital resources to the shareholder GPCR.

370

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I(ii) Analysis of total segment profit by business unit
The table below presents the 2022 results on both AER and CER bases to eliminate the impact of exchange translation. 

2023 $m

2022 $m

2023 vs 2022 %

CPL

Hong Kong

Indonesia

Malaysia

Singapore

Growth markets and other

Philippines

Taiwan
Thailand

Vietnam

Other

Share of related tax charges from joint ventures and associate

Insurance business

Eastspring

Total segment profit

(a) Eastspring adjusted operating profit

Operating income before performance-related fees note (1)
Performance-related fees
Operating income (net of commission) note (2)
Operating expense note (2)
Group's share of tax on joint ventures' operating profit

Adjusted operating profit

Average funds managed or advised by Eastspring
Margin based on operating income note (3)
Cost/income ratio note II(v)

368 

1,013 

221 

305 

584 

146 

115 
120 

357 

86 

(78) 

3,237 

280 

3,517 

AER

271 

1,162 

205 

340 

570 

131 

116 
116 

402 

53 

(90)   

3,276 

260 

3,536 

CER

258 

1,162 

200 

329 

585 

129 

111 
117 

395 

48 

(85) 

3,249 

255 

3,504 

AER

 36  %

 (13) %

 8  %

 (10) %

 2  %

 11  %

 (1) %
 3  %

 (11) %

 62  %

 13  %

 (1) %

 8  %

 (1) %

CER

 43  %

 (13) %

 11  %

 (7) %

 0  %

 13  %

 4  %
 3  %

 (10) %

 79  %

 8  %

 0  %

 10  %

 0  %

2023 $m

700   

(2)   

698   

(372)   

(46)   

280   

2022 AER $m
660 

1 

661 

(360) 

(41) 

260 

$225.9bn

$229.4bn

31bps

53%

29bps

55%

Notes
(1) Operating income before performance-related fees for Eastspring can be further analysed as follows (institutional below includes internal funds under management or 

under advice). As stated in section (b) below, during the year the Group has reclassified funds under management and associated income between Retail and Institutional.

2023

2022

Retail

$m
353   

319 

Margin

Institutional

Margin

bps
67   

64 

$m
347   

341 

bps
20   

19 

Total

$m
700   

660 

Margin

bps
31 

29 

(2) Operating income and expense include the Group’s share of contribution from joint ventures. In the consolidated income statement of the Group IFRS financial results, the 

net income after tax of the joint ventures and associates is shown as a single line item. A reconciliation is provided in note II(v) of this additional information.

(3) Margin represents operating income before performance-related fees as a proportion of the related funds under management or advice. Monthly closing internal and 
external funds managed or advised by Eastspring have been used to derive the average. Any funds held by the Group's insurance operations that are not managed or 
advised by Eastspring are excluded from these amounts.

(b) Eastspring total funds under management or advice
Eastspring manages funds from external parties and also funds for the Group’s insurance operations. In addition, Eastspring advises on certain 
funds for the Group’s insurance operations where the investment management is delegated to third-party investment managers. The table 
below analyses the total funds managed or advised by Eastspring.

During the year the Group has reclassified its funds under management, and associated income, between retail and institutional categories. 
Amounts are now classified as retail or institutional based on whether the owner of the holding, where known, is a retail or institutional investor. 
Under the previous basis amounts were classified based on the nature of the investment vehicle in which the amounts were invested. The revised 
classification presents the funds held by each client type on a more consistent basis, which aligns with typical differences in fee rate basis for 
each client type. Comparatives have been restated to be on a comparable basis. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

371

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

External funds under management, excluding funds managed on behalf of M&G plc note (1)

Retail

Institutional

Money market funds (MMF)

Funds managed on behalf of M&G plc note (2)

External funds under management

Internal funds:

Internal funds under management

Internal funds under advice

Total funds under management or advice note (3)

Notes
(1) Movements in external funds under management, excluding those managed on behalf of M&G plc, are analysed below:

At 1 Jan

Market gross inflows

Redemptions

Market and other movements

At 31 Dec*

 31 Dec 2023 
$bn

31 Dec 2022 AER 
$bn

50.8   

31.6   

11.8   

94.2   

1.9   

42.7 

28.7 

10.5 

81.9 

9.3 

96.1   

91.2 

110.0   

31.0 

141.0 

237.1   

104.1 

26.1

130.2

221.4 

2023 $m
81,949   

91,160   

2022 AER $m
93,956 

81,942 

(85,983)   

(84,397) 

6,997   

(9,552) 

94,123   

81,949 

*

The analysis of movements above includes $11,775 million relating to Asia Money Market Funds at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: $10,495 million). 
Investment flows for 2023 include Eastspring Money Market Funds gross inflows of $66,340 million (2022: $61,063 million) and net inflows of $1,123 million (2022: 
net outflows of $(869) million).

(2) Movements in funds managed on behalf of M&G plc are analysed below:

At 1 Jan

Net flows

Market and other movements

At 31 Dec

(3) Total funds under management or advice are analysed by asset class below:

31 Dec 2023

Funds under management

Funds under advice

Total

2023 $m
9,235   

(7,604)   

293   

1,924   

2022 AER $m
11,529 

(765) 

(1,529) 

9,235 

31 Dec 2022* AER

Total

Equity
Fixed income
Multi-asset

Alternatives

Money Market 

Funds

Total funds

$bn
50.7 
40.6 
99.9 

2.0 

12.9 

206.1 

% of total

25%  
20%  
48%  

1%  

6%  

100%  

$bn
1.4 
3.3 
26.2 

0.1 

– 

31.0 

% of total

5%  
11%  
84%  

0%  

0%  

100%  

$bn
52.1 
43.9 
126.1 

2.1 

12.9 

237.1 

% of total

 22 %  
 19 %  
 53 %  

 1 %  

 5 %  

 100 %  

$bn
45.5 
47.9 
114.1 

2.2 

11.7 

221.4 

% of total
21%
22%
51%

1%

5%

 100  %

*

The presentation of asset classes has been expanded to better reflect the Eastspring management view and how products are sold and marketed to clients. Multi-asset 
funds include a mix of debt, equity and other investments. Comparatives have been presented on a comparable basis.

I(iii) Group funds under management
For Prudential’s asset management businesses, funds managed on behalf of third parties are not recorded on the balance sheet. They are, 
however, a driver of profitability. Prudential therefore analyses the movement in the funds under management each year, focusing on those 
which are external to the Group and those primarily held by the Group’s insurance businesses. The table below analyses the funds of the Group 
held in the balance sheet and the external funds that are managed by Prudential’s asset management businesses. 

372

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal funds

Eastspring external funds, including M&G plc (as analysed in note I(ii) above)
Total Group funds under management note

Note
Total Group funds under management comprise:

Total investments held on the balance sheet*

31 Dec 2023 $bn

183.3   

96.1   

279.4   

31 Dec 2022 AER $bn
166.3 

91.2 

257.5 

31 Dec 2023 $bn

31 Dec 2022 AER $bn
149.9 

162.9   

External funds of Eastspring, including M&G plc
Internally managed funds held in joint ventures and associates, excluding assets attributable to external unit 

holders of the consolidated collective investment schemes and other adjustments

Total Group funds under management

96.1   

20.4   

279.4   

91.2 

16.4 

257.5 

*

'Includes 'Investment in joint ventures and associates accounted for using the equity method' as shown on the balance sheet.

I(iv) Holding company cash flow
The holding company cash flow describes the movement in the cash and short-term investments of the centrally managed group holding 
companies and differs from the IFRS cash flow statement, which includes all cash flows in the year including those relating to both policyholder 
and shareholder funds. The holding company cash flow is therefore a more meaningful indication of the Group’s central liquidity. 

Net cash remitted by business units note (1)
Net interest paid note (2)
Corporate expenditure note (3)
Centrally funded recurring bancassurance fees
Total central outflows

Holding company cash flow before dividends and other movements

Dividends paid

Operating holding company cash flow after dividends but before other movements

Other movements

Issuance and redemption of debt
Other corporate activities note (4)

Total other movements

Net movement in holding company cash flow
Cash and short-term investments at 1 Jan note (5)
Foreign exchange movements 
Inclusion of amounts at 31 Dec from additional centrally managed entities note (6)
Cash and short-term investments at 31 Dec

2023 $m
1,611   

(51)   

(271)   

(182)   

(504)   

1,107   

(533)   

574   

(393)   

226   

(167)   

407   

3,057   

52   

–   

3,516   

2022 AER $m
1,304 

(204) 

(232) 

(220) 

(656) 

648 

(474) 

174 

(1,729) 

248 

(1,481) 

(1,307) 

3,572 

(113) 

905 

3,057 

Notes
(1) Net cash remitted by business units comprise dividends and other transfers, net of capital injections, that are reflective of earnings and capital generation. The remittances 

are net of cash advanced to CPL of $176 million in anticipation of a future capital injection as described in Note D3 of the IFRS financial statements.

(2) Following the update to the definition of holding company cash and short term investments at 31 December 2022, higher levels of interest and investment income were 
earned in 2023, largely on the balances brought into the updated definition. This together with lower interest payments led to a reduction in net interest paid in 2023 as 
compared with the prior year.

(3) Including IFRS 17 implementation and restructuring costs paid in the year.
(4) Cash inflows for other corporate activities were $226 million (2022: $248 million) comprising largely of proceeds received from the sale of our remaining shares in Jackson 

Financial Inc., as well as dividend receipts. 

(5) Proceeds from the Group's commercial paper programme are not included in the holding company cash and short-term investments balance, as shown in the reconciliation 

below.

(6) The definition of holding company cash and short-term investments was updated, with effect from 31 December 2022, following the combination of the Group’s London 
office and Asia regional office into a single Group Head Office in 2022. This updated definition includes all cash and short-term investments held by central holding and 
service companies, including amounts previously managed on a regional basis. These balances are now being centrally managed by the Group’s Treasury function. This 
refinement increased holding company cash and short-term investment balances by $0.9 billion at 31 December 2022.

The table below shows the reconciliation of the Cash and cash equivalents unallocated to a segment (Central operations)held on the IFRS 
balance sheet (as shown in note C1) and Cash and short-term investments at 31 December as shown above:

Cash and cash equivalents of Central operations held on balance sheet

Less: amounts from commercial paper

Add: Deposits with credit institutions of Central operations held on balance sheet

Cash and short-term investments

31 Dec 2023 $m

1,590   

(699)   

2,625   

3,516   

31 Dec 2022 $m
1,809 

(501) 

1,749 

3,057 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

373

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

I(v) Reconciliation of EEV expected transfer of value of in-force business and required capital to free surplus
The table below shows how the EEV value of in-force business (VIF) and the associated required capital for long-term insurance business 
operations are projected as emerging into free surplus over the next 40 years. Although circa 6 per cent of the embedded value emerges after 
this date, analysis of cash flows emerging in the years shown is considered most meaningful. The modelled cash flows use the same 
methodology underpinning the Group’s embedded value reporting and so are subject to the same assumptions and sensitivities used to prepare 
our 2023 results.

In addition to showing the amounts, on both a discounted and undiscounted basis, expected to be generated from all in-force business at 
31 December 2023, the table also presents the future free surplus expected to be generated from the investment made in new business during 
2023 over the same 40-year period.

Expected period of emergence
2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

2033

2034

2035

2036

2037

2038

2039

2040

2041

2042

2043

2044-2048

2049-2053

2054-2058

2059-2063

31 Dec 2023 $m

Expected generation from 
all in-force business*

Expected generation from new business 
written in 2023*

Undiscounted

2,360   

2,325   

2,314   

2,283   

2,171   

2,122   

2,068   

2,057   

2,072   

2,023   

1,997   

1,995   

1,972   

1,980   

1,964   

1,965   

1,979   

1,990   

1,985   

1,983   

9,852   

9,900   

9,740   

9,738   

Discounted
2,274 

2,118 

1,989 

1,849 

1,667 

1,538 

1,422 

1,335 

1,272 

1,177 

1,091 

1,032 

969 

924 

868 

826 

788 

751 

710 

674 

2,837 

2,131 

1,526 

1,096 

Undiscounted

294   

195   

207   

199   

209   

209   

199   

204   

198   

214   

242   

243   

224   

231   

224   

201   

201   

202   

200   

207   

968   

944   

983   

899   

Discounted
283 

173 

175 

161 

159 

151 

139 

133 

124 

127 

136 

129 

115 

112 

103 

91 

86 

83 

79 

77 

319 

243 

205 

141 

Total free surplus expected to emerge in the next 40 years

80,835   

32,864 

8,097   

3,544 

*

The analysis excludes amounts incorporated into VIF and required capital at 31 December 2023 where there is no definitive time frame for when the payments will be 
made or receipts received. It also excludes any free surplus projected to emerge after 2063.

The expected free surplus generation from new business written in 2023 can be reconciled to the new business profit as follows:

Undiscounted expected free surplus generation for years 2024 to 2063

Less: discount effect

Discounted expected free surplus generation for years 2024 to 2063

Discounted expected free surplus generation for years after 2063

Discounted expected free surplus generation from new business written in 2023

Free surplus investment in new business

Other items*

New business profit

 2023 $m
8,097 

(4,553) 

3,544 

278 

3,822 

(733) 

36 

3,125 

* Other items represent the impact of the TVOG on new business, foreign exchange effects and other non-modelled items. Foreign exchange effects arise as EEV new 

business profit amounts are translated at average exchange rates and the expected free surplus generation is translated at closing rates.

374

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The discounted expected free surplus generation from in-force business can be reconciled to the embedded value for long-term business 
operations as follows:

Discounted expected generation from all in-force business for years 2024 to 2063

Discounted expected generation from all in-force business for years after 2063

Discounted expected generation from all in-force business at 31 Dec 2023

Free surplus of long-term business operations at 31 Dec 2023

Other items*

EEV for long-term business operations

* Other items represent the impact of the TVOG and other non-modelled items.

31 Dec 2023 $m

32,864 

2,359 

35,223 

6,144 

161 

41,528 

The undiscounted expected free surplus generation from all in-force business at 31 December 2023 can be reconciled to the amount that was 
expected to be generated at 31 December 2022 as follows:

 2023

$m

2024

$m

2025

$m

2026

$m

2027

$m

2028

$m

Other

$m

Total

$m

2022 expected free surplus generation for 

years 2023 to 2062

2,658   

2,327   

2,201   

2,155   

2,087   

2,010    66,078    79,516 

Less: Amounts expected to be realised in the 

current year

(2,658)   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(2,658) 

Add: Expected free surplus to be generated 

in year 2063 (excluding 2023 new 
business)

Foreign exchange differences

New business

Operating movements

Non-operating and other movements

2023 expected free surplus generation for 

years 2024 to 2063

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

–   

(9)   

294   

(70)   

(182)   

–   

(9)   

195   

6   

(68)   

–   

(9)   

207   

25   

(64)   

–   

(9)   

199   

85   

(79)   

–   

(8)   

1,957   

1,957 

(245)   

(289) 

209   

6,993   

8,097 

38   

487   

571 

(78)   

(5,888)   

(6,359) 

2,360   

2,325   

2,314   

2,283   

2,171    69,382    80,835 

At 31 December 2023, the total free surplus expected to be generated over the next five years (2024 to 2028 inclusive) for long-term business 
operations, using the same assumptions and methodology as those underpinning 2023 embedded value reporting, was $11.5 billion 
(31 December 2022: $11.4 billion).

At 31 December 2023, the total free surplus expected to be generated on an undiscounted basis over the next 40 years for long-term business 
operations is $80.8 billion, $1.3 billion higher than the $79.5 billion expected at the end of 2022. The increase is driven by new business offset by 
the effect of adverse market and other movements.

Actual underlying free surplus generated in 2023 from long-term business in force at the end of 2022, before restructuring and IFRS 17 
implementation costs, was $2.5 billion, after allowing for $(0.4) billion of changes in operating assumptions and experience variances. This 
compares with the expected 2023 realisation at the end of 2022 of $2.7 billion and can be analysed further as follows:

Expected transfer from in-force business to free surplus

Expected return on existing free surplus

Changes in operating assumptions and experience variances

Underlying free surplus generated from long-term business in force before restructuring and IFRS 17 implementation costs

2023 free surplus expected to be generated at 31 December 2022

2023 $m
2,635 

234 

(383) 

2,486 

2,658 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

375

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

I(vi) Share schemes
The Company operates a number of share schemes and plans which are described below. The purpose of these arrangements are to incentivise 
and retain eligible employees of the Group or, in the case of the Agency LTIP and the ISSOSNE, eligible agents based in certain business units of 
the Group through the grant of options over, and awards of, shares in Prudential plc. 

The number of Prudential plc shares which may be issued to satisfy awards or options granted in any ten-year rolling period under (i)   these 
plans and any other share scheme adopted by Prudential plc and its subsidiaries may not exceed 10 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital 
of Prudential plc from time to time, and (ii) the Agency LTIP and the ISSOSNE to participants who qualify as “service providers” (as defined under 
the Hong Kong Listing Rules) may not exceed 2 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of Prudential plc from time to time. In addition, the 
number of Prudential plc shares which may be issued to satisfy awards or options granted in any ten-year rolling period under any scheme or 
plan in which Executive Directors participate or any other discretionary employee share scheme adopted by Prudential plc and its subsidiaries 
may not exceed 5 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of Prudential plc and its subsidiaries from time to time. Prudential plc shares 
transferred out of treasury will count towards these limits for so long as this is required under institutional shareholder guidelines.

As at 1 January 2023 and 31 December 2023, the shareholder dilution under (i) all share schemes adopted by Prudential plc and its subsidiaries 
represented 0.77 per cent and 0.52 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of Prudential plc respectively (the 'Scheme Mandate'), and (ii) 
the Agency LTIP and the ISSOSNE represented 0.01  per cent and 0.06 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of Prudential plc respectively 
(the 'Service Provider Sublimit'). Accordingly, the number of Prudential plc shares available for grant in respect of all options and awards under (i) 
the Scheme Mandate at the beginning and the end of the year ended 31 December 2023 are 195,037,628 and 206,246,097 respectively and 
(ii) the Service Provider Sublimit at the beginning and the end of the year ended 31 December 2023 are 39,455,724 and 39,807,882 
respectively.

The  number  of  Prudential  plc  shares  that  may  be  issued  in  respect  of  share  options  and  awards  granted  under  all  share  option  schemes  and 
share award schemes during the year ended 31 December 2023 divided by the weighted average number of Prudential plc shares in issue for the 
year ended 31 December 2023 is 0.50 per cent.

The weighted average share price of Prudential plc for the period ended 31 December 2023 was £10.46 (31 December 2022: £10.33).

Prudential  calculates  the  fair  value  of  options  and  awards  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  accounting  standards  and  policies  adopted  for 
preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  More  detail  on  the  methodology  and  assumptions  used  is  given  in  note  B2.2  to  the  IFRS 
financial statements. 

No  payment  is  payable  on  application  for,  or  acceptance  of,  any  award  made  under  any  of  the  share  schemes  or  plans  operated  by  the 
Company.

Waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Listing Rules 
In relation to the PLTIP 2023, a waiver from strict compliance with Rule 17.03B(1) of the Hong Kong Listing Rules was granted by the Hong Kong 
Stock Exchange on 11 April 2023 such that the total number of shares of Prudential plc that may be issued under the share plans of Prudential 
plc in any 10-year rolling period will not exceed 10 per cent of shares in issue from time to time. The PLTIP 2023 must also continue to be in 
compliance with the UK Listing Rules and other applicable UK laws.

In relation to the Agency LTIP, a waiver from strict compliance with Rule 17.03B(1) and Rule 17.03F of the Hong Kong Listing Rules was granted 
by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 11 April 2023 such that (i) the total number of shares of Prudential plc may be issued under the share 
plans of Prudential plc in any 10-year rolling period will not exceed 10 per cent of shares in issue from time to time; and (ii) the vesting period for 
awards may be less than 12 months in the following circumstances: (a) where a participant ceases to be an insurance agent for the reasons set 
out under the Agency LTIP (ie redundancy, injury or disability, retirement or the participant’s employing entity or business ceasing to be part of 
the Prudential group), the Remuneration Committee may allow an award to vest in part or in full before the original vesting date, taking into 
consideration the performance conditions which have been satisfied, the number of months between date of grant and the cessation date and 
other factors including personal conduct of the participant; (b) if a participant ceases to be an insurance agent before the original vesting date 
and the Remuneration Committee decides that the award will not lapse, the award must vest in part or in full on the date of cessation if the 
participant is a US taxpayer; (c) if a participant ceases to be an insurance agent before the vesting date for any other reason, including where an 
agent  resigns  due  to  personal  circumstances  such  as  family  relocation  or  a  career  change  (other  than  death  or  summary  termination  of 
employment), the Remuneration Committee may allow an award to vest in part or in full; (d) the Remuneration Committee may allow an award 
to vest in part or in full if there is a change of control of Prudential plc or if a compromise or arrangement has been sanctioned by the Court 
under the Companies Act 2006; (e) the Remuneration Committee may allow an award to vest in part or in full if Prudential plc is or is expected to 
be affected by any demerger, dividend in specie, super dividend or other transaction (such as entry into a joint venture with a third party and 
such transaction negatively impacts share price of Prudential plc, or a secondary capital raising, other than the transactions prescribed under the 
Rule  10.1  of  the  Agency  LTIP);  and  (f)  for  a  participant  who  is  a  US  taxpayer,  if  a  delay  due  to  vesting  conditions,  dealing  restrictions  or  an 
investigation into malus circumstances would postpone the issue of transfer of shares of Prudential plc or cash equivalent beyond a prescribed 
period within the meaning of the US Tax Code, the Remuneration Committee may cause a share award to vest in part or in full. The Agency LTIP 
must also be in compliance with the UK Listing Rules and other applicable UK laws.

In relation to the UK SAYE, a waiver from strict compliance with Rule 17.03B(1) and Rule 17.03E of the Hong Kong Listing Rules was granted by 
the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 11 April 2023 such that (i) the total number of shares of Prudential plc that may be issued under the share 
plans of Prudential plc in any 10-year rolling period will not exceed 10 per cent of shares in issue from time to time; (ii) the option exercise price 
will not be less than 80 per cent of the closing middle-market quotation of a share of Prudential plc as derived from the Daily Official List of the 
London  Stock  Exchange  (or,  if  the  Board  so  determines,  the  closing  price  as  derived  from  the  daily  quotations  sheet  of  the  Hong  Kong  Stock 
Exchange)  for  the  business  day  before  the  date  of  invitation  or,  if  the  Board  so  determines,  the  arithmetic  average  of  the  middle-market 
quotations or closing prices of a share of Prudential plc on the London Stock Exchange or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the three business 

376

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

days before the date of invitation; and (iii) the UK SAYE rules do not provide for the cancellation of options granted, in line with UK tax legislation 
and HMRC guidance. The UK SAYE must also continue to be in compliance with the UK Listing Rules and other applicable UK laws. 

In relation to the ISSOSNE, a waiver from strict compliance with Rule 17.03B(1), Rule 17.03E and Rule 17.03F of the Hong Kong Listing Rules was 
granted by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on 11 April 2023 such that (i) the total number of shares of Prudential plc that may be issued under 
the share plans of Prudential plc in any 10-year rolling period will not exceed 10 per cent of shares in issue from time to time; (ii) the option 
exercise price will not be less than 80 per cent of the arithmetic average of the middle-market quotation of a share of Prudential plc as derived 
from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange (or, if the Board so determines, the daily quotations sheet of the Hong Kong Stock 
Exchange) for three consecutive dealing days determined by the Board which fall within the period of 30 days immediately preceding the day on 
which the relevant option is granted; and (iii) the vesting period for options may be less than 12 months in the following circumstances: (a) where 
the Board has discretion to decide, in accordance with the Board’s internal guidelines (which set out the eligibility criteria for the nomination of 
agents to participate in the ISSOSNE, such as exclusivity of services, average number of hours working for Prudential plc and profits generated) as 
applicable  from  time  to  time,  whether  an  option  shall  be  exercisable  if  the  option  holder  ceases  to  be  an  eligible  participant.  The  Board  may 
consider  exercising  the  aforementioned  discretion  in  compassionate  circumstances,  such  as  where  a  participant  has  left  the  group  due  to  a 
terminal  illness  diagnosis;  (b)  options  can  be  exercisable  within  6  months  after  a  change  in  control  of  Prudential  plc;  (c)  options  can  be 
exercisable at any time during the period from when a compromise or arrangement is sanctioned by the Court under the Companies Act 2006 
until when such compromise or arrangement becomes effective; and (d) options can be exercisable within 2 months after a resolution has been 
passed for the voluntary winding up of Prudential plc. The ISSOSNE must also continue to be in compliance with the UK Listing Rules and other 
applicable UK laws.

Share schemes funded by new shares of Prudential
The  arrangements  in  operation  which  may  be  funded  by  new  issue  shares  of  Prudential  plc  are  the  Prudential  Long  Term  Incentive  Plan 
2023  (PLTIP  2023),  the  Prudential  Agency  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (Agency  LTIP),  the  Prudential  Sharesave  Plan  2023  (Sharesave  2023)  
and the Prudential International Savings-Related Share Option Scheme for Non-Employees (ISSOSNE). 

The Prudential Long Term Incentive Plan (PLTIP 2013) and the Prudential 2013 Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (UK SAYE 2013) have 
been discontinued for use since their expiry on 16 May 2023, but any awards and options that remain outstanding under them may be funded 
by new issue shares of Prudential plc. 

Remaining life of the 
scheme
The plan is due to 
expire on 25 May 
2033. 

Exercise period and basis of 
determining exercise price
Awards structured as 
nil or nominal-cost 
options will normally 
be exercisable from 
vesting (or, where an 
award is subject to a 
holding period, 
release) until the 
tenth anniversary of 
the grant date.

Vesting period
Normally three years 
from grant. 
Awards may vest 
earlier (i) if they are 
recruitment awards, 
(ii) upon a takeover of 
Prudential plc or 
similar corporate 
event or (iii) if a 
participant leaves 
with good-leaver 
status or passes 
away. 

Share scheme and 
participants
PLTIP 2023

Any employee of a 
Group Company may 
be selected to be 
granted an award.

Total number of shares 
available for issue under the 
scheme
The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 1,650,790 
which represents 
0.060 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Maximum entitlement of 
each participant
Awards will not be 
granted over 
Prudential plc shares 
with a market value in 
excess of 550% of 
salary, in respect of 
any financial year of 
the Company (save in 
the case of any 
recruitment awards 
that compensate for 
entitlements forfeited 
on leaving a former 
employer).
In addition, no 
awards will be 
granted if it will cause 
the Prudential plc 
shares over which all 
awards or options 
granted to a 
participant in any 12-
month period to 
exceed one per cent 
of Prudential plc’s 
ordinary share 
capital.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

377

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Share scheme and 
participants
Agency LTIP

Any agent, who is a 
person who provides 
sales services to any 
Group Company under 
a contract for services, 
excluding any 
connected person, 
may be selected to be 
granted an Award.

Total number of shares 
available for issue under the 
scheme
The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 236,524 
which represents 
0.009 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Sharesave 2023

Any employee can 
participate who meets 
the definition of 
eligible employee, as 
defined by the 
relevant UK tax 
legislation.

The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 107,968 
which represents 
0.004 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

ISSOSNE

Any agent can 
participate who has 
been continuously 
engaged under a 
contract for service by 
a Participating 
Company for at least 
six months.

The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 1,563,247 
which represents 
0.057 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Remaining life of the 
scheme
The plan is due to 
expire on 25 May 
2033.

Exercise period and basis of 
determining exercise price
One month from 
vesting (or two 
months if an 
extension is agreed 
with Prudential). The 
exercise price is the 
nominal value of a 
Prudential plc share.

The plan is due to 
expire on 25 May 
2033.

The plan is due to 
expire on 25 May 
2033.

Six months from the 
conclusion of the 
savings contract the 
participant enters 
into in connection 
with the UK SAYE. 
Options may be 
exercisable for a 
period of 12 months 
if a participant passes 
away. 
The option exercise 
price is described in 
the ‘Waivers from 
strict compliance with 
the Hong Kong Listing 
Rules’ section above.

Six months from 
vesting, though 
options may be 
exercisable for a 
period of 12 months 
if a participant passes 
away. 

The option exercise 
price is described in 
the ‘Waivers from 
strict compliance with 
the Hong Kong Listing 
Rules’ section above .

Maximum entitlement of 
each participant
No awards will be 
granted if it would 
cause the Prudential 
plc shares over which 
all awards or options 
are granted to a 
participant in any 12-
month period to 
exceed one per cent 
of Prudential plc’s 
ordinary share 
capital.

Options will not be 
granted if it would 
result in the 
participant’s monthly 
contributions to the 
Sharesave 2023 
exceeding £500. 
In addition, no 
options will be 
granted if it would 
cause the Prudential 
plc shares over which 
all awards or options 
are granted to a 
participant in any 12 
months period to 
exceed one per cent 
of Prudential plc’s 
ordinary share 
capital.

Options will not be 
granted if it would 
result in the 
participant’s monthly 
contributions to the 
ISSOSNE exceeding 
the local currency 
equivalent of £500 or 
if it would cause the 
Prudential plc shares 
over which all awards 
or options are 
granted to a 
participant in any 12-
month period to 
exceed one per cent 
of Prudential plc’s 
ordinary share 
capital.

Vesting period
Normally three years 
from grant. 
Awards may vest 
earlier (i) if a 
participant passes 
away, or (ii) in the 
circumstances 
described in the 
‘Waivers from strict 
compliance with the 
Hong Kong Listing 
Rules’ section above.

Normally three or five 
years (depending on 
the length of the 
relevant savings 
contract selected by 
the participant). 
Options may be 
exercised early (i) 
upon a takeover of 
Prudential plc or (ii) if 
a participant leaves 
with good leaver 
status or passes 
away.

Normally three years 
from grant, though 
the Board may 
determine an 
alternative period 
depending on the 
length of the relevant 
savings contract the 
participant enters 
into in connection 
with the ISSOSNE.

Options may vest 
early (i) if a 
participant passes 
away or (ii) in the 
circumstances 
described in the 
‘Waivers from strict 
compliance with the 
Hong Kong Listing 
Rules’ section above.

378

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Share scheme and 
participants
PLTIP 2013

Total number of shares 
available for issue under the 
scheme
n/a

Any employee of a 
Group Company may 
be selected to be 
granted an award.

UK SAYE 2013

n/a

Any employee can 
participate who meets 
the definition of 
eligible employee, as 
defined by the 
relevant UK tax 
legislation.

Maximum entitlement of 
each participant
No awards have been 
granted under the 
plan since its expiry 
on 16 May 2023.

Before the expiry of 
the plan, awards were 
not granted over 
Prudential plc shares 
with a market value in 
excess of 550% of 
salary.

No options have been 
granted under the 
plan since its expiry 
on 16 May 2023.

Before the expiry of 
the plan, no options 
were granted if it 
would have resulted 
in the participant’s 
monthly contributions 
to the UK SAYE 2013 
exceeding the 
statutory maximum 
at the relevant time.

Vesting period
Normally three years 
from grant. 

Exercise period and basis of 
determining exercise price
n/a

Remaining life of the 
scheme
The plan expired on 
16 May 2023.

The plan expired on 
16 May 2023.

Awards may vest 
earlier (i) upon a 
takeover or winding 
up of Prudential plc or 
(ii) if a participant 
leaves with good-
leaver status or 
passes away.

Normally three or five 
years (depending on 
the length of the 
relevant savings 
contract selected by 
the participant). 

Options may be 
exercised vest early (i) 
upon a takeover or 
voluntary winding up 
of Prudential plc, or 
(ii) if a participant 
leaves with good 
leaver status or 
passes away.

Six months from 
vesting, though 
options may be 
exercisable for a 
period of 12 months 
if a participant passes 
away. 

The price per share 
payable on the 
exercise of an option 
will have been 
determined by the 
Board and will have 
been no less than 80 
per cent of the share 
price of Prudential plc 
for the average share 
price of Prudential plc 
for the three dealing 
days before the issue 
of invitations to 
employees to 
participate in the UK 
SAYE 2013.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

379

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

The following analysis shows the movement in each share plan for the year ended 31 December 2023:

(a) PLTIP

Vesting period

Date of
grant

Vesting
date

Fair value at grant 
date

PLTIP 
TSR

PLTIP 
IFRS

£

£

Number of shares under awards

Beginning
of year

Transferred

Granted

Vested

Cancelled

Lapsed/
forfeited

End of
year

Closing
share 
price2

Weighted 
average
share 
price3

£

11.69

11.53

10.93

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Weighted 
average
share price3

£
11.70

11.46

11.75

11.75

11.75

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

09 Apr 20

09 Apr 23

4.71

10.47

1,252,696

15 May 20

15 May 23

5.37

10.5

695,342

24 Jun 20

07 Apr 21

21 Apr 21

24 Jun 23

4.89

11.78

6,677

07 Apr 24

8.37

15.67

332,580

21 Apr 24

7.39

14.93

113,145

17 May 21

17 May 24

7.52

14.96

613,847

05 Apr 22

05 Apr 25

2.28

11.34

781,078

27 May 22

27 May 25

1.90

10.30

270,126

22 May 23

22 May 26

5.28

11.83

30 May 23

30 May 26

4.85

11.25

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

199,991

438,098

(643,741)

(316,759)

(3,039)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(608,955)

(378,583)

(3,638)

–

–

–

(28,204)

304,376

(7,711)

105,434

(190,095)

423,752

(94,770)

(428,960)

257,348

–

–

–

(148,344)

121,782

(199,991)

–

11.78

–

438,098

11.25

£

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

Total PLTIP

Representing:

Directors1, 2

Other 
employees

Total PLTIP

4,065,491

638,089

(963,539)

(94,770)

(1,994,481)

1,650,790

1,662,084

(1,662,084)

438,098

438,098

2,403,407

1,662,084

199,991

(963,539)

(94,770)

(1,994,481)

1,212,692

4,065,491

–

638,089

(963,539)

(94,770)

(1,994,481)

1,650,790

Notes
(1) Disclosure of movement in share awards for each individual Director is set out in the Directors Remuneration Report.
(2) PLTIP awards have performance conditions attached, and these are set out in the Directors Remuneration Report.
(3) Closing share price is quoted before grant date.
(4) Weighted average price is calculated based on closing share price before vesting date.

(b) Agency LTIP

Vesting period

Number of shares under awards

Date of
grant

Vesting
date

Fair value at 
grant date

Beginning
of year

Granted

Vested

Lapsed/
Forfeited

End of
year

Closing
share price2

04 Apr 17

02 Apr 19

09 Apr 20

22 Sep 20

16 Dec 20

07 Apr 21

18 Jun 21

07 Oct 21

27 May 22

04 Apr 24

02 Apr 22

09 Apr 23

09 Apr 23

09 Apr 23

07 Apr 24

07 Apr 24

07 Apr 24

05 Apr 25

30 May 23
Total Agency LTIP1

12 Apr 26

£
13.17

14.73

9.45

9.85

12.57

14.58

13.70

14.75

10.03

10.83

43,281

1,121

–

–

(42,199)

(1,121)

(1,082)

–

2,545,488

– (2,454,250)

(91,238)

(30,955)

(10,673)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

30,955

10,673

120,969

14,600

5,227

41,725

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

66,449

–

–

–

–

–

(11,860)

109,109

(586)

–

–

–

14,014

5,227

41,725

66,449

2,814,039

66,449 (2,539,198)

(104,766)

236,524

£
n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

11.25

Notes
(1) All of the participants of this scheme are service providers.
(2) Closing share price is quoted before grant date.
(3) Weighted average price is calculated based on closing share price before vesting date.

380

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

(c) UK SAYE

Date of grant

Exercise
price

 £

Exercise period

Beginning

End

Fair
value 
at grant 
date

£

Number of shares under options

Beginning
of year

Transferred

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled

Lapsed/
Forfeited

End of
year

21 Sep 17

  14.55  01 Dec 22

31 May 23

  3.71 

2,061 

29 Nov 19

  11.18  01 Jan 23

30 Jun 23

  3.28 

  28,190 

29 Nov 19

  11.18  01 Jan 25

30 Jun 25

  3.69 

5,366 

22 Sep 20

  9.64  01 Dec 23

31 May 24

  1.90 

  37,046 

22 Sep 20

  9.64  01 Dec 25

31 May 26

  2.04 

08 Dec 21

  12.02  01 Jan 25

30 Jun 25

  3.03 

08 Dec 21

  12.02  01 Jan 27

30 Jun 27

  3.65 

3,174 

6,700 

49 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  7.37  01 Dec 25

31 May 26

  3.08 

  47,346 

  7.37  01 Dec 27

31 May 28

  3.63 

  12,372 

  7.75  01 Dec 26

31 May 27

  2.62 

  7.75  01 Dec 28

31 May 29

  3.21 

– 

– 

  19,428 

  12,065 

Closing 
share
 price  2

Weighted
 average
share
price3

£

n/a

£

n/a

– 

– 

– 

(2,061)   

– 

– 

  (10,697)   

(4,347)    (12,180)   

966 

n/a   11.18 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(2,683)   

– 

2,683 

n/a

n/a

(1,015)   

(2,800)    (10,089)    23,142 

n/a  

9.64 

– 

– 

– 

3,174 

n/a

n/a

(553)   

(1,047)   

(2,739)   

2,361 

n/a   12.02 

– 

(1,355)   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(478)   

– 

– 

49 

n/a

n/a

  (13,785)    32,206 

n/a  

7.37 

– 

– 

– 

  12,372 

n/a

  18,950 

  8.89 

  12,065 

  8.89 

n/a

n/a

n/a

  142,304 

– 

  31,493 

  (13,620)    (11,355)    (40,854)    107,968 

3,298 

(3,298) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

  139,006 

3,298 

  (13,620)    (11,355)    (40,854)    107,968 

  142,304 

– 

  (13,620)    (11,355)    (40,854)    107,968 

23 Sep 22

23 Sep 22

01 Oct 23

01 Oct 23

Total SAYE

Representing:
Directors1

Other 
employees

Total SAYE

Notes
(1) Disclosure of movement in share awards for each individual Director is set out in the Directors Remuneration Report.
(2) Closing share price is quoted before grant date.
(3) Weighted average price is calculated based on closing share price before vesting date.

(d) ISSOSNE

Date of grant

Exercise
price

 £

Exercise period

Beginning

End

Fair
value 
at grant 
date

£

Number of shares under options

Beginning
of year

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled

Lapsed/
Forfeited

End of
year

21 Sep 16

9.56  01 Dec 21

31 May 22

  3.31 

324 

21 Sep 17

  12.59  01 Dec 22

31 May 23

  3.71 

102,320 

18 Sep 18

  12.07  01 Dec 23

31 May 24

  3.61 

130,364 

– 

– 

– 

(25,679)   

(76,641)   

– 

(69,928)   

– 

– 

(324)   

9.62  01 Dec 22

31 May 23

  2.85 

157,918 

– 

  (143,709)   

(14,209)   

Closing 
share
 price2

£

n/a

Weighted
 average
share
price3

£

n/a

n/a  

12.18 

– 

– 

60,436 

n/a

n/a

– 

n/a  

9.31 

– 

– 

– 

9.62  01 Dec 24

31 May 25

  2.98 

216,075 

9.64  01 Dec 23

31 May 24

  1.90 

198,742 

9.64  01 Dec 25

31 May 26

  2.04 

150,481 

02 Nov 21

  11.89  01 Dec 24

31 May 25

  3.91 

185,545 

02 Nov 21

11.89

01 Dec 26

31 May 27

  4.46 

174,681 

7.37

01 Dec 25

31 May 26

  3.13 

220,733 

7.37

01 Dec 27

31 May 28

  3.59 

178,805 

7.75

7.75

01 Dec 26

31 May 27

01 Dec 28

31 May 29

  2.62 

  3.21 

– 

– 

  210,911 

  133,456 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(5,477)   

(1,289)    209,309 

(60,639)   

(520)    137,583 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

(237)   

(2,894)   

(1,608)    145,742 

n/a  

9.33 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(13,872)   

(620)    171,053 

(8,322)   

(252)    166,107 

(6,294)    (17,700)    196,739 

(2,035)    (17,046)    159,724 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

(16,203)   

(11,610)   

– 

– 

  194,708 

  121,846 

8.89 

8.89 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

02 Oct 19

02 Oct 19

22 Sep 20

22 Sep 20

21 Sep 22

21 Sep 22

01 Oct 23

01 Oct 23

Total 
ISSOSNE1

  1,715,988 

  344,367 

  (169,625)    (288,124)    (39,359)    1,563,247 

Notes
(1) All of the participants of this scheme are service providers.
(2) Closing share price is quoted before grant date.
(3) Weighted average price is calculated based on closing share price before vesting date.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

381

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Share schemes funded by existing shares of Prudential
The arrangements in operation which are funded by existing shares of Prudential plc include the Prudential Global Long Term Incentive Plan (PG 
LTIP) (formerly known as the Prudential Asia and Africa Long Term Incentive Plan (PAA LTIP)), the Restricted Share Plan (RSP), the UK Share 
Incentive Plan (UK SIP), the Prudential Corporation Asia All Employee Share Purchase Plan (PruSharePlus) and a number of deferred bonus plans, 
namely the Prudential Deferred Annual Incentive Plan 2023 (Deferred AIP), the Prudential Group Deferred Bonus Plan (GDBP) and the Prudential 
Deferred Bonus Plan (PDBP) (formerly known as the Prudential Corporation Asia Deferred Bonus Plan (PCA DBP)). The Prudential Deferred 
Annual Incentive Plan (DAIP) has been discontinued for use since its expiry on 30 September 2023, but any awards that remain outstanding 
under it may be funded by existing shares of Prudential plc.

Exercise period and basis of 
determining exercise price
In the case of any nil-
cost options granted 
under the PG LTIP, a 
period of six months 
from vesting.

Remaining life of the 
scheme
The PGLTIP does not 
have a fixed expiry 
date.

Maximum entitlement of 
each participant
The size of PG LTIP 
awards is determined 
on a case by case 
basis.

Total number of shares 
available for issue under the 
scheme
The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 8,016,819 
which represents 
0.292 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Vesting period
Normally three years 
from grant. Where a 
deferral model is 
used, awards may 
vest on the first, 
second and third 
anniversary of the 
grant date in tranches 
of a third of the 
award. 

Awards may vest 
earlier upon a 
takeover of Prudential 
plc or if a participant 
leaves with good-
leaver status or 
passes away.

The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 371,894 
which represents 
0.014 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Awards will not be 
granted over 
Prudential plc shares 
with a market value in 
excess of 600% of 
salary, in respect of 
any financial year of 
the Company.

Normally three years 
from grant. 

Awards may vest 
earlier upon a 
takeover of Prudential 
plc or if a participant 
passes away or leaves 
with good-leaver 
status.

The RSP is due to 
expire on 30 June 
2025.

In the case of any nil-
cost awards granted 
under the RSP, 
normally a period of 
12 months from 
vesting.

Share scheme and 
participants
Prudential Global 
Long Term 
Incentive Plan (PG 
LTIP) 

Any employee of a 
Group Company who 
has not given or been 
given notice of 
termination of 
employment, and is 
not a director, may be 
selected to be 
granted an award 
that is not a deferral 
model award. Any 
current or former 
non-director 
employee of a Group 
Company may be 
selected to be 
granted a deferral 
model award.

Restricted Share 
Plan (RSP)

Any employee of a 
Group Company who 
has not given or been 
given notice of 
termination of 
employment, and is 
not a director, may be 
selected to be 
granted an award.

382

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Total number of shares 
available for issue under the 
scheme
n/a

Share scheme and 
participants
Group Share 
Incentive Plan (UK 
SIP)

Any employee can 
participate who 
meets the definition 
of eligible employee, 
as defined by the 
relevant UK tax 
legislation.

n/a

Prudential 
Corporation Asia All 
Employee Share 
Purchase Plan 
(PruSharePlus)

Remaining life of the 
scheme
The UK SIP rules are 
due to expire in 2080 
on the expiry of the 
UK SIP trust.

Exercise period and basis of 
determining exercise price
Partnership and 
dividend shares are 
acquired at the 
market value of a 
Prudential plc share. 

There is no 
acquisition cost in the 
case of free shares 
and matching shares.

The PruSharePlus 
expired on 7 March 
2024.

Purchased shares are 
acquired at the 
market value of a 
Prudential plc share.
There is no 
acquisition cost for 
matching awards.

Maximum entitlement of 
each participant
In the case of free 
shares, up to £3,600 
worth of Prudential 
plc shares in respect 
of any UK tax year. 

In the case of 
partnership shares 
(bought with the 
participant’s own 
funds), Prudential plc 
shares worth up to 
the lower of £1,800 
or 10% of salary, in 
respect of any UK tax 
year. 

In the case of 
matching shares, a 
ratio of matching 
shares to partnership 
shares not greater 
than two free 
(matching) Prudential 
plc shares for every 
one partnership share 
bought.

The maximum 
amount a participant 
may contribute to 
PruSharePlus is the 
lower of 10% of 
salary or £5,000.

Vesting period
Partnership shares 
(bought with the 
participant’s own 
funds) may be 
withdrawn at any 
time. For free, 
matching and 
dividend shares, 
awards must be held 
in the UK SIP for 
three years.

Free, matching and 
dividend shares may 
be withdrawn earlier 
upon a takeover of 
Prudential plc or if a 
participant passes 
away or leaves with 
good-leaver status.

Matching awards 
normally vest one 
year from the end of 
the period in respect 
of which the related 
shares purchased 
with the participant’s 
contributions were 
acquired. Awards may 
vest earlier upon a 
takeover of Prudential 
plc or if a participant 
leaves with good-
leaver status.

The Deferred AIP is 
due to expire on 29 
November 2032.

The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 602,078 
which represents 
0.022 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Awards will not be 
granted over 
Prudential plc shares 
with a market value in 
excess of the deferred 
proportion of the 
bonus received (save 
in the case of any 
recruitment awards 
that compensate for 
entitlements forfeited 
on leaving a former 
employer).

The normal vesting 
date for each award 
under the Deferred 
DAIP is set at the 
time the award is 
granted on a case by 
case basis. Awards 
may vest earlier upon 
a takeover of 
Prudential plc or if a 
participant leaves for 
any reason other 
than cause or passes 
away.

In the case of any nil 
or nominal-cost 
options granted  to (i) 
a current employee, 
normally a period of 
ten years from 
vesting, and (i) a 
former employee, 
normally a period of 
12 months from 
vesting. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

383

Any employee of a 
Group Company who 
has not given or been 
given notice of 
termination of 
employment, and is 
not an executive 
director, can 
participate.

Prudential Deferred 
Annual Incentive 
Plan 2023 (Deferred 
AIP))

Any employee of a 
Group Company who 
has received a bonus 
may be selected to be 
granted an award.

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Share scheme and 
participants
Group Deferred 
Bonus Plan (GDBP)

Any employee of a 
Group Company, and 
is not a director, may 
be selected to be 
granted an award.

Total number of shares 
available for issue under the 
scheme
The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 3,810 
which represents 
0.000 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Maximum entitlement of 
each participant
The size of GDBP 
awards is determined 
on a case by case 
basis.

The size of PDBP 
awards is determined 
on a case by case 
basis.

The total number of 
securities available 
for issue under the 
scheme is 572,191 
which represents 
0.021 per cent of the 
issued share capital 
at 31 December 
2023.

Exercise period and basis of 
determining exercise price
In the case of any nil-
cost options granted 
under the GDBP, a 
period of six months 
from vesting.

Remaining life of the 
scheme
The GDBP does not 
have a fixed expiry 
date.

In the case of any nil-
cost options granted 
under the PDBP, a 
period of six months 
from vesting.

The PDBP does not 
have a fixed expiry 
date.

Vesting period
The normal vesting 
date for each award 
under the GDBP is set 
at the time the award 
is granted on a case 
by case basis. Awards 
may vest earlier upon 
a takeover of 
Prudential plc or if a 
participant leaves for 
any reason other 
than cause or passes 
away.

The normal vesting 
date for each award 
under the PDBP is set 
at the time the award 
is granted on a case 
by case basis. Awards 
may vest earlier upon 
a takeover of 
Prudential plc, if a 
participant leaves 
with good leaver 
status or passes 
away.

The DAIP expired on 
30 September 2023. 

In the case of any nil-
cost options granted 
under the DAIP, a 
period of six months 
from vesting.

n/a

No awards have been 
granted under the 
DAIP since its expiry 
on 30 September 
2023.

Before the expiry of 
the DAIP, the size of 
awards was 
determined on a case 
by case basis.

The normal vesting 
date for each award 
under the DAIP is set 
at the time the award 
is granted on a case 
by case basis. Awards 
may vest earlier upon 
a takeover of 
Prudential plc or if a 
participant leaves for 
any reason other 
than cause or passes 
away.

Prudential Deferred 
Bonus Plan (PDBP)

Any employee of a 
Group Company who 
has not given or been 
given notice of 
termination of 
employment (unless 
otherwise decided in 
any particular case), 
and is not a director, 
may be selected to be 
granted an award.
Deferred Annual 
Incentive Plan 
(DAIP) 

Any employee of a 
Group Company who 
has not given or been 
given notice of 
termination of 
employment (unless 
otherwise decided in 
any particular case), 
and is not a director, 
may be selected to be 
granted an award.

384

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

The following analysis shows the movement in each share plan for the year ended 31 December 2023:

Number of shares under awards1

Beginning
of year

Granted

Vested/
Released

Cancelled

Lapsed/
Forfeited

End of
year

Closing
share 
price3

Weighted 
average
share 
price4

£

£

Date of
grant

Vesting period

Vesting
date

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)

11 Dec 22

Fair
 value at
 grant date

£

13.19

152,467

139,992

–

85

(78,782)

(140,077)

01 Apr 22 – 09 Apr 23

9.45 – 10.47

28 Feb 22 – 16 Jun 23

10.72 – 11.78

01 Feb 22 – 24 Jun 23

31 Mar 22 – 01 Apr 23

20 Jan 22 – 01 Apr 25

21 Apr 24

17 Mar 22 – 01 Apr 24

01 Mar 22 – 07 Apr 24

01 Feb 22 - 01 Feb 25

07 Oct 22 – 07 Apr 24

31 Aug 22 – 01 Mar 26

17 Oct 22 – 31 Dec 25

4.39 – 10.74

12.58 – 14.93

14.24 – 15.38

14.93

13.97 – 14.26

14.75 – 15.00

12.95 – 13.27

11.14 – 11.29

9.91 – 10.25

9.24 – 9.57

10 Feb 23 – 01 Apr 26

10.22 – 10.63

9,332

1,206

19,516

55,890

2,292

17,615

28,730

33,811

12,280

19,348

26,182

56,897

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(9,332)

(667)

(19,516)

(22,827)

–

(17,615)

(16,210)

(25,157)

(396)

(6,217)

(5,880)

(15,308)

(20,770)

(17,937)

–

10 May 23

01 Jun 23 - 01 Apr 27

07 Sep 23

01 Oct 23 - 01 Mar 26

4.95 - 11.77

8.74 - 9.03

13 Dec 23
01 Jan 24 - 01 Mar 27
Prudential Global Long Term Incentive Plan (PGLTIP)2

8.26 - 8.64

0

0

0

180,291

60,603

60,171

10 Aug 23

02 Apr 22

02 Apr 22 – 18 Sep 22

09 Apr 23

07 Apr 23

09 Apr 23

9.91

14.73

14.69

95,394

6,028

183,912

–

(95,394)

1,398

–

(1,398)

(6,028)

–

(66,208)

–

–

117,704

9.45

2,477,178

6,648

(2,416,351)

(1,552)

(65,923)

10.68

12.57

3,770

36

–

–

(3,329)

(36)

(441)

–

–

–

–

–

–

07 Apr 22 – 07 Apr 24

14.58 – 15.30

1,884,997

1,743

(64,651)

07 Apr 22 – 07 Apr 24

13.70 – 14.23

07 Apr 24

14.75

2,060

3,216

–

–

(143)

–

05 Apr 23 – 05 Apr 25

0.91 – 11.24

3,238,064

290,870

(994,470)

(6,960)

(168,440)

2,359,064

11 Dec 19

09 Apr 20

24 Jun 20

22 Sep 20

16 Dec 20

07 Apr 21

21 Apr 21

18 Jun 21

07 Oct 21

08 Dec 21

05 Apr 22

29 Jun 22

21 Sep 22

15 Dec 22

17 Dec 13

02 Apr 19

19 Dec 19

09 Apr 20

24 Jun 20

16 Dec 20

07 Apr 21

18 Jun 21

07 Oct 21

05 Apr 22

29 Jun 22

21 Sep 22

10 May 23

22 May 23

13 Dec 23

05 Apr 23 – 05 Apr 25

10.00 – 10.19

05 Apr 23 – 05 Apr 25

12 Apr 24 - 12 Apr 26

12 Apr 24 - 12 Apr 26

12 Apr 26

9.31 – 9.52

4.76 - 11.64

5.08 - 11.69

1.90 - 8.36

563

3,123

–

–

(188)

(1,041)

0

0

0

1,395,824

2,548,701

7,511

–

–

–

Prudential Deferred Bonus Plan (PDBP)

09 Apr 20

07 Apr 21

05 Apr 22

10 May 23

22 May 23

09 Apr 22 – 09 Apr 23

07 Apr 23 – 07 Apr 24

05 Apr 24

12 Apr 25

12 Apr 25

Deferred Annual Incentive Plan (DAIP)

09 Apr 20

09 Apr 23

17 May 21

17 May 24

05 Apr 22

10 May 23

22 May 23

05 Apr 25

12 Apr 26

12 Apr 26

Group Deferred Bonus Plan (GDBP)

02 Apr 19

09 Apr 20

21 Apr 21

02 Apr 22

09 Apr 23

21 Apr 24

Group Share Incentive Plan (UK SIP)

2009 - 2022

n/a

Purchase Plan (PruSharePlus)

2020 - 2022

n/a

10.47

15.67

11.34

11.78

11.83

10.47

14.96

11.34

11.78

11.83

16.06

10.47

14.93

n/a

n/a

10,783

332,180

473,261

–

–

–

(10,783)

(331,000)

(117,792)

0

0

21,298

223,364

–

–

338,251

137,639

250,451

–

–

–

0

0

40,885

173,103

(338,251)

–

–

–

–

2631

11,152

3,810

–

–

–

(2,631)

(11,152)

–

5,885

4,437

(3,228)

437,412

291,511

(266,885)

11.64

11.68

10.54

9.15

11.26

10.84

n/a

11.23

11.16

10.82

10.50

10.94

10.25

10.38

10.90

9.21

n/a

9.07

n/a

11.75

11.69

11.64

11.75

11.73

11.75

n/a

11.68

11.75

11.64

n/a

n/a

n/a

11.75

11.66

10.21

n/a

n/a

11.66

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

11.75

n/a

–

–

–

–

–

32,433

1,825

–

8,166

8,654

11,884

11,872

20,302

14,400

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

159,521

11.75

42,666

60,171

9.33

8.87

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(73,685)

–

–

(539)

–

(630)

(467)

–

(4,354)

–

–

(1,259)

–

(27,189)

–

–

–

–

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

11.75

11.78

8.87

n/a

n/a

n/a

(154,368)

1,667,721

(462)

–

1,455

3,216

–

–

375

2,082

(57,296)

1,338,528

(29,538)

2,519,163

–

–

(736)

7,511

–

444

(28,384)

327,085

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

21,298

223,364

11.75

11.78

–

137,639

250,451

40,885

173,103

–

–

3,810

n/a

n/a

n/a

11.75

11.78

n/a

n/a

n/a

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(268)

6,826

n/a

n/a

–

462,038

n/a

n/a

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

385

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Date of
grant

Vesting period

Vesting
date

Fair
 value at
 grant date

Total share schemes funded by existing shares of 
Prudential

Representing:

Five highest paid individuals

All other grantees

Number of shares under awards1

Beginning
of year

Granted

Vested/
Released

Cancelled

Lapsed/
Forfeited

End of
year

Closing
share 
price3

Weighted 
average
share 
price4

10,477,354

5,308,443

(5,120,224)

(9,910)

(620,007) 10,035,656

725,085

635,804

(298,348)

–

(14,877)

1,047,664

9,752,269

4,672,639

(4,821,876)

(9,910)

(605,130)

8,987,992

Total share schemes funded by existing shares of 
Prudential

10,477,354

5,308,443

(5,120,224)

(9,910)

(620,007) 10,035,656

Notes
(1) The table above includes share plans held by Directors of the Group. Details of share plans held by the individual Directors have been set out separately in the Directors 

Remuneration Report. The five highest paid individuals during the financial year may also include Directors, if applicable. 

(2) For some PGLTIP awards a portion of the award has performance conditions attached. There are usually three elements to these performance conditions; Total Shareholder 
Return (50% weighting), Return on Embedded Value (30% weighting) and sustainability Scorecard capturing both financial and non-financial measures aligned to the 
Group’s strategic objectives (20% weighting).
(3) Closing share price is quoted before grant date.
(4) Weighted average share price is calculated based on closing share price before vesting date.

I(vii) Selected historical financial information of Prudential 

The following table sets forth Prudential’s selected consolidated financial data for the years indicated, which is derived from Prudential’s audited 
consolidated financial statements. This table is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with Prudential’s consolidated financial 
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this document. 

(a) IFRS financial results
The Group has adopted IFRS 9, ‘Financial Instruments’ and IFRS 17, ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2023 as described in note A2.1 to the 
IFRS consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the comparative results for 2022 have been re-presented from those previously published. 
The comparative results for 2021 to 2019 are as previously published.

2023 and 2022 results under IFRS 17

Income statement

Insurance revenue

Insurance service expenses

Net expense from reinsurance contracts held

Insurance service result

Investment return

Fair value movements on investment contract liabilities

Net insurance finance (expense) income
Net investment result

Other revenue

Non-insurance expenditure

Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Gain attaching to corporate transactions

Share of profits from joint ventures and associates net of related tax
Profit (loss) before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns) note (1)
Tax charges attributable to policyholders’ returns

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders' returns

Total tax charge attributable to shareholders' and policyholders' returns

Remove tax charge attributable to policyholders' returns

Tax charge attributable to shareholders' returns

Profit (loss) for the year

Basic earnings per share (in cents)

Based on profit (loss) for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company

Dividend per share (in cents)

Dividends paid in reporting period

386

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

2023 $m
9,371   

(7,113)   

(171)   

2,087   

9,763   

(24)   

(8,648)   
1,091   

369   

(990)   

(172)   

(22)   

(91)   
2,272   
(175)   

2,097   

(560)   

175   

(385)   

1,712   

2023
62.1¢

2023
19.30¢

2022 $m
8,549 

(6,267) 

(105) 

2,177 

(29,380) 

67 

27,430 
(1,883) 

436 

(1,019) 

(200) 

55 

(85) 
(519) 
(124) 

(643) 

(478) 

124 

(354) 

(997) 

2022
(36.8)¢

2022
17.60¢

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of financial position at 31 Dec

Total assets excluding insurance and reinsurance contracts assets

Insurance and reinsurance contract assets

Total assets

Insurance and reinsurance contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities without discretionary participation features

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Total liabilities

Total equity

Supplementary IFRS financial results – continuing operations

Adjusted operating profit note (2)
Non-operating items

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders

Operating earnings per share after tax and non-controlling interest (in cents)

2023 $m
170,460   

3,606   

174,066   

140,991   

769   

3,933   

2022 $m
157,259 

2,990 

160,249 

127,417 

663 

4,261 

156,083   

143,351 

17,983   

16,898 

2023 $m
2,893 

(796) 

2,097 

89.0¢

2022 $m
2,722

(3,365)

(643)

79.4¢

Notes
(1) This measure is the formal profit before tax measure under IFRS. It is not the result attributable to shareholders principally because total corporate tax of the Group includes 
those taxes on the income of consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds that, through adjustments to benefits, are borne by policyholders. These amounts are required 
to be included in the tax charge under IAS 12. Consequently, the IFRS profit before tax measure is not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders.

(2) Adjusted operating profit is determined on the basis of including longer-term investment returns, which are stated after excluding the effect of short-term fluctuations in 

investment returns and gain or loss attaching to corporate transactions.

2021 to 2019 comparative results as previously published under IFRS 4
The Group has determined its date of transition to IFRS 17 to be 1 January 2022. As there can only be one transition date across the Group's 
reporting, the Group has restated the 2022 comparative results and re-presented them above. Consequently, the 2021 to 2019 comparative 
results below have not been restated on an IFRS 17 basis and have been shown on an IFRS 4 basis as previously published. Therefore, the 2021 
to 2019 comparative results are presented on a very different basis and are not comparable to the 2023 and 2022 results set out above. The key 
differences between IFRS 17 and IFRS 4 are set out in note A2.1 to the IFRS consolidated financial statements.

In the tables below, continuing operations reflect the Group’s insurance and asset management businesses in Asia and Africa and central 
operations. Discontinued operations represent the Group’s US business (Jackson) demerged in September 2021 and the Group’s UK and Europe 
business (M&G) demerged in November 2019.

Income statement

Continuing operations:

Gross premiums earned 

Outward reinsurance premiums

Earned premiums, net of reinsurance 

Investment return 

Other income

Total revenue, net of reinsurance 

Benefits and claims and movement in unallocated surplus of with-profits funds, net of 
reinsurance 

Acquisition costs and other expenditure

Finance costs: interest on core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses 

Loss attaching to corporate transactions

Total charges, net of reinsurance

Share of profits from joint ventures and associates net of related tax
Profit before tax (being tax attributable to shareholders’ and policyholders’ returns) note (1)
Tax charges attributable to policyholders’ returns 

Profit before tax attributable to shareholders' returns
Tax charges attributable to shareholders’ returns 
Profit from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued US operations

Loss from discontinued UK and Europe operations

(Loss) profit for the year 

2021 $m

2020 $m

2019 $m

24,217

(1,844)

22,373

3,486

641 

26,500

(18,911)

(4,560)

(328)

(35)

23,495

(1,625)

21,870

13,762

615 

36,247

(28,588)

(4,651)

(316)

(30)

23,855

(1,116)

22,739

14,961

639 

38,339

(29,171)

(5,908)

(496)

(142)

(23,834)

(33,585)

(35,717)

352 

3,018

(342)

2,676
(462)
2,214

(5,027)

–

(2,813)

517 

3,179

(271)

2,908
(440)
2,468

(283)

–

2,185  

397 

3,019

(365)

2,654
(316)
2,338

(385)

(1,161)

792 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

387

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

I Additional financial information continued

Basic earnings per share (in cents)

2021

2020

2019

Based on (loss) profit for the year attributable to the equity holders of the Company:

Continuing operations

Discontinued US operations

Discontinued UK and Europe operations

Total

Dividend per share (in cents) excluding demerger dividend

Dividends paid in reporting period

Statement of financial position at 31 Dec

Total assets

Total policyholder liabilities and unallocated surplus of with-profits funds

Core structural borrowings of shareholder-financed businesses

Total liabilities

Total equity

Supplementary IFRS financial results – continuing operations

Adjusted operating profit note (2)
Non-operating items

Profit (loss) before tax attributable to shareholders

Operating earnings per share after tax and non-controlling interest (in cents)

83.4¢

(161.1)¢

–

(77.7)¢

2021
16.10¢

2021 $m
199,102 

157,299 

6,127 

181,838 

17,264 

2021 $m
3,233

(557)  

2,676

101.5¢

94.6¢

(13.0)¢

–

81.6¢

2020
31.34¢

2020 $m
516,097 

446,463 

6,633 

493,978 

22,119 

2020 $m
2,757

151 

2,908

86.6¢

90.0¢

(14.9)¢

(44.8)¢

30.3¢

2019
63.18¢

2019 $m
454,214 

390,428 

5,594 

434,545 

19,669 

2019 $m
2,247

407 

2,654

73.4¢

Notes
(1) This measure is the formal profit before tax measure under IFRS. It is not the result attributable to shareholders principally because total corporate tax of the Group includes 
those taxes on the income of consolidated with-profits and unit-linked funds that, through adjustments to benefits, are borne by policyholders. These amounts are required 
to be included in the tax charge under IAS 12. Consequently, the IFRS profit before tax measure is not representative of pre-tax profit attributable to shareholders.

(2) Adjusted operating profit is determined on the basis of including longer-term investment returns, which are stated after excluding the effect of short-term fluctuations in 

investment returns on shareholder-backed business and gain or loss attaching to corporate transactions. Adjusted operating profit also excludes amortisation of acquisition 
accounting adjustments arising on the purchase of business.

388

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Supplementary EEV basis results

Continuing operations
EEV operating profit note (1)
Non-operating items

Profit (loss) attributable to shareholders

Operating earnings per share after non-controlling interest (in 
cents)

2023 $m
4,546

(834)

3,712

2022 $m
3,952

(7,523)

(3,571)

2021 $m
3,543

(306)  

3,237

2020 $m
3,401

573 

3,974

2019 $m
5,151

1,058

6,209

165.1¢

143.4¢

133.8¢

130.6¢

198.8¢

New business contribution note (2)
Annual premium equivalent (APE) sales

EEV new business profit (NBP) (post-tax)

2023 $m
5,876

3,125

2022 $m
4,393

2,184

2021 $m

4,194  

2,526  

2020 $m
3,808 

2,201 

2019 $m
5,243 

3,522 

Embedded value at 31 Dec
EEV shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests 
– continuing operations note (3)
Discontinued operations (US, UK and Europe)

EEV shareholders’ equity

2023 $bn

2022 $bn

2021 $bn

2020 $bn

2019 $bn

45.3   

–   

45.3   

42.2 

– 

42.2 

47.4 

– 

47.4 

41.9 

12.1 

54.0 

38.4 

16.3 

54.7 

Notes
(1) EEV operating profit are determined on the basis of including longer-term investment returns, which are stated after excluding the effect of short-term fluctuations in 

investment returns on shareholder-backed business, the effect of changes in economic assumptions, the mark-to-market value movements on core structural borrowings for 
shareholder-financed operations and gain or loss attaching to corporate transactions.

(2) Africa operations are included within the covered business from 2021 following the change in the Group’s operating segments. Africa is excluded from 2020 and 2019.
(3) 2023 and 2022 includes the impact of the early adoption of the Hong Kong Risk-based Capital (HK RBC) regime, effective from 1 January 2022. Comparatives have not 

been restated.

(c) Other financial information – continuing operations

Net Group operating free surplus generated note

2023 $m
 1,395 

2022 $m
1,374

2021 $m

1,179  

2020 $m
890 

2019 $m
762 

Note
Net Group operating free surplus generated represents operating free surplus generated less central costs, eliminations, restructuring costs and IFRS 17 costs, net of tax.

At 31 Dec
Eastspring funds under management or advice note (1)
Group shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GPCR) note (2)

2023 $bn
237.1   

16.1   

2022 $bn
221.4 

15.6 

2021 $bn
258.5 

17.5 

2020 $bn
247.8 

n/a

2019 $bn
241.1 

n/a

Notes
(1) Eastspring total funds under management or advice comprise funds from external parties, including funds managed on behalf of M&G plc, as well as funds managed or 

advised for the Group’s insurance operations.

(2) The Group shareholder GWS capital surplus (over GPCR) reflects the Insurance (Group Capital) Rules as set out in the GWS Framework which became effective for Prudential 
in May 2021. The 2021 comparative information has been re-presented to reflect the impact of HK RBC and C-ROSS II regimes which became effective in the first half of 
2022 and after allowing for the impact of the $1.7 billion debt redemption in January 2022 to show total Group GWS capital surplus (over GPCR) on a more comparable 
basis. Prior to 2021, the Group adopted LCSM basis.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

389

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

II Calculation of alternative performance measures

Prudential uses alternative performance measures (APMs) to provide more relevant explanations of the Group’s financial position and 
performance. This section sets out explanations for each APM and reconciliations to relevant IFRS balances.

II(i)  Reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to profit before tax
Adjusted operating profit presents the operating performance of the business. This measurement basis distinguishes adjusted operating profit 
from other constituents of total profit or loss for the year, including short-term fluctuations in investment returns and gain or loss on corporate 
transactions.

More details on how adjusted operating profit is determined are included in note B1.2 to the IFRS consolidated financial statements. A full 
reconciliation to profit after tax is given in note B1.1 to the IFRS consolidated financial statements.

II(ii)  Adjusted shareholders' equity
Following the implementation of IFRS 17, the Group has introduced a new IFRS equity measure termed 'Adjusted IFRS shareholders' equity', 
which is calculated by adding the IFRS 17 expected future profit (CSM) to IFRS shareholders' equity for all entities in the Group (including joint 
ventures and associates). Management believe this is a helpful measure that provides a reconciliation to the embedded value framework which is 
often used for valuations. The main difference between the Group’s EEV measure and adjusted shareholders’ equity is economics as explained in 
note II(viii).

IFRS shareholders' equity as reported in the financial statements

Add: CSM, including joint ventures and associates and net of reinsurance*

Remove: CSM asset attaching to reinsurance contracts wholly attributable to policyholders*
Less: Related deferred tax adjustments for the above*

Adjusted shareholders' equity

31 Dec 2023 $m

17,823   

21,012   

1,367   
(2,856)   

37,346   

31 Dec 2022 $m
16,731 

19,989 

1,295 
(2,804) 

35,211 

*

See note C3.1 to the Group IFRS consolidated financial statements for the split of the balances excluding joint ventures and associates and the Group’s share relating to 
joint ventures and associates. 

II(iii) Return on IFRS shareholders' equity
This measure is calculated as adjusted operating profit, after tax and non-controlling interests, divided by average IFRS shareholders’ equity. 

Detailed reconciliation of adjusted operating profit to IFRS profit before tax for the Group is shown in note B1.1 to the Group IFRS financial 
results.

Adjusted operating profit

Tax on adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating profit attributable to non-controlling interests

Adjusted operating profit, net of tax and non-controlling interests

IFRS shareholders’ equity at beginning of year

IFRS shareholders’ equity at end of year

Average IFRS shareholders’ equity

Operating return on average IFRS shareholders’ equity (%)

2023 $m
2,893 

(444) 

(11) 

2,438 

2022 $m

2,722 

(539) 

(11) 

2,172 

16,731 

17,823 

17,277 

18,936 

16,731 

17,834 

 14 %

 12  %

II(iv) Calculation of shareholders' equity per share
IFRS shareholders’ equity per share is calculated as closing IFRS shareholders’ equity divided by the number of issued shares at the end of the 
periods.

Number of issued shares at the end of the year (million shares)

Closing IFRS shareholders’ equity ($ million)

Group IFRS shareholders’ equity per share (cents)

Closing adjusted shareholders’ equity ($ million)

Group adjusted shareholders’ equity per share (cents)

31 Dec 2023

2,754   

17,823   

 647¢

31 Dec 2022
2,750 

16,731 

608¢

37,346   

 1,356¢

35,211 

1,280¢

390

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
II(v) Calculation of Eastspring cost/income ratio
The cost/income ratio is calculated as operating expenses, adjusted for commissions and share of contribution from joint ventures and 
associates, divided by operating income, adjusted for commission, share of contribution from joint ventures and associates and performance-
related fees.

IFRS revenue

Share of revenue from joint ventures and associates

Commissions and other

Performance-related fees
Operating income before performance-related fees note

IFRS charges

Share of expenses from joint ventures and associates

Commissions and other

Operating expense

Cost/income ratio (operating expense/operating income before performance-related fees)

2023 $m

497   

330   

(129)   

2   

700   

376   

125   

(129)   

372   

53%

2022 $m
513 

303 

(155) 

(1) 

660 

398 

117 

(155) 

360 

55%

Note
IFRS revenue and charges for Eastspring are included within the IFRS Income statement in ‘other revenue’ and ‘non-insurance expenditure’ respectively. Operating income and 
expense include the Group’s share of contribution from joint ventures and associates. In the condensed consolidated income statement of the Group IFRS financial results, the 
net income after tax from the joint ventures and associates is shown as a single line item.

II(vi) Insurance premiums
New business sales are provided as an indicative volume measure of transactions undertaken in the reporting period that have the potential to 
generate profits for shareholders. The Group reports Annual Premium Equivalent (APE) new business sales as a measure of the new policies sold 
in the year, which is calculated as the aggregate of regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on new business written during the year 
for all insurance products, including premiums for contracts designated as investment contracts and excluded from the scope of IFRS 17. The use 
of one-tenth of single premiums is to normalise policy premiums into the equivalent of regular annual payments. This measure is commonly used 
in the insurance industry to allow comparisons of the amount of new business written in a period by life insurance companies, particularly when 
the sales contain both single premium and regular premium business.

Renewal or recurring premiums are the subsequent premiums that are paid on regular premium products. Gross premiums earned is the measure 
of premiums as defined under the previous IFRS 4 basis and reflects the aggregate of single and regular premiums of new business sold in the 
year and renewal premiums on business sold in previous years but excludes premiums for policies classified as investment contracts without 
discretionary participation features under IFRS, which are recorded as deposits. Gross premiums earned is no longer a metric presented under 
IFRS 17 and is not directly reconcilable to primary statements. The Group believes that renewal premiums and gross premiums earned are useful 
measures of the Group’s business volumes and growth during the year.

Gross premiums earned

Gross premiums earned from joint ventures and associates

Total Group, including joint ventures and associates

Renewal insurance premiums

Annual premium equivalent (APE)

Life weighted premium income

II(vii) Reconciliation between EEV new business profit and IFRS new business CSM

EEV new business profit
Economics and other note (1)
New rider sales note (2)
Related tax on IFRS new business CSM note (3)
IFRS new business CSM

2023 $m
22,248   

3,973   

26,221   

18,125   

5,876   

24,001   

2023 $m
3,125   
(1,006)   

(94)   

323   

2022 $m
23,344 

4,439 

27,783 

18,675 

4,393 

23,068 

2022 $m
2,184 
(424) 

(66) 

370 

2,348   

2,064 

Notes
(1) EEV is calculated using ‘real-world’ economic assumptions that are based on the expected returns on the actual assets held with an allowance for risk in the risk discount 

rate. Under IFRS 17, ‘risk neutral’ economic assumptions are applied with assets assumed to earn and the cash flows discounted at risk free plus liquidity premium (where 
applicable). Both measures update these assumptions each period end based on current interest rates.

(2) Under EEV, new business profit arising from additional or new riders attaching to existing contracts, product upgrades and top-ups are reported as current period new 

business profit. Under IFRS 17 reporting, new business profit from such rider sales and upgrades are required to be treated as experience variances of the existing contracts. 
(3) IFRS 17 new business CSM is gross of tax, while EEV new business profit is net of tax. Accordingly, the related tax that on the IFRS 17 new business CSM is added back. All of 

the other reconciling items in the table have been presented net of related taxes.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

391

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

II Calculation of alternative performance measures continued

II(viii) Reconciliation between EEV shareholders' equity and IFRS Shareholders' equity
The table below shows the reconciliation of EEV shareholders’ equity and IFRS shareholders’ equity at the end of the years:

EEV shareholders’ equity

Adjustments for non-market risk allowance:

Allowance for non-market risks in EEV note (1)
IFRS risk adjustment, net of related deferred tax adjustments note (2)

Mark-to-market value adjustment of the Group's core structural borrowings note (3)
Economics and other valuation differences note (4)
Adjusted shareholders’ equity note II(ii)
Remove: CSM, including joint ventures and associates and net of reinsurance

CSM asset attaching to reinsurance contracts wholly attributable to policyholders
Add: Related deferred tax adjustments for the above

IFRS shareholders’ equity

31 Dec 2023 $m

45,250   

31 Dec 2022 $m
42,184 

2,968   

(2,279)   
(274)   

(8,319)   

2,760 

(1,803) 
(427) 

(7,503) 

37,346   

35,211 

(21,012)   

(19,989) 

(1,367)   
2,856   

17,823   

(1,295) 
2,804 

16,731 

Notes 
(1) The allowance for non-diversifiable non-market risk in EEV comprises a base Group-wide allowance of 50 basis points plus additional allowances for emerging market risk 

where appropriate.

(2) Includes the Group’s share of joint ventures and associates and net of reinsurance.
(3) The Group’s core structural borrowings are fair valued under EEV but are held at amortised cost under IFRS.
(4) EEV is calculated using ‘real-world’ economic assumptions that are based on the expected returns on the actual assets held with an allowance for risk in the risk discount 
rate. Under IFRS 17, ‘risk neutral’ economic assumptions are applied with the cash flows discounted using risk free plus liquidity premium (where applicable). Other 
valuation differences include contract boundaries and non-attributable expenses which are small.

II(ix) Calculation of return on embedded value
Operating return on embedded value is calculated as the EEV operating profit for the year as a percentage of average EEV basis shareholders’ 
equity. 

EEV operating profit for the year

Operating profit attributable to non-controlling interests

EEV operating profit, net of non-controlling interests

Shareholders’ equity at beginning of year

Shareholders’ equity at end of year

Average shareholders’ equity

Operating return on average shareholders’ equity (%)

2023 $m
4,546   

(20)   

4,526  

42,184   

45,250   

43,717  

10%

2022 $m
3,952 

(29) 

3,923 

47,584 

42,184 

44,884 

9%

New business profit over embedded value is calculated as the EEV new business profit for the year as a percentage of average EEV basis 
shareholders’ equity for insurance business operations, excluding goodwill attributable to equity holders. New business profit is attributed to the 
shareholders of the Group before deducting the amount attributable to non-controlling interests.

New business profit

Average EEV shareholders’ equity for insurance business operations, excluding goodwill attributable to equity 

holders

New business profit on embedded value (%)

2023 $m
3,125   

2022 $m
2,184 

40,193   

41,866 

8%

5%

Average embedded value has been based on opening and closing EEV basis shareholders’ equity for insurance business operations, excluding 
goodwill attributable to equity holders, as follows:

Shareholders’ equity at beginning of year

Shareholders’ equity at end of year

Average shareholders’ equity

2023 $m
38,857   

41,528   

40,193   

2022 $m
44,875 

38,857 

41,866 

392

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Glossary

Definitions of Performance Metrics
Adjusted operating profit
Adjusted IFRS operating profit based on longer-term investment 
returns. This alternative performance measure is reconciled to IFRS 
profit for the year in note B1.1 of the IFRS financial results and a 
fuller definition given in note B.1.2.

Adjusted shareholder equity
Adjusted shareholders' equity represents the sum of Group IFRS 
shareholders’ equity and CSM, net of reinsurance (unless attaching 
wholly to policyholders) and tax. 
See note C 3.1 (B) and II(ii) of the additional information for 
reconciliation to IFRS shareholders' equity.

Agency new business profit
New business profit generated from the agency channel.

Annual premium equivalent (APE) sales
A measure of new business activity that comprises the aggregate of 
annualised regular premiums and one-tenth of single premiums on 
new business written during the year for all insurance products. 

See note II(vi) of the additional information for further explanation.

Average monthly active agents
An active agent is defined as agents that sell at least one case with a 
Prudential life insurance entity in the month. Average active agents 
per month is expressed for each reporting period as the sum of active 
agents in each month divided by the number of months in the period.

Bancassurance new business profit
New business profit generated from the bancassurance channel.

Customer numbers
A customer is defined as a unique individual or entity who holds one 
or more policies, that has premiums paid, with a Prudential life 
insurance entity, including 100 per cent of customers of the Group's 
joint ventures and associate. Group business is a single customer for 
the purpose of this definition.

Customer relationship net promoter score (NPS)
Net Promoter Score on overall strength of customer relationship, 
based on customers’ survey responses to how likely they would be to 
recommend Prudential. It measures the response on a scale of 0 - 10 
where 9 or 10 are Promoters, 7 or 8 are Passives and 0 - 6 are 
Detractors. The score equates to the percentage of promoters less 
percentage of detractors. 

Customer retention rate
Calculated as the number of customers at the beginning of the period 
minus exits during the year (net of reinstatement) over the number of 
customers at the beginning of the period.

Eastspring total funds under management or advice
Total funds under management or advice including external funds 
under management, money market funds, funds managed on behalf 
of M&G plc and internal funds under management or advice.

Eastspring investment performance - percentage of funds 
under management outperforming benchmarks
This measure represents funds under management at the balance 
sheet date held in funds which outperform their performance 
benchmark as a percentage of total funds under management over 
the time period stated (1 or 3 years). Total funds under management 
exclude funds with no performance benchmark.

Eastspring cost/income ratio
The cost/income ratio is calculated as operating expenses, adjusted 
for commissions and share of contribution from joint ventures and 
associates, divided by operating income, adjusted for commission, 
share of contribution from joint ventures and associates and 
performance related fees. See note II(v) to the additional information 
for calculation.

EEV shareholders' equity
Shareholders' equity prepared in accordance with the EEV Principles 
issued by the European Insurance CFO Forum in 2016. 

See note II(viii) of the additional information for reconciliation to 
IFRS shareholders' equity.

EEV Shareholders' value per share
EEV shareholders’ equity per share is calculated as closing EEV 
shareholders’ equity divided by the number of issued shares at the 
end of the period. See EEV basis results for calculation.

GWS capital surplus over GPCR
Estimated GWS capital resources in excess of the GPCR attributable to 
the shareholder business, before allowing for the 2023 second cash 
interim dividend. Prescribed capital requirements are set at the level 
at which the local regulator of a given entity can impose penalties, 
sanctions or intervention measures. The estimated GWS group capital 
adequacy requirements require that total eligible Group capital 
resources are not less than the GPCR.

GWS coverage ratio
Estimated GWS coverage ratio of capital resources over GPCR 
attributable to the shareholder business, before allowing for the 2023 
second cash interim dividend. 

Health new business profit
 New business profit from health products, which typically are 
annually renewable and would involve diagnosis and treatment from 
licensed physicians/medical facilities. Critical illness products paying 
lump sum benefits are not in scope.

IFRS Shareholders' value per share
IFRS shareholders’ equity per share is calculated as closing IFRS 
shareholders’ equity divided by the number of issued shares at the 
end of the period. See note II(iv) to the additional information for 
calculation

Moody’s total leverage basis
Leverage measure calculated as the Group gross debt, including 
commercial paper as a proportion of the sum of IFRS shareholders’ 
equity, 50 per cent of the surplus in the Group’s with-profit funds and 
the Groups gross debt including commercial paper. Calculated with no 
adjustment for the value of contractual service margin in equity.

Net cash remitted by business units
Net cash amounts remitted by businesses are included in the holding 
company cash flow, which is disclosed in detail in note I(iv) of the 
Additional financial information. This comprises dividends and other 
transfers from businesses, net of capital injections, that are reflective 
of earnings and capital generation.

Net zero
A state in which greenhouse gas emissions from activities in the value 
chain of an organisation are reduced as close to zero as possible, with 
any residual emissions balanced by removals from the atmosphere, in 
a time frame consistent with the Paris Agreement. Our ambition is 
that the assets we hold on behalf of our insurance companies will be 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

393

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Glossary continued

net zero by 2050, as part of Prudential’s signatory requirements to 
the UN-Convened Net Zero Asset Owner Alliance (NZAOA).

New business profit
Presented on a post-tax basis, on business sold in the year, calculated 
in accordance with EEV principles. 

New business profit is reconciled to IFRS new business CSM in note 
II(vii) to the additional information.

New Business Profit on embedded value (New business 
profit/average EEV shareholders' equity for insurance 
business operations)
Calculated as new business profit divided by the average EEV 
shareholders' equity for insurance business operations, excluding 
goodwill attributable to equity holders. See note II(ix) of the 
additional for calculation. 

Net Group operating free surplus generated
Operating Free Surplus Generated (see definition below) less Central 
costs, eliminations, restructuring costs and IFRS 17 costs, net of tax.

New Business Profit per active agent
Average monthly agency new business profit divided by the active 
agents per month. Includes 100 per cent of new business profit and 
active agents in Joint Ventures and Associates.

Operating Free Surplus Generated from insurance and asset 
management business
Operating free surplus generated: For insurance operations free 
surplus generated represents amounts emerging from the in-force 
business net of amounts reinvested in writing new business and 
excludes non-operating items. For asset management business it 
equates to post-tax operating profit for the period. Restructuring costs 
are excluded. 

Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance 
and asset management business
Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance and asset 
management business: Operating free surplus generated from in-
force insurance business which represents amounts emerging from 
the in-force business during the year before deducting amounts 
reinvested in writing new business and excludes non-operating items. 
For asset management businesses, it equates to post-tax operating 
profit for the year. Restructuring costs are presented separately from 
the business unit amount. 

Further information is set out in "movement in Group free surplus" of 
the EEV basis results.

Operating return on embedded value (Operating profit/
average EEV shareholders' equity)
Calculated as EEV operating profit divided by the average EEV 
shareholders' equity for continuing operations. See note II(ix) of the 
additional for calculation. 

Penetration rate of strategic bank customer base 
Number of Prudential customers as percentage of total bank 
customers. The measure and target pertains to seven strategic bank 
partners (excluding partners of joint ventures and associates and 
partnerships in, Cambodia and Laos).

Tier 1 capital resources
Tier 1 capital in accordance with the classification of tiering capital 
under the GWS framework which reflects the different local regulatory 
regimes along with guidance issued by the Hong Kong IA.

Weighted Average Carbon Intensity (WACI)
Reflects a portfolio’s exposure to carbon-intensive companies, 
expressed in tCO2e/$m revenue. The WACI is currently the market 
standard for measuring the carbon footprint of an investment 
portfolio, as described by global disclosure frameworks such as the 
Taskforce for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

Basis for Strategic Objectives
New business profit growth objective
Our new business growth objective assumes average exchange rates 
of 2022 and economic assumptions made by Prudential in calculating 
the EEV basis supplementary information for the year ended 31 
December 2022, and are based on regulatory and solvency regimes 
applicable across the Group at the time the objectives were set. 
Assume that the existing EEV and Free Surplus methodology at 
December 2022 will be applicable over the period.

Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance 
and asset management business growth objective
Our Operating free surplus generated from in-force insurance and 
asset management business growth objective assumes average 
exchange rates of 2022 and economic assumptions made by 
Prudential in calculating the EEV basis supplementary information for 
the year ended 31 December 2022, and are based on regulatory and 
solvency regimes applicable across the Group at the time the 
objectives were set. Assume that the existing EEV and Free Surplus 
methodology at December 2022 will be applicable over the period.

394

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Other definitions
A
Actual exchange rates (AER)
Actual historical exchange rates for the specific accounting period, 
being the average rates over the year for the income statement and 
the closing rates at the balance sheet date for the statement of 
financial position.

Alternative performance measures (APMs)
APMs are non-GAAP measures used by the Prudential Group within its 
annual reports to supplement disclosures prepared in accordance with 
widely accepted guideline and principles established by accounting 
standard setters, such as International Financial Reporting Standards. 
These measures provide useful information to enhance the 
understanding of the Group’s financial performance. A reconciliation 
of these APMs to IFRS metrics is provided in the additional unaudited 
financial information section of the annual report.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)
The stocks of most foreign companies that trade in the US markets 
are traded as American Depositary Receipts (ADRs). US depositary 
banks issue these stocks. Each ADR represents one or more shares of 
foreign stock or a fraction of a share. The price of an ADR corresponds 
to the price of the foreign stock in its home market, adjusted to the 
ratio of the ADRs to foreign company shares.

Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) markets 
ASEAN markets include Prudential’s businesses in Indonesia, 
Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam, the Philippines, Cambodia, 
Laos and Myanmar.

Assets under management 
Assets under management represent all assets managed or 
administered by or on behalf of the Group, including those assets 
managed by third parties. Assets under management include 
managed assets that are included within the Group’s statement of 
financial position and those assets belonging to external clients 
outside the Prudential Group, which are therefore not included in the 
Group’s statement of financial position. These are also referred to as 
‘funds under management’.

B
Bancassurance
An agreement with a bank to offer insurance and investment 
products to the bank’s customers.

Best estimate liabilities (BEL)
The expected present value of future cash flows for a company’s 
current insurance obligations, calculated using best estimate 
assumptions, projected over the contract’s run-off period, taking into 
account all up-to-date financial market and actuarial information.

Bonuses 
Bonuses refer to the non-guaranteed benefit added to participating 
life insurance policies and are the way in which policyholders receive 
their share of the profits of the policies. These include regular bonus 
and final bonus and the rates may vary from period to period.

C
Cash surrender value
The amount of cash available to a policy holder on the surrender of or 
withdrawal from a life insurance policy or annuity contract.

China Risk-Oriented Solvency System (C-ROSS)
A regulatory framework that governs the insurance industry in China 
effective from 1 March 2021. The second phase of the C-ROSS (or C-
ROSS II) became effective in the first quarter of 2022.

Collective investment schemes (CIS)
CIS is an open-ended investment fund of pooled assets in which an 
investor can buy and sell units that are issued in the form of shares. 

Constant exchange rates (CER)
Prudential plc reports its results at both AER to reflect actual results 
and also CER to eliminate the impact from exchange translation. CER 
results are calculated by translating prior year results using current 
year foreign currency exchange rates, ie current period average rates 
for the income statements and current period closing rate for the 
statement of financial position.

Contract boundary
The boundary of the fulfilment cash flows under IFRS 17 is 
considered to be the point at which the Group both no longer has 
substantive rights and obligations under the insurance contract to 
provide services or compel the policyholder to pay premiums.

Contractual service margin (CSM)
A liability for insurance contracts under IFRS 17 representing the 
deferral of any day-one gains arising on initial recognition. Over time, 
the CSM balance is released into profit in the income statement as 
services are delivered by the Group under the insurance contracts.

Core structural borrowings 
Borrowings which Prudential considers forming part of its core capital 
structure and excludes operational borrowings.

Coverage unit
The proportion of CSM recognised in profit or loss under IFRS 17 at 
the end of each period for a group of contracts is determined as the 
ratio of the coverage units in the period divided by the sum of the 
coverage units in the period and the present value of expected 
coverage units in future periods. The total number of coverage units 
in a group is the quantity of service provided determined by 
considering the quantity of benefits for each contract and its 
expected coverage period.

Credit risk 
The risk of loss if another party fails to meet its obligations, or fails to 
do so in a timely fashion.

Currency risk 
The risk that asset or liability values, cash flows, income or expenses 
will be affected by changes in exchange rates. Also referred to as 
foreign exchange risk.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

395

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Glossary continued

D
Discretionary participation features (DPF)
These represent a contractual right to receive, as a supplement to 
guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that are likely to be a 
significant portion of the total contractual benefits. The amount or 
timing of the benefits is contractually at the discretion of the issuer 
and the benefits are contractually based on asset, fund, company or 
other entity performance.

E
Endowment product 
An ordinary individual life insurance product that provides the insured 
party with various guaranteed benefits if it survives specific maturity 
dates or periods stated in the policy. Upon the death of the insured 
party within the coverage period, a designated beneficiary receives 
the face value of the policy.

European Embedded Value (EEV)
Financial results that are prepared on a supplementary basis to the 
Group’s consolidated IFRS results and which are prepared in 
accordance with a set of Principles issued by the CFO Forum of 
European Insurance Companies in 2016. Embedded value is a way of 
measuring the current value to shareholders of the future profits from 
life business written based on a set of assumptions.

F
Fulfilment cash flows
Fulfilment cash flows under IFRS 17 comprise the best estimate of 
the present value of future cash flows within the contract boundary 
that are expected to arise and an explicit risk adjustment for non-
financial risk.

Funds under management
See ‘assets under management’ above.

G
Group-wide Supervision (GWS) Framework
Regulatory framework developed by the Hong Kong Insurance 
Authority (see below) for multinational insurance groups under its 
supervision. The GWS Framework is based on a principle-based and 
outcome-focused approach, and allows the Hong Kong Insurance 
Authority to exercise direct regulatory powers over the designated 
holding companies of multinational insurance groups. The GWS 
framework sets out a measure of capital for the Group as a whole, by 
aggregating the capital measures of individual insurance businesses 
and other regulated businesses, as well as the capital resources held 
by Group holding companies.

H
Health and protection (H&P) products or accident and health 
(A&H) products
These comprise health and personal accident insurance products, 
which provide morbidity or sickness benefits and include health, 
disability, critical illness and accident coverage. H&P products are sold 
both as standalone policies and as riders (see below) that can be 
attached to life insurance products. 

Hong Kong Insurance Authority (IA)
The Hong Kong IA is an insurance regulatory body responsible for the 
regulation and supervision of the Hong Kong insurance industry. 

I
Illiquidity premium
This comprises the premium that is required to compensate for the 
lower liquidity of corporate bonds relative to government bond yields 
and the mark-to-market risk premium that is required to compensate 
for the potential volatility in corporate bond spreads (and hence 
market values) at the time of sale. This is calculated as the yield-to-
maturity on a reference portfolio of assets with similar liquidity 
characteristics to the insurance contracts less the risk-free curve and 
an allowance for credit risk.

In-force 
An insurance policy or contract reflected on records that has not 
expired, matured or otherwise been surrendered or terminated.

International Association of Insurance Supervisors (IAIS)
The IAIS is a voluntary membership organisation of insurance 
supervisors and regulators. It is the international standard-setting 
body responsible for developing and assisting in the implementation 
of principles, standards and other supporting material for the 
supervision of the insurance sector.

International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS 
Standards)
Accounting standards and practices that are developed and issued by 
the IFRS Foundation and the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB).

Investment grade 
Investments rated BBB- or above for S&P and Baa3 or above for 
Moody’s. Generally, they are bonds that are judged by the rating 
agency as likely enough to meet payment obligations that banks are 
allowed to invest in them.

Investment-linked products or contracts 
Insurance products where the surrender value of the policy is linked to 
the value of underlying investments (such as collective investment 
schemes, internal investment pools or other property) or fluctuations 
in the value of underlying investment or indices. Investment risk 
associated with the product is usually borne by the policyholder. 
Insurance coverage, investment and administration services are 
provided for which the charges are deducted from the investment 
fund assets. Benefits payable will depend on the price of the units 
prevailing at the time of surrender, death or the maturity of the 
product, subject to surrender charges. These are also referred to as 
unit-linked products or unit-linked contracts.

K
Key performance indicators (KPIs)
These are measures by which the development, performance or 
position of the business can be measured effectively. The Group 
Board reviews the KPIs annually and updates them where 
appropriate.

L
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
Prudential calculates this as assets and resources available to us that 
are readily convertible to cash to cover corporate obligations in a 
prescribed stress scenario. We calculate this ratio over a range of time 
horizons extending to twelve months.

396

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

M
Million Dollar Round Table (MDRT)
MDRT is a global, independent association of life insurance and 
financial services professionals that recognises professional 
knowledge, strict ethical conduct and outstanding client service. 
MDRT membership is recognised internationally as the standard of 
excellence in the life insurance and financial services business.

Money Market Fund (MMF)
An MMF is a type of mutual fund that has relatively low risks 
compared to other mutual funds and most other investments and 
historically has had lower returns. MMF invests in high quality, short-
term debt securities and pay dividends that generally reflect short-
term interest rates. The purpose of an MMF is to provide investors 
with a safe place to store cash or as an alternative to investing in the 
stock market.

Morbidity rate
Rate of sickness, varying by such parameters as age, gender and 
health, used in pricing and computing liabilities for future 
policyholders of health products, which contain morbidity risks.

Mortality rate 
Rate of death, varying by such parameters as age, gender and health, 
used in pricing and computing liabilities for future policyholders of life 
and annuity products, which contain mortality risks.

N
Net worth
Net assets for EEV reporting purposes that reflect the regulatory basis 
position, with adjustments where necessary to achieve consistency 
with the IFRS treatment of certain items or to better reflect the assets 
that are available to be transferred to the shareholder.

New business margin 
New business margin is expressed as the value of new business profit 
as a percentage of APE and the present value of new business 
premiums (see below) expected to be received on an EEV basis.

Non-participating business 
A life insurance policy where the policyholder is not entitled to a share 
of the company’s profits and surplus, but receives certain guaranteed 
benefits. Examples include pure risk policies (eg fixed annuities, term 
insurance, critical illness) and unit-linked insurance contracts.

O
Onerous contracts
Under IFRS 17, an insurance contract is onerous at the date of initial 
recognition if the fulfilment cash flows allocated to the contract, any 
previously recognised acquisition cash flows and any cash flows 
arising from the contract at the date of initial recognition in total are 
a net outflow.Classification as onerous does not necessarily mean the 
contract is not profitable overall as it does not allow for all real world 
investment returns that will be earned over time.

Operational borrowings 
Borrowings which arise in the normal course of the business, including 
all lease liabilities under IFRS 16.

P
Participating funds 
Distinct portfolios where the policyholders have a contractual right to 
receive, at the discretion of the insurer, additional benefits based on 
factors such as the performance of a pool of assets held within the 
fund, as a supplement to any guaranteed benefits. The insurer may 
either have discretion as to the timing of the allocation of those 
benefits to participating policyholders or may have discretion as to 
the timing and the amount of the additional benefits. 

Participating policies or participating contracts 
Contracts of insurance where the policyholders have a contractual 
right to receive, at the discretion of the insurer, additional benefits 
based on factors such as investment performance, as a supplement to 
any guaranteed benefits. This is also referred to as with-profits 
contracts.

Persistency
A measure of the policies remaining in force from period to period.

Present value of new business premiums (PVNBP)
PVNBP is calculated as the aggregate of single premiums and the 
present value of expected future premiums from regular premium 
new business, allowing for lapses and other assumptions made in 
determining the EEV new business contribution.

R
Regular premium product 
A life insurance product with regular periodic premium payments.

Renewal or recurring premiums 
Renewal or recurring premiums are the subsequent premiums that are 
paid on regular premium products.

Rider 
A supplemental plan that can be attached to a basic insurance policy, 
typically with payment of additional premiums.

Risk adjustment
The risk adjustment for non-financial risk under IFRS 17 reflects the 
compensation the Group requires for bearing the uncertainty about 
the amount and timing of the cash flows from non-financial risk as 
the Group fulfils insurance contracts. The risk adjustment is a 
component of the insurance contract liability, and it is released as 
profit if experience plays out as expected.

Risk-based capital (RBC) framework
RBC is a method of measuring the minimum amount of capital set by 
regulators as appropriate for a reporting entity to support its overall 
business operations in consideration of its size and the level of risk it is 
faced. RBC limits the amount of risk a company can take and act as a 
cushion to protect a company from insolvency. RBC is intended to be 
a minimum regulatory capital standard and not necessarily the full 
amount of capital that an insurer would want to hold to meet its 
safety and competitive objectives. In addition, RBC is not designed to 
be used as a stand-alone tool in determining financial solvency of an 
insurance company; rather it is one of the tools that give regulators 
legal authority to take control of an insurance company.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

397

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Glossary continued

V
Value of in-force business (VIF)
The present value of future shareholder cash flows projected to 
emerge from the assets backing liabilities of the in-force covered 
business.

W
Whole life contracts
A type of life insurance policy 'that provides lifetime protection' 
commonly used for estate planning purposes. Premiums must usually 
be paid for life and the sum assured is paid out whenever death 
occurs. 

With-profits contracts
For Prudential, the most significant with-profits contracts are written 
in Hong Kong, Malaysia and Singapore. See ‘participating policies or 
participating business’ above.

With-profits funds 
See ‘participating funds’ above.

Y
Yield
A measure of the rate of return received from an investment in 
percentage terms by comparing annual income (and any change in 
capital) to the price paid for the investment.

Yield curve
A line graph that shows the relative yields on debt over a range of 
maturities typically from three months to 30 years. Investors, analysts 
and economists use yield curves to evaluate bond markets and 
interest rate expectations.

S
Single premiums 
Single premium policies of insurance are those that require only a 
single lump sum payment from the policyholder.

Stochastic techniques 
Stochastic techniques incorporate results from repeated simulations 
using key financial parameters which are subject to random variations 
and are projected into the future.

Subordinated debt 
A fixed interest issue or debt that ranks below other debt in order of 
priority for repayment if the issuer is liquidated. Holders are 
compensated for the added risk through higher rates of interest. 

Surrender 
The termination of a life insurance policy or annuity contract at the 
request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the 
cash surrender value, if any, of the contract.

Surrender charge
The fee charged to a policyholder when a life insurance policy or 
annuity contract is surrendered for its cash surrender value prior to the 
end of the surrender charge period.

T
Time value of options and guarantees (TVOG)
The value of financial options and guarantees comprises two parts, 
the intrinsic value and the time value. The intrinsic value is given by a 
deterministic valuation on best estimate assumptions. The time value 
is the additional value arising from the variability of economic 
outcomes in the future.

U
Unit-linked products or unit-linked contracts 
See ‘investment-linked products or contracts’ above.

Universal life 
An insurance product where the customer pays flexible premiums, 
subject to specified limits, which are accumulated in an account and 
are credited with interest (at a rate either set by the insurer or 
reflecting returns on a pool of matching assets). The customer may 
vary the death benefit and the contract may permit the customer to 
withdraw the account balance, typically subject to a surrender charge.

398

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Shareholder information

Communication with shareholders  
The Group maintains a corporate website containing a wide range of 
information relevant for private and institutional investors, including 
the Group’s financial calendar: www.prudentialplc.com  

Shareholder meetings  
The 2024 Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held as a hybrid 
meeting in Hong Kong on Thursday 23 May 2024 at 16:30 HKT / 
09:30 UKT. We would encourage all shareholders to participate in the 
AGM (an option to link digitally to the meeting will be provided, which 
will enable full participation by all shareholders). The 2024 AGM 
notice will provide more details on meeting arrangements and how to 
participate. Separately, we will offer UK-based shareholders an 
opportunity to meet with the Chair, CEO and management in person 
later in the year, at an informal event.  

Prudential will continue its practice of calling a poll on all resolutions 
and the voting results, including all proxies lodged prior to the 
meeting, are published on the Company’s website after the meeting.  

Shareholders were able to attend the 2023 AGM in person or digitally, 
where they were able to view a live video feed, submit voting 
instructions and ask direct questions to the Board. Details of the 2023 
AGM, including the results of the voting, can be found on the 
Company’s website at https://www.prudentialplc.com/en/investors/
shareholder-information/agm/2024. In accordance with relevant 
legislation, shareholders holding 5 per cent or more of the fully paid 
up issued share capital are able to require the Directors to hold a 
general meeting. Written shareholder requests should be addressed to 
the Company Secretary at the registered office.  

Analysis of shareholder accounts as at 31 December 2023  

Balance ranges
1–1,000

1,001 –5,000

5,001–10,0 00

10,001–100,000

100,001–500,000

500,001–1,000,000

1,000,001 upwards

Totals

Major shareholders 
The table below shows the holdings of major shareholders in the 
Company’s issued ordinary share capital, as at 31 December 2023, 
as notified and disclosed to the Company in accordance with the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. 

As at 31 December 2023
BlackRock, Inc

Norges Bank 

% of total 
voting rights
 5.08  %

 3.10  %

No notifications have been received from year end to 18 March 2024. 

Rights and obligations  
The rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s shares are set 
out in full in the Articles. There are currently no voting restrictions on 
the ordinary shares, all of which are fully paid, and each share carries 
one vote on a poll. If votes are cast on a show of hands, each 
shareholder present in person or by proxy, or in the case of a 
corporation, each of its duly authorised corporate representatives, has 
one vote except that if a proxy is appointed by more than one 

Company constitution 
Prudential is governed by the Companies Act 2006, other applicable 
legislation and regulations, and provisions in its Articles of Association 
(Articles). Any change to the Articles must be approved by special 
resolution of the shareholders. At the AGM in 2023, the Company 
reviewed and updated its Articles in order to comply with new core 
shareholder protection standards as set out in Appendix 3 to the 
Hong Kong Listing Rules and to reflect latest market practice. The 
current Memorandum and Articles are available on the Company’s 
website.  

Issued share capital  
The issued share capital as at 31 December 2023 consisted of 
2,753,520,756 (2022: 2,749,669,380) ordinary shares of 5 pence 
each, all fully paid up and listed on the London Stock Exchange and 
the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. As at 31 December 2023, there were 
36,870 (2022: 38,452) accounts on the register. Further information 
can be found in note C8 on page 302.  

Prudential also maintains secondary listings on the New York Stock 
Exchange (in the form of American Depositary Receipts which are 
referenced to ordinary shares on the main UK register) and the 
Singapore Stock Exchange. Prudential has maintained a sufficiency 
of public float throughout the reporting period as required by the 
Hong Kong Listing Rules. 

Total number  of 
holdings
26,327 

7,429 

1,194 

1,105 

399 

123 

293 

Percentage  of 

holders Total number  of shares
6,186,497 

 71.40  %  

 20.15  %  

16,374,056 

 3.24  %  

8,262,995 

 3.00  %  

34,572,864 

 1.08  %  

92,343,546 

 0.33  %  

87,434,282 

Percentage 
of  issued capital
 0.22  %

 0.59  %

 0.30  %

 1.26  %

 3.35  %

 3.18  %

 0.79  %   2,508,346,516 

 91.10  %

36,870 

  2,753,520,756 

member, the proxy has one vote for and one vote against if instructed 
by one or more members to vote for the resolution and by one or 
more members to vote against the resolution. Where, under an 
employee share plan, participants are the beneficial owners of the 
shares but not the registered owners, the voting rights are normally 
exercisable by the trustee on behalf of the registered owner in 
accordance with the relevant plan rules. The trustees would not 
usually vote on any unallocated shares held in trust but they may do 
so at their discretion provided it would be in the best interests of the 
beneficiaries of the trust and permitted under the relevant trust deed.  

As at 18 March 2024, the trustees held 0.38 per cent of the issued 
share capital under various share plans in operation. Rights to 
dividends under Prudential’s share plans are set out on pages 200 to 
225.  

Restrictions on transfer  
In accordance with English company law, shares may be transferred 
by an instrument of transfer or through an electronic system 
(currently CREST) and any transfer is not restricted except that the 
Directors may, in certain circumstances, refuse to register transfers of 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

399

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

Shareholder information continued

shares but only if such refusal does not prevent dealings in the shares 
from taking place on an open and proper basis. If the Directors make 
use of that power, they must send the transferee notice of the refusal 
within two months. Certain restrictions may be imposed from time to 
time by applicable laws and regulations (for example, insider trading 
laws) and pursuant to the Listing Rules of both the Financial Conduct 
Authority and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, as well as under the 
rules of some of the Group’s employee share plans.  

All Directors are required to hold a minimum number of shares under 
guidelines approved by the Board, which they are expected to retain 
as described on page 218 of the Directors’ remuneration report. 

Authority to issue shares  
The Directors require authority from shareholders in relation to the 
issue of shares. Whenever shares are issued, these must be offered to 
existing shareholders pro rata to their holdings unless the Directors 
have been given authority by shareholders to issue shares without 
offering them first to existing shareholders. Prudential seeks authority 
from its shareholders on an annual basis to issue shares up to a 
maximum amount, of which a defined number may be issued without 
pre-emption. 

of this year’s AGM. Relevant resolutions to authorise share capital 
issuances will be put to shareholders at the AGM on 23 May 2024.  

Details of shares issued during 2023 and 2022 are given in note C8 
on page 302. In accordance with the terms of a waiver granted by the 
Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Prudential confirms that it complies with 
the applicable law and regulations in the UK in relation to the holding 
of shares in treasury and with the conditions of the waiver in 
connection with the purchase of own shares and any treasury shares 
it may hold.  

Authority to purchase own shares  
The Directors also require authority from shareholders in relation to 
the purchase of the Company’s own shares. Prudential seeks 
authority by special resolution on an annual basis for the buy-back of 
its own shares in accordance with the relevant provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006 and related guidance. Under this authority, 
Prudential purchased 3,851,376 ordinary shares in aggregate at a 
volume weighted average price of £8.2676 per ordinary share, for a 
total consideration of approximately £31,841,826.52, between 8 
January and 16 January 2024. All shares were cancelled.  No shares 
were purchased under this authority during 2023.

Disapplication of statutory pre-emption procedures is also sought 
for rights issues. The existing authorities to issue shares, and to do 
so without observing pre-emption rights, are due to expire at the end 

The authority is due to expire at the end of this year’s AGM and a 
special resolution to renew the authority will be put to shareholders at 
the AGM on 23 May 2024. 

Dividend information

2023 second interim dividend
Ex-dividend date

Record date
Payment date

Shareholders  registered on 
the  UK register and  Hong 
Kong  branch register
28 March 2024

2 April 2024
16 May 2024

Holders  of 
American  Depositary  
Receipts
_

2 April 2024
16 May 2024

Shareholders  with ordinary 
shares standing to 
the  credit of their 
CDP  securities accounts
1 April 2024

2 April 2024
On or around
 23 May 2024

A number of dividend waivers are in place in respect of shares issued 
but not allocated under the Group’s employee share plans. These 
shares are held by the trustees and will, in due course, be used to 
satisfy requirements under the Group’s employee share plans. The 
dividends waived represent less than 1 per cent of the value of 
dividends paid during the year. 

However, if the amount of the dividend, less any dealing costs 
incurred in completing the purchase, is insufficient to buy a single 
share no charge is made and the dividend is carried forward. Further 
details of the DRIP are available at www.shareview.co.uk/4/Info/
Portfolio/default/en/home/shareholders/Pages/
ReinvestDividends.aspx  

Dividend mandates  
Dividends are paid directly into UK based shareholders’ bank or 
building society accounts. UK-based shareholders should contact 
Equiniti if they have any questions concerning the payment of 
dividends, or to provide their bank or building society account details. 
Alternatively, UK-based shareholders may download the necessary 
form from www.shareview.co.uk 

Shareholders on the UK and Hong Kong registers have the option to 
elect to receive their dividend in US dollars instead of pounds sterling 
or Hong Kong dollars respectively. More information may be found on 
www.shareview.co.uk (UK based shareholders).

Cash dividend alternative  
Prudential offers a Dividend Re-Investment Plan (DRIP) to 
shareholders on the UK register. The DRIP is provided by Equiniti 
Financial Services Limited ('Equiniti FS'), and is a convenient, easy 
and cost effective way to build a shareholding by using cash 
dividends to buy additional shares. Rather than having a bank 
account credited with a cash dividend, Equiniti FS will use the 
dividends payable to DRIP participants to purchase shares on their 
behalf in the market. Whole shares are purchased with any residual 
money being carried forward and added to the next dividend. 

Electronic communications  
Shareholders are encouraged to elect to receive corporate 
communications electronically. Using electronic communication will 
save on printing and distribution costs, and create environmental 
benefits. 

Shareholders located in the UK can elect to receive corporate 
communications electronically by registering with Shareview at 
www.shareview.co.uk  Shareholders who have registered will be sent 
an email notification when corporate communications are available 
on the Company’s website and a link will be provided to that 
information. When registering, shareholders will need their 
shareholder reference number which can be found on their share 
certificate. Please contact Equiniti if you require any assistance or 
further information.  

Shareholders located in Hong Kong can elect to receive corporate 
communications electronically by registering with Computershare 
Hong Kong. Shareholders who have registered will receive an email 
notification  when corporate communications are available on the 
Company’s website. Please contact Computershare Hong Kong if you 
require any assistance or further information. 

400

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

The option to receive shareholder documents electronically is not 
available to shareholders holding shares through The Central 
Depository (Pte) Limited (CDP) in Singapore.   

Equiniti Shareview service  
Information on how to manage shareholdings can be found at 
https://help.shareview.co.uk  

The pages at this web address provide the following: 

– Answers to commonly asked questions regarding shareholder 

registration; 

– Links to downloadable forms, guidance notes and company history 

fact sheets; and 

– A choice of contact methods – via email, telephone or post. 

Share dealing services  
The Company’s UK Registrar, Equiniti, offer a postal dealing facility 
for buying and selling Prudential plc ordinary shares, for contact 
details refer to Shareholder enquiries below or telephone +44 (0)371 
384 2035. They also offer a telephone and internet dealing service, 
Shareview, which provides a simple and convenient way of buying 
and selling Prudential shares.  

For telephone sales, call +44 (0)345 603 7037 between 8:30am and 
5:30pm, Monday to Friday excluding weekends and UK bank holidays, 
and for internet sales log on to www.shareview.co.uk/dealing  

ShareGift  
Shareholders who have only a small number of shares, the value 
of which makes them uneconomic to sell, may wish to consider 
donating them to ShareGift (Registered Charity 1052686).  

The relevant share transfer form may be downloaded from Equiniti at 
www.shareview.co.uk.  

Further information about ShareGift may be obtained on +44 (0)20 
7930 3737 or from www.ShareGift.org 

Shareholder enquiries 
For enquiries about shareholdings, including dividends and lost share certificates, please contact the Company’s registrars: :

Register

UK register

By post

Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing,  
West Sussex BN99 6DA, UK. 

Computershare Investor Services PLC will be replacing Equiniti as the 
Company’s UK Registrar later this year. Further information including full 
contact details will be made available to shareholders nearer the time and will 
be incorporated into all future shareholder communications following the 
transition. 

Hong Kong register

Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, 
Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong. 

Singapore register

Shareholders who have shares standing to the credit of their securities 
accounts with The Central Depository (Pte) Limited (CDP) in Singapore may 
refer queries to the CDP.  

Enquiries regarding shares held in Depository Agent Sub-accounts should be 
directed to your Depository Agent or broker. 

US American 
Depositary Receipts 
(ADRs) 

Shareowner Services 
P.O. Box 64504, St. Paul, 
MN 55164-0504, USA 

By telephone

Tel +44 (0)371 384 2035 
For deaf and speech impaired 
customers Equiniti welcome calls via 
Relay UK. Please see 
www.relayuk.bt.com for more 
information. 
Lines are open from 8.30am to 5.30pm 
(London time), Monday to Friday excluding 
weekends and bank holidays. 
Tel +852 2862 8555 
Lines are open from 9.00am to 
6.00pm (Hong Kong time), Monday 
to Friday. 

Operating Hours (Singapore time) 
Monday to Friday: 8.30am to 
5.00pm 
Email : asksgx@sgx.com 
Contact Centre : +65 6535 7511 

Tel +1 800 990 1135, or from 
outside the USA +1 651 453 2128 
or log on to www.adr.com 
Lines are open from 7.00am to 
7.00pm (Central European time), 
Monday to Friday excluding 
weekends and bank holidays. 

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

401

Strategic report

Governance Directors' remuneration report

Financial statements

EEV basis results

Additional information

How to contact us

Prudential plc
Registered office 
1 Angel Court
London 
EC2R 7AG 
UK

Tel +44 (0)20 7220 7588 
www.prudentialplc.com 

Board

Shriti Vadera 
Chair

Independent Non-executive Directors 
Jeremy Anderson  
Senior Independent Director  

Arijit Basu  
Chua Sock Koong  
David Law  
Ming Lu  
George Sartorel 
Claudia Suessmuth Dyckerhoff 
Jeanette Wong  
Amy Yip  

Principal place of business 
13th Floor 
One International Finance Centre 
1 Harbour View Street 
Central 
Hong Kong 

Tel +852 2918 6300 

Media enquiries 
Simon Kutner 
Tel +44 (0)7581 023260 
Email: Simon.Kutner@prudentialplc.com 

Sonia Tsang 
Tel +852 5580 7525 
Email: Sonia.ok.tsang@prudential.com.hk 

Sophie Sophaon 
Tel +852 6286 0229 
Email: sophie.sophaon@prudential.com.hk 

Group Executive Committee

Executive Director 
Anil Wadhwani 
Chief Executive Officer 

Solmaz Altin  
Managing Director, Strategic Business Group 

Ben Bulmer 
Chief Financial Officer 

Catherine Chia 
Chief Human Resources Officer 

Avnish Kalra  
Chief Risk and Compliance Officer 

Bill Maldonado 
CEO, Eastspring Investments Group 

Lilian Ng 
Managing Director, Strategic Business Group  

Dennis Tan 
Managing Director, Strategic Business Group 

Shareholder contacts
Institutional analyst and investor enquiries
Tel +44 (0)20 3977 9720
Email: investor.relations@prudentialplc.com

UK Register private shareholder enquiries
Tel +44 (0)371 384 2035

International shareholders:
Tel +44 (0)121 415 7026

Hong Kong Branch Register private shareholder enquiries
Tel +852 2862 8555

US American Depositary Receipts holder enquiries
Tel +1 800 990 1135

From outside the US:
Tel +1 651 453 2128

Singapore: The Central Depository (Pte) Limited shareholder 
enquiries
Tel +65 6535 7511

402

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Forward-Looking Statements
This document contains 'forward-looking statements' with respect to certain of Prudential's (and its wholly and jointly owned businesses’) plans 
and its goals and expectations relating to future financial condition, performance, results, strategy and objectives. Statements that are not 
historical facts, including statements about Prudential's (and its wholly and jointly owned businesses’) beliefs and expectations and including, 
without limitation, commitments, ambitions and targets, including those related to sustainability (including ESG and climate-related) matters, 
and statements containing the words 'may', 'will', 'should', 'continue', 'aims', 'estimates', 'projects', 'believes', 'intends', 'expects', 'plans', 
'seeks' and 'anticipates', and words of similar meaning, are forward-looking statements. These statements are based on plans, estimates and 
projections as at the time they are made, and therefore undue reliance should not be placed on them. By their nature, all forward-looking 
statements involve risk and uncertainty.

A number of important factors could cause actual future financial condition or performance or other indicated results to differ materially from 
those indicated in any forward-looking statement. Such factors include, but are not limited to:

– current and future market conditions, including fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates, inflation (including resulting interest rate 

rises), sustained high or low interest rate environments, the performance of financial and credit markets generally and the impact of economic 
uncertainty, slowdown or contraction (including as a result of the Russia-Ukraine conflict, conflict in the Middle East, and related or other 
geopolitical tensions and conflicts), which may also impact policyholder behaviour and reduce product affordability;

– asset valuation impacts from the transition to a lower carbon economy;
– derivative instruments not effectively mitigating any exposures;
– global political uncertainties, including the potential for increased friction in cross-border trade and the exercise of laws, regulations and 

executive powers to restrict trade, financial transactions, capital movements and/or investment;

– the longer-term impacts of Covid-19, including macro-economic impacts on financial market volatility and global economic activity and 
impacts on sales, claims (including related to treatments deferred during the pandemic), assumptions and increased product lapses;

– the policies and actions of regulatory authorities, including, in particular, the policies and actions of the Hong Kong Insurance Authority, as 

Prudential's Group-wide supervisor, as well as the degree and pace of regulatory changes and new government initiatives generally;

– the impact on Prudential of systemic risk and other group supervision policy standards adopted by the International Association of Insurance 

Supervisors, given Prudential’s designation as an Internationally Active Insurance Group;

– the physical, social, morbidity/health and financial impacts of climate change and global health crises, which may impact Prudential's 

business, investments, operations and its duties owed to customers;

– legal, policy and regulatory developments in response to climate change and broader sustainability-related issues, including the development 

of regulations and standards and interpretations such as those relating to sustainability (including ESG and climate-related) reporting, 
disclosures and product labelling and their interpretations (which may conflict and create misrepresentation risks);

– the collective ability of governments, policymakers, the Group, industry and other stakeholders to implement and adhere to commitments on 
mitigation of climate change and broader sustainability-related issues effectively (including not appropriately considering the interests of all 
Prudential’s stakeholders or failing to maintain high standards of corporate governance and responsible business practices);

– the impact of competition and fast-paced technological change;
– the effect on Prudential's business and results from mortality and morbidity trends, lapse rates and policy renewal rates;
– the timing, impact and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or combinations within relevant industries;
– the impact of internal transformation projects and other strategic actions failing to meet their objectives or adversely impacting the Group’s 

operations or employees;

– the availability and effectiveness of reinsurance for Prudential’s businesses;
– the risk that Prudential's operational resilience (or that of its suppliers and partners) may prove to be inadequate, including in relation to 

operational disruption due to external events;

– disruption to the availability, confidentiality or integrity of Prudential's information technology, digital systems and data (or those of its 

suppliers and partners) including the Pulse platform;

– the increased non-financial and financial risks and uncertainties associated with operating joint ventures with independent partners, 

particularly where joint ventures are not controlled by Prudential;

– the impact of changes in capital, solvency standards, accounting standards or relevant regulatory frameworks, and tax and other legislation 

and regulations in the jurisdictions in which Prudential and its affiliates operate; and

– the impact of legal and regulatory actions, investigations and dispute

These factors are not exhaustive. Prudential operates in a continually changing business environment with new risks emerging from time to time 
that it may be unable to predict or that it currently does not expect to have a material adverse effect on its business. In addition, these and other 
important factors may, for example, result in changes to assumptions used for determining results of operations or re-estimations of reserves for 
future policy benefits. Further discussion of these and other important factors that could cause actual future financial condition or performance 
to differ, possibly materially, from those anticipated in Prudential's forward-looking statements can be found under the 'Risk Factors' heading of 
this document.

Any forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. Prudential expressly disclaim any 
obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements contained in this document or any other forward-looking statements it may make, 
whether as a result of future events, new information or otherwise except as required pursuant to the UK Prospectus Rules, the UK Listing Rules, 
the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, the Hong Kong Listing Rules, the SGX-ST Listing Rules or other applicable laws and 
regulations.

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

403

Prudential may also make or disclose written and/or oral forward-looking statements in reports filed with or furnished to the US Securities and 
Exchange Commission, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and other regulatory authorities, as well as in its 
annual report and accounts to shareholders, periodic financial reports to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars, registration 
statements, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by directors, officers 
or employees of Prudential to third parties, including financial analysts. All such forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by 
reference to the factors discussed under the ‘Risk Factors’ heading of this document.

Cautionary Statements
This document does not constitute or form part of any offer or invitation to purchase, acquire, subscribe for, sell, dispose of or issue, or any 
solicitation of any offer to purchase, acquire, subscribe for, sell or dispose of, any securities in any jurisdiction nor shall it (or any part of it) or the 
fact of its distribution, form the basis of, or be relied on in connection with, any contract therefor.

404

Prudential plc Annual Report 2023

Printed in the UK by Pureprint Group, a CarbonNeutral® company. 
This document was printed utilising pureprint® environmental 
printing technology with vegetable-based inks and a water-based 
coating. Up to 99 per cent of the dry waste and 95 per cent of 
cleaning solvents associated with the production were recycled. 

This document is printed on Revive 100 Silk and Revive 100 Offset 
from Denmaur Paper. The papers are made from FSC® Recycled 
certified post-consumer waste pulp. Denmaur have offset the 
carbon emissions produced in the manufacturing process and 
delivery to Pureprint, thus the paper and the printing of this 
document are carbon neutral. 

Both the paper mill and printer are registered to the Environmental 
Management System ISO 14001 and are Forest Stewardship 
Council® chain-of-custody certified. 

 
 
Prudential public limited company 
Incorporated and registered in England and Wales with limited liability. 

Registered office
1 Angel Court 
London 
EC2R 7AG

Registered number 1397169

www.prudentialplc.com

Principal place of business
13th Floor 
One International Finance Centre 
1 Harbour View Street 
Central 
Hong Kong

Prudential plc is a holding company, some of whose subsidiaries are authorised and regulated, as 
applicable, by the Hong Kong Insurance Authority and other regulatory authorities. The Group is 
subject to a group-wide supervisory framework which is regulated by the Hong Kong Insurance 
Authority.

Prudential plc is not affiliated in any manner with Prudential Financial, Inc., a company whose 
principal place of business is in the United States of America or with The Prudential Assurance 
Company Limited, a subsidiary of M&G plc, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom.

Designed by Black Sun Global